Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 28, 2021

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Instructure Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  7372
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  84-4325548
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

(800) 203-6755

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Steve Daly

Chief Executive Officer

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

(800) 203-6755

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Bradley C. Reed, P.C.

Michael P. Keeley
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, IL 60654
(312) 862-2000

 

Matthew A. Kaminer

Chief Legal Officer
Instructure Holdings, Inc.
6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700
Salt Lake City, UT 84121
(800) 203-6755

 

John T. McKenna

Alan D. Hambelton

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated Filer                             
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller Reporting Company    
     Emerging Growth Company    

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities

to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering

Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $ 100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

(1)

Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued June 28, 2021

             Shares

 

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Instructure Holdings, Inc. is offering                  shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be between $                 and $                 per share.

 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “INST.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 22.

 

 

PRICE $                 A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts

and
Commissions(1)

      

Proceeds to
Instructure

 

Per Share

       $                              $                              $                      

Total

       $                              $                              $                      

 

(1)

See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

Immediately after this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth above, funds controlled by our principal stockholder, Thoma Bravo, will own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % of our outstanding common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2021.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    J.P. MORGAN    CITIGROUP
JEFFERIES    MACQUARIE CAPITAL
BAIRD    BTIG    RAYMOND JAMES    TRUIST SECURITIES    WILLIAM BLAIR

                    , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

Risk Factors

     22  

Forward-Looking Statements

     61  

Market and Industry Data

     64  

Use of Proceeds

     65  

Dividend Policy

     66  

Capitalization

     67  

Dilution

     69  

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     71  

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data

     77  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     89  

Business

     129  

Management

     154  
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     162  

Principal Stockholders

     184  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     186  

Description of Certain Indebtedness

     189  

Description of Capital Stock

     192  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     199  

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     201  

Underwriting

     206  

Legal Matters

     212  

Experts

     212  

Where You Can Find More Information

     212  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  
 

 

 

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may provide you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                     , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, throughout this prospectus the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

   

“Instructure,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (i) for Predecessor periods, to Instructure, Inc., where appropriate, and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (ii) for Successor periods, to Instructure Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

   

“issuer” refers to Instructure Holdings, Inc.;

 

   

“Predecessor” refers to the periods prior to and including March 31, 2020, and “Predecessor 2020 Period” refers to the period from January 1, 2020 to and including March 31, 2020;

 

   

“Successor” refers to the periods from and after April 1, 2020, and “Successor 2020 Period” refers to the period from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020;

 

   

“Take-Private Transaction” refers to Thoma Bravo’s acquisition of Instructure, Inc. on March 24, 2020;

 

   

“Thoma Bravo Funds” refers to Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., and the term “Thoma Bravo” refers to Thoma Bravo UGP, LLC, the ultimate general partner of the Thoma Bravo Funds, and, unless the context otherwise requires, its affiliated entities, including Thoma Bravo, L.P., the management company of the Thoma Bravo Funds; and

 

   

(i) “users” means students, teachers, administrators, observers (i.e., parents or guardians of students) and other individuals who use any of our solutions during a certain period of time and to whom we have assigned a systematically generated unique account identifier, and (ii) “contracted” means that a particular customer has entered into a written contract for a specified subscription period covering a specified number of users and is legally obligated to pay. The number of “contracted Canvas LMS users” refers to the number of contracted users or full time equivalent contracted users (where our customers have a portion of the student population that are part time) of our Canvas LMS solution that our customers have paid for during a specified period and that generate revenue for us pursuant to a written contract, and does not include (1) users of any other solution that we offer, or (2) other individuals (such as teachers, administrators and observers) affiliated with the customer or the contracted users who we permit to create accounts and use our solutions for free. As a result, the number of users of our solutions is greater than the number of contracted users. The amount of revenue we generate is impacted only by the number of contracted users and not the number of users who are using our solutions or have created accounts on our platform.

Instructure Holdings, Inc., the issuer of the shares of common stock in this offering, was incorporated on January 14, 2020 to serve as a holding company in connection with the Take-Private Transaction. The issuer had no operations prior to the Take-Private Transaction. As a result of the Take-Private Transaction, the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are presented in two distinct periods—the Predecessor period and the Successor period—to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and therefore are not comparable. For accounting purposes, management has designated the “acquisition date” with respect to the Take-Private Transaction as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period between March 24 and March 31, 2020 is not material.

Prior to this offering, the issuer has been a wholly-owned subsidiary of Instructure Parent, L.P. (“TopCo”). Prior to the consummation of this offering, TopCo will effect a series of transactions that will result in TopCo’s equityholders holding shares of our common stock directly, and then TopCo will be liquidated and dissolved. For additional information, see “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Reorganization.”

 

ii


Table of Contents

Following this offering, the issuer will continue to be a holding company and, after the application of the net proceeds from this offering, its sole asset will be the capital stock of its wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Instructure, Inc., our principal operating subsidiary.

 

iii


Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Instructure

Instructure’s mission is to elevate student success, amplify the power of teachers everywhere, and inspire everyone to learn together by applying the power of simple, purposeful, and transformative software to the important challenge of educating the world’s population.

From the inception of a teacher’s lesson through a student’s mastery of a concept, Instructure personalizes, simplifies, organizes, and automates the entire learning lifecycle through the power of technology. Our learning platform delivers the elements that leaders, teachers, and learners need – a next-generation Learning Management System (“LMS”), robust assessments for learning, actionable analytics, and engaging, dynamic content. Schools standardize on Instructure’s solutions as their core learning platform because we bring together all of the tools that students, teachers, parents, and administrators need to create an accessible and modern learning environment. Our platform is cloud-native, built on open technologies, and scalable across thousands of institutions and tens of millions of users worldwide. We are the LMS market share leader in both Higher Education and paid K-12, with over 6,000 global customers, representing Higher Education institutions and K-12 districts and schools in more than 90 countries. We are maniacally focused on our customers and enhancing the teaching and learning experience. As such, we continuously innovate to grow the footprint of our platform, including through our acquisitions of Portfolium to add online skills portfolio capabilities for Higher Education students and MasteryConnect and Certica to add K-12 assessment and analytics capabilities. Our platform becomes deeply ingrained into our customers’ instructional workflows.

Technology has fundamentally transformed the way education is delivered and consumed – putting the delivery of world-class experiences and the opportunities they engender within everyone’s reach. Despite technology’s potential to massively scale the impact of high quality instruction and elevate student outcomes, a variety of factors have historically led to slower adoption and implementation in academic institutions, including competing budget priorities, institutional resistance to change, low student-to-device ratios, and poor connectivity in school and at home.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created a set of conditions in which students of all ages have been learning remotely for a year, providing an opportunity to demonstrate the efficacy of distance learning at scale and opening up new possibilities for learners who previously could not access quality education. Almost overnight, schools and universities had to rapidly adopt or redeploy online platforms for students and teachers to conduct lessons remotely. As a result of government stimulus and realigned school and university budget priorities, hardware, software, and internet connectivity began to proliferate in regions and markets with historically low levels of access. The COVID-19 pandemic has been a massive tailwind to adoption over the past year, but the need for ongoing technology in education will persist well beyond the pandemic.

The opportunity for platform technologies in education is massive. According to the U.S. Census Bureau and the National Center for Education Statistics, in the U.S. alone, there are over 70 million students enrolled across over 137,000 schools. According to UNESCO, approximately 1.4 billion students worldwide were


 

1


Table of Contents

learning from home as of March 2020. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education technology was $163 billion in 2019 and will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 16% between 2019 and 2025. A new minimum threshold for the digital classroom experience has been reached and the LMS is now the de facto technology in any learning environment. Students and teachers have now fully embraced technology in education and the reputational and systemic risk from academic institutions of being unable to provide redundancy and contingency is too great to ignore. Further government stimulus in education is expected to drive technology funding and adoption, particularly in international regions which have seen comparatively less investment than in the U.S. The perfect storm of technology advancements, widespread access to devices, and increased classroom spending has created an extensive and long-lasting transformation of the education market.

Instructure has been a beneficiary of these tailwinds in education technology. We launched Canvas, our LMS application, in 2011 and quickly saw rapid adoption in the Higher Education market as we displaced legacy systems with our cloud-native and extendable platform and won greenfield opportunities where software solutions did not exist. We have grown our K-12 business over time and have experienced significant acceleration during the COVID-19 pandemic as device proliferation and technology acceptance within districts has advanced. Our extendable learning platform is comprised of the following solutions:

 

   

Canvas LMS. As the cornerstone of our platform, Canvas LMS is designed to give our Higher Education and K-12 customers an extensive set of flexible tools to support and enhance content creation, management, and delivery of face-to-face and online instruction.

 

   

Canvas Studio. An online video platform which enables customers to host, manage, and deliver impactful video learning experiences.

 

   

Canvas Catalog. A web-based course catalog and registration system that enables institutions to create and maintain a branded marketplace for their online course offerings.

 

   

Assessments. Solutions for K-12 assessment that include MasteryConnect, a robust student assessment management system, and Certica, which provides a variety of assessment content solutions and analytics to inform daily instruction in the classroom and data which measure student learning and preparedness for exams mandated by federal and state regulations.

 

   

Portfolium. Solutions for Higher Education that include Pathways and Program Assessment, which guide students along pathways that lead to skills and knowledge showcased in online portfolios.

 

   

Canvas Network. An invitation-only offering allowing institutions to offer and deliver courses over the internet to a much broader audience than just their own students.

Our broad capabilities have expanded our total addressable market, provide significant upsell and cross-sell opportunities, and collectively form the basis of an extendable platform which has become a standard among many U.S. Higher Education and K-12 institutions and a growing number of international institutions.

Our global customer base spans from K-12 through Higher Education and Continuing Education, giving us a prominent position to accompany learners throughout their learning lifecycle. We continue to deepen our relationships with Higher Education customers by facilitating their strategic growth – often through powering their emerging Continuing Education initiatives that open their doors to a new universe of non-traditional learners. We are increasingly able to sell to large districts and statewide systems due to the scalability, adaptability, and reliability of our platform. Our customers include State Universities of California, Florida, and Utah, all of the Ivy League universities, the entire Higher Education systems for Sweden and Norway, international K-12 systems such as Queensland, Australia, which administers to over 1,200 schools, and many of our nation’s largest K-12 systems, such as Broward County, Florida and Clark County, Nevada.


 

2


Table of Contents

Once implemented, Instructure serves as the connected hub for engagement between teachers, students, parents, content providers, and an always growing ecosystem of partners, including the largest commercial providers and the smallest education technology start-ups. As of December 31, 2020, our platform supported over 30 million contracted Canvas LMS users and a rich community of over 500 ecosystem partners. Our ecosystem partners are education technology organizations that provide adjacent services or complementary integrated solutions and have entered into a partnership agreement with us. This ecosystem contributes to our innovation and product development, and has resulted in students utilizing partner-integrated products over 2.7 billion times in the fourth quarter of 2020, an increase of 361% over the fourth quarter of 2019. We review certain metrics relating to partner-integrated products, which include learning tools that were integrated into our Canvas LMS platform, and allow users to access the learning tools directly from within our Canvas LMS platform. We count each “utilization” of a partner integrated product, or each instance where any user accesses those tools from within the Canvas LMS platform. The increase in utilizations resulted from increases in (1) online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic, (2) awareness of available tools by faculty and the resulting add-in of the tools for students, and (3) engagement of students with the Canvas LMS platform. Our best-in-class customer support organization supports our customers and ecosystem partners.

Our ecosystem has created a network effect of adoption where the embedded nature of our platform drives compounded usage of our applications and those that our partners deliver. The more our platform is used the more valuable it is to customers and users, increasing customer retention and positioning us to more rapidly expand both our customer base and the Instructure products each of those customers will use.

We went public in 2015 and were subsequently taken private by Thoma Bravo in 2020. Thoma Bravo saw the opportunity to combine our market leadership, tremendous customer loyalty, and superior technology with world class operations, to create a mission-driven company that could also be profitable and enduring. Over the past year, we have transformed our business into a more competitive and focused learning platform leader, well-positioned for long-term, durable growth. We have accomplished our strategic transformation through the following initiatives:

 

   

Aligned focus on core offerings. We have realigned our business to focus solely on education and our learning platform. We divested Bridge in February 2021, our corporate learning offering, and stopped spending on unprofitable activities, including legacy analytics initiatives and international products for non-core regions.

 

   

Optimized go-to-market strategy. We aligned all sales and marketing functions under a single sales leader. We were able to restructure our sales and marketing organization while improving productivity by eliminating sales coverage in non-core international regions and focusing our efforts solely on education.

 

   

Streamlined cost structure. We implemented a strategic expense reduction plan that enabled us to focus on delivering customer value sustained by recurring revenue, durable growth, and improved retention, with fewer resources than we had at the time of the Take-Private Transaction (as defined below). We simplified our organizational design, moved a portion of our development efforts to Budapest, closed and consolidated facilities internationally and within the U.S., and aligned the organization with our sole focus on serving education.

 

   

Enhanced management team. We appointed a new Chief Executive Officer, Steve Daly, and a new Chief Financial Officer, Dale Bowen, as well as several other senior executives who bring focus, operational discipline, execution expertise, deep industry knowledge, and innovation to the company.

We have emerged from this transformation a stronger and more resilient company, poised to continue to win in the market. For 2018, 2019, 2020 (Predecessor) and 2020 (Successor):

 

   

Our revenue was $209.5 million, $258.5 million, $71.4 million, and $230.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Our net loss was $43.5 million, $80.8 million, $22.2 million, and $178.0 million, respectively.


 

3


Table of Contents
   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $(11.2) million, $(9.3) million, $4.8 million, and $66.3 million, respectively.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $0.1 million, $18.9 million, $(57.1) million, and $36.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(10.9) million, $8.7 million, $(57.7) million, and $35.3 million, respectively.

For the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

   

Our revenue was $94.0 million.

 

   

Our net loss was $33.1 million.

 

   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $32.6 million.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $(58.7) million.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(59.1) million.

For definitions of adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow and reconciliations to their most directly comparable measures calculated in accordance with the U.S. general accepted account principles (“GAAP”), see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operation—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Industry Background

The Education Industry is one of the Largest and Most Important Sectors of the Global Economy

Success in education is a primary driver of economic well-being, quality of life, geopolitical competitiveness, and societal advancement. As such, the education market is massive and commands high spending from governments and private institutions worldwide. According to the U.S. Census Bureau and the National Center for Education Statistics, in the U.S. alone, there are over 70 million students enrolled across over 137,000 schools. According to UNESCO, approximately 1.4 billion students worldwide were learning from home as of March 2020. According to CB Insights, the U.S. spends over $1.6 trillion annually on education, representing one of the highest government spending categories. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education stands at almost $6 trillion. The overwhelming majority of educational spend goes toward traditional instruction – teachers, classrooms and classroom tools, student and teacher support services, and administration. A key component of broader education spend is funding directed to education technology. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education technology was $163 billion in 2019 and will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 16% between 2019 and 2025.

Technology is Disrupting Every Aspect of Education

Technology has fundamentally transformed the way education is delivered and consumed – creating the ability to democratize education and improve the quality of instruction for everyone. From traditional classroom teaching to full online learning, technology has brought disruptive tools to improve teaching efficiency, elevate student performance, enhance peer collaboration, and enable greater personalization. With technology, schools are able to provide equitable access to learning for lifelong development, build communities around education – including students, teachers, parents, and content providers – and scale quality education to bring best-in-class experiences to students at any time or place. Technology also enables blended learning environments, enhancing both face-to-face and online experiences by using data and analytics to inform instruction and enriching learning experiences outside of school hours.

The backbone of education technology is the LMS, a critical software platform that enables teachers to create, deliver, and track the effectiveness of learning programs and students to organize study materials, centralize access to learning content, and increase collaboration. Beyond the LMS, several adjacent technology


 

4


Table of Contents

tools have emerged to improve the experience for teachers and students alike, including student assessments, data and analytics, and interactive content. Collectively, these solutions are integral to achieving significant improvements in education accessibility, scalability, productivity, collaboration, engagement, and skill-building.

Technology Spend has Historically been Underpenetrated Relative to Overall Spend

While on an absolute basis the education technology market is large, spending on education technology in 2019 represented only 2.7% of overall education spending, according to HolonIQ. Despite technology’s disruptive capabilities, a variety of factors have historically led to a slower level of adoption and implementation in academic institutions, including:

 

   

Competing budget priorities. School administrators and decision-makers have to manage a variety of constituents and budget priorities, leading to historical underfunding of technology.

 

   

Institutional resistance to change. General institutional resistance and inertia have contributed to underinvestment in technology.

 

   

Low student-to-device ratios and poor connectivity in school or at home. According to an analysis conducted by Future Ready Schools of the 2018 U.S. Census American Community Survey, 3.6 million households with children did not have a computer, which put 7.3 million children at an academic disadvantage. Similarly, 8.4 million households with children did not have high-speed home internet service. This imbalance of device access and connectivity has also slowed uniform technology adoption.

As a result of these historical trends, schools across the world have struggled to provide a robust online learning experience and ensure equitable access to education for all.

Global Distance Learning Mandates Have Accelerated Adoption of Education Technology at All Levels

The COVID-19 pandemic has created a set of conditions in which students of all ages have been learning from home for a year. While the pandemic created unique problems and complexities for everyone, the resulting changes in education have removed historical impediments to implementation of education technology, thereby accelerating adoption at all levels, proving that distance learning can be done at scale and that technology will be a critical element of teaching and learning moving forward.

Almost overnight, schools had to rapidly adopt online platforms for students and teachers to conduct lessons remotely, given mandated distance learning orders. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, 93% of U.S. households with school-aged children reported using some form of distance learning and 80% of people living with children in distance learning programs reported children using online tools for schoolwork between May and June 2020. Distance learning mandates resulted in three events:

 

  (1)   Rapid adoption of an LMS and adjacent offerings among schools without existing technology solutions;

 

  (2)   A transition from free products used for point solutions to paid platform solutions that could scale across districts and states, with the paid LMS penetration rate of K-12 districts increasing from 30% to 41% between 2019 and August 2020; and

 

  (3)   Government stimulus provided increased grants and subsidies for Higher Education and a proliferation of hardware and software in K-12, which historically had lagged in device availability relative to Higher Education.

The ultimate result of these events within the education sector has been widespread access to devices, with approximately 86% of students in the U.S. now having access to a device, according to the Center on Reinventing Public Education. In turn, this has allowed schools and institutions to reach more students through online learning platforms while remote learning is required, while also providing a firm basis for these devices to augment and enhance the learning experience for students who have and will return to classrooms. An LMS


 

5


Table of Contents

allows effective use of those computers as key tools within the expanding view of a learning environment, rather than mere portals to the un-curated Internet. As access to computers and connections becomes more widespread, the LMS proliferates, becoming even more useful and allowing for the democratization of education.

COVID-induced Transformation in Education is Permanent

Institutional Transformation: while distance learning mandates required schools to implement learning platforms, the need for such tools will continue to persist in hybrid and in-person learning environments. Students and teachers have now fully embraced technology in education, and the reputational and systemic risk from academic institutions of being unable to provide redundancy and contingency is too great to ignore. Schools and students no longer have to decide between in-person or online – we expect there will be a combination of both options to support various needs and various times. Examples of capabilities that will still be needed in face-to-face and hybrid environments include: content delivery, student assessments, homework submission, grading, student analytics, parent/teacher collaboration, and scheduling. In hybrid learning environments, the need for quality, personalized assessments is in fact even greater, as it is paramount that teachers can understand how students are performing in remote environments and track their progress from a distance. The capabilities of learning platforms along with the institutional scars from the pandemic make technology implementation an investment priority even if budgets tighten in the future.

Financial Transformation: future funding toward education technology is expected. According to the Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, in the U.S., $30.7 billion of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) stimulus was used to fund education initiatives, including the purchasing of educational technology, planning and coordination of long-term closures, and training and professional development for staff. In December 2020, U.S. Congress passed an additional COVID-19 relief package that includes approximately $82 billion for education. In addition, the American Rescue Plan, signed into law in March 2021, includes nearly $170 billion in dedicated public education funds to assist in reopening efforts, such as distance learning programs, the implementation of safety protocols, and emergency financial assistance. Importantly, the American Rescue Plan allocates $7 billion of funds for the specific purpose of purchasing technology for students to aid in digital learning. International regions have seen education stimulus as well, and we expect to see an increase in spending over the coming years. As a demonstration of the education technology’s funding momentum, it is estimated by HolonIQ that the share of education technology spend as a percentage of global education spend is expected to nearly double from 2.7% in 2019 to 5.2%, or $404 billion, in 2025.

As Adoption Accelerates, Platform Leaders Will Win

As the education technology market continues to grow, platform leaders are best positioned to win. The market is populated with three groups: legacy on-premises providers, point solutions, and platform leaders. Legacy providers are typically siloed, on-premises solutions, or cloud-enabled adaptations of on-premises solutions, designed to address only a limited scope of teaching and learning needs. Point solutions typically provide single features rather than a full suite of products. The weaknesses of these two market archetypes has allowed platforms with broad, best-in-class offerings to emerge and establish significant market leadership. There is now a bifurcation of enduring platform leaders and sub-scale players, with leaders consolidating to add incremental capabilities and expand reach.

Platform leaders have an integrated suite of product offerings, a partner ecosystem connected to the platform, scalable product architecture, and the ability to expand reach into adjacent markets. Platforms in education technology span across K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education – the full lifecycle of learning – and have become the centers of gravity for innovation and engagement. Platform leaders benefit from growth in customer base, reduced customer acquisition costs, and high barriers to entry for other competitors. Academic institutions everywhere are now focused on building their student experience and learning protocols around platform leaders with the greatest depth of features and offerings.


 

6


Table of Contents

Industry Dynamics in U.S. Higher Education

Higher Education institutions were among the first adopters of LMS, and nearly every Higher Education institution in the U.S. has adopted an LMS of some kind to date. A major driver of this adoption has been high rates of access to devices among Higher Education student populations, with approximately 90% of individuals with at least high school degrees having a device, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Additionally, Higher Education institutions utilize learning platforms to facilitate Continuing Education for alumni or non-matriculating students. However, as LMS adoption has taken place over the past 20 years, many schools are still reliant on legacy systems with limited features and functionality. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has driven Higher Education institutions to revisit their technology infrastructures and significantly increase investment in reliable, scalable, and feature-rich learning platforms.

Industry Dynamics in U.S. K-12

In contrast to Higher Education, K-12 adoption of LMS has not been as robust, with the paid LMS penetration rate of K-12 districts standing at approximately 41% as of August 2020. The lower penetration of LMS at the K-12 level represents a large greenfield opportunity for education technology to replace free solutions with paid learning platforms and monetize demand for broader product suites. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has driven K-12 schools to invest heavily in learning platforms to build resilience and redundancy and ensure equitable access to education for all students. Additionally, student access to devices now stands at approximately 86% according to the Center on Reinventing Public Education. We expect that the vast majority of K-12 schools will increase their technology investments going forward.

Industry Dynamics for Schools and Universities Internationally

The international market for LMS is highly fragmented and has historically been dependent on free, open source, and on-premises products that lack the functionality, scalability, and reliability of a leading learning platform. Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, international academic institutions have experienced first-hand the scalability and capacity limitations associated with on-premises solutions, and the service and performance issues that can result. LMS penetration and device access vary by region, resulting in a patchwork of heterogeneous technology usage. The opportunity for leading learning platforms to expand internationally is significant, with Western Europe representing the most well-organized and well-funded region. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, international academic institutions are evaluating cloud-based platform solutions that can provide increased functionality, redundancy, and resilience in hybrid learning environments.

Requirements for an Effective, Modern Learning Platform

The changing education technology landscape has highlighted the necessity for a modern learning platform capable of meeting the evolving needs of students and teachers in diverse environments. Key elements of an effective, modern learning platform, include:

 

   

Cloud-first Architecture: schools require learning management solutions that can scale, adapt to changing environments, quickly disseminate information, and leverage data collected across many channels. Learning platforms that are cloud-native provide rapid time to value and are simple to maintain, modify and extend.

 

   

Reliability: learning platforms are mission-critical systems for education providers and students, and therefore must be reliable, available, and enterprise-grade. The ability to handle growing data and users, fluctuating demand, and changing workload patterns while maintaining high availability is a critical differentiator.

 

   

Open and Extendable: modern infrastructure that supports open standards, transparency, and integrations with other systems including content providers and point solutions.


 

7


Table of Contents
   

Multi-functional: ability to span across all areas of instruction, including: teaching and learning, assessments, analytics, and interactive content.

 

   

Extendable across the Education Lifecycle: addressing the needs of K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education.

 

   

Management across Schools, Districts, Institutions, and Systems: built with enterprise-grade functionality, configurability, consistency, and management flexibility that can scale to support any size or scope of institution.

 

   

Community of Technology Partners and Users: ecosystem of parents, teachers, and students for collaboration; community of content creators and users to share ideas and fuel product roadmaps; and third-party integration partners.

Market Opportunity

The education technology market that we address is large and rapidly growing. As the need for scalable, reliable, and adaptable solutions that can enable in-person, hybrid, and remote learning environments increases, we believe that investment in education technology will be an imperative for every school and academic institution in the world. According to HolonIQ, global expenditures on education technology are expected to grow from $163 billion in 2019 to $404 billion in 2025, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 16%.

We estimate that our total market opportunity is approximately $30 billion, comprised of an LMS market opportunity of approximately $5 billion, a market opportunity for our non-LMS products of approximately $10 billion, and new market expansion opportunities of approximately $15 billion.

We believe that our products can address the needs of Higher Education and K-12 students in markets where student to device ratios and wireless connectivity are sufficiently high to allow for the effective deployment of education technology. The Higher Education market in the U.S. and Canada is comprised of approximately 22 million students, with approximately 89 million additional Higher Education students in international markets that we believe we can address. According to Agile Education Marketing, the K-12 market in the U.S. and Canada is comprised of approximately 57 million students, while, according to the UNESCO Institute for Statistics, there are approximately 709 million additional K-12 students in international markets that we believe we can address. The significant number of students worldwide supports our belief that our addressable market is large, and that we have significant greenfield opportunities among addressable customers.

Our Platform

Our learning platform is an extendable, configurable, and highly integrated set of solutions designed to meet the teaching and learning needs of every K-12 and Higher Education institution and includes the Canvas LMS, Canvas Studio, Canvas Catalog, Assessments, Portfolium, and Canvas Network. With its cloud-native offerings, open application programming interfaces (“APIs”), support of industry standards, and accessibility, our platform streamlines digital tools and content for teachers and students, creating a simpler and more connected learning experience.


 

8


Table of Contents

Benefits of Our Solution

Cloud-native Architecture

Our cloud-native architecture enables customers to enjoy all of the benefits of the cloud, including rapid time to value, no maintenance, frequent updates with no downtime, and horizontal scalability across millions of users. The cloud allows users to access our platform at any time, from any device, affording institutions and providers the ability to collaborate on the use of their data, to differentiate and personalize instruction, answer critical questions about the efficacy of content and tools, and put teachers and students in control of their own outcomes.

High Reliability and Uptime

We built our platform with enterprise scalability to span over 5.6 million concurrent users across districts and states. We guarantee 99.9% uptime through service level agreements (“SLAs”), and have generally delivered above this level over the past four years. Our uptime has remained excellent while growing our customer base and usage throughout 2020. Importantly, we are able to scale up and down dynamically when there are abrupt changes in usage, such as immediate moves to distance learning, or changes in school hours, class schedules, and academic calendars.

Open Source and Open Ethos

Our platform is built on open source technologies, providing customers full flexibility in how they use our platform, and giving them access to constant innovation with upgrades to the code base. Importantly, through open APIs, customers get access to massive amounts of their data, providing them the freedom and flexibility to use their own data for assessments, personalization, benchmarking, and engagement.

Extendable Across Partner Ecosystem

We are the connected hub for teaching and learning. A key feature of delivering a platform is building an ecosystem of partners connected to the platform. We enable third-party software providers to integrate with our platform through a library of open APIs, allowing us to provide a more comprehensive offering through product integration, and for third parties to rapidly scale solutions across our customer base. We have over 500 partners, from some of the world’s largest technology companies to niche point solution providers, across content providers, hardware providers, collaboration tools, publishers, and productivity tools. In the fourth quarter of 2020, students utilized partner-integrated products over 2.7 billion times, an increase of 361% from the fourth quarter of 2019.

Multi-Functional Product Suite

Our platform capabilities span multiple areas of instruction, including learning, assessments, analytics, and program management. By addressing multiple areas of instruction, we provide the most relevancy in the classroom to teachers and students. The breadth of our offerings facilitates improved student outcomes, allows us to address a large and growing market, and enables us to cross-sell numerous offerings within our existing customer base, where customers want to buy adjacent solutions.

Solutions Address All Market Segments

We serve all market segments within education, including K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education. By serving all segments in the market, we are able to engage with students throughout the education lifecycle and increase retention within our user base. This also provides us with a large market opportunity, with both greenfield and replacement options across U.S. and international markets.


 

9


Table of Contents

Continuous Innovation to Enable New Applications

Our continuous commitment to innovation leads to stronger retention and customer satisfaction, continued relevancy with our customer base, and the ability to respond quickly to market changes, such as providing increased scalability in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In 2020, we released a large volume of new features, including 67 new capabilities over a span of three months in response to new demand from our customers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. On average, we have approximately 32 releases per year. We also seek to expand our platform by developing into adjacent markets through strategic acquisitions and partnerships.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Share Positions in the North America Higher Education and K-12 Markets

We are the paid LMS market share leader by student enrollment in both North America Higher Education and K-12, demonstrating our differentiated offering, successful execution, and ability to support the entire lifecycle of learning, and positioning us as the de facto learning platform. We believe that our reputation as a market leader creates a network effect in which standardization on our platform is increasingly attractive to ecosystem partners and in turn positions us to more rapidly expand our customer base.

Designed to Scale from Single School to State and Country-wide Deployments

The scalability enabled by our cloud-native architecture, robust set of capabilities, and management features allows us to win any opportunity, from a single school to a large-scale deployment, where point solutions cannot compete. At the institutional level, we provide solutions that can be deployed to manage entire learning environments of any size. At the individual user level, we provide solutions that allow teachers to access new populations of learners across the globe. Our expansive deployment model provides scalability in our go-to-market engine, as we can sell once and then deploy more broadly across systems.

Large and Highly Engaged User Base

We have built a large and growing ecosystem around our platform and company. As of December 31, 2020, we had 30 million contracted Canvas LMS users globally. In recent months, our website has been one of the top 20 most visited websites in the U.S., demonstrating the high level of engagement we experience from our customers. We have over 1.1 million members in our Canvas Community customer network, where administrators, designers, instructors, parents, and students share, collaborate, and shape the Canvas product through community forums and content repositories. Our vibrant community of users promotes adoption of our solutions by sharing best practices and broadly disseminating the value our solutions deliver.

End-to-end Lifecycle of Customer Success

Our company-wide focus on the customer results in successful implementations, high retention, and happy customers. We invest significantly in customer success, employing more individuals in customer-facing roles than any other group in our organization, and intend to continue investing in and scaling our customer success group moving forward. Our maniacal focus on the customer has led to a best-in-class customer satisfaction score (CSAT) of over 90%. Our platform becomes deeply ingrained into our customers’ instructional workflows.

Highly Efficient Go-To-Market Model

We continue to invest in and grow our sales force to go after the massive opportunities ahead of us. We have a highly tenured and effective sales team with quota carrying representatives driving the majority of our business. We utilize a single, outbound sales motion, which has reduced the complexity in sales and allows representatives


 

10


Table of Contents

to focus on replacement and greenfield opportunities from K-12 through Continuing Education. Our average bookings per representative increased over 100% in 2020 and our sales representatives had an average tenure with us of over 3.2 years as of December 31, 2020. We calculate average bookings per sales representative by dividing our total bookings in a given period by the number of quota bearing sales representatives that were employed by us during the respective period. Our average bookings per sales representative was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in average bookings per sales representative from 2018 to 2019 was driven by an increase in the number of sales representatives without a corresponding increase in bookings. The subsequent increase in average bookings per sales representative from 2019 to 2020 was driven by increased demand for our solutions in 2020 bolstered by the accelerated adoption of hybrid and remote learning, while the number of sales representatives remained relatively stable.

Growth Strategies

Grow Our Customer Base

Higher Education. We expect to grow our customer base in Higher Education primarily through replacements of legacy systems in North America, where the LMS market is largely penetrated and our market share has grown from approximately 24% to 37% over the past four years, and through greenfield wins in targeted and strategic international regions. As international penetration of paid LMS and adjacent systems is still relatively low, we expect to target new opportunities in select regions utilizing our local sales teams, as well as channel partners.

K-12. We expect to grow our customer base in K-12 by surrounding free solutions currently in place with our scalable platform, monetizing demand for our breadth of capabilities, and focusing customers on the benefits of district or state-wide standardization, in addition to capturing the remaining 45% of U.S. students who are not currently using a paid LMS, based on an Instructure survey.

Cross-sell into our Existing Customer Base

Our broad capabilities spanning learning, assessments, analytics, student success, program management, digital courseware, and global online learning initiatives provide us a significant opportunity to cross-sell offerings into our existing customer base. We generally land with our LMS product and have the ability to cross-sell additional solutions into our LMS customer base.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Our Platform

We will continue to innovate on our platform, expand our features and monetize new offerings. Key to our ability to service our customer base will be the continued strengthening of our core focus areas in learning management, assessment management, student success, and online learning, where we see significant customer demand for broad offerings. We will also continue to innovate our platform and build strengths in adjacent areas of learning analytics, program management, and instructional content, where we see opportunities to expand our customer base.

Risk Factor Summary

There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:

 

   

We have benefitted from the U.S. federal government’s stimulus packages focused on educational initiatives approved as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and there is no guarantee additional funding will be approved.


 

11


Table of Contents
   

We have experienced increased customer acquisitions and renewals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and such increases in customer acquisitions and renewals may not be sustained or may reverse at any time.

 

   

The increased adoption and use of our platform stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic may result in interruptions, delays, or outages, increased customer interactions and waiting times, and increased variable costs, all of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

   

We have a history of losses, and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

 

   

Our future revenues and operating results will be harmed if we are unable to acquire new customers, if our customers do not renew their contracts with us, or if we are unable to expand sales to our existing customers or develop new products that achieve market acceptance.

 

   

If the markets for our applications develop more slowly than expected or market conditions reduce IT spending, our growth may slow or stall.

 

   

If we fail to manage our growth effectively or our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer.

 

   

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and may divert management’s attention and, if unsuccessful, harm our business and operating results.

 

   

We face significant competition from both established and new companies, and the risk of new entrants, including established entrants, offering learning platforms, which may adversely affect our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

 

   

We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

 

   

If we fail to maintain, enhance or protect our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

   

A breach or compromise of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to customers’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business and results of operations.

 

   

A substantial portion of the source code for Canvas is available under the terms of an open source license, and accepts contributions of modifications to that source code, each of which could negatively affect our ability to offer our learning platform or subject us to possible litigation.

 

   

Failure to protect and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

   

Our customers, domestically and internationally, are highly regulated and subject to a number of challenges and risks. Our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us as a technology provider for Higher Education and K-12 could adversely affect our business and results of operations, increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.

 

   

We face risk if our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth prove to be inaccurate or if we need to change our pricing models to compete successfully.

After this offering, Thoma Bravo will own approximately         % of our common stock (or         % of our common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the NYSE. As a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements and you will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.


 

12


Table of Contents

These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Our Principal Stockholder

Thoma Bravo is a leading investment firm building on a more than 40-year history of providing capital and strategic support to experienced management teams and growing companies. Thoma Bravo has invested in many fragmented, consolidating industry sectors in the past, but has become known particularly for its history of successful investments in the application, infrastructure and security software and technology-enabled services sectors, which have been its investment focus for more than 15 years. Thoma Bravo manages a series of investment funds representing more than $57.5 billion of capital commitments.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a director nomination agreement (the “Director Nomination Agreement”) with Thoma Bravo that provides Thoma Bravo the right to designate nominees to our board of directors (our “Board”), subject to certain conditions. The Director Nomination Agreement will provide Thoma Bravo the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate,         % or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to         % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least         % and less than         % of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (iii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to         % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo control, in the aggregate, at least         % and less than         % of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (iv) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least % and less than % of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (v) one director for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least         % and less than         % of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.

General Corporate Information

We were incorporated in January 2020 as Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. to serve as a holding company in connection with the Take-Private Transaction. In May 2021, we changed our name to Instructure Holdings, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121. Our telephone number is (800) 203-6755. Our website address is www.instructure.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries.

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks such as “Instructure,” “Canvas,” the Instructure logo, and the Canvas logo, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of us or our subsidiaries. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.


 

13


Table of Contents

Corporate Reorganization

The issuer is a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Prior to this offering, we are a wholly-owned subsidiary of TopCo. Topco has two outstanding classes of units: (i) Class A Units, held by the Thoma Bravo Funds and certain of our current and former employees, officers and directors, or their affiliates, who purchased such units in connection with the Take-Private Transaction or thereafter; and (ii) Class B Units, which are held by the same equityholders as the Class A Units plus certain of our employees, officers and directors who have been granted management incentive units, which management incentive units are or were at the time of issuance subject to certain vesting conditions. Each class of units is subject to the terms of the limited partnership agreement of Topco.

Pursuant to the limited partnership agreement of Topco, units share in distributions according to a “waterfall” which provides for distributions to be made in the following order and priority: (1) first, to the holders of Class A Units until they receive a 9% annual return on their remaining unreturned capital contributions, compounded quarterly; (2) second, to the holders of Class A Units until they receive an amount equal to their respective capital contributions on a pro rata basis; and (3) third, to the holders of the Class B Units based on their percentage of ownership, taking into account applicable vesting terms and “participation thresholds.” A participation threshold in respect of a Class B Unit is determined at the time of issuance or grant of each management incentive unit and is equal to or greater than the amount payable in respect of a Class B Unit having a participation threshold of zero pursuant to the waterfall in a hypothetical liquidation of TopCo at the value of TopCo as of immediately prior to such issuance or grant. Participation thresholds are reduced as Topco makes distributions pursuant to the waterfall.

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will effect a             -for-1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. Thereafter, and prior to the consummation of this offering, (i) TopCo will distribute all of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock to its equityholders, including the Thoma Bravo Funds and our directors, officers and other employees, in accordance with the distribution waterfall provisions of TopCo’s limited partnership agreement, (ii) our directors, officers and other employees who hold unvested management incentive units under the Second Amended and Restated Instructure Parent, LP Incentive Equity Plan and the applicable grant agreements will exchange those incentive units for new awards of restricted stock units under our 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) having equivalent value as of the date of exchange, and (iii) TopCo will wind up and dissolve, as a result of which all of the outstanding Class A Units and Class B Units will be cancelled in their entirety and TopCo (along with the Class A Units and Class B Units) will cease to exist. None of the shares of our common stock distributed to TopCo’s equityholders will be registered at that time and, as such, all such shares will be “restricted securities” for purposes of the Securities Act. Following these transactions, the equityholders will hold our shares of common stock (or restricted stock units) directly and they will cease to be equityholders of TopCo.

In this prospectus, our “Corporate Reorganization” refers to the transactions described above.


 

14


Table of Contents

The following chart summarizes our corporate structure following the Corporate Reorganization and this offering:

 

LOGO


 

15


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered

                 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering


                 shares (or                  shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full).

 

Over-allotment option

             shares.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million, or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  The principal purposes of this offering are to repay indebtedness, increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $             of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. At this time, other than the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, we have not specifically identified a large single use for which we intend to use the net proceeds and, accordingly, we are not able to allocate the net proceeds among any of these potential uses in light of the variety of factors that will impact how such net proceeds are ultimately utilized by us. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Controlled company

After this offering, assuming an offering size as set forth in this section, Thoma Bravo will own approximately     % of our common stock (or     % of our common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. See “Management—Corporate Governance—Controlled Company Status.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE trading symbol

“INST”

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on                  shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

                 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards under our 2021 Plan that are issuable upon the exchange of management incentive unit awards of TopCo that were issued, outstanding and unvested as of March 31, 2021;


 

16


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

                 shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2021 ESPP”), which will become effective in connection with this offering.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering, assumes:

 

   

an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock;

 

   

the effectiveness of the             -for-1 stock split of our common stock and the other Corporate Reorganization transactions described in “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Reorganization” prior to the consummation of this offering; and

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, each in connection with the closing of this offering.


 

17


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. As a result of the Take-Private Transaction on March 24, 2020, our summary historical consolidated financial and other data are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and are therefore not comparable. The period prior to and including March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure, Inc. and is identified as “Predecessor” and the period after March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure Holdings, Inc. and is identified as “Successor.” For accounting purposes, management has designated the “Acquisition Date” as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material.

To facilitate comparability of the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019, we present combined results for the combination of consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, comprising the Predecessor consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, the Successor consolidated results for the period from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period”).

We derived the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from the Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, which relate to the Predecessor, April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, which relate to the Successor, and as of December 31, 2020 from the Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the three months ended March 31, 2020, which relates to the Predecessor, and the three months ended and as of March 31, 2021, which relates to the Successor, from the Successor’s unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor, and in the opinion of our management, reflect all adjustments, including normal recurring items, considered necessary for a fair presentation of this data.


 

18


Table of Contents

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the summary historical financial data below in conjunction with the sections titled “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor     Combined           Predecessor           Successor  

(in thousands, except per
share data)

  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020 (1)
          Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020 (1)
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                  (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                       

Revenue:

                       

Subscription and support

  $ 188,501     $ 236,241     $ 65,968         $ 209,148     $ 274,070       $ 53,513         $ 86,354  

Professional services and other

    21,043       22,232       5,421           21,525       26,931         4,437           7,626  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total revenue

    209,544       258,473       71,389           230,673       301,001         57,950           93,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                       

Subscription and support

    46,706       64,170       19,699           108,603       140,257         31,654           39,884  

Professional services and other

    15,137       18,656       4,699           15,547       20,246         4,699           5,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    61,843       82,826       24,398           124,150       160,503         36,353           45,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Gross profit

    147,701       175,647       46,991           106,523       140,498         21,597           48,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                       

Sales and marketing

    97,481       121,643       27,010           125,650       165,817         40,167           41,222  

Research and development

    59,391       83,526       19,273           51,066       70,339         19,273           17,089  

General and administrative

    35,602       56,471       17,295           62,572       79,867         17,295           13,351  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                          29,612       29,612                    

Impairment on disposal group

                          10,166       10,166                   1,218  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    192,474       261,640       63,578           279,066       355,801         76,735           72,880  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (44,773     (85,993     (16,587         (172,543     (215,303       (55,138         (24,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                       

Interest income

    2,413       1,795       313           49       362         313           27  

Interest expense

    (68     (16     (8         (50,921     (67,324       (16,403         (17,271

Other income (expense), net

    (698     (225     (5,738         1,510       (4,228       (5,738         (634
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1,647       1,554       (5,433         (49,362     (71,190       (21,828         (17,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (43,126     (84,439     (22,020         (221,905     (286,493       (76,966         (42,412

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (339     3,620       (183         43,924       52,165         10,691           9,341  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (43,465   $ (80,819   $ (22,203       $ (177,981   $ (234,328     $ (66,275       $ (33,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.27   $ (2.19   $ (0.58       $ (177,981             $ (33,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

             

 

 

 

 

19


Table of Contents
    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor     Combined           Predecessor           Successor  

(in thousands, except per
share data)

  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020 (1)
          Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020 (1)
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                  (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Pro forma as adjusted net loss per common share, basic and diluted (2)

                                   $                               $                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    34,248       36,892       38,369           1                 1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

             

 

 

 

Pro forma as adjusted weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share(2)

                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the purpose of performing a comparison to the Predecessor’s year ended December 31, 2019, we prepared Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Supplemental Financial Information for the year ended December 31, 2020, which gives effect to the Take-Private Transaction, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period”). For the purpose of performing a comparison to the Predecessor’s three months ended March 31, 2021, we prepared Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Supplemental Financial Information for the three months ended March 31, 2020, which gives effect to the Take-Private Transaction, as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period”). The Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period and Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period are being discussed herein for informational purposes only and do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings that may result from the consolidation of operations. The amounts in the Predecessor and Successor columns do not total to the amounts in the unaudited pro forma combined column due to the adjustments made in preparing the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, which is described in “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations.”

(2)

The pro forma as adjusted data gives effect to (i) the Take-Private Transaction and (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as more fully described in “Use of Proceeds,” including the effect of the repayment of $         million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities.

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2020 to
March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020
to December 31,
2020
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 

Non-GAAP Financial Data (unaudited):

                     

Revenue

  $ 209,544     $ 258,473     $ 71,389         $ 230,673       $ 71,389         $ 93,980  

Fair value adjustments to deferred revenue in connection with purchase accounting

                          22,751                   4,758  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Allocated Combined Receipts (1)

  $ 209,544     $ 258,473     $ 71,389         $ 253,424       $ 71,389         $ 98,738  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

20


Table of Contents

 

(1)

“Allocated Combined Receipts” is defined as the combined receipts of our Company and companies that we have acquired allocated to the period of service delivery. We calculate Allocated Combined Receipts as the sum of (i) revenue and (ii) the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue related to the Take-Private Transaction and the Certica Holdings, LLC (“Certica”) acquisition on December 22, 2020 that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing operations. For a reconciliation of Allocated Combined Receipts to revenue, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures — Allocated Combined Receipts.”

 

     Successor  
            As Adjusted (1)  
(in thousands)    As of
March 31,
2021
     As of
March 31,
2021
 
    

(Unaudited)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 87,732      $    

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue (unaudited)

     116,598     

Total assets

     2,109,100     

Deferred revenue

     155,440     

Total debt, including current portion

     778,081     

Total liabilities

     1,052,084     

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,057,016     

 

(1)

Reflects our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities as set forth under “Use of Proceeds.”


 

21


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting our businesses, financial condition, operating results and prospectus, past financial performance should not be considered a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not rely on historical trends to anticipate trends or results in the future.

Risks Related to COVID-19

We have benefitted from the U.S. federal government’s stimulus packages focused on educational initiatives approved as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; however, there is no guarantee that additional funding will be approved, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. federal government approved certain fiscal stimulus packages, including an additional $82 billion in December 2020 and the American Rescue Plan in March 2021, which allocated $130 billion to support a reopening plan for K-12 schools and $35 billion for public Higher Education institutions to assist in reopening efforts, such as distance learning programs, the implementation of safety protocols, and emergency financial assistance. We are unable to predict the extent, implementation and effectiveness of any government-funded benefit programs and stimulus packages and the corresponding effect on demand for our learning platform or whether any further programs or stimulus packages will be adopted. If such government-funded benefit programs and stimulus packages are approved, our results may not be comparable to future periods.

Further, as a result of the stimulus packages, if potential competitors are attracted to our industry and develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future solutions less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

Our new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals have increased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and such increases in customer acquisitions and renewals may not be sustained or may reverse at any time.

We have experienced significant increases in customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly as it relates to statewide implementations of our learning platform. You should not rely on the increase in customer acquisitions and renewals in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic as an indication of our future performance. Many factors may contribute to declines in our acquisitions of customers and customer renewals in future periods, including if there is slowing demand for our learning platform, especially once the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic tapers. If our growth rate declines, investors’ perceptions of our business and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

22


Table of Contents

The increased adoption and usage of our platform stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic may result in interruptions, delays, or outages in our learning platform, has resulted in increased customer interactions and wait times which could result in breach of our standard customer agreements, our performance guarantees and service level standards thereunder, and will result in increased variable costs, all of which could harm our business financial condition and results of operations.

The usage and adoption of our learning platform has increased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and customer interactions and wait times for our customers have increased accordingly. If our customer support teams are unable to keep up with our increasing demands of our customers, customers may experience delays or interruptions in service, which could result in the breach of our standard customer agreements including performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits in the event of a significant disruption in our platform.

We rely upon Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) to operate certain aspects of our services and if our arrangement with AWS is unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, particularly in light of the increased adoption and usage of our platform stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic, we will need to adapt our arrangement with AWS to meet increased demand. As our AWS usage demands increase, we will experience higher variable costs and such higher variable costs may disproportionately affect our flat fee arrangements and further be disproportionate to any fee increases for our services, which may harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely affect our business and prospects.

The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain and rapidly changing. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders and shutdowns. These measures have impacted and may further impact all or portions of our facilities and workforce and the operations of our vendors and suppliers. While governmental authorities have taken measures to try to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, there is considerable uncertainty regarding such measures and potential future measures. There is no certainty that measures taken by governmental authorities will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, and our ability to perform critical business functions could be harmed.

In response to disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of our workforce, proactively reduce operating costs, conserve liquidity and position us to maintain our healthy financial position. These measures include restrictions on non-essential business travel, the institution of work-from-home policies wherever feasible and the implementation of strategies for workplace safety at our facilities that remain open. We are following the guidance from public health officials and government agencies, including implementation of enhanced cleaning measures, social distancing guidelines and wearing of masks. We will continue to incur increased costs for our operations during this pandemic that are difficult to predict with certainty. There is no assurance the measures we have taken or may take in the future will be successful in managing the uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.

While most of our operations can be performed remotely, there is no guarantee that we will be as effective while working remotely because our team is dispersed, many employees may have additional personal needs to attend to (such as looking after children as a result of school closures or caring for family members who become sick), and employees may become sick themselves and be unable to work. Decreased effectiveness of our team could adversely affect our results due to our inability to meet in person with potential customers, cancellation and inability to participate in conferences and other industry events that lead to sales generation, longer time periods to review and approve work product and a corresponding reduction in innovation, longer time to respond to performance issues with our learning platform, or other decreases in productivity that could seriously harm our business. Significant management time and resources may be diverted from our ordinary business operations in order to develop, implement and manage workplace safety strategies and conditions as we attempt to return to our facilities.

 

23


Table of Contents

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience difficulties in recruiting or retaining personnel, which may impact our ability to respond to our customers’ needs and fulfill contractual obligations. In addition, as a result of financial or operational difficulties that they may be experiencing, our suppliers, system integrators and channel partners may experience delays or interruptions in their ability to provide services to us or our customers, if they are able to do so at all, which could interrupt our customers’ access to our services which could adversely affect their perception of our learning platform’s reliability and result in increased liability exposure. We rely upon third parties for certain critical inputs to our business and learning platform, such as data centers and technology infrastructure. Any disruptions to services provided to us by third parties that we rely upon to provide our learning platform, including as a result of actions outside of our control, could significantly impact the continued performance of our learning platform.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also significantly increased economic uncertainty globally, and has led to record levels of unemployment in the U.S. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused an economic slowdown, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession. Concerns about the systemic impact of a potential widespread recession (in the U.S. or internationally) and geopolitical issues have led to increased market volatility and diminished growth expectations in the U.S. economy and abroad, which in turn could result in reductions in IT spending by our existing and prospective customers, reduced enrollments, and pressure on tuition rates and collection thereof. Some of our customers have experienced and may continue to experience financial hardships that, to date, have resulted in certain immaterial instances in delayed or uncollectible payments from our existing customers, and this could increase in the future. It is unclear when and how quickly the economy will recover after this unprecedented shutdown. All of these factors could have a negative impact on our revenue, cash flows and results of operations.

The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic is uncertain, rapidly changing and hard to predict and depends on events beyond our knowledge or control. These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our reputation and learning platform sales. We may not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a timely basis to prevent near- or long-term adverse impacts to our results. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, but it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses of $80.8 million, $22.2 million and $178.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2019 (which relates to the Predecessor), the Predecessor 2020 Period and the Successor 2020 Period, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $178.0 million at December 31, 2020. We must generate and sustain higher revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our profitability. We expect to continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future as we expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

 

   

sales and marketing, including expanding our direct sales organization and marketing programs, particularly for larger customers;

 

   

investments in our research and development team, and the development of new applications and new features for, and enhancements of, our existing applications;

 

   

expansion of our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally; and

 

   

general administration, including legal, accounting, and other expenses related to being a public company.

These expenditures may not result in additional revenue or the growth of our business. We also expect that our revenue growth rate will continue to decline over time. Accordingly, we may not be able to generate

 

24


Table of Contents

sufficient revenue to offset our expected cost increases and achieve and sustain profitability. If we fail to achieve and sustain profitability, the market price of our common stock could decline.

We depend on new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals to grow our business.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of new subscriptions or renewals of subscriptions to our learning platform and applications and cross-selling additional offerings into our existing customer base. Our growth today is primarily driven by new subscriptions and the related services and support bookings. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and five years and our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their initial subscription periods. Our customers may elect not to renew or may seek to renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. Our customers may make their decision to renew based on a number of factors, including their respective resources, pricing changes, their adoption and utilization of our applications and services, their satisfaction with our learning platform and applications, procurement or budgetary decisions from legislative or other regulatory bodies, and deteriorating general economic conditions. As our customer base continues to grow, renewals will become an increasingly important part of our results. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our learning platform and applications, or decrease the amount they spend with us, our revenue will decline and our business will be harmed.

If the markets for our applications develop more slowly than we expect or market conditions reduce IT spending, our growth may slow or stall as demand for our learning platform reduces, and our operating results would be harmed.

The markets for learning platforms are still evolving, and we depend on continued growth of these markets. In particular, we do not know whether the trend of adoption of cloud applications and infrastructure we have experienced with our academic customers in the past will continue in the future. To date, we have derived a substantial majority of our revenue from Canvas. A critical factor for our continued growth is our ability to sell our learning platform to new customers in Higher Education and K-12. The adoption trend for our academic customers is subject to influence from federal, state and local policymakers. We will incur substantial operating costs, particularly in sales and marketing and research and development, in attempting to develop these markets. If the market for our learning platform does not develop as we anticipate, or does not continue to grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, our operating results would be harmed.

We have also benefited from increasing trends toward remote learning and have experienced significant revenue growth in prior periods. You should not rely on the revenue growth of any prior quarterly or annual period as an indication of our future performance. To the extent these trends slow or reverse, our sales and profitability would be adversely affected.

Additionally, concerns about the systemic impact of a potential widespread recession (in the U.S. or internationally) or geopolitical issues could lead to increased market volatility and diminished growth expectations in the U.S. economy and abroad, which in turn could result in reductions in IT spending by our existing and prospective customers, reduced enrollments, and pressure on tuition rates and collection thereof. Prolonged economic slowdowns may result in customers delaying or canceling IT projects or seeking to lower their costs by requesting us to renegotiate existing contracts on less advantageous terms or defaulting on payments due on existing contracts or not renewing at the end of existing contract terms. As a result, broadening or protracted extension of an economic downturn could harm our business, revenue, results of operations and cash flows.

We could lose customers and revenue if there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of colleges, universities, K-12 schools and other education providers.

Our customers include colleges, universities, K-12 schools and other education providers, many of which depend substantially on government funding. Accordingly, any general decrease, delay or change in federal, state

 

25


Table of Contents

or local funding for colleges, universities, schools and other education providers could cause our current and potential customers to reduce their purchases of our learning platform, or decide not to renew their subscriptions, any of which could cause us to lose customers and revenue. In addition, a specific reduction in governmental funding support for learning platform could also cause us to lose customers and revenue.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in state educational funding, resulting from changes in legislation, both at the federal and state levels, changes in the state procurement process, changes in government leadership, declines in K-12 school enrollment, emergence of other priorities and changes in the condition of the local, state or U.S. economy. Moreover, future reductions in federal funding and the state and local tax bases could create an unfavorable environment, leading to budget shortfalls resulting in a decrease in educational funding. Any decreased funding for schools may harm our recurring and new business materially if our customers are not able to find and obtain alternative sources of funding.

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our learning platform may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our learning platform and its capabilities at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our learning platform and its capabilities simultaneously, denial of service attacks, or other security-related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time.

It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our learning platform and its capabilities become more complex and our user traffic increases. If our learning and its capabilities are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our learning platforms and its capabilities within a reasonable amount of time or at all, we may experience a loss of customers, lost or delayed market acceptance of our learning platform, delays in payment to us by customers, injury to our reputation and brand, legal claims against us, particularly potential contractual liabilities with our customers, and the diversion of our resources. In addition, to the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Moreover, our standard customer agreements include performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits in the event of a significant disruption in our platform. To the extent that our third-party service providers experience outages, or to the extent we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

If we fail to manage our growth effectively or our business does not grow as we expect, or if we fail to scale our business or manage our expenses, our operating results may suffer.

Our growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our operational, financial and management infrastructure. To manage this growth effectively, we must continue to improve our operational, financial and management systems and controls by, among other things:

 

   

effectively attracting, training and integrating new employees, particularly technical personnel and members of our management and sales teams;

 

   

further improving our key business systems, processes and information technology infrastructure to support our business needs;

 

26


Table of Contents
   

enhancing our information and communication systems to ensure that our employees are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and our customers; and

 

   

improving our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely and accurate reporting of our operational and financial results.

If we fail to manage our expansion or implement new systems, or if we fail to implement improvements or maintain effective internal controls and procedures, costs and expenses may increase more than expected and we may not expand our customer base, increase renewals, enhance existing solutions, develop new solutions, satisfy customers, respond to competitive pressures, or otherwise execute our business plan. If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our operating results will be harmed.

We have expanded specific functions over time in order to scale efficiently, to improve our cost structure and help scale our business. Our need to scale our business has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational business processes, infrastructure, facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources to improve internal business processes and systems, including investments in automation. Further, we expect to continue to expand our business globally, which will require additional resources and controls. If our operations, infrastructure and business processes fail to keep pace with our business and customer requirements, customers may experience disruptions in service or support or we may not scale the business efficiently, which could adversely affect our reputation and adversely affect our revenue. There is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to develop and expand our infrastructure and business processes at the pace necessary to scale the business, and our failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business. If we fail to efficiently expand our engineering, operations, customer support, professional services, cloud infrastructure, IT and financial organizations and systems, or if we fail to implement or maintain effective internal business processes, controls and procedures, our costs and expenses may increase more than we planned or we may fail to execute on our learning platform roadmap or our business plan, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Because we generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

We offer our learning platform primarily through multi-year subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from agreements entered into during prior quarters or years. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter is not likely to be reflected immediately in our revenue results for that quarter. However, declines would negatively affect our revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our platform and applications, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue and deferred revenue balance through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is recognized over the applicable subscription term.

Future acquisitions could disrupt our business and may divert management’s attention and, if unsuccessful, harm our business.

We intend to expand by making acquisitions that could be material to our business. We have completed four acquisitions since 2017 and our ability as an organization to successfully acquire and integrate technologies or businesses is limited. Acquisitions involve many risks, including the following:

 

   

an acquisition may negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition because it may require us to incur charges or assume substantial debt or other liabilities, may cause adverse tax consequences or unfavorable accounting treatment, may expose us to claims and disputes by third

 

27


Table of Contents
 

parties, including intellectual property claims and disputes, or may not generate sufficient financial return to offset additional costs and expenses related to the acquisition;

 

   

we may encounter difficulties or unforeseen expenditures in integrating the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any company that we acquire, particularly if key personnel of the acquired company decide not to work for us;

 

   

an acquisition may disrupt our ongoing business, divert resources, increase our expenses and distract our management;

 

   

an acquisition may result in a delay or reduction of customer purchases for both us and the company we acquired due to customer uncertainty about continuity and effectiveness of service from either company;

 

   

we may encounter difficulties in successfully selling, or may be unable to sell, any acquired products;

 

   

an acquisition may involve the entry into geographic or business markets in which we have little or no prior experience or where competitors have stronger market positions;

 

   

challenges inherent in effectively managing an increased number of employees in diverse locations;

 

   

the potential strain on our financial and managerial controls and reporting systems and procedures;

 

   

potential known and unknown liabilities associated with an acquired company;

 

   

our use of cash to pay for acquisitions would limit other potential uses for our cash;

 

   

if we incur debt to fund such acquisitions, such debt may subject us to material restrictions on our ability to conduct our business and financial maintenance covenants, and materially increase our interest expense;

 

   

the risk of impairment charges related to potential write-downs of acquired assets or goodwill in future acquisitions;

 

   

to the extent that we issue a significant amount of equity or equity-linked securities in connection with future acquisitions, existing stockholders may be diluted and earnings per share may decrease; and

 

   

managing the varying intellectual property protection strategies and other activities of an acquired company.

We may not succeed in addressing these or other risks or any other problems encountered in connection with the integration of any acquired business. The inability to integrate successfully the business, technologies, products, personnel or operations of any acquired business, or any significant delay in achieving integration, could harm our business and operating results.

Our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations.

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $481.0 million and $474.8 million of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, available to reduce future taxable income that will begin to expire in 2028 for federal purposes and 2020 for state tax purposes. Unused federal net operating loss carryforwards for the tax year ended December 31, 2017 and prior years could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “TCJA”), as modified by the CARES Act, federal net operating losses incurred after December 31, 2017 and in future years may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses after 2020 is limited to 80% of current year taxable income in any given year. The CARES Act temporarily repealed the 80% taxable income limitation for tax years beginning before January 1, 2021; net operating loss carryforwards generated after December 31, 2017 and carried forward to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 will be subject to the 80% limitation. Also, under the CARES Act, net operating losses arising in 2018, 2019 and 2020 can be carried back 5 years. It is

 

28


Table of Contents

uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA or the CARES Act. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. We may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which may be outside of our control. If an ownership change occurs and our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Changes in our pricing models could adversely affect our revenue, gross profit and financial position.

We have in the past and expect in the future that we will need to change our pricing model or contract length from time to time. For example, in September 2020, we raised our subscription prices for North America. As the market for our platform and applications grows, as new competitors introduce new competitive applications or services, or as we enter into new international markets, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing models we have historically used, or for contract lengths consistent with our historical averages. Pricing and contract length decisions may also impact the adoption of our learning platform and negatively impact our overall revenue. Moreover, larger organizations may demand substantial price concessions or shorter contract duration. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices or offer shorter contract durations, which could adversely affect our revenue, gross profit and financial position.

The length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our learning platform could delay new sales and cause our revenue for any given quarter to fail to meet our estimates or market expectations.

The sales cycle between our initial contact with a potential customer and the signing of a subscription agreement varies. As a result of the variability and length of the sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of sales. A delay in or failure to complete sales could harm our business and financial results, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from period to period. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in our potential customers’ decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:

 

   

customers’ budgetary constraints and priorities;

 

   

the timing of our customers’ budget cycles;

 

   

the need by some customers for lengthy evaluations that often include both their administrators and faculties; and

 

   

the length and timing of customers’ approval processes.

Potential customers typically conduct extensive and lengthy evaluations before committing to our applications and services and generally require us to expend substantial time, effort and money educating them as to the value of our learning platform.

If we fail to effectively develop and expand our sales and marketing capabilities, our ability to increase our customer base and increase the market share of our learning platform and applications could be harmed.

To increase the number of customers and increase the market share of our platform and applications, we will need to continue to develop our sales and marketing operations, including our domestic and international sales force. We will continue to dedicate significant resources to sales and marketing programs. The effectiveness of our inbound sales and marketing has varied over time and may vary in the future. Our business will be harmed if our efforts do not generate a correspondingly significant increase in revenue. We may not achieve anticipated

 

29


Table of Contents

revenue growth from expanding our sales force if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective.

We face significant competition from both established and new companies, and the risk of new established entrants, offering learning platforms, which may harm our ability to gain new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

The learning platform market is evolving and highly competitive, particularly in the Higher Education and K-12 market. With the introduction of new technologies and the potential entry of new competitors into the market, we expect competition to persist and intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales, maintain or increase renewals and maintain our prices.

We face intense competition from other software companies that develop learning platforms. With respect to LMS, companies such as Blackboard, D2L, Moodle, and Schoology have offerings that compete with certain of our products across our different end markets. We may also in the future face competition from new entrants to our market, some of whom would be able to invest massive resources to develop a unified platform that competes directly with ours or to acquire one or more of our competitors to compete with us. If existing or new companies develop or market a learning platform similar to ours, develop an entirely new software platform for the Higher Education and K-12 sector, acquire one of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors or other industry participants, our ability to compete effectively could be significantly impacted, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Competition could significantly impede our ability to sell or renew subscriptions to our platform and applications on terms favorable to us. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future solutions less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. In addition, if these competitors develop platforms and applications with similar or superior functionality to our learning platform, we may need to decrease the prices or accept less favorable terms for our subscriptions in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our pricing due to competitive pressures, margins will be reduced and operating results will be negatively affected.

Certain competitors have, and potential competitors may have, significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than us, and may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their applications and services, have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships, and longer operating histories and greater name recognition than us. As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. In a few cases, these vendors may also be able to offer additional software at little or no additional cost by bundling them with their existing suite of applications. To the extent any competitor has existing relationships with potential customers for other applications, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our learning platform because of their existing relationships with the competitor. If we are unable to compete with such companies, the demand for our platform and applications could be adversely affected.

Joint ventures, platform partnerships, and strategic alliances may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and prospects.

We may enter into joint ventures, platform partnerships, and strategic alliances as part of our long-term business strategy, including with current and future competitors. Joint ventures, platform partnerships, strategic alliances, and other similar arrangements involve significant investments of both time and resources, and there can be no assurances that they will be successful. They may present significant challenges and risks, including that they may not advance our business strategy, we may get an unsatisfactory return on our investment or lose some or all of our investment, they may distract management and divert resources from our core business, they

 

30


Table of Contents

may expose us to unexpected liabilities, or we may choose a partner that does not cooperate as we expect them to and that fails to meet its obligations or that has economic, business, or legal interests or goals that are inconsistent with ours.

Entry into certain joint ventures, platform partnerships, or strategic alliances now or in the future, particularly if entered into with a current and future competitor, may be subject to government regulation, including review by U.S. or foreign government entities. If a joint venture or similar arrangement were subject to regulatory review, such regulatory review might limit our ability to enter into the desired strategic alliance and thus our ability to carry out our long-term business strategy.

As our joint ventures, platform partnerships, and strategic alliances come to an end or terminate, we may be unable to renew or replace them on comparable terms, or at all. In the event we enter into an arrangement with a particular partner, we may be less likely (or unable) to work with one or more direct competitors of our partner with which we would have worked absent the arrangement. We may have interests that are different from our joint venture partners and/or which may affect our ability to successfully collaborate with a given partner. Similarly, one or more of our partners in a joint venture, platform partnership, or strategic alliance may independently suffer a bankruptcy or other economic hardship that negatively affects its ability to continue as a going concern or successfully perform on its obligation under the arrangement. Further, some of our strategic partners may offer competing products and services or work with our competitors. As a result of these and other factors, many of the companies with which we may enter into joint ventures, platform partnerships, or strategic alliances with may choose to pursue alternative technologies and develop alternative products and services in addition to or in lieu of our learning platform, either on their own or in collaboration with others, including our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these partners, our ability to compete in a given marketplace or to grow our revenue would be impaired, and our results of operations may suffer. Even if we are successful in establishing and maintaining these relationships with our partners, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer usage of our learning platform or increased revenue.

Further, winding down joint ventures, platform partnerships, or other strategic alliances can result in additional costs, litigation, and negative publicity. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and growth prospects.

If we fail to offer high-quality professional services and support, our business and reputation may suffer.

High-quality professional services and support, including training, implementation and consulting services, are important for the successful marketing, sale and use of our learning platform and applications and for the renewal of existing customers. The importance of high-quality professional services and support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional functionality and services to, or to retain, existing customers may suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers may be harmed.

Our expense reduction plan may not produce the savings expected and may negatively impact our other initiatives and efforts to grow our business.

We are consistently exploring measures aimed at improving our profitability and maintaining flexibility in our capital resources, including the introduction of our expense reduction plan. We restructured our mix of onshore and offshore research and development through a variety of initiatives, including moving a portion of our development efforts to Budapest, Hungary. Additionally, we simplified our organizational design and aligned the organization with our sole focus on serving education, eliminating low ROI program expenses, and closing and consolidating facilities internationally and within the U.S. We expect to continue to take measures to improve our profitability and cash flows from operating activities. However, there can be no assurance that the cost control measures will be successful. In addition, these and any future spending reductions, if any, may negatively impact our other initiatives or our efforts to grow our business, which may negatively impact our future results of operations and increase the burden on existing management, systems, and resources.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our business outside the U.S. exposes us to risks associated with international operations.

For 2020, 19% of our revenue was derived from outside the U.S. We opened our international headquarters in London, England in 2014 and have offices in Sydney, Australia, Hong Kong, Sao Paulo, Brazil, and Budapest, Hungary. Our international efforts strategy focuses on the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”), the Nordics, Australia, and New Zealand, and will be bolstered in the future in growing markets such as the Benelux region, Spain, Singapore, Philippines, and Brazil. Our current international operations and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

more stringent regulations relating to data security and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union (the “EU”);

 

   

technical or latency issues in delivering our platform and applications;

 

   

dependence on certain third parties, including potentially resellers with whom we do not have extensive experience;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes or trade laws;

 

   

differing labor regulations, especially in the EU, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the U.S., including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distance, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits and compliance programs;

 

   

difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distant workforce;

 

   

difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems and regulatory systems;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we choose to do so in the future;

 

   

limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

 

   

limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;

 

   

political instability or terrorist activities;

 

   

requirements to comply with foreign privacy and information security laws and regulations and the risks and costs of non-compliance;

 

   

likelihood of potential or actual violations of domestic and international anticorruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or of U.S. and international export control and sanctions regulations, which likelihood may increase with an increase of sales or operations in foreign jurisdictions and operations in certain industries; and

 

   

adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash.

Our limited experience in operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully and in a timely manner, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

32


Table of Contents

We rely on our management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key employees could harm our business.

Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team and other key employees in the areas of engineering, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers and information technology personnel because of the complexity of our learning platform, technologies and infrastructure.

Further, we have recently experienced significant changes to our executive leadership team. In 2020, we named several new key leaders, including a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer. These types of management changes have the potential to disrupt our operations due to the operational and administrative inefficiencies, added costs, increased likelihood of turnover, and the loss of personnel with vital institutional knowledge, experience and expertise, which could result in significant disruptions to our operations. In addition, we must successfully integrate the new executive leadership team members within our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives, and changes in key leadership positions may temporarily affect our financial performance and results of operations as new leadership becomes familiar with our business.

We may terminate any employee’s employment at any time, with or without cause, and any employee may resign at any time, with or without cause. We do not maintain any “key man” insurance for any employee. The loss of one or more of our key employees could harm our business.

If we fail to attract and retain additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to execute our business strategy.

To execute our business strategy, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. In particular, we compete with many other companies for software developers with high levels of experience in designing, developing and managing cloud-based software, as well as for skilled information technology, marketing, sales and operations professionals, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the professionals we need, in particular in Utah, where we are headquartered. In addition, as remote working arrangements continue to become normalized, we anticipate increased competition in attracting and retaining the professionals we need, particularly in Utah, from companies located elsewhere in the U.S. and internationally. For instance, companies based in Silicon Valley may offer remote working arrangements and compete for the same employees in our target markets. We have from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications which may, among other things, impede our ability to execute our software development and sales strategies. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we do. In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in the software industry, job candidates often consider the value of the stock options or other equity incentives they are to receive in connection with their employment. If the price of our stock declines, or experiences significant volatility, our ability to attract or retain qualified employees will be adversely affected. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our growth prospects could be harmed.

If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our company culture, which is based on dedication to openness, relationships, equality, ownership and simplicity. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team within this company culture. If we fail to preserve our culture our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives could be harmed. As we grow, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our company culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business may be harmed.

 

33


Table of Contents

Our business is dependent upon our brand recognition and reputation, and if we fail to maintain or enhance our brand recognition or reputation, our business could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our brands and our reputation are critical to our relationships with our customers and to our ability to attract new customers. We also believe that our brands and reputation will be increasingly important as competition in our markets continues to develop. Our success in this area will depend on a wide range of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

   

the efficacy of our marketing efforts;

 

   

our ability to continue to offer high-quality, innovative and err- and bug-free applications;

 

   

our ability to retain existing customers and obtain new customers;

 

   

our ability to maintain high customer satisfaction;

 

   

the quality and perceived value of our applications;

 

   

our ability to successfully differentiate our applications from those of our competitors;

 

   

actions of competitors and other third parties;

 

   

our ability to provide customer support and professional services;

 

   

any misuse or perceived misuse of our applications;

 

   

positive or negative publicity;

 

   

interruptions or delays on our platform or applications;

 

   

cyber-attacks on or security breaches of our platform and applications or the platforms of certain of our subcontractors; and

 

   

litigation, legislative or regulatory-related developments.

If our brand promotion activities are not successful, our operating results and growth may be harmed.

Furthermore, negative publicity, whether or not justified, relating to events or activities attributed to us, our employees, our partners or others associated with any of these parties, may tarnish our reputation and reduce the value of our brand. Damage to our reputation and loss of brand equity may reduce demand for our learning platform and have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Moreover, any attempts to rebuild our reputation and restore the value of our brands may be costly and time consuming, and such efforts may not ultimately be successful.

Our billing and collections processing activities are complex and time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting and collecting payment could have an adverse effect on our future revenue.

Billing for our learning platform is complex, time-consuming and expensive. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, we often bill various entities within a school district, all of which may have different billing requirements. In addition, because many of our customers are educational institutions that provide fundamental services, it is difficult to cease service when bills are not paid, which limits our collection methods. These factors create increased risk in our collection efforts, including long collection cycles and the risk that we may never collect at all, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Technology and our Intellectual Property Rights

We rely upon Amazon Web Services to operate certain aspects of our service and any disruption of or interference with our use of Amazon Web Services could impair our ability to deliver our learning platform to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business.

AWS provides a distributed computing infrastructure platform for business operations, or what is commonly referred to as a cloud computing service. We have designed our learning platform, software and computer

 

34


Table of Contents

systems to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by AWS. Currently, our cloud service infrastructure is run on AWS. Given this, we cannot easily switch our AWS operations to another cloud provider, so any disruption of or interference with our use of AWS would impact our operations and our business would be adversely impacted. AWS provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until terminated by either party. AWS may terminate the agreement without cause by providing 90 days’ prior written notice, and may terminate the agreement with 30 days’ prior written notice for cause, including any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the 30-day period. The agreement requires AWS to provide us their standard computing and storage capacity and related support in exchange for timely payment by us. If any of our arrangements with AWS is terminated, we could experience interruptions in our learning platform as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.

Additionally, if our arrangement with AWS is unable to keep up with our increasing needs for capacity, customers may experience delays or interruptions in their use of our learning platform. We plan to continue adapting our arrangement with AWS to meet increased demand, but we may be unable to do so in a timely manner. As our AWS usage demands increase, we will experience higher variable costs and such higher variable costs may disproportionately affect our flat fee arrangements and further be disproportionate to any fee increases for our services, which may harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS, located in various sites within the states of Virginia, Ohio and Oregon. For international customers, we utilize third-party data center hosting facilities operated by AWS located in Dublin, Ireland, Frankfurt, Germany, Sydney, Australia, Montreal, Canada and Singapore.

Our operations depend, in part, on AWS’s abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts and similar events. Despite precautions taken at our data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business or negatively impact our brand.

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs or requirements, our learning platform may become less competitive.

Our future success depends on our ability to adapt and enhance our learning platform. To attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers, we need to continue to enhance and improve our application offerings, features and enhancements to meet customer needs at prices that our customers are willing to pay. Such efforts will require adding new functionality and responding to technological advancements, which will increase our research and development costs. If we are unable to develop applications that address customers’ needs, or enhance and improve our platform in a timely manner, we may not be able to maintain or increase market acceptance of our learning platform. Further, our competitors may expend a considerably greater amount of funds on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. If we fail to maintain adequate research and development resources or compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors our business could be harmed. Our ability to grow is also subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. Access and use of our platform and applications is provided via the internet, which, itself, was disruptive to the previous enterprise software model. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver learning platforms and related applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently or more securely, such technologies could adversely affect our ability to compete.

 

35


Table of Contents

If we do not maintain the compatibility of our learning platform with third-party applications that our customers use in their schools or businesses, our revenue will decline.

A significant percentage of our customers choose to integrate our applications and platform with certain capabilities of third-party publishers and software providers using APIs. The functionality and popularity of our platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate our platform with third-party applications and software. Third-party providers of applications may change the features of their applications and software, restrict our access to their applications and software or alter the terms governing the use of their applications and software and access to those applications and software in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and software in conjunction with our learning platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. If we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications and software that our customers utilize, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and adversely impact our business.

If our network or computer systems are breached or unauthorized access to customer or other data is reported to have occurred or information is otherwise actually obtained, our platform and applications may be perceived as insecure and we may lose existing customers or fail to attract new customers, our reputation may be damaged and we may incur significant liabilities.

Use of our learning platform involves the storage, transmission and processing of our customers’ data, including personal or identifying information regarding their students or employees. Our systems that house this data are potentially vulnerable to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, contractors, consultants, business partners, and/or other third parties, or from cyber-attacks by malicious third parties (including the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information), which may compromise our system infrastructure or lead to the loss, destruction, alteration or dissemination of, or damage to, our data. For example, companies have experienced an increase in phishing and social engineering attacks from third parties in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic. Also, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, substantially all of our employees are working remotely. As a result, we may have increased cyber security and data security risks, due to increased use of home Wi-Fi networks and virtual private networks, as well as increased disbursement of physical machines. Cyber-attacks and other accidental or malicious internet-based activities continue to increase generally, and cloud-based platform providers of software and services have been targeted by bad actors. If any unauthorized access to or security breaches of our platform or applications, or those of our service providers, occurs, or is believed to have occurred, such an event or perceived event could result in the loss of or unauthorized processing of data, loss of intellectual property or trade secrets, loss of business, severe reputational or brand damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws, regulations, or contractual obligations, and significant costs for remediation that may include liability for stolen assets or information and repair of system damage that may have been caused, incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach, and other liabilities. Additionally, any such event or perceived event could impact our reputation, harm customer confidence, hurt our sales and expansion into existing and new markets, or cause us to lose existing customers. We could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such actual or perceived breaches and to remediate our systems, we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability, and our ability to operate our business may be impaired. Additionally, actual, potential or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs, including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third-party experts and consultants. Moreover, failure to maintain effective internal accounting controls related to data security breaches and cybersecurity in general could impact our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny.

 

36


Table of Contents

In addition, if the security measures of our customers are compromised, even without any actual compromise of our own systems, we may face negative publicity or reputational harm if our customers or anyone else incorrectly attributes the blame for such security breaches to us or our systems. If customers believe that our platform and applications do not provide adequate security for the storage of personal or other sensitive or confidential information or the transmission of such information over the internet, our business will be harmed. Customers’ concerns about security or privacy may deter them from using our platform and applications for activities that involve personal or other sensitive or confidential information.

Although we maintain liability insurance for liabilities incurred as a result of some security and privacy incidents and damages, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Because the techniques used and vulnerabilities exploited to sabotage or obtain unauthorized access to systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or vulnerabilities or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period.

Because data security is a critical competitive factor in our industry, we make public statements in our privacy policies describing the security of our learning platform. Should any of these statements be untrue, become untrue, or be perceived to be untrue, even if through circumstances beyond our reasonable control, we may face claims, including claims of unfair or deceptive trade practices, brought by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), federal, state, local, or foreign regulators, and private litigants.

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our learning platform or subject us to possible litigation.

Our applications, in particular a substantial portion of Canvas, use open source software that we, in some cases, have obtained from third parties. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable, and is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. The open source software used in our applications may contain real or perceived defects or security vulnerabilities which could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to claims or disputes if our customers are specifically targeted by attackers exploiting such vulnerabilities in our applications. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software. Open source software licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement, misappropriation or other violation claims or the quality of the code. In addition, certain open source licenses, like the GNU Affero General Public License (the “AGPL”), may require us to offer for no cost the components of our software that incorporate the open source software, to make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using the open source software, or to license our modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If we are required, under the terms of an open source license, to release the source code of our proprietary software to the public, our competitors could create similar applications with lower development effort and time, which ultimately could result in a loss of sales for us.

We may also face claims alleging noncompliance with open source license terms or infringement or misappropriation of proprietary software. These claims could result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our software, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results, including being enjoined from the offering of the components of our software that contained the open source software. In addition, if the license terms for open source software that we use change, and we cannot continue to use the version of such software that we had been using, we may be forced to re-engineer our applications, incur additional costs, or discontinue the sale of applications or services if re-engineering could not be accomplished on a timely basis, or make generally available, in source code form, all or a portion of our proprietary source code, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

37


Table of Contents

We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our applications. Although we monitor our use of open source software to avoid subjecting our applications to unintended conditions, few courts have interpreted open source licenses, and there is a risk that these licenses could be construed in a way that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our applications. We cannot guarantee that we have incorporated open source software in our proprietary software in a manner that will not subject us to liability, or in a manner that is consistent with our current policies and procedures, and we may inadvertently use open source software in a manner that we do not intent or that could expose us to claims for breach of contract or intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation.

We make a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available under the terms of an open source license, and accept contributions of modifications to that source code, each of which could negatively affect our ability to offer our platform and applications or subject us to possible litigation.

To promote our open platform philosophy, we make a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available to the public on the “GitHub” platform for no charge, under the terms of the AGPL. An individual or entity with the appropriate technical and human resources may choose to use this open source version of Canvas to try to self-host the platform to avoid paying any fees to us. In addition, some individuals or entities may try to use the open source version of Canvas for commercial purposes and directly compete with us for customers. We are aware of a few entities that currently self-host the platform and are aware of some entities that are currently selling hosting and support services. If more customers decide to self-host or other entities use the base code to compete with us, we may experience lower revenue and our business may be harmed.

We accept modifications of the source code for Canvas from contributors who agree to the terms of our contributor agreement. Our contributor agreement provides for assignment of joint ownership in the copyright to the contribution, and a license to any patent rights of the contributor. Contributors must also represent that it is an original work and that the contribution does not violate any third-party intellectual property right. However, we cannot ensure that any of these contributions is free of all third-party rights and claims of intellectual property infringement or misappropriation. By incorporating any contribution into our code base, we may be subject to intellectual property infringement or misappropriation claims, which as discussed elsewhere, are costly to defend and could require costly re-writing of our code base or licensing of replacement third-party solutions. Third-party alternatives may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms.

We are dependent on the continued availability of the internet and third-party computer and communications systems.

Our ability to provide our platform and applications to our customers depends on our ability to communicate with our customers through the public internet and third-party computer and communications systems. A severe disruption of one or more of these systems could impair our ability to process information, which could impede our ability to provide services to our customers, harm our reputation, subject us to financial penalties and liability under our SLAs, result in a loss of customers and harm our business and operating results.

Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our learning platform could adversely affect our operating results and growth prospects.

We push updates to our platform on a frequent basis. Despite testing by us, errors, failures, bugs or defects may not be found in our platform or applications until after they are deployed to our customers. We have discovered and expect we will continue to discover software errors, failures, bugs or defects in our platform or applications and anticipate that certain of these errors, failures, bugs or defects will only be discovered and remediated after deployment to customers. Real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects in our platform and

 

38


Table of Contents

applications could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our platform and applications, loss of competitive position, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend significant additional resources in order to help correct the problem.

We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regular system maintenance, which may lead to system downtime. Even if we are able to implement the bug fixes and upgrades in a timely manner, any history of defects or inaccuracies in the data we collect for our customers, or the loss, damage or inadvertent release of confidential data could cause our reputation to be harmed, and customers may elect not to purchase or renew their agreements with us or we may incur increased insurance costs. The costs associated with any material defects or errors in our software or other performance problems may be substantial and could harm our operating results.

Because many of our customers use our applications to store and retrieve critical information, we may be subject to liability claims if our applications do not work properly. We cannot be certain that the limitations of liability set forth in our licenses and agreements would be enforceable or would otherwise protect us from liability for damages. A material liability claim against us, regardless of its merit or its outcome, could result in substantial costs, significantly harm our business reputation and divert management’s attention from our operations.

Third-party claims that we are infringing the intellectual property rights of others, whether successful or not, could subject us to costly and time-consuming litigation or require us to purchase expensive licenses, and our business could be harmed.

The software industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the software industry must often defend against litigation claims based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Third parties, including our competitors, may own patents or other intellectual property rights that cover aspects of our technology or business methods and may assert patent or other intellectual property rights within the industry. Moreover, in recent years, individuals and groups that are non-practicing entities, commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” have purchased patents and other intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement in order to extract settlements. From time to time, we may receive threatening letters, notices or “invitations to license,” or may be the subject of claims that our learning platform or services and underlying technology infringe or violate the intellectual property rights of others. Responding to such claims, regardless of their merit, can be time consuming, costly to defend in litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, damage our reputation and brand and cause us to incur significant expenses. Our technologies may not be able to withstand any third-party claims against their use. Claims of intellectual property infringement or violation might require us to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights, redesign our application, which could require significant effort and expense, and cause delays of releases, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling our learning platform. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology on reasonable terms or at all, or substitute similar technology from another source, we could be forced to limit or stop selling our learning platform, we may not be able to meet our obligations to customers under our customer contracts, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted, and we may be unable to compete effectively. Additionally, our customers may not purchase our applications if they are concerned that such applications may infringe or violate third-party intellectual property rights. The occurrence of any of these events may harm our business.

In our subscription agreements with our customers, we generally agree to indemnify our customers against any losses or costs incurred in connection with claims by a third party alleging that the customer’s use of our learning platform or services infringes the intellectual property rights of the third party. Our customers who are accused of intellectual property infringement may seek indemnification from us. If any claim is successful, or if

 

39


Table of Contents

we are required to indemnify or defend our customers from any of these or other claims, these matters could be disruptive to our business and management and result in additional legal expenses.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights.

Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade secret laws and contractual restrictions to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in our applications and services. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Any of our trademarks or other intellectual property or proprietary rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property and proprietary rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our technology and use information that we regard as proprietary to create applications and services that compete with ours. Some license provisions protecting against unauthorized use, copying, transfer and disclosure of our offerings may be unenforceable under the laws of certain jurisdictions and foreign countries. Our corporate name and the name of our platform and applications have not been trademarked in each market where we operate and plan to operate. If we do not secure registrations for our trademarks, we may encounter more difficulty in enforcing them against third parties. Effective copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our platform and applications are available. The laws of some foreign countries, including countries in which our solutions are sold, may not be as protective of intellectual property and proprietary rights as those in the U.S., and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property and proprietary rights may be inadequate. To the extent we expand our international operations, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our technology and proprietary information may increase. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating, or violating, our technology and intellectual property and proprietary rights.

Although we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with the parties with whom we have strategic relationships and business alliances, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our applications and proprietary information or prevent reverse engineering. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our learning platform, and we may be unable to prevent this competition.

We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights and to protect our trade secrets. Such litigation could be costly, time consuming and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property and proprietary rights. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate. Any litigation, whether or not resolved in our favor, could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management and technical personnel from our business and adversely affect our business. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation, could delay further sales or the implementation of our learning platform, impair the functionality of our learning platform, delay introductions of new features or enhancements, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our learning platform, or injure our reputation.

 

40


Table of Contents

Incorrect or improper use of our solutions or our failure to property train customers on how to use our solutions could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business.

Our solutions are complex and the proper use of such solutions requires training of the customer and end user. If our solutions are not used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result. Because our customers rely on our solutions, services and maintenance support to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect or improper use of our solutions, our failure to properly train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our solutions, or our failure to properly provide maintenance services to our customers may result in negative publicity or legal claims against us.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulation

We are subject to governmental laws, regulation and other legal obligations, particularly related to privacy, data protection and information security, and the governmental laws, regulation and other legal obligations continue to evolve, and any actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could harm our business.

Privacy and information security are significant issues in the U.S. and the other jurisdictions where we offer our learning platform. The legislative and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. The education technology community has been the subject of particular scrutiny. For instance, in 2019, a letter was circulated by certain members of the U.S. Senate to various educational technology companies, including us, reiterating its concerns about the amount of data being collected regarding students and the potential safety and security risks to children. Our handling of data is subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including laws and regulations enforced by various government agencies, such as the FTC and various federal, state, local and foreign agencies. We collect personal information (“PI”) and other data from our employees, customers and users. We use this information to provide services to our customers and users and to operate, support, expand and improve our business. We may also share customers’ or users’ PI with third parties as allowed by applicable law and agreements, as authorized by the customer, or as described in our privacy policies.

The U.S. federal and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on the collection, distribution, use storage and other processing of PI. In the U.S., the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards on the online collection, use, dissemination, processing and security of data. Furthermore, many states have enacted laws that apply directly to the operators of online services that are intended for Higher Education and K-12 purposes or are proposing legislation to mandate privacy and data security obligations on the collection, use, disclosure, processing and security of PI generally. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (the “CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, imposes a number of privacy and security obligations on companies who collect, use, disclose or otherwise process PI of California residents. The law broadly defines personal information, gives California residents expanded privacy rights, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides for civil penalties for violations, and includes a new cause of action for data breaches. Moreover, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”) was approved by Californians during the November 3, 2020 election. The CPRA will significantly modify the CCPA, and will impose additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, potentially resulting in further complexity. The effects of this legislation are potentially far-reaching and may require us to modify our data management practices and to incur substantial expense in an effort to comply.

Many foreign countries and governmental bodies, including the EU, Canada, Australia and other jurisdictions, have laws and regulations concerning the collection, use, disclosure, processing and security of PI obtained from their residents or by businesses operating within their jurisdiction. These laws and regulations often are more restrictive than those in the U.S. laws and regulations in these jurisdictions may apply broadly to the collection, use, storage, disclosure, processing and security of data that identifies or may be used to identify

 

41


Table of Contents

or locate an individual and other personal information, such as names, email addresses and Internet Protocol addresses and other online identifiers. We publicly post our privacy policies and practices concerning our collection, use, disclosure and other processing of PI. Our publication of our privacy policy and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices.

In the EU, where companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) became enforceable on May 25, 2018. The GDPR introduced new and enhanced data protection requirements throughout the EU and significant penalties of up to the greater of 4% of worldwide turnover or €20 million for violations of data protection rules. The GDPR notably has extra-territorial reach and has a significant impact on ‘data controllers’ and ‘data processors’ either with an establishment in the EU, or which offer goods or services to EU data subjects or monitor EU data subjects’ behavior within the EU. We are maintaining our ongoing compliance with the GDPR. As GDPR enforcement evolves, we may find it necessary to establish systems to maintain EU-origin data in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”), or to amend agreements with our customers which may involve substantial expense and distraction from other aspects of our business. In addition, data protection authorities in each member state of the EU have the ability to interpret certain aspects of the GDPR, which has the potential to create inconsistencies on a country-by-country basis. Ongoing implementation of the GDPR could require us to change certain business practices and result in increased costs. Further, the EU’s draft proposed Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications (the “ePrivacy Regulation”) is in the process of being finalized by the Council of the EU (with support from the Committee of Permanent Representatives), and anticipated to become subject to trilogue negotiations (between the Council of the EU, the European Parliament and the European Commission) later in 2021. Although it remains under debate, drafts of the proposed ePrivacy Regulation would alter rules on third-party cookies, web beacons and similar technologies, and significantly increase penalties for non-compliance. The ePrivacy Regulation is unlikely to come into effect for several more years, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business.

The GDPR principles on the processing of PI have been implemented into laws enforceable in the U.K. by the Data Protection Act 2018 and the U.K. GDPR. The European Commission is currently considering whether to issue an ‘adequacy decision’ in favor of the U.K. On December 24, 2020, the U.K. government and the European Commission provisionally agreed a trade and cooperation agreement governing their future relationship, which has introduced a “bridge period” from January 1, 2021 until June 30, 2021, or, if earlier, the date upon which an adequacy decision is issued in favor of the U.K. In this bridge period, transfers of PI from the EEA to the U.K. do not need to be legitimized by a data transfer mechanism. However, if an adequacy decision is not issued in favor of the U.K., then from the expiry of the bridge period, the U.K. will be deemed a “third country” for the purposes of EU data protection law and additional mechanisms may be required to legitimize transfers of PI from the EEA to the U.K. The U.K.’s exit from the EU may therefore lead to an increase in data protection compliance costs.

On July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (the “CJEU”) issued its landmark judgment in Data Protection Commissioner v Facebook Ireland Limited, Maximillian Schrems (Case C-311/18) (“Schrems II”), which invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield with immediate effect, while upholding the European Commission’s standard contractual clauses (“SCCs”) as a means for legitimizing the transfer of PI by U.S. companies doing business in the EU from the EEA to the U.S. While the use of such SCCs was upheld, the CJEU held that compliance with the SCCs must be closely monitored by parties and the data exporter relying on them must perform a case-by-case assessment as to whether the laws of the country of importation of personal data provide adequate protection, as under EU data protection laws. The decision in Schrems II is likely to impact our current and planned business activities which involve transfers of PI outside of the EEA (both intra-group and to third parties) and will require ongoing monitoring of the latest legal and regulatory developments and as such, may involve compliance costs to address any changes required. We may experience hesitancy, reluctance, or refusal by European or multi-national customers to continue to use our services due to the potential risk exposure to such customers as a result of the uncertainty around the legality of cross-border data transfer methods on

 

42


Table of Contents

which we rely. Ongoing legal challenges to the SCCs may render either or both methods invalid or could result in further limitations on the ability to transfer data across borders. Additionally, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws requiring local data residency, and there are also plans to replace the SCCs with a revised set of clauses during the course of 2021, a draft of which were published by the European Commission on November 12, 2020 and for which comments were accepted until December 10, 2020.

Although we are working to comply with those federal, state, and foreign laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other legal obligations that apply to us, those laws, regulations, standards and obligations are evolving, particularly in our industry, and may be modified, interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another, and may conflict with one another, other requirements or legal obligations, our practices or the features of our learning platform. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state or foreign laws or regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations or other legal obligations, or any actual or suspected security incident, whether or not resulting in unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release or transfer of PI or other data, may result in governmental enforcement actions and prosecutions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, contractual obligations, or other legal obligations could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and materially adversely affect our business.

We also expect that this will continue to be a point of focus for legislation and there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the U.S., the EU and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations, and changes in the interpretation of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our or our customers’ ability to collect, use, disclose or process information relating to consumers, which could decrease demand for our applications, increase our costs and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue. New laws, amendments to, or re-interpretations of, existing laws and regulations, industry standards, contractual obligations and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations. Such laws and regulations may require companies to implement or update privacy and security policies, permit users to access, correct and delete personal information stored or maintained by such companies, inform individuals of security breaches that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain individuals’ consent to use PI for certain purposes. In addition, a foreign government could require that any PI collected in a country not be disseminated outside of that country, and we are not currently equipped to comply with such a requirement. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of certain technologies that track individuals’ activities on web pages or that record when individuals click through to an internet address contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could require us to change features of our learning platform or restrict our customers’ ability to collect and use email addresses, page viewing data and personal information, which may reduce demand for our learning platform. If we fail to comply with federal, state and international data privacy laws and regulations our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals could be harmed.

We also may find it necessary or desirable to join industry or other self-regulatory bodies or other privacy- or data protection-related organizations that require compliance with their rules pertaining to privacy and data protection. We also may be bound by additional, more stringent contractual obligations relating to our collection, use, disclosure and processing of personal, financial and other data.

We are subject to contractual clauses that require us to comply with certain provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act and we are subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, and if we fail to comply with these laws, our reputation and business could be harmed.

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”) generally prohibits educational institutions that receive federal funding from disclosing personally identifiable information (“PII”) from a student’s education

 

43


Table of Contents

records without the student’s consent. Through our learning platform, our customers and users disclose to us certain information that may originate from or comprise a student education record, as the term is defined under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions, we are often subject to contractual clauses that impose restrictions derived from FERPA on our ability to collect, process, transfer, disclose, and store student data. If we violate our obligations to any of our educational institution customers relating to the privacy of student records subject to FERPA, such a violation could constitute material breach of contract with one or more of our customers and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in a manner that results in a violation of FERPA by one of our educational customers, the U.S. Department of Education could require that customer to suspend our access to the customer’s student information that is covered under FERPA for a period of at least five years.

We are also subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (“COPPA”), which applies to operators of commercial websites and online services directed to U.S. children under the age of 13 that collect personal information from children, and to operators of general audience websites with actual knowledge that they are collecting information from U.S. children under the age of 13. Our learning platform is directed, in part, at children under the age of 13. Through our learning platform, we collect certain personal information, including names and email addresses from children. COPPA is subject to interpretation by courts and other governmental authorities, including the FTC, and the FTC is authorized to promulgate, and has promulgated, revisions to regulations implementing provisions of COPPA, and provides non-binding interpretive guidance regarding COPPA that changes periodically with little or no public notice. Although we strive to ensure that our platform and applications are compliant with applicable COPPA provisions, these provisions may be modified, interpreted, or applied in new manners that we may be unable to anticipate or prepare for appropriately, and we may incur substantial costs or expenses in attempting to modify our systems, platform, applications, or other technology to address changes in COPPA or interpretations thereof. If we fail to accurately anticipate the application, interpretation or legislative expansion of COPPA we could be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and we could be in breach of our customer contracts and our customers could lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and business.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose self-regulatory standards, such as the Student Privacy Pledge, from time to time. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards or to facilitate our customer’s compliance with such standards. Following these privacy standards and adapting to future standards involves significant operational challenges. In addition, any inability or decision not to join these industry initiatives could damage our reputation, inhibit sales, slow our sales cycles and adversely affect our business.

Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws along with contractually imposed industry standards are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our learning platform and platform capabilities. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims and penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our learning platform and platform capabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our learning platform. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our learning platform, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations and standards related to the Internet, our business may be harmed.

 

44


Table of Contents

We could face liability, or our reputation might be harmed, as a result of the activities of our customers or users, the content in our platform or the data they store on our servers.

As a provider of cloud-based software, we may be subject to potential liability for the activities of our customers or users on or in connection with the data they store on our servers. Although our customer terms of use prohibit illegal use of our services by our customers and permit us to take down content or take other appropriate actions for illegal use, customers may nonetheless engage in prohibited activities or upload or store content with us in violation of applicable law or the customer’s own policies, which could subject us to liability or harm our reputation.

Various U.S. federal statutes may apply to us with respect to various customer activities. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 (“DMCA”) provides recourse for owners of copyrighted material who believe that their rights under U.S. copyright law have been infringed on the internet. Under the DMCA, based on our current business activity as an internet service provider that does not own or control website content posted by our customers, we generally are not liable for infringing content posted by our customers or other third parties, provided that we follow the procedures for handling copyright infringement claims set forth in the DMCA. Generally, if we receive a proper notice from, or on behalf, of a copyright owner alleging infringement of copyrighted material located on websites we host, and we fail to expeditiously remove or disable access to the allegedly infringing material or otherwise fail to meet the requirements of the safe harbor provided by the DMCA, the copyright owner may seek to impose liability on us. Technical mistakes in complying with the detailed DMCA take-down procedures, or if we fail to otherwise comply with the other requirements of the safe harbor, could subject us to liability for copyright infringement.

Although statutes and case law in the U.S. have generally shielded us from liability for customer activities to date, court rulings in pending or future litigation may narrow the scope of protection afforded us under these laws. In addition, laws governing these activities are unsettled in many international jurisdictions, or may prove difficult or impossible for us to comply with in some international jurisdictions. Also, notwithstanding the exculpatory language of these bodies of law, we may become involved in complaints and lawsuits which, even if ultimately resolved in our favor, add cost to our doing business and may divert management’s time and attention. Finally, other existing bodies of law, including the criminal laws of various states, may be deemed to apply or new statutes or regulations may be adopted in the future, any of which could expose us to further liability and increase our costs of doing business.

Additionally, our customers could use our learning platform to store or process PI, including sensitive PI, without our knowledge of such storage or processing. In the event that our systems experience a data security incident, or an individual or entity accesses information without, or in excess of, proper authorization, we could be subject to data security incident notification laws, as described elsewhere, which may require prompt remediation and notification to individuals. If we are unaware of the data and information stored on our systems, we may be unable to appropriately comply with all legal obligations, and we may be exposed to governmental enforcement or prosecution actions, private litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and these incidents could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and business.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers could increase the costs of our learning platform and adversely impact our business.

New income, sales, use or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be enacted at any time. Any new taxes could adversely affect our domestic and international business operations, and our business and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to us. For example, the TCJA, as modified by the CARES Act, enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to the TCJA, the CARES Act or other tax legislation may affect us, and certain aspects of any such tax legislation could be repealed or modified in future legislation. In addition, it is

 

45


Table of Contents

uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA, the CARES Act or any newly enacted federal tax legislation. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under the TCJA, the CARES Act or future reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense. These events could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts on a prospective or retroactive basis, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts deemed to be due. If we raise our prices to offset the costs of these changes, existing and potential future customers may elect not to purchase our learning platform in the future. Additionally, new, changed, modified or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our learning platform. Any or all of these events could harm our business and operating results.

In addition, the public schools we contract with are financed with government funding from federal, state and local taxpayers. Our business may be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances or by diminished tax revenues which could lead to significant declines in public school funding. The results of federal, state and local elections can also result in shifts in education policy and the amount of funding available for various education programs. Any decreased funding for schools may harm our recurring and new business materially if our customers are not able to find and obtain alternative sources of funding.

We are subject to export controls and economic sanctions laws, and our customers and channel partners are subject to import controls that could subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Certain of our solutions are subject to U.S. export controls and we are permitted to export such solutions to certain countries outside the U.S. only by first obtaining an export license from the U.S. government or by utilizing an existing export license exception. Obtaining the necessary export license for a particular export may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions, including economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, prohibit the sale or supply of our solutions and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities.

Although we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being provided in violation of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws, our solutions may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws. If we were to fail to comply with U.S. export law requirements, U.S. customs regulations, U.S. economic sanctions or other applicable U.S. laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration for responsible employees and managers and the possible loss of export or import privileges. U.S. export controls, sanctions and regulations apply to our channel partners as well as to us. Any failure by our channel partners to comply with such laws, regulations or sanctions could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

Also, various countries, in addition to the United States, regulate the import and export of certain encryption and other technology, including import and export licensing requirements, and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our end-customers’ ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions into international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. In addition, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

46


Table of Contents

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery and similar laws, such as the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making, offering, soliciting, or accepting, directly or indirectly, improper payments or other improper benefits to or from any person whether in the public or private sector. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, adverse media coverage and other consequences. Any investigations, actions or sanctions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. These laws also require that we keep accurate books and records and maintain internal controls and compliance procedures designed to prevent any such actions. While we have policies and procedures to address compliance with such laws, we cannot assure you that our third-party business partners or intermediaries, employees, representatives, contractors, and agents will not take actions in violation of our policies and applicable law, for which we may be ultimately held responsible.

Our failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulations could damage our reputation and result on our being liable for penalties, including termination of our government contracts, disqualification from bidding on future government contracts, suspension or debarment from government contracting.

We must comply with laws and regulations relating to government contracts, which affect how we do business with our customers and may impose added costs on our business. Some significant laws and regulations that affect us include:

 

   

federal, state and local laws and regulations (including the Federal Acquisition Regulation) regarding the formation, administration and performance of government contracts;

 

   

the Civil False Claims Act (and similar state and local false claims acts), which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government for payment or approval; and

 

   

federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding procurement integrity including gratuity, bribery and anti-corruption requirements as well as limitations on political contributions and lobbying.

Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, federal, state and local government entities may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and may also face restrictions or pressure regarding the type and amount of services that they may obtain from private contractors. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew contracts under which we currently perform when those contracts are eligible for recompetition.

Any future litigation against us could damage our reputation and be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment

 

47


Table of Contents

claims made by current or former employees, including as a result of actions taken by us in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Litigation might result in reputational damage and substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might adversely impact our business, overall financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. Moreover, any negative impact to our reputation will not be adequately covered by any insurance recovery. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our results of operations and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the value of our common stock. While we currently are not aware of any material pending or threatened litigation against us, we can make no assurances the same will continue to be true in the future.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business.

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of NYSE and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to re-establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

 

48


Table of Contents

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. As a prior reporting company, the framework of our system and processing documentation is established; however, we are in the process of updating as necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation prior to becoming a public company or in a timely manner thereafter. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second Annual Report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We will also be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause stockholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and stock price. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various costly and time-consuming actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Many members of our management team, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage us as a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had total current and long-term indebtedness outstanding of approximately $789.6 million and $839.2 million, respectively, in term loans and unamortized debt issuance costs of $11.6 million and $12.1 million, respectively. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we would be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in our credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Golub Capital Markets LLC and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers (the “Credit Agreement”) have important consequences, including:

 

   

limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to incur or prepay existing indebtedness, pay dividends or distributions, dispose of assets, engage in mergers and consolidations, make acquisitions or other investments and make changes in the nature of the business, among other things;

 

   

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates, as substantially all of our borrowings, including borrowings under the Credit Facilities, bear variable rates of interest; and

 

   

making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, tax laws, including the disallowance or deferral of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Further, our Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business.

Interest rates under the Credit Agreement are based partly on the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”), the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. LIBOR is currently expected to be phased out by the middle of 2023. The U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Funding Rate which is currently intended to serve as an alternative reference rate to LIBOR. If the method for calculation of LIBOR changes, if LIBOR is no longer available, or if lenders have increased costs due to changes in LIBOR, we may suffer from potential increases in interest rates on our borrowings. Further, we may need to renegotiate our agreements or any other borrowings that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established.

We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.

 

50


Table of Contents

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may incur substantially more indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face could intensify.

Variable rate indebtedness that we have incurred or may in the future incur will subject us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Substantially all of our borrowings, including borrowings under our Credit Facilities, bear variable rates of interest. An increase in prevailing interest rates would increase our debt service obligations, which would have a negative impact on our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit worthiness, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures and acquisitions, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. Refinancings may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities include certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for certain purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.

The terms of the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

declare or pay certain dividends, payments or distribution or repurchase or redeem certain capital stock;

 

51


Table of Contents
   

permit our subsidiaries to enter into agreements restricting their ability to pay dividends, make loans, incur liens and sell assets; and

 

   

make certain investments.

These restrictions could limit, potentially significantly, our operational flexibility and affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to execute our business strategy.

We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.

Our Credit Facilities mature on March 24, 2026. In addition, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. Our ability to repay, refinance, replace or extend these facilities by their maturity dates will be dependent on, among other things, business conditions, our financial performance and the general condition of the financial markets. If a financial disruption were to occur at the time that we are required to repay indebtedness outstanding under these facilities, we could be forced to undertake alternate financings, including a sale of additional common stock, negotiate for an extension of the maturity of the applicable facility or sell assets and delay capital expenditures in order to generate proceeds that could be used to repay indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

Thoma Bravo controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, investment entities affiliated with Thoma Bravo will control approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their over-allotment option, which means that, based on its percentage voting power controlled after the offering, Thoma Bravo will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. This control will enable Thoma Bravo to control the election of the members of our board of directors (the “Board”) and all other corporate decisions. Even when Thoma Bravo ceases to control a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Thoma Bravo continues to own a significant percentage of our common stock, Thoma Bravo will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, Thoma Bravo will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as Thoma Bravo continues to own a significant percentage of our common stock, Thoma Bravo will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with Thoma Bravo that provides it the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate,     % or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least     % and less than     % of the voting power; (iii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo control, in the aggregate, at least     % and less than     % of the voting power; (iv) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least     % and less than     % of the voting power; and (v) one director for so long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least     % and less than     % of the voting power. The Director Nomination Agreement will also provide that Thoma Bravo may assign such right to an affiliate. The Director Nomination Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the

 

52


Table of Contents

size of our Board without the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.

Thoma Bravo and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in our industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, Thoma Bravo and its affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other stockholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that none of Thoma Bravo, any of its affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Thoma Bravo also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, Thoma Bravo may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you or may not prove beneficial.

Upon listing of our shares of common stock on NYSE, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of NYSE and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, Thoma Bravo will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exceptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not consist entirely of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of NYSE.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other stockholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may

 

53


Table of Contents

vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. Among other things:

 

   

these provisions allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of stockholders;

 

   

these provisions provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

these provisions provide that, at any time when Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least     % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

 

   

these provisions prohibit stockholder action by written consent from and after the date on which Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

these provisions provide that for as long as Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least                 % in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and at any time when Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least     % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when Thoma Bravo controls, in the aggregate, at least     % in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to Thoma Bravo.

We will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder. However, our certificate of incorporation to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding Thoma Bravo and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least     % of our common stock for a period of three years from the

 

54


Table of Contents

date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws.” These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team.

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including actions to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and the federal district courts of the U.S. as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt at or prior to the consummation of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any claims in state court for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the U.S. shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Exclusive Forum.” The forum selection provisions in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board.

 

55


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common stock but will own only approximately                 % of our common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on NYSE under the trading symbol INST, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing additional shares of our common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using any such securities as consideration.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of common stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have                  outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2021. This includes shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriting” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares of common stock will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by the representatives on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of common stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

 

56


Table of Contents

As further described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement,” we are party to a registration rights agreement with Thoma Bravo in connection with this offering, which will require us to effect the registration of Thoma Bravo’s shares in certain circumstances following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. If Thoma Bravo exercises its rights under this agreement to resell a significant amount of its shares of our common stock, we will not receive any proceeds from those offerings.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our Credit Agreement. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

Our quarterly operating results and other metrics may vary significantly and be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our common stock to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ budgets and their ability to purchase or renew at similar volumes to prior periods;

 

   

changes in spending on learning platforms by our current or prospective customers;

 

   

pricing our applications effectively so that we are able to attract and retain customers without compromising our operating results;

 

   

attracting new customers and increasing our customers’ use of our applications;

 

   

customer renewals and the amounts for which agreements are renewed;

 

   

awareness of our brand;

 

   

changes in the competitive dynamics of our market, including consolidation among competitors or customers and the introduction of new applications or application enhancements;

 

   

changes to the commission plans, quotas and other compensation-related metrics for our sales representatives;

 

   

the amount and timing of payment for operating expenses, particularly research and development, sales and marketing expenses and employee benefit expenses;

 

   

our ability to manage our existing business and future growth, including increases in the number of customers on our platform and the introduction and adoption of our platform in new markets outside of the U.S.;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

unforeseen costs and expenses related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure, including disruptions in our hosting network infrastructure and privacy and data security;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our learning platform;

 

   

litigation-related costs, settlements or adverse litigation judgments;

 

   

our ability to maintain scalable internal systems for reporting, order processing, license fulfillment, solution delivery, purchasing, billing and general accounting, among other functions;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our offerings;

 

   

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets;

 

   

costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property by us, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs; and

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other operating results, including fluctuations in our key metrics. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares of common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they publish unfavorable research or reports, or adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

If a trading market for our common stock develops following the completion of this offering, the trading market will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts or the information contained in their reports. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research, issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend

 

58


Table of Contents

and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

General Risk Factors

Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.

This prospectus includes estimates of the addressable market for our learning platform. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so at the present time due to the uncertain and rapidly changing projections of the severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target market, market demand and adoption, capacity to address this demand and pricing may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, our estimates regarding our current and projected market opportunity are difficult to predict. The addressable market we estimate may not materialize for many years, if ever, and even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Our business is subject to the risks of fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as power disruptions, computer viruses, data security breaches or terrorism.

A significant natural disaster, such as a fire or flood, occurring at our headquarters, at one of our other facilities, at any of our cloud hosting provider facilities, or where a business partner is located could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Prolonged health concerns or political or governmental developments in countries in which we or our customers, partners and service providers operate could result in further economic, social or labor instability, slow our sales process, result in customers not purchasing or renewing our learning platform or failing to make payments, and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations and financial condition.

Further, if a natural disaster or man-made incident were to affect Internet service providers, this could adversely affect the ability of our customers to use our learning platform. Although we maintain incident management and disaster response plans, in the event of a major disruption caused by a natural disaster or man-made incident, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our development activities and lengthy interruptions in service, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our competitive position and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

   

develop and enhance our solution offerings;

 

59


Table of Contents
   

continue to expand our organization;

 

   

hire, train and retain employees;

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

   

pursue acquisition opportunities.

In addition, if we issue additional equity to raise capital, your interest in us will be diluted.

 

60


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results or our plans and objectives for future operations, growth initiatives, or strategies are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

   

risks associated with future stimulus packages approved by the U.S. federal government;

 

   

risks associated with failing to continue our recent growth rates;

 

   

our ability to acquire new customers and successfully retain existing customers;

 

   

the effects of the increased usage of, or interruptions or performance problems associated with, our learning platform;

 

   

the impact on our business and prospects from the effects of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our history of losses and expectation that we will not be profitable for the foreseeable future;

 

   

the impact of adverse general and industry-specific economic and market conditions;

 

   

risks to our revenue from changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of Higher Education and K-12 institutions;

 

   

our ability to grow our business effectively, to scale our business and to manage our expenses;

 

   

risks caused by delays in upturns or downturns being reflected in our operating results;

 

   

risks and uncertainties associated with potential acquisitions;

 

   

our ability to use net operating losses to offset future taxable income;

 

   

our ability to change our pricing models, if necessary to compete successfully;

 

   

the length and unpredictability of our sales cycles;

 

   

risks associated with failure to develop our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

   

the competitiveness of the market in which we operate;

 

   

risks associated with joint ventures, platform partnerships and strategic alliances;

 

   

our ability to offer high-quality professional services and support;

 

   

the effectiveness of our expense reduction plan;

 

   

risks associated with international operations;

 

   

our reliance on our management team and other key employees, including the effects of recent significant changes to our executive leadership team and the resulting transitions;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

 

   

our ability to maintain our company culture as we grow;

 

61


Table of Contents
   

risks related our brand recognition and reputation;

 

   

the complexity and time-consuming nature of our billing and collections processing;

 

   

our ability to adapt and respond to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and changing customer needs;

 

   

the impact of potential information technology or data security breaches or other cyberattacks or other disruptions;

 

   

risks associated with our use of open source software, including that we make a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available under the terms of an open source license;

 

   

risks relating to our reliance on third-party software and intellectual property licenses;

 

   

the impact of real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our solutions;

 

   

risks associated with lawsuits by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

   

our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

   

risks related to incorrect or improper use of our solutions or our failure to properly train customers on how to utilize our solutions;

 

   

privacy laws and regulations, including changes thereto, applicable to our business;

 

   

risks relating to non-compliance with FERPA, COPPA and other regulatory regimes applicable to our business;

 

   

risks related to changes in tax laws;

 

   

the impact of export and import control laws and regulations;

 

   

risk relating to non-compliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws;

 

   

our ability to comply with complex procurement rules and regulations;

 

   

risks related to future litigation;

 

   

risks related to our existing and future indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our management team’s limited experience managing a public company

 

   

our ability to correctly estimate market opportunity and forecast market growth;

 

   

the impact of any catastrophic events;

 

   

our ability to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand operations and invest in new technologies; and

 

   

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

 

62


Table of Contents

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

63


Table of Contents

Market and Industry Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

   

HolonIQ Global EdTech Market to reach $404B by 2025—16.3% CAGR (August 2020)

 

   

National Education Association Biden Pledges Critical Investments in Public Education to Combat COVID-19 Crisis (January 2021)

 

   

Office of Elementary & Secondary Education Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief Fund (January 2021)

 

   

CB Insights Education In The Post-Covid World: 6 Ways Tech Could Transform How We Teach And Learn (2020)

 

   

Future Ready Schools Students of Color Caught in the Homework Gap (2017 – 2020)

 

   

U.S. Census Bureau Top 10 Largest School Districts by Enrollment and Per Pupil Current Spending (May 2019)

 

   

U.S. Census Bureau Nearly 93% of Households With School-Age Children Report Some Form of Distance Learning During COVID-19 (August 2020)

 

   

U.S. Census Bureau Census Bureau Reports Nearly 77 Million Students Enrolled in U.S. Schools (December 2019)

 

   

U.S. Census Bureau Educational Attainment by Presence of a Computer and Types of Internet Subscriptions in Household (2019)

 

   

U.S. Census Bureau Measuring Household Experiences during the Coronavirus Pandemic (June 2020)

 

   

National Center for Education Statistics Number of educational institutions, by level and control of institution: Selected years, 1980-81 through 2017-18 (January 2020)

 

   

U.S. Department of Education U.S. Department of Education Quickly Makes Available More Than $21 Billion in Taxpayer Funds to Support Continued Education at Colleges, Universities (January 2021)

 

   

National Student Clearinghouse Research Center Term Enrollment Estimates (2020)

 

   

Agile Education Marketing U.S. State Education Map

 

   

UNESCO Institute for Statistics Dataset: National Monitoring (2020)

 

   

UNESCO 1.37 Billion Students Now Home as COVID-19 School Closures Expand, Ministers Scale Up Multimedia Approaches to Ensure Learning Continuity (March 24, 2020)

 

64


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to reduce our indebtedness, increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We expect to use approximately $             of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities and the remainder of such net proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes. At this time, other than the repayment of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, we have not specifically identified a large single use for which we intend to use the net proceeds and, accordingly, we are not able to allocate the net proceeds among any of these potential uses in light of the variety of factors that will impact how such net proceeds are ultimately utilized by us. Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments.

On March 24, 2020, we entered into our $825.0 million Credit Agreement with a syndicate of lenders, comprised of the $775.0 million Initial Term Loan and the $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility. On December 22, 2020, we supplemented the Initial Term Loan with a $70.0 million Incremental Term Loan. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had $789.6 million and $839.2 million, respectively, outstanding under our Term Loan. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, the interest rate on our Term Loan was 8.0%. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, we did not have any borrowings outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Term Loan matures on March 24, 2026. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility mature on March 24, 2026.

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any acquisitions or investments at this time.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares offered would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

65


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, the terms of our Credit Agreement also restrict our ability to pay dividends, and we may also enter into debt instruments in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness (see “Description of Certain Indebtedness”) and requirements under Delaware law, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering—Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.”

 

66


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table describes our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2021, as follows:

 

   

on an actual basis; and

 

   

on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2021, after giving effect to (i) our sale of                  shares of common stock in this offering and the application of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the            -for-1 stock split of our common stock and (ii) our Corporate Reorganization to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering.

The as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Use of Proceeds” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of March 31, 2021  
(dollars in thousands)    Actual     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    

(Unaudited)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 87,732     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, including current portion:

    

Term Loan(1)

     778,081    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long term debt

     778,081    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized,
1,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares
authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

        

Additional paid-in capital

     1,268,068    

Accumulated deficit

     (211,052  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

     1,057,016    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,835,097     $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net of debt issuance costs of $11.6 million.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on an as adjusted basis by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, stockholders’ equity and total capitalization on an as adjusted basis by approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public

 

67


Table of Contents

offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and table are based on                 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021, and excludes:

 

   

                 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards under our 2021 Plan that are issuable upon the exchange of management incentive unit awards of TopCo that were issued, outstanding and unvested as of March 31, 2021;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

                 shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2021, we had a net tangible book deficit of $             million, or $             per share of common stock, which gives effect to the             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Net tangible book deficit per share is equal to our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, divided by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering to repay $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the stock split described above, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit as of March 31, 2021 would have been $             million, or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book deficit of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book deficit of $             per share to investors participating in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share as of March 31, 2021

   $                   

Decrease in net tangible book deficit per share attributable to the investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book deficit per share to the investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering by $            , and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and would increase or decrease dilution per share to investors in this offering by                 , assuming the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share after this offering would be $            , and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book deficit per share to new investors in this offering would be $            .

 

69


Table of Contents

The following table presents, on a pro forma basis as described above, as of March 31, 2021, the differences between our existing stockholders and the investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, with respect to the number of shares purchased, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders or to be paid to us by investors purchasing shares in this offering at an assumed offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage  

Existing Stockholders

               $                     $            

New Investors

            

Total

               $                         $            

A $1.00 increase or in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by     % or     %, respectively, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. After giving effect to sales of shares in this offering, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

In addition, to the extent we issue any additional stock options or any stock options are exercised, or we issue any other securities or convertible debt in the future, investors participating in this offering may experience further dilution.

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables are based on                  shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2021 on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and excludes:

 

   

                 shares of common stock issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards under our 2021 Plan that are issuable upon the exchange of management incentive unit awards of TopCo that were issued, outstanding and unvested as of March 31, 2021;

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering; and

 

   

                 shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2021 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

70


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. As a result of the Take-Private Transaction on March 24, 2020, our summary historical consolidated financial and other data are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and are therefore not comparable. The period prior to and including March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure, Inc. and is identified as “Predecessor” and the period after March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure Holdings, Inc. and is identified as “Successor.” For accounting purposes, management has designated the Acquisition Date as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material.

We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2019 from the Predecessor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, which relate to the Predecessor, April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, which relate to the Successor, and as of December 31, 2020 from the Successor’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected historical consolidated financial and other data for the three months ended March 31, 2020, which relates to the Predecessor, and the three months ended March 31, 2021, which relates to the Successor, from the Successor’s unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements of the Successor.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read the selected historical financial data below in conjunction with the sections titled “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                       

(Unaudited)

          (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                     

Revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 188,501     $ 236,241     $ 65,968         $ 209,148       $ 65,968         $ 86,354  

Professional services and other

    21,043       22,232       5,421           21,525         5,421           7,626  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total revenue

    209,544       258,473       71,389           230,673         71,389           93,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                     

Subscription and
support (1) (2) (3) (4)

    46,706       64,170       19,699           108,603         19,699           39,884  

Professional services and other (1) (3)

    15,137       18,656       4,699           15,547         4,699           5,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    61,843       82,826       24,398           124,150         24,398           45,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Gross profit

    147,701       175,647       46,991           106,523         46,991           48,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                       

(Unaudited)

          (Unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

                                      

Sales and marketing (1) (2) (3) (4)

    97,481       121,643       27,010           125,650         27,010           41,222  

Research and
development (1) (3) (4)

    59,391       83,526       19,273           51,066         19,273           17,089  

General and
administrative (1) (3) (4)

    35,602       56,471       17,295           62,572         17,295           13,351  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill (3)

                          29,612                    

Impairment on disposal group (3)

                          10,166                   1,218  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    192,474       261,640       63,578           279,066         63,578           72,880  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (44,773     (85,993     (16,587         (172,543       (16,587         (24,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest income

    2,413       1,795       313           49         313           27  

Interest expense

    (68     (16     (8         (50,921       (8         (17,271

Other income (expense), net (3)

    (698     (225     (5,738         1,510         (5,738         (634
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1,647       1,554       (5,433         (49,362       (5,433         (17,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (43,126     (84,439     (22,020         (221,905       (22,020         (42,412

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (339     3,620       (183         43,924         (183         9,341  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (43,465   $ (80,819   $ (22,203       $ (177,981     $ (22,203         (33,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Includes stock-based compensation as follows:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                       

(Unaudited)

          (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 1,235     $ 1,769     $ 301         $ 1,020       $ 301         $ 224  

Professional services and other

    975       2,111       285           687         285           177  

Sales and marketing

    6,022       15,098       1,977           7,580         1,977           1,582  

Research and development

    8,338       19,550       1,874           9,903         1,874           1,670  

General and administrative

    6,177       17,984       2,672           30,972         2,672           1,932  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 22,747     $ 56,512     $ 7,109         $ 50,162       $ 7,109         $ 5,585  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(2)

Includes amortization of acquisition-related intangibles as follows:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1,2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 1,339     $ 4,549     $ 1,293         $ 44,167       $ 1,293         $ 15,415  

Sales and marketing

    1,158       4,567       1,293           51,143         1,293           17,946  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total amortization of acquisition-related intangibles

  $ 2,497     $ 9,116     $ 2,586         $ 95,310       $ 2,586         $ 33,361  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

73


Table of Contents

 

(3)

Includes restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs as follows:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2020 to
March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1,
2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

                     

Subscription and support

  $     $     $         $ 2,235       $         $ 1,921  

Professional services and other

                66           902         66           849  

Sales and marketing

                556           7,395         556           2,251  

Research and development

                1,273           4,760         1,273           2,551  

General and administrative

                6,465           11,889         6,465           4,267  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                          29,612                    

Impairment on disposal group

                          10,166                   1,218  

Other income (expense), net

                (5,757         1,510         (5,757          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs

  $     $     $ 14,117         $ 65,449       $ 14,117         $ 13,057  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(4)

Includes payroll tax expense on secondary stock purchase transactions or the reversal of such expense due to the reduction of the estimated liability as follows:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2020 to
March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1,
2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

                     

Subscription and support

  $ (49   $     $         $       $         $  

Sales and marketing

    (430                                        

Research and development

    (616                                        

General and administrative

    (130     (1,327                                  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total payroll tax expense

  $ (1,225   $ (1,327   $         $       $         $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents
     Annual Periods      Interim Period  
     Predecessor             Successor      Successor  
                                    
(in thousands)    Year Ended
December 31,
2018 (1)
     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
            As of
December 31,
2020
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                 (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   $ 94,320      $ 101,236           $ 150,953      $ 87,732  

Working capital, excluding deferred revenue (unaudited)

     197,908        150,810             212,411        116,598  

Total assets

     273,997        367,500             2,268,631        2,109,100  

Deferred revenue

     120,670        147,755             204,879        155,440  

Total debt, including current portion

                        827,043        778,081  

Total liabilities

     145,559        221,943             1,180,647        1,052,084  

Total stockholders’ equity

     128,438        145,557             1,087,984        1,057,016  

 

(1)

In February 2018, our subsidiary, Instructure, Inc., completed an underwritten public offering of 2,875,000 shares of common stock, which included 375,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares. Instructure, Inc. received $109.8 million in net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

                     

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 98     $ 18,861     $ (57,058       $ 36,884       $ (57,058       $ (58,732

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  $ (63,304   $ (21,576   $ 14,871         $ (2,026,790     $ 14,871         $ 45,616  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  $ 121,833     $ 9,631     $ (346       $ 2,082,156       $ (346       $ (50,105

Non-GAAP Financial Data (unaudited)(1):

                     

Free Cash Flow(2)

  $ (10,946   $ 8,721     $ (57,771       $ 35,331       $ (57,771       $ (59,134

Non-GAAP Operating (Loss) Income(3)

  $ (21,898   $ (21,712   $ 1,468         $ 62,639       $ 1,468         $ 32,227  

Adjusted EBITDA(4)

  $ (11,213   $ (9,297   $ 4,809         $ 66,325       $ 4,809         $ 32,560  

Allocated Combined Receipts(5)

  $ 209,544     $ 258,473     $ 71,389         $ 253,424       $ 71,389         $ 98,738  

 

(1)

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe certain non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance and liquidity. These measures include, but are not limited to, free cash flow, non-GAAP operating (loss) income, adjusted EBITDA and Allocated Combined Receipts, which are used by management in making operating decisions, allocating financial resources, and internal planning and forecasting, and for business strategy purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information is useful to investors because it eliminates certain items that affect period-over-period comparability and it provides consistency with past financial performance and additional information about our underlying results and trends by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations, or outlook.

 

75


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP financial measures are not meant to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures, but rather as supplemental information to our business results. This information should be read only in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to these non-GAAP financial measures because they are not prepared in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies due to potential differences in methods of calculation

We compensate for these limitations by providing investors and other users of our financial information, reconciliations of net cash provided by operating activities to free cash flow, of loss from operations to non-GAAP operating (loss) income, of net loss to adjusted EBITDA, and of revenue to Allocated Combined Receipts. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any single financial measure and to view free cash flow, non-GAAP operating (loss) income, adjusted EBITDA and Allocated Combined Receipts in conjunction with the related GAAP financial measure.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation to their respective most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

(2)

We define “free cash flow” as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets, net of proceeds from disposals of property and equipment.

(3)

We define “non-GAAP operating (loss) income” as (loss) income from operations excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs, reversal of payroll tax expense recorded in relation to the previous secondary stock purchase transaction, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, changes in fair value of contingent liabilities, and the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue relating to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing operations.

(4)

“EBITDA” is defined as earnings before debt-related costs, including interest and loss on debt extinguishment, provision for taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We further adjust EBITDA to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including stock-based compensation, restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs, reversal of payroll tax expense recorded in relation to the previous secondary stock purchase transaction, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, changes in fair value of contingent liabilities, and the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue relating to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition.

(5)

“Allocated Combined Receipts” is defined as the combined receipts of our Company and companies that we have acquired allocated to the period of service delivery. We calculate Allocated Combined Receipts as the sum of (i) revenue and (ii) the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue related to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing operations.

 

76


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data

The following table presents selected unaudited pro forma combined financial information about our consolidated statements of operations, after giving effect to the Take-Private Transaction, along with the acquisition of Certica, the related financing activities and as a result of this offering, the payment of $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, as if they occurred on January 1, 2020. In May 2020, the SEC adopted Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses” (the “Final Rule”). We have adopted the provisions of the Final Rule, and the unaudited pro forma combined financial information herein is presented in accordance therewith.

On March 24, 2020, Thoma Bravo acquired Instructure in the Take-Private Transaction for approximately $2.0 billion (before related transaction fees and expenses), of which approximately $1.93 billion was paid to acquire then-outstanding Predecessor’s common stock and $49.5 million was paid in connection with the cancellation and conversion into cash consideration of outstanding equity awards, subject to certain vesting conditions, granted under the Predecessor’s equity incentive plan, including stock options and restricted stock unit awards. The Take-Private Transaction was funded with a combination of the proceeds of equity financing provided by the Thoma Bravo Funds, debt financing sources and a portion of Instructure’s cash on hand. Assets and liabilities were recorded at the estimated fair value initially at the transaction closing date. Goodwill has been recorded based on the amount that the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets recognized.

As a result of the Take-Private Transaction, our historical consolidated financial and other data are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and are therefore not comparable. The period prior to and including March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure, Inc. and is identified as “Predecessor” and the period after March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure Holdings, Inc. and is identified as “Successor.” For accounting purposes, management has designated the Acquisition Date as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material.

To facilitate comparability of the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019, we present combined results for the combination of consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, comprising the Predecessor consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, the Successor consolidated results for the period from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period”). To facilitate comparability of the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 to the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2020, we present the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2020 with certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period”).

As described in “Prospectus Summary—Corporate Reorganization,” prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will effect a             -for-1 stock split of our issued and outstanding common stock. Upon the effectiveness of the stock split, the audited Successor period financial statements and the interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021 will be retrospectively recast to reflect the stock split. As such, the impacts of the stock split will be presented in the historical columns of the unaudited pro forma combined financial information within the Successor 2020 Period, the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period, the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and the Total Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and therefore no pro forma adjustment for the stock split is reflected herein.

Subsequent to our Corporate Reorganization and in conjunction with the offering, the selected unaudited pro forma combined financial information will give effect to us selling                shares of common stock as part of this offering and the application of the proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which represents the midpoint of the range on the front

 

77


Table of Contents

cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.

Instructure acquired all outstanding capital stock of Certica on December 22, 2020 for approximately $133.4 million (before related transaction fees and expenses). The acquisition was funded with a combination of debt financing sources and cash. Assets and liabilities were recorded at the estimated fair value initially at the transaction closing date. Goodwill has been recorded based on the amount that the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net assets recognized.

To facilitate comparability of the year end December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of the Certica acquisition, but subsequent to the Take-Private Transaction, we have made certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period”). To facilitate comparability of the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 to the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2020, as a result of the Certica acquisition, but subsequent to the Take-Private Transaction, we have made certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Total Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period”).

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma combined financial statements, “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information has been presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited combined pro forma financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of what our results of operations would have been had the Take-Private Transaction, Certica acquisition, related financing activities, our Corporate Reorganization, and the offering been completed as of the date indicated. The unaudited pro forma combined financial information also does not project our financial position or results of operations for any future period or date. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering contemplated by such unaudited pro forma combined financial statements.

 

78


Table of Contents

Combined and Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Financial Information

 

    Predecessor           Successor                 Combined                 Total           Complete  
(in thousands, except per share data)   Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,

2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020
to December 31,

2020
    Take-
Private

Pro Forma
Adjustments
          Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Certica
January 1,
2020
through
December
22, 2020
    Certica Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Offering
Adjustments
    Instructure
Holdings,
Inc. Pro
Forma
 
                      (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 65,968       $ 209,148     $ (1,046 )(a)      $ 274,070     $ 32,007     $ (9,270 )(f)(j)    $ 296,807     $       $        

Professional services and other

    5,421         21,525       (15 )(a)        26,931       1,832       (531 )(f)(j)      28,232      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    71,389         230,673       (1,061       301,001       33,839       (9,801     325,039      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

    19,699         108,603       11,955 (b) (c)        140,257       7,761       1,660 (g)(h)(j)      149,678      

Professional services and other

    4,699         15,547               20,246       444             20,690      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    24,398         124,150       11,955         160,503       8,205       1,660       170,368      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    46,991         106,523       (13,016       140,498       25,634       (11,461     154,671      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

Sales and marketing

    27,010         125,650       13,157 (b)(c)        165,817       4,591       8,933 (g)(h)      179,341      

Research and development

    19,273         51,066               70,339       6,649             76,988      

General and administrative

    17,295         62,572               79,867       15,154       (10,890 )(g)(h)      84,131      

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

            29,612               29,612                   29,612      

Impairment on disposal group

            10,166               10,166                   10,166      
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    63,578         279,066       13,157         355,801       26,394       (1,957     380,238      
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (16,587       (172,543     (26,173       (215,303     (760     (9,504     (225,567    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest income

    313         49               362                   362      

Interest expense

    (8       (50,921     (16,395 )(d)        (67,324     (3,217     (2,928 )(i)      (73,469          (k)   

Other income (expense), net

    (5,738       1,510               (4,228                 (4,228    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (5,433       (49,362     (16,395       (71,190     (3,217     (2,928     (77,335    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (22,020       (221,905     (42,568       (286,493     (3,977     (12,432     (302,902    

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (183       43,924       8,424 (e)        52,165       (113     2,460 (e)      54,513            (e)   
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (22,203     $ (177,981   $ (34,144     $ (234,328   $ (4,090   $ (9,972   $ (248,390   $       $    
 

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.58

   

$

(177,981

     

$

(234,328

     

$

(248,390

   

 

    

(l) 

 

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

 

 

38,369

 

   

 

1

 

     

 

1

 

     

 

1

 

   

 

    

(l) 

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined and Total Financial Statements

(1) Basis of Presentation

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the Final Rule using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been adjusted to include Transaction Accounting Adjustments, which reflect the application of the accounting required by GAAP, linking the effects of the Take-Private Transaction, the Certica acquisition and as a result of the offering, the payment of $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, to the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.

 

79


Table of Contents

The unaudited pro forma combined financial information is based on the historical financial statements of the Predecessor and the Successor and was prepared using the acquisition method of accounting assuming both the Take-Private Transaction, the Certica acquisition, and the related financing activities occurred on January 1, 2020. The acquisition method of accounting is based on Accounting Standard Code (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), and uses the fair value concepts defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”). Application of ASC 820 to determine fair value of acquired assets and liabilities in accordance to ASC 805 requires us to make judgments and estimates and it is possible that others applying reasonable judgment to the same facts and circumstances could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts.

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments

This note should be read in conjunction with other notes in the unaudited pro forma combined and total financial statements. Adjustments included in the columns under the headings “Pro Forma Adjustments” represent the following:

 

  (a)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments as a result of the Take-Private Transaction. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The pro forma combined statement of operations reflects the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (b)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commissions totaling $3.2 million and capitalized software development costs totaling $4.3 million for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Take-Private Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, deferred commissions and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (c)   The table below sets forth incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Take-Private Transaction in accordance with ASC 805. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Take-Private Transaction.

 

                          Predecessor  

(in thousands)

 

Intangible Assets

   Useful Lives      Value      Amortization
Method
     Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
 

Trade names

     60 -120 months      $ 130,900        Straight-line      $ 3,510  

Developed technology

     60 months      $ 300,000        Straight-line      $ 15,000  

Customer relationships

     84 months      $ 395,000        Straight-line      $ 14,107  
           

 

 

 
            $ 32,617  
           

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the future amortization as of December 31, 2020 associated with the intangible assets recognized as a result of the Take-Private Transaction (less assets held for sale):

 

     Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)    2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Thereafter      Total  

Trade names

   $ 12,880      $ 12,880      $ 12,880      $ 12,880      $ 12,140      $ 48,560      $ 112,220  

Developed technology

   $ 56,000      $ 56,000      $ 56,000      $ 56,000      $      $      $ 224,000  

Customer relationships

   $ 49,972      $ 49,972      $ 49,972      $ 49,972      $ 49,972      $ 49,972      $ 299,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 118,852      $ 118,852      $ 118,852      $ 118,852      $ 62,112      $ 98,532      $ 636,052  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents
  (d)   The table below sets forth incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Take-Private Transaction. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7—Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

                  Predecessor  

(in thousands)

 

Debt

   Principal      Interest Rate     Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
 

Initial Term Loan

   $ 775,000        8.21   $ 16,395  
       

 

 

 
        $ 16,395  
       

 

 

 

 

  (e)   A combined statutory tax rate of 19.79% is applied to the pro forma adjustments.

 

  (f)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments totaling $5.9 million as a result of the Certica acquisition. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (g)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commissions totaling $7.6 million and capitalized software development costs totaling $3.3 million for the period from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, as if the Certica acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Certica acquisition, deferred commission and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (h)   The table below sets forth incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Certica acquisition in accordance with ASC 805. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Certica acquisition.

 

(in thousands)                            

Intangible Assets

   Useful Lives      Value      Amortization
Method
     Period from
January 1, 2020 to
December 31, 2020
 

Trade names

     36 months      $ 700        Straight-line      $ 233  

Developed technology

     60 months      $ 28,300        Straight-line      $ 5,660  

Customer relationships

     84 months      $ 60,900        Straight-line      $ 8,700  
           

 

 

 
            $ 14,593  
           

 

 

 

The table below sets forth the future amortization as of December 31, 2020 associated with assets recognized as a result of the Certica acquisition:

 

    Year Ended December 31,                
(in thousands)   2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Thereafter      Total  

Trade names

  $ 233      $ 233      $      $      $      $      $ 466  

Developed technology

  $ 5,660      $ 5,660      $ 5,660      $ 5,660      $      $      $ 22,640  

Customer relationships

  $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 52,200  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
  $ 14,593      $ 14,593      $ 14,360      $ 14,360      $ 8,700      $ 8,700      $ 75,306  
 

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (i)  

The table below sets forth incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Certica acquisition. Additionally, the debt previously recorded by Certica that was extinguished at the acquisition is assumed to have been extinguished as if the acquisition had occurred

 

81


Table of Contents
  on January 1, 2020. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7—Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

(in thousands)

 

Debt

   Principal      Interest Rate     Period from
January 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
 

Initial Term Loan

   $ 70,000        8.00   $ 6,145  
       

 

 

 
        $ 6,145  
       

 

 

 

 

  (j)   Represents adjustments related to revenue totaling $3.9 million and expenses totaling $4.0 million incurred between Instructure and Certica in a vendor/customer relationship prior to the Certica acquisition that would not have been recognized had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (k)   Reflects the reduction in interest expense of $             million for the year ended December 31, 2020 as a result of the repayment of a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facilities, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if such repayment occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (l)   Represents the pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted adjusted to reflect the reduction in interest expense divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares, which has been adjusted to include              million shares of common stock to be issued in this offering in order to pay down $            million of outstanding borrowing under our Credit Facilities, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint in the range on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

82


Table of Contents

Combined and Total Unaudited Interim Pro Forma 2020 Financial Information

 

    Predecessor                 Combined                       Total           Complete  
(in thousands, except per share data)   Three Months
Ended March 31,
2020
          Take-Private
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro
Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Certica January 1,
2020 through
March 31, 2020
    Certica Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro
Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
    Offering
Adjustments
    Instructure
Holdings,
Inc. Pro
Forma
 
                (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 65,968         $ (12,455 )(a)    $ 53,513       $ 8,689     $ (4,466 )(f)(j)    $ 57,736     $       $    

Professional services and other

    5,421           (984 )(a)      4,437         336       (173 )(f)(j)      4,600      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    71,389           (13,439     57,950         9,025       (4,639     62,336      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

    19,699           11,955 (b)(c)      31,654         2,213       485 (g)(h)      34,352      

Professional services and other

    4,699                 4,699         86             4,785      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    24,398           11,955       36,353         2,299       485       39,137      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    46,991           (25,394     21,597         6,726       (5,124     23,199      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

Sales and marketing

    27,010           13,157 (b)(c)      40,167         646       2,233 (g)(h)      43,046      

Research and development

    19,273                 19,273         1,684             20,957      

General and administrative

    17,295                 17,295         3,312       (2,778 )(g)(h)      17,829      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    63,578           13,157       76,735         5,642       (545     81,832      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (16,587         (38,551     (55,138       1,084       (4,579     (58,633    
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest income

    313                 313                     313      

Interest expense

    (8         (16,395 )(d)      (16,403       (763     (758 )(i)      (17,924          (k)   

Other income (expense), net

    (5,738               (5,738                   (5,738    
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (5,433         (16,395     (21,828       (763     (758     (23,349    
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    (22,020         (54,946     (76,966       321       (5,337     (81,982    

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (183         10,874 (e)      10,691         (20     1,056 (e)      11,727            (e)   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (22,203       $ (44,072   $ (66,275     $ 301     $ (4,281   $ (70,255   $       $    
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.58         $ (66,275         $ (70,255                     (l) 
 

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    38,369             1             1      

 

83


Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Pro Forma 2021 Financial Information

 

     Successor              
(in thousands, except per share data)    Three Months Ended
March 31, 2021
    Offering
Adjustments
    Instructure
Holdings, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

      

Subscription and support

   $ 86,354     $       $    

Professional services and other

     7,626      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     93,980      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

      

Subscription and support

     39,884      

Professional services and other

     5,750      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     45,634      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     48,346      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     41,222      

Research and development

     17,089      

General and administrative

     13,351      

Impairment on disposal group

     1,218      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     72,880                                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (24,534    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     27      

Interest expense

     (17,271          (k)   

Other income (expense), net

     (634    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (17,878    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

     (42,412    

Income tax benefit

     9,341            (e)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (33,071   $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (33,071                     (l) 
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

     1                       (l) 
      

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

Unaudited Interim Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2021

 

     Successor              
     March 31,
2021
    Offering
Adjustments
    Instructure
Holdings, Inc.

Pro Forma
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 83,012     $                   $                

Accounts receivable—net

     29,718      

Prepaid expenses

     32,400            (n)   

Deferred commissions

     7,979      

Other current assets

     3,712      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     156,821      

Property and equipment, net

     9,680      

Right-of-use assets

     21,662      

Goodwill

     1,172,395      

Intangible assets, net

     721,984      

Noncurrent prepaid expenses

     5,064      

Deferred commissions, net of current portion

     15,238      

Other assets

     6,256      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,109,100     $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 11,164     $       $    

Accrued liabilities

     17,250      

Lease liabilities

     6,170      

Long-term debt, current

     5,639      

Deferred revenue

     142,220      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     182,443      

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     772,442            (m)   

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     13,220      

Lease liabilities, net of current portion

     28,894      

Deferred tax liabilities

     49,085      

Other long-term liabilities

     6,000      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,052,084      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

      

Stockholders’ equity:

      

Successor: Common stock, par value of $0.01 per share; 1 share authorized as of March 31, 2021; 1 share issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021

                (m)   

Additional paid-in capital

     1,268,068            (m)(n)   

Accumulated deficit

     (211,052    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,057,016      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,109,100     $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Interim Pro Forma Combined and Total Financial Statements

(1) Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim pro forma consolidated financial information was prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the Final Rule using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited interim pro forma consolidated financial information. The unaudited interim pro forma consolidated financial information has been adjusted to include Transaction Accounting Adjustments, which reflect the application of the accounting required by GAAP, linking the effects of the Take-Private Transaction, the Certica acquisition and as a result of this offering, the repayment of $             million of outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facilities, to the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.

The unaudited interim pro forma combined financial information is based on the historical financial statements of the Predecessor and the Successor and was prepared using the acquisition method of accounting assuming both the Take-Private Transaction, the Certica acquisition, and the related financing activities occurred on January 1, 2020. The acquisition method of accounting is based on Accounting Standard Code (“ASC”) Topic 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”), and uses the fair value concepts defined in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”). Application of ASC 820 to determine fair value of acquired assets and liabilities in accordance to ASC 805 requires us to make judgments and estimates and it is possible that others applying reasonable judgment to the same facts and circumstances could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts.

(2) Pro Forma Adjustments

This note should be read in conjunction with other notes in the unaudited interim pro forma combined and total financial statements. Adjustments included in the columns under the headings “Pro Forma Adjustments” represent the following:

 

  (a)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments as a result of the Take-Private Transaction. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The pro forma combined statement of operations reflects the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (b)   Represents adjustment related to amortization for deferred commissions totaling $3.2 million and capitalized software development costs totaling $4.3 million for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Take-Private Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, deferred commissions and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (c)   The table below sets forth incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Take-Private Transaction in accordance with ASC 805. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Take-Private Transaction.

 

(in thousands)                         Predecessor  

Intangible Assets

   Useful Lives      Value      Amortization
Method
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2020
 

Trade names

     60 -120 months      $ 130,900        Straight-line      $ 3,510  

Developed technology

     60 months      $ 300,000        Straight-line      $ 15,000  

Customer relationships

     84 months      $ 395,000        Straight-line      $ 14,107  
           

 

 

 
            $ 32,617  
           

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents
  (d)   The table below sets forth incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Take-Private Transaction. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7—Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

                  Predecessor  

(in thousands)

 

Debt

   Principal      Interest
Rate
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
2020
 

Initial Term Loan

   $ 775,000        8.21   $ 16,395  
       

 

 

 
        $ 16,395  
       

 

 

 

 

  (e)   A combined statutory tax rate of 19.79% is applied to the pro forma adjustments.

 

  (f)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments totaling $3.8 million as a result of the Certica acquisition. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Interim Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (g)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commissions totaling $2.0 million and capitalized software development costs totaling $0.8 million for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Certica acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Certica acquisition, deferred commission and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (h)   The table below sets forth incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Certica acquisition in accordance with ASC 805. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Interim Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Certica acquisition.

 

(in thousands)                            

Intangible Assets

   Useful Lives      Value      Amortization
Method
     Three Months
Ended March 31,
2020
 

Trade names

     36 months      $ 700        Straight-line      $ 58  

Developed technology

     60 months      $ 28,300        Straight-line      $ 1,415  

Customer relationships

     84 months      $ 60,900        Straight-line      $ 2,175  
           

 

 

 
            $ 3,648  
           

 

 

 

 

  (i)   The table below sets forth incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Certica acquisition. Additionally, the debt previously recorded by Certica that was extinguished at the acquisition is assumed to have been extinguished as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7—Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Interim Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

(in thousands) Debt

   Principal      Interest
Rate
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
2020
 

Initial Term Loan

   $ 70,000        8.00   $ 1,521  
       

 

 

 
        $ 1,521  
       

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents
  (j)

Represents adjustments related to revenue totaling $0.9 million and expenses totaling $0.9 million incurred between Instructure and Certica in a vendor/customer relationship prior to the Certica acquisition that would not have been recognized had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (k)

Reflects the reduction in interest expense of $             million for the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) as a result of the repayment of a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facilities, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if such repayment occurred on January 1, 2021.

 

  (l)

Represents the pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted adjusted to reflect the reduction in interest expense divided by the pro forma weighted-average shares, which has been adjusted to include              million shares of common stock to be issued in this offering in order to repay $             million of outstanding borrowing under our Credit Facilities, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint in the range on the front cover of this prospectus.

 

  (m)

Represents the use of $             million of the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facilities, as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

 

  (n)

We are capitalizing one-time incremental direct costs associating with the offering. These costs primarily represent legal, accounting and other direct costs and are recorded in “Prepaid Expense” in our unaudited consolidated balance sheet. Upon completion of this offering, these capitalized costs will be offset against the proceeds raised from this offering as a reduction of additional paid-in-capital.

 

88


Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our historical combined financial statements and the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period includes periods before the Take-Private Transaction as defined below under “—Take-Private Transaction.” Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of such periods does not reflect the significant impact the Take-Private Transaction has had and will have on our results of operations. As a result, our historical results of operations are not comparable and may not be indicative of our future results of operations. In addition, the statements in the discussion and analysis regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding the performance of our business, our liquidity and capital resources and the other non-historical statements are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by the forward-looking statements. You should read the following discussion together with the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Data,” “—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

From the inception of a teacher’s lesson through a student’s mastery of a concept, Instructure personalizes, simplifies, organizes, and automates the entire learning lifecycle through the power of technology. Our learning platform delivers the elements that leaders, teachers, and learners need – a next-generation LMS, robust assessments for learning, actionable analytics, and engaging, dynamic content. Schools standardize on Instructure’s solutions as their core learning platform because we bring together all of the tools that students, teachers, parents, and administrators need to create an accessible and modern learning environment. Our platform is cloud-native, built on open technologies, and scalable across thousands of institutions and tens of millions of users worldwide. We are the LMS market share leader in both Higher Education and paid K-12, with over 6,000 global customers, representing Higher Education institutions and K-12 districts and schools in more than 90 countries. We are maniacally focused on our customers and enhancing the teaching and learning experience. As such, we continuously innovate to grow the footprint of our platform, including through our acquisitions of MasteryConnect and Certica to add assessment and analytics capabilities. Our platform becomes deeply ingrained into our customers’ instructional workflows.

Since our founding in 2008, we have expanded our platform from the core LMS to include a broad set of offerings targeting all aspects of teaching and learning. As our platform has grown, we have become more strategic to schools as they seek vendor consolidation, best of breed solutions, and integrated offerings to serve teachers and students. The following chart demonstrates our technology expansion and key financial and customer milestones.

 

89


Table of Contents

LOGO

For 2018, 2019, 2020 (Predecessor) and 2020 (Successor):

 

   

Our revenue was $209.5 million, $258.5 million, $71.4 million, and $230.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Our net loss was $43.5 million, $80.8 million, $22.2 million, and $178.0 million, respectively.

 

   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $(11.2) million, $(9.3) million, $4.8 million, and $66.3 million, respectively.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $0.1 million, $18.9 million, $(57.1) million, and $36.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(10.9) million, $8.7 million, $(57.7) million, and $35.3 million, respectively.

For the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

   

Our revenue was $94.0 million.

 

   

Our net loss was $33.1 million.

 

   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $32.6 million.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $(58.7) million.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(59.1) million.

Our Business Model

We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) fees from customers accessing our learning platform and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services.

Subscription revenue is derived from customers using our learning platform and is driven primarily by the number of customers, the number of users at each customer, and the price of our applications. Support revenue is derived from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic

 

90


Table of Contents

SaaS fee. We sell annual and multi-year contracts, which typically vary in length between one and five years. Subscriptions and support are non-cancelable and are billed in advance on an annual basis. Subscription and support revenue represented 91% of total revenue for 2020.

Due to the nature of our multi-year subscription contracts, it is common that at any point in a contract term there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice, which along with our billed amounts are considered part of our remaining performance obligations (RPO). While we expect our RPO to fluctuate from period to period for a variety of reasons, we believe that it provides us high levels of revenue visibility. RPO was $505 million, $599 million, and $569 million as of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020, and March 31, 2021 (unaudited), respectively (further discussed in Note 8—Disaggregated Revenue to the consolidated financial statements).

We sell our applications and services primarily through a direct sales force. Our sales organization includes technical sales engineers who serve as experts in the technical aspects of our applications and customer implementations. Many of our sales efforts require us to respond to request for proposals, particularly in the Higher Education space and to a lesser extent in K-12. Our sales force targets statewide systems for Higher Education and K-12, as well individual colleges and universities and K-12 schools. As we grow internationally, we have added an indirect sales motion in order to penetrate certain international markets.

As of December 31, 2020, we had over 6,000 customers representing Higher Education institutions and K-12 districts and schools in more than 90 countries, compared to approximately 5,000 customers in more than 80 countries as of December 31, 2019. Our customers include State Universities of California, Florida, and Utah, all of the Ivy League universities, the entire Higher Education systems for Sweden and Norway, many of the largest K-12 systems in the U.S., such as Broward County, Florida and Clark County, Nevada, and international K-12 systems such as Queensland, Australia, which administers to over 1,200 schools. We have recently experienced accelerated growth in the K-12 market as a result of distance learning mandates. In 2020, the number of K-12 students on our platform increased 78% on a year-on-year basis. With the acquisition of Certica and our investments in the assessment space, we expect K-12 will continue to represent a meaningful portion of our business moving forward. We also continue to expand our international business, which we believe will be an important factor in our continued growth. In 2020, revenue derived from outside of the U.S. increased 20% on a year-on-year basis, driven primarily by increases in demand across Western European, Asia-Pacific, and Latin American markets.

The majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts, where applicable. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract. In situations where there is a single contract that applies to an entity with multiple subsidiaries or divisions, universities, or schools, only the entity that has contracted for our platform is counted as a customer. For example, a contracting school district is counted as a single customer even though the school district encompasses multiple schools. In 2020, no single customer represented more than 5% of our revenue. In addition to the number of customers, the number of users that a customer has paid for during a specific period provides an indication of the overall usage of our platform. Across our Canvas LMS customer base, we had over 30 million contracted Canvas LMS users as of December 31, 2020, compared to over 21 million contracted Canvas LMS users as of December 31, 2019, driven primarily by the increased demand for our platform as a result of distance learning mandates.

We have a history of attracting new customers and generally increasing their annual spend with us over time. In Higher Education, the depth of our solution and demonstrated scalability allow us to sell to a single institution or university and then deploy extensively across schools (i.e., medical, law, business, undergraduate), departments (i.e., economics, math, art), or entire state systems, and reach students beyond the walls of the classroom by extending into Continuing Education and online learning. Specifically, the chart below illustrates this expansion by presenting the total annual recurring revenue (“ARR”) from each customer cohort over the years presented. Each cohort represents customers who made their initial purchase from us in a given year. For

 

91


Table of Contents

example, the year 2015 cohort represents all customers who made their initial purchase from us between January 1, 2015 and December 31, 2015. For this analysis, we define ARR as the subscription revenue we would contractually expect to receive from those customers over the following 12 months, assuming no increases or reductions in their subscriptions. As of December 31, 2020, ARR from customers in the 2010 cohort, 2011 cohort, 2012 cohort, 2013 cohort, 2014 cohort, 2015 cohort, 2016 cohort, 2017 cohort, and 2018 cohort, and 2019 cohort represented an increase over each cohort’s initial aggregate ARR by 39.1x, 6.4x, 3.2x, 2.0x, 1.7x, 1.6x, 1.4x, 1.4x, 1.2x, and 1.2x, respectively.

 

LOGO

Take-Private Transaction

On March 24, 2020, we were acquired in an all-cash Take-Private Transaction by Thoma Bravo. The Take-Private Transaction was accounted for in accordance with ASC 805 and Instructure Parent, LP was determined to be the accounting acquirer. For accounting purposes, management has designated the Acquisition Date as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material. In the accompanying consolidated financial statements, references to Predecessor refer to the results of operations and cash flows of Instructure, Inc. prior to and including March 31, 2020. References to Successor refer to the consolidated financial position of Instructure Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2020. The Successor period also includes the results of operations and cash flows of the business acquired in the Take-Private Transaction for the period from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020. The Predecessor and Successor consolidated financial information presented herein is not comparable primarily due to the application of acquisition accounting in the Successor financial statements as of March 31, 2020, as further described in Note 1—Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial statements.

Our Transformation

Over the past year we have transformed our business into a more competitive and focused learning platform leader, positioned for durable growth. We have accomplished our strategic transformation through the following initiatives:

 

   

Aligned focus on core offerings. We have realigned our business to focus solely on education and our Canvas learning platform. We divested Bridge in February 2021, our corporate learning offering, and

 

92


Table of Contents
 

stopped spending on unprofitable activities, including legacy analytics initiatives and international products for non-core regions. Our company resources are now solely dedicated to preserving and growing our leadership position in the education market.

 

   

Optimized go-to-market strategy. We aligned all sales and marketing functions under a single sales leader. We eliminated sales coverage in non-core international regions and focused our efforts solely on education, enabling us to restructure our sales and marketing organization while improving productivity. Since restructuring, the majority of our go-to-market resources are focused on the U.S., U.K., the Nordics, Australia, and New Zealand.

 

   

Streamlined cost structure. We implemented a strategic expense reduction plan that enabled us to focus on delivering customer value sustained by recurring revenue, durable growth, and improved retention—with fewer resources than we had at the time of the Take-Private Transaction. We restructured our mix of onshore and offshore research and development through a variety of initiatives, including moving a portion of our development efforts to Budapest. Additionally, we simplified our organizational design and aligned the organization with our sole focus on serving education, eliminating low ROI program expenses, and closing and consolidating facilities internationally and within the U.S. We have also been able to realize efficiencies in our cost of revenue by transitioning to a variable support model led by part-time business heads, which is aligned with the seasonality of our business.

 

   

Enhanced management team. We appointed a new Chief Executive Officer, Steve Daly, and a new Chief Financial Officer, Dale Bowen, as well as several other senior executives who bring focus, operational discipline, execution expertise, deep industry knowledge, and innovation to the company. These new senior executives have been critical to the execution of our strategic transformation plans over the past year.

We have emerged from this transformation a stronger and more resilient company, poised to continue to win in the market. As a result of these focused efforts, our financial model has benefitted in three key ways:

 

   

Positioned for durable growth. Our realigned sales force, focused product offerings, continued thought leadership, and reputation in the market have positioned us to grow our customer and user base. In 2020, we saw our Canvas LMS user base increase over 40% and our customer base increase 20%, from approximately 5,000 customers to over 6,000 customers compared to 2019. As part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented an internal initiative to ensure the support and retention of our customers.

 

   

Improved margins with ability to scale. The operational improvements and cost-saving measures we implemented have significantly improved our adjusted EBITDA margin profile. These changes have established a foundation upon which we can scale our business to meet the rapidly growing demand for our products.

 

   

Expanded our platform with new offerings. In 2019, we acquired Portfolium and MasteryConnect to expand our platform capabilities. In 2020, we acquired Certica, a leader in student assessment software, to bolster our capabilities in the growing student assessment market. We also focused our internal research and development efforts on new product features and releases. In 2021, we plan to continue focusing on expanding the number of applications of our extensible learning platform and enhancing the functionality of our existing applications through both organic investment and continued M&A.

Impact of COVID-19

Although the COVID-19 pandemic caused general business disruption worldwide beginning in January 2020, it also created a set of conditions in which students of all ages have been learning from home for a year, causing schools to rapidly adopt or upgrade online platforms for students and teachers to conduct lessons remotely. In response to the pandemic, the U.S. government has also passed stimulus legislation that has directed

 

93


Table of Contents

over $280 billion of funding to education initiatives to date, with future stimulus spending expected in both the U.S. and international regions. These circumstances have resulted in an increase in our operational performance, cash flows, and financial condition. We believe that the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated adoption of our learning platform, which we expect will generate additional opportunities for us in the future.

While we have experienced a significant increase in customers due to the pandemic, the aforementioned factors have also driven increased usage of our services and have required us to expand our network and data storage and processing capacity, particularly third-party cloud hosting, which has resulted, and is continuing to result, in an increase in our operating costs. Therefore, the recent increase in usage of our platform has adversely impacted, and may continue to adversely impact, our gross margin.

There is no assurance that we will experience a continued increase in the adoption of our learning platform or that new or existing customers will continue to utilize our service after the COVID-19 pandemic has tapered. Moreover, the tapering of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly as vaccinations become widely available, may result in a decline in customers once students are no longer attending school from home.

As part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented an internal initiative to ensure the support and retention of our customers. This initiative is a collaboration between multiple organizations and teams at Instructure to help ensure renewal and growth in statewide deals. The initiative includes monitoring usage, developing a statewide communication plan, establishing user groups, creating marketing and advocacy materials, and keeping leadership informed of status, risks, and wins.

The full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will directly or indirectly impact the global economy, the lasting social effects, and impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments that are highly uncertain and cannot be accurately predicted. For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to COVID-19.”

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by our ability to:

Increase Adoption of Cloud-Based Software by Higher Education and K-12 Institutions

Our ability to increase market adoption of our platform is driven by the overall adoption of cloud applications and infrastructure by academic institutions. We believe that Higher Education and K-12 institutions are poised to accelerate the pace of cloud adoption to support near-term online educational needs, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, and to withstand future challenges. Academic institutions that relied upon on-premises solutions to support remote operations faced significant delays at the height of the pandemic. In order to continue providing a high-quality education and support in-person, remote, and hybrid learning, institutions must make a fundamental shift to adopt cloud-based collaboration solutions. As the leader in the market for cloud-based learning technology, we believe the imperative for these institutions to adopt cloud infrastructure will increase demand for our platform and broaden our customer base.

Grow Our Customer Base

We believe there is significant opportunity to grow our customer base in Higher Education and K-12. The growth of our Higher Education customer base is primarily dependent on the replacement of legacy systems with our cloud-native platform in North America and our continued expansion efforts internationally. The growth of our K-12 customer base is primarily dependent on our ability to surround currently implemented free solutions with our learning platform and, in connection, monetize demand for our broad capabilities. We intend to expand our customer base by continuing to make targeted and prudent investments in sales and marketing and customer support. As of December 31, 2020, we had more than 6,000 customers.

 

94


Table of Contents

Cross-sell into our Existing Customer Base

Most of our customers initially engage with us using our Canvas LMS solution, and then we are generally able to cross-sell our other solutions as these customers become aware of the benefits of our broad capabilities, including learning, assessments, analytics, student success, program management, digital courseware, and global online learning. Our future revenue growth is dependent upon our ability to expand our customers’ use of our learning platform. Our ability to increase sales to existing customers depends on a number of factors, including customer satisfaction, competition, pricing, economic conditions, and spending by customers. In 2020, approximately 34% of our customers had purchased two or more of our solutions.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

Number of Customers

We evaluate the number of customers who use our products to measure and monitor the growth of our business and the success of our sales and marketing activities. We believe that the growth of our customer base is indicative of our revenue growth potential. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract. In situations where there is a single contract that applies to an entity with multiple subsidiaries or divisions, universities or schools, only the entity that has contracted for our platform is counted as a customer. For example, a contracting school district is counted as a single customer even though the school district encompasses multiple schools. We had 4,424, 4,991 and 6,095 customers contracted to use our platform as of December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We additionally evaluate the number of large customers as a measure of our ability to attract and serve the needs of the largest institutions, districts, and schools in the world. We had 481, 572, and 682 customers with ARR of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively. Customers with ARR of $100,000 or more accounted for 68.6%, 67.7%, and 68.5% of our total ARR as of December 31, 2018, 2019, and 2020, respectively.

Net Revenue Retention Rate; Gross Revenue Retention Rate

Our net revenue retention rate calculation begins with a customer cohort base as of a given month in the immediately preceding year and compares the ARR for that same cohort group in that given month for the current year. We calculate our net revenue retention rate by dividing the ARR obtained from a particular customer cohort in a given month by the ARR from that same customer cohort from the same month in the immediately preceding year. If a customer has any ARR in a given month, such customer is included in a “customer cohort.” This calculation contemplates all changes to ARR for the designated customer cohort, which includes customer terminations and non-renewals, customer consolidations, changes in quantities of users, changes in pricing, additional applications purchased or applications no longer used. We calculate the net revenue retention for our entire customer base at a given point in time. We believe our net revenue retention rate is an important metric to measure the long-term value of customer agreements and our ability to retain our customers. Our net revenue retention rate was 106.5%, 107.0% and 117.2% at December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and 109.9% and 115.6% at March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively. The increase in our net revenue retention rate from 107.0% at December 31, 2019 to 117.2% at December 31, 2020, and from 109.9% at March 31, 2020 to 115.6% at March 31, 2021, was attributable to increased demand for our solutions in 2020 bolstered by the accelerated adoption of hybrid and remote learning.

We calculate gross revenue retention rate by subtracting downgrades and cancellations over a 12-month period from ARR at the beginning of the corresponding 12-month period for a particular customer cohort and

 

95


Table of Contents

dividing the result by the ARR from the beginning of the same 12-month period. Our gross revenue retention rate was 94.4%, 95.4%, and 96.0% at December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and 95.9% and 95.9% at March 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

The most significant positive drivers of changes in our net revenue retention rate and gross revenue retention rate each year have historically been our ability to up-sell or cross-sell new solutions or additional licenses to our existing customer base and secure multi-year contracts containing periodic pricing term increases.

Remaining Performance Obligations

We monitor remaining performance obligations (“RPO”) as a key metric to help us evaluate the health of our business. RPO represents the amount of our contracted future revenue that has not yet been recognized, including both deferred revenue and non-cancelable contracted amounts that will be invoiced and recognized as revenue in future periods. RPO is not necessarily indicative of future revenue growth because it does not account for the timing of customers’ consumption or their consumption of more than their contracted capacity. Moreover, RPO is influenced by several factors, including the timing of renewals, the timing of purchases of additional capacity, average contract terms, and seasonality. Due to these factors, it is important to review RPO in conjunction with revenue and other financial metrics disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus.

RPO was $505 million, $599 million, and $569 million as of December 31, 2019, December 31, 2020 and March 31, 2021 respectively (further discussed in Note 8—Disaggregated Revenue to the consolidated financial statements). We may experience variations in our RPO from period to period, but RPO has generally increased over the long term as a result of contracts with new customers and increasing the value of contracts with existing customers. These increases are partially offset by revenue recognized on existing contracts during a particular period.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance and liquidity. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial information to supplement their GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

We regularly review the measures set forth below as we evaluate our business.

Free Cash Flow

We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets, net of proceeds from disposals of property and equipment. We believe free cash flow facilitates period-to-period comparisons of liquidity. We consider free cash flow to be an important measure because it measures the amount of cash we generate and reflects changes in working capital. We use free cash flow in conjunction with traditional GAAP measures as part of our overall assessment of our liquidity, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and quarterly forecasts, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies, and to communicate with our Board concerning our liquidity.

 

96


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to free cash flow:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,2020 to
March 31, 2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,

2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                       

(Unaudited)

          (Unaudited)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 98     $ 18,861     $ (57,058       $ 36,884       $ (57,058       $ (58,732

Purchases of property and equipment and intangible assets

    (11,132     (10,243     (732         (1,634       (732         (411

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    88       103       19           81         19           9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Free cash flow

  $ (10,946   $ 8,721     $ (57,771       $ 35,331       $ (57,771         (59,134
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Operating (Loss) Income

We define non-GAAP operating (loss) income as loss from operations excluding the impact of stock-based compensation, restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs, reversal of payroll tax expense recorded in relation to the previous secondary stock purchase transaction, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, changes in fair value of contingent liabilities, and the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue relating to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing operations. We believe non-GAAP operating (loss) income is useful in evaluating our operating performance compared to that of other companies in our industry, as this metric generally eliminates the effects of certain items that may vary for different companies for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. Although we exclude the amortization of acquisition-related intangibles from this non-GAAP measure, management believes it is important for investors to understand that such intangible assets were recorded as part of purchase accounting and contribute to revenue generation.

The following table provides a reconciliation of loss from operations to non-GAAP operating (loss) income:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
          Period from
April 1,2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)          

(Unaudited)

 

Loss from operations

  $ (44,773   $ (85,993   $ (16,587       $ (172,543     $ (16,587     $ (24,534

Stock-based compensation

    22,747       56,512       7,109           50,162         7,109         5,585  

Restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs

                8,360           66,959         8,360         13,057  

Reversal of payroll tax expense on the previous secondary stock purchase transactions

    (1,225     (1,327                                

Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles

    2,497       9,116       2,586           95,310         2,586         33,361  

Change in fair value of contingent liability

    (1,144     (20                                

 

97


Table of Contents
    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
          Period from
April 1,2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)          

(Unaudited)

 

Fair value adjustments to deferred revenue in connection with purchase accounting

                          22,751                 4,758  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Non-GAAP operating (loss) income

  $ (21,898   $ (21,712   $ 1,468         $ 62,639       $ 1,468       $ 32,227  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA is defined as earnings before debt-related costs, including interest and loss on debt extinguishment, provision for taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We further adjust EBITDA to exclude certain items of a significant or unusual nature, including stock-based compensation, restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs, reversal of payroll tax expense recorded in relation to the previous secondary stock purchase transaction, amortization of acquisition-related intangibles, changes in fair value of contingent liabilities, and the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue relating to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition. Although we exclude the amortization of acquisition-related intangibles from this non-GAAP measure, management believes that it is important for investors to understand that such intangible assets were recorded as part of purchase accounting and contribute to revenue generation.

We believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management team and Board. In addition, it provides a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business, as it removes the effect of certain non-cash expenses and certain variable charges.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as a financial measure, should be considered as supplemental in nature, and is not meant as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

98


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Annual Periods           Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Successor           Predecessor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Net loss

  $ (43,465   $ (80,819   $ (22,203       $ (177,981     $ (22,203       $ (33,071

Interest on outstanding debt and loss on debt extinguishment

                          50,921                   17,270  

Provision (benefit) for taxes

    339       (3,620     183           (43,924       183           (9,341

Depreciation

    8,749       10,642       2,982           3,630         2,982           939  

Amortization

    289       219       35           7         35           2  

Stock-based compensation

    22,747       56,512       7,109           50,162         7,109           5,585  

Restructuring, transaction and sponsor related costs

                14,117           65,449         14,117           13,057  

Reversal of payroll tax expense on the previous secondary stock purchase transaction

    (1,225     (1,327                                  

Amortization of acquisition-related intangibles

    2,497       9,116       2,586           95,310         2,586           33,361  

Change in fair value of contingent liability

    (1,144     (20                                  

Fair value adjustments to deferred revenue in connection with purchase accounting

                          22,751                   4,758  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (11,213   $ (9,297   $ 4,809         $ 66,325       $ 4,809         $ 32,560  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Allocated Combined Receipts

We define Allocated Combined Receipts as the combined receipts of our Company and companies that we have acquired allocated to the period of service delivery. We calculate Allocated Combined Receipts as the sum of (i) revenue and (ii) the impact of fair value adjustments to acquired unearned revenue related to the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition that we do not believe are reflective of our ongoing operations. Management uses this measure to evaluate organic growth of the business period over period, as if the Company had operated as a single entity and excluding the impact of acquisitions or adjustments due to purchase accounting. Organic growth in current and future periods is driven by sales to new customers and the addition of additional subscriptions and functionality to existing customers, offset by customer cancellations or reduced subscriptions upon renewal.

We believe that it is important to evaluate growth on this organic basis, as it is an indication of the success of our services from the customer’s perspective that is not impacted by corporate events such as acquisitions or the fair value estimates of acquired unearned revenue. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it illustrates the trends in our organic revenue growth and allows investors to analyze the drivers of revenue on the same basis as management.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following table presents a reconciliation of revenue to Allocated Combined Receipts for each of the periods indicated:

 

    Annual Periods     Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor           Predecessor           Successor  
(in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                        (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)  

Revenue

  $ 209,544     $ 258,473     $ 71,389         $ 230,673       $ 71,389         $ 93,980  

Fair value adjustments to deferred revenue in connection with purchase accounting

                          22,751                   4,758  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Allocated Combined Receipts

  $ 209,544     $ 258,473     $ 71,389         $ 253,424       $ 71,389         $ 98,738  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Key Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of SaaS fees from customers accessing our learning platform and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services.

Subscription revenue is derived from customers using our learning platform and is driven primarily by the number of customers, the number of users at each customer, the price of our applications and renewals. Support revenue is derived from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fee. Our contracts typically vary in length between one and five years. Subscriptions and support are non-cancelable and are billed in advance on an annual basis. All subscription and support fees billed are initially recorded in deferred revenue and recognized ratably over the subscription term.

Professional services and other revenue are derived primarily from implementation, training, and other consulting fees. Implementation services includes training and consulting services that generally take anywhere from 30 to 90 days to complete depending on customer-side complexity and timelines. It includes regularly scheduled and highly-structured activities to ensure customers progress toward better utilizing our applications. Most of these interactions take place over the phone and through the use of web meeting technology. Because we have determined the implementation services are distinct, they are recognized over time as the services are rendered, using an efforts-expended input method. Implementation services also include nonrefundable upfront setup fees, which are allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

We include training with every implementation and offer additional training for a fee. The training offered is focused on creating confidence among users so they can be successful with our applications. Most training is performed remotely using web meeting technology. Because we have determined that trainings are distinct, we record training revenue upon the delivery of the training. Training is recognized ratably in the same manner as subscription and support revenue described above.

In addition to our implementation and training offerings, we provide consulting services for custom application development, integrations, content services and change management consulting. These services are architected to boost customer adoption of our applications and to drive usage of features and capabilities that are

 

100


Table of Contents

unique to our company. We have determined that these services are distinct. Professional services revenue is typically recognized over time as the services are rendered, using an efforts-expended input method.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription and support revenue consists primarily of the costs of our cloud hosting provider and other third-party service providers, employee-related costs including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our operations and customer support teams, amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which we define as rent, facilities and costs related to information technology (“IT”).

Cost of professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, benefits, travel, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead costs.

Operating Expenses

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our sales and marketing employees, including sales commissions and incentives, benefits and stock-based compensation expense, marketing programs, including lead generation, costs of our annual InstructureCon user conference, acquisition-related amortization expenses and allocated overhead costs. We defer and amortize on a straight-line basis sales commission costs related to acquiring new contracts over a period of benefit that we have determined to be generally four years. Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the acquired customer bases and are amortized over the estimated remaining useful life of seven years. The trade names acquired are amortized over the estimated remaining useful lives ranging from five to ten years.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of our development team, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense and allocated overhead costs. We capitalize certain software development costs that are attributable to developing new applications, features and adding incremental functionality to our platform. We amortize these costs to subscription and support cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations over the estimated life of the new application or incremental functionality, which is generally three years.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs and related expenses for executive, finance, legal, human resources, recruiting, employee-related information technology, administrative personnel, including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense; professional fees for external legal, accounting and other consulting services; and allocated overhead costs.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest income, interest expense, and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Interest expense is related to fees incurred to have access to our Credit Facilities with Golub Capital Markets LLC and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC. As we have expanded our international operations, our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies has increased.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. These foreign jurisdictions have statutory tax rates different from those in the United States. Accordingly, our effective tax rates will vary depending on the relative proportion of foreign to U.S. income and changes in tax laws. The tax benefit at December 31, 2020 consists of decreases in U.S. Federal and state deferred tax liabilities, due to book amortization, and of the step up in basis of intangible assets from the Take-Private Transaction.

 

101


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

To facilitate comparability of the year ended December 31, 2020 to the year ended December 31, 2019, we present combined results for the combination of consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020, comprising the Predecessor consolidated results from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, the Successor consolidated results for the period from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 and certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period”). To facilitate comparability of the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 to the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2020, we present the three months ended March 31, 2020 with certain pro forma adjustments that give effect to the Take-Private Transaction and the Certica acquisition as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020 (the “Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period”).

As a result of the Take-Private Transaction, which closed on March 24, 2020, our historical consolidated financial and other data are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and are therefore not comparable. The period prior to and including March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure, Inc. and is identified as “Predecessor” and the period after March 31, 2020 includes all of the accounts of Instructure Holdings, Inc. and is identified as “Successor.” For accounting purposes, management has designated the Acquisition Date as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material.

 

102


Table of Contents

These pro forma adjustments are prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the Final Rule. We present the information for the year ended December 31, 2020 in this format to assist readers in understanding and assessing the trends and significant changes in our results of operations on a comparable basis. We believe this presentation is appropriate because it provides a more meaningful comparison and more relevant analysis of our results of operations for the 2020 period compared with the 2019 period and the 2021 interim period compared with the 2020 interim period. We have elected to exclude pro forma adjustments related to the Certica acquisition during the 2020 period as no activities have been recognized in our results of operations. The following tables set forth our historical results of operations for the periods indicated below:

Annual Results of Operations

 

    Predecessor           Successor           Combined  
(in thousands, except per share data)   Year Ended
December  31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,2020
to March 31,
2020
          Period from
April 1, 2020 to

December  31,
2020
    Take-Private
Transaction

Pro  Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
                                  (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

               

Subscription and support

  $ 188,501     $ 236,241     $ 65,968         $ 209,148     $ (1,046 )(a)    $ 274,070  

Professional services and other

    21,043       22,232       5,421           21,525       (15 )(a)      26,931  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    209,544       258,473       71,389           230,673       (1,061     301,001  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

               

Subscription and support

    46,706       64,170       19,699           108,603       11,955 (b)(c)      140,257  

Professional services and other

    15,137       18,656       4,699           15,547             20,246  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    61,843       82,826       24,398           124,150       11,955       160,503  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    147,701       175,647       46,991           106,523       (13,016     140,498  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    97,481       121,643       27,010           125,650       13,157 (b)(c)      165,817  

Research and development

    59,391       83,526       19,273           51,066             70,339  

General and administrative

    35,602       56,471       17,295           62,572             79,867  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                          29,612             29,612  

Impairment on disposal group

                          10,166             10,166  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    192,474       261,640       63,578           279,066       13,157       355,801  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (44,773     (85,993     (16,587         (172,543     (26,173     (215,303
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

               

Interest income

    2,413       1,795       313           49             362  

Interest expense

    (68     (16     (8         (50,921     (16,395 )(d)      (67,324

Other income (expense), net

    (698     (225     (5,738         1,510             (4,228
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1,647       1,554       (5,433         (49,362     (16,395     (71,190
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (43,126     (84,439     (22,020         (221,905     (42,568     (286,493

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (339     3,620       (183         43,924       8,424 (e)      52,165  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (43,465   $ (80,819   $ (22,203       $ (177,981   $ (34,144   $ (234,328
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (1.27   $ (2.19   $ (0.58       $ (177,981   $ (34,144   $ (234,328
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    34,248       36,892       38,369           1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

103


Table of Contents

Notes for the Take-Private Transaction Pro Forma Adjustments for the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

  (a)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments as a result of the Take-Private Transaction. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The pro forma combined statement of operations reflects the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (b)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commission and capitalized software development costs for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Take-Private Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, deferred commission and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (c)   Represents incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Take-Private Transaction in accordance to ASC 805. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Take-Private Transaction.

 

  (d)   Represents incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Take-Private Transaction. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7–Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (e)   A combined statutory tax rate of 19.79% is applied to the pro forma adjustments.

 

104


Table of Contents

Interim Results of Operations

 

    Predecessor                 Combined                 Total     Successor  
(in thousands, except per
share data)
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
          Take-Private
Transaction
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
    Certica
January 1,
2020 through
March 31,
2020
    Certica Pro
Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
    Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenue:

                 

Subscription and support

  $ 65,968         $ (12,455 )(a)    $ 53,513     $ 8,689     $ (4,466 )(f)(j)    $ 57,736     $ 86,354  

Professional services and other

    5,421           (984 )(a)      4,437       336       (173 )(f)(j)      4,600       7,626  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    71,389           (13,439     57,950       9,025       (4,639     62,336       93,980  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                 

Subscription and support

    19,699           11,955 (b)(c)      31,654       2,213       485 (g)(h)      34,352       39,884  

Professional services and other

    4,699                 4,699       86             4,785       5,750  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    24,398           11,955       36,353       2,299       485       39,137       45,634  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    46,991           (25,394     21,597       6,726       (5,124     23,199       48,346  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Sales and marketing

    27,010           13,157 (b)(c)      40,167       646       2,233 (g)(h)      43,046       41,222  

Research and development

    19,273                 19,273       1,684             20,957       17,089  

General and administrative

    17,295                 17,295       3,312       (2,778 )(g)(h)      17,829       13,351  

Impairment on disposal group

                                            1,218  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    63,578           13,157       76,735       5,642       (545     81,832       72,880  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (16,587         (38,551     (55,138     1,084       (4,579     (58,633     (24,534
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                 

Interest income

    313                 313                   313       27  

Interest expense

    (8         (16,395 )(d)      (16,403     (763     (758 )(i)      (17,924     (17,271

Other income (expense), net

    (5,738               (5,738                 (5,738     (634
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (5,433         (16,395     (21,828     (763     (758     (23,349     (17,878
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)

    (22,020         (54,946     (76,966     321       (5,337     (81,982     (42,412

Income tax benefit (expense)

    (183         10,874 (e)      10,691       (20     1,056 (e)      11,727       9,341  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

  $ (22,203       $ (44,072   $ (66,275   $ 301     $ (4,281   $ (70,255   $ (33,071
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (0.58       $ (44,072   $ (66,275       $ (70,255   $ (33,071
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share

    38,369           1       1           1       1  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Notes for the Pro Forma Adjustments for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020

 

  (a)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments as a result of the Take-Private Transaction. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The pro forma combined statement of operations reflects the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (b)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commission and capitalized software development costs for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Take-Private Transaction had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, deferred commission and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (c)   Represents incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Take-Private Transaction in accordance to ASC 805. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Take-Private Transaction as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Take-Private Transaction.

 

  (d)   Represents incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Take- Private Transaction. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7–Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The pro forma combined statements of operations reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (e)   A combined statutory tax rate of 19.79% is applied to the pro forma adjustments.

 

  (f)   Represents deferred revenue purchase accounting adjustments as a result of the Certica acquisition. In accordance with ASC 805, deferred revenue is recognized at fair value representing direct costs to fulfill plus a reasonable margin. The pro forma combined statement of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflects the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (g)   Represents adjustments related to amortization for deferred commission and capitalized software development costs for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as if the Certica acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. In connection with the Certica acquisition, deferred commission and capitalized software development costs were set to zero reflecting their fair value as a result of purchase accounting application.

 

  (h)   Represents incremental amortization expenses related to intangible assets recognized as a result of the Certica acquisition in accordance with ASC 805. The pro forma combined statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect the purchase accounting associated with the Certica acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020. The pro forma incremental amortization expenses are calculated based on the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities as of the date of the Certica acquisition.

 

  (i)   Represents incremental interest expense resulting from the debt issuance in connection with the Certica acquisition. Additionally, the debt previously recorded by Certica that was extinguished at the acquisition is assumed to have been extinguished as if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020. Our indebtedness is described in further detail in Note 7–Credit Facility to the consolidated financial statements. The pro forma combined statements of operations for the Total Unaudited Pro Forma 2020 Period reflect this activity as if it had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

  (j)   Represents adjustments related to revenues and expenses incurred between Instructure and Certica in a vendor/customer relationship prior to the Certica acquisition that would not have been recognized had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

106


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenue

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Combined              
(dollars in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
                      (Unaudited)              

Revenue:

             

Subscription and support

  $ 236,241     $ 65,968     $ 209,148     $ 274,070     $ 37,829       16

Professional services and other

    22,232       5,421       21,525       26,931       4,699       21
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

  $ 258,473     $ 71,389     $ 230,673     $ 301,001     $ 42,528       16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Subscription and support revenue was $274.1 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $209.1 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $66.0 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $236.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Subscription and support revenue increased $37.8 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to growth in new and existing customers. Growth in new customers accounted for $32.2 million of this change, while growth in existing customers was $5.6 million.

Professional services and other revenue was $26.9 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $21.5 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $5.4 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period and $22.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Professional services and other revenue increased $4.7 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to the increased onboarding of new customers discussed above.

Cost of Revenue

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Combined               
(dollars in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
     Change ($)     Change (%)  
                      (Unaudited)               

Cost of revenue:

              

Subscription and support

  $ 64,170     $ 19,699     $ 108,603     $ 140,257      $ 76,087       119

Professional services and other

    18,656       4,699       15,547       20,246        1,590       9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

  $ 82,826     $ 24,398     $ 124,150     $ 160,503      $ 77,677       94
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Cost of revenue was $160.5 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $124.2 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $24.4 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $82.8 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Total cost of revenue increased $77.7 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to an increase in employee-related costs, web hosting and third-party software license costs, and amortization of developed technology.

Subscription and support cost of revenue was $140.3 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $108.6 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $19.7 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $64.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Subscription and support cost of revenue increased $76.1 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to an increase in employee-related costs, web hosting and third-party software license costs, and amortization of developed technology. Web hosting and third-party software license costs increased $19.5 million as a result of higher usage on our learning

 

107


Table of Contents

platform due to an increased number of users on our learning platform, as well as the increased frequency of our users on our learning platform, driven by COVID-19 and the demand for distanced learning. Employee-related costs increased $2.3 million in order to support the increasing demand for our learning platform. Amortization costs increased $37.2 million due to developed technology that was acquired as part of the Take-Private Transaction. An additional $12.0 million of amortization costs is a result of our pro forma adjustments during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period. Other insignificant items, such as operating lease costs and systems increased $3.1 million.

Professional services and other cost of revenue was $20.2 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $15.5 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $4.7 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $18.7 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Professional services and other cost of revenue increased $1.6 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to an increase of $1.0 million of employee and outside services costs as a result of increased demand for our learning platform. Other insignificant items, such as operating lease costs and travel costs, increased $0.6 million.

Operating Expenses

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Combined              
(dollars in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
                      (Unaudited)              

Operating expenses:

             

Sales and marketing

  $ 121,643     $ 27,010     $ 125,650     $ 165,817     $ 44,174       36

Research and development

    83,526       19,273       51,066       70,339       (13,187     -16

General and administrative

    56,471       17,295       62,572       79,867       23,396       41

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                29,612       29,612       29,612       100

Impairment on disposal group

                10,166       10,166       10,166       100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $ 261,640     $ 63,578     $ 279,066     $ 355,801     $ 94,161       36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $165.8 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $125.7 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $27.0 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $121.6 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Sales and marketing expenses increased $44.2 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to an increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets, third-party contractor costs, and impairment of leased office space. Amortization expense increased $61.0 million due to an increase in amortization of acquisition-related identifiable intangible assets, of which $13.2 million relates to our pro forma adjustments. Third-party contractor costs increased $4.7 million as a result of our execution on our restructuring plan and increased revenue. We incurred an additional $1.8 million of costs related to an impairment on leased office space. Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $17.5 million in employee-related costs and marketing program spend as we executed on our restructuring plan. Travel-related costs also decreased $5.0 million due to the restrictions caused by COVID-19. Other insignificant items related to decreased headcount caused a reduction of $0.8 million.

Research and development. Research and development expense was $70.3 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $51.1 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $19.3 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $83.5 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Research and development expenses decreased $13.2 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to a decrease in employee-related costs, decreased travel costs, decreased allocated overhead expenses and information technology expenses. Employee-related costs decreased $12.9 million as a result of our execution on our restructuring plan. Travel-related costs decreased $1.4 million due to the restrictions caused by COVID-19.

 

108


Table of Contents

Allocated overhead expenses decreased $1.2 million as a result of reduced headcount, while information technology expenses decreased as a result of our execution on our restructuring plan. Research and development expenses were offset by increased cost of $1.2 million due to impairments on leased office space and $1.8 million in third-party contractor costs.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense was $79.9 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $62.6 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $17.3 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $56.5 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. General and administrative expenses increased by $23.4 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to an increase in payroll-related costs and third-party contractor costs. Payroll-related costs increased $15.7 million from stock-based compensation expense, $1.3 million from severance, and $1.3 million in payroll taxes, in large part due to the Take-Private Transaction. Third-party contractor costs increased $9.2 million due to acquisition-related activity and costs incurred while executing on our restructuring plan. General and administrative expenses decreased $1.9 million due to reduced headcount, $0.7 million in reduced travel due to restrictions caused by COVID-19, $1.2 million in information technology expense due to our restructuring plan, and $1.1 million in allocated overhead expenses due to reduced headcount.

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill and disposal group. Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill and disposal group was $29.6 million and $10.2 million, respectively, in both the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period and Successor 2020 Period, respectively. Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill and disposal group increased $39.8 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to our decision to market and sell getBridge, LLC (“Bridge”), the Company’s corporate learning platform and wholly-owned subsidiary. Refer to Notes 6—Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and 19—Subsequent Events of the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Combined              
(dollars in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
                      (Unaudited)              

Other income (expense):

             

Interest income

  $ 1,795     $ 313     $ 49     $ 362     $ (1,433     -80

Interest expense

    (16     (8     (50,921     (67,324     (67,308     420675

Other income (expense), net

    (225     (5,738     1,510       (4,228     (4,003     1779
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total other income (expense), net

  $ 1,554     $ (5,433   $ (49,362   $ (71,190   $ (72,744     -4681
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Other income (expense), net was $(71.2) million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $(49.4) million during the Successor 2020 Period, $(5.4) million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $1.6 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period. Other income (expense), net includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other income (expense), net increased $72.7 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to a $67.3 million increase of interest expense from our outstanding Term Loans, of which $16.4 million is a result of our pro forma adjustments. Other income (expense), net also increased $4.0 million in expense due to a one-time restructuring charge. Other income (expense) decreased $1.4 million in income due to maturing marketable securities that we did not reinvest.

 

109


Table of Contents

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

 

    Predecessor     Successor     Combined              
(dollars in thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020 to
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1, 2020 to
December 31,
2020
    Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Change ($)     Change (%)  
                      (Unaudited)              

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ 3,620     $ (183 )    $ 43,924     $ 52,165     $ 48,545       1341 % 

Income tax benefit (expense) was $52.2 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period, $43.9 million during the Successor 2020 Period, $(0.2) million during the Predecessor 2020 Period, and $3.6 million during the Predecessor 2020 Period. Income tax benefit increased $48.5 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined 2020 Period due to the amortization of intangible assets, which resulted in decreases in U.S. Federal and state deferred tax liabilities. Historically, such activity would not have been recognized as a tax benefit due to the full valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets. However, due to Thoma Bravo’s acquisition of Instructure, and the deferred tax liability recorded in connection with the step-up in the book basis of the Company’s intangible assets, the Company removed the valuation allowance previously recorded against Federal and most state deferred tax assets.

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2019

Revenue

 

     Predecessor                
     Year Ended
December 31,
               
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Change ($)      Change (%)  

Revenue:

           

Subscription and support

   $ 188,501      $ 236,241      $ 47,740        25

Professional services and other

     21,043        22,232        1,189        6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 209,544      $ 258,473      $ 48,929        23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription and support revenue was $236.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $188.5 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Subscription and support revenue increased $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to growth in new customers and the contributions from our 2019 acquisitions. Growth in new customers accounted for $33.3 million, while growth from acquisitions resulted in an increase of $14.4 million.

Professional services and other revenue was $22.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $21.0 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Professional services and other revenue increased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to the increase in new customers discussed above.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Predecessor                
     Year Ended
December 31,
               
(dollars in thousands)    2018      2019      Change ($)      Change (%)  

Cost of revenue:

           

Subscription and support

   $ 46,706      $ 64,170      $ 17,464        37

Professional services and other

     15,137        18,656        3,519        23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 61,843      $ 82,826      $ 20,983        34
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

110


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue was $82.8 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $61.8 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Total cost of revenue increased $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in employee-related costs, web hosting and third-party software license costs, amortization of developed technology and third-party contractor costs.

Subscription and support cost of revenue was $64.2 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $46.7 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Subscription and support cost of revenue increased $17.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in web hosting and third-party software license costs, amortization of developed and acquisition-related technology and employee-related costs. Web hosting and third-party software license costs increased $9.8 million due to the increase in total customers. Amortization costs increased $4.7 million due to the continued development of our software platform and amortization of acquisition-related technology. Employee-related costs increased $2.8 million as we continued to grow our customer support organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Other insignificant items related to higher rent and communication expense increased $0.2 million.

Professional services and other cost of revenue was $18.7 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $15.1 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Professional services and other cost of revenue increased $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in employee-related costs of $1.8 million and an increase in use of third-party contractors of $1.2 million, as we continued to grow our professional services organization to support our customer growth and improve service levels and offerings. Other insignificant items related to third-party software license costs increased $0.5 million.

Operating Expenses

 

     Predecessor                
     Year Ended December 31,         
(dollars in thousands)           2018                    2019             Change ($)      Change (%)  

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

   $ 97,481      $ 121,643      $ 24,162        25

Research and development

     59,391        83,526        24,135        41

General and administrative

     35,602        56,471        20,869        59
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 192,474      $ 261,640      $ 69,166        36
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Sales and marketing expense was $121.6 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $97.5 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Sales and marketing expenses increased $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in employee-related stock-based compensation costs, third-party contractor costs, expansion of our marketing programs, amortization of acquisition-related technology and information technology expenses. Employee-related costs increased $16.2 million as a result of a change in our compensation philosophy resulting in more employees electing to receive greater stock-based compensation in lieu of salary and hiring additional employees domestically and internationally due to growth in our customer base. Amortization expense increased $3.4 million due to an increase in amortization of acquisition-related identified intangible assets. Third-party contractor costs increased $1.6 million and travel costs increased $0.6 million all due to continued expansion into international and corporate markets. Marketing program costs increased $1.4 million due to holding our first separate Bridge user conference, BridgeCon, and continued expansion into international and corporate markets. Information technology expense increased $0.7 million as we continue to automate our internal systems. Other insignificant items related to depreciation expense increased $0.3 million.

Research and development expense was $83.5 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $59.4 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Research and development expenses increased $24.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in employee-related costs, information technology expenses and

 

111


Table of Contents

allocated overhead expenses. Employee-related costs increased $20.6 million and information technology costs increased $2.0 million as we continued to grow our engineering organization to develop new applications and continue to develop additional features for our products and as a result of a change in our compensation philosophy resulting in more employees electing to receive greater stock-based compensation in lieu of salary. Allocated overhead expenses and other insignificant items increased $1.5 million due to higher rent and communication expense.

General and administrative expense was $56.5 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $35.6 million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. General and administrative expenses increased $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 due to an increase in employee-related costs, third-party costs, allocated overhead expenses and the change in fair value of the contingent liability. Employee-related costs increased $12.6 million as a result of a change in our compensation philosophy resulting in more employees electing to receive greater stock-based compensation in lieu of salary. Third-party services increased $6.6 million as a result of the Company entering into a definitive merger agreement to be acquired by Thoma Bravo, LLC, as well as our recent acquisitions of MasteryConnect and Portfolium and continued growth. Fair value of the contingent liability decreased $1.1 million during the same period in 2018. The liability was written off during the year ended December 31, 2019. Allocated overhead expenses and other insignificant items increased $0.6 million due to higher rent.

Other Income, net

 

     Predecessor               
     Year Ended
December 31,
        
(dollars in thousands)    2018     2019      Change ($)     Change (%)  

Other income:

         

Interest income

   $ 2,413     $ 1,795      $ (618     -26

Interest expense

     (68     (16      52       -76

Other income (expense), net

     (698     (225      473       -68
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total other income, net

   $ 1,647     $ 1,554      $ (93     -6
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Other income, net was $1.6 million in both the Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively. Other income, net includes interest income and expense, unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other income, net decreased $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 as a result of decreased interest income and the disposal of property and equipment.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

 

     Predecessor                
     Year Ended
December 31,
        
(dollars in thousands)    2018     2019      Change ($)      Change (%)  

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $ (339   $ 3,620      $ 3,959        -1168

Income tax benefit (expense) was $3.6 million during the Predecessor 2019 Period and $(0.3) million during the Predecessor 2018 Period. Income tax benefit (expense) consists of current and deferred taxes for U.S. and foreign income taxes. The income tax expense decrease in 2019 of $4.0 million compared to 2018 was due to the recognition of a net deferred tax liability as a result of the acquisition of Portfolium and MasteryConnect. The net deferred tax liability provided a source of additional income to support the realizability of pre-existing deferred tax assets and as a result, a portion of our valuation allowance was released.

 

112


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2021

Revenue

 

     Predecessor            Total      Successor      Change  

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

   Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2020
           Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2020
     Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2021
     Amount      %  

Revenue:

                  

Subscription and support

   $ 65,968          $ 57,736      $ 86,354      $ 28,618        50

Professional services and other

     5,421            4,600        7,626        3,026        66
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 71,389          $ 62,336      $ 93,980      $ 31,644        51
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subscription and support revenue was $86.4 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $57.7 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $66.0 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Subscription and support revenue increased $28.6 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to growth in new and existing customers. Growth in new customers accounted for $17.6 million of this change, while growth in existing customers was $2.8 million. The remaining $8.2 million is due to pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period as a result of purchase accounting.

Professional services and other revenue was $7.6 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $4.6 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $5.4 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Professional services and other revenue increased $3.0 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to $2.2 million from onboarding of new customers discussed above and $0.8 million from pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period as a result of purchase accounting.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Predecessor            Total      Successor      Change  

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

   Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
           Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
     Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2021
     Amount      %  

Cost of revenue:

                  

Subscription and support

   $ 19,699          $ 34,352        39,884      $ 5,532        16

Professional services and other

     4,699            4,785        5,750        965        20
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total cost of revenue

   $ 24,398          $ 39,137      $ 45,634      $ 6,497        17
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Cost of revenue was $45.6 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $39.1 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $24.4 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Total cost of revenue increased $6.5 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to an increase in web hosting and third-party software costs and an impairment on leased office space.

Subscription and support cost of revenue was $39.9 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $34.4 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $19.7 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Subscription and support

 

113


Table of Contents

cost of revenue increased $5.5 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to an increase in web hosting and third-party software costs and an impairment on leased office space. Web hosting and third-party software costs increased $4.5 million as a result of higher usage on our learning platform due to an increased number of users on our learning platform, as well as the increased frequency of our users on our learning platform, driven by COVID-19 and the demand for distanced learning. Employee-related and outside services costs increased $1.1 million in order to support the increasing demand of our learning platform. We incurred an additional $2.1 million of costs related to an impairment on leased office space. These increases are offset by certain pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period.

Professional services and other cost of revenue was $5.8 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $4.8 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $4.7 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Professional services and other cost of revenue increased $1.0 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to an increase in employee-related costs and an impairment on leased office space. Employee-related costs increased $0.2 million as a result of increased demand for our learning platform. We incurred an additional $0.8 million of costs related to an impairment on leased office space.

Operating Expenses

 

     Predecessor            Total      Successor               

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

   Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2020
           Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2020
     Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2021
     Change
($)
    Change (%)  

Operating expenses:

                 

Sales and marketing

   $ 27,010          $ 43,046      $ 41,222      $ (1,824     -4

Research and development

     19,273            20,957        17,089        (3,868     -18

General and administrative

     17,295            17,829        13,351        (4,478     -25

Impairment on disposal group

                       1,218        1,218       100
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 63,578          $ 81,832      $ 72,880        (8,952     -11
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense was $41.2 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $43.0 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $27.0 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Sales and marketing expenses decreased $1.8 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to a decrease in employee-related costs and decreased travel costs. Employee-related costs decreased $3.6 million as a result of our continued execution on our restructuring plan. Travel-related costs decreased $1.2 million due to the restrictions caused by COVID-19. These decreases were offset by an increase in costs related to an impairment on leased office space of $2.0 million and an increase of $0.5 million in third-party contractor costs. The remaining changes are explained by pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period.

Research and development. Research and development expense was $17.1 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $21.0 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $19.3 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Research and development expenses decreased $3.9 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to a decrease in employee-related costs, decreased travel costs, decreased allocated overhead expenses and information technology expenses. Employee-related costs decreased $3.8 million as a result of our continued execution on our restructuring plan. Travel-related costs decreased $0.3 million due to the continued restrictions caused by COVID-19. Allocated overhead expenses decreased $0.4 million as a result of reduced headcount, while information technology expenses decreased $0.6 million as a

 

114


Table of Contents

result of our continued execution on our restructuring plan. The decreases in research and development expenses were offset by an increase of $1.4 million related to an impairment on leased office space.

General and administrative. General and administrative expense was $13.4 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $17.8 million during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $17.3 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). General and administrative expenses decreased $4.5 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to decreased employee-related costs and third-party contractor costs. Employee-related costs decreased $1.3 million as we continue to execute on our restructuring plan, while third-party contractor costs decreased $3.3 million due to the Take-Private Transaction taking place in the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and reduction in legal fees. These decreases were offset by an increase of $0.7 million related to an impairment on leased office space. The remaining changes are explained by pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period.

Impairment on disposal group. Impairment on disposal group increased $1.2 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to our decision to sell Bridge. Refer to Note 6-Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and 19-Subsequent Events of the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Other Income (Expense), net

 

     Predecessor            Total     Successor              

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

   Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
           Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
    Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2021
    Change ($)     Change (%)  

Other income (expense):

               

Interest income

   $ 313          $ 313       27     $ (286     -91

Interest expense

     (8          (17,924     (17,271     653       -4

Other income (expense), net

     (5,738          (5,738     (634     5,104       -89
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total other income (expense), net

   $ (5,433        $ (23,349   $ (17,878     5,471       -23
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

     

Other income (expense), net was $17.9 million expense during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $23.3 million expense during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $5.4 million expense during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Other income (expense), net includes interest income and expense and the impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses. Other income (expense), net decreased $5.5 million due to a one-time restructuring charge of $4.0 million in the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) as well as a change in foreign currency of $1.1 million. The remaining changes are explained by pro forma adjustments made during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period.

Income Tax Benefit (Expense)

 

     Predecessor            Total      Successor               

(Unaudited)

(dollars in thousands)

   Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
           Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2020
     Three Months
Ended,
March 31, 2021
     Change ($)     Change (%)  

Income tax benefit (expense)

   $ (183        $ 11,727        9,341      $ (2,386     -20

Income tax benefit (expense) was $9.3 million benefit during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), $11.7 million benefit during the Unaudited Pro Forma Interim 2020 Period, and $0.2

 

115


Table of Contents

million expense during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor). Income tax benefit decreased $2.4 million during the unaudited three month period ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) due to a decrease in amortization expense recognized on acquisition-related intangibles related to Bridge, which were originally recorded as part of the Take-Private Transaction.

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following tables set forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for each of the four fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2021, including the Predecessor consolidated results for the period from January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations to be expected for any future period.

 

116


Table of Contents
    Predecessor          Successor  
    Three Months Ended          Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)   March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
         June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
 

Revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

  $ 53,201     $ 57,287     $ 61,863     $ 63,890     $ 65,968         $ 56,147     $ 73,313     $ 79,688     $ 86,354  

Professional services and other

    4,875       5,580       6,472       5,305       5,421           5,223       8,459       7,843       7,626  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    58,076       62,867       68,335       69,195       71,389           61,370       81,772       87,531       93,980  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

    13,921       15,782       16,567       17,900       19,699           33,979       35,996       38,628       39,884  

Professional services and other

    4,236       4,665       4,723       5,032       4,699           5,558       5,034       4,955       5,750  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    18,157       20,447       21,290       22,932       24,398           39,537       41,030       43,583       45,634  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    39,919       42,420       47,045       46,263       46,991           21,833       40,742       43,948       48,346  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

Sales and marketing

    27,925       31,881       32,313       29,524       27,010           43,934       40,100       41,616       41,222  

Research and development

    18,939       20,949       21,800       21,838       19,273           22,117       14,619       14,330       17,089  

General and administrative

    12,514       12,142       13,511       18,304       17,295           34,441       13,092       15,039       13,351  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                                            29,612              

Impairment on disposal group

                                            3,389       6,777       1,218  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    59,378       64,972       67,624       69,666       63,578           100,492       100,812       77,762       72,880  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (19,459     (22,552     (20,579     (23,403     (16,587         (78,659     (60,070     (33,814     (24,534
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest income

    649       274       309       563       313           35       5       9       27  

Interest expense

    (5     (6           (5     (8         (18,092     (16,357     (16,472     (17,271

Other income (expense), net

    (80     (173     (495     523       (5,738         416       187       907       (634
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    564       95       (186     1,081       (5,433         (17,641     (16,165     (15,556     (17,878
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (18,895     (22,457     (20,765     (22,322     (22,020         (96,300     (76,235     (49,370     (42,412

Income tax benefit (expense)

    2,753       1,708       (158     (683     (183         19,726       16,062       8,136       9,341  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (16,142   $ (20,749   $ (20,923   $ (23,005   $ (22,203       $ (76,574   $ (60,173   $ (41,234   $ (33,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

117


Table of Contents
    Predecessor          Successor  
    Three Months Ended          Three Months Ended  
(in thousands)   March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
         June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
    March 31,
2021
 

Revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

    92     91     91     92     92         91     90     91     92

Professional services and other

    8       9       9       8       8           9       10       9       8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    100       100       100       100       100           100       100       100       100  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                     

Subscription and support

    24       25       24       26       28           55       44       44       42  

Professional services and other

    7       7       7       7       7           9       6       6       6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    31       32       31       33       35           64       50       50       48  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    69       68       69       67       65           36       50       50       52  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                     

Sales and marketing

    48       51       47       43       38           72       49       48       44  

Research and development

    33       33       32       32       27           36       18       16       18  

General and administrative

    22       19       20       26       24           56       16       17       14  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

    —         —         —         —         —             —         36       —         —    

Impairment of held-for-sale assets

    —         —         —         —         —             —         4       8       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    103       103       99       101       89           164       123       89       77  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (34     (35     (30     (34     (24         (128     (73     (39     (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                     

Interest income

    1       —         (1     1       —             —         —         —         —    

Interest expense

    —         —         —         —         —             (29     (20     (19     (18

Other income (expense), net

    —         —         (1     1       (8         1       —         1       (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    1       —         (2     2       (8         (28     (20     (18     (19
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit

    (32     (35     (32     (32     (32         (156     (93     (57     (44

Income tax benefit (expense)

    5       3       1       (1     (1         32       20       9       10  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (28     (32     (31     (33     (33         (124     (73     (48     (34
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

Our quarterly revenue increased in each of the periods presented compared to the results of the same quarter in the prior year, with the exception of the second quarter of 2020 as a result of the Take-Private Transaction and its impact on deferred revenue, because we achieved increases in the number of new customers using our solutions, revenue retention within existing customers and sales of new solutions to new and existing customers year-over-year. Our business experiences seasonality. Historically, we have experienced predictable annual contract renewal cycles, with a significant portion of service periods beginning in summer months caused by seasonal demand and students returning to school. These seasonal trends result in higher revenue bookings in our second and third fiscal quarters and

 

118


Table of Contents

subsequent annual fees. Consequently, a significantly higher percentage of our annual license fees are invoiced during those quarters at contract renewal or inception, also resulting in higher levels of cash collection in the third and fourth quarter. We expect these seasonal trends to continue tracking the school year and academic calendar in the future, which may cause quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations and certain financial metrics.

Our subscription SaaS and support and maintenance revenue are recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. For our subscription SaaS and support and maintenance revenue, a portion of the revenue that we report in each period may be attributable to the recognition of deferred revenue recorded in prior periods. As such, increases or decreases in new sales or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected in our revenue for that period and may instead affect future periods.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends

Our operating expenses have increased sequentially with our growth. Operating expenses increased as a percentage of revenue in the Successor Period due to increased amortization expense on acquisition-related intangible assets from the Take-Private Transaction, accelerated stock-based compensation expense as a result of the Take-Private Transaction, and the impairment expense recognized as a result of our divestiture of Bridge.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash totaling $87.7 million and $151.0 million, respectively, which was held for working capital purposes, as well as the available balance of our Credit Facilities, described further below. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our cash equivalents were comprised of money market funds. During the Successor Period, our positive cash flows from operations has enabled us to make continued investments in supporting the growth of our business. Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our operating cash flows, in addition to our cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to continue to make such investments in the future. We expect our operating cash flows to further improve as we increase our operational efficiency and experience economies of scale.

We have financed our operations through cash received from operations, debt financing and equity contributions from Thoma Bravo. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, our Credit Facilities and cash provided by sales of our solutions and services will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products and services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our products. In the future, we may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies, this could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

A portion of our customers pay in advance for subscriptions, a portion of which is recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of billed fees for our subscriptions, which is later recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2020, we had deferred revenue of $204.9 million, of which $192.9 million was recorded as a current liability and is expected to be recorded as revenue in the next 12 months, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Further, as of March 31, 2021, we had deferred revenue of $155.4 million, of which $142.2 million was recorded as a current liability and is expected to be recorded to revenue in the next 12 months, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

119


Table of Contents

Credit Facilities

On March 24, 2020, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Golub Capital Markets LLC and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan”) in an original aggregate principal amount of $775.0 million, which was supplemented by an incremental term loan pursuant to the First Incremental Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2020, in a principal amount of $70.0 million (the “Incremental Term Loan” and, together with the Initial Term Loan, the “Term Loan”). The Credit Agreement also provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan, the “Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $10.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit.

The Credit Agreement requires us to repay the principal of the Term Loan in equal quarterly repayments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of Term Loan. Further, until the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter ending after March 24, 2020, the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to (i) 6.00% plus the highest of (x) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (y) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum, and (z) a daily Eurodollar rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) the Eurodollar rate plus 7.00% per annum, subject to a 1.00% Eurodollar floor. Thereafter, on the last day of each of the five full fiscal quarters, we have the option to (i) retain the aforementioned applicable margins or (ii) switch to the applicable margins set forth on a pricing grid which, subject to certain pro forma total net leverage ratio limits, provides for applicable margins ranging from 5.50% to 7.00%, in the case of Eurodollar loans, and 4.50% to 6.00% in the case of ABR Loan. The applicable margins set forth on the pricing grid become mandatory beginning on the tenth full fiscal quarter ending after March 24, 2020.

We are also required to pay a commitment fee of up to 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, letter of credit fees on a per annum basis, and customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.

As of March 31, 2021, we had outstanding borrowings of $789.6 million of the Term Loan, no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and $4.7 million outstanding under letters of credit, respectively.

Cash Flows

Information about our cash flows, by category, is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

    Annual Periods     Interim Periods  
    Predecessor           Successor     Predecessor           Successor  

(in thousands)

  Year Ended
December 31,
2018
    Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1, 2020
to March 31,

2020
   

 

    Period from
April 1, 2020
to December 31,
2020
    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2020
   

 

    Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
2021
 
                                                 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:

                   

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 98     $ 18,861     $ (57,058       $ 36,884     $ (57,058       $ (58,732

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (63,304     (21,576     14,871           (2,026,790   $ 14,871           45,616  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    121,833       9,631       (346         2,082,156     $ (346         (50,105
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    58,627       6,916       (42,533         92,250       (42,533         (63,221

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period

    35,693       94,320       101,236           58,703       101,236           150,953  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period

  $ 94,320     $ 101,236     $ 58,703         $ 150,953     $ 58,703         $ 87,732  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

120


Table of Contents

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by or used in operating activities consists of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items, including stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization and other non-cash charges, net.

Net cash used in operating activities during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 was $58.7 million, which was attributable to a net loss of $33.1 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including $2.6 million of stock-based compensation expense, $34.3 million depreciation and amortization, $0.6 million in amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, $1.2 million of impairment on disposal group, and $1.3 million in other non-cash items. These amounts were offset by a decrease to deferred income taxes of $9.4 million. Working capital sources of cash included a net decrease of $33.6 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable resulting from the seasonality of our business where a significant number of our customer agreements occur in the second and third quarter each year. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased by $18.9 million, accounts payable and accrued liabilities decreased by $8.6 million, and deferred commissions decreased by $0.1 million. These were offset by a net increase of $3.6 million in right-of-use assets and lease liabilities due to our leasing activity and an increase in other liabilities of $1.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities during the Successor 2020 Period was $36.9 million, which was attributable to our net loss of $178.0 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including $8.7 million of stock-based compensation expense, $98.9 million of depreciation and amortization, $1.5 million in amortization of debt discount and issuance costs, $39.8 million of impairments related to held-for-sale assets and goodwill, and $1.6 million in other non-cash items. These amounts were offset by a decrease to deferred income taxes of $43.9 million. Working capital sources of cash included a net increase of $102.2 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable resulting from the seasonality of our business where a significant number of customer agreements occur in the second and third quarter of each year. As a result of our leasing activity, our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities resulted in a net increase of $5.2 million. Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased by $26.9 million, while other liabilities increased by $3.0 million. These were offset by decreases in deferred commissions of $24.5 million and $4.5 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities.

Net cash used in operating activities during the Predecessor 2020 Period was $57.1 million, which was attributable to our net loss of $22.2 million adjusted for certain non-cash items, including $7.1 million of stock-based compensation expense, $5.6 million of depreciation and amortization, and $2.0 million in other non-cash items. Working capital sources of cash included a net decrease of $25.1 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable resulting from the seasonality of our business where a significant number of customer agreements occur in the second and third quarter of each year. As a result of our leasing activity, our right-of-use assets and lease liabilities resulted in a net decrease of $3.0 million. Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by $2.2 million, while deferred commissions increased by $1.5 million. These were offset by a decrease of $25.1 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets due to renewal of annual contracts to being fiscal year 2020.

Net cash provided by operating activities during 2019 was $18.9 million, which reflected our net loss of $80.8 million, offset by non-cash expenses that included $56.5 million of stock-based compensation and $20.0 million of depreciation and amortization. Working capital sources of cash included a net increase of $19.9 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable resulting from the seasonality of our business where a significant number of customer agreements occur in the second and third quarter of each year, and a $13.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. These sources were partially offset by a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $6.8 million, a decrease in deferred commissions of $2.7 million and a decrease in other insignificant items of $0.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities during 2018 was $0.1 million, which reflected our net loss of $43.5 million, offset by non-cash expenses including $22.7 million of stock-based compensation and $11.3 million of depreciation, amortization and other insignificant items. Working capital sources of cash included a net increase of $16.4 million in deferred revenue and accounts receivable resulting from the growth in

 

121


Table of Contents

customers during the period. These sources were partially offset by an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $2.6 million, a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $2.8 million and an increase in deferred commissions of $1.4 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted of business acquisitions, purchases and maturities of marketable securities, property and equipment purchases for computer-related equipment and capitalization of software development costs. Capitalized software development costs are related to new applications or improvements to our existing software platform that expand the functionality for our customers.

Net cash provided by investing activities during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 was $45.6 million, consisting of $46.0 million due to the sale of our Bridge business, which was offset by purchases of property and equipment of $0.4 million.

Net cash used in investing activities during the Successor 2020 Period was $2,026.8 million, consisting of business acquisitions of $2,025.2 million and purchases of property and equipment of $1.6 million. These were offset by other significant items of $0.1 million.

Net cash provided by investing activities during the Predecessor 2020 Period was $14.9 million, consisting of cash maturities of our marketable securities of $15.6 million. These were offset by purchases of property and equipment of $0.7 million.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2019 was $21.6 million, consisting of business acquisitions of $55.0 million, purchases of marketable securities of $28.3 million, and purchases of property plant and equipment of $10.2 million. These were offset by cash maturities and sales of our marketable securities of $71.8 million and other insignificant items of $0.1 million.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2018 was $63.3 million, consisting of purchases of marketable securities of $113.9 million, and purchases of property plant and equipment and capitalized software development costs of $11.1 million. These were offset by $61.7 million due to cash maturities from our marketable securities and other insignificant items.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted of borrowings of long-term debt and capital contributions received from stockholders.

Net cash used in financing activities during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 was $50.1 million, which consisted of $49.5 million of principal payments made on our long-term debt and the repurchase of $0.6 million TopCo Units.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the Successor 2020 Period was $2,082.2 million, which was from borrowings under our Credit Facilities and contributions from stockholders. Total borrowings net of debt discount and issuance costs totaled $830.7 million, which was offset by $5.8 million of principal payments made during the period. Total proceeds from contributions from stockholders was $1,257.2 million.

Net cash used in financing activities during the Predecessor 2020 Period was $0.3 million, which consisted of $1.1 million in proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, including the exercise of stock options, offset by $1.4 million in shares repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock.

 

122


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2019 was $9.6 million and consisted of $12.8 million in proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, including the exercise of stock options, offset by $3.2 million in shares repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock.

Net cash provided by financing activities for 2018 was $121.8 million and consisted of $109.8 million in net proceeds received from a common stock offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, and $12.5 million in proceeds received from the issuance of common stock under employee equity plans, including the exercise of stock options and the purchase of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan, offset by $0.5 million in shares repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock and other insignificant items.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of our Term Loans and operating facility lease obligations, including certain letters of credit.

The following table sets forth the amounts of our significant contractual obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms as of December 31, 2020:

 

     Payments due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 Year
     1-3 years      3-5 Years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loans—principal

   $ 839,188      $ 8,450      $ 16,900      $ 16,900      $ 796,938  

Term loans – interest (1)

     347,070        67,809        133,561        131,001        14,699  

Operating facility lease obligations(2)

     45,399        8,678        17,729        12,946        6,046  

Total

   $ 1,231,657      $ 84,937      $ 168,190      $ 160,847      $ 817,683  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest payments that relate to the Term Loans are calculated and estimated for the periods presented based on the expected principal balance for each period and the effective interest rate at December 31, 2020 of 8.0%, given that our debt is at floating interest rates. Excluded from these payments is the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our indebtedness.

(2)

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had a total of $4.7 million and $2.6 million, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding that were issued for purposes of securing certain of the Company’s obligations under facility leases and other contractual arrangements.

Impact of Inflation

While inflation may impact our net revenue and costs of revenue, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have not been significant. However, there can be no assurance that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, services to be provided by us or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, in connection with the completion of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

123


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During 2020 and 2019, we did not have any relationships with any entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the recognition of income and expenses. Management considers these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The significant accounting policies which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results are described below. Refer to Note 1 to our 2019 consolidated financial statements: “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of SaaS fees from customers accessing our learning platform and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services.

We determined revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determination of the transaction price

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation

The following describes the nature of our primary types of revenue and the revenue recognition policies and significant payment terms as they pertain to the types of transactions we enter into with our customers.

Subscription and Support

Subscription and support revenue is derived from fees from customers to access our learning, platform and support beyond the standard support that is included with all subscriptions. The terms of our subscriptions do not provide customers the right to take possession of the software. Subscription and support revenue is generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term. Payments from customers are primarily due annually in advance.

 

124


Table of Contents

Professional Services and Other

Professional services revenue is derived from implementation, training, and consulting services. Our professional services are typically considered distinct from the related subscription services as the promise to transfer the subscription can be fulfilled independently from the promise to deliver the professional services (i.e., customer receives standalone functionality from the subscription and the customer obtains the intended benefit of the subscription without the professional services). Professional services arrangements are billed in advance, and revenue from these arrangements is typically recognized over time as the services are rendered, using an efforts-expended input method. Implementation services also include nonrefundable upfront setup fees, which are allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Many of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. We account for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price (SSP) basis. We determine the standalone selling prices based on our overall pricing objectives by reviewing our significant pricing practices, including discounting practices, geographical locations, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer type, price lists, our pricing strategy, and historical standalone sales. Standalone selling price is analyzed on a periodic basis to identify if we have experienced significant changes in our selling prices.

Deferred Commissions

Sales commissions earned by our sales force, as well as related payroll taxes, are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are deferred and then amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of benefit that we have determined to be generally four years. We determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration our customer contracts, our technology and other factors. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated by our subscription and support services and professional services and other, as described above.

Stock-Based Compensation

Successor

We determine the grant date fair value for all unit-based awards either granted to employees and nonemployees by using an option-pricing model. As our equity is not publicly traded, there is no history of market prices for our units. Thus, estimating grant date fair value requires us to make assumptions, including the value of our equity, expected time to liquidity, and expected volatility. Stock-based compensation costs for granted units are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis for awards with only a service condition. For granted units subject to performance conditions, we record expense when the performance condition becomes probable. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

Predecessor

We account for all awards granted to employees and nonemployees using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense and is measured at the fair value of the award. The measurement date for employee awards is generally the date of the grant. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis for awards with only a service condition, and using the accelerated attribution method for awards with both a performance and service condition. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

 

125


Table of Contents

We use the market closing price of the common stock of Instructure, Inc. as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted.

We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure the fair value of our stock options and purchase rights issued to employees under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2015 ESPP”), when they are granted. We make several estimates in determining our stock-based compensation for these stock options and purchase rights. These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock. We rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

 

   

Expected Term. The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions were determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options. The expected term of employee option awards is determined using the average midpoint between vesting and the contractual term for outstanding awards, or the simplified method, because we do not yet have a sufficient history of option exercises. We consider this appropriate as we plan to see significant changes to our equity structure in the future and there is no other method that would be more indicative of exercise activity. For the 2015 ESPP, we use an expected term of 0.5 years to match the offering period.

 

   

Expected Volatility. Since, we did not have a trading history of our common stock, the expected volatility was determined based on the historical stock volatilities of our comparable companies. To determine our peer companies, we used the following criteria: software or SaaS companies; similar histories and relatively comparable financial leverage; sufficient public company trading history; and in similar businesses and geographical markets. We used the peers’ stock price volatility over the expected life of our granted options to calculate the expected volatility. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation. For the 2015 ESPP, we use the trading history of our own common stock to determine expected volatility.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation expense calculations on a prospective basis.

Business Combinations

We estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax

 

126


Table of Contents

assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Management must make assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes and our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish such allowance is assessed periodically by considering matters such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. The evaluation of recoverability of the deferred tax assets requires that we weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified.

In recognizing tax benefits from uncertain tax positions, we assess whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As we expand internationally, we will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items, and as a result, we may record unrecognized tax benefits in the future. At that time, we would make adjustments to these potential future reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax position is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts and circumstances existing at that time. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters would be different to the amounts we may potentially record in the future, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

Adoption of Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 1 to our 2020 consolidated financial statements: “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recent Accounting Pronouncements” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and inflation. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Due to our international operations, we have foreign currency risks related to operating expense denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, particularly the euro. Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue is not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During 2020 and 2019, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash of $87.7 million, $151.0 million and $116.8 million as of March 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively, consisting of cash, marketable

 

127


Table of Contents

securities and money market accounts in highly rated financial institutions. With the exception of cash, these interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in our interest income have not been significant. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates.

At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we also had in place a $50.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, with availability of $50.0 million, and approximately $789.6 million and $839.2 million in Term Loans, respectively, both of which bear interest at 7.00%, plus a variable applicable margin. At March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the applicable margin was 1.0% for the Revolving Credit Facility and 1.0% for the Term Loans.

We have an agreement to maintain cash balances at a financial institution of no less than $4.7 million as collateral for several letters of credit for purposes of securing certain of the Company’s obligations under facility leases and other contractual arrangements.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations in 2020 or 2019 because substantially all of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, which have not been subject to material currency inflation, and our operating expenses that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars have not been subject to material currency inflation.

 

128


Table of Contents

Business

Mission

Our mission is to elevate student success, amplify the power of teachers everywhere, and inspire everyone to learn together by applying the power of simple, purposeful, and transformative software to the important challenge of educating the world’s population.

Overview

From the inception of a teacher’s lesson through a student’s mastery of a concept, Instructure personalizes, simplifies, organizes, and automates the entire learning lifecycle through the power of technology. Our learning platform delivers the elements that leaders, teachers, and learners need – a next-generation LMS, robust assessments for learning, actionable analytics, and engaging, dynamic content. Schools standardize on Instructure’s solutions as their core learning platform because we bring together all of the tools that students, teachers, parents, and administrators need to create an accessible and modern learning environment. Our platform is cloud-native, built on open technologies, and scalable across thousands of institutions and tens of millions of users worldwide. We are the LMS market share leader in both Higher Education and paid K-12, with over 6,000 global customers, representing Higher Education institutions and K-12 districts and schools in more than 90 countries. We are maniacally focused on our customers and enhancing the teaching and learning experience. As such, we continuously innovate to grow the footprint of our platform, including through our acquisitions of Portfolium to add online skills portfolio capabilities for Higher Education students and MasteryConnect and Certica to add K-12 assessment and analytics capabilities. Our platform becomes deeply ingrained into our customers’ instructional workflows.

Technology has fundamentally transformed the way education is delivered and consumed – putting the delivery of world-class experiences and the opportunities they engender within everyone’s reach. Despite technology’s potential to massively scale the impact of high quality instruction and elevate student outcomes, a variety of factors have historically led to slower adoption and implementation in academic institutions, including competing budget priorities, institutional resistance to change, low student-to-device ratios, and poor connectivity in school and at home.

The COVID-19 pandemic has created a set of conditions in which students of all ages have been learning remotely for a year, providing an opportunity to demonstrate the efficacy of distance learning at scale and opening up new possibilities for learners who previously could not access quality education. Almost overnight, schools and universities had to rapidly adopt or redeploy online platforms for students and teachers to conduct lessons remotely. As a result of government stimulus and realigned school and university budget priorities, hardware, software, and internet connectivity began to proliferate in regions and markets with historically low levels of access. The COVID-19 pandemic has been a massive tailwind to adoption over the past year, but the need for ongoing technology in education will persist well beyond the pandemic.

The opportunity for platform technologies in education is massive. According to the U.S. Census Bureau and the National Center for Education Statistics, in the U.S. alone, there are over 70 million students enrolled across over 137,000 schools. According to UNESCO, approximately 1.4 billion students worldwide were learning from home as of March 2020. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education technology was $163 billion in 2019 and will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 16% between 2019 and 2025. A new minimum threshold for the digital classroom experience has been reached and the LMS is now the de facto technology in any learning environment. Students and teachers have now fully embraced technology in education and the reputational and systemic risk from academic institutions of being unable to provide redundancy and contingency is too great to ignore. Further government stimulus in education is expected to drive technology funding and adoption, particularly in international regions which have seen comparatively less investment than in the U.S. The perfect storm of technology advancements, widespread access to devices, and increased classroom spending has created an extensive and long-lasting transformation of the education market.

 

129


Table of Contents

Instructure has been a beneficiary of these tailwinds in education technology. We launched Canvas, our LMS application, in 2011 and quickly saw rapid adoption in the Higher Education market as we displaced legacy systems with our cloud-native and extendable platform and won greenfield opportunities where software solutions did not exist. We have grown our K-12 business over time and have experienced significant acceleration during the COVID-19 pandemic as device proliferation and technology acceptance within districts has advanced. Our extendable learning platform is comprised of the following solutions:

 

   

Canvas LMS. As the cornerstone of our platform, Canvas LMS is designed to give our Higher Education and K-12 customers an extensive set of flexible tools to support and enhance content creation, management, and delivery of face-to-face and online instruction.

 

   

Canvas Studio. An online video platform which enables customers to host, manage, and deliver impactful video learning experiences.

 

   

Canvas Catalog. A web-based course catalog and registration system that enables institutions to create and maintain a branded marketplace for their online course offerings.

 

   

Assessments. Solutions for K-12 assessment that include MasteryConnect, a robust student assessment management system, and Certica, which provides a variety of assessment content solutions and analytics to inform daily instruction in the classroom and data which measure student learning and preparedness for exams mandated by federal and state regulations.

 

   

Portfolium. Solutions for Higher Education that include Pathways and Program Assessment, which guide students along pathways that lead to skills and knowledge showcased in online portfolios.

 

   

Canvas Network. An invitation-only offering allowing institutions to offer and deliver courses over the internet to a much broader audience than just their own students.

Our broad capabilities have expanded our total addressable market, provide significant upsell and cross-sell opportunities, and collectively form the basis of an extendable platform which has become a standard among many U.S. Higher Education and K-12 institutions and a growing number of international institutions.

Our global customer base spans from K-12 through Higher Education and Continuing Education, giving us a prominent position to accompany learners throughout their learning lifecycle. We continue to deepen our relationships with Higher Education customers by facilitating their strategic growth – often through powering their emerging Continuing Education initiatives that open their doors to a new universe of non-traditional learners. We are increasingly able to sell to large districts and statewide systems due to the scalability, adaptability, and reliability of our platform. Our customers include State Universities of California, Florida, and Utah, all of the Ivy League universities, the entire Higher Education systems for Sweden and Norway, international K-12 systems such as Queensland, Australia, which administers to over 1,200 schools, and many of our nation’s largest K-12 systems, such as Broward County, Florida and Clark County, Nevada.

Once implemented, Instructure serves as the connected hub for engagement between teachers, students, parents, content providers, and an always growing ecosystem of partners, including the largest commercial providers and the smallest education technology start-ups. As of December 31, 2020, our platform supported over 30 million contracted Canvas LMS users and a rich community of over 500 ecosystem partners. This ecosystem contributes to our innovation and product development, and has resulted in students utilizing partner-integrated products over 2.7 billion times in the fourth quarter of 2020, an increase of 361% over the fourth quarter of 2019. Our best-in-class customer support organization supports our customers and ecosystem partners. Our ecosystem has created a network effect of adoption where the embedded nature of our platform drives compounded usage of our applications and those that our partners deliver. The more our platform is used the more valuable it is to customers and users, increasing customer retention and positioning us to more rapidly expand both our customer base and the Instructure products each of those customers will use.

 

130


Table of Contents

We went public in 2015 and were subsequently taken private by Thoma Bravo in 2020. Thoma Bravo saw the opportunity to combine our market leadership, tremendous customer loyalty, and superior technology with world class operations, to create a mission-driven company focused solely on education that could also be profitable and enduring. Over the past year, we have transformed our business into a more competitive and focused learning platform leader, well-positioned for long-term, durable growth. We have accomplished our strategic transformation through the following initiatives:

 

   

Aligned focus on core offerings. We have realigned our business to focus solely on education and our learning platform. We divested Bridge, our corporate learning offering, and stopped spending on unprofitable activities, including legacy analytics initiatives and international products for non-core regions.

 

   

Optimized go-to-market strategy. We aligned all sales and marketing functions under a single sales leader. We were able to restructure our sales and marketing organization while improving productivity by eliminating sales coverage in non-core international regions.

 

   

Streamlined cost structure. We implemented a strategic expense reduction plan that enabled us to focus on delivering customer value sustained by recurring revenue, durable growth, and improved retention, with fewer resources than we had at the time of the Take-Private Transaction. We simplified our organizational design, moved a portion of our development efforts to Budapest, closed and consolidated facilities internationally and within the U.S.

 

   

Enhanced management team. We appointed a new Chief Executive Officer, Steve Daly, and a new Chief Financial Officer, Dale Bowen, as well as several other senior executives who bring focus, operational discipline, execution expertise, deep industry knowledge, and innovation to the company.

We have emerged from this transformation a stronger and more resilient company, poised to continue to win in the market. For 2018, 2019, 2020 (Predecessor) and 2020 (Successor):

 

   

Our revenue was $209.5 million, $258.5 million, $71.4 million, and $230.7 million, respectively.

 

   

Our net loss was $43.5 million, $80.8 million, $22.2 million, and $178.0 million, respectively.

 

   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $(11.2) million, $(9.3) million, $4.8 million, and $66.3 million, respectively.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $0.1 million, $18.9 million, $(57.1) million, and $36.9 million, respectively.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(10.9) million, $8.7 million, $(57.7) million, and $35.3 million, respectively.

For the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021:

 

   

Our revenue was $94.0 million.

 

   

Our net loss was $33.1 million.

 

   

Our adjusted EBITDA was $32.6 million.

 

   

Our operating cash flow was $(58.7) million.

 

   

Our free cash flow was $(59.1) million.

Industry Background

The Education Industry is one of the Largest and Most Important Sectors of the Global Economy

Success in education is a primary driver of economic well-being, quality of life, geopolitical competitiveness, and societal advancement. As such, the education market is massive and commands high

 

131


Table of Contents

spending from governments and private institutions worldwide. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, and the National Center for Education Statistics, in the U.S. alone, there are over 70 million students enrolled across over 137,000 schools. According to UNESCO, approximately 1.4 billion students worldwide were learning from home as of March 2020. According to the CB Insights, the U.S. spends over $1.6 trillion annually on education, representing one of the highest government spending categories. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education stands at almost $6 trillion. The overwhelming majority of educational spend goes toward traditional instruction – teachers, classrooms and classroom tools, student and teacher support services, and administration. A key component of broader education spend is funding directed to education technology. According to HolonIQ, global spend on education technology was $163 billion in 2019 and will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 16% between 2019 and 2025.

Technology is Disrupting Every Aspect of Education

Technology has fundamentally transformed the way education is delivered and consumed – creating the ability to democratize education and improve the quality of instruction for everyone. From traditional classroom teaching to full online learning, technology has brought disruptive tools to improve teaching efficiency, elevate student performance, enhance peer collaboration, and enable greater personalization. With technology, schools are able to provide equitable access to learning for lifelong development, build communities around education – including students, teachers, parents, and content providers – and scale quality education to bring best-in-class experiences to students at any time or place. Technology also enables blended learning environments, enhancing both face-to-face and online experiences by using data and analytics to inform instruction and enriching learning experiences outside of school hours.

The backbone of education technology is the LMS, a critical software platform that enables teachers to create, deliver, and track the effectiveness of learning programs and students to organize study materials, centralize access to learning content, and increase collaboration. Beyond the LMS, several adjacent technology tools have emerged to improve the experience for teachers and students alike, including student assessments, data and analytics, and interactive content. Collectively, these solutions are integral to achieving significant improvements in education accessibility, scalability, productivity, collaboration, engagement, and skill-building.

Technology Spend has Historically been Underpenetrated Relative to Overall Spend

While on an absolute basis the education technology market is large, spending on education technology in 2019 represented only 2.7% of overall education spending, according to HolonIQ. Despite technology’s disruptive capabilities, a variety of factors have historically led to a slower level of adoption and implementation in academic institutions, including:

 

   

Competing budget priorities. School administrators and decision-makers have to manage a variety of constituents and budget priorities, leading to historical underfunding of technology.

 

   

Institutional resistance to change. General institutional resistance and inertia have contributed to underinvestment in technology.

 

   

Low student-to-device ratios and poor connectivity in school or at home. According to an analysis conducted by Future Ready Schools of the 2018 U.S. Census American Community Survey, 3.6 million households with children did not have a computer, which put 7.3 million children at an academic disadvantage. Similarly, 8.4 million households with children did not have high-speed home internet service. This imbalance of device access and connectivity has also slowed uniform technology adoption.

As a result of these historical trends, schools across the world have struggled to provide a robust online learning experience and ensure equitable access to education for all.

 

132


Table of Contents

Global Distance Learning Mandates Have Accelerated Adoption of Education Technology at All Levels

The COVID-19 pandemic has created a set of conditions in which students of all ages have been learning from home for a year. While the pandemic created unique problems and complexities for everyone, the resulting changes in education have removed historical impediments to implementation of education technology, thereby accelerating adoption at all levels, proving that distance learning can be done at scale and that technology will be a critical element of teaching and learning moving forward.

Almost overnight, schools had to rapidly adopt online platforms for students and teachers to conduct lessons remotely, given mandated distance learning orders. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, 93% of U.S. households with school-aged children reported using some form of distance learning and 80% of people living with children in distance learning programs reported children using online tools for schoolwork between May and June 2020. Distance learning mandates resulted in three events:

 

  (1)   Rapid adoption of an LMS and adjacent offerings among schools without existing technology solutions;

 

  (2)   A transition from free products used for point solutions to paid platform solutions that could scale across districts and states, with the paid LMS penetration rate of K-12 districts increasing from 30% to 41% between 2019 and August 2020, based on an Instructure survey; and

 

  (3)   Government stimulus provided increased grants and subsidies for Higher Education and a proliferation of hardware and software in K-12, which historically had lagged in device availability relative to Higher Education.

The ultimate result of these events within the education sector has been widespread access to devices, with approximately 86% of students in the U.S. now having access to a device, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. In turn, this has allowed schools and institutions to reach more students through online learning platforms while remote learning is required, while also providing a firm basis for these devices to augment and enhance the learning experience for students who have and will return to classrooms. An LMS allows effective use of those computers as key tools within the expanding view of a learning environment, rather than mere portals to the un-curated Internet. As access to computers and connections becomes more widespread, the LMS proliferates, becoming even more useful and allowing for the democratization of education.

COVID-induced Transformation in Education is Permanent

Institutional Transformation: while distance learning mandates required schools to implement learning platforms, the need for such tools will continue to persist in hybrid and in-person learning environments. Students and teachers have now fully embraced technology in education, and the reputational and systemic risk from academic institutions of being unable to provide redundancy and contingency is too great to ignore. Schools and students no longer have to decide between in-person or online – we expect there will be a combination of both options to support various needs and various times. Examples of capabilities that will still be needed in face-to-face and hybrid environments include: content delivery, student assessments, homework submission, grading, student analytics, parent/teacher collaboration, and scheduling. In hybrid learning environments, the need for quality, personalized assessments is in fact even greater, as it is paramount that teachers can understand how students are performing in remote environments and track their progress from a distance. The capabilities of learning platforms along with the institutional scars from the pandemic make technology implementation an investment priority even if budgets tighten in the future.

Financial Transformation: future funding toward education technology is expected. According to the Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, in the U.S., $30.7 billion of CARES Act stimulus was used to fund education initiatives, including the purchasing of educational technology, planning and coordination of long-term closures, and training and professional development for staff. In December 2020, U.S. Congress passed an additional COVID-19 relief package that includes approximately $82 billion for education. In addition, the American Rescue Plan, signed

 

133


Table of Contents

into law in March 2021, includes nearly $170 billion in dedicated public education funds to assist in reopening efforts, such as distance learning programs, the implementation of safety protocols, and emergency financial assistance. Importantly, the American Rescue Plan allocates $7 billion of funds for the specific purpose of purchasing technology for students to aid in digital learning. International regions have seen education stimulus as well, and we expect to see an increase in spending over the coming years. As a demonstration of the education technology’s funding momentum, it is estimated by HolonIQ that the share of education technology spend as a percentage of global education spend is expected to nearly double from 2.7% in 2019 to 5.2%, or $404 billion, in 2025.

As Adoption Accelerates, Platform Leaders Will Win

As the education technology market continues to grow, platform leaders are best positioned to win. The market is populated with three groups: legacy on-premises providers, point solutions, and platform leaders. Legacy providers are typically siloed, on-premises solutions, or cloud-enabled adaptations of on-premises solutions, designed to address only a limited scope of teaching and learning needs. Point solutions typically provide single features rather than a full suite of products. The weaknesses of these two market archetypes has allowed platforms with broad, best-in-class offerings to emerge and establish significant market leadership. There is now a bifurcation of enduring platform leaders and sub-scale players, with leaders consolidating to add incremental capabilities and expand reach.

Platform leaders have an integrated suite of product offerings, a partner ecosystem connected to the platform, scalable product architecture, and the ability to expand reach into adjacent markets. Platforms in education technology span across K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education – the full lifecycle of learning – and have become the centers of gravity for innovation and engagement. Platform leaders benefit from growth in customer base, reduced customer acquisition costs, and high barriers to entry for other competitors. Academic institutions everywhere are now focused on building their student experience and learning protocols around platform leaders with the greatest depth of features and offerings.

Industry Dynamics in U.S. Higher Education

Higher Education institutions were among the first adopters of LMS, and nearly every Higher Education institution in the U.S. has adopted an LMS of some kind to date. A major driver of this adoption has been high rates of access to devices among Higher Education student populations, with approximately 90% of individuals with at least high school degrees having a device, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Additionally, Higher Education institutions utilize learning platforms to facilitate Continuing Education for alumni or non-matriculating students. However, as LMS adoption has taken place over the past 20 years, many schools are still reliant on legacy systems with limited features and functionality. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has driven Higher Education institutions to revisit their technology infrastructures and significantly increase investment in reliable, scalable, and feature-rich learning platforms.

Industry Dynamics in U.S. K-12

In contrast to Higher Education, K-12 adoption of LMS has not been as robust, with the paid LMS penetration rate of K-12 districts standing at approximately 41% as of August 2020, based on an Instructure survey. The lower penetration of LMS at the K-12 level represents a large greenfield opportunity for education technology to replace free solutions with paid learning platforms and monetize demand for broader product suites. The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has driven K-12 schools to invest heavily in learning platforms to build resilience and redundancy and ensure equitable access to education for all students. Additionally, according to the U.S. Census Bureau, student device access now stands at approximately 86%. We expect that the vast majority of K-12 schools will increase their technology investments going forward.

Industry Dynamics for Schools and Universities Internationally

The international market for LMS is highly fragmented and has historically been dependent on free, open source, and on-premises products that lack the functionality, scalability, and reliability of a leading learning

 

134


Table of Contents

platform. Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, international academic institutions have experienced first-hand the scalability and capacity limitations associated with on-premises solutions, and the service and performance issues that can result. LMS penetration and device access vary by region, resulting in a patchwork of heterogeneous technology usage. The opportunity for leading learning platforms to expand internationally is significant, with Western Europe representing the most well-organized and well-funded region. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, international academic institutions are evaluating cloud-based platform solutions that can provide increased functionality, redundancy, and resilience in hybrid learning environments.

Requirements for an Effective, Modern Learning Platform

The changing education technology landscape has highlighted the necessity for a modern learning platform capable of meeting the evolving needs of students and teachers in diverse environments. Key elements of an effective, modern learning platform, include:

 

   

Cloud-first Architecture: schools require learning management solutions that can scale, adapt to changing environments, quickly disseminate information, and leverage data collected across many channels. Learning platforms that are cloud-native provide rapid time to value and are simple to maintain, modify and extend.

 

   

Reliability: learning platforms are mission-critical systems for education providers and students, and therefore must be reliable, available, and enterprise-grade. The ability to handle growing data and users, fluctuating demand, and changing workload patterns while maintaining high availability is a critical differentiator.

 

   

Open and Extendable: modern infrastructure that supports open standards, transparency, and integrations with other systems including content providers and point solutions.

 

   

Multi-functional: ability to span across all areas of instruction, including: teaching and learning, assessments, analytics, and interactive content.

 

   

Extendable across the Education Lifecycle: addressing the needs of K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education.

 

   

Management across Schools, Districts, Institutions, and Systems: built with enterprise-grade functionality, configurability, consistency, and management flexibility that can scale to support any size or scope of institution.

 

   

Community of Technology Partners and Users: ecosystem of parents, teachers, and students for collaboration; community of content creators and users to share ideas and fuel product roadmaps; and third-party integration partners

Market Opportunity

The education technology market that we address is large and rapidly growing. As the need for scalable, reliable, and adaptable solutions that can enable in-person, hybrid, and remote learning environments increases, we believe that investment in education technology will be an imperative for every school and academic institution in the world. According HolonIQ, global expenditures on education technology are expected to grow from $163 billion in 2019 to $404 billion in 2025, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 16%.

We estimate that our total market opportunity is approximately $30 billion, comprised of an LMS market opportunity of approximately $5 billion, a market opportunity for our non-LMS products of approximately $10 billion, and new market expansion opportunities of approximately $15 billion. We calculate these market opportunities by segmenting worldwide student populations into distinct cohorts that we believe our products can

address, and then applying an average revenue per student to each respective cohort using internally generated data and estimates of spend per student based on instruction level, geography, and product type.

We believe that our products can address the needs of Higher Education and K-12 students in markets where

 

135


Table of Contents

student to device ratios and wireless connectivity are sufficiently high to allow for the effective deployment of education technology. The below tables illustrates the student populations and market opportunities that we believe our learning platform can address.

 

    North America
Higher Education
  International
Higher Education
  North America
K-12
  International
K-12
  Continuing
Education

Addressable Students

  22M   89M   57M   709M   46M

Market Opportunity

         

LMS

  $0.5B   $1.2B   $0.4B   $2.8B   $0.3B

Assessments

  $0.8B   $1.1B   $0.9B   $3.7B   $0.8B

Analytics

  <$0.1B   $0.2B   $0.1B   $0.6B   -

Video

  $0.1B   $0.2B   $0.1B   $1.0B   $0.1B

ePortfolio

  $0.1B   $0.1B   <$0.1B   $0.3B   $0.1B

The significant number of students worldwide supports our belief that our addressable market is large, and that we have significant greenfield opportunities among addressable customers.

Additionally, we believe that there are new market expansion opportunities that we have the possibility to address through future product introductions. We estimate a $5 billion opportunity for the non-traditional online market, a $180 million opportunity for the assessment and accreditation market, and $600 million opportunity for the student engagement market, and a $9 billion opportunity for the digital instructional content market.

Our Platform

Our learning platform is an extendable, configurable, and highly integrated set of solutions designed to meet the teaching and learning needs of every Higher Education and K-12 institution and includes the Canvas LMS, Canvas Studio, Canvas Catalog, Assessments, Portfolium, and Canvas Network. With its cloud-native offerings, open APIs, support of industry standards, and accessibility, our platform streamlines digital tools and content for teachers and students, creating a simpler and more connected learning experience.

 

136


Table of Contents

LOGO

Benefits of Our Solution

Cloud-native Architecture

Our cloud-native architecture enables customers to enjoy all of the benefits of the cloud, including rapid time to value, no maintenance, frequent updates with no downtime, and horizontal scalability across millions of users. The cloud allows users to access our platform at any time, from any device, affording institutions and providers the ability to collaborate on the use of their data, to differentiate and personalize instruction, answer critical questions about the efficacy of content and tools, and put teachers and students in control of their own outcomes. Additionally, the cloud allows us to collect, store, and analyze the byproducts of learning activities, including assessments, grades, engagement, and click streams at scale in order to create a more personalized and effective learning experience.

High Reliability and Uptime

Our platform is accessible to students and teachers, at any time, from any place. We built our platform with enterprise scalability to span over 5.6 million concurrent users across districts and states. We guarantee 99.9% uptime through SLAs, and have generally delivered above this level over the past four years. Our uptime has remained excellent while growing our customer base and usage throughout 2020. Importantly, we are able to scale up and down dynamically when there are abrupt changes in usage, such as immediate moves to distance learning, or changes in school hours, class schedules, and academic calendars. In the event of a system problem, we have automated processes to move workloads across instances and have stored backups of key data stores in

 

137


Table of Contents

multiple redundant and geographically isolated locations. Our software is mission-critical for our customers and users and we focus on achieving industry-leading reliability and durability.

Open Source and Open Ethos

Our platform is built on open source technologies, providing customers full flexibility in how they use our platform, and giving them access to constant innovation with upgrades to the code base. Importantly, through open APIs, customers get access to massive amounts of their data, providing them the freedom and flexibility to use their own data for assessments, personalization, benchmarking, and engagement. Additionally, we have a cultural ethos of transparency – posting public pages on system performance and security audits. Finally, we support, and in many cases have led the development of, industry standards, including SIF, Ed-Fi, and IMS Global Learning Consortium’s Learning Tools Interoperability (“LTI”), enabling Canvas to integrate with a broad spectrum of third-party solutions used by our customers.

Extendable Across Partner Ecosystem

We are the connected hub for teaching and learning. A key feature of delivering a platform is building an ecosystem of partners connected to the platform. We enable third-party software providers to integrate with our platform through a library of open APIs, allowing us to provide a more comprehensive offering through product integration, and for third parties to rapidly scale solutions across our customer base. We have over 500 partners, from some of the world’s largest technology companies to niche point solution providers, across content providers, hardware providers, collaboration tools, publishers, and productivity tools. In the fourth quarter of 2020, students utilized partner-integrated products over 2.7 billion times, an increase of 361% from the fourth quarter of 2019.

Additionally, our open framework benefits our partner ecosystem in three ways: 1) enabling partners, such as Microsoft and Google, to introduce their solutions into the classroom, without having to build out a new go to market motion, 2) providing a launching pad for small start-ups to gain widespread adoption, and 3) enabling software developers and our customers to build custom applications using our platform components.

Multi-Functional Product Suite

Our platform capabilities span multiple areas of instruction, including learning, assessments, analytics, and program management. By addressing multiple areas of instruction, we provide the most relevancy in the classroom to teachers and students. Teachers can more efficiently manage their instruction by having everything in one place, freeing time to amplify their impact with parents and students, while students can experience an elevated learning experience through greater access to better teaching and more modalities. The breadth of our offerings facilitates improved student outcomes, allows us to address a large and growing market, and enables us to cross-sell numerous offerings within our existing customer base, where customers want to buy adjacent solutions.

Solutions Address All Market Segments

We serve all market segments within education, including K-12, Higher Education, and Continuing Education. By serving all segments in the market, we are able to engage with students throughout the education lifecycle and increase retention within our user base. This also provides us with a large market opportunity, with both greenfield and replacement options across US and international markets. Our platform is scalable across these market segments, with no additional resources required.

Continuous Innovation to Enable New Applications

Our continuous commitment to innovation leads to stronger retention and customer satisfaction, continued relevancy with our customer base, and the ability to respond quickly to market changes, such as providing

 

138


Table of Contents

increased scalability in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Our customers benefit from our continued focus on expanding the number of applications of our extendable learning platform and enhancing the functionality of our existing applications. In 2020, we released a large volume of new features, including 67 new capabilities over a span of three months in response to new demand from our customers as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. On average, we have approximately 32 releases per year. We also seek to expand our platform by developing into adjacent markets through strategic acquisitions and partnerships. Over the last 24 months we have acquired three companies (Portfolium, MasteryConnect, and Certica) that have expanded our platform capabilities.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Share Positions in the North America Higher Education and K-12 Markets

We are the paid LMS market share leader by student enrollment in both North America Higher Education and K-12, demonstrating our differentiated offering, successful execution, and ability to support the entire lifecycle of learning, and positioning us as the de facto learning platform. We believe that our reputation as a market leader creates a network effect in which standardization on our platform is increasingly attractive to ecosystem partners and in turn positions us to more rapidly expand our customer base. Further, our leadership in both the Higher Education and K-12 markets uniquely positions us to win deals from customers looking to implement a sophisticated learning platform across K-20 systems.

Designed to Scale from Single School to State and Country-wide Deployments

The scalability enabled by our cloud-native architecture, robust set of capabilities, and management features allows us to win any opportunity, from a single school to a large-scale deployment, where point solutions cannot compete. At the institutional level, we provide solutions that can be deployed to manage entire learning environments of any size. At the individual user level, we provide solutions that allow teachers to access new populations of learners across the globe. Our expansive deployment model provides scalability in our go-to-market engine, as we can sell once and then deploy more broadly across systems.

In Higher Education, the depth of our solution and demonstrated scalability allow us to sell to a single institution or university and then deploy extensively across schools (i.e., medical, law, business, undergraduate), departments (i.e., economics, math, art), or entire state systems, and reach students beyond the walls of the classroom by extending into Continuing Education and online learning. An example of this scalability is our engagement with Online Education Initiative (OEI), where our products are deployed across 113 community colleges in California. We are also deployed across 11 State University systems, including California, Florida, and Utah, count all Ivy League universities as customers, and are deployed across the entire Higher Education systems for Sweden and Norway. We are able to seamlessly serve some of the largest school systems in the U.S., such as our current deployment in the Clark County K-12 district, which according to the U.S. Census Bureau serves over 320,000 students, and internationally, such as our current deployment in Queensland, Australia, which administers to over 1,200 schools. Our scalability enhances our value proposition for state-wide K-12 deployments and as a result we have won 11 state-wide deals as of December 31, 2020.

Large and Highly Engaged User Base

We have built a large and growing ecosystem around our platform and company. As of December 31, 2020, we had over 30 million contracted Canvas LMS users globally. During the beginning of the school year in Fall 2020, our website was one of the top 20 most visited websites in the U.S., demonstrating the high level of engagement we experience from our customers. We have over 1.1 million members in our Canvas Community customer network, where administrators, designers, instructors, parents, and students share, collaborate, and shape the Canvas product through community forums and content repositories. Our vibrant community of users promotes adoption of our solutions by sharing best practices and broadly disseminating the value our solutions deliver.

 

139


Table of Contents

End-to-end Lifecycle of Customer Success

Our company-wide focus on the customer results in successful implementations, high retention, and happy customers. Since inception, we have focused on managing our customer success group as the primary mechanism for driving customer retention and loyalty. We invest significantly in customer success, employing more individuals in customer-facing roles than any other group in our organization, and intend to continue investing in and scaling our customer success group moving forward. We provide differentiated support through a variety of resources, such as 24/7/365 customer service and local language support. Additionally, the extensive community we have fostered around our core Canvas product adds another valuable layer of support in which over 1.1 million users and designated Canvassadors can come together to help each other solve problems without our involvement. Our maniacal focus on the customer has led to a best-in-class customer satisfaction score (CSAT) of over 90%. Our platform capabilities and commitment to customer success is second to none. Our platform becomes deeply ingrained into our customers’ instructional workflows.

Highly Efficient Go-To-Market Model

We continue to invest in and grow our sales force to go after the massive opportunities ahead of us. We have a highly tenured and effective sales team with quota carrying representatives driving the majority of our business. We utilize a single, outbound sales motion, which has reduced the complexity in sales and allows representatives to focus on replacement and greenfield opportunities from K-12 through Continuing Education. Our sales team is highly productive and tenured. Our average bookings per representative increased over 100% in 2020 and our sales representatives had an average tenure with us of over 3.2 years as of December 31, 2020. We calculate average bookings per sales representative by dividing our total bookings in a given period by the number of quota bearing sales representatives that were employed by the Company during the respective period. Our average bookings per sales representative was $0.7 million, $0.6 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The decrease in average bookings per sales representative from 2018 to 2019 was driven by an increase in the number of sales representatives without a corresponding increase in bookings. The subsequent increase in average bookings per sales representative from 2019 to 2020 was driven by increased demand for our solutions in 2020 bolstered by the accelerated adoption of hybrid and remote learning, while the number of sales representatives remained relatively stable.

Growth Strategies

Grow Our Customer Base

Higher Education. We will grow our customer base in Higher Education primarily through replacements of legacy systems in North America, where the LMS market is largely penetrated and our market share has grown from approximately 24% to 37% over the past four years, and through greenfield wins in targeted and strategic international regions. As international penetration of paid LMS and adjacent systems is still relatively low, we will target new opportunities in select regions utilizing our local sales teams, as well as channel partners. Our international strategy will focus on our already successful efforts in the U.K., Nordics, Australia, and New Zealand, and will be bolstered in the future in growing markets such as the Benelux region, Spain, Singapore, Philippines, and Brazil.

K-12. We will grow our customer base in K-12 by surrounding free solutions currently in place with our scalable platform, monetizing demand for our breadth of capabilities, and focusing customers on the benefits of district or state-wide standardization, in addition to capturing the remaining 45% of U.S. students who are not currently using a paid LMS, based on an Instructure survey.

Cross-sell into our Existing Customer Base

Our broad capabilities spanning learning, assessments, analytics, student success, program management, digital courseware, and global online learning initiatives provide us a significant opportunity to cross-sell

 

140


Table of Contents

offerings into our existing customer base. We generally land with our LMS product and have the ability to cross-sell additional solutions into our LMS customer base.

Continue to Innovate and Expand Our Platform

We will continue to innovate on our platform, expand our features and monetize new offerings. Key to our ability to service our customer base will be the continued strengthening of our core focus areas in learning management, assessment management, student success, and online learning, where we see significant customer demand for broad offerings. We will also continue to innovate our platform and build strengths in adjacent areas of learning analytics, program management, and instructional content, where we see opportunities to expand our user base. We plan to pursue our growth strategy through both organic development as well as through acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and teams that would allow us to add new features and functionalities to our platform and accelerate the pace of our innovation.

Our Learning Platform

Our learning platform is an extendable, configurable, and highly integrated set of solutions designed to meet the teaching and learning needs of every Higher Education and K-12 institution and includes the Canvas LMS, Canvas Studio, Canvas Catalog, Assessments, Portfolium, and Canvas Network. With its cloud-native offerings, open APIs, support of industry standards, and accessibility, our platform streamlines digital tools and content for teachers and students, creating a simpler and more connected learning experience.

Canvas LMS

Canvas LMS is a learning management system designed to give our Higher Education and K-12 customers an extensive set of flexible tools to support and enhance content creation, management and delivery of face-to-face and remote instruction.

Canvas LMS enables teachers and students to:

 

   

communicate through announcements, messages and conferences;

 

   

interact with content and collaborate with peers through group assignments and discussions;

 

   

create, deliver and analyze quizzes and assignments;

 

   

perform outcomes-based assessments;

 

   

choose, manage and change courses;

 

   

automate classroom activities, including the syllabus, attendance and calendar of course events;

 

   

grade assignments, using SpeedGrader, and post grades online;

 

   

facilitate audio and video communications for enhanced teacher and student engagement;

 

   

access an integrated learning object repository;

 

   

analyze course and student data to improve learning outcomes and teaching methods;

 

   

set personalized academic goals and track performance;

 

   

provide parental or advisor access to assignments and grades;

 

   

find and add third-party activities and content from the Edu App Center; and

 

   

exchange data and integrate with popular student information systems.

 

141


Table of Contents

Canvas LMS provides access to a critical set of user and course activity data, including user and device characteristics, discrete page views, user engagement, individual curricula and assessments, and evaluations. Data is delivered to administrators in a format optimized for warehousing, performing queries, reporting, and making it easier for administrators to benchmark, customize teaching, and improve learning outcomes.

Additionally, Canvas LMS supports standards-based LTI integration with hundreds of third-party publishers and software providers. Canvas LMS is even more extendable through our own API, which, combined with our partner ecosystem, enables our customers to build a learning and teaching environment that meets their unique organizational needs.

Canvas Studio

Canvas Studio is an online video platform designed to enable Higher Education and K-12 customers to host, manage, and deliver impactful video learning experiences. Canvas LMS customers can seamlessly integrate Studio for a modern, streamlined, easy-to-use video learning solution that provides the interactivity, insights and reliability institutions need to engage their students.

Canvas Studio enables teachers and students to:

 

   

easily upload media and publish videos to courses that can be viewed across devices and in multiple playback formats;

 

   

experience high-quality, low-latency video playback around the world;

 

   

seamlessly create content through integrated webcam and screen capture tools;

 

   

interact directly with video content through real-time contextual commenting;

 

   

understand exactly how students are engaging with media to help inform video strategy effectiveness;

 

   

make video content fully accessible through automatic speech recognition (“ASR”) captioning technology; and

 

   

manage and share videos between teachers and students.

Canvas Catalog

Canvas Catalog is a white-label, web-based course catalog and registration system built on top of Canvas LMS that enables institutions to create and maintain a branded marketplace for their online course offerings. Catalog provides a searchable course index, online payment gateways for student registration and enrollment, custom course landing pages, collections of courses in specialized programs, automatically distributed certificates, and other ways to recognize completion.

Assessments

MasteryConnect. MasteryConnect is a comprehensive assessment management system that empowers K-12 schools and districts to measure student levels of understanding to identify opportunities for intervention, while preparing students for high-stakes federally-mandated exams. With our simple, elegant, and scalable assessment platform, educators can purchase high quality assessments or create and deliver effective benchmark exams with simple deployment workflows, leveraging data collected to guide instruction and enhance curricula school- or district-wide. Our customers who also use Canvas LMS can integrate MasteryConnect for a seamless user experience.

MasteryConnect enables schools to:

 

   

create online assessments with rich multimedia, linked course content and a variety of attempt, grading, viewing and moderation settings;

 

142


Table of Contents
   

automatically import user profile demographics from student information systems (“SIS”);

 

   

use intelligent item banks to create, manage and update items used across courses;

 

   

integrate third-party content, applications and standards-based Question and Test Interoperability importing and exporting;

 

   

link questions to Common Core or state standards to facilitate modern competency- or standards-based grading models;

 

   

deploy district-wide, device-agnostic assessments on modern, cloud-based architecture, which allows for nearly unlimited scale and prevents data loss; and

 

   

generate reports showing the performance and progress of entire districts, schools or individual students.

Certica. Certica solutions are a series of standards-based assessment and analytics solutions, including the Navigate Item Bank and CASE Benchmark Assessments, which integrate with MasteryConnect and Canvas LMS. Certica offers:

 

   

assessment item bank content;

 

   

predictive benchmark assessments;

 

   

rigorous formative assessments;

 

   

teacher-ready analytics to provide the most immediate, accessible, and actionable data for teachers to use in the classroom; and

 

   

academic standards.

Certica also offers Videri and Data Connect, powerful K-12 analytics tools that integrate district data from multiple sources into one place, making the data more actionable in the moment and shown with rich visualizations to support teachers in addressing individual student needs, revealing district trends, and identifying at-risk students earlier.

Portfolium

Portfolium solutions are a set of student success solutions that showcase student skills and helps institutions streamline their student offerings. Portfolium leverages data generated from a digital student portfolio as well as Canvas LMS data.

 

   

Pathways. Engages students through custom, stackable pathways, helps students navigate their academic and co-curricular journeys, and provides a roadmap for acquiring new skills.

 

   

Program Assessment. Provides Program-level and Institution-level assessment in a centralized platform and a scalable strategy framework that both faculty and administrators can easily act on.

Canvas Network

Canvas Network allows invitation-only access to open online courses. Through Canvas Network, academic institutions are invited to offer and deliver courses over the internet to a much broader audience than just their own students. Some institutions choose to pursue a massive open online course (MOOC) format, and some choose to pursue a smaller online course format with more interaction. Institutions already using Canvas can easily move professional development courses onto Canvas Network, extending their reach and enhancing their brand.

 

143


Table of Contents

Our Technology

Built on a modern technology stack, our native-cloud, multi-tenant platform and applications scale to millions of users and enable us to leverage advancements in web design, open source technologies and security. We adhere to industry-standard best security practices to protect our servers and our customers’ critical data.

We host our platform and applications on cloud infrastructure provided by AWS. We use AWS basic building blocks such as Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (EC2), Elastic Load Balancers (ELB, ALB), Simple Queue Service (SQS) and Simple Storage Service (S3). We also use advanced AWS platform capabilities including Amazon Kinesis, AWS Lambda, AWS Fargate, AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service (EKS), and Amazon Relational Database Services (RDS). Our hosting services provide full support, rolling release upgrades/updates, backup and disaster recovery services. Our infrastructure enables us to scale both horizontally and vertically in order to rapidly adjust to variances in usage at the server, database and file store level. Our applications run on virtualized instances in AWS data center facilities, which provide industry-standard best security practices. As of December 31, 2020, we used domestic AWS data center facilities in Virginia, Ohio and Oregon, and international facilities in Dublin, Ireland, Frankfurt, Germany, Sydney, Australia, Montreal, Canada and Singapore. We intend to expand operations into other regions based on market conditions. These AWS managed facilities have earned multiple certifications including, but not limited to, SOC 2 Type II, ISO9001 and ISO27001.

We designed our platform for resilience and rapid recovery from component failure. We apply a wide variety of strategies to achieve enterprise-grade reliability and durability. We have automated procedures in place to handle coordinated changes across our various instances and store backups of key data stores in multiple redundant and geographically isolated locations.

Our technology stack is a dynamic web application built with our own automated scaling and provisioning technologies. We use Web 2.0 technologies like Ruby on Rails, Node.js, and React.js, which provide users a familiar web experience. Our platform was built on underlying open source technologies, allowing us to take full advantage of advancements in scalability and flexibility. We utilize the Linux operating system, Postgres databases, and Redis data structure store. Our platform also provides an API that third-parties can use to add new features and functionality.

Keeping our platform secure is a primary focus of our dedicated enterprise security team due to the sensitive nature of the data contained within the applications. We are diligent about data security and have adopted the AICPA SOC 2 set of security controls. We demonstrate compliance with these controls through annual audits and web application vulnerability assessments.

Customers

As of December 31, 2020, we had over 6,000 customers representing Higher Education institutions and K-12 districts and schools in more than 90 countries. Canvas is used by all Ivy League universities and we have K-12 customers in nearly all states. The majority of our academic customers implement Canvas widely within their institutions and across school districts, where applicable. We define a customer as an entity with an active subscription contract. In situations where there is a single contract that applies to an entity with multiple subsidiaries or divisions, universities or schools, only the entity that has contracted for our platform is counted as a customer. For example, a contracting school district is counted as a single customer even though the school district encompasses multiple schools. In 2020, no single customer represented more than 5% of our revenue.

 

144


Table of Contents

The following sets forth a list of representative customers:

 

Higher Education   K-12
Florida State University (~40K FTEs)   Broward County Public Schools (~260K FTEs)
Indiana University (~90K FTEs)   Charlotte-Mecklenburg Schools (~145K FTEs)
Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology (~95K FTEs)   Clark County School District (~325K FTEs)
University of Birmingham (~35K FTEs)   Prince William County Public Schools (~90K FTEs)
University of Minnesota (~50K FTEs)   Utah Education and Telehealth Network (~665K FTEs)
University of Oxford, Saïd Business School (~25K FTEs)   Virtual Virginia (~1,250K FTEs)
University of Wolverhampton (~15K FTEs)  
Virginia Community College System (~95K FTEs)  

Washington State Board for Community and
Technical Colleges (~335K FTEs)

 

Customer Case Studies

The case studies below illustrate the results that certain of our customers have achieved by using our platform.

Broward County

Customer since 2017

Situation: Broward County School District is the 2nd largest school district in Florida and the 6th largest school district in the nation. Historically, different schools throughout the district had used a patchwork of legacy LMS, including Blackboard, D2L, and Schoology. In 2017, the district decided to standardize the LMS that professional development, teaching and learning, and post-secondary institutions used across the district with a single, long-term solution.

Broward reached out to Gartner to help with the decision. Out of 70 responses received by the district for an RFP, Canvas LMS was chosen because of its robust solutions and scalability that fit the key needs of Broward.

Solutions and Benefits: Broward implemented Canvas across the entire district, and hired dedicated staff to ensure that implementation and usage was consistent across schools. Since the initial implementation, engagement with the platform has been robust:

 

   

Approximately 44 million teacher sessions and 37 million student sessions per month

 

   

The district created a “Train the Trainer” model with Canvas contract trainers to support teaching and learning, and have built out a Canvassador program to allow teachers to become a trainer or a content creator

 

   

Broward has a dedicated Program Manager, onsite technical and business consultants, remote administrators, and trainers focused on the successful usage of Canvas

 

   

Dedicated teacher Professional Development courses and training days ensure Broward is leveraging the best practices of Canvas

 

   

Canvas Global Announcements helps administrations distribute key information to teachers and students

 

   

Canvas Pages distributes district-wide newsletters

 

   

Online course developed in Canvas help teachers earn in-service hours

 

145


Table of Contents
   

Canvas enabled the district to move into a fully remote model at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, and since then transition to its current hybrid model of teaching and learning

 

   

Instructure worked with the Office of Academics to build out additional features, such as the creation of the Student Education Plans and Accommodations (SEPA) application, which allows teachers to document accommodations for Exceptional Student Education students, English-language Learners, and Gifted students with Individualized Education Programs, goals, and strategies.

 

   

Full integration with Microsoft Teams for teachers and students through the Rich Content Editor within Canvas

Florida State University

Customer since 2017

Situation: In 2016, the Florida State University System decided to standardize its software platform as part of a 2025 Strategic Plan for Online Education. The purpose was to “enhance quality, access, and affordability of online courses and programs in state universities.” Students, many of whom attended school at multiple locations, said that using different online platforms caused confusion and hindered their learning.

Florida State University had used Blackboard LMS for 20 years prior, even assisting in “beta testing” Blackboard before it entered the market. Faculty members were deeply entrenched with Blackboard and had even received financial incentives to go through summer training.

Solutions and Benefits: The Board of Governors chose Canvas LMS because of the ability to customize curriculum, track student progress, and potentially bring every institution in the state together on one platform. All institutions were given the choice to opt-in to Canvas.

FSU put together a committee of faculty and students to evaluate transitioning to Canvas. The committee unanimously agreed that Canvas would meet its LMS needs due to Canvas’ support of the most critical digital tools and reliability, with 99.9 percent uptime. Since adopting Canvas LMS, FSU has been able to:

 

   

Expand a proactive, universal course design to provide greater accessibility and convenience for all learners.

 

   

Provide a cleaner, more flexible, and more user-friendly platform that allows a more consistent presentation of courses.

 

   

Allow instructors to customize the look of their courses with school and department branding.

FSU’s Office of Distance Learning additionally launched a program called “Canvas Weeks” in order to introduce faculty and staff to Canvas. The response of faculty and students to Canvas was extremely positive, with an LMS survey of students and staff showing an “overwhelming” preference for Canvas. FSU administrators say that Canvas LMS and its Canvas Student mobile application have been very successful with students because they address student needs and track the progress in their academic careers.

University of Birmingham

Customer since 2013

Situation: Faced with intense competition for students from rival institutions and the growing importance of blended learning models, the University of Birmingham made the decision to phase out its legacy e-learning program and undergo an extensive review of its current LMS. The University wanted a system that would be reliable and highly available, accessible across different browsers and devices, and able to easily incorporate multimedia content.

 

146


Table of Contents

The University of Birmingham undertook a rigorous review and selection process to evaluate different learning platforms with feedback from staff and students. The result was unanimous that Canvas LMS was the clear winner.

Solutions and Benefits: Once implementation began, it took only five days for the platform to be customized and configured. Canvas LMS was designed with a modern user interface leveraging intuitive navigation to enable teachers to create collaborative courses that incorporate multimedia content. The switch to Canvas LMS was seamless, with many teachers who were non-users of the previous LMS quickly adopting Canvas, and usage across the university has been robust:

 

   

In the first three months, Canvas rolled out 4,600 courses, more than had ever been available with the previous LMS

 

   

Within the first six months, more than one-third of the University’s students had used Canvas via a mobile device or laptop

The University of Minnesota

Customer since 2017

Situation: The University of Minnesota (“UMN”), a leading public research university in North America, has one of the largest student enrollments in the United States. The university was a longtime user of the Moodle LMS, but as the market evolved and students’ and teachers’ needs changed, technologists started to notice the self-hosted system’s inability to scale beyond current levels.

With several of its peer institutions having already adopted Canvas LMS, UMN started to pilot Canvas in 2015. Each semester, the number of participants and the variety of departments included in the pilot expanded, and administrators gathered feedback from faculty and students.

Initial feedback was overwhelmingly positive: over 90% of instructors found Canvas useful, and over 90% of students felt comfortable with Canvas within several weeks of using it.

Solutions and Benefits: UMN’s pilot of Canvas was conducted over more than two years—but the extensive test gave administrators the data they needed. The university said Canvas would be the most cost-efficient and effective LMS to provide students the key digital learning features of accessibility, collaboration, personalization, and universal design. In the spring of 2017, administrators recommended that UMN adopt Canvas, with the transition to begin immediately.

According to administrators at UMN, the transition to Canvas is going better than expected because they have great developmental support from Instructure and can run ideas by a responsive technical staff.

Administrators recognize that in addition to ease of use, Canvas offers superior ease of management and greater return on investment. While Moodle required teams of people to manage the self-hosted infrastructure, Canvas is cloud-native, meaning IT staff can now spend the bulk of their time supporting instructors, students, and special initiatives rather than supporting servers. UMN students reported a preference for Canvas over Moodle when asked which LMS helped them better succeed in their classes. The features of Canvas that have benefitted UMN include:

 

   

Cloud-based functionality

 

   

Intuitive user interface

 

   

Comprehensive grading tool (SpeedGrader)

 

   

Features that support a distributed administration

 

147


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Our product, customer success, and sales and marketing teams operate cross-functionally and regularly engage with customers, partners and industry analysts to understand customer needs and general industry trends to enhance our learning platform, existing applications and identify opportunities for new product innovations. Additionally, our research and education team analyzes user data and current online learning trends and collaborates with customers to inform learning platform and application development and growth into adjacent markets. Once improvements are identified, prioritized and resourced, the entire development organization works closely together to design, develop, test and launch new functionality and learning platform and application updates. We have made, and will continue to make, significant investments to strengthen our learning platform and existing applications, and expand the number of applications on our extendable learning platform that will benefit our customers and allow us to expand into new markets. As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our research and development team was comprised of approximately 276 and 306 employees, respectively, inclusive of contractors, which represented approximately 25% and 24%, respectively, of our global employee base.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our platform, applications and services primarily through a direct sales force with limited channel sales in international markets. As of December 31, 2020, our sales and marketing organization was comprised of 225 individuals. Our sales organization includes technical sales engineers who serve as experts in the technical aspects of our platform, applications and customer implementations. Many of our sales efforts require us to respond to request for proposals (RFP), particularly in the Higher Education space and to a lesser extent in K-12.

We engage in a variety of traditional and online marketing activities designed to provide sales lead generation and sales support and promote brand awareness. Our specific marketing activities for lead generation include advertising in trade publications, digital advertising, including search engine optimization and search engine marketing, display search, email, and referral marketing. Brand awareness activities include press relations in business, human resources, education publications and blogs, market specific advertising campaigns and speaking engagements, and industry trade-shows and seminars. We also host InstructureCon, our annual user conference for current customers and prospects. InstructureCon 2020 was held virtually due to the COVID-19 pandemic and more than 20,000 people attended.

Customer Success

Although our platform is easy to adopt and use, we believe strong customer support and services are essential for customer retention. We provide most services and support by phone or online video and audio conferencing rather than in person, resulting in a more efficient and cost-effective business model for us and our customers. Our Customer Success department is responsible for all customer post-sale interactions and comprises employees located in the United States, the U.K., Brazil, Australia, and Colombia. Our services and support efforts include the following:

 

   

Customer Success Management. Every customer has a Customer Success Management Team that advocates for the customer’s needs and serves as first point of contact for all non-Support questions and requests. They learn about our enterprise and strategic customers’ vision and the role our platform will play, help craft and execute plans to deploy and use the platform effectively, and provide regular updates throughout the customer’s experience with us to show them the return on their investment.

 

   

Implementation Services. We believe that a positive onboarding experience leads to more satisfied customers, longer customer relationships and greater lifetime value. Implementation includes standard training and consulting services that generally take between 30 and 90 days to complete, depending on customer-side preparedness, complexity and timelines. Regularly-scheduled, highly-structured implementation activities help customers use our platform fully and effectively from the start. Most interactions take place over the phone and through online audio and video conferencing.

 

   

Training Services. Also critical to customer success is our customers’ comfort level with the features and functionality of our platform. We include standard training with every implementation and offer additional and custom training for a fee. Training creates confidence among users that they can use our software effectively. We perform most training remotely by online audio and video conferencing.

 

148


Table of Contents
   

Consulting Services. We offer custom application development, integrations, content services and change management consulting services to boost customer adoption of our applications and drive usage of features and capabilities that are unique to Instructure. We believe this increases brand loyalty and lifetime value.

 

   

Instructional Design and Change Management Services. Canvas experts with instructional experience work with key stakeholders, local technology staff, and educators to develop and deepen the level of Canvas adoption in support of local goals and initiatives. Delivered largely remotely, these services focus on managing change within the customer organization and designing highly engaging online courses that drive student outcomes.

 

   

Support. We provide standard support services for all customers. Customers can upgrade to our premium support services, which include 24/7/365 coverage and a more stringent SLA. Our Tier 1 offering includes our premium support services as well as direct support to users by our agents. We also provide extensive user guides, online videos and a vibrant online community for the ongoing education and assistance of our users.

Partner Ecosystem and Integration

We are committed to enabling our customers to build an ecosystem for successful learning, assessment, development and engagement. Our open platform is central to both our technology and our strategy.

From a technological perspective, we remain focused on implementing industry standards like IMS Global Learning Consortium’s LTI, enabling Canvas to integrate with a broad spectrum of third-party solutions used by our customers.

Our partnership program invites third-party software, service and content providers, through a library of open APIs, to easily integrate with our applications and take advantage of value add services and events to enhance the partnership. This allows us to broaden and efficiently extend the functionality of our applications. We have more than 500 partners, including content providers, hardware providers, collaboration tools, publishers, and productivity tools.

Employees

We recognize that attracting, motivating and retaining passionate talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. By improving employee retention and engagement, we also improve our ability to support our customers and protect the long-term interests of our stakeholders and stockholders. We invest in our employees through high-quality benefits and various health and wellness initiatives, and offer competitive compensation packages, ensuring fairness in internal compensation practices. In addition to a market competitive benefit package in each of our regions, we offer additional benefits for mental and emotional well-being, focus on building a diverse culture and workforce, and promote peer and team recognition.

As of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we employed 1,110 and 1,275 people, respectively. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages. We have high employee engagement and consider our current relationship with our employees to be good.

Competition

We operate in highly competitive markets. With respect to LMS, companies such as Blackboard, D2L, Moodle, and Schoology have offerings that compete with certain of our products across our different end

 

149


Table of Contents

markets. With respect to adjacent areas of learning analytics, program management, and instructional content, these markets are highly fragmented and we compete with a number of emerging point solutions.

We believe that we are differentiated from each of these companies by the comprehensive nature of our offerings, as we represent a platform solution across each of the above areas. Due to the expansive and integrative nature of our platform, we also encounter situations in which we may partner with a certain company with respect to one area of focus, and compete in another area.

The principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

integrated platform offering;

 

   

features and functionality;

 

   

cloud architecture;

 

   

implementation and adoption;

 

   

K-20 applicability;

 

   

reliability and uptime;

 

   

customer service;

 

   

software integration and third-party publisher partnerships;

 

   

user community; and

 

   

pricing.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend to a great extent upon our ongoing performance in the areas of product development, partner ecosystem development and customer support. In addition, many of our competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories and significantly greater resources. Some competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we can to ours, which could allow them to respond more quickly than we can to changes in customer needs. We cannot assure you that our competitors will not offer or develop products or services that are superior to ours or achieve greater market acceptance.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our competition.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright, and trademark laws, a variety of contractual arrangements, such as license agreements, assignment agreements, confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, and confidentiality procedures and technical measures to gain rights to and protect the intellectual property used in our business. We actively pursue registration of our trademarks, logos, service marks, and domain names in the United States and in other key jurisdictions, but, other than the patents acquired in connection with our acquisitions, we have not, to date, applied for patent protection for any of our inventions. We are the registered holder of a variety of U.S. and international domain names that include the term Instructure and Canvas.

A substantial portion of our Canvas application, including the base code, uses “open source” software we license from third parties. Open source software is made available to the general public on an “as-is” basis under the terms of a non-negotiable license. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses, like the GNU Affero General Public License may require us to offer the components of our software that incorporate the open source software for no cost, make available source code for

 

150


Table of Contents

modifications or derivative works we create based upon incorporating or using the open source software, and license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties under proprietary licenses. Though such third-party technologies may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, we believe that alternative technologies would be available to us.

To promote our open platform philosophy, we make available a substantial portion of the source code for Canvas available to the public on the “GitHub” platform for no charge, under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License. We accept modifications of the source code for Canvas from contributors who agree to the terms of our contributor agreement. Our contributor agreement provides for assignment of joint ownership in the copyright to the contribution, and a license to any patent rights of the contributor. Contributors must also represent that it is an original work and that the contribution does not violate any third-party intellectual property right.

We control access to and use of our proprietary technology and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers, and partners, and our software is protected by U.S. and international copyright laws. Our policy is to require employees and independent contractors to sign agreements assigning to us any inventions, trade secrets, works of authorship, developments and other processes generated by them on our behalf and agreeing to protect our confidential information, and all of our key employees and contractors have done so. In addition, we generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our vendors and customers. We also control and monitor access to, and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information. In addition, we intend to expand our international operations, and effective copyright, trademark, and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our software is available.

Regulatory

The legal environment of internet-based businesses is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations are applied in this environment, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, is often unclear. For example, we sometimes cannot be certain which laws will be deemed applicable to us given the global nature of our business, including with respect to such topics as data privacy and security, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation, and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Moreover, our academic customers are regulated at the state and federal levels by legislatures, administrative agencies and other policymaking bodies that can directly impact their ability to procure and deploy technology products.

Our customers, and those with whom they communicate using our applications, upload and store customer data onto our learning platform. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as rights of privacy or intellectual property rights related to the content loaded onto our learning platform. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a wide variety of laws and regulations regarding the data stored and processed on our learning platform as well as the operation of our business.

Data Privacy and Security Laws

Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of PII continues to be the focus of worldwide legislation and regulation. We are subject to data privacy and security regulation by regulatory authorities in the U.S. (including the states in which we conduct our business) and potentially in other countries.

In recent years, there have been a number of well-publicized data breaches involving the unauthorized use and disclosure of individuals’ PII. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials or amending

 

151


Table of Contents

existing laws to expand compliance obligations. For example, the CCPA, which took effect on January 1, 2020, imposes a number of privacy and security obligations on companies who process PII of California residents. Moreover, a new privacy law, the CRPA was passed by Californians during the November 3, 2020 election. The CPRA will significantly modify the CCPA, and will impose additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, potentially resulting in further complexity. These laws may impose limits on the collection, distribution, use and storage of student PII. Federal laws are also under consideration that may create additional compliance obligations and penalties. In the EU, where companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, the GDPR and data protection laws of each of the European Member countries require comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to PII collected about them. The GDPR has extra-territorial reach and has a significant impact on “data controllers” and “data processors” either with an establishment in the EU, or which offer goods or services to EU data subjects or monitor EU data subjects’ behavior within the EU. The GDPR (as it existed on December 31, 2020) has been retained in U.K. law as the “U.K. GDPR” which applied in the U.K. from January 1, 2021 and results in dual regimes for organizations doing business in both the EU and the U.K. The GDPR imposes restrictions on the transfer of PII from within the EEA (or U.K.) to jurisdictions outside of the EEA (or U.K.) which are deemed to offer non-equivalent protection to PII, such as the U.S., unless a valid transfer mechanism is in place or a limited derogation from the restriction applies. Schrems II (i) invalidated one such transfer mechanism, the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield, (ii) upheld the European Commission’s SCCs as a valid transfer mechanism, but (iii) provided that compliance with the SCCs must be closely monitored and the data exporter relying on them must perform a case-by-case assessment as to whether the laws of the country of importation provide adequate protection for PII. The GDPR introduced significant penalties of up to the greater of 4% of worldwide turnover and €20 million for violations of data protection rules. We have adopted additional mechanisms to assist with ongoing GDPR compliance and continue to actively monitor updates in relation to both: (i) the applicability of the GDPR and U.K. GDPR to our business; and (ii) our compliance with the same. We post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the processing, use and disclosure of PII. Our publication of our privacy policy and other statements we publish that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security can subject us to potential state and federal action if they are found to be deceptive or misrepresentative of our practices.

Additional legislation regarding privacy and security in the EU is expected in the form of the European Commission’s ePrivacy Regulation which aims to reinforce trust and security in the digital single market by updating the legal framework regarding the “right to a private life” for users of electronic communications. The latest draft text of the ePrivacy Regulation is in the process of being finalized by the Council of the EU (with support from the Committee of Permanent Representatives).

Through contractual obligations with our customers we sometimes agree to certain obligations related to FERPA, which generally prohibits educational institutions that receive federal funding from disclosing PII from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. We are also subject to COPPA, which applies to operators of commercial websites and online services directed to U.S. children under the age of 13 that collect personal information from children, and to operators of general audience websites with actual knowledge that they are collecting information from U.S. children under the age of 13. Also, certain laws and regulations that protect the collection, use and disclosure of particular types of data may hinder our ability to provide services to customers and potential customers subjected to such laws.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Laws and Regulation” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to data privacy.

Copyrights

U.S. and international copyright and trademark laws protect the rights of third parties from infringement of their works of authorship. Our customers and users can generally use our learning platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We maintain an active copyright infringement policy and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our learning platform.

 

152


Table of Contents

As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and cease-and-desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The DMCA also applies to our business. This statute includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for hosting content provided by users that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our learning platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in Salt Lake City, Utah, where we lease 153,206 square feet of office space under leases that expire in February 2025 (5 year option to renew). We have additional office locations in the United States and in various international countries where we lease or rent a total of 147,760 square feet. These additional locations include San Diego, California, and international offices in London, England (our international headquarters), Sydney, Australia, Hong Kong, Sao Paulo, Brazil, and Budapest, Hungary. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

Legal Proceedings

We are, and from time to time may be, party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows or financial position. With the potential exception of the below matter (which we believe is without merit and which we intend to vigorously defend against), we are not presently party to any legal proceedings that in the opinion of management, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

In February 2021, Oklahoma Law Enforcement Retirement System and Q. Wade Billings filed a class action lawsuit against Instructure Holdings, LLC, certain Thoma Bravo entities and certain directors and officers of Predecessor, relating to the Take Private Transaction. The complaint alleges that such directors and officers breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the Take Private Transaction, and that Instructure Holdings, LLC and Thoma Bravo aided and abetted such breaches. Plaintiffs seek damages of an unidentified amount, interest, and attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses.

The defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on May 3, 2021. We do not believe these claims have merit and intend to vigorously defend against them.

 

153


Table of Contents

Management

Below is a list of the names, ages as of June 28, 2021, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who (i) serve as our executive officers, (ii) serve as key personnel, and (iii) serve as directors and director nominees.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Steve Daly

     57     

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mitch Benson

     48     

Chief Product Officer

Dale Bowen

     51     

Chief Financial Officer

Matthew A. Kaminer

     47     

Chief Legal Officer

Melissa Loble

     49     

Chief Customer Experience Officer

Frank Maylett

     58     

Chief Revenue Officer

Jeff Weber

     54     

Executive Vice President, People & Places

Steve Townsend

     52     

Senior Vice President, Engineering

Charles Goodman(1)

     60     

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Erik Akopiantz(2)

     56     

Director

Ossa Fisher(2)

     44     

Director Nominee

James Hutter

     31     

Director

Brian Jaffee(1)(2)

     35     

Director

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.(1)

     46     

Director

 

(1)

Member of the Compensation and Nominating Committee.

(2)

Member of the Audit Committee.

Steve Daly has served as our Chief Executive Officer since July 2020. Mr. Daly has also been a member of our Board since March 2020. Prior to this, Mr. Daly was the Chief Executive Officer of LANDESK/Ivanti, an IT management and security software company for thirteen years. Mr. Daly holds a bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering and a master’s degree in Business Administration, both from Brigham Young University. We believe Mr. Daly is a valuable member of our Board due to his experience as our Chief Executive Officer and his executive experience at other software companies.

Mitch Benson has served as our Chief Product Officer since August 2019, and previously served as Senior Vice President, Product from August 2017 to August 2019, as Vice President, Canvas Product from May 2016 to August 2017, and Vice President, K-12 Markets from 2014 to May 2016. Prior to joining Instructure in 2014, Mr. Benson was the Senior Vice President and Chief Learning Technology Officer of Pearson for five years and a Senior Director of Microsoft. Mr. Benson has also worked in the not-for-profit and public sectors in Washington State. Mr. Benson holds a bachelor’s degree in Comparative U.S. studies from the University of Washington, completed a fellowship in Not for Profit Leadership at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business, and holds a master’s degree in Information Systems from Capella University.

Dale Bowen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2020. Prior to his role at Instructure, Mr. Bowen served seven years as the Chief Financial Officer of Consilio, a technology enabled eDiscovery service provider, and as the Vice President of Finance of GridPoint for seven years. Mr. Bowen holds a bachelor’s degree in Business Management from the University of Utah, and a master’s degree in Financial Economics for Public Policy from American University.

 

154


Table of Contents

Matthew A. Kaminer has served as our Chief Legal Officer since 2015. Prior to this, Mr. Kaminer served as General Counsel of Collective, Inc., a video and mobile advertising company, for two years. Mr. Kaminer has also served as General Counsel of Epocrates, Inc. and MediMedia USA, Inc., and Assistant General Counsel and Chief Privacy Officer at WebMD Health Corp. Mr. Kaminer holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Pennsylvania State University and a Juris Doctorate from George Washington University.

Melissa Loble has served as our Chief Customer Experience Officer since January 2020, and previously served as Senior Vice President of Customer Success and Partnerships from October 2018 to April 2020, Vice President of Platform, Partnerships and Professional Services from April 2017 to October 2018, and Vice President of Platform and Partnerships from December 2013 to April 2017. Ms. Loble teaches leadership courses on managing technology for education change at University of California, Irvine. Ms. Loble holds a bachelor’s degree in Political Science and in History from University of California, Los Angeles, a master’s degree in educational policy from Teacher’s College, Columbia University, and a master’s degree in Business Administration from Columbia Business School.

Frank Maylett has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since April 2020, and previously served as Global Head of Sales. Prior to joining Instructure in 2019, Mr. Maylett served as President and Chief Executive Officer of RizePoint, Inc. from September 2015 to August 2019 and as Executive Vice President for Global Sales, Services, and Alliances at Workfront. Mr. Maylett holds a bachelor’s degree in Business from the University of Phoenix and studied Business Administration and Management at the University of Utah.

Jeff Weber has served as our Executive Vice President, People & Places since May 2013. From August 1999 to April 2013, Mr. Weber served in various roles at ancestry.com, an online family history company, most recently as Senior Vice President People and Places from March 2012 to April 2013. From 1996 to 1999, he served as Director Human Resource Outsourcing at The Russell Group, LLC, a human resources outsourcing firm. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Weber served as a Human Resource Generalist at Shell Oil Company. Mr. Weber holds a bachelor’s degree in Business and a master’s in Business Administration with an emphasis in organizational behavior from Brigham Young University.

Steve Townsend has served as our Senior Vice President, Engineering since April 2020, and previously served at Instructure as Vice President of Product Development and Vice President of Engineering from May 2015 to August 2019. Prior to joining Instructure, Mr. Townsend served as Vice President of Engineering at inContact. Mr. Townsend holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science and a master’s degree in Business Administration, both from Brigham Young University.

Charles Goodman has served as Chairman of the Board since March 2020. Mr. Goodman is an Operating Partner at Thoma Bravo. Prior to Thoma Bravo, Mr. Goodman served as Chief Executive Officer of PowerPlan, a Thoma Bravo portfolio company that sold to Roper Technologies in 2018. Prior to joining PowerPlan in 2015, Mr. Goodman was Chief Executive Officer of P2 Energy Solutions. Prior to joining PowerPlan, Mr. Goodman served as Chief Operating Officer of Ventyx and as EVP, Corporate Operations of Atmos Energy. Mr. Goodman currently serves as chairman of the board for Aucerna, AxiomSL Group, Inc., Imperva, Frontline Technologies Group LLC (dba Frontline Education), Quorum Software and Imprivata and as a director for Conga and Hyland. Mr. Goodman holds a bachelor’s degree in Petroleum Engineering from Texas Tech University. We believe Mr. Goodman’s extensive software and technology experience as well as his experience serving as chairman of the board for other education, technology and software companies, makes him a valuable member of our Board.

Erik Akopiantz has served on our Board since March 2020. Mr. Akopiantz has served as an Operating Partner at Thoma Bravo since April 2014. Mr. Akopiantz’s prior experience includes serving as the Chief Financial Officer of Roadnet Technologies, Inc. from 2011 to 2014, the Chief Operating Officer of Paranet Solutions, LLC from 2008 to 2011, the Chief Executive Officer of Digital Reach from 2006 to 2008, and various executive finance roles for The SABRE Group from 2002 to 2006. Mr. Akopiantz currently serves on the board of directors of several software and technology service companies in which certain investment funds advised by

 

155


Table of Contents

Thoma Bravo hold an investment, including Apttus Corporation (dba Conga), AxiomSL Group, Inc., Barracuda Networks, Inc., Frontline Technologies Group LLC (dba Frontline Education), Imperva, Inc., Kofax Inc., Motus, LLC, Quorum Business Solutions, Inc., Riskonnect Inc., T2 Systems, Inc. and Veracode Software, Inc. Mr. Akopiantz is also an operating advisor to several of these companies. Mr. Akopiantz holds a bachelor’s degree in Science and Finance from the University of Vermont and an MBA from the Rice University. We believe Mr. Akopiantz’s extensive software and technology experience as well as his experience serving as chairman of the board and in an advisory capacity for other technology and software companies, makes him a valuable member of our Board.

Ossa Fisher is a director nominee to our Board. Ms. Fisher has served as the President and Chief Operating Officer of Istation, Inc. since 2019 and previously served as Istation’s Chief Operating Officer from 2017 to 2018 and Chief Marketing Officer from 2015 to 2017. Prior to joining Istation, Ms. Fisher was the Senior Vice President of Strategy and Analytics at global dating leader, Match.com, where she served since May 2013. Swedish-born Fisher has a career history spanning growth strategy, customer analytics and marketing, all within competitive business industries. Ms. Fisher has a broad range of expertise in technology and media, including more than 10 years in the Technology, Media and Telecom practices of both Bain & Company (where she was employed from 2004-2013) and Goldman, Sachs & Co. (from 1999-2002). Ms. Fisher also worked for the World Bank Group in the information technology investment division in 2003. Fisher holds a bachelor’s degree in Economics from Yale University, an M.A. in Education from Stanford University and an MBA from Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Ms. Fisher’s expertise in technology and media, including more than 10 years in the Technology, Media and Telecom practices of both Bain & Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co, and in the IT investment division of the World Bank Group, and strategic and customer service expertise from her experience at Match.com make her a valuable member of our Board.

James “Jamie” Hutter has served on our Board since March 2020. Mr. Hutter joined Thoma Bravo in 2014 as an Associate and was promoted to Senior Associate in 2016 and to Vice President in 2018. Mr. Hutter focuses primarily on application software investments. Prior to joining Thoma Bravo, he worked in investment banking at Morgan Stanley. Mr. Hutter currently serves on the board of directors of Apttus Corporation (dba Conga) and AxiomSL Group, Inc. Mr. Hutter earned his bachelor’s degree with Honors in Science, Technology, & Society at Stanford University. We believe Mr. Hutter’s business and director experience at technology and software companies makes him a valuable member of our Board.

Brian Jaffee has served on our Board since March 2020. Mr. Jaffee is a Principal at Thoma Bravo. Mr. Jaffee joined Thoma Bravo in 2014 as a Vice President. Prior to joining Thoma Bravo, Mr. Jaffee served as an Associate and Senior Associate at Veritas Capital. Prior to joining Veritas in 2009, he worked as an Investment Banking Analyst in the Leveraged Finance Group at Merrill Lynch, where he originated structured and executed leveraged loan and high yield bond financings for leveraged buyouts, strategic acquisitions, and recapitalizations across a wide range of industries. Mr. Jaffee currently serves on the board of directors of Apttus Corporation (dba Conga), AxiomSL Group, Inc. and Frontline Technologies Group, LLC (dba Frontline Education). Mr. Jaffee holds a bachelor’s degree, magna cum laude, in Finance from Miami University and an MBA from University of Chicago. We believe Mr. Jaffee’s business and director experience at technology and software companies makes him a valuable member of our Board.

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr. has served on our Board since March 2020. Mr. Spaht has served as a Managing Partner at Thoma Bravo since November 2013. Mr. Spaht joined Thoma Bravo as a Vice President in 2005, became a Principal in 2008 and became a Partner in 2011. Prior to joining Thoma Bravo, he worked for several years at Morgan Stanley in both its investment banking and private equity divisions, and served as part of Thomas H. Lee Partners’ investment team. Mr. Spaht currently serves on the board of directors of several software and technology service companies in which certain investment funds advised by Thoma Bravo hold an investment, including Apttus Corporation (dba Conga), AxiomSL Group, Inc., Frontline Technologies Group, LLC (dba Frontline Education), and Trader Corporation. Mr. Spaht holds a bachelor’s degree of Arts, Economics from Dartmouth College and an MBA from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Spaht’s business and director experience at technology and software companies makes him a valuable member of our Board.

 

156


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers or directors.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of seven directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board and with the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo for so long as it holds director nomination rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the director nomination rights.

Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be Charles Goodman, Paul Holden Spaht, Jr and Ossa Fisher and will serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Erik Akopiantz and James Hutter and will serve until the second annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be Steve Daly and Brian Jaffee and will serve until the third annual meeting of stockholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns     % or more of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding. If Thoma Bravo’s beneficial ownership falls below     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, then our directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least     % of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon. Our bylaws will provide that Thoma Bravo will have the right to designate the Chair of the Board for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least     % or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. Following this offering, Charles Goodman will be the Chair of our Board.

The listing standards of NYSE require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, the Board will determine that                  meet the NYSE requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with the Company and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

Controlled Company Status

After completion of this offering, Thoma Bravo will continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

   

we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

157


Table of Contents
   

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following this offering, we intend to rely on this exemption. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, our Compensation and Nominating Committee may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees will be as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

Board Member

   Audit Committee    Compensation and Nominating
Committee

Steve Daly

     

Charles Goodman

      X (Chair)

Erik Akopiantz

   X (Chair)   

Ossa Fisher*

   X   

James Hutter

     

Brian Jaffee

   X    X

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

      X

 

*

Denotes director nominee

Audit Committee

Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Erik Akopiantz, Ossa Fisher and Brian Jaffee, with Erik Akopiantz serving as chair of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and NYSE, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Erik Akopiantz and Ossa Fisher meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of NYSE. We anticipate that, prior to our completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Erik Akopiantz is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of NYSE. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

reviewing our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing, advising and overseeing the effectiveness of our cybersecurity and data protection programs and practices, including controls, policies and guidelines, security strategy and technology planning, compliance, and preparedness and incident response planning;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases and scripts.

 

159


Table of Contents

Compensation and Nominating Committee

Following this offering, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will be composed of Charles Goodman, Brian Jaffee and Paul Holden Spaht, Jr., with Charles Goodman serving as chair of the committee. As a controlled company, we intend to rely upon the exemption for the requirement that we have a Compensation and Nominating Committee comprised entirely of independent directors. The Compensation and Nominating Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

conducting the independence assessment outlined in NYSE rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of NYSE;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

subject to the rights of Thoma Bravo under the Director Nomination Agreement, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.

 

160


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation and Nominating Committee.

Risk Oversight

Our Board will oversee the risk management activities designed and implemented by our management. Our Board will execute its oversight responsibility for risk management both directly and through its committees. The full Board will also consider specific risk topics, including risks associated with our strategic plan, business operations and capital structure. In addition, our Board will receive detailed regular reports from members of our senior management and other personnel that include assessments and potential mitigation of the risks and exposures involved with their respective areas of responsibility.

Our Board will delegate to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other committees of our Board will also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees will report to the full Board as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.

 

161


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to discuss the material components of the executive compensation program for our Chief Executive Officer, our former Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our former Chief Financial Officer and our three other most highly compensated officers, who we refer to as our “Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs.” For the year ended December 31, 2020, our NEOs and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Steve Daly, our current Chief Executive Officer(1) (“CEO”);

 

   

Dale Bowen, our Chief Financial Officer(2) (“CFO”);

 

   

Matthew A. Kaminer, our Chief Legal Officer (“CLO”);

 

   

Frank Maylett, our Chief Revenue Officer (“CRO”);

 

   

Mitch Benson, our Chief Product Officer (“CPO”);

 

   

Daniel T. Goldsmith, our former CEO(3); and

 

   

Steven B. Kaminsky, our former CFO(4).

 

(1) 

Mr. Daly was appointed as the Company’s CEO, effective as of July 1, 2020.

(2) 

Mr. Bowen was appointed as the Company’s CFO, effective as of April 1, 2020.

(3) 

Mr. Goldsmith resigned from the Company, effective as of March 6, 2020.

(4) 

Mr. Kaminsky retired from the Company, effective as of March 25, 2020.

Historical Compensation Decisions     

Our compensation approach is tied to our stage of development. Prior to this offering, we were a privately-held company. As a result, we were not subject to any stock exchange listing or SEC rules requiring a majority of our board of directors to be independent or relating to the formation and functioning of board committees, including audit, compensation and nominating committees. The Compensation and Nominating Committee of our Board has historically determined all of the components of compensation of our executive officers. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation program as circumstances require.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Upon completion of this offering, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will review and approve the compensation of our NEOs and oversee and administer our executive compensation programs and initiatives. As we gain experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis and components of our executive compensation program will continue to evolve. For example, over time we may reduce our reliance upon subjective determinations made by our Compensation and Nominating Committee in favor of a more empirically-based approach that involves benchmarking against peer companies. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our NEOs for fiscal year 2020 is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our NEOs after this offering.

Our executive compensation program is designed to provide our Named Executive Officers with meaningful incentives and rewards, while effectively balancing the short-term and long-term interests of our stockholders with our ability to attract and retain talented executives. The Compensation and Nominating Committee of our Board has the primary responsibility for establishing our executive compensation philosophy and determining the specific components and levels of each Named Executive Officer’s compensation. Our executive compensation program is based on four guiding principles, as set forth by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. We

 

162


Table of Contents

have created a compensation program that combines short-term and long-term components, cash and equity and fixed and performance-based contingent payments, in the proportions we believe achieve these four guiding principles:

 

   

enhance stockholder value by aligning the financial interests of our Named Executive Officers with those of our stockholders;

 

   

enable us to attract, motivate and retain the people needed to define and create industry-leading products and services;

 

   

integrate compensation closely with the achievement of our business and performance objectives; and

 

   

reward the individual performance that contributes to our short-term and long-term success.

To achieve these objectives, our Compensation and Nominating Committee expects to implement new compensation plans and maintain our current compensation plans in order to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to key strategic financial and operational goals such as profitability and revenue growth.

An important element of our compensation philosophy is to provide our Named Executive Officers with compensation packages that are competitive with the compensation offered to the executives in comparable positions in technology companies of similar size and industries in order to attract dynamic and innovative executives to lead our strategic initiatives. As such, the Compensation and Nominating Committee utilizes and relies significantly on a competitive market analysis when determining the size, components and mix of our Named Executive Officers’ compensation packages.

Historically, our Named Executive Officers’ target annual compensation has consisted of three principal components: (a) base salary, (b) a performance-based cash bonus or sales commission and (c) long-term equity incentive compensation. The base salary component had primarily been designed to provide a predictable level of financial stability. The performance-based cash bonus has been designed to reward the achievement of the short-term goals contained in our operating plan. The base salary and performance-based cash bonus have been referred to as the cash component of the compensation plan. The equity compensation component is primarily designed to incentivize and retain our executives and to reward the achievement of our long-term financial and strategic objectives.

Compensation and Nominating Committee Procedures

In order to ensure that we continue to remunerate our executives appropriately, the Compensation and Nominating Committee retained Compensia as its independent compensation consultant to review its policies and procedures with respect to executive compensation in connection with this offering. We have engaged Compensia annually since 2015 to provide executive compensation advisory services in support of our annual evaluation of our executive compensation program. Compensia assists the Compensation and Nominating Committee by providing comparative market data on compensation practices and programs based on an analysis of peer competitors and by providing guidance on industry best practices. The Compensation and Nominating Committee retains the right to modify or terminate its relationship with Compensia or select other outside advisors to assist the Compensation and Nominating Committee in carrying out its responsibilities.

Mitigation of Risk

The Company has determined that any risks arising from its compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company’s compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to stockholders. The combination of performance measures for annual bonuses and the equity compensation programs, as well as the multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards encourage employees to maintain both a short and a long-term view with respect to Company performance.

 

163


Table of Contents

Elements of Compensation

Our current executive compensation program, which was set by our Compensation and Nominating Committee, consists of the following components:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

performance-based cash bonuses or sales commissions;

 

   

equity compensation in Instructure Parent, LP (“TopCo”);

 

   

Merger Awards (as defined below);

 

   

other executive benefits and perquisites; and

 

   

eligibility to receive severance payments and benefits.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Base Salary

The primary component of compensation of our NEOs has historically been base salary. The base salary established for each of our NEOs is intended to reflect each individual’s responsibilities, experience, prior performance and other discretionary factors deemed relevant by our Compensation and Nominating Committee. Base salary is also designed to provide our NEOs with steady cash flow during the course of the fiscal year that is not contingent on short-term variations in our corporate performance. Our Compensation and Nominating Committee determines market level compensation for base salaries based on our NEOs’ experience in the industry with reference to the base salaries of similarly situated executives in other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This determination is informal and based primarily on the general knowledge of our Compensation and Nominating Committee of practices within our industry and such base salaries have been periodically reviewed and adjusted by our Compensation and Nominating Committee. The table below sets forth the base salaries of each of our NEOs who was employed by us as of December 31, 2020.

 

Name

   Base Salary ($)  

Steve Daly

     450,000  

Dale Bowen

     330,000  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     331,000  

Frank Maylett

     330,000  

Mitch Benson

     300,000  

Performance-Based Cash Bonuses

Each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Maylett) is eligible to receive a performance-based annual bonus, subject to employment on the date of payment. The Compensation and Nominating Committee approved the 2020 Executive Bonus Plan in April 2020 (the “2020 Bonus Plan”). Under the 2020 Bonus Plan, performance-based cash bonuses were to be earned based on our actual performance as measured against a target EBITDA amount equal to $123.9 million (the “EBITDA Target”). Each of our NEOs (other than Mr. Maylett) was eligible to earn his annual performance-based cash bonus target (the “Incentive Target”) based on the Company’s achievement level of the EBITDA Target. Mr. Maylett did not participate in the 2020 Bonus Plan, but instead had the potential to earn sales commissions based on the achievement of sales targets.

Our 2020 Bonus Plan provided each NEO (except Mr. Maylett) with eligibility to earn between 50% and 150% of the NEO’s Incentive Target. Actual bonus amounts under our 2020 Bonus Plan were based on the level

 

164


Table of Contents

of achievement of the EBITDA Target based on the schedule shown in the table below, with straight line interpolation for the achievement of an actual EBITDA between percentages of EBITDA Target shown below.

 

Actual EBITDA

Achievement

   Incentive Target
Earned (%)

120% or greater of EBITDA Target

   150

100% of EBITDA Target

   100

90% of EBITDA Target

   50

Below 90% of EBITDA Target

   0

In general, we consider our EBITDA Target for 2020 to have been challenging but achievable. Our actual EBITDA amount for 2020 was approximately 108% of the EBITDA Target and as a result, on March 15, 2021, each of our NEOs received a payment equal to 121.4% of his Incentive Target, pro-rated for each NEO that was employed for a partial year. The table below sets forth the Incentive Target (as both a percentage of base salary and a dollar amount based on the NEO’s base salary as of December 31, 2020) and actual bonus payment amounts for each our NEOs who was employed on the bonus payment date.

 

Name

   Incentive
Target
(%)
     Incentive
Target
($)
     Bonus
Amount
Earned
($)
 

Steve Daly

     100        450,000        273,898 (2) 

Dale Bowen

     50        165,000        150,370 (3) 

Matthew A. Kaminer

     45        148,950        180,825  

Frank Maylett(1)

                    

Mitch Benson

     40        120,000        145,680  

 

(1)

Mr. Maylett did not participate in the 2020 Bonus Plan. In 2020, Mr. Maylett was paid $542,404 of sales commission based on the achievement of sales targets.

(2)

Mr. Daly’s bonus amount was pro-rated at 50% given his hire date of July 1, 2020.

(3)

Mr. Bowen’s bonus amount was pro-rated at 75% given his hire date of April 1, 2020.

Long-Term Equity-Based Compensation

Prior to the offering, we awarded equity-based compensation in the form of Class B Units of TopCo equity in TopCo pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Instructure Parent, LP Incentive Equity Plan and the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of TopCo that are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“Management Incentive Units”), which represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of the company that exceeds a specified threshold. Additionally, prior to the offering, certain of our NEOs purchased Class A Unit and in connection with such purchase, were granted Class B Units which were treated as compensation (“Granted Units”).

In general, our Compensation and Nominating Committee previously considered an NEO’s current position with our Company, the size of the NEO’s total compensation package and the amount of existing vested and unvested equity awards, if any, then held by the NEO. Prior to the Take-Private Transaction, our Compensation and Nominating Committee determined the size of equity award grants after considering the following factors:

 

   

the competitive equity compensation practices for comparable positions identified in the applicable market analysis;

   

the executive’s level of responsibility and duties;

 

   

a comparison to grant levels of other executive officers;

 

   

individual NEO performance;

 

   

our corporate performance;

 

165


Table of Contents
   

our total equity compensation costs relative to total expenses;

 

   

the executive’s prior experience, experience within his or her specific job and breadth of knowledge; and

 

   

our corporate objectives for share-based compensation charges and earnings dilution.

For Messrs. Kaminer, Maylett and Benson, the results of the determinations made based on the factors listed above were carried forward in determining equity grants following the Take-Private Transaction. As a private company, no formal benchmarking efforts were made by our Compensation and Nominating Committee with respect to the size of equity grants made to NEOs and, in general, the determination process was very informal. Historically, our Compensation and Nominating Committee made all equity grant decisions with respect to our executive officers, and we anticipate that, upon completion of this offering, the Compensation and Nominating Committee will, subject to approval by the board of directors as deemed necessary by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, determine the size and terms and conditions of equity grants to our executive officers in accordance with the terms of the applicable incentive equity program and will approve them on an individual basis.

Prior to the Take-Private Transaction, certain of our NEOs held equity awards that were cancelled and converted into cash consideration, which consideration was subject to generally the same terms as the corresponding, cancelled equity award, including vesting conditions (each such cash award being a “Merger Award”). For a discussion of the vesting and other material terms of the Management Incentive Units, Granted Units and Merger Awards, see “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will implement the 2021 Plan. Our 2021 Plan will allow for the grant of equity incentives, such as grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights. For more information relating to our 2021 Plan, see “Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan” discussed below.

Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will implement the 2021 ESPP. For more information relating to the 2021 ESPP, see “Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan” discussed below.

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees:

 

   

health insurance;

 

   

contributions to health savings accounts;

 

   

paid time off;

 

   

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

 

   

short-term and long-term disability; and

 

   

a 401(k) plan with matching contributions.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees.

Employment Agreements and Severance Benefits

We previously entered into offer letters and executive agreements (as applicable) with our NEOs, which were in effect in 2020 and provide or provided eligibility for severance payments and benefits in connection with

 

166


Table of Contents

certain qualifying terminations of employment. The terms of the existing offer letters and executive agreements with our NEOs are described in the section captioned “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.”

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

We focus on long-term stockholder value when determining all elements of compensation. As a result, tax deductibility is not our only consideration in awarding compensation. Code Section 162(m) generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation paid by public companies to covered employees, such that a public company generally can take a tax deduction for up to $1 million worth of compensation paid to any given covered employee in any calendar year. Although our compensation committee will be mindful of the benefits of tax deductibility when determining executive compensation, our compensation committee may approve compensation that will not be fully-deductible in order to ensure competitive levels of total compensation for our executive officers and will retain flexibility to design compensation programs that are in the long-term interests of the Company and our stockholders, with deductibility of compensation being one of a variety of considerations taken into account.

Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code

Section 280G of the Code disallows a tax deduction with respect to “excess parachute payments” to certain executive officers of companies that undergo a change in control. In addition, Section 4999 of the Code imposes a 20% excise tax penalty on the individual receiving the “excess parachute payment”. Parachute payments are compensation that is linked to or triggered by a change in control and may include, but are not limited to, bonus payments, severance payments, certain fringe benefits, and payments and acceleration of vesting from long-term incentive plans or programs and other equity-based compensation. “Excess parachute payments” are parachute payments that excess a threshold determined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code based on an executive officer’s prior compensation. In approving compensation arrangements for our NEOs in the future, we expect that the board of directors will consider all elements of the cost to us of providing such compensation, including the potential impact of Section 280G of the Code. However, the board of directors may, in its judgment, authorize compensation arrangements that could give rise to loss of deductibility of Section 280G of the Code and the imposition of excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Code when it believes that such arrangements are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Section 409A Considerations

Another section of the Code, Section 409A, affects the manner by which deferred compensation opportunities are offered to our employees because Section 409A requires, among other things, that “non-qualified deferred compensation” be structured in a manner that limits employees’ abilities to accelerate or further defer certain kinds of deferred compensation. To the extent any of our existing compensation arrangements are subject to Section 409A of the Code, we intend to operate them in accordance with the applicable rules thereunder, and we will continue to review and amend our compensation arrangements if necessary to comply with Section 409A. We do not provide for excise tax gross-ups under Section 409, Section 280G or otherwise to our executive officers and do not expect to do so in the future.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We follow Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718, for our equity-based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to calculate the grant date “fair value” of their equity-based awards using a variety of assumptions. ASC 718 also requires companies to recognize the compensation cost of their equity-based awards in their income statements over the period that an

 

167


Table of Contents

associate is required to render service in exchange for the award. Future grants of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other equity-based awards under our equity incentive award plans will be accounted for under ASC 718. We anticipate that the Compensation and Nominating Committee will regularly consider the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

Policy Prohibiting Hedging and Pledging

We consider it improper and inappropriate for our directors, officers and other employees to engage in any transactions that hedge or offset, or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the value of our securities. As such, prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt an insider trading policy that will prohibit all our directors, officers and other employees from engaging in any speculative or hedging transactions or any other transactions that are designed to offset any decrease in the value of our securities. Our insider trading policy will also prohibit all our directors, officers and other employees from holding our securities in a margin account or pledging our securities as collateral for a loan. None of our directors or executive officers has pledged shares of our stock as collateral for a loan or holds shares of our stock in a margin account.

The Compensation and Nominating Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management and based on the review and discussions, the Compensation and Nominating Committee recommended to the Company’s board of directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus.

The Compensation and Nominating Committee of Instructure Holdings, Inc.

Charles Goodman

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

 

168


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
    Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(1)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
Compensation
($)
 

Steve Daly(2)

CEO

    2020       232,386             273,898       1,303,870 (11)      9,931,000 (14)      1,000 (16)      11,742,154  

Dale Bowen(3)

CFO

    2020       242,917             150,370       12,055 (11)      2,863,000 (14)      51,000 (16)      3,319,342  

Matthew A. Kaminer

    2020       319,967       700 (10)      180,825       24,110 (11)      1,431,500 (14)      3,168,538 (16)      5,125,640  

CLO

    2019       266,667                   4,604,106 (12)            101,093 (17)      4,971,866  
    2018       273,000                   447,036 (13)      299,986 (15)      1,090 (18)      1,021,112  

Frank Maylett(4)

    2020       892,854 (7)                        1,431,500 (14)      1,162,496 (16)      3,486,850  

CRO

    2019       189,780 (8)                  3,167,567 (12)            1,095 (17)      3,358,442  

Mitch Benson

    2020       290,000       700 (10)      145,680             1,431,500 (14)      349,488 (16)      2,217,368  

CPO

    2019       241,689 (9)            74,400       876,104 (12)            51,093 (17)      1,243,286  
    2018       229,167             80,507       225,960 (13)            1,090 (18)      536,724  

Daniel T. Goldsmith(5)

    2020       78,833                               11,233,344 (16)      11,312,177  

Former CEO

    2019       391,233                   16,764,044 (12)            1,093 (17)      17,156,370  
    2018       247,500                   5,951,807 (13)      1,999,980 (15)      1,258 (18)      8,200,545  

Steven B. Kaminsky(6)

    2020       78,650                               8,412,077 (16)      8,490,727  

Former CFO

    2019       295,500                   7,909,587 (12)            1,396 (17)      8,206,483  
    2018       316,833                   735,494 (13)      499,993 (15)      1,258 (18)      1,553,578  

 

(1)

Other than with respect to Mr. Maylett, the amounts in this column for 2020 reflect amounts earned in 2020, which were paid during 2021, under the 2020 Bonus Plan based on the achievement of Company goals. For 2020, our Board determined that each of Messrs. Daly, Bowen, Kaminer and Benson was entitled to 121.4% of his Incentive Target. Mr. Maylett did not participate in the 2020 Bonus Plan. Mr. Maylett had the potential to earn sales commissions based on the achievement of sales targets.

In January 2019, our compensation committee met and decided that for Messrs. Kaminer, Goldsmith and Kaminsky, the Company would (a) pay the bonus amounts earned for 2018 performance in the form of RSU awards and (b) grant multi-year RSU awards in lieu of, among other things, establishing an annual bonus plan for the 2019 performance year. As such, Messrs. Kaminer, Goldsmith and Kaminsky did not receive annual bonuses or other non-equity incentive plan compensation for the 2018 or 2019 performance years.

 

(2)

Mr. Daly was appointed as the Company’s CEO, effective as of July 1, 2020.

Mr. Daly provides services as a member of our Board and received additional compensation in 2020 for such services prior to his appointment as our CEO. The amount included in the “Salary” column for Mr. Daly includes $12,500 received in connection with his services as a Director. The value reported for Mr. Daly in the “Option Awards” column includes $180,000 for the value of a grant of Management Incentive Units provided to Mr. Daly in connection with his service as a member of the Company’s Board. Following his appointment as our CEO, Mr. Daly no longer receives additional compensation for his services as a member of our Board.

 

(3)

Mr. Bowen was appointed as the Company’s CFO, effective as of April 1, 2020.

(4)

Mr. Maylett was appointed as the Company’s CRO, effective as of August 19, 2019.

(5)

Mr. Goldsmith resigned from the Company, effective as of March 6, 2020.

(6)

Mr. Kaminsky retired from the Company, effective as of March 25, 2020.

(7)

The amount included in the “Salary” column for 2020 for Mr. Maylett represents base salary payments of $319,000 and sales commissions totaling approximately $573,854.

(8)

The amount included in the “Salary” column for 2019 for Mr. Maylett represents base salary payments of $93,500 and sales commissions totaling approximately $96,280.

(9)

The amount included in the “Salary” column for 2019 for Mr. Benson represents base salary payments of $238,333 and a one-time sales commission payment totaling approximately $3,356.

 

169


Table of Contents
(10)

The amounts included in the “Bonus” column for 2020 represent $700 cash bonuses paid to Mr. Kaminer for reaching five years of employment with the Company and to Mr. Benson for reaching five years of employment with the Company.

(11)

The amounts reported in the “Stock Awards” column for 2020 reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for the Granted Units (as defined below) for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The amounts included in this column are as follows:

 

Name

   Granted
Units (#)
     Granted
Units ($)
 

Steve Daly

     360,000        1,303,870  

Dale Bowen

     36,000        12,055  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     72,000        24,110  

 

(12)

The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column for 2019 reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each restricted stock unit award granted during the 2019 fiscal year (prior to the Take-Private Transaction), computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with no estimates for future forfeitures, which value is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. The amounts also include amounts earned in 2018 under our 2018 bonus plan, which were paid in RSUs in lieu of cash during 2019, based on the achievement of Company goals. For 2018, our Board of Directors determined that each of Mr. Goldsmith, Mr. Kaminsky and Mr. Kaminer was entitled to 103% of his target bonus. To accommodate for the delayed vesting of the RSUs, the Compensation and Nominating Committee set the value of the RSUs at 125% of the amount of the performance-based cash bonus earned.

(13)

The amounts in the “Stock Awards” column for 2018 reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each restricted stock unit award granted during the 2018 fiscal year (prior to the Take-Private Transaction), computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 with no estimates for future forfeitures, which value is based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant.

(14)

The amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column for 2020 reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for Management Incentive Units and Director Units (each as defined below) for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The amounts included in this column are as follows:

 

Name

   Management
Incentive Unit
(#)
     Management
Incentive Unit
($)
 

Steve Daly

     2,450,000        9,751,000  

Steve Daly (Director Units)

     50,000        180,000  

Dale Bowen

     700,000        2,863,000  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     350,000        1,431,500  

Frank Maylett

     350,000        1,431,500  

Mitch Benson

     350,000        1,431,500  

 

(15)

The amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column for 2018 reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of each option award granted during the 2018 fiscal year (prior to the Take-Private Transaction), computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts are described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018. These amounts include each option award granted during 2018, including Mr. Goldsmith’s new hire equity grant, Mr. Kaminsky and Mr. Kaminer’s 2018 annual refresh equity grants.

(16)

The amounts included in the “All Other Compensation” column for 2020 include the following:

 

Name

   Merger
Awards ($)
     Severance
($)
     401(k)
Match ($)
     Total ($)  

Steve Daly

                   1,000        1,000  

Dale Bowen

                   1,000        1,000  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     3,167,538               1,000        3,168,538  

Frank Maylett

     1,161,496               1,000        1,162,496  

Mitch Benson

     348,488               1,000        349,488  

Daniel T. Goldsmith

     10,865,677        366,667        1,000        11,233,344  

Steven B. Kaminsky

     8,138,827        272,250        1,000        8,412,077  

 

170


Table of Contents

The amounts included in the “Merger Awards” column represent the amounts paid to the NEOs in respect of Merger Awards (as defined below) as consideration for vested equity awards at the time of the Take-Private Transaction and amounts that were paid as consideration for unvested equity awards that subsequently met the vesting conditions in 2020 and were paid out following the Take-Private Transaction.

The amounts included in the “Severance” column are amounts paid to Mr. Goldsmith and Mr. Kaminsky in 2020 in connection with their respective terminations of employment. For additional information with respect to such severance payments and benefits, see “Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control.”

In addition, Mr. Bowen received a $50,000 relocation bonus in connection with his appointment to CFO in 2020.

 

(17)

The amounts included in the “All Other Compensation” column for 2019 include the following:

 

Name

   Transaction
Bonus ($)
     Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
     401(k)
Match ($)
     Total ($)  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     100,000        93        1,000        101,093  

Frank Maylett

            95        1,000        1,095  

Mitch Benson

     50,000        93        1,000        51,093  

Daniel T. Goldsmith

            93        1,000        1,093  

Steven B. Kaminsky

            396        1,000        1,396  

The amounts included in the “Transaction Bonus” column represent payments made to Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Benson in connection with the Take-Private Transaction.

 

(18)

The amounts included in the “All Other Compensation” column for 2018 include the following:

 

Name

   Life
Insurance
Premiums
($)
     401(k)
Match ($)
     Total ($)  

Matthew A. Kaminer

     90        1,000        1,090  

Mitch Benson

     90        1,000        1,090  

Daniel T. Goldsmith

     258        1,000        1,258  

Steven B. Kaminsky

     258        1,000        1,258  

 

171


Table of Contents

2020 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to grants of plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2020 with respect to our NEOs. Please see the “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” below for additional information about the vesting parameters and other material terms applicable to equity awards reflected in the table immediately below.

 

              Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan(1)
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
    All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number of
Shares
of Stock
or Units
(#)
    Grant date
fair value
of stock
and option
awards ($)
 

Name and Principal
Position

 

Award Type

  Grant Date     Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
    Threshold
(#)
    Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
 

Steve Daly

  Granted Units     7/1/2020                                           72,000       24,110 (2) 

CEO

  Granted Units     11/23/2020                                           288,000       1,279,760 (2) 
  Director Units     5/1/2020                                           50,000       180,000 (3) 
  Management Incentive Units     8/4/2020                               1,225,000       1,225,000       1,225,000       9,751,000 (3) 
  2020 Bonus Plan           225,000       450,000       675,000                                

Dale Bowen

  Granted Units     7/1/2020                                           36,000       12,055 (2) 

CFO

  Management Incentive Units     8/15/2020                               350,000       350,000       350,000       2,863,000 (3) 
  2020 Bonus Plan           82,500       165,000       247,500                                

Matthew A. Kaminer

  Granted Units     7/1/2020                                           72,000       24,110 (2) 

CLO

  Management Incentive Units     8/15/2020                               175,000       175,000       175,000       1,431,500 (3) 
  2020 Bonus Plan           74,475       148,950       223,425                                

Frank Maylett

CRO

  Management Incentive Units     8/15/2020                               175,000       175,000       175,000       1,431,500 (3) 

Mitch Benson

CPO

  Management Incentive Units     8/15/2020                               175,000       175,000       175,000       1,431,500 (3) 
  2020 Bonus Plan           60,000       120,000       180,000                                

 

(1)

The amounts reported in these columns reflect the performance-based bonus opportunity under our 2020 Bonus Plan, the terms of which are summarized under “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of Compensation” above.

(2)

The values reported reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for the Granted Units for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)

The values reported reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for Management Incentive Units and Director Units for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Current Offer Letters with NEOs

We have entered into offer letters with each of our NEOs. The offer letters generally provide for at-will employment and set forth the NEOs initial base salary, initial equity grant amount, and eligibility for employee benefits. In addition, each of our NEOs has executed our standard proprietary information and inventions agreement. Mr. Daly’s offer letter (the “Daly Offer Letter”), Mr. Bowen’s offer letter (the “Bowen Offer Letter”) and Mr. Benson’s offer letter (the “Benson Offer Letter”) also provide eligibility for severance payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. For additional information with respect to such severance payments and benefits, see “Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control.”

 

172


Table of Contents

Executive Agreements

Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Maylett are each party to an executive agreement with the Company that provides for at-will employment and eligibility for severance payments and benefits upon certain qualifying terminations of employment (the “Executive Agreements”). For additional information with respect to such severance payments and benefits, see “Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control.”

Goldsmith Separation Agreement

The Company entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Goldsmith (the “Goldsmith Separation Agreement”), which generally provided for Mr. Goldsmith’s resignation on March 6, 2020 after a brief transition period and certain severance payments and benefits in exchange for his general release of claims in favor of the Company. For additional information with respect to such severance payments and benefits, see “Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control.”

Kaminsky Release Agreement

The Company entered into a release agreement with Mr. Kaminsky (the “Kaminsky Release Agreement”), which generally provided for Mr. Kaminsky’s general release of claims in favor of the Company in exchange for payments provided to Mr. Kaminsky under an executive agreement he had entered into with the Company. For additional information with respect to such severance payments and benefits, see “Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control.”

Merger Awards

Prior to the Take-Private Transaction, each of Messrs. Kaminer, Maylett, Goldsmith and Kaminsky held restricted stock units and/or stock option awards under Instructure’s then existing equity incentive plans. In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, (a) all vested equity awards granted under Instructure’s then existing equity incentive plans, including stock options and restricted stock unit awards were cancelled and converted into cash consideration equal to $49.00 multiplied by the number of shares subject to the vested equity award (less the applicable per share exercise price of those vested shares, with respect to any options), subject to any required tax withholdings, payable shortly after the closing of the merger and (b) all unvested equity awards were cancelled and converted into cash consideration equal to $49.00 multiplied by the number of shares subject to the unvested equity award (less the applicable per share exercise price of those unvested shares, with respect to any options), subject to any required tax withholdings, which consideration was subject to generally the same terms as the corresponding, cancelled equity award, including vesting conditions (each such cash award being a “Merger Award”).

Granted Units

Mr. Daly, Mr. Bowen and Mr. Kaminer each entered into co-invest agreements with TopCo (the “Employee Co-Invest Agreements”), pursuant to which, the NEO purchased Class A Units of TopCo. In addition to the Class A Units purchased by Mr. Daly, Mr. Bowen and Mr. Kaminer under the Employee Co-Invest Agreements, each of Mr. Daly, Mr. Bowen and Mr. Kaminer received Granted Units which were treated as compensation to the NEO.

Management Incentive Units

Messrs. Daly, Bowen, Kaminer, Maylett and Benson are each party to an Incentive Equity Grant Agreement that provides for the grant of Class B Units of TopCo that are intended to constitute “profits interests” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“Management Incentive Units”), which represent the right to share in any increase in the equity value of the company that exceeds a specified threshold. The Management Incentive Units (other

 

173


Table of Contents

than Mr. Daly’s Director Units summarized below) generally vest (a) 50% subject solely to time-based vesting (“Time Units”), over a four-year period, with 25% of the Time Units vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of such units, and with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the three year period thereafter, in each case subject to the NEO’s continued employment with TopCo or one of its subsidiaries through the applicable vesting date and (b) 50% subject to both time- and performance-based vesting (“Performance Units”), measured according to the achievement by TopCo of an actual EBITDA (as defined in the Incentive Equity Grant Agreements) that equals or exceeds certain EBITDA targets, in each case subject to the NEO’s continued employment with TopCo or one of its subsidiaries through the applicable vesting date.

Mr. Daly received an additional grant of Management Incentive Units in connection with his service as a director (the “Director Units”). The Director Units are solely subject to time-based vesting and vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the Management Incentive Units vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of such units, and with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the three year period thereafter, in each case subject to Mr. Daly’s continued board service through the applicable vesting date.

Our Compensation and Nominating Committee is engaged in ongoing discussions regarding the treatment of Management Incentive Units and Director Units in connection with this offering and is considering the conversion of all such awards into awards issued or issuable into shares of our common stock.

Outstanding Equity Awards At 2020 Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards held as of December 31, 2020 by each of the NEOs.

 

            Option Awards(1)  
     Grant Date      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)(4)
     Option
Expiration
Date(5)
 

Steve Daly

     8/4/2020               2,450,000 (2)              

CEO

     4/14/2020               50,000 (3)              

Dale Bowen

CFO

     8/15/2020               700,000 (2)              

Matthew A. Kaminer

CLO

     8/15/2020               350,000 (2)              

Frank Maylett

CRO

     8/15/2020               350,000 (2)              

Mitch Benson,

CPO

     8/15/2020               350,000 (2)              

 

(1)

Amounts listed are Management Incentive Units issued to our Named Executive Officers. See “Narrative to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Management Incentive Units” for additional information.

(2)

The Management Incentive Units are subject to both time- and performance-based vesting. For additional information with respect to the vesting terms of the Management Incentive Units, see “Narrative to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Management Incentive Units.”

(3)

The Director Units are subject to time-based vesting. For additional information with respect to the vesting terms of the Management Incentive Units, see “Narrative to Summary Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Management Incentive Units.”

 

174


Table of Contents
(4)

There is no exercise price associated with Management Incentive Units. Management Incentive Units generally participate in distributions attributable to the appreciation in the fair market value of TopCo, or profits of TopCo, after their respective dates of grant.

(5)

The Management Incentive Units and Director Units have no expiration date.

Options Exercised and Stock Vested

The Company does not issue stock options to any of its employees. None of the Management Incentive Units vested during fiscal year 2020.

Pension Benefits

Our NEOs did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension plan sponsored by the Company during the 2020 fiscal year. For a description of the Company’s 401(k) plan, see the description in the notes to our financial statement included in this prospectus.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our NEOs did not participate in or have account balances in nonqualified defined contribution plans or other nonqualified deferred compensation plans maintained by us.

Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control

Offer Letters

The Daly Offer Letter provides, upon a termination of Mr. Daly by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the Daly Offer Letter), eligibility for severance of (a) continued installments of Mr. Daly’s then current base salary for twelve months following his separation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule and (b) subsidized COBRA premiums for up to six months following the separation date; in each case subject to Mr. Daly’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

The Bowen Offer Letter and the Benson Offer Letter each provide, upon a termination of the NEO by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the applicable agreement), eligibility for severance of (a) continued installments of the NEO’s then current base salary for six months following his separation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule and (b) subsidized COBRA premiums for up to six months following the separation date; in each case subject to the NEO’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

Executive Agreements

Each of the Executive Agreements provide, upon a termination of Mr. Kaminer or Mr. Maylett by the Company without “cause” or a resignation by Mr. Kaminer or Mr. Maylett for “good reason” (each as defined in the Executive Agreement), in either case within three months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of a “change in control” (as defined in the Executive Agreement)), in connection with, or within twelve months following the effective date of a “change in control” (a “CIC Termination”), eligibility for severance of (a) for Mr. Kaminer, (i) continued installments of Mr. Kaminer’s then current base salary for nine months following his separation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule; (ii) if the CIC Termination occurs on or after March 31 in a calendar year, a lump sum amount equal to 80% of Mr. Kaminer’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months employed in the year of separation; (iii) reimbursement of COBRA premium for up to nine months following the separation date; and (iv) full vesting of all outstanding unvested stock awards then held by Mr. Kaminer immediately prior to the date of separation (except for the Management

 

175


Table of Contents

Incentive Units described below), and (b) for Mr. Maylett, (i) continued installments of Mr. Maylett’s then current base salary for nine months following his separation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, (ii) reimbursement of COBRA premium for up to six months following the separation date and (iii) full vesting of 75% of all outstanding unvested stock awards then held by Mr. Maylett immediately prior to the date of separation (except for the Management Incentive Units described below); in each case subject to the NEO’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

Upon a termination of Mr. Kaminer or Mr. Maylett by the Company without “cause” or a resignation by Mr. Kaminer or Mr. Maylett for “good reason” that is not a CIC Termination, Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Maylett are respectively eligible for severance of (a) six months of the NEO’s then current base salary in accordance with the regular payroll schedule, (b) a lump sum amount equal to 80% of the NEO’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months prior to the date of separation in such calendar year of separation; and (c) a reimbursement of COBRA premium for up to six months following the separation date; in each case subject to the timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company. Because Mr. Maylett is eligible to receive sales commissions, he does not currently have a target bonus amount. Additionally, in connection with the Take-Private Transaction, Mr. Kaminer’s Executive Agreement was amended, such that upon a termination of his employment by the company without “cause,” his resignation for “good reason” (each as defined in his Executive Agreement), or due to his death or becoming incapacitated, he is eligible to receive full acceleration of all of his unvested Merger Awards, with any such amounts becoming payable in a lump sum no later than March 15th of the year following any such termination, subject to his timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

Goldsmith Separation Agreement

The Goldsmith Separation Agreement provided Mr. Goldsmith with (a) a severance payment equal to $440,000, payable in equal installments over the twelve month period following his resignation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule; (b) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to twelve months following his resignation; (c) support from our Board in Mr. Goldsmith’s search for subsequent employment; and (d) reimbursement for up to $10,000 of reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the Goldsmith Separation Agreement and the Waiver Agreement (as defined below); in each case subject to Mr. Goldsmith’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and compliance with obligations under the separation agreement. Pursuant to the Goldsmith Separation Agreement, Mr. Goldsmith further acknowledged that, in lieu of any acceleration of any outstanding stock awards in connection with the termination of Mr. Goldsmith’s employment, all of the outstanding Prior Awards would be subject to Amended and Restated Waiver of Certain CIC Benefits (the “Waiver Agreement”), pursuant to which, Mr. Goldsmith waived any and all rights to the acceleration of vesting of any outstanding stock awards as a result of his termination, except as provided in the Waiver Agreement.

Kaminsky Release Agreement

In exchange for a general release of claims in favor of the Company under the Kaminsky Release Agreement, the Company provided Mr. Kaminsky with (a) a severance payment equal to nine months of his then current base salary, payable in equal installments over the nine month period following his separation in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule; (b) reimbursement of COBRA premiums for up to nine months following his separation; and (c) accelerated vesting of all of his unvested equity awards; in each case subject to Mr. Kaminsky’s execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims and compliance with obligations under the separation agreement.

Management Incentive Units

In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in the Incentive Equity Grant Agreement), (a) all unvested Time Units and Director Units for Mr. Daly and 50% of the unvested Time Units for Messrs. Bowen, Kaminer,

 

176


Table of Contents

Maylett and Benson will accelerate and fully vest and (b) all unvested Performance Units for Mr. Daly and 50% of the unvested Performance Units for Messrs. Bowen, Kaminer, Maylett and Benson, other than, in each case, Performance Units with respect to an Unvested Year or a Forfeited Year, will accelerate and fully vest; in each case if the NEO remains employed with TopCo or its subsidiaries through the consummation of such “change in control.”

Following an NEO’s termination of employment (or, for Mr. Daly’s Director Units, a termination of service), (a) any of the NEO’s unvested Management Incentive Units will be forfeited for no consideration and (b) any of the NEO’s vested Management Incentive Units will generally be subject to repurchase by TopCo or Thoma Bravo at fair market value.

Granted Units

Following Mr. Daly’s, Mr. Bowen’s or Mr. Kaminer’s termination of employment, TopCo or Thoma Bravo has the option to purchase some or all of the NEOs’ Granted Units (a) at the lower of fair market value or original cost upon a termination for “cause” or (b) at fair market value upon any termination other than for “cause.”

Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control

The precise amount that each NEO below would receive cannot be determined with certainty until a qualifying termination or change in control has occurred. However, the table below provides estimates of the amounts each NEO would have received if a qualifying termination and/or a change in control had occurred on December 31, 2020.

 

Name(1)

 

Event

  Salary
Continuation
($)
    Pro-Rated
Bonus ($)
    Continued
Health
Benefits
($)
    Acceleration
of Equity
Awards
($)(2)
    Total
Payments
($)
 

Steve Daly

CEO

  Change in Control                       13,100,000 (6)      13,100,000  
  Termination Without Cause     450,000             8,890             458,890  

Dale Bowen

CFO

  Change in Control                       1,834,000 (6)      1,834,000  
  Termination Without Cause     165,000             8,890             173,890  

Matthew A. Kaminer

CLO

  Change in Control                       917,000 (6)      917,000  
  CIC Termination(3)     248,250       119,160       13,334       1,684,149 (7)      2,064,893  
  Non-CIC Termination(4)     165,500       119,160       8,890       1,684,149 (7)      1,977,699  

Frank Maylett,

CRO

  Change in Control                       917,000 (6)      917,000  
  CIC Termination(3)     247,500             8,890       1,916,513 (8)      2,172,903  
  Non-CIC Termination(4)     165,000             8,890             173,890  

Mitch Benson,

CPO

  Change in Control                       917,000 (6)      917,000  
  Termination Without Cause     150,000             13,577             163,577  

Daniel T. Goldsmith

Former CEO

  Voluntary Resignation(5)     440,000             20,490       10,865,677       11,326,167  

Steven B. Kaminsky

Former CFO

  Retirement(5)     272,250             10,706       8,138,827       8,421,783  

 

(1)

Messrs. Daly, Bowen and Benson are each party to an offer letter and Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Maylett are party to Executive Agreements that in each case provide eligibility for severance in the event of certain qualifying terminations

 

177


Table of Contents
  of employment as described in further detail above. Each of our NEOs is party to one or more Incentive Equity Grant Agreements that each provide certain acceleration of unvested Management Incentive Units and Director Units in connection with a change in control of TopCo as described in further detail above.
(2)

The market value of the Management Incentive Units and Director Units as of December 31, 2020 is not determinable. Accordingly, the values reflected above are estimates based on our most recent valuation of TopCo units that was prepared on November 30, 2020 for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(3)

The “CIC Termination” values reflect amounts that Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Maylett would have been eligible for in the event of a termination of employment without “cause” or a resignation for “good reason” occurring on December 31, 2020, if such termination had been within three months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of a “change in control” of the Company), in connection with, or within twelve months following the effective date of such “change in control,” as described in further detail above.

(4)

The “Non-CIC Termination” values reflect amounts that Mr. Kaminer and Mr. Maylett would have been eligible for in the event of a termination of employment without “cause” or a resignation for “good reason” (as well as, for the “Acceleration of Equity Awards” for Mr. Kaminer, a termination due to Mr. Kaminer’s death or becoming incapacitated) occurring on December 31, 2020 that was not a CIC Termination, as described in further detail above.

(5)

The amounts set forth for Mr. Goldsmith and Mr. Kaminsky are actual amounts paid or to be paid as provided in the Goldsmith Separation Agreement and the Kaminsky Release Agreement, each as summarized above.

(6)

The amounts shown reflect the acceleration of Management Incentive Units and Director Units as provided in the Incentive Equity Grant Agreement described in further detail above. None of our NEOs is eligible for acceleration of unvested Merger Awards upon the occurrence of a change in control.

(7)

The amount shown reflects acceleration in full of all of Mr. Kaminer’s unvested Merger Awards as of December 31, 2020, as provided in the amended Executive Agreement described in further detail above.

(8)

The amount shown reflects acceleration of 75% of Mr. Maylett’s unvested Merger Awards as of December 31, 2020, as provided in Executive Agreement described in further detail above.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our Board during 2020. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our Board in 2020.

 

Name

   Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash ($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Total ($)  

Charles Goodman

     250,000 (2)      1,080,000        1,330,000  

Erik Akopiantz

     37,500       288,000        325,500  

 

(1)

The amounts reported in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate dollar amounts recognized for Management Incentive Units for financial statement reporting purposes for the 2020 fiscal year (disregarding any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus The Management Incentive Units provided to each of the directors listed above are one-time grants that are solely subject to time-based vesting and vest over a four-year period, with 25% of the Management Incentive Units vesting on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of such units, and with the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments over the three year period thereafter, in each case subject to the director’s continued board service through the applicable vesting date and with automatic acceleration of any unvested Management Incentive Units upon the occurrence of a “change in control.” The amounts included in this column are as follows:

 

Name

   Management
Incentive Unit (#)
     Management
Incentive Unit ($)
 

Charles Goodman

     300,000        1,080,000  

Erik Akopiantz

     80,000        288,000  

 

178


Table of Contents
(2)

The cash fees provided to Mr. Goodman in 2020 included (a) $100,000 of annual director fees and (b) a one-time cash payment equal to $150,000.

Non-Employee Director Policy

We do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensating our non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the completion of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our Board and committees of our Board.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

We will adopt provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for any of the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

   

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also will provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and may indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our amended and restated bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our charter documents. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

Pay Ratio

As a result of the rules adopted by the SEC under the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to disclose the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the annual total compensation of our median employee, using certain permitted methodologies. To determine our CEO pay ratio and our median employee, we took the following steps:

 

   

We identified our median employee utilizing data as of December 31, 2020 (the “Determination Date”) by examining the total amount of compensation as reflected in our payroll records (“Total Compensation”) for all individuals, excluding our CEO, who were employed by us on the

 

179


Table of Contents
 

Determination Date. Total Compensation was calculated using the same methodology we used for our NEOs as set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table”. We included all employees, whether employed on a full-time, part-time, seasonal or temporary basis.

 

   

We did not make any material assumptions, adjustments, or estimates with respect to total compensation. We did not annualize the compensation for any employees.

 

   

We included non-U.S. employees by converting their total compensation to U.S. Dollars from the applicable local currency.

 

   

We believe the use of total compensation for all employees is a consistently applied compensation measure because the SEC released guidance providing that compensation determined based on the Company’s tax and/or payroll records is an appropriate consistently applied compensation measure.

 

   

After identifying the median employee based on total compensation, we calculated annual total compensation for that employee using the same methodology we used for our NEOs as set forth in the “Summary Compensation Table” in this proxy statement. The annual total compensation of our median employee for 2020 was $62,785.

 

   

The annual total compensation of our CEO for 2020 was $11,742,154.

Our pay ratio may not be comparable to the CEO pay ratios presented by other companies. We believe our methodology most accurately reflects the incentives provided to our executives and employees in their roles at the Company. Based on the methodology described above, for 2020, the ratio of the annual total compensation of our CEO to the annual total compensation of the median employee (other than our CEO) is 187:1.

Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, the 2021 Plan, pursuant to which employees, consultants and directors of our company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, will be eligible to receive awards. We anticipate that the 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, bonus stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, substitute awards, annual incentive awards and performance awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our stockholders. The following description of the 2021 Plan is based on the form we anticipate will be adopted, but since the 2021 Plan has not yet been adopted, the provisions remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final 2021 Plan once adopted, a copy of which in substantially final form has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

In connection with its approval by the Board and adoption by our stockholders, we will reserve              shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2021 Plan. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2021 Plan:

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and

 

   

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).

 

180


Table of Contents

Administration

The 2021 Plan will be administered by our Compensation and Nominating Committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 2021 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Awards under the 2021 Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees, consultants and directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. The Compensation and Nominating Committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award.

Term

The 2021 Plan will terminate ten years from the date our Board approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our Board.

Award Forms and Limitations

The 2021 Plan authorizes the award of stock awards, performance awards and other cash-based awards. An aggregate of              shares will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“ISOs”) under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be                 .

Stock Options

The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. All options other than ISOs may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each option to purchase stock must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2021 Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation and Nominating Committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2021 Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the SARs. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the SAR is granted. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation and Nominating Committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. The Compensation and Nominating Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

 

181


Table of Contents

Performance Awards

A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Other Cash-Based Awards

The Compensation and Nominating Committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

Additional Provisions

Awards granted under the 2021 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our committee, awards that are non-ISOs or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the non-ISOs or SARs by a permitted transfer. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the Compensation and Nominating Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the highest price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and SARs may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of the division of stock and similar transactions.

Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In connection with the offering, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2021 ESPP, the material terms of which are summarized below. This summary is not a complete description of all of the provisions of the 2021 ESPP and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2021 ESPP, a copy of which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The 2021 ESPP authorizes the grant of options to employees that are intended to qualify for favorable U.S. federal tax treatment under Section 423 of the Code.

Shares Available for Awards; Administration

A total of              shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2021 ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 ESPP will be increased annually on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2022 and ending in and including 2031, by an amount equal to the lesser of (A) 1% of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our Board. In no event will more than              shares of our common stock be available for issuance under the 2021 ESPP. Our Board or a committee of our Board will administer and will have authority to interpret the terms of the 2021 ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the Compensation and Nominating Committee will be the initial administrator of the 2021 ESPP.

 

182


Table of Contents

Eligibility

We expect that all of our employees will be eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2021 ESPP if the employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock.

Grant of Rights

Stock will be offered under the 2021 ESPP during offering periods. Each offering will consist of a six-month offering period commencing on January 1 and July 1. The plan administrator may, at its discretion, choose a different length of the offer period not to exceed twenty-seven months. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The 2021 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period will be              shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the 2021 ESPP at any time during a specified period prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant’s termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2021 ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and rights granted under the 2021 ESPP are generally exercisable only by the participant.

Certain Transactions

In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common stock, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2021 ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants’ accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan Amendment

The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the 2021 ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment that increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the 2021 ESPP or changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the 2021 ESPP.

 

183


Table of Contents

Principal Stockholders

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2021 giving effect to the transactions described in “Prospectus Summary—Corporation Organization” to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the common stock in this offering, for

 

   

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock immediately prior to this offering;

 

   

each of our directors and director nominees;

 

   

each of our Named Executive Officers; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

Each stockholder’s percentage ownership before the offering is based on common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2021. Each stockholder’s percentage ownership after the offering is based on common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering. We have granted the underwriters an over-allotment option to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock.

Beneficial ownership for the purposes of the following table is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting thereof, or to dispose or direct the disposition thereof or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. Common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable and restricted stock units that have vested or will vest within 60 days of June 30, 2021 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or restricted stock units. These shares, however, are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each beneficial owner listed on the table is c/o 6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700, Salt Lake City, Utah 84121. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

184


Table of Contents
    Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering  

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
    Percentage     Number of
Shares
    No Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
    Full Exercise of
Underwriters’
Option
 
  Percentage     Percentage  

5% Stockholders:

                       

Thoma Bravo(1)

         

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

         

Steve Daly

         

Dale Bowen

         

Matthew A. Kaminer

         

Frank Maylett

         

Mitch Benson

         

Charles Goodman

         

Erik Akopiantz

         

Ossa Fisher

         

James Hutter

         

Brian Jaffee

         

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

         

Daniel T. Goldsmith

         

Steven B. Kaminsky

         

Directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (14 individuals)

         

 

(1)

Consists of                shares held directly by Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P. (“TB Exec Fund”),                shares held directly by Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P. (“TB Fund XIII”), and                shares held directly by Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P. (“TB Fund XIII-A”). Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P. (“TB Partners XIII”) is the general partner of each of TB Exec Fund, TB Fund XIII and TB Fund XIII-A. Thoma Bravo is the ultimate general partner of TB Partners XIII. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, Thoma Bravo may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held directly by TB Exec Fund, TB Fund XIII and TB Fund XIII-A. The principal business address of the entities identified herein is c/o Thoma Bravo, L.P., 150 North Riverside Plaza, Suite 2800, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

185


Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

   

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

   

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

 

   

the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director;

 

   

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

 

   

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

 

   

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

In addition, under our code of business conduct and ethics, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, our employees and directors will have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of the Company’s written related party transactions policy (which policy will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering), but all were approved by our Board considering similar factors to those described above.

Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and Named Executive Officers, which are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since January 1, 2018 to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Agreements and Transactions Related to the Take-Private Transaction

As a result of the completion of the Take-Private Transaction on March 24, 2020, we are directly owned by Instructure Parent, LP, a Delaware limited partnership, which is controlled by Thoma Bravo.

Upon the close of the Take-Private Transaction, Charles Goodman, Erik Akopiantz, James Hutter, Brian Jaffee, Paul Holden Spaht, Jr. became members of our Board and have dual responsibilities with Thoma Bravo.

 

186


Table of Contents

On March 24, 2020, we entered into an advisory services agreement with Thoma Bravo, pursuant to which the Company engaged Thoma Bravo as a financial, transactional and management consultant. Under the services agreement, and to the extent permitted under the Credit Agreement, we must reimburse the travel expenses and out-of-pocket fees and expenses in performing the ongoing services. We paid $0.1 million pursuant to the reimbursement provision in 2020. The advisory services agreement will be terminated in connection with this offering.

Employment of a Family Member

The spouse of Mitch Benson, our Chief Product Officer, is an employee of the Company. Mr. Benson has been an employee of the Company since 2014 and our Chief Product Officer since August 2019. His spouse, Ms. Tara Gunther, has been an employee of the Company since 2014. Her 2020 base salary and short-term incentive award was approximately $209,000 in the aggregate. Ms. Gunther held RSUs that were converted into cash awards in the Take-Private Transaction with a value of approximately $102,000 that vested in 2020, and was granted a 2020 target long-term incentive award with a value of approximately $133,000. She also received benefits generally available to all employees. The compensation for Ms. Gunther was determined in accordance with our standard employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with similar responsibilities and positions.

Director Nomination Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Director Nomination Agreement with Thoma Bravo that provides Thoma Bravo the right to designate nominees for election to our Board for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns     % or more of the total number of shares of our common stock that it owns as of the completion of this offering. Thoma Bravo may also assign its designation rights under the Director Nomination Agreement to an affiliate.

The Director Nomination Agreement will provide Thoma Bravo the right to designate: (i) all of the nominees for election to our Board for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns     % or more of the total number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Thoma Bravo upon completion of this offering, as adjusted for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or similar changes in the Company’s capitalization, or such amount of shares, as adjusted (the “Original Amount”); (ii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least     % and less than     % of the Original Amount; (iii) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least     % and less than     % of the Original Amount; (iv) a number of directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equal to     % of the total directors for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least     % and less than     % of the Original Amount; and (v)                  director for so long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns at least     % and less than     % of the Original Amount. In each case, Thoma Bravo’s nominees must comply with applicable law and stock exchange rules. In addition, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of its board designees whose board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term regardless of Thoma Bravo’s beneficial ownership at such time. Thoma Bravo shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The Director Nomination Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo. This agreement will terminate at such time as Thoma Bravo owns less than          % of the Original Amount.

Registration Rights Agreement

We are party to a registration rights agreement with Thoma Bravo in connection with this offering. Thoma Bravo will be entitled to request that we register Thoma Bravo’s shares on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.”

 

187


Table of Contents

Thoma Bravo will also be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay Thoma Bravo’s expenses in connection with Thoma Bravo’s exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph will apply to (i) shares of our common stock held by Thoma Bravo and its affiliates and (ii) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the common stock described in clause (i) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions (“Registrable Securities”). These registration rights will also be for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, any Registrable Securities held by a person other than Thoma Bravo and its affiliates will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, we may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.

 

188


Table of Contents

Description of Certain Indebtedness

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the Credit Agreement governing certain of our outstanding indebtedness. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions of certain of our outstanding indebtedness is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Credit Facilities

On March 24, 2020 (which, for purposes of this section, will be referred to as the “Closing Date”) we entered into a Credit Agreement with a syndicate of lenders and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Golub Capital Markets LLC and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers, which we refer to as the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan”) in an original aggregate principal amount of $775.0 million, which was supplemented by an incremental term loan pursuant to the First Incremental Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2020, in a principal amount of $70.0 million (the “Incremental Term Loan”). The Initial Term Loan and the Incremental Term Loan are referred to herein as the Term Loan. The Credit Agreement also provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Revolving Credit Facility”, which together with the “Term Loan”, we refer to as the “Credit Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $10.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of March 31, 2021, we had outstanding borrowings of $789.6 million of the Term Loan, no outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility and $4.7 million outstanding under letters of credit, respectively. The Term Loan matures on March 24, 2026. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility mature on March 24, 2026.

Amortization, Interest Rates and Fees

The Credit Agreement requires us to repay the principal of the Term Loan in equal quarterly repayments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of the Term Loan.

Until the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date (the “Pricing Grid Date”), the Credit Facility bears interest at a rate equal to (i) 6.00% plus the highest of (x) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (y) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum, and (z) a daily Eurodollar rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) the Eurodollar rate plus 7.00% per annum, subject to a 1.00% Eurodollar floor.

 

189


Table of Contents

On the Pricing Grid Date, and on the last day of each of the five (5) full fiscal quarters immediately following the Pricing Grid Date, we have the option to (i) retain the applicable margins set forth above, through but not including the last day of the next fiscal quarter or (ii) switch to the applicable margins set forth in the grid below (in each case, a “Pricing Grid Election”); provided, that no such Pricing Grid Election shall be made unless the pro forma total net leverage ratio is less than or equal to 6.50 to 1.00 (except for the mandatory conversion made on the Mandatory Conversion Date). Further, beginning on the last day of the tenth (10th) full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date (such date, the “Mandatory Conversion Date”), the applicable margins shall be determined as set forth in the grid below.

 

Pricing Level From

Highest to Lowest

  

Total Net Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin for
Eurodollar Loans
  Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans

I

   Greater than 6.50:1.00    7.00%   6.00%

II

   Less than or equal to 6.50:1.00 but greater than 6.00:1.00    6.00%   5.00%

III

   Less than or equal to 6.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 5.00:1.00    5.75%   4.75%

IV

   Less than 5.00:1.00    5.50%   4.50%

In addition to paying interest on loans outstanding under the Term Loan and the Revolving Credit Facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee of up to 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. We are also required to pay letter of credit fees on a per annum basis equal to the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under each letter of credit multiplied by the applicable margin for Eurodollar loans under the Revolving Credit Facility. We are required to pay customary fronting, issuance, and administrative fees for the issuance of letters of credit.

Voluntary Prepayments

We are permitted to voluntarily prepay or repay outstanding loans under the Revolving Credit Facility or Term Loan at any time, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts, and, with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility only, to subsequently reborrow amounts prepaid. In connection with prepayments of the Term Loan pursuant to a voluntary prepayment or mandatory prepayments of certain debt issuances, certain asset sales (solely in respect of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the loan parties and their subsidiaries) and upon acceleration of the maturity date, we are required to pay (1) a 3.00% prepayment fee of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment of the Term Loan prior to the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date; (2) a 1.50% prepayment fee of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment of the Term Loan following the twelve month anniversary of the Closing Date through the twenty-four month anniversary of the Closing Date; (3) a 0.75% prepayment fee of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment of the Term Loan following the twenty-four month anniversary of the Closing Date through the thirty-six month anniversary of the Closing Date; and (4) 0.00% thereafter. With respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, prepayments are without premium or penalty.

We are permitted to reduce commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility at any time, in whole or in part, subject to minimum amounts.

Mandatory Prepayments

The Credit Agreement requires us to prepay, subject to certain exceptions, the Term Loan (i) with a portion of our excess cash flow in an amount ranging from 0% to 50% of excess cash flow depending on our total net leverage ratio, (ii) with 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and dispositions, subject to certain reinvestment rights, and (iii) with 100% of the proceeds from certain debt issuances, in each case, subject to certain exceptions.

 

190


Table of Contents

Guarantees

Subject to certain exceptions, all obligations under the Credit Facilities, as well as certain hedging and cash management arrangements, are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally, guaranteed on a senior secured basis by Instructure Intermediate Holdings III, LLC and its current and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than unrestricted subsidiaries, joint ventures, subsidiaries prohibited by applicable law from becoming guarantors and certain other exempted subsidiaries) (the “Guarantors”).

Security

Our obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Credit Facilities are secured by first priority pledges of and security interests in (i) substantially all of the existing and future equity interests of our and each Guarantor’s direct domestic subsidiaries, as well as 65% of the equity interests of certain first-tier foreign subsidiaries held by us and each Guarantor and (ii) substantially all of our and each Guarantor’s tangible and intangible assets, in each case subject to other exceptions.

Certain Covenants

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability to:

 

   

incur liens or additional debt;

 

   

engage in mergers, consolidations, liquidations or dissolutions;

 

   

pay dividends and distributions on, or redeem, repurchase or retire our capital stock;

 

   

make investments, acquisitions, loans, or advances;

 

   

create negative pledge or restrictions on the payment of dividends or payment of other amounts owed from subsidiaries;

 

   

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries;

 

   

make prepayments of material debt that is subordinated with respect to right of payment;

 

   

engage in certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

modify certain documents governing material debt that is subordinated with respect to right of payment;

 

   

change our fiscal year;

 

   

change our lines of business; and

 

   

issue or repurchase capital stock.

In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement include financial covenants which require that (i) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, at the end of each fiscal quarter, the LQA recurring revenue net leverage ratio does not exceed 3.30 to 1.00 (with steps down to 2.80 to 1.00 for each quarter from June 30, 2020 through June 30, 2022), (ii) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, we maintain a minimum liquidity of at least $20.0 million, and (iii) following a Pricing Grid Election, at the end of each fiscal quarter, the total net leverage ratio does not exceed 10.00 to 1.00 (with steps down to 6.50 to 1.00 for each quarter from June 30, 2021 through December 31, 2024 (and thereafter)).

Events of Default

The Credit Agreement contains certain customary events of default, including, among others, failure to pay principal, interest or other amounts; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; violation of covenants (including the financial covenants); specified cross-default and cross-acceleration to other material indebtedness; certain bankruptcy and insolvency events; certain ERISA events; certain undischarged judgments; material invalidity of guarantees or grant of security interest; and change of control.

 

191


Table of Contents

Description of Capital Stock

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $         per share. As of                     , 2021, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the transactions described in “Prospectus Summary—Corporation Organization” to be effected prior to the consummation of this offering, we had              shares of common stock outstanding held by              stockholders of record, no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and              shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units. After consummation of this offering and the use of proceeds therefrom, we expect to have              shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, and expect to have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as our Board may determine from time to time.

Voting Rights

Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights

Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights

Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Our Board may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of

 

192


Table of Contents

any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the DGCL will contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have nine members.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the Chair of our Board; provided, however, at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by our Board or the Chair of our Board at the request of Thoma Bravo. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the Company.

Advance Notice Procedures

Our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our Board;

 

193


Table of Contents

provided, however, at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to Thoma Bravo. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. These provisions do not apply to nominations by Thoma Bravo pursuant to the Director Nomination Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Director Nomination Agreement” for more details with respect to the Director Nomination Agreement.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least     % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring on our Board may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

Supermajority Approval Requirements

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation. For as long as Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of all outstanding shares of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least     % in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

 

194


Table of Contents

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that at any time when Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than     % in voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least     % (as opposed to a majority threshold that would apply if Thoma Bravo beneficially owns, in the aggregate,     % or more) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a     % supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a     % supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations

Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the stockholder became an interested

 

195


Table of Contents

stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate of incorporation will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested stockholder” to effect various business combinations with the Company for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with our Board because the stockholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that Thoma Bravo, and any of its direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested stockholders” for purposes of this provision.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

 

196


Table of Contents

Exclusive Forum

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer of the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above; however, our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived (and cannot waive) compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law or the Securities Act, as applicable, for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find any of the forum selection provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate such action in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and Board.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of Thoma Bravo or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Thoma Bravo or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate of incorporation will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity

 

197


Table of Contents

under our certificate of incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219 and its phone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on NYSE under the symbol “INST.”

 

198


Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2021, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the             -for-1 stock split of our common stock to be effected prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, we will have              outstanding shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the issuance of shares of our common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

Of the                  shares that will be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, we expect that the shares to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.

The remaining                  shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and we expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. These restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if the sale is registered or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2021 Plan. Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after completion of this offering. Upon effectiveness, the shares of common stock covered by this registration statement will generally be eligible for sale in the public market, subject to certain contractual and legal restrictions summarized below.

Lock-up Agreements

We, each of our directors and executive officers and other stockholders and option holders owning substantially all of our common stock and options to acquire common stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

199


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement that we are party to with Thoma Bravo, we will grant Thoma Bravo the right to cause us, in certain instances, at our expense, to file registration statements under the Securities Act covering resales of our common stock held by Thoma Bravo or to piggyback on registered offerings initiated by us in certain circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” These shares will represent      % of our outstanding common stock after this offering, or      % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, any person who is not our affiliate, who was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

Beginning 90 days after we become subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, a person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (1) 1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; and (2) the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors or officers who acquired shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of this offering are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

Equity Incentive Plans

Following this offering, we intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2021 Plan and 2021 ESPP. Shares covered by such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.

 

200


Table of Contents

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations relating thereto. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or traders in securities or currencies;

 

   

persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their holdings in our common stock;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that own or have owned (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken in account in an “applicable financial statement” (as defined in Section 451(b)(3) of the Code);

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(1)(2)) of the Code and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds; and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

 

201


Table of Contents

If any entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess amounts generally will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of the dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate); additionally a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

 

202


Table of Contents

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above if the Non-U.S. Holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States; additionally the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to update such forms and certifications from time to time as required by law.

Any such effectively connected dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (1) the five-year period preceding the Non-U.S. Holder’s disposition of our common stock and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock. Generally, a domestic corporation is a USRPHC, on any applicable determination date, the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other business assets.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other

 

203


Table of Contents

business assets, there can be no assurance that we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our common stock is “regularly traded,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the taxable disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder owned, actually and constructively, five percent or less of our common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition or (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market at all times for purposes of the rules described above. If we were to become a USRPHC and our common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. holder occurs, such Non-U.S. holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different treatment.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of distributions on our common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any distributions on our common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers by a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, payments of distributions or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such distribution, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding information reporting and backup withholding.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Withholding taxes may be imposed under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”)), on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be

 

204


Table of Contents

imposed on dividends on, or (subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below) gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) if the foreign entity is not a “foreign financial entity,” the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each direct and indirect substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise establishes that it qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain “specified United States persons” or “United States-owned foreign entities” (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to noncompliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the Code, applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. On December 13, 2018, the U.S. Department of the Treasury released proposed regulations (which may be relied upon by taxpayers until final regulations are issued), which eliminate FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

 

205


Table of Contents

Underwriting

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of

Shares

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

BTIG, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc

  

Truist Securities, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total:

                   
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representative,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                  per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

206


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us:

        

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $        $    

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expense relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on NYSE under the trading symbol “INST”.

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, and will not publicly disclose an intention to, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the “restricted period”):

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock (including equity interests in TopCo); or

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph to do not apply to:

 

  (a)   sales of common stock by the undersigned to the underwriters;

 

  (b)   transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period in connection with subsequent sales of common stock acquired in such open market transactions;

 

  (c)   transfers of shares of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution, provided that (i) each donee or transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a filing on a Form 5 that shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer and that the securities subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement);

 

207


Table of Contents
  (d)   transfers of shares of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any security convertible into common stock to an immediate family member or a trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or such immediate family member of such party (for purposes of the lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage, civil union, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), provided that (i) each donee or transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a filing on a Form 5 that shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer and that the securities subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement);

 

  (e)   transfers of shares of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any security convertible into common stock by will or intestacy; provided that (i) the transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and (ii) that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a filing on a Form 5 that shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer);

 

  (f)   transfers of shares of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any security convertible into common stock pursuant to a domestic relations order, divorce decree or settlement, separation agreement, court order or regulatory agency; provided that (i) the transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and (ii) that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer, and if the party subject to the lock-up agreement is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act related thereto during the restricted period, such report shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer;

 

  (g)   transfers or distributions of shares of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by a stockholder that is a trust to a trustor or beneficiary of the trust or to the estate of a beneficiary of such trust; provided each (i) transferee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period (other than a filing on a Form 5 that shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer and that the securities subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement);

 

  (h)  

if the party subject to the lock-up agreement is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other business entity, transfers or distributions of common stock, equity interests in TopCo or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to (i) a partner, member, stockholder or other equityholder, as the case may be, of such partnership, limited liability company, corporation or entity, (ii) any wholly-owned subsidiary of the party subject to the lock-up agreement, (iii) an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act) of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or (iv) if a transferee referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above is not a natural person, any direct or indirect partner, member, shareholder or equityholder of such transferee until our common stock, equity interests in TopCo or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock come to be held by a natural person; provided that (I) each transferee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement, provided further that with respect to any related series of transfers or distributions to transferees or distributees otherwise permitted under this clause (h) that are deemed to occur simultaneously, only the ultimate transferee or distributee in such series shall be required to sign and deliver such a lock-up agreement, and (II) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the period commencing on the first day after the closing of this offering through the 60th day after the closing of this offering (other than a filing on a Form 5 that

 

208


Table of Contents
  shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer and that the securities subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement);

 

  (i)   transfers to us in connection with the repurchase of common stock or equity interests in TopCo in connection with the termination of the party subject to the lock-up agreement’s employment with us or our subsidiaries pursuant to contractual agreements with the us or our subsidiaries; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of under the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such transfer, and if the party subject to the lock-up agreement is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act related thereto during the restricted period, such report shall disclose that such transfer was a result of the repurchase of our common stock or such other securities by us pursuant to equity award agreements or other contractual arrangements in connection with the termination of the party subject to the lock-up agreement’s employment or service with us or our subsidiaries;

 

  (j)   the disposition of shares of common stock to us, or the withholding of shares of common stock by us, in a transaction exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act solely in connection with the payment of taxes (including estimated taxes) due with respect to the vesting of restricted stock granted under a stock incentive plan, stock purchase plan or pursuant to a contractual employment arrangement described in this prospectus, insofar as such restricted stock is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be voluntarily made in connection with any such disposition, and if the party subject to the lock-up agreement is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act related thereto during the restricted period, such report shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto the nature and conditions of such transfer

 

  (k)   the exercise of a stock option granted under a stock incentive plan or stock purchase plan described in this prospectus, and the receipt from us of shares of common stock upon such exercise, insofar as such option is outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, provided that the underlying shares shall continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the lock-up agreement and, provided, further that, if required, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the exercise of a stock option, that no shares were sold by the reporting person and that the shares received upon exercise of the stock option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters;

 

  (l)   transfer of common stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction involving a Change of Control and approved by our board of directors, provided that, in the event that such Change of Control transaction is not completed, this clause (l) shall not be applicable and the party subject to the lock-up agreement’s shares shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

  (m)

facilitating the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the party subject to the lock-up agreement or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period; or

 

  (n)   transfers or distributions of common stock to TopCo’s equityholders in accordance with the distribution waterfall provisions of TopCo’s limited partnership agreement as described in this prospectus.

A “Change of Control” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of our voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group

 

209


Table of Contents

of affiliated persons would hold at least 50% of our outstanding voting securities (or the surviving entity). For the avoidance of doubt, this offering is not a Change of Control.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representative to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

210


Table of Contents

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that the shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant State at any time:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us or any of the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

No shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the United Kingdom prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that the shares may be offered to the public in the United Kingdom at any time:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA.

provided that no such offer of the shares shall require the Issuer or any Manager to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares and the expression “U.K. Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.

 

211


Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with Thoma Bravo. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with Thoma Bravo in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 (Successor) and 2019 (Predecessor), and for the period from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020 (Successor), January 1, 2020 through March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Predecessor), appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent indicated in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and have been included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2020 and for the year ended June 30, 2020, included in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by CRR, LLP, an independent public accounting firm, to the extent indicated in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and have been included in the reliance upon such report given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

On the closing of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above.

We also maintain a website at www.instructure.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is only as an inactive textual reference.

 

212


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2021 (Unaudited, Successor), December 31, 2020 (Successor) and December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Unaudited, Successor), the three months ended March 31, 2020 (Unaudited, Predecessor), the periods from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Predecessor)

   F-6

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Unaudited, Successor), the three months ended March 31, 2020 (Unaudited, Predecessor), the periods from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Predecessor)

   F-7

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Unaudited, Successor), the periods from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Predecessor)

   F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Unaudited, Successor), the three months ended March 31, 2020 (Unaudited, Predecessor), the periods from April 1, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), January 1, 2020 to March 31, 2020 (Predecessor) and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (Predecessor)

   F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-11
CERTICA HOLDINGS, LLC   

Independent Auditor’s Report

   F-52

Consolidated Balance Sheet for the year ended June 30, 2020

   F-53

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended June 30, 2020

   F-54

Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity for the year ended June 30, 2020

   F-55

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended June 30, 2020

   F-56

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-57

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2020

   F-82

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2020

   F-83

Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity for the three months ended September 30, 2020

   F-84

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended September 30, 2020

   F-85

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-86

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Instructure Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Instructure Holdings, Inc. (the Successor or the Company) as of December 31, 2020 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, and the related notes. We have also audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of the Predecessor as of December 31, 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2020 through March 31, 2020, and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Predecessor at December 31, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from January 1, 2020 through March 31, 2020, and the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for leases in 2019 due to the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and the related amendments.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

   Allocating revenue in contracts with multiple performance obligations
Description of the Matter   

As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, many of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations, which are accounted for separately if they are distinct. In such cases, the transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations based on their relative standalone selling prices. Management estimates the standalone selling prices based on the Company’s overall pricing objectives and considers significant pricing practices, including discounting, geographical location, the size and volume of transactions, the customer type, price lists, and historical standalone sales. The Company analyzes standalone selling prices on a periodic basis to identify if it has experienced significant changes in standalone selling prices.

 

In contracts that include multiple products or services, auditing the identification of distinct performance obligations and the allocation of transaction price is challenging. For example, contracts containing nonstandard terms and conditions require judgment in identifying the distinct performance obligations in the contract, and the appropriate timing of revenue recognition for such performance obligations. Management’s estimates of the standalone selling prices used to allocate the transaction price are sensitive to changes in management’s business practices, such as pricing strategies. Such changes can have a significant impact on the determination of standalone selling price.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit    Our audit procedures included, among others, an evaluation of management’s assessment of performance obligations. In conjunction with this assessment, we inspected a sample of customer contracts and reviewed management’s assessment of nonstandard terms and identification of performance obligations. We then tested the period over which management determined the revenue associated with each performance obligation should be recognized, as well as the standalone selling prices assigned to those performance obligations for purposes of allocating the transaction price. In testing the Company’s estimate of standalone selling prices, we evaluated the accuracy and completeness of the underlying data used in management’s analysis. This evaluation included assessing the effect of the Company’s pricing practices for various transaction sizes and volumes across different customer types and geographical locations.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
   Business combination
Description of the Matter   

As discussed in Note 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements, during 2020, Instructure, Inc. was acquired by Instructure Parent, L.P., for total purchase consideration of $1,904 million. The transaction was accounted for in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations.

 

Auditing the Company’s accounting for this business combination was complex due to the significant estimation required by management in determining the fair value of the acquired intangible assets. The significant estimation was primarily due to the judgmental nature of the inputs to the valuation models used to measure the fair value of these intangible assets, as well as the sensitivity of the respective fair values to the underlying significant assumptions. The Company used the discounted cash flow method to measure the fair value of these intangible assets. Significant assumptions used in these valuation models included forecasted revenue and expenses, discount rates, profit margins and the retention rates. Each were considered highly subjective, as they represented estimates of future performance and other future company activity, which can vary significantly from past performance, and can be affected by third-party competition and technological innovation, among other factors.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit    Among other procedures, we read the purchase agreement and assessed the completeness of identified intangible assets. We also evaluated forecasts used in determining the acquisition date fair values. We considered the historical accuracy of management’s estimates in other acquisitions. We tested the significant assumptions used in the valuation models and tested the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data supporting the assumptions and estimates. We compared the significant assumptions, including prospective financial information, to the historical performance of the acquired entity and other comparable guideline companies within the same industry. We involved valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the selection of the valuation model and the significant assumptions used in the model, and to assist us in performing mathematical checks of the valuation.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2012.

Salt Lake City, Utah

March 23, 2021

 

F-4


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Successor     Successor            Predecessor  
     March 31,     December 31,            December 31,  
     2021     2020            2019  
     (Unaudited)           

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 83,012     $ 146,212          $ 101,236  

Short-term marketable securities

                      15,584  

Accounts receivable—net

     29,718       47,315            38,029  

Prepaid expenses

     32,400       12,733            9,809  

Deferred commissions

     7,979       6,663            10,256  

Assets held for sale

           57,334             

Other current assets

     3,712       3,083            8,211  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current assets

     156,821       273,340            183,125  

Property and equipment, net

     9,680       11,289            28,076  

Right-of-use assets

     21,662       26,904            36,514  

Goodwill

     1,172,395       1,172,395            69,614  

Intangible assets, net

     721,984       755,349            32,513  

Noncurrent prepaid expenses

     5,064       6,269            4,558  

Deferred commissions, net of current portion

     15,238       16,434            12,303  

Other assets

     6,256       6,651            797  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,109,100     $ 2,268,631          $ 367,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

   $ 11,164     $ 13,302          $ 14,619  

Accrued liabilities

     17,250       23,638            11,142  

Lease liabilities

     6,170       6,037            6,554  

Long-term debt, current

     5,639       6,118             

Liabilities held for sale

           11,834             

Deferred revenue

     142,220       192,864            145,045  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     182,443       253,793            177,360  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     772,442       820,925             

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     13,220       12,015            2,710  

Lease liabilities, net of current portion

     28,894       30,670            41,793  

Deferred tax liabilities

     49,085       58,601             

Other long-term liabilities

     6,000       4,643            80  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,052,084       1,180,647            221,943  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

           

Stockholders’ equity:

           

Predecessor: Preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 10,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019; no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019

                       

Predecessor: Common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share; 200,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2019; 38,257 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019

                      3  

Successor: Common stock, par value of $0.01 per share; 1 share authorized as of March 31, 2021 and December 31 ,2020; 1 share issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

                       

Additional paid-in capital

     1,268,068       1,265,965            493,795  

Accumulated deficit

     (211,052     (177,981          (348,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,057,016       1,087,984            145,557  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,109,100     $ 2,268,631          $ 367,500  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2021
          Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

  $ 86,354         $ 65,968     $ 209,148         $ 65,968     $ 236,241     $ 188,501  

Professional services and other

    7,626           5,421       21,525           5,421       22,232       21,043  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    93,980           71,389       230,673           71,389       258,473       209,544  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

                   

Subscription and support

    39,884           19,699       108,603           19,699       64,170       46,706  

Professional services and other

    5,750           4,699       15,547           4,699       18,656       15,137  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    45,634           24,398       124,150           24,398       82,826       61,843  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    48,346           46,991       106,523           46,991       175,647       147,701  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Sales and marketing

    41,222           27,010       125,650           27,010       121,643       97,481  

Research and development

    17,089           19,273       51,066           19,273       83,526       59,391  

General and administrative

    13,351           17,295       62,572           17,295       56,471       35,602  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                    29,612                        

Impairment on disposal group

    1,218                 10,166                        
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    72,880           63,578       279,066           63,578       261,640       192,474  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (24,534         (16,587     (172,543         (16,587     (85,993     (44,773
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income

    27           313       49           313       1,795       2,413  

Interest expense

    (17,271         (8     (50,921         (8     (16     (68

Other income (expense), net

    (634         (5,738     1,510           (5,738     (225     (698
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

    (17,878         (5,433     (49,362         (5,433     1,554       1,647  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax benefit (expense)

    (42,412         (22,020     (221,905         (22,020     (84,439     (43,126

Income tax benefit (expense)

    9,341           (183     43,924           (183     3,620       (339
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (33,071       $ (22,203   $ (177,981       $ (22,203   $ (80,819   $ (43,465

Net loss per common share (Successor) / common share (Predecessor Periods), basic and diluted

  $ (33,071       $ (0.58   $ (177,981       $ (0.58   $ (2.19   $ (1.27
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders

              38,369                 38,369       36,892       34,248  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to common stockholders

    1                 1                        
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended

March 31, 2021
          Three
Months Ended

March 31, 2020
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Net loss

  $ (33,071       $ (22,203   $ (177,981       $ (22,203   $ (80,819   $ (43,465

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                       

Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on marketable securities

                                    8       (7
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (33,071       $ (22,203   $ (177,981       $ (22,203   $ (80,811   $ (43,472
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

    Common Stock,
$0.0001 Par Value
    Common Stock,
$0.01 Par Value
    Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Predecessor Balances at December 31, 2017

    30,860     $ 3           $     $ 250,899     $ (1   $ (223,957   $ 26,944  

Exercise of common stock options

    845                         6,281                   6,281  

Vesting of restricted stock units

    609                                            

Purchase of ESPP shares

    203                         6,186                   6,186  

Stock-based compensation

                            23,115                   23,115  

Common stock and options issued in acquisition

    2                                            

Secondary offering

    2,875                         109,789                   109,789  

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

                                  (7           (7

Shares withheld for tax withholding on vesting of restricted stock

    (8                       (405                 (405

Net loss

                                        (43,465     (43,465
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Balances at December 31, 2018

    35,386       3                   395,865       (8     (267,422     128,438  

Exercise of common stock options

    701                         6,601                   6,601  

Vesting of restricted stock units

    1,387                                            

Purchase of ESPP shares

    189                         6,267                   6,267  

Stock-based compensation

                            58,287                   58,287  

Common stock and options issued in acquisition

    666                         30,012                   30,012  

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

                                  8             8  

Shares withheld for tax withholding on vesting of restricted stock

    (72                       (3,237                 (3,237

Net loss

                                        (80,819     (80,819
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Balances at December 31, 2019

    38,257       3                   493,795             (348,241     145,557  

Exercise of common stock options

    131                         1,067               1,067  

Vesting of restricted stock units

    233                                            

Stock-based compensation

                            7,308                   7,308  

Shares withheld for tax withholding on vesting of restricted stock

    (29                       (1,413                 (1,413

Net loss

                                        (22,203     (22,203
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor Balances at March 31, 2020

    38,592       3                   500,757             (370,444     130,316  

Cancellation of Predecessor equity

    (38,592     (3                 (500,757           370,444       (130,316

Take-Private Transaction

                1             1,140,788                   1,140,788  

Additional capital contribution

                            116,452                   116,452  

Stock-based compensation

                            8,725                   8,725  

Net loss

                                        (177,981     (177,981
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Balances at December 31, 2020

                1             1,265,965             (177,981     1,087,984  

Repurchase of TopCo Units

                            (563                 (563

Stock-based compensation

                            2,666                   2,666  

Net loss

                                        (33,071     (33,071
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor Balances at March 31, 2021 (Unaudited)

        $       1     $     $ 1,268,068     $     $ (211,052   $ 1,057,016  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
          Three
Months Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Operating Activities:

                   

Net loss

  $ (33,071       $ (22,203   $ (177,981       $ (22,203   $ (80,819   $ (43,465

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Depreciation of property and equipment

    939           2,982       3,630           2,982       10,642       8,749  

Amortization of intangible assets

    33,365           2,620       95,315           2,620       9,335       2,786  

Amortization of debt discount and issuance costs

    609                 1,508                 9       19  

Change in fair value of mark-to-market liabilities

                                          (1,266

Impairment on disposal group

    1,218                 10,166                        

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

                    29,612                        

Stock-based compensation

    2,633           7,109       8,685           7,109       56,512       22,747  

Deferred income taxes

    (9,380               (43,924                      

Other

    1,321           1,959       1,641           1,959       (656     (437

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable, net

    16,906           11,903       (19,947         11,903       (2,217     (2,643

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (18,921         (25,121     26,948           (25,121     (6,836     (2,553

Deferred commissions

    (52         1,469       (24,537         1,469       (2,679     (1,384

Right-of-use assets

    5,242           4,509       7,989           4,509       2,716        

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    (8,633         2,187       (4,499         2,187       13,039       (2,805

Deferred revenue

    (50,486         (36,983     122,157           (36,983     22,166       19,008  

Lease liabilities

    (1,643         (7,489     (2,836         (7,489     (2,362      

Deferred rent

                                          1,342  

Other liabilities

    1,221                 2,957                 11        
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (58,732         (57,058     36,884           (57,058     18,861       98  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

                   

Purchases of property and equipment

    (411         (732     (1,634         (732     (10,243     (11,132

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    9           19       81           19       103       88  

Purchases of marketable securities

                                    (28,259     (113,860

Maturities of marketable securities

              15,584                 15,584       63,000       61,600  

Sale of marketable securities

                                    8,786        

Proceeds from business disposal

    46,018                                        

Business acquisitions, net of cash received

                    (2,025,237               (54,963      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    45,616           14,871       (2,026,790         14,871       (21,576     (63,304
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

                   

Proceeds from common stock offerings, net of offering costs

                                          109,789  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from employee equity plans

              1,067                 1,067       12,868       12,467  

Shares repurchased for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

              (1,413               (1,413     (3,237     (405

Payments for financing costs

                                          (18

Proceeds from issuance of term debt, net of discount

                    830,729                        

Proceeds from capital contributions

                    1,257,240                        

Repurchase of TopCo units

    (563                                      

Repayments of long-term debt

    (49,542               (5,813                      
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (50,105         (346     2,082,156           (346     9,631       121,833  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

    (63,221         (42,533     92,250           (42,533     6,916       58,627  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

    150,953           101,236       58,703           101,236       94,320       35,693  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

  $ 87,732         $ 58,703     $ 150,953         $ 58,703     $ 101,236     $ 94,320  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow disclosure:

                   

Cash paid for taxes

  $ 77         $ 32     $ 296         $ 32     $ 247     $ 198  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 16,672         $     $ 49,227         $     $     $  

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

                   

Capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid

  $ 17         $ 79     $         $ 79     $ 316     $ 373  

Issuance of common stock for acquisitions

  $         $     $         $     $ 30,012     $  

Consideration not yet paid in connection with the acquisition of Portfolium, net

  $         $     $         $     $ 50     $  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

The following provides a reconciliation of Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash to the amounts reported on the consolidated balance sheets. Restricted cash has been disclosed in Other assets as it is associated with letters of credit obtained to secure office space from our various lease agreements and other contractual arrangements (in thousands):

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
          Period from
January 1
to
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
   

(Unaudited)

          (Unaudited)                                

Cash and equivalents

  $ 83,012         $ 53,889     $ 146,212         $ 53,889     $ 101,236     $ 94,320  

Restricted cash

    4,720           4,814       4,741           4,814              
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $ 87,732         $ 58,703     $ 150,953         $ 58,703     $ 101,236     $ 94,320  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

On March 24, 2020, Instructure Parent, L.P. (“TopCo”) acquired 100 percent of Instructure, Inc.’s stockholder equity. Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TopCo and was formed on January 14, 2020 by the Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P. (“Thoma Bravo”) for the purpose of purchasing (the “Take- Private Transaction”) Instructure, Inc. and had no operations prior to the Take-Private Transaction. On May 26, 2021, Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. changed its name to Instructure Holdings, Inc. As a result of the Take-Private Transaction, the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in two distinct periods to indicate the application of two different bases of accounting between the periods presented and are therefore not comparable. The period from January 1, 2020 through March 31, 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (the “Predecessor 2020 Period,” “Predecessor 2019 Period,” and “Predecessor 2018 Period” respectively, and together, the “Predecessor Periods”) includes all of the accounts of Instructure, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) and the period after March 31, 2020 (the “Successor 2020 Period”) includes all of the accounts from Instructure Holdings, Inc. (the “Successor”). For accounting purposes, the “Acquisition Date” has been designated as March 31, 2020, as the operating results and change in financial position for the intervening period is not material. Except as otherwise stated, the financial information, accounting policies, and activities of the Successor and the Predecessor are referred to as those of the company (the “Company” or “Instructure”). See Note 3—Acquisitions for further information.

From the inception of a teacher’s lesson through a student’s mastery of a concept, Instructure personalizes, simplifies, organizes, and automates the entire learning lifecycle through the power of technology. Our learning platform delivers the elements that leaders, teachers, and learners need—a next-generation Learning Management System, robust assessments for learning, actionable analytics, and engaging, dynamic content. We offer our platform through a Software-as-a-Service, or SaaS, business model. Instructure, Inc. was incorporated in the state of Delaware in September 2008. We are headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, and have wholly-owned subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Australia, the Netherlands, Hong Kong, Sweden, Brazil, Mexico and Hungary.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include our accounts and those of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021 (Successor), the interim consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor) and the interim consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), and amounts relating to the interim periods included in the accompanying notes to the interim consolidated financial statements are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, and in management’s opinion, includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2021 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor). The results for the three months ended March 31, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the fiscal year or any other periods.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Such estimates, which we evaluate on an on-going basis, include provisions for credit losses, useful lives for property and equipment and intangible assets, valuation of marketable securities, valuation allowances for net deferred income tax assets, valuation of stock-based compensation and common stock, the standalone selling price of performance obligations, the fair value of identified assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations and the determination of the period of benefit for deferred commissions. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions which we believe to be reasonable.

Operating Segments

We operate in a single operating segment, cloud-based learning management, assessment and performance systems. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision makers, or CODMs, which are our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. Our CODMs evaluate our financial information and resources and assess the performance of these resources on a consolidated basis. Since we operate in one operating segment, all required financial segment information can be found on the consolidated financial statements.

Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in both the Successor Periods and the Predecessor Periods is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, less the weighted-average unvested common stock subject to repurchase or forfeiture. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, options to purchase common stock and common stock warrants are considered to be common stock equivalents in the Predecessor Periods.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A reconciliation of the denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
          Three
Months Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Numerator:

                   

Net loss

  $ (33,071       $ (22,203   $ (177,981       $ (22,203   $ (80,819   $ (43,465
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

                   

Weighted-average common shares (Successor 2020 Period) and common shares (Predecessor Periods) outstanding—basic

    1           38,369       1           38,369       36,892       34,248  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total weighted-average common shares (Successor 2020 Period) and common shares (Predecessor Periods) outstanding—basic

    1           38,369       1           38,369       36,892       34,248  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dilutive effect of share equivalents resulting from stock options, unvested restricted stock awards and common stock warrants

                                           
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares (Successor 2020 Period) and common shares (Predecessor Periods) outstanding—diluted

    1           38,369       1           38,369       36,892       34,248  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share (Successor 2020 Period) and common share (Predecessor Periods)

  $ (33,071       $ (0.58   $ (177,981       $ (0.58   $ (2.19   $ (1.27
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2020 (Predecessor), the Predecessor 2020 Period and the Predecessor Periods, we incurred net losses and, therefore, the effect of our outstanding options to purchase common stock and restricted stock units were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. We also incurred losses in the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and the Successor 2020 Period, and there were no other shares or equity awards outstanding. The following table contains share totals with a potentially dilutive impact (in thousands):

 

    Successor           Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three
Months Ended
March 31,
          Three
Months Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021           2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)          

(Unaudited)

                               

Options to purchase common stock

            —           470               —           470       601       1,303  

Restricted stock units

              2,116                 2,116       2,584       1,690  

Employee stock purchase plan

                                    14       19  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

            —           2,586                 2,586       3,199       3,012  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Concentration of Credit Risk, Significant Customers and International Operations

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and accounts receivable. We deposit cash with high credit quality financial institutions, which at times, may exceed federally insured amounts. We have not experienced any losses on our deposits. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and generally require no collateral from our customers. We review the expected collectability of accounts receivable and record a provision for credit losses for amounts that we determine are not collectible.

There were no customers with revenue as a percentage of total revenue exceeding 10% for the periods presented.

As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019, our largest customers’ outstanding net accounts receivable balance as a percentage of the total outstanding net accounts receivable balance represented 11.6%, 11.3% and 8.4%, respectively. There were no other customers with outstanding net accounts receivable balances as a percentage of the total outstanding net accounts receivable balance greater than 10% as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion of our sales to customers outside of the United States, which will cause our business to be susceptible to risks associated with international operations. Refer to Note 8—Disaggregated Revenue for details.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

We consider all short-term highly liquid investments purchased with original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents.

Marketable Securities

We hold investments in marketable securities, consisting of corporate debt securities and commercial paper. We classify our marketable securities as available-for-sale investments as we neither buy and hold securities for the purpose of selling them in the near future nor intend to hold securities to maturity. We classify our marketable securities as short term on the consolidated balance sheets for all purchased investments with contractual maturities that are less than one year as of the balance sheet date. Our marketable securities are carried at estimated fair value with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Unrealized losses are charged against other income, net when a decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary. We have not recorded any such impairment charge in the periods presented. We determine realized gains or losses on sale or maturity of marketable securities on a specific identification method, and record such gains or losses as other income, net.

Provision for Credit Losses

Provision for credit losses consist of bad debt expense associated with our accounts receivable balance. These losses are recorded in general and administrative in our consolidated statements of operations.

We are exposed to credit losses primarily through our receivables from customers. We develop estimates to reflect the risk of credit loss which are based on historical loss trends adjusted for asset specific attributes, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts of the economic conditions that will exist through the contractual life of the financial asset. We monitor our ongoing credit exposure through an active review of

 

F-14


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

collection trends. Our activities include monitoring the timeliness of payment collection, managing dispute resolution and performing timely account reconciliations. Our provisions for credit loss balances at March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $901,000, $902,000 and $871,000, respectively.

The following is a roll-forward of our provision for credit losses (in thousands):

 

    Balance
Beginning
of Period
    Charged to
Costs or
Expenses
    Deductions(1)     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Provision for Credit Losses

       

Successor period from January 1 to March 31, 2021 (Unaudited)

  $ 902       26       (27   $ 901  

Successor period from April 1 to December 31, 2020

  $     $ 1,006     $ (104   $ 902  

Predecessor period from January 1 to March 31, 2020

  $ 871     $ 323     $ (163   $ 1,031  

Predecessor year ended December 31, 2019

  $ 1,092     $ 377     $ (598   $ 871  

Predecessor year ended December 31, 2018

  $ 318     $ 1,399     $ (625   $ 1,092  

 

(1)

Deductions include actual accounts written-off, net of recoveries and revaluations of foreign currencies.

Property and Equipment and Intangible Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures that materially increase values or capacities or extend useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized.

Repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life or improve the related assets are expensed as incurred. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or over the related lease terms (if shorter). The estimated useful life of each asset category is as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Computer and office equipment

   2-3 years

Purchased software

   2-3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   2-5 years

Capitalized software development costs

   3 years

Leasehold improvements and other

   lesser of lease term or useful life

Certain costs incurred to develop software applications used in the cloud-based learning, assessment, development and engagement system are capitalized and included in property and equipment, net on the balance sheets. Capitalizable costs consist of (1) certain external direct costs of materials and services incurred in developing or obtaining internal-use software; and (2) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the project. These costs generally consist of internal labor during configuration, coding and testing activities. Research and development costs incurred during the preliminary project stage, or costs incurred for data conversion activities, training, maintenance and general and administrative or overhead costs, are expensed as incurred. Costs that cannot be separated between the maintenance of, and relatively minor upgrades and enhancements to, internal-use software are also expensed as incurred. Costs incurred during the application development stage that significantly enhance and add new functionality to the cloud-based learning, assessment, development and engagement system are capitalized as capitalized software development costs. Capitalization begins when: (1) the preliminary project stage is complete; (2) management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project; (3) it is probable the project will be completed; (4) the software will be used to perform the functions intended; and (5) certain functional and quality standards have been met.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Acquired finite-lived intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, which ranges from three to ten years.

When there are indicators of potential impairment, we evaluate recoverability of the carrying values of property and equipment and intangible assets by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds our estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. We did not incur any impairment charges during the periods presented.

Leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”) using the modified retrospective approach with the effective date as of the date of initial application. We enter into operating lease arrangements for real estate assets related to office space. The Company determines if an arrangement conveys the right to control the use of the identified asset in exchange for consideration. Operating leases are included as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term.

Lease payments consist of the fixed payments under the arrangements. Variable costs, such as maintenance and utilities based on actual usage, are not included in the measurement of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities but are expensed when the event determining the amount of variable consideration to be paid occurs. As the implicit rate of the Company’s leases is not determinable, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

The Company generally uses the non-cancellable lease term when recognizing the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities unless it is reasonably certain that a renewal option or termination option will be exercised. The Company accounts for lease components and non-lease components as a single component.

Leases with a term of twelve months or less are not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Fair Value

Our short-term financial instruments include accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities and are carried on the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019 at amounts that approximate fair value due to their short-term maturity dates.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess cost of the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization, but is tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Management considers the following potential indicators of impairment: (1) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; (2) significant changes in our use of acquired assets or the strategy of our overall business; (3) significant

 

F-16


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

negative industry or economic trends; and (4) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period. We operate under one reporting unit and, as a result, evaluate goodwill impairment based on our fair value as a whole. Our annual impairment test performed during the Successor 2020 Period did not result in any impairment of the goodwill balance. We did not recognize an impairment charge in any of the periods presented. We have no other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives.

Revenue Recognition

We adopted ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), as of January 1, 2018. We generate revenue primarily from two main sources: (1) subscription and support revenue, which is comprised of SaaS fees from customers accessing our learning platform and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic SaaS fees; and (2) related professional services revenue, which is comprised of training, implementation services and other types of professional services. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to our customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for those services. The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing our customers. We record an unbilled receivable, which is included within accounts receivable—net on our consolidated balance sheets, when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing. Unbilled receivable balances as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $1,734,000, $843,000 and $2,060,000, respectively.

We determined revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Determination of the transaction price

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

   

Recognition of revenue when, or as, we satisfy a performance obligation

The following describes the nature of our primary types of revenue and the revenue recognition policies and significant payment terms as they pertain to the types of transactions we enter into with our customers.

Subscription and Support

Subscription and support revenue is derived from fees from customers to access our learning platform and support beyond the standard support that is included with all subscriptions. The terms of our subscriptions do not provide customers the right to take possession of the software. Subscription and support revenue is generally recognized on a ratable basis over the contract term. Payments from customers are primarily due annually in advance.

Professional Services and Other

Professional services revenue is derived from implementation, training, and consulting services. Our professional services are typically considered distinct from the related subscription services as the promise to transfer the subscription can be fulfilled independently from the promise to deliver the professional services (i.e., customer receives standalone functionality from the subscription and the customer obtains the intended benefit of the subscription without the professional services). Professional services arrangements are billed in advance, and revenue from these arrangements is typically recognized over time as the services are rendered, using an efforts-expended input method. Implementation services also include nonrefundable upfront setup fees, which are allocated to the remaining performance obligations.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Contracts with Multiple Performance Obligations

Many of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. We account for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis. We determine the standalone selling prices based on our overall pricing objectives by reviewing our significant pricing practices, including discounting practices, geographical locations, the size and volume of our transactions, the customer type, price lists, our pricing strategy, and historical standalone sales. Standalone selling price is analyzed on a periodic basis to identify if we have experienced significant changes in our selling prices.

Deferred Commissions

Sales commissions earned by our sales force, as well as related payroll taxes, are considered incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. These costs are deferred and then amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of benefit that we have determined to be generally four years. We determined the period of benefit by taking into consideration our customer contracts, our technology and other factors. Amortization of deferred commissions is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of billings and payments received in advance of revenue recognition generated by our subscription and support services and professional services and other, as described above.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of subscription revenue consists primarily of our managed hosting provider and other third-party service providers, employee-related costs including payroll, benefits and stock-based compensation expense for our operations and customer support teams, amortization of capitalized software development costs and acquired technology, and allocated overhead costs, which we define as rent, facilities and costs related to information technology, or IT.

Cost of professional services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel costs of our professional services organization, including salaries, benefits, travel, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as allocated overhead costs.

Service Availability Warranty

We warrant to our customers: (1) that commercially reasonable efforts will be made to maintain the online availability of the platform for a minimum availability in a trailing 365-day period (excluding scheduled outages, standard maintenance windows, force majeure, and outages that result from any technology issue originating from any customer or user); (2) the functionality or features of the platform may change but will not materially degrade during any paid term; and (3) that support may change but will not materially degrade during any paid term. To date, we have not experienced any significant losses under these warranties.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in sales and marketing expenses. Advertising expenses totaled $1,481,000, $1,175,000, $5,489,000, $1,175,000, $12,524,000, and $11,387,000 for the

 

F-18


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period, and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Successor 2020 Period

We determine the grant date fair value for all unit-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees by using an option-pricing model. As the Company’s equity is not publicly traded, there is no history of market prices for the Company’s units. Thus, estimating grant date fair value requires the Company to make assumptions, including the value of the Company’s equity, expected time to liquidity, and expected volatility. Stock-based compensation costs for granted units are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis for awards with only a service condition. For granted units subject to performance conditions, the Company records expense when the performance condition becomes probable. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

Predecessor Periods

The Company accounts for all stock options and awards granted to employees and nonemployees using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation is recognized as an expense and is measured at the fair value of the award. The measurement date for employee awards is generally the date of the grant. Stock-based compensation costs are recognized as expense over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period for awards, on a straight-line basis for awards with only a service condition. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur.

During the Predecessor Periods, we used the market closing price of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) granted.

During the Predecessor Periods, we used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options issued to our employees, as well as purchase rights issued to employees under our ESPP. The Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the unit price and a number of assumptions, including the award’s expected life, risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the underlying stock and expected dividends.

These assumptions are estimated as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Our Common Stock. We rely on the closing price of our common stock as reported by the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant to determine the fair value of our common stock.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate. We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

   

Expected Term. We estimate the expected term for stock options using the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise activity for our company. The simplified method calculates the expected term as the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual expiration date of the award. For the ESPP, we use an expected term of 0.5 years to match the offering period.

 

   

Volatility. We estimate the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our comparable companies as we do not have a sufficient trading history for our common stock. To determine our comparable companies, we consider public enterprise cloud-based application providers and select

 

F-19


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. For the ESPP, we use the trading history of our own common stock to determine expected volatility.

 

   

Expected Dividend Yield. We have not paid and do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

Business Combinations

We estimate the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and as a result, actual results may differ from estimates.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are revalued into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet dates. Income and expense accounts are revalued on the date of the transaction using the exchange rate in effect on the transaction date. Non-monetary assets, liabilities, and equity transactions are converted at historical exchange rates in effect at the time of the transaction. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income, net on the consolidated statements of operations.

Research and Development

With the exception of capitalized software development costs, research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Risks and Uncertainties

We are subject to all of the risks inherent in an early stage business. These risks include, but are not limited to, a limited operating history, new and rapidly evolving markets, dependence on the development of new services, unfavorable economic and market conditions, changes in level of demand for our services, and the timing of new application introductions. If we fail to anticipate or to respond adequately to technological developments in our industry, changes in customer or supplier requirements, or changes in regulatory requirements or industry standards, or any significant delays in the development or introduction of services, our business could be harmed.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, income tax expense is recognized for the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year. In addition, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. Management must make assumptions, judgments and estimates to determine our current provision for income taxes and our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the net amount that we believe is more likely than not to be realized. Accordingly, the need to establish such allowance is assessed periodically by considering matters such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. The evaluation of recoverability of the deferred tax assets requires that we weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified.

In recognizing tax benefits from uncertain tax positions, we assess whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. As we expand internationally, we will face increased complexity in determining the appropriate tax jurisdictions for revenue and expense items, and as a result, we may record unrecognized tax benefits in the future. At that time, we would make adjustments to these potential future reserves when facts and circumstances change, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax position is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts and circumstances existing at that time. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters would be different to the amounts we may potentially record in the future, such differences will affect the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made and could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

Assets and liabilities meeting the accounting requirements to be classified as held for sale are presented as single asset and liability amounts in our consolidated balance sheets at the lower of cost or fair value, less costs to sell. We assess all assets and liabilities held for sale each reporting period they remain classified as held for sale to determine whether the existing carrying amounts are fully recoverable in comparison to estimated fair values. Determination of recoverability of assets to be held and used is by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future net undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. The remeasurement of assets and liabilities held for sale is classified as a Level 3 fair value assessment as described in Note 13—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Adopted accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“Topic 606”). Topic 606 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (“Topic 605”), and requires the recognition of revenue as promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. Topic 606 also includes Subtopic 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs - Contracts with Customers, which requires the deferral of incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Collectively, we refer to Topic 606 and Subtopic 340-40 as the “new standard”.

We adopted the new standard as of January 1, 2018, utilizing the full retrospective method of transition. As a result, we recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying the new standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of equity on January 1, 2016. We have changed our accounting policy for revenue recognition as detailed above.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We applied Topic 606 retrospectively using the following practical expedients in paragraph ASC 606-10-65-1(f). We do not disclose the amount of consideration allocated to the remaining performance obligations or an explanation of when we expect to recognize that amount as revenue for all reporting periods presented before the date of the initial application – i.e. January 1, 2018. Further, we do not retrospectively restate contracts modified before the beginning of the earliest reporting period presented but reflect the aggregate effect of all modifications that occur before the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The primary impact of adopting the new standard related to the deferral of incremental commission costs to obtain customer contracts and the removal of the contingent revenue limitation. We previously expensed sales commission costs as incurred. Under the new standard, we capitalize and amortize these costs over a period of benefit that we have determined to be generally four years. We were also previously limiting the amount of revenue recognized for delivered elements to the amount that was not contingent on the future delivery of products or services, or subject to our future performance. Under the new standard, there is no requirement to limit the allocated transaction price to non-contingent amounts, therefore, we record unbilled revenue when transferred services are more than amounts billable to customers.

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Topic 842, which establishes a comprehensive new lease accounting model. Under the new guidance, at the commencement date, lessees are required to recognize a lease liability with a corresponding right-of-use (“ROU”) asset.

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted Topic 842 using the modified retrospective approach with the effective date as of the date of initial application. Consequently, results for the year ended December 31, 2019 are presented under Topic 842. No prior period amounts were adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with previous lease guidance, ASC Topic 840, Leases. The Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients to not reassess under the new standard prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification, and initial direct costs in relation to its leases in effect as of January 1, 2019. The Company also elected the practical expedient allowing the use of hindsight in determining the lease term and assessing impairment of right-of-use assets based on all facts and circumstances through the effective date of the new standard.

Adoption of the new standard resulted in recording operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities of approximately $34,726,000 and $46,205,000, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2019. Adoption of the standard did not have an impact on the Company’s beginning accumulated deficit, results from operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which expands the scope of current stock compensation recognition standards to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company early adopted ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (“ASU 2018-15”) using a prospective approach. This guidance aligns the accounting for implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the guidance on capitalizing costs associated with developing or obtaining internal-use software. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

Effective January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, which requires the use of a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivables, loans and other

 

F-22


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

financial instruments. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will also be recorded through a provision for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. The standard will be effective for us beginning January 1, 2021. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related notes.

2. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net of amounts held for sale, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Successor     Successor            Predecessor  
     March 31,
2021
    December 31,
2020
           December 31,
2019
 
     (Unaudited)                     

Computer and office equipment

   $ 2,235     $ 2,249          $ 7,503  

Purchased software

                      1,071  

Capitalized software development costs

     2,382       2,377            27,420  

Furniture and fixtures

     1,325       1,296            5,184  

Leasehold improvements and other

     4,091       7,327            18,708  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 
     10,033       13,249            59,886  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (353     (1,960          (31,810
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,680     $ 11,289          $ 28,076  
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization for capitalized software development costs was $250,000, $467,000, and $14,314,000 at March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized software development costs for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period, and Predecessor 2018 Period was $140,000, $1,752,000, $467,000, $1,752,000, $6,021,000, and $4,563,000 respectively, and is recorded within subscription and support cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of operations.

3. Acquisitions

2020 Acquisitions

Our consolidated financial statements reflect the Take-Private Transaction that occurred on March 24, 2020, which was accounted for as a business combination. The Take-Private Transaction was accounted for in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations with TopCo as the acquirer. The acquisition-related costs were expensed in the Predecessor Period, with the exception of $13,984,000 in advisory and consulting costs incurred, which have been accounted for “on the line,” and have not been recognized in the Predecessor’s or Successor’s consolidated financial statements as they were contingent upon the consummation of the Take-Private Transaction.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The final allocation of the purchase price was as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration transferred

  

Cash paid

   $ 1,904,064  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 1,904,064  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 58,703  

Accounts receivable

     25,749  

Prepaid expenses

     44,177  

Other assets

     5,150  

Intangible assets: developed technology

     300,000  

Intangible assets: customer relationships

     395,000  

Intangible assets: trade name

     130,900  

Property and equipment

     14,353  

Right-of-use assets

     34,539  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 1,008,571  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 40,254  

Deferred revenue

     86,600  

Lease liabilities

     39,189  

Deferred tax liability

     88,461  

Other liabilities

     80  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 254,584  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 1,150,077  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 1,904,064  
  

 

 

 

On December 22, 2020, we acquired all outstanding shares of Certica Holdings, LLC (“Certica”) for the purpose of enhancing our analytic, assessment, and data management solutions for Kindergarten through 12th grade students. The acquisition did not have a material effect on our revenue or earnings in the consolidated statements of operations for the reporting periods presented. As a result of the acquisition, a provisional deferred tax liability of $15,200,000 was recorded as part of purchase accounting. The deferred tax liability will remain provisional until the Certica tax returns are filed.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the Certica acquisition (in thousands):

 

Consideration transferred

  

Cash paid

   $ 133,416  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 133,416  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired

  

Cash

   $ 12,243  

Accounts receivable

     2,533  

Prepaid expenses

     1,360  

Other assets

     537  

Intangible assets: developed technology

     28,300  

Intangible assets: customer relationships

     60,900  

Intangible assets: trade name

     700  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 106,573  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 896  

Deferred revenue

     7,802  

Contingent consideration liability

     750  

Other liabilities

     469  

Deferred tax liability

     15,170  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 25,087  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     51,930  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 133,416  
  

 

 

 

2019 Acquisitions

On February 21, 2019 and April 5, 2019, we acquired all outstanding shares of Portfolium and MasteryConnect (the “2019 Acquisitions”), respectively, for the purpose of enhancing our learning management system and human capital management offerings. We have included the operating results of the business combinations in our consolidated financial statements since the date of the acquisitions. The acquisitions did not have a material effect on our revenue or earnings in the consolidated statements of operations for the reporting periods presented.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the Portfolium acquisition (in thousands):

 

Consideration transferred

  

Cash paid(2)

   $ 25,552  

Common stock

     17,133  

Fair value of assumed Portfolium awards attributable to pre-combination services

     715  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 43,400  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired

  

Cash

   $ 604  

Accounts receivable

     273  

Other assets

     31  

Intangible assets: developed technology

     10,016  

Intangible assets: customer relationships

     8,560  

Intangible assets: trade name

     2,710  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 22,194  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 115  

Deferred revenue

     1,535  

Deferred tax liability, net(1)

     3,911  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 5,561  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill(1)(2)

     26,767  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 43,400  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the second quarter of 2019, an adjustment of $1,199,000 was made to the provisional deferred tax liability. During the fourth quarter of 2019, an offsetting adjustment of $280,000 was made to the deferred tax liability, with a corresponding reduction to goodwill, upon finalizing and filing the Portfolium tax return.

(2)

During the third quarter of 2019, we recorded a $330,000 reduction to the provisional cash consideration, with a corresponding reduction to goodwill, as a result of finalizing a working capital adjustment.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the consideration transferred, assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of the MasteryConnect acquisition (in thousands):

 

Consideration transferred

  

Cash paid

   $ 32,462  

Common stock

     12,163  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 44,625  
  

 

 

 

Identifiable assets acquired

  

Cash

   $ 2,396  

Accounts receivable

     495  

Other assets

     1,919  

Intangible assets: developed technology

     9,191  

Intangible assets: customer relationships

     4,453  

Intangible assets: trade name

     656  
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 19,110  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities assumed

  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 936  

Deferred revenue

     3,384  

Deferred tax liability, net(1)

     659  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

   $ 4,979  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill(1)

     30,494  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 44,625  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the fourth quarter of 2019, an adjustment of $57,000 was made to the deferred tax liability, with a corresponding reduction to goodwill, upon finalizing and filing the MasteryConnect tax return.

For all acquisitions disclosed above, the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill generated from these transactions is attributable to the expected synergies to be achieved upon consummation of the business combinations and the assembled workforce values. The fair values assigned to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on management’s estimates and assumptions. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of the acquired existing technology and is being amortized over its estimated remaining useful life of five years. Amortization of developed technology is included in subscription and support cost of revenue expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor Periods. Customer relationships represent the estimated fair value of the acquired customer bases and are amortized over the estimated remaining useful lives ranging from four to seven years. The trade names acquired are amortized over the estimated remaining useful lives ranging from three to ten years. Amortization of customer relationships and trade names is included in sales and marketing expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The net deferred tax liability from the 2019 acquisitions provided a source of additional income to support the realizability of our pre-existing deferred tax assets during the Predecessor 2019 Period and as a result, we released a portion of our valuation allowance. This resulted in an income tax benefit of $4,570,000 and an increase to goodwill of the same amount. Due to the step up in book basis of the intangible assets as a result of the Take-Private Transaction, the Company moved from a deferred tax asset position, offset by a full valuation allowance, to an overall net deferred tax liability position of $88,300,000. On December 22, 2020, the Company

 

F-27


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

acquired Certica and recorded an increase to the deferred tax liability of $15,200,000 in purchase accounting due to the step up in book basis of intangible assets as a result of the stock acquisition. We expect the net deferred tax liability to decrease as book amortization expense is recognized on the acquisition-related intangible assets.

The unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations for MasteryConnect and Portfolium as if the companies were combined as of January 1, 2018. Furthermore, the unaudited pro forma financial information in the table below summarizes the combined results of operations as if the Take-Private Transaction and Certica acquisition had taken place on January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma financial information as presented below is for illustrative purposes and does not purport to represent what the results of operations would actually have been if the business combinations occurred as of the date indicated or what the results would be for any future periods.

 

             2020                     2019                     2018          
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Pro forma revenue

   $ 351,618     $ 258,769     $ 223,325  

Pro forma net loss(1)

     (195,975     (291,091     (55,731

 

(1)

Pro forma net loss excludes the deferred income tax benefit from 2019 business combinations in the amount of $4,570,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill activity was as follows (in thousands).

 

     Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2018

   $ 12,354  

Additions (Note 3—Acquisitions)

     57,260  
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

     69,614  

Cancellation of Predecessor goodwill

     (69,614

Take-Private Transaction (Note 3—Acquisitions)

     1,150,077  

Additions (Note 3—Acquisitions)

     51,930  

Impairment (Note 6—Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale)

     (29,612
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   $ 1,172,395  
  

 

 

 

There was no goodwill activity during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and the unaudited balance as of March 31, 2021 (Successor) is $1,172,395.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Intangible assets, net of amounts held for sale, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

            Successor      Successor             Predecessor  
     Weighted-
Average Remaining
Useful Life
     March 31,      December 31,             December 31,  
     2021      2020             2019  
            (Unaudited)                       

Domain names

     N/A      $      $           $ 1,268  

Trademarks

     N/A                           120  

Software

     24 Months        21        23             620  

Capitalized learning content

     N/A                           400  

Trade names

     106 Months        125,800        126,383             3,686  

Developed technology

     49 Months        308,300        310,311             24,527  

Customer relationships

     73 Months        410,700        413,947             15,923  

Accumulated amortization

        (122,837      (95,315           (14,031
     

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total

      $ 721,984      $ 755,349           $ 32,513  
     

 

 

    

 

 

         

 

 

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $33,365,000, $2,620,000, $95,315,000, $2,620,000, $9,335,000, and $2,786,000 for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively. Amortization expense for capitalized learning content and developed technology is recorded within cost of revenue on the consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense for trade names and customer relationships is recorded within sales and marketing on the consolidated statements of operations.

Based on the recorded intangible assets at December 31, 2020, estimated amortization expense is expected to be as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,    Amortization
Expense
 

2021

   $ 133,452  

2022

     133,452  

2023

     133,446  

2024

     133,211  

2025

     90,499  

Thereafter

     131,289  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 755,349  
  

 

 

 

5. Marketable Securities

Our investment policy is consistent with the definition of available-for-sale securities. We do not buy and hold securities principally for the purpose of selling them in the near future nor do we intend to hold securities to maturity. Rather, our policy is focused on the preservation of capital, liquidity and return. From time to time, we may sell certain securities but the objectives are generally not to generate profits on short-term differences in price.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company did not hold available-for-sale securities at the unaudited March 31, 2021 (Successor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2020 Period reporting dates, and did not recognize material gross unrealized gains or losses during the respective periods. The following table summarizes, by major security type, our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the Predecessor 2019 Period (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor  
     December 31, 2019  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized
Gains
     Gross Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated Fair
Value
 

Corporate debt securities

   $ 11,585      $ 1      $     $ 11,586  

Government treasury bills

     3,999               (1     3,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 15,584      $ 1      $ (1   $ 15,584  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no gross realized gains or losses from the sale or maturity of marketable securities during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor Periods.

The Company did not recognize any gross interest income on securities or net accretion income during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period or Predecessor 2020 Period. The Company recognized gross interest income on securities of $621,000 and $727,000 in the Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively. Net accretion income was $480,000 and $696,000 during the Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively. Net accretion income was reported within interest income on the consolidated statements of operations.

The estimated fair value of investments by contractual maturity is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor             Predecessor  
     December 31,             December 31,  
     2020             2019  

Due within one year

   $           $ 15,584  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total

   $           $ 15,584  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

6. Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale

We decided to sell getBridge, LLC (“Bridge”), the Company’s corporate learning platform and wholly-owned subsidiary, during the Successor 2020 Period. Historically, Bridge was part of the Company’s single operating segment. The decision to sell Bridge reflects our strategy to focus on our Higher Education and K–12 customers. As of December 31, 2020, the gross proceeds expected from the divestiture were approximately $47,000,000, subject to transaction costs.

As of December 31, 2020 we measured the assets and liabilities held for sale associated with Bridge at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. The Company allocated $29,612,000 of goodwill to Bridge and subsequently recognized an impairment for the full amount during the Successor 2020 Period. The operating results of Bridge do not qualify for reporting as discontinued operations.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents information related to the assets and liabilities that were classified as held for sale at December 31, 2020 (amounts in thousands):

 

Assets

  

Net receivables

   $ 228  

Deferred commissions, current

     576  

Other current assets

     406  

Property and equipment, net

     267  

Deferred commissions, net of current portion

     864  

Goodwill

     29,612  

Net intangible assets

     65,159  
  

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

   $ 97,112  

Liabilities

  

Accrued liabilities

   $ 154  

Deferred revenue

     11,680  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale

   $ 11,834  
  

 

 

 

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 85,278  
  

 

 

 

Total net assets held for sale

   $ 85,278  

Estimated fair value less costs to sell

     (45,500
  

 

 

 

Impairment of held-for-sale assets

   $ 39,778  
  

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

   $ 97,112  

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill and assets

     (39,778
  

 

 

 

Adjusted assets held for sale

   $ 57,334  
  

 

 

 

On February 26, 2021 the Company sold Bridge for a total purchase price of $47,000,000. We received cash proceeds net of transaction costs of $46,018,000. The proceeds from this sale were used to pay down the balance of our Term Loan.

During the unaudited three months ending March 31, 2021 (Successor), we recognized a pretax loss on this divestiture of $1,218,000, which is included in operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

7. Credit Facility

Successor

On March 24, 2020, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and Golub Capital Markets LLC and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC, as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a senior secured term loan facility (the “Initial Term Loan”) in an original aggregate principal amount of $775,000,000, which was supplemented by an incremental term loan pursuant to the First Incremental Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2020, in a principal amount of $70,000,000 (the “Incremental Term Loan” and, together with the Initial Term Loan, the “Term Loan”). The maturity date for the Term Loan is March 24, 2026, with the remaining principal due in full on the maturity date. The Credit Agreement also provides for a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 (the “Revolving Credit Facility” and, together with the Term Loan, the “Credit

 

F-31


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Facilities”). The Revolving Credit Facility includes a $10,000,000 sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. The Predecessor credit facilities were cancelled as a result of the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Facilities contain customary negative covenants. At March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants pertaining to the Credit Facilities.

The Credit Agreement requires us to repay the principal of the Term Loan in equal quarterly repayments equal to 0.25% of the aggregate original principal amount of the Term Loan. Further, until the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter ending after March 24, 2020, the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate equal to (i) 6.00% plus the highest of (x) the prime rate (as determined by reference to the Wall Street Journal), (y) the Federal funds open rate plus 0.50% per annum, and (z) a daily Eurodollar rate based on an interest period of one month plus 1.00% per annum or (ii) the Eurodollar rate plus 7.00% per annum, subject to a 1.00% Eurodollar floor. Thereafter, on the last day of each of the five full fiscal quarters, we have the option to (i) retain the aforementioned applicable margins or (ii) switch to the applicable margins set forth on a pricing grid which, subject to certain pro forma total net leverage ratio limits, provides for applicable margins ranging from 5.50% to 7.00%, in the case of Eurodollar loans, and 4.50% to 6.00% in the case of ABR Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement). The applicable margins set forth on the pricing grid become mandatory beginning on the last day of the tenth full fiscal quarter ending after March 24, 2020. Interest payments are due quarterly, or more frequently, based on the terms of the Credit Agreement.

The Company incurs fees with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, including a commitment fee of 0.50% per annum of unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, respectively, there were no amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Company had $50,000,000 of availability under the Revolving Credit facility as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Debt discount costs of $13,560,000 were incurred in connection with the Term Loan. These debt discount costs will be amortized into interest expense over the contractual term of the Term Loan. The Company recognized $579,000 and $1,416,000 of amortization of debt discount costs for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, which is included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. At March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, the Company had an aggregate principal amount outstanding of $723,777,000 and $769,188,000, respectively, and $65,869,000 and $70,000,000, respectively, for the Initial Term Loan and Incremental Term Loan, respectively, both bearing interest at 8.0%. The Company had $11,565,000 and $12,144,000 of unamortized debt discount costs at March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, respectively, which is recorded as a reduction of the debt balance on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

Debt issuance costs of $711,000 were incurred in connection with the Revolving Credit Facility. These debt issuance costs are amortized into interest expense over the contractual term of the loan. The Company recognized $30,000 and $91,000 of amortization of debt issuance costs for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and year ended December 31, 2020, which is included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. There were $118,000 and $118,000, respectively, and $471,000 and $501,000, respectively, of unamortized debt issuance costs included in other current assets and other assets, respectively, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31 2020.

The loan and security agreements disclosed in the Predecessor period below were terminated in conjunction with the Company entering into the Credit Facilities described herein.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The maturities of outstanding debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,    Amount  

2021

   $ 8,450  

2022

     8,450  

2023

     8,450  

2024

     8,450  

2025

     8,450  

Thereafter

     796,938  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 839,188  
  

 

 

 

Predecessor

In November 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial institution, or the credit facility, allowing us to incur revolver borrowings of up to $7,000,000, or such lesser amount equal to a percentage of our monthly contracted recurring revenue. Interest on borrowings accrued at a rate equal to the prime rate plus 1.25% to 3.75%, with the exact interest rate determined by reference to a specified operating metric. Accrued interest is payable monthly on the first day of each month with all outstanding borrowings payable on the maturity date. In addition to an upfront facility fee, we are obligated to pay the lender a fee, payable quarterly in arrears, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the average unused portion of the available borrowings.

The credit facility contains customary conditions to borrowing, events of default and covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to dispose of assets, change our business, merge with or acquire other entities, incur indebtedness, incur encumbrances, make distributions to holders of our capital stock, make investments or engage in transactions with our affiliates. The agreement also includes a financial covenant requiring the achievement of minimum bookings on a trailing three-month basis, tested monthly. During the continuance of an event of default, SVB may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility, and foreclose on the collateral. Amounts borrowed under the credit facility are secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of our assets other than intellectual property and more than 65% of the capital stock of any of our foreign subsidiaries.

In June 2017, we entered into a second amended and restated loan and security agreement for a period of 12 months. The aggregate revolver borrowings were $15,000,000 (subject to increase to $35,000,000, based on the borrowings base calculation) through its maturity date in June 2018.

In June 2018, we entered into a second amendment to the second amended and restated loan and security agreement to extend the maturity date for a period of 12 months. The aggregate revolver borrowings are $5,000,000 (subject to increase to $35,000,000, based on the borrowing base calculation) so long as we are in compliance with all terms and conditions under the credit facility. Including a minimum adjusted quick ratio that is measured each quarter.

In June 2019, we entered into a third amendment to the second amended and restated loan and security agreement to extend the maturity date for a period of 12 months. The agreement provides for up to $5,000,000 (subject to increase to $35,000,000, based on the borrowing base calculation) so long as we are in compliance with all terms and conditions under the credit facility. Availability is subject to a formula based upon a certain adjusted quick ratio. Advances under the credit facility accrue interest at a floating per year rate equal to the prime rate plus 0.5%. During the continuance of an event of default, the lender may accelerate amounts outstanding, terminate the credit facility, and foreclose on the collateral.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

8. Disaggregated Revenue

We have one operating segment, which is our cloud-based learning, assessment, development and engagement systems. We primarily generate revenues from two customer bases, Education and Corporate. Education customers consist of K-12 and Higher Education institutions that purchase our Canvas Learning Management System (“LMS”), which includes assessments, analytics and learning content. Corporate customers purchase Bridge product, which includes a learning management system and performance platform that helps employees and managers transform their organization through connection, alignment, and growth. The following tables present the Company’s disaggregated revenues based on its two customer bases and by geographic region, based on the physical location of the customer (in thousands):

 

     Successor    

 

     Predecessor     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
   

 

     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2021    

 

     2020     2020            2020     2019     2018  
     (Unaudited)    

 

     (Unaudited)                                 

Education

   $ 90,317          $ 65,564     $ 217,963          $ 65,564     $ 237,012     $ 194,654  

Corporate

     3,663            5,825       12,710            5,825       21,461       14,890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 93,980          $ 71,389     $ 230,673          $ 71,389     $ 258,473     $ 209,544  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of revenue generated by Education

     96          92     94          92     92     93
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Successor    

 

     Predecessor     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
   

 

     Three
Months
Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2021    

 

     2020     2020            2020     2019     2018  
     (Unaudited)    

 

     (Unaudited)                                 

United States

   $ 79,158          $ 56,850     $ 186,518          $ 56,850     $ 206,183     $ 169,643  

Foreign

     14,822            14,539       44,155            14,539       52,290       39,901  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 93,980          $ 71,389     $ 230,673          $ 71,389     $ 258,473     $ 209,544  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of revenue generated outside of the United States

     16          20     19          20     20     19
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue and Performance Obligations

During the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), 92% of revenue recognized was included in our deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2020. During the Successor 2020 Period, 35% of revenue recognized was included in our deferred revenue balance at March 31, 2020. During the Predecessor 2020 Period, 94% of revenue recognized was included in our deferred revenue balance at December 31, 2019.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Transaction Price Allocated to the Remaining Performance Obligations

As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), approximately $569,492,000 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 78% of our remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter.

As of December 31, 2020, approximately $599,150,000 of revenue is expected to be recognized from remaining performance obligations. An additional $22,301,000 from remaining Bridge performance obligations as of December 31, 2020 are not expected to be recognized as revenue in subsequent periods due to the circumstances discussed in Notes 6—Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and 19—Subsequent Events. We expect to recognize revenue on approximately 77% of our remaining performance obligations over the next 24 months, with the balance recognized thereafter.

9. Deferred Commissions

Deferred commissions primarily consist of sales commissions that are capitalized as incremental contract origination costs and were $23,127,000, $23,097,000 and $22,559,000 as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. For the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, amortization expense for deferred commissions was $2,400,000, $3,391,000, $5,722,000, $3,391,000, $11,919,000 and $10,088,000, respectively, and there was no impairment of deferred commissions during these periods.

10. Stockholders’ Equity

Successor

The Instructure Parent, L.P. Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement (“Partnership Agreement”) sets forth the terms, rights, powers, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the partnership. In accordance with the Partnership Agreement, there is an unlimited number of authorized Class A Units and Class B Units (collectively, the “Units”) and issuance of such Units is determined by the board of managers (the “Board”).

In connection with the Take-Private Transaction, TopCo issued 1,250,000 Class A Units and 90,000,000 Class B Units, with no par values, for the cash paid by Thoma Bravo and its affiliated funds. Units share in distributions according to a “waterfall” which provides for distributions to be made in the following order and priority: (1) first, to the holders of Class A Units until they receive a 9% annual return on their remaining unreturned capital contributions, compounded quarterly; (2) second, to the holders of Class A Units until they receive an amount equal to their respective capital contributions on a pro rata basis; and (3) third, to the holders of the remaining Class B Units based on their percentage of ownership, taking into account any applicable vesting terms and participation threshold on the Class B Units. A participation threshold in respect of a Class B Unit is determined at the time of issuance or grant and is equal to or greater than the amount payable in respect of a Class B Unit having a participation threshold of zero pursuant to the waterfall in a hypothetical liquidation of TopCo at the value of TopCo as of immediately prior to such issuance or grant. No conversion or redemption rights are associated with Class A or Class B Units.

Additionally, in connection with the Take-Private Transaction, Instructure Holdings, Inc. authorized 1,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01, all of which remained outstanding during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 and the Successor 2020 Period. No other shares were issued.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Predecessor

Common Stock

We had 200,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value common stock authorized as of December 31, 2019. There were 38,257,326 common shares issued at December 31, 2019. There were no shares of common stock held in treasury at December 31, 2019. Each share of common stock has the right to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and if declared by the board of directors, subject to prior rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. No dividends have been declared or paid on the common stock during the Predecessor Periods. All outstanding common shares at the time of the Take-Private Transaction were acquired for $49 per share and subsequently retired.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of December 31, 2019, we had 10,000,000 shares of $0.0001 par value preferred stock authorized, of which no shares were issued or outstanding at December 31, 2019. At the time of the Take-Private Transaction, all preferred stock was retired.

11. Stock-Based Compensation

The following two tables show stock-based compensation by award type and where the stock-based compensation expense was recorded in our consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

    Successor    

 

    Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
   

 

    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021    

 

    2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Options

  $ 48         $ 367     $ 1,706         $ 367     $ 1,997     $ 2,867  

Restricted stock units

    2,871           6,076       39,731         $ 6,076       53,991       17,560  

Employee stock purchase plan

              666                 666       524       2,320  

Class A and Class B units

    2,666                 8,725                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 5,585         $ 7,109     $ 50,162         $ 7,109     $ 56,512     $ 22,747  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Successor    

 

    Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor  
    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
   

 

    Three Months
Ended

March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2021    

 

    2020     2020           2020     2019     2018  
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                                

Subscription and support cost of revenue

  $ 224         $ 301     $ 1,020         $ 301     $ 1,769     $ 1,235  

Professional services and other cost of revenue

    177           285       687           285       2,111       975  

Sales and marketing

    1,582           1,977       7,580           1,977       15,098       6,022  

Research and development

  $ 1,670           1,874       9,903           1,874       19,550       8,338  

General and administrative

  $ 1,932           2,672       30,972           2,672       17,984       6,177  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 5,585         $ 7,109     $ 50,162         $ 7,109     $ 56,512     $ 22,747  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the Take-Private Transaction on March 31, 2020, and except for certain executives, outstanding stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”, together with the stock options “equity awards”), whether vested or unvested, were cancelled and replaced with the right to receive $49 per share, less the applicable exercise price per share and applicable withholding taxes (the “per share price”), with respect of each share of common stock underlying such award (“Cash Replacement Awards”). The per share price attributed to the unvested equity awards will vest and be payable at the same time such equity awards would have vested pursuant to its original terms prior to the replacement. During the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and the Successor 2020 Period, the Company recognized $2,919,000 and $41,437,000 of stock-based compensation expense associated with the Cash Replacement Awards, respectively.

Successor

In April 2020, as part of the Take-Private Transaction, the Board approved the Instructure Parent, LP Incentive Equity Plan (the “2020 Plan”) and the Instructure Co-Invest Agreement (the “Co-Invest Agreement”) to incentivize employees and to align the employees and management with the owners of the business.

The 2020 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, profits interest, equity appreciation rights and other forms of awards to employees and non-employees granted or denominated in shares of the TopCo’s Units. Under the 2020 Plan, 10,000,000 Class B Units (“Incentive Units”) were reserved for issuance (“Incentive Carry”) and do not have a contractual life. Incentive Carry grants are subject to a service and a performance vesting condition based on the achievement of an EBITDA target as established by the Company’s Board, over a performance period of four years.

The Co-Invest Agreement offers employees the one-time opportunity to co-invest in the TopCo by purchasing Units directly from the Company for cash. Under the Co-Invest agreement, the purchase price for one Class A unit and 72 Class B units is $1,000, which is the same investment allocation between the two unit classes as the investment made by existing investors at the time of the Take-Private Transaction. The minimum cash investment is $2,500. Any consideration received in excess of the investment has been recognized as stock-based compensation in the consolidated statements of operations.

Additionally, TopCo granted 480,000 Incentive Units to certain members of the Board that are only subject to service-based vesting conditions over four years (“Board Carry”). These Incentive Units are not included in

 

F-37


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

the Incentive Carry pool previously discussed and there is no contractual life. The following tables summarize the Incentive Unit activity for the Successor 2020 Period for both the Incentive Carry and Board Carry, respectively (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Class B
Incentive
Units
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Unit
     Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at April 1, 2020

         $      $  

Granted

     8,254       4.06        33,481  

Forfeited or cancelled

     (68     4.09        276  
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     8,186              42,751  
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2020

     8,186       4.06        42,751  

Granted (unaudited)

                   

Forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

     (151     4.09        789  
  

 

 

      

Outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     8,035              41,961  
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     8,035     $ 4.07      $ 41,961  

 

     Class B
Incentive
Units
     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Unit
     Aggregate
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at April 1, 2020

          $      $  

Granted

     480        3.60        1,728  

Forfeited or cancelled

                    
  

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     480               2,515  
  

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2020

     480        3.60        2,515  

Granted (unaudited)

                    

Forfeited or cancelled (unaudited)

                    
  

 

 

       

Outstanding at March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     480               2,515  
  

 

 

       

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

     480      $ 3.60      $ 2,515  

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our Incentive Units used in the option pricing model to establish the grant date fair value for the Successor 2020 Period:

 

     Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
     2020

Dividend yield

   None

Volatility

   60%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.3%

Expected life (years)

   4.3-4.7

 

F-38


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, we had $25,123,000 and $28,222,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to unvested Incentive Units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.00 and 3.31 years, respectively.

Predecessor

The 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) was terminated in connection with our initial IPO in 2015, and accordingly no shares are available for issuance under the 2010 Plan. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan and stock options agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. The 2010 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights, and shares of restricted stock to our employees, officers, directors and outside consultants. As of December 31, 2019, 308,395 options to purchase common stock remained outstanding under the 2010 Plan.

In August 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Equity Inventive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) and our stockholders approved the 2015 Plan in October 2015. The 2015 Plan became effective in connection with our initial IPO and provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified options, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, and shares of restricted stock. As of December 31, 2019, there were 7,491,786 shares of common stock authorized under the 2015 Plan. The 2015 Plan also provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the plan automatically increases each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2016 and continuing through and including January 1, 2025, by 4.5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capital structure. As of December 31, 2019, 2,583,736 RSUs remained outstanding under the 2015 Plan and 1,863,789 shares remaining for future grants. As of December 31, 2019, there were options to purchase 266,330 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2015 Plan.

As part of our acquisition of Practice, we assumed the Practice 2014 Plan. No shares are available for issuance under the Practice 2014 Plan; however, any outstanding options granted under the Practice 2014 Plan will remain outstanding and subject to the terms of that plan until exercised, terminated or expired by their terms. As of December 31, 2019, options to purchase 381 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the Practice 2014 Plan.

Additionally, as part of our acquisition of Portfolium, we assumed the Portfolium 2014 Plan. No shares are available for issuance under the Portfolium 2014 Plan; however, any outstanding options granted under the Portfolium 2014 Plan will remain outstanding and subject to the terms of that plan until exercised, terminated or expired by their terms. As of December 31, 2019, options to purchase 25,492 shares of common stock remained outstanding under the Portfolium 2014 Plan.

The board of directors determines the terms of each grant. Generally, options have a vesting period ranging from one to four years. Stock options have a ten-year contractual life. Certain stock options have provisions to accelerate vesting upon the occurrence of certain events such as a change in control. Certain stock options provide for early exercise of unvested shares. All options were granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the estimated fair value of our common stock at the date of grant. The fair value of the common stock that underlies the stock options has historically been determined by the board of directors based, in part, upon periodic valuation studies obtained from a third-party valuation firm. After the initial IPO and prior to the Take-Private Transaction, the fair value was determined by the market closing price of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. There were no grants between the Take-Private Transaction and the date we were de-listed from the New York Stock Exchange.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In August 2015, our board of directors adopted the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). Our stockholders approved the ESPP in October 2015, which became effective on the date of the IPO. A total of 333,333 shares of our common stock were initially reserved for issuance under the ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance will increase automatically each year, beginning January 1, 2016 through and including January 1, 2025 by the lesser of 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year; 333,333 shares of common stock; or such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. As of December 31, 2019, there were 1,533,205 shares authorized under the ESPP. The plan allows eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount through payroll deductions of up to 15% of their eligible compensation, subject to any plan limitations. Our board of directors approves the ESPP offerings. Each offering need not be identical, but may not exceed 27 months and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within the offering.

On each purchase date, eligible employees will purchase our stock at a price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of (1) the fair market value of our stock on the offering date or (2) the fair market value of our stock on the purchase date. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we issued 189,038 shares under the ESPP, with a weighted-average purchase price per share of $33.15. Total cash proceeds from the purchase of shares under the 2015 ESPP in 2019 was $6,316,955. As of December 31, 2019, 602,094 shares are reserved for future issuance under the ESPP.

The following table summarizes the assumptions relating to our stock options and ESPP purchase rights used in a Black Scholes option pricing model for the Predecessor Periods:

 

     Period from
January 1
to
March 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019     2018  

Employee Stock Options (1)

      

Dividend yield

     None       None       None  

Volatility

     None       44.24%       46.02%—46.57%  

Risk-free interest rate

     None       2.51%       2.50%—2.84%  

Expected life (years)

     None       5.1       6.1  

Fair value of common stock

     None       $42.78       $16.39—$20.57  

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      

Dividend yield

     None       None       None  

Volatility

     29.69%       29.69%—45.46%       33.94%—45.46%  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.62%       1.62%—2.38%       2.1%—2.38%  

Expected life (years)

     0.5       0.5       0.5  

Fair value of common stock

     $52.52       $38.14—$52.52       $38.14—$42.65  

 

(1)

The Company did not grant any employee stock options during the Predecessor 2020 Period.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table summarizes the stock option activity for the Predecessor 2020 Period (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Underlying
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Life
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2020

     601     $ 18.25        6.2      $ 17,992  

Granted

                  

Exercised

     (131     8.16           5,297  

Forfeited or cancelled

           12.24           13  
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at March 31, 2020

     470       21.07        3.2        13,113  
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2020

     470       21.07        3.2        13,113  

Exercisable at March 31, 2020(1)

     343     $ 16.84        3.6      $ 11,033  

 

(1)

Options were exchanged for rights to receive $49 per share, less applicable exercise price, on March 31, 2020 upon consummation of the Take-Private Transaction.

The follow table summarizes the activity of our unvested stock options for the Predecessor 2020 Period (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Shares
Underlying
Options
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
 

Unvested at January 1, 2020

     159     $ 17.92  

Granted

            

Vested

     (32     16.05  

Forfeited

            
  

 

 

   

Unvested at March 31, 2020(1)

     127     $ 18.38  
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

Options were replaced for rights to receive $49 per share, less applicable exercise price, on March 31, 2020 upon consummation of the Take-Private Transaction upon meeting certain vesting conditions in the Successor Period.

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of each option granted during the Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period was $21.27 and $34.72, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $5,297,000, $25,036,000 and $27,546,000 during the Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period was $509,000, $2,380,000 and $2,779,000, respectively.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $2,672,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to non-vested options that are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.

As of December 31, 2019, we had $873,000 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to our ESPP that is expected to be recognized over the remaining term of the current offering period through May 31, 2020.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

RSUs vest upon achievement of their respective service conditions. As soon as practicable following each vesting date, we will issue to the holder of the RSUs the number of shares of common stock equal to the aggregate number of RSUs that have vested. The service condition is a time-based condition met over a vesting period, as determined by our board of directors, which generally ranges from one to four years. The total stock-based compensation expense expected to be recorded over the remaining life of outstanding RSUs is approximately $94,869,000 at December 31, 2019. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years as of December 31, 2019. As of December 31, 2019, there are 2,584,000 RSUs expected to vest with an aggregate intrinsic value of $124,562,000. The total fair value of RSUs vested was approximately $8,698,000 and $50,890,000 during the Predecessor 2020 Period and the Predecessor 2019 Period, respectively.

The activity for RSUs for the Predecessor 2020 Period is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     RSUs Outstanding  
     Shares     Weighted-
Average
Grant Date Fair
Value Per Share
 

Unvested and outstanding at January 1, 2020

     2,584     $ 40.38  

Granted

     5       48.27  

Vested

     (233     36.97  

Cancelled

     (240     38.90  
  

 

 

   

Unvested and outstanding at March 31, 2020(1)

     2,116     $ 40.96  
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

Shares were replaced for rights to receive $49 per share on March 31, 2020 upon consummation of the Take-Private Transaction upon meeting certain vesting conditions in the Successor Period.

12. Income Taxes

Loss before income tax provision (benefit) was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2020            2020     2019     2018  

United States

   $ (227,483        $ (21,003   $ (82,751   $ (38,205

Foreign

     5,578            (1,017     (1,688     (4,921
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (221,905        $ (22,020   $ (84,439   $ (43,126
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2020            2020     2019     2018  

Current:

             

Federal

   $          $     $     $  

State

     96            23       84       35  

Foreign

     1,022                  771       192  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,118            23       855       227  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

             

Federal

     (38,422          1       (4,560     6  

State

     (6,651          (1     1       2  

Foreign

     31            160       84       104  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (45,042          160       (4,475     112  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (43,924        $ 183     $ (3,620   $ 339  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following reconciles the differences between income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate of 21% and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
          Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2020           2020     2019     2018  

Expected income tax benefit at the federal statutory rate

  $ (46,598       $ (4,615   $ (17,732   $ (9,056

State tax net of federal benefit

    (7,417         (2,280     (7,011     (4,001

Stock-based compensation

    1,843           (3,565     (4,485     (4,426

Stock warrant liability

                          (26

Impairment of held-for-sale goodwill

    6,219                        

Difference in foreign tax rates

    55           250       2,336       (589

Research and development credits

              (762     (3,079     (2,236

Change in valuation allowance

    652           12,953       25,798       20,656  

Change in tax rate

                           

Other

    1,322           (1,798     553       17  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

  $ (43,924       $ 183     $ (3,620   $ 339  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year Ended
December 31,
           Year Ended
December 31,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020            2019     2018  

Deferred tax assets:

           

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 130,928          $ 111,031     $ 78,356  

Research and development credits

     11,641            10,838       7,075  

163j interest limitation

     12,550                   

Accruals and reserves

     889            1,425       2,644  

Depreciation and amortization

     115            203       847  

Lease liability

     8,116            12,852        

Stock-based compensation

     1,737            2,783       2,377  

Valuation allowance

     (16,251          (111,691     (81,421
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     149,725            27,441       9,878  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     (70          (10,087     (1,697

Intangible assets

     (197,561                 

Deferred commissions

     (4,466          (4,793     (5,159

Right of use asset

     (5,713          (9,671      

Capitalized costs

     (516          (3,530     (3,568
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (208,326          (28,081     (10,424
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (58,601        $ (640   $ (546
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

On a quarterly basis, we estimate our annual effective tax rate to be applied to ordinary pre-tax income and record the tax impact of any discrete items separately in the relevant period. In addition, any change in valuation allowance that results from a change in judgment of the realizability of deferred tax assets is recorded in the quarter in which the change in judgment occurs.

The income tax benefit of $9.3 million during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) primarily relates to the pre-tax GAAP loss as a result of book amortization expense of acquisition-related intangibles.

During the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), we recognized a $56.4 million tax gain on the divestiture of Bridge, which was entirely offset by net operating loss carryforwards, therefore not impacting the tax provision.

At December 31, 2020, we had $130,928,000 in tax-effected federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards that, if unused, begin expiring in 2021. Additionally, at December 31, 2020, we had $18,888,000 in income tax credits, consisting primarily of federal and state research and development tax credits. These tax credits, if unused, begin expiring in 2024.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We review all available evidence to evaluate our recovery of deferred tax assets, including our recent history of accumulated losses in all tax jurisdictions over the most recent three years as well as our ability to generate income in future periods. We have provided a valuation allowance against some of our U.S. state net deferred tax assets as it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized given the nature of the assets and the likelihood of future utilization.

The valuation allowance decreased by $108,398,000 in the Successor 2020 Period due to Thoma Bravo’s acquisition of Instructure and the deferred tax liability recorded in connection with the step-up in the book basis of the Company’s intangible assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $12,953,000 and $25,798,000 in the Predecessor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2019 Period, respectively, primarily due to the generation of deferred tax assets related to net operating loss carryforwards.

U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries have not been provided for as we currently plan to indefinitely reinvest these amounts and have the ability to do so. Cumulative undistributed foreign earnings were not material at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019.

We have federal net operating loss carryforwards of $480,966,000 and $393,602,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, which expire at various dates through 2041.

We have federal research and development credit carryforwards of 14,385,000 at December 31, 2020 that expire at various dates through 2041. We also have state research and investment credit carryforwards of $4,503,000 that expire at various dates through 2035.

Uncertain Tax Positions

We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. We first determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authority, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical merit. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

The following summarizes activity related to unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
     Year ended
December 31,
     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2020            2020      2019      2018  

Unrecognized benefit—beginning of the year

   $ 6,671          $ 6,152      $ 4,027      $ 2,267  

Gross increases (decreases)—prior period positions

     (123                         

Gross increases (decreases)—current period positions

     84            519        2,125        1,760  
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unrecognized benefit—end of period

   $ 6,632          $ 6,671      $ 6,152      $ 4,027  
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company does not expect any significant change in our unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months. At December 31, 2020, the Company had $6,600,000 of total unrecognized tax benefits, of which, if

 

F-45


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

recognized, $5,000,000 would impact the Company’s effective tax rate. At December 31, 2019, all of the unrecognized tax benefits decrease deferred tax assets with a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance. At December 31, 2019, none of the unrecognized tax benefits would affect our effective tax rate if recognized in the future.

We have elected to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of income tax expense. No interest or penalties have been recorded through the Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2020 Period.

We file tax returns in the United States, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Netherlands, Hong Kong, Sweden, Hungary, Mexico, Brazil, China and various state jurisdictions. All of our tax years remain open to examination by major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject, as carryforward attributes generated in past years may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state and foreign tax authorities if they have or will be used in future periods.

13. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The fair value hierarchy is defined into the following three categories:

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2: Observable market based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data.

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement hierarchy during the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor Periods. Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     March 31, 2020 (unaudited)  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

                                                               

Money market funds

   $ 3,343      $      $      $ 3,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,343      $      $      $ 3,343  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Successor  
     December 31, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 3,342      $      $      $ 3,342  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 3,342      $      $      $ 3,342  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2019, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Predecessor  
     December 31, 2019  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds

   $ 63,534      $      $      $ 63,534  

Corporate debt securities

            11,586               11,586  

U.S. Treasury bills

     3,998                      3,998  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 67,532      $ 11,586      $      $ 79,118  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying amount of our cash, receivables, and payables approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of these items.

14. Leases

The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating leases with lease terms ranging from two to eight years. These leases require monthly lease payments that may be subject to annual increases throughout the lease term. Certain of these leases also include renewal options at the election of the Company to renew or extend the lease for an additional three to five years. These optional periods have not been considered in the determination of the right-of-use assets or lease liabilities associated with these leases as the Company did not consider it reasonably certain it would exercise the options. The Company subleases three of its locations. As of December 31, 2020, the subleases have 30, 51, and 96 months remaining and will expire in 2023, 2025, and 2028, respectively. No subleasing arrangements have an option for renewal.

Operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the lease payments over the lease term. Right-of-use assets also include adjustments related to prepaid or deferred lease payments and lease incentives. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit interest rate, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the lease commencement date to determine the present value of lease payments.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company performed evaluations of its contracts and determined that each of its identified leases are operating leases. The components of operating lease expense were as follows:

 

     Successor    

 

     Predecessor     Successor            Predecessor  
     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
   

 

     Three Months
Ended
March 31,
    Period from
April 1 to
December 31,
           Period from
January 1 to
March 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
    Year ended
December 31,
 
     2021    

 

     2020     2020            2020     2019     2018  
     (Unaudited)            (Unaudited)                                 

Operating lease cost, gross

   $ 1,952          $ 2,235     $ 6,853          $ 2,235     $ 8,563     $ 7,423  

Variable lease cost, gross(1)

     409            531       1,583            531       2,791        

Sublease income

     (228          (177     (539          (177     (456      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lease costs(2)

   $ 2,133          $ 2,589     $ 7,897          $ 2,589     $ 10,898     $ 7,423  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Variable rent expense was not included within the measurement of the Company’s operating right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. Variable rent expense is comprised primarily of the Company’s proportionate share of operating expenses, property taxes and insurance and is classified as lease expense due to the Company’s election to not separate lease and non-lease components.

(2)

Short-term lease costs for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor Periods were not significant and are not included in the table above.

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2020 Period were $1,934,000, $6,830,000 and $2,472,000, respectively, and was included in net cash provided by operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of the Company’s operating lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 8,678  

2022

     8,948  

2023

     8,781  

2024

     8,506  

2025

     4,440  

Thereafter

     6,046  
  

 

 

 

Total lease payments

     45,399  

Less:

  

Imputed interest

     (8,692
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     36,707  
  

 

 

 

Tenant improvement reimbursements included in the measurement of lease liabilities but not yet received

     (280
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities, net

     36,427  
  

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, the weighted average remaining lease term is 5.1 and 5.3 years, respectively, and the weighted average discount rate used to determine operating lease liabilities was 8.18% as of March 31, 2021 (unaudited) and December 31, 2020, respectively.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Letters of Credit

As of March 31, 2021 (unaudited), December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had a total of $4,721,000, $4,741,000 and $2,590,000, respectively, of letters of credit outstanding that were issued for purposes of securing certain of the Company’s obligations under facility leases and other contractual arrangements.

Litigation

We are involved in various legal proceedings and claims, including challenges to trademarks, from time to time arising in the normal course of business. If we determine that it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable, we will record a liability in our financial statements. If only a range of estimated losses can be determined, we accrue an amount within the range that, in our judgment, reflects the most likely outcome; if none of the estimates within that range is a better estimate than any other amount, we accrue the low end of the range. Management believes that the outcome of our various legal proceedings will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

16. Employee Benefit Plan

We sponsor a qualified 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “401(k) Plan”), available to all qualified employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to contribute gross salary through payroll deductions up to the legally mandated limit based on their jurisdiction. The 401(k) Plan provides for matching contributions equal to 50% of each participant’s elective contributions, not to exceed $1,000 per participant annually during the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor Periods. The matching contributions threshold for the 401(k) Plan was increased to $2,000 annually during the unaudited three month period ending March 31, 2021. Participants vest in matching contributions over a four-year period after a one-year cliff vest. The cost recognized for our contributions to the 401(k) Plan for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor) and 2020 (Predecessor), Successor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2020 Period, Predecessor 2019 Period and Predecessor 2018 Period was $639,000, $535,000, $246,000, $535,000, $917,000 and $931,000, respectively.

17. Related-Party Transactions

Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2020 Period

The Company has agreements in place with Thoma Bravo, LLC for financial and management advisory services, along with compensation arrangements and reimbursements to directors and officers. During the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 (Successor), Successor 2020 Period and Predecessor 2020 Period, the Company incurred $137,000, $523,000 and $47,000, respectively, related to these services. The related expense is reflected in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The spouse of Mitch Benson, our Chief Product Officer, is an employee of the Company. Mr. Benson has been an employee of the Company since 2014 and our Chief Product Officer since August 2019. His spouse, Ms. Tara Gunther, has been an employee of the Company since 2014. Her 2020 base salary and short-term incentive award was approximately $209,000 in the aggregate. Ms. Gunther held RSUs that were converted into

 

F-49


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

cash awards in the Take-Private Transaction with a value of approximately $102,000 that vested in 2020, and was granted a 2020 target long-term incentive award with a value of approximately $133,000. She also received benefits generally available to all employees. The compensation for Ms. Gunther was determined in accordance with our standard employment and compensation practices applicable to employees with similar responsibilities and positions.

Predecessor 2019 Period

On May 27, 2019, we hired Jennifer Goldsmith as our Chief Strategy Officer. Ms. Goldsmith is the sibling of Dan Goldsmith, our former Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Goldsmith’s initial cash base salary is $260,000 per year. Ms. Goldsmith also received a short-term salary grant of RSUS with a value of $65,000 and a long-term grant of RSUs with a value of $3,585,000. Pursuant to our policies and procedures with respect to related party transactions, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors approved this related party transaction on April 24, 2019.

18. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for the unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 and each of the eight quarters in 2020 and 2019 (in thousands except per share data):

 

    Successor           Predecessor  
    Three Months Ended           Three Months Ended  
    March. 31,
2021
    Dec. 31,
2020
    Sept. 30,
2020
    June 30,
2020
          March 31,
2020
    Dec. 31,
2019
    Sept. 30,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    March 31,
2019
 

Total revenue

  $ 93,980     $ 87,531     $ 81,772     $ 61,370         $ 71,389     $ 69,195     $ 68,335     $ 62,867     $ 58,076  

Gross profit

    48,346       43,948       40,742       21,833           46,991       46,263       47,045       42,420       39,919  

Loss from operations

    (24,534     (33,814     (60,070     (78,659         (16,587     (23,403     (20,579     (22,552     (19,459

Net loss

    (33,071     (41,234     (60,173     (76,574         (22,203     (23,005     (20,923     (20,749     (16,142

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 and Successor 2020 Period) and common stockholders (Predecessor Periods)

    (33,071     (41,234     (60,173     (76,574         (22,203     (23,005     (20,923     (20,749     (16,142

Net loss per common share (unaudited three months ended March 31, 2021 and Successor 2020 Period) and common share (Predecessor Periods), basic and diluted

    (33,071     (41,234     (60,173     (76,574         (0.58     (0.61     (0.56     (0.56     (0.45

 

F-50


Table of Contents

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

19. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 23, 2021.

On February 14, 2021, the Company entered into a Unit Purchase Agreement to sell all issued and outstanding units of Bridge, the Company’s corporate learning platform, and wholly-owned subsidiary, to Learning Technologies Group Inc. (“LTG”) for cash consideration of $47,000,000 less transaction expenses. The sale closed on February 26, 2021. The Company voluntarily prepaid its outstanding Term Loans with the proceeds from the sale.

20. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 28, 2021.

On the Pricing Grid Date the Company exercised its option to make a Pricing Grid Election as described elsewhere in this document in the section entitled “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” As a result, the Company’s Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans under the Credit Facilities is 5.5%.

In May 2021, the Company changed its name from Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. to Instructure Holdings, Inc.”

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Board of Directors and Management of

Certica Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2020, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

Wakefield, Massachusetts

November 11, 2020

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Assets

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,132,946  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,073

     5,305,022  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     808,028  

Current portion of deferred commissions

     218,464  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,464,460  
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     345,093  
  

 

 

 

Other assets:

  

Deferred commissions, net of current portion

     1,260,212  

Capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization

     10,051,075  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     30,933,218  

Goodwill

     19,049,212  

Deferred tax asset

     690,000  

Long-term deposits

     43,752  
  

 

 

 

Total other assets

     62,027,469  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 71,837,022  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 977,086  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     2,706,944  

Current portion of deferred revenue

     8,699,715  

Notes payable, net of issuance costs

     27,122,105  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     77,981  

Current portion of contingent consideration on acquisition

     205,512  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     39,789,343  
  

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     383,464  

Related party note payable

     8,500,000  

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     70,304  

Contingent consideration on acquisition, net of current portion

     1,835,932  
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     10,789,700  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     50,579,043  

Members’ equity

     21,257,979  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 71,837,022  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Operations

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Revenues, net:

  

Software licenses - subscription

   $ 22,482,395  

Software maintenance

     844,368  

Professional services

     2,199,575  

Royalty revenue

     7,826,528  
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     33,352,866  

Cost of revenues

     7,964,725  
  

 

 

 

Gross profit

     25,388,141  
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

  

Sales

     3,465,491  

Marketing

     1,465,736  

Research and development

     6,436,912  

General and administrative

     11,375,274  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,743,413  
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     2,644,728  
  

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

  

Interest expense

     (3,425,812

Interest income

     67,473  
  

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     (3,358,339
  

 

 

 

Net loss before provision for income taxes

     (713,611
  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     130,104  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (843,715
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

     Preferred Units      Common Units      Total  
     Units      Amount      Units      Amount      Units      Retained
Deficit
    Amount  

Balance, June 30, 2019

     2,862,448      $ 28,624,481        2,892,238      $ 334,886        5,754,686      $ (6,857,673   $ 22,101,694  

Net loss

     —          —          —          —          —          (843,715     (843,715
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, June 30, 2020

     2,862,448      $ 28,624,481        2,892,238      $ 334,886        5,754,686      $ (7,701,388   $ 21,257,979  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net loss

   $ (843,715

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Depreciation

     166,167  

Amortization of intangibles

     5,810,405  

Amortization of commissions

     205,859  

Amortization of capitalized software development costs

     857,350  

Accretion of debt issuance costs, reported as interest

     233,966  

Change in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (16,645

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     (1,803,869

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (121,453

Deferred commissions, net

     (649,547

Deferred tax asset

     100,000  

Accounts payable

     (134,562

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     1,073,359  

Deferred revenue

     (540,283
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     4,337,032  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Payments for acquisition of property and equipment

     (160,375

Payments for capitalized software development costs

     (3,171,993

Cash received for adjustment on acquisition of TE 21, Inc.

     221,713  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,110,655
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Repayments of long-term debt

     (1,893,333

Repayments of obligations under capital lease

     (93,451

Payment of contingent consideration

     (64,554
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (2,051,338
  

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (824,961

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     3,957,907  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 3,132,946  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 1 – Organization and Nature of Business

Certica Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) was organized on January 29, 2016 in the State of Delaware to act as a holding company to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Certica Holdings Corp. (“CHC”). CHC was incorporated on January 29, 2016, in the State of Delaware. Both Holdings and CHC commenced operations on February 11, 2016. On February 11, 2016, CHC acquired Certica Solutions, Inc. (“CSI”). In conjunction with this transaction, certain stockholders of CSI reinvested their proceeds into Holdings and became minority owners.

On February 11, 2016, CSI entered into a plan of merger with Certica Holdings Corp. and Certica Merger Sub Corp. The merger effectuated a change in controlling interest with new investors and certain existing Certica Solutions, Inc. investors rolling their interest into the new ownership structure under Certica Holdings, LLC. The final merger price was set at approximately $35,000,000, including the amount from investors that rolled their investment from CSI into the merged entity. CSI is subject to certain working capital, indebtedness and transaction cost adjustments, as defined in the agreement. The merger agreement also contains a professional services agreement with the principal investor, New Harbor Capital, which calls for payment of minimum quarterly management fees of $100,000 or an amount based on the consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. The Company paid $400,000 to this related party for the year ended June 30, 2020.

CSI was incorporated in the state of Delaware in March of 2001 and maintains its corporate office in Wakefield, Massachusetts and has offices in Harvard, Massachusetts, Cincinnati, Ohio and Austin, Texas. On February 11, 2016, CSI entered into a merger with Certica Merger Sub Corp. and was the surviving corporation. CSI is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Certica Holdings Corp., which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Certica Holdings, LLC. CSI licenses software and student assessment content (such as test questions), to improve performance, enable data-driven decisions and demonstrate regulatory compliance, both directly to school districts and state education agencies (SEA) and indirectly through other educational technology (EdTech) vendors servicing the K-12 school district market. CSI also delivers related consulting services to districts, SEA’s and EdTech vendors to assist with the implementation and training associated with the licensed software and content. CSI’s primary market is North America.

On April 11, 2019, CHC entered into a stock purchase agreement with TE21, Inc. (“TE21”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding stock of TE21 (see Note 4). As a result of the acquisition, TE21 became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHC. TE21, which operates with offices in Charlestown, South Carolina and Durham, North Carolina, offers benchmark assessments, professional development and intervention software products and services to grades K-12. Its primary market is the southeastern United States, but the Company is looking to market its product offerings through the United States.

The environment of rapid technological change and intense competition, which is characteristic of the software development industry, results in frequent new products, evolving industry standards and increasingly sophisticated customer needs. The Company’s ultimate success depends on its ability to develop products on a timely basis that keep pace with the changes in technology, evolving industry standards and increasingly sophisticated customer needs. As a result, factors adversely impacting the software development industry may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Certica Holdings, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Certica Holdings Corp. and CHC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Certica Solutions, Inc. and TE21, Inc. (individually and collectively, the “Company”). All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Accounting

The financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could vary from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company defines cash and cash equivalents as highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase, other than those held for sale in the ordinary course of business. At June 30, 2020, the Company’s cash equivalents consisted primarily of funds held in a checking account, money market accounts and a sweep account.

Accounts Receivable

For financial reporting, current earnings are charged and an allowance is credited with a provision for doubtful accounts based on experience. Accounts deemed uncollectible are charged against this allowance. Receivables are reported on the balance sheet net of such allowance. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for anticipated losses. As of June 30, 2020, the allowance for doubtful accounts totaled $11,073. As of June 30, 2020, bad debt expense totaled $16,763. The Company has not charged interest on past due accounts; however, they have the option to do so.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from 3 to 5 years. Additions, renewals, and betterments, unless of a minor amount, are capitalized. The Company follows the policy of capitalizing items with a cost in excess of $1,000 and have a useful life of greater than one year. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. For federal income tax purposes, depreciation is computed using the modified accelerated cost recovery method.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The purchase price of an acquired company is allocated between intangible assets and the net tangible assets of the acquired business with the residual of the purchase price recorded as goodwill. The determination of the value of the intangible assets acquired involves certain judgments and estimates. These judgments and estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future and the appropriate weighted average cost of capital.

As of June 30, 2020, goodwill totaled $19,049,212, and the identifiable net intangible assets totaled $30,933,218. The Company assesses the impairment of goodwill of the reporting unit annually, or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level by first performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, then the reporting unit’s carrying value is compared to its fair value. Goodwill is considered impaired if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value. The discounted cash flow approach uses expected future operating results. Failure to achieve these expected results may cause a future impairment of goodwill at the reporting unit. Management has determined there has been no impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets as of June 30, 2020 and therefore no adjustment to the carrying value was required.

Intangible assets subject to amortization include the following: acquired customer relationships, covenants not-to-compete, developed software, a formative assessment item bank (“item bank”), and an assessment module. Customer relationships are amortized on a straight-line basis over five to ten years based on the estimated useful life. Covenants not-to-compete are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective covenants which range from three to four years. Developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over five to ten years based on the estimated useful life. The item bank is amortized on a straight-line basis over five to ten years based on the estimated useful life of the asset. The assessment module is amortized on a straight-line basis over five years based on the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Company evaluates their amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable based on expected undiscounted cash flows attributable to that asset or group of assets. The amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired asset. The Company also evaluated the estimated remaining useful lives of intangible assets and whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining periods of amortization. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our intangible assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy and our internal forecasts.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets when indicators of impairment exist. For the period ended June 30, 2020, no such events or circumstances were identified. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the undiscounted expected future cash flows

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Long-Lived Assets (continued)

 

from such asset (or asset group) are separately identifiable and less than the asset’s (or asset group’s) carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. Fair value is determined primarily using the anticipated cash flows discounted at a rate commensurate with the risk involved. For the period ended June 30, 2020, the Company recorded no impairment of long-lived assets.

Computer Software Development Costs and Research and Development Costs

Computer software development costs related to software developed for the Company’s Software as a Service (SaaS) products fall under the accounting guidance of ASC Topic 350-40, Intangibles Goodwill and Other–Internal Use Software, in which computer software costs are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage and capitalization begins in the application development stage once the capitalization criteria are met. Costs associated with post implementation activities are expensed as incurred. Costs capitalized during the application development stage include external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, the internal-use computer software.

The Company evaluates whether to capitalize or expense software development costs on its licensed products in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed. The Company sells products in a market that is subject to rapid technology change, new product development, and changing customer needs; accordingly, the Company has concluded that technological feasibility is not established until the development stage of the product is nearly complete. The Company defines technological feasibility as the completion of a working model. The time period during which costs could be capitalized, from the point of reaching technological feasibility until the time of general product release, is very short and, consequently, the amounts that could be capitalized are not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations. Therefore, the Company has charged all such costs to research and development in the period incurred.

Research and development costs primarily include payroll and headcount related costs, contractor fees and other expenses directly related to research and development.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s policy establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements by providing a consistent definition of fair value which focuses on an exit price which is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The policy also prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity specific information and establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date.

Level 1 – Pricing inputs are quoted prices available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date. The Company does not have any instruments meeting the criteria of Level 1 inputs.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Fair Value Measurements (continued)

 

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are quoted prices for similar investments, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term through corroboration with observable market data. The Company does not have any instruments meeting the criteria of Level 2 inputs.

Level 3 – Pricing inputs include unobservable inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own presumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, which are developed based on the best information available. The Company does not have any instruments meeting the criteria of Level 3 inputs.

The Company does not have any assets that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. The Company’s contingent consideration on acquisition liability will be measured annually through 2022. See Note 4 under the K-12 Dynamics Acquisition for more details.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are recognized at fair value subsequent to initial recognition when they are deemed to be impaired. As of June 30, 2020, the Company’s assets subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis are fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets. The carrying value of these assets has not been impaired; therefore these assets are measured at cost as of June 30, 2020.

Revenue Recognition under ASC 606

The Company recognizes revenue from software licenses, assessment products, content licenses, royalties, consulting services, and post-contract support services. The Company recognizes revenue when they satisfy a performance obligation by transferring control of the promised services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Company expects to receive in exchange for those services. When the Company acts as an agent in the transaction under ASC 606, they recognize revenue for only the commission on the arrangement. The Company determines revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

  (1)

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with a customer

 

  (2)

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract

 

  (3)

Determination of the transaction price

 

  (4)

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

  (5)

Recognition of revenue when, or as, they satisfy a performance obligation

The following table represents the Company’s revenue disaggregated by source:

 

Software license subscriptions

   $ 22,482,395  

Royalty revenue

     7,826,528  

Professional services

     2,199,575  

Software maintenance

     844,368  
  

 

 

 

Total net revenues

   $ 33,352,866  
  

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue Recognition under ASC 606 (continued)

 

The recognition of revenue may require the application of judgment related to the determination of the performance obligations, the timing of when the performance obligations are satisfied and other areas. In instances where the Company recognizes revenue over time, the Company generally has a subscription service that is recognized over time on a straight-line basis using the time-elapsed output method. The application of their revenue recognition policies and a description of their principal activities, organized by segment, from which the company generate their revenue, are presented below.

Revenue from software license subscriptions, royalties and support is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year. Revenue from the predictive assessment product (developed by TE21) is recognized ratably based on the number of assessments purchased in conjunction with the administration of the assessments.

The Company’s professional services contracts are either on a time and materials or fixed fee basis. These revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and materials contracts, on a proportional performance basis for fixed price contracts. Professional service contracts are generally performed over a short duration, typically one to three months.

The Company enters into contracts with its customers that may include promises to transfer multiple software licenses, support and professional services. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a customer to transfer products or services that are distinct. Determining whether products and services are distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately or combined as one unit of accounting may require significant judgment.

Software licenses are distinct as such offerings are often sold separately. In determining whether professional services are distinct, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the subscription start date and the contractual dependence of the service on the customer’s satisfaction with the professional services work. To date, the Company has concluded that all of the professional services included in contracts with multiple performance obligations are distinct.

The Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) basis. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised product or service separately to a customer. Judgment is required to determine the SSP for each distinct performance obligation.

The Company determines SSP by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include the Company’s discounting practices, the size and volume of the Company’s transactions, price lists, historical sales and contract prices. As the Company’s strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes to SSP.

In certain cases, the Company is able to establish SSP based on observable prices of products or services sold separately in comparable circumstances to similar customers. The Company uses a single amount to estimate SSP when it has observable prices.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Revenue Recognition under ASC 606 (continued)

 

 

If SSP is not directly observable, for example when pricing is highly variable, the Company uses a range of SSP. The Company determines the SSP range using information that may include market conditions or other observable inputs. The Company typically has more than one SSP for individual products and services due to the stratification of those products and services by customer size and geography.

The Company offers an enterprise version of its Certify product under a software license agreement, which is available in certain circumstances. Revenue under this arrangement would generally be recognized upon the transfer license to the customer. There was no revenue recognized for sales of software licenses for the year ended June 30, 2020.

Contract liabilities are recorded when cash payments are received or due in advance of performance and are reflected in deferred revenue on the consolidated balance sheet. Deferred revenue amounted to $9,083,179 ($8,699,715 current and $383,464 noncurrent) as of June 30, 2020.

Costs to Obtain and Fulfill a Contract

Under ASC 606 subtopic 340-40, referred to herein as ASC 340-40, the Company is required to capitalize and amortize incremental costs of obtaining a contract, such as sales commissions, over the period of benefit, which the Company has calculated to be ten years. Incremental costs of obtaining a contract are recognized as an asset if the costs are expected to be recovered. The period of benefit was determined based on an average customer contract term, technology changes, and the company’s ability to retain customers. Sales commissions for renewal contracts are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the related contractual renewal period. Amortization expense is included in sales expense on the consolidated statement of operations.

The Company’s incremental costs of obtaining a contract consist of sales commissions. Sales commissions paid on renewals are not commensurate with sales commissions paid on the initial contract. For initial contracts, the incremental amount of sales commissions are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of benefit, which the Company has estimated to be ten years. For renewal contracts, commissions are amortized over the renewal period if the contract period exceeds one year. If the contract period is less than one year, the Company applies a practical expedient available under ASC 606 and expenses the commission when incurred because the amortization period would have been one year or less. The period of benefit was determined based on an average customer contract term, expected contract renewals, changes in technology and the Company’s ability to retain customers. Deferred commissions are classified on the consolidated balance sheet as current or noncurrent assets based on the timing the expense will be recognized. As of June 30, 2020, the Company had $218,464 of current deferred commissions and $1,260,212 of noncurrent deferred commissions. Commissions expense is included in sales expense on the consolidated statement of operations. The Company had amortization expense of $205,859 on deferred commissions during the period ended June 30, 2020. Other costs incurred to fulfill contracts have been immaterial to date.

Income Taxes

Holdings files its income tax returns in the United States as a limited liability company and is taxed as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provision for income taxes,

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes (continued)

 

related to Holdings, has been made in these consolidated financial statements because such taxes are the responsibility of the individual members of the LLC.

CHC files its income tax returns as a corporation. CSI and TE21 are subsidiaries of CHC and their activity is reported in CHC’s income tax filings. CSI and TE21 file separately for state income tax purposes. Income taxes are provided for the tax effect of transactions reported in the consolidated financial statements and consists of taxes currently due plus deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis, measured by enacted tax rates for years in which taxes are expected to be paid or recovered.

Management has evaluated significant tax positions against the criteria established by professional standards and believes there are no such tax positions requiring accounting recognition in the consolidated financial statements. Management does not believe its evaluation of tax positions will significantly change within twelve months of June 30, 2020. Any changes in tax positions will be recorded when the ultimate outcome becomes known. The CHC, CSI (pre-transaction) and TE21 (pre-transaction) income tax returns are generally subject to examination by taxing authorities for the previous three years filed.

Subsequent Events

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through November 11, 2020, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 3 – Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following at June 30, 2020:

 

Computer hardware and software

   $ 374,269  

Capital lease equipment

     416,316  

Office equipment and computers

     137,673  

Capitalized website costs

     127,992  

Leasehold improvements

     40,469  
  

 

 

 
     1,096,719  

Accumulated depreciation

     (751,626
  

 

 

 
   $ 345,093  
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the period ended June 30, 2020, was $166,167. Property and equipment held under capital leases are depreciated over three years. For the year ended June 30, 2020, accumulated depreciation and depreciation expense related to capital leases amounted to $270,177 and $88,836, respectively.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations    

The Company, through CHC, completed an acquisition during 2019, of TE21, Inc. The Company through CSI, completed an acquisition during 2018, of K-12 Dynamics, Inc. and Go IT Services, Inc. (“K-12 Dynamics”), two acquisitions during 2017: Unbound Concepts, Inc. (“Unbound”) and KobellSystems, Inc. (“Kobell”) and two acquisitions in 2016: Peet Consulting, Inc. d/b/a Academic Benchmarks (“Academic Benchmarks” or “AB”) and Educuity, Inc. (“Educuity”). In addition, on February 11, 2016 the Company experienced a change in control event resulting in the recording of goodwill and intangible assets (see Note 1).

Certica Merger

On February 11, 2016, CSI entered into a plan of merger with Certica Holdings Corp. and Certica Merger Sub Corp. The merger effectuated a change in controlling interest with new investors and certain existing Certica Solutions, Inc. investors rolling their interest into the new ownership structure under Certica Holdings, LLC. The final merger price was set at approximately $35,000,000, including the existing investors that rolled their investment from CSI into the merged entity.

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Current assets

   $ 6,331,892  

Fixed assets

     58,833  

Intangible assets

     24,314,224  

Goodwill

     11,329,256  

Current liabilities

     (7,373,302
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 34,660,903  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

Certica Merger (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Item Bank

   $ 12,976,703        10 years  

Developed software

     7,682,825        10 years  

Tradename

     1,678,935        Indefinite  

Customer relationships

     1,420,564        10 years  

Noncompete agreement

     555,197        3 Years  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 24,314,224     
  

 

 

    

Academic Benchmarks Acquisition

On February 11, 2016, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire certain assets related to the business of Peet Consulting Inc. d/b/a Academic Benchmarks including accounts receivable, and all other assets and rights of the seller, both tangible and intangible for a gross purchase price of $12,001,814, including liabilities assumed. With this acquisition, the Company has expanded its product offerings to include technology that enriches learning and assessment content by leveraging connection points and allowing for enriched searches, discovery, and alignment of data. In connection with the purchase, the Company issued a promissory note of $4,000,000 (see Note 8).

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Accounts receivable

   $ 1,000,149  

Fixed assets

     39,287  

Long term deposits

     10,573  

Intangible assets

     8,619,199  

Goodwill

     3,357,396  

Deferred revenue

     (1,024,790
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 12,001,814  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

Academic Benchmarks Acquisition (continued)

 

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed software

   $ 5,697,654        10 years  

Customer relationships

     1,628,311        10 years  

Tradename

     873,955        Indefinite  

Noncompete agreement

     419,279        4 Years  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 8,619,199     
  

 

 

    

The amounts recorded for developed software represents the estimated fair value of Academic Benchmark’s software platform. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair values of the underlying relationships with Academic Benchmarks’ customers.

Educuity Acquisition

On August 1, 2016, CSI entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire certain assets related to the business of Educuity, Inc. including accounts receivable, and all other assets and rights of the seller, both tangible and intangible for a purchase price of $1,000, plus liabilities assumed. With this acquisition, the Company has expanded its Ed-Fi expertise, technology and data standards for state and local education agencies.

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Cash

   $ 46,655  

Accounts receivable

     5,000  

Long-term deposits

     3,438  

Goodwill

     7,907  

Accounts payable

     (63,000
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ —    
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

 

KobellSystems Acquisition

On June 23, 2017, CSI entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire certain assets related to the business of KobellSystems, Inc., and all other assets and rights of the seller, both tangible and intangible for a purchase price of $300,000. With this acquisition, the Company acquired the ItemLogic software which provides publishers with an assessment content management and distribution platform which is being tightly integrated into the Company’s Academic Benchmarks’ products.

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Intangible assets

   $ 270,000  

Goodwill

     30,000  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 300,000  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The approximate fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed software

   $ 195,000        5 years  

Noncompete agreement

     60,000        3 Years  

Tradename

     15,000        Indefinite  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 270,000     
  

 

 

    

The amounts recorded for developed software represents the estimated fair value of Kobell’s software platform.

Unbound Concepts Acquisition

On June 26, 2017, CSI entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire certain assets related to the business of Unbound Concepts, Inc. including all other assets and rights of the seller, both tangible and intangible for a purchase price of $1,667,547, including 25,581 common units valued at $251,974. With this acquisition, the Company has expanded its product offerings to include technology that

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

Unbound Concepts Acquisition (continued)

 

enriches tagging, search and discovery of reading titles for trade and instructional publishers, in turn providing these publishers greater opportunities to market and sell their titles.

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Intangible assets

   $ 1,167,283  

Goodwill

     500,264  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 1,667,547  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The approximate fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed software

   $ 1,000,528        5 years  

Noncompete agreement

     83,378        3 Years  

Tradename

     83,377        Indefinite  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 1,167,283     
  

 

 

    

The amounts recorded for developed software represents the estimated fair value of Unbound’s software platform.

K-12 Dynamics Acquisition

On December 3, 2018, CSI entered into an asset purchase agreement with K-12 Dynamics, Inc. and Go IT Services, Inc. (“K-12 Dynamics”) to acquire all assets and rights related to the business of developing, marketing, and operating the Dynamic District Dashboard, a platform-as-a-service data analytics portal for school districts (the “K-12 Technology”). The minimum consideration for this acquisition amounts to $1,001,000, of which $1,000 was paid at closing and the remaining $1,000,000 will be paid incrementally over a four-year period. The Company could pay up to an additional $3,000,000 based on sales of the acquired analytics solution (“Videri” F/K/A (“ViewPoint” or “D3 Technology”), as defined in the agreement.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

K-12 Dynamics Acquisition (continued)

 

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

In accordance with ASC 805-30-25, the Company, based on the likelihood of future revenue related to the contingent earn-out agreement, determined the fair value of the acquisition cost including the contingent consideration. The contingent consideration earn-out agreement is 25% of the first $12,000,000 plus 10% of the next $10,000,000 in cumulative revenue CSI receives from Videri related products and services, earned by the K-12 Dynamics’s software from the January 1, 2019 through December 31, 2022. The agreement has a minimum payment of $1,001,000 and a maximum of $4,000,000, and the Company projected the total acquisition amount to $2,600,000, with a fair value of $2,105,998. On initial measurement, the Company used a 6% discount rate that the Company received in a similar transaction (the TE21 transaction). The present value of future anticipated payments are as follows:

 

Year

   Total
Payment
     Purchase
Price Due
     Interest
Portion
 

2020

   $ 250,000      $ 64,554      $ 185,446  

2021

     331,424        205,512        125,912  

2022

     823,833        710,597        113,236  

2023

     1,194,743        1,125,335        69,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,600,000      $ 2,105,998      $ 494,002  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2020, management has determined the fair value of the contingent consideration payments above is materially accurate.

Rollforward of the contingent consideration consisted of the following as of June 30, 2020:

 

Contingent consideration as of June 30, 2019

   $ 2,105,998  

Payment made on April 30, 2020, net of accretion

     (64,554
  

 

 

 

Contingent consideration as of June 30, 2020

   $ 2,041,444  
  

 

 

 

The acquisition-date fair value, as well as the $1,000 cash payment received, was allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values on their corresponding acquisition date, with the remaining unallocated amount recorded as goodwill.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

K-12 Dynamics Acquisition (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Intangible assets

   $ 1,790,948  

Goodwill

     316,050  
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 2,106,998  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The approximate fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Developed software

   $ 1,264,198        10 years  

Customer relationships

     105,350        10 years  

Noncompete agreement

     421,400        3 Years  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 1,790,948     
  

 

 

    

The amounts recorded for developed software represents the estimated fair value of K-12 Dynamics, Inc.’s software platform. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair value of the underlying relationships with K-12 Dynamics’ customers.

TE21, Inc. Acquisition

On April 11, 2019, CHC entered into a stock purchase agreement with TE21, Inc. to acquire 100% of the outstanding stock of TE21, Inc. for an initial purchase price of $17,744,443. Through this acquisition, Certica expands its K-12 formative assessment and analytic offerings to include predictive benchmark assessments, which allow teachers to forecast outcomes on state assessments with a high degree of correlation, measure students’ mastery of learning standards, and evaluate college and career readiness.

In April 2020, Certica received an adjustment from escrow, in the amount of $221,713, in accordance with the terms of the agreement, lowering the total acquisition price to $17,522,730. As a result, Certica reduced the goodwill on this transaction by the same amount (see Note 5).

The transaction is being accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. All of the assets acquired, and liabilities assumed in the transaction are recognized at their acquisition-date fair values, while transaction costs associated with the transaction are expensed as incurred. The results of operations related to this acquisition have been included in these consolidated financial statements since that date.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 4 – Business Combinations (continued)    

TE21, Inc. Acquisition (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of assets acquired (liabilities) assumed as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value  

Cash

   $ 1,375,528  

Accounts receivable

     155,487  

Fixed assets

     368,135  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     78,224  

Deferred tax asset

     790,000  

Intangible assets

     12,617,761  

Goodwill

     3,508,340  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (713,733

Deferred revenue

     (657,012
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 17,522,730  
  

 

 

 

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The approximate fair values assigned to tangible assets acquired and identifiable intangible assets are based on management’s estimates and assumptions.

The following table sets forth the components of identifiable intangible assets acquired and their estimated useful lives as of the date of acquisition:

 

     Fair Value      Useful Life  

Assessments

   $ 6,842,581        5 years  

Developed software

     1,885,320        10 years  

Item bank

     1,851,962        5 years  

Noncompete agreement

     747,028        3 Years  

Tradename

     655,701        Indefinite  

Customer relationships

     635,169        10 years  
  

 

 

    

Intangibles assets acquired

   $ 12,617,761     
  

 

 

    

The amount recorded represents the estimated fair value of TE21’s predictive benchmark assessments product, software platform and item bank. The amount recorded for customer relationships represents the fair value of the underlying relationships with TE21’s customers.

Note 5 – Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in business combinations over the fair value of net intangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 5 – Intangible Assets (continued)

Goodwill (continued)

 

Goodwill consisted of the following:

 

Balance as of June 30, 2019

   $ 19,270,925  

TE21 acquisition adjustment

     (221,713
  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

   $ 19,049,212  
  

 

 

 

There was no impairment of goodwill during the year ended June 30, 2020.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets acquired from business combinations are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from 3 to 10 years (except tradenames which are considered to have an indefinite life). Intangible assets acquired from business combinations as of June 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

     Gross Fair
Value
     Accumulated
amortization
     Net Book
Value
 

Amortized:

        

Acquired developed software

   $ 17,725,525      $ (6,999,252    $ 10,726,273  

Item bank

     14,828,666        (6,124,865      8,703,801  

Assessments

     6,842,581        (1,653,624      5,188,957  

Customer relationships

     3,789,394        (1,427,313      2,362,081  

Covenants not-to-compete

     2,286,282        (1,641,144      645,138  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     45,472,448        (17,846,198      27,626,250  

Unamortized:

        

Tradenames

     3,306,968        —          3,306,968  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 48,779,416      $ (17,846,198    $ 30,933,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The expected future amortization expense for purchased intangible assets as of June 30, 2020 is as follows

 

Year

   Amount  

2021

   $ 5,697,100  

2022

     5,563,284  

2023

     5,068,518  

2024

     4,706,246  

2025

     3,329,609  

Thereafter

     3,261,493  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 27,626,250  
  

 

 

 

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 5 – Intangible Assets (continued)

Intangible Assets (continued)

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets was $5,810,405 for the year ended June 30, 2020.

Note 6 – Capitalized Software Development Costs

Capitalized software development costs consisted of the following as of June 30, 2020:

 

Capitalized software development costs

   $ 11,041,113  

Accumulated amortization

     (990,038
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,051,075  
  

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the year ended June 30, 2020, was $857,350. The Company expects the costs capitalized as internal-use software to be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally three to five years.

Note 7 – Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue as of June 30, 2020, is comprised of amounts deferred from maintenance and subscription contracts, professional service engagements paid for in advance and amounts received under royalty agreements. Amounts deferred under maintenance, subscription and royalty agreements with customers are recognized pro-ratably over the life of the respective customer contract. Deferrals for professional services include amounts that have been paid for in advance, but the services are yet to be completed or accepted by the customer.

The following table outlines the expected future recognition of total deferred revenue as of June 30, 2020:

 

Recognized in:

  

2021

   $ 8,699,715  

2022

     337,503  

2023

     45,961  
  

 

 

 
   $ 9,083,179  
  

 

 

 

Note 8 – Notes Payable

CSI entered into a loan agreement on February 11, 2016, with Deerpath Capital II, LP, Pondfield Funding, LLC and Pondfield Capital, LLC and EverBank Commercial Finance, Inc., collectively the “Lenders” or “Deerpath Loan”, for the following loans: (i) a senior secured term loan in the amount of $18,000,000, (ii) a conditional commitment to provide senior secured revolving loans in the aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000, and (iii) a conditional commitment to provide additional single-advance senior secured term loans not to exceed $5,000,000. The proceeds of the $18,000,000 term loan were used, in part, to retire existing notes payable in the amount of approximately $14,800,000.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 8 – Notes Payable (continued)

 

On April 11, 2019, the Deerpath loan was amended to increase the conditional commitment from $5,000,000 to $11,000,000. This $11,000,000 was then drawn upon in conjunction with the acquisition of TE21, Inc. (see Note 4), increasing the original principal amount under the loan to $29,000,000.

The amended note payable calls for quarterly principal payments plus monthly interest payments. The amended note has principal payments due of $290,000 per quarter and increase annually each July 1st, as defined in the agreement, including a final balloon payment of $25,647,500 due at maturity in February 2021. Interest is calculated monthly at LIBOR plus 7.25% (effective rate was 8.7% as of June 30, 2020). The note payable subjects the borrower to certain restrictive covenants and requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, as defined in the agreement. The note payable is guaranteed by CHC. In conjunction with this note payable, the Company incurred $636,967 ($376,967 in 2016 and $260,000 in 2019), in debt issuance costs. In accordance with ASU 2015-03 Interest - Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, these issuance costs will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the loan which is sixty months. Amortization expense related to issuance costs totaled $217,212 for the year ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2020, $26,735,000 was outstanding under this note payable.

In conjunction with the acquisition of Academic Benchmarks (see Note 4), the Company issued a subordinated convertible note payable on February 11, 2016 in the amount of $4,000,000. Commencing on March 11, 2016, monthly principal payments of $66,667, plus monthly interest payments at the initial rate of 3.00% per annum are due through February 2021. Interest rates increase every March by 1% per year, through the notes’ maturity. The interest rate in effect as of June 30, 2020 was 7.00%. At any time on or after the second anniversary of the note, the noteholder may convert the lesser of $2,000,000 or the remaining principle balance into certain amounts of equity securities of Certica Holding, LLC, as defined in the agreement. There were no conversions for the year ended June 30, 2020. In conjunction with these financing agreements, the Company incurred $83,770 in debt issuance costs. In accordance with ASU 2015-03 Interest - Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, these issuance costs will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the loan which is sixty months. Amortization expense related issuance costs totaled $16,754, for the year ended June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2020, $533,333 was outstanding under this note payable.

Total debt and repayments due as of June 30, 2020 is as follows:

 

Year

   Scheduled
Principal
Repayments
     Less:
Amortization
of Debt
Issuance
Costs
     Net Amount  

2021

   $ 27,268,333      $ (146,228    $ 27,122,105  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 9 – Related Party Debt

In conjunction with the TE21 acquisition, the Company issued an $8,500,000 note payable to the former stockholders. The note is compounded quarterly starting at a 5.00% rate, increasing 0.50% annually up to a maximum of 7.00%, with the unpaid principal and accrued interest being due on April 11, 2024. The interest rate in effect at June 30, 2020 was 5.50%. The amount due on April 11, 2024, including principal and accrued interest, will total approximately $11,400,000, in the event no

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 9 – Related Party Debt (continued)

 

payments are made before maturity. The note contains various voluntary and prepayment clauses, as defined in the agreement. As of June 30, 2020, the outstanding note balance and accrued interest amounted to $8,500,000 and $540,563, respectively.    

Note 10 – Obligations under Capital Lease

The Company leases property and equipment under non-cancelable capital lease agreements. The assets and related liabilities under the capital leases were recorded at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Depreciation of the assets under the capital leases is included in depreciation expense for the year ended June 30, 2020.

Total future minimum lease payments under the capital lease obligations as of June 30, 2020, were as follows:

 

June 30, 2021

   $ 84,198  

June 30, 2022

     62,454  

June 30, 2023

     10,389  
  

 

 

 

Total

     157,041  

Less: amount representing interest

     8,756  
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments under capital leases

     148,285  

Less: current portion

     77,981  
  

 

 

 

Obligations under capital lease - net of current portion

   $ 70,304  
  

 

 

 

Note 11 – Capital Structure

In relation to the reorganization as noted in the Note 1, the Company has issued preferred, common, and restricted common units. The holder of the units is entitled to the rights and privileges set forth in the amended and restated LLC Agreement. The Company also has an equity incentive plan available to issue units at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Refer to the LLC agreement for a detailed description of the rights, privileges and conversion features of each class.

Common Units

As of June 30, 2020, there were 2,892,238 authorized, issued, and outstanding common units. On certain matters, as defined in the LLC agreement, requiring votes of the members each unit entitles the holder to one vote, in person or proxy.

Preferred Units

As of June 30, 2020, there were 2,862,448 authorized, issued, and outstanding preferred units. Holders of the preferred units are not entitled to vote on Company matters and only have certain rights as specified in the LLC agreement.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 11 – Capital Structure (continued)

 

Equity Incentive Plan

The Company has an equity incentive plan to recruit and retain highly qualified employees, consultants and other service providers as a productivity incentive and an opportunity to share in the growth in the Company. These units are deemed “profits interests”. As of June 30, 2020, there were 918,884 units issued under the plan, and 881,111 units were outstanding under the plan. Holders of the restricted units are not entitled to vote on Company matters and only have certain rights as specified in the LLC agreement.

Note 12 – Commitments and Contingencies

The Company currently leases seven office facilities located in Wakefield and Harvard, Massachusetts; Austin, Texas; Cincinnati, Ohio; Durham, North Carolina; and Charleston, South Carolina under operating lease agreements. The leases expire from December 2020 through April 2024. Rent expense for the Company’s facilities for the year ended June 30, 2020, totaled $541,174. The Company records rent expense on the straight-line basis and the deferred rent liability pertaining to future scheduled rent increases has been recorded to accrued expenses.

The future minimum lease payments due under the above-mentioned lease agreements are as follows:

 

Year

   Amount  

2021

   $ 445,500  

2022

     130,700  

2023

     122,000  

2024

     104,800  
  

 

 

 
   $ 803,000  
  

 

 

 

K12 Dynamics Acquisition Contingent Consideration

See Note 4 for the estimated contingent payouts for the acquisition of assets.

Note 13 – Income Taxes

CHC files its income tax returns as a corporation. CSI is a subsidiary of CHC and its activity is captured in CHC’s income tax filings.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 13 – Income Taxes (continued)

 

The components of the provision for (benefit from) for the Certica Holdings Corp. for the year ended June 30, 2020 is as follows:

 

Current:

  

Federal

   $ —    

State

     30,104  
  

 

 

 
     30,104  
  

 

 

 

Deferred:

  

Federal

     483,000  

State

     112,000  
  

 

 

 
     595,000  
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance change

     (495,000
  

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 130,104  
  

 

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to a significant portion of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2020 are as follows:

 

Gross deferred tax asset(1):

  

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 4,183,000  

Deferred costs

     640,000  

Interest carryover

     808,000  

Fixed and intangible assets

     (325,000
  

 

 

 
     5,306,000  
  

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

  

None

     —    
  

 

 

 
     —    
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax valuation allowance

     (4,616,000
  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 690,000  
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) 

The components of income tax benefit (expense) are the temporary timing differences for period reported on in these financial statements. The gross deferred tax asset includes the cumulative book to tax timing differences.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 13 – Income Taxes (continued)

 

The reconciliation between the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate for future periods in effect at the time the financials were available to be issued (21% for the period ended June 30, 2020) to net loss before income tax expense and the actual income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended June 30, 2020:

 

Pre-tax book loss

   $ (713,611
  

 

 

 

Income tax expense at statutory rate

     (150,000

State tax, net of federal tax benefit

     112,000  

Federal, NOL adjustment

     116,000  

Permanent differences

     517,000  

Change in valuation allowance

     (495,000
  

 

 

 
   $ 100,000  
  

 

 

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of ASC 740, Income Taxes. Under ASC 740, deferred income taxes are recognized based on the expected future tax consequences of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities calculated using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be reflected in the tax return.

Management has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its net deferred tax assets, which are comprised principally of net operating loss carryforwards. Management has determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not recognize the majority of the benefits of its deferred tax assets and, as a result, a valuation allowance has been recorded against its deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance decreased by $495,000 during the period ended June 30, 2020.

As of June 30, 2020, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $16,200,000 and $15,700,000 respectively, all of which may be available to offset future federal and state income tax liabilities. These net operating losses may expire at various times between 2020 and 2039.

Ownership changes, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code section 382, could limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income. Generally, an ownership change occurs when the ownership percentage of 5% or greater stockholders increases by more than 50% over a three-year period. Accordingly, the purchase of the Company’s stock in amounts greater than specified levels could have limited the Company’s ability to utilize the federal and state net operating losses for tax purposes.

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

 

Note 14 – Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Cash paid during the year ended June 30, 2020 for interest was $2,305,492.

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Acquisition of property and equipment:

 

Cost of property and equipment

   $ 339,994  

Less:

  

Issuance of capital lease obligations

     (104,819
  

 

 

 

Net cash paid for acquisition of property and equipment

   $ 235,175  
  

 

 

 

Note 15 – Retirement Plan

CSI has a tax deferred 401(k) retirement plan that provides retirement benefits to all of its eligible employees. The participants may elect to contribute either a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of their gross annual earnings not to exceed ERISA and IRS limits. The CSI plan was amended in March 2020 to include an employer match. The plan provides for Company discretionary contributions at matching percentages at 100% up to 4% deferred. Employees immediately vest 100% in all salary reduction contributions and employer contributions. Retirement plan expense for the year ended June 30, 2020 amounted to $58,892.

TE21 has a tax deferred 401(k) retirement plan that provides retirement benefits to all of its eligible employees. The participants may elect to contribute either a fixed dollar amount or a percentage of their gross annual earnings not to exceed ERISA and IRS limits. The plan provides for Company discretionary contributions at matching percentages at 100% up to 4% deferred. Employees immediately vest 100% in all salary reduction contributions and employer contributions. Retirement plan expense for the year ended June 30, 2020 amounted to $74,889.

During December 2019, TE21 employees became employees of CSI and were eligible to contribute to the CSI plan. In conjunction with this, the TE21 plan was frozen and the assets were transferred to the CSI plan.

Note 16 – Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company maintains its cash in several bank deposit accounts, which at times may exceed the federally insured limits of $250,000 that exist through June 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2020 the Company had approximately $2,768,000 of uninsured deposits.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of accounts receivable. The Company extends credit based on the customers’ financial conditions. The Company does not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables. Credit losses, when realized, have been within the range of management’s expectations. To further reduce credit risk associated with accounts receivable, the Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers.

As of June 30, 2020, there were no significant customers with respect to customer bookings.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Year Ended June 30, 2020

 

 

Note 16 – Concentration of Credit Risk (continued)

 

As of June 30, 2020 significant customers with respect to accounts receivable are as follows:

 

Customer A

     19

Customer B

     14

Note 17 – Risks and Uncertainties

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported in Wuhan, China. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 to constitute a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” This outbreak will affect virtually every industry and has created volatility in the stock markets throughout the world. Many Federal and state governments have implemented numerous restrictions, mandated various closures - including schools moving to online learning, and quarantine requirements in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related advisories and restrictions and the impact of the COVID-19, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the duration of the outbreak lasts for an extended period of time, the results of operations for fiscal year 2020 may be materially adversely affected.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

CERTICA HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheet

(unaudited)

 

Assets    September 30, 2020  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 12,286,464  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $11,073

     8,872,452  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,956,615  

Current portion of deferred commissions

     218,464  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     23,333,995  
  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     309,258  
  

 

 

 

Other assets:

  

Deferred commissions, net of current portion

     1,596,722  

Capitalized software and development costs, net accumulated amortization

     10,739,681  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     29,508,943  

Goodwill

     19,049,212  

Deferred Tax Asset

     690,000  

Long-term deposits

     43,752  
  

 

 

 

Total Other assets

     61,628,310  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 85,271,563  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 2,282,904  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     3,046,316  

Current portion of deferred revenue

     20,843,517  

Notes payable, net of issuance costs

     26,625,582  

Current portion of capital lease obligations

     72,214  

Current portion of contingent consideration on acquisition

     205,512  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     53,076,045  
  

 

 

 

Long-term liabilities:

  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

     262,935  

Related party note payable

     8,500,000  

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

     54,274  

Contingent consideration on acquisition, net of current portion

     1,866,618  
  

 

 

 

Total long-term liabilities

     10,683,827  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     63,759,872  
  

 

 

 

Members’ equity

     21,511,691
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 85,271,563
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

CERTICA HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Operations

(unaudited)

 

     For the three months
ended

September 30, 2020
 

Revenues, net:

  

Software licenses—subscription

   $ 6,835,613  

Software maintenance

     175,378  

Professional services

     347,104  

Royalty revenue

     1,836,308  
  

 

 

 

Total revenues

     9,194,403  

Cost of revenues

     2,095,693  
  

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     7,098,710  
  

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

  

Sales

     1,506,773  

Marketing

     268,572  

Research and development

     1,628,477  

General and administrative

     2,658,257  
  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,062,079  
  

 

 

 

Income from operations

     1,036,631  
  

 

 

 

Other (income) expense:

  

Interest expense, net

     762,400  

Net income before provision for income taxes

     274, 231  
  

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     20,519  
  

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 253,712
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

CERTICA HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Members’ Equity

(unaudited)

Three months ended September 30, 2020

 

    Preferred Units     Common Units     Total  
    Units     Amount     Units     Amount     Units     Retained
Deficit
    Amount  

Balance, June 30, 2020

    2,862,448     $ 28,624,481       2,892,238     $ 334,886       5,754,686     $ (7,701,388   $ 21,257,979  

Net Income

                                  253,712       253,712  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2020

    2,862,448     $ 28,624,481       2,892,238     $ 334,886       5,754,686     $ (7,447,676   $ 21,511,691  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

CERTICA HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

     For the three months ended
September 30, 2020
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

  

Net income

   $ 253,712  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Depreciation

     38,961  

Amortization of intangibles

     1,494,726  

Amortization of commissions

     108,606  

Amortization of capitalized software development costs

     191,697  

Accretion of debt issuance costs, reported as interest

     65,976  

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents resulting from changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Accounts receivable

     (3,761,086

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (954,930

Deferred commissions, net

     (336,512

Deferred tax asset

  

Accounts payable

     1,305,423  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     466,584  

Deferred revenue

     11,916,923  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     10,790,080  
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

  

Payments for acquisition of property and equipment

     (3,193

Payments for capitalized software development costs

     (1,059,294

Cash received for adjustment on acquisition of TE 21, Inc.

     10,221  
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,052,266
  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

  

Repayments of long-term debt

     (562,500

Repayments of obligations under capital lease

     (21,796
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (584,296
  

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     9,153,518  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     3,132,946  
  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

     12,286,464  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

CERTICA HOLDINGS LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Nature of Business

Certica Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) was organized on January 29, 2016 in the State of Delaware to act as a holding company to its wholly-owned subsidiary, Certica Holdings Corp. (“CHC”). CHC was incorporated on January 29, 2016, in the State of Delaware. Both Holdings and CHC commenced operations on February 11, 2016. On February 11, 2016, CHC acquired Certica Solutions, Inc. (“CSI”). In conjunction with this transaction, certain stockholders of CSI reinvested their proceeds into Holdings and became minority owners.

On February 11, 2016, CSI entered into a plan of merger with Certica Holdings Corp. and Certica Merger Sub Corp. The merger effectuated a change in controlling interest with new investors and certain existing Certica Solutions, Inc. investors rolling their interest into the new ownership structure under Certica Holdings, LLC. The final merger price was set at approximately $35,000,000, including the amount from investors that rolled their investment from CSI into the merged entity. CSI is subject to certain working capital, indebtedness and transaction cost adjustments, as defined in the agreement. The merger agreement also contains a professional services agreement with the principal investor, New Harbor Capital, which calls for payment of minimum quarterly management fees of $100,000 or an amount based on the consolidated EBITDA, as defined in the agreement. The Company paid $100,000 to this related party for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

CSI was incorporated in the state of Delaware in March of 2001 and maintains its corporate office in Wakefield, Massachusetts and has offices in Harvard, Massachusetts, Cincinnati, Ohio and Austin, Texas. On February 11, 2016, CSI entered into a merger with Certica Merger Sub Corp. and was the surviving corporation. CSI is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Certica Holdings Corp., which in turn is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Certica Holdings, LLC. CSI licenses software and student assessment content (such as test questions), to improve performance, enable data-driven decisions and demonstrate regulatory compliance, both directly to school districts and state education agencies (SEA) and indirectly through other educational technology (EdTech) vendors servicing the K-12 school district market. CSI also delivers related consulting services to districts, SEA’s and EdTech vendors to assist with the implementation and training associated with the licensed software and content. CSI’s primary market is North America.

On April 11, 2019, CHC entered into a stock purchase agreement with TE21, Inc. (“TE21”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding stock of TE21. As a result of the acquisition, TE21 became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CHC. TE21, which operates with offices in Charlestown, South Carolina and Durham, North Carolina, offers benchmark assessments, professional development and intervention software products and services to grades K-12. Its primary market is the southeastern United States, but the Company is looking to market its product offerings through the United States.

The environment of rapid technological change and intense competition, which is characteristic of the software development industry, results in frequent new products, evolving industry standards and increasingly sophisticated customer needs. The Company’s ultimate success depends on its ability to develop products on a timely basis that keep pace with the changes in technology, evolving industry standards and increasingly sophisticated customer needs. As a result, factors adversely impacting the software development industry may have a material adverse effect on the Company.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Certica Holdings, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, Certica Holdings Corp. and CHC’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, Certica Solutions, Inc. and TE21, Inc.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

(individually and collectively, the “Company”). All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Accounting

The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Certain information and note disclosures included in the annual audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. In management’s opinion, the financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the fiscal quarter presented. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Results of operations for the three months ended September 30, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period, or for any future year.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could vary from those estimates.

Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases, requiring lessees to recognize a right-of-use, or ROU, asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with the exception of short-term leases. For lessees, leases will continue to be classified as either operating or finance leases in the financial statements. Lessor accounting is similar to the current model but updated to align with certain changes to the lessee model. Lessors will continue to classify leases as operating, direct financing or sales-type leases. The new standard must be adopted using a modified retrospective transition and requires application of the new guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-05, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and Leases (Topic 842) Effective Dates for Certain Entities, which deferred the effective dates for applying ASC 842 for certain not-for-profit entities that that have not yet issued financial statements or made financial statements available for issuance as of June 3, 2020. The ASU also deferred the effective date for applying ASC 842 by one year for entities within the “all other entities” category. The updated standard is effective for Holdings beginning July 1, 2022. The Company currently expects the most significant impact will be the recognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for its ongoing operating leases.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, a new standard to replace the incurred loss impairment methodology under current GAAP with a methodology that reflects expected credit losses and requires consideration of a broader range of reasonable and supportable information to inform credit loss estimates. The new standard will require the use of a forward-looking expected credit loss model for accounts receivables, loans and other financial instruments. Credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will also be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a reduction in the amortized cost basis of the securities. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2021. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new accounting guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other-Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40). ASU 2018-15 clarifies the accounting for implementation costs in cloud computing arrangements. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2021. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which is intended to simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also simplification of areas such as franchise taxes, step up in tax basis goodwill, separate entity financial statements and interim recognition of enactment of tax laws or rate changes. The standard will be effective for the Company beginning July 1, 2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting this new guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment balance at September 30, 2020 was $309,258.

Depreciation expense for the three months ended September 30, 2020 was $38,961.

4. Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price in business combinations over the fair value of net intangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill amounts are not amortized, but rather tested for impairment at least annually. Goodwill balance as of September 30, 2020 was $19,049,212. There was no impairment of goodwill during the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets acquired from business combinations are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives which range from 3 to 10 years (except tradenames which are considered to have an indefinite life). Intangible assets acquired from business combinations as of September 30, 2020 were $29,508,943. Amortization expense associated with intangible assets was $1,494,726 for the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Capitalized Software

Capitalized software development costs as of September 30, 2020 was $10,739,681. Amortization expense for the three months ended September 30, 2020, was $191,697. The Company expects the costs capitalized as internal-use software to be amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally three to five years.

5. Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue as of September 30, 2020, is comprised of amounts deferred from maintenance and subscription contracts, professional service engagements paid for in advance and amounts received under royalty agreements. Amounts deferred under maintenance, subscription and royalty agreements with customers are recognized pro-ratably over the life of the respective customer contract. Deferrals for professional services include amounts that have been paid for in advance, but the services are yet to be completed or accepted by the customer. Total deferred revenue as of September 30, 2020 was $21,106,452.

6. Notes Payable

CSI entered into a loan agreement on February 11, 2016, with Deerpath Capital II, LP, Pondfield Funding, LLC and Pondfield Capital, LLC and EverBank Commercial Finance, Inc., collectively the “Lenders” or “Deerpath Loan”, for the following loans: (i) a senior secured term loan in the amount of $18,000,000, (ii) a conditional commitment to provide senior secured revolving loans in the aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000, and (iii) a conditional commitment to provide additional single-advance senior secured term loans not to exceed $5,000,000. The proceeds of the $18,000,000 term loan were used, in part, to retire existing notes payable in the amount of approximately $14,800,000.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

On April 11, 2019, the Deerpath loan was amended to increase the conditional commitment from $5,000,000 to $11,000,000. This $11,000,000 was then drawn upon in conjunction with the acquisition of TE21, Inc., increasing the original principal amount under the loan to $29,000,000. The amended note payable calls for quarterly principal payments plus monthly interest payments.

The amended note has principal payments due of $290,000 per quarter and increase annually each July 1st, as defined in the agreement, including a final balloon payment of $25,647,500 due at maturity in February 2021. Interest is calculated monthly at LIBOR plus 7.25% (effective rate was 8.7% as of September 30, 2020). The note payable subjects the borrower to certain restrictive covenants and requires the Company to maintain certain financial ratios, as defined in the agreement. The note payable is guaranteed by CHC. In conjunction with this note payable, the Company incurred $636,967 ($376,967 in 2016 and $260,000 in 2019), in debt issuance costs. In accordance with ASU 2015-03 Interest—Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, these issuance costs will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the loan which is sixty months.

In conjunction with the acquisition of Academic Benchmarks, the Company issued a subordinated convertible note payable on February 11, 2016 in the amount of $4,000,000. Commencing on March 11, 2016, monthly principal payments of $66,667, plus monthly interest payments at the initial rate of 3.00% per annum are due through February 2021. Interest rates increase every March by 1% per year, through the notes’ maturity. The interest rate in effect as of September 30, 2020 was 7.00%. At any time on or after the second anniversary of the note, the noteholder may convert the lesser of $2,000,000 or the remaining principle balance into certain amounts of equity securities of Certica Holding, LLC, as defined in the agreement. There were no conversions for the three months ended September 30, 2020. In conjunction with these financing agreements, the Company incurred $83,770 in debt issuance costs. In accordance with ASU 2015-03 Interest—Imputation of Interest: Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, these issuance costs will be amortized as interest expense over the life of the loan which is sixty months.

Amortization expense related issuance costs for both loans totaled $65,976, for the three months ended September 30, 2020. As of September 30, 2020, $26,625,582 was outstanding under the notes payable.

7. Related Party Debt

In conjunction with the TE21 acquisition, the Company issued an $8,500,000 note payable to the former stockholders. The note is compounded quarterly starting at a 5.00% rate, increasing 0.50% annually up to a maximum of 7.00%, with the unpaid principal and accrued interest being due on April 11, 2024. The interest rate in effect at September 30, 2020 was 5.50%. The amount due on April 11, 2024, including principal and accrued interest, will total approximately $11,400,000, in the event no payments are made before maturity. The note contains various voluntary and prepayment clauses, as defined in the agreement. As of September 30, 2020, the outstanding note balance amounted to $8,500,000.

8. Capital Structure

In relation to the reorganization as noted in the Note 1, the Company has issued preferred, common, and restricted common units. The holder of the units is entitled to the rights and privileges set forth in the amended and restated LLC Agreement. The Company also has an equity incentive plan available to issue units at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Refer to the LLC agreement for a detailed description of the rights, privileges and conversion features of each class.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Common Units

As of September 30, 2020, there were 2,892,238 authorized, issued, and outstanding common units. On certain matters, as defined in the LLC agreement, requiring votes of the members each unit entitles the holder to one vote, in person or proxy.

Preferred Units

As of September 30, 2020, there were 2,862,448 authorized, issued, and outstanding preferred units. Holders of the preferred units are not entitled to vote on Company matters and only have certain rights as specified in the LLC agreement.

Equity Incentive Plan

The Company has an equity incentive plan to recruit and retain highly qualified employees, consultants and other service providers as a productivity incentive and an opportunity to share in the growth in the Company. These units are deemed “profits interests”. As of September 30, 2020, there were 918,884 units issued under the plan, and 881,111 units were outstanding under the plan. Holders of the restricted units are not entitled to vote on Company matters and only have certain rights as specified in the LLC agreement.

9. Risks and Uncertainties

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported in Wuhan, China. The World Health Organization has declared COVID-19 to constitute a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” This outbreak will affect virtually every industry and has created volatility in the stock markets throughout the world. Many Federal and state governments have implemented numerous restrictions, mandated various closures—including schools moving to online learning, and quarantine requirements in connection with the COVID-19 outbreak. The extent of the impact of the COVID-19 on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration and spread of the outbreak and related advisories and restrictions and the impact of the COVID-19, all of which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. If the duration of the outbreak lasts for an extended period of time, the results of operations for fiscal year 2020 may be materially adversely affected.

10. Subsequent Events

On November 23, 2020, Instructure, Inc. (“Instructure”) entered into a definitive Purchase Agreement to acquire all issued and outstanding equity interests of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company. The aggregate consideration payable was $125,000,000. The transaction closed on December 22, 2020, and the Company and its subsidiaries became wholly-owned subsidiaries of Instructure. After final purchase price adjustments, the total purchase price consideration was $133,416,000.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through March 23, 2021, the date on which these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Where applicable, such events are appropriately reflected or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NYSE fee, and the FINRA filing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $              

FINRA filing fee

         

NYSE listing fee

         

Printing expenses

         

Legal fees and expenses

         

Accounting fees and expenses

         

Transfer agent fees and registrar fees

         

Miscellaneous expenses

         
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $      
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking, by or on behalf of an indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Upon completion, of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 or otherwise.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Since January 1, 2018, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

 

   

On January 14, 2020, we issued 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Instructure Holdings, Inc. in consideration of a contribution from Instructure Parent, LP of $10.00.

The shares of common stock in the transaction listed above were issued in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as the sale of such securities did not involve a public offering. The recipient of the securities in this transaction represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. The recipient had adequate access, through its relationships with us, to information about the Company.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(i) Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Instructure Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Instructure Holdings, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  3.3    Bylaws of Instructure Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Instructure Holdings, Inc., to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  4.1    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2020, by and among Instructure Parent, LP, Thoma Bravo and the other parties thereto.
  5.1*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1    Credit Agreement, dated March  24, 2020, by and among Instructure Intermediate Holdings III, LLC, Instructure Holdings, LLC, Instructure, Inc., the Guarantors, the Lenders, Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties
10.2    First Incremental Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement, dated December 22, 2020, by and among Instructure Intermediate Holdings III, LLC, Instructure Holdings, LLC, Instructure, Inc., the Guarantors, the Lenders, and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders
10.3+    Form of Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.4+    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement
10.5+    Form of Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
10.6+    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement
10.7+    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.8    Form of Director Nomination Agreement
10.9+    Offer Letter for Steve Daly
10.10+    Offer Letter for Dale Bowen
10.11+    Offer Letter for Mitch Benson
10.12+    Executive Agreement with Matthew A. Kaminer
10.13+    Executive Agreement with Frank Maylett
10.14+    Executive Agreement with Daniel T. Goldsmith
10.15+    Executive Agreement with Steven B. Kaminsky
10.16+    Form of Employee Co-Invest Agreement
10.17+    Form of Incentive Equity Grant Agreement
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of Instructure Holdings, Inc.
23.1*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.3    Consent of CRR, LLP
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1    Consent of Director Nominee

 

*

Indicates to be filed by amendment.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(ii) Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration Statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective;

 

  (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Salt Lake City, State of Utah, on June 28, 2021.

 

Instructure Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Steve Daly

Name:   Steve Daly
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of Instructure Holdings, Inc. hereby appoint each of Steve Daly, Dale Bowen and Matthew A. Kaminer, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Steve Daly

Steve Daly

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 28, 2021

/s/ Dale Bowen

Dale Bowen

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 28, 2021

/s/ Charles Goodman

Charles Goodman

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  June 28, 2021

/s/ Erik Akopiantz

Erik Akopiantz

  

Director

  June 28, 2021

/s/ James Hutter

James Hutter

  

Director

  June 28, 2021

/s/ Brian Jaffee

Brian Jaffee

  

Director

  June 28, 2021

/s/ Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

  

Director

  June 28, 2021

 

II-5

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS I, INC.

* * * * *

The undersigned, being the duly elected Vice President and Assistant Secretary of Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: The Corporation filed its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 14, 2020 (the “Certificate”) under the name of Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc.

SECOND: Tire Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

THIRD: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Res ad Certificate’).

FOURTH. In accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Restated Certificate was duly approved and adopted pursuant to a written consent signed by the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Vice President and Assistant Secretary herein above named, for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, under penalties of perjury does hereby declare and certify that this is the act and deed of the Corporation and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly has hereunto signed this Certificate of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation this 19th day of November, 2020.

 

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE

HOLDINGS I, INC., a Delaware

corporation

By:  

/s/ Holden Spaht

Name:   Holden Spaht
Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

Certificate of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation - Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc


EXHIBIT A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS I, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is two thousand (2,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

ARTICLE FIVE

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.


ARTICLE EIGHT

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE EIGHT shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE NINE

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by §203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE TEN

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE ELEVEN shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director, or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

* * * * *

 

-2-

Exhibit 3.2

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

*    *    *    *    *

Matthew Kaminer, being the Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Instructure Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST: The present name of the Corporation is Instructure Holdings, Inc. The Corporation was incorporated under the name Instructure Intermediate Holdings I, Inc. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on January 14, 2020. The Corporation filed (i) its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on November 19, 2020 and (ii) a Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation changing the Corporation’s name to “Instructure Holdings, Inc.” on May 26, 2021 (as amended and restated, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).

THIRD: The Restated Certificate restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation.

FOURTH: The Restated Certificate was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of its stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*    *    *    *    *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Instructure Holdings, Inc. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [•] day of [•], 2021.

 

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

                                  

Name:  
Title:  

 

2


Exhibit A

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is Instructure Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [550,000,000] shares, consisting of two classes as follows:

1. [50,000,000] shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and

2. [500,000,000] shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of

 

1


Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 3. Common Stock.

(a) Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended, the “Restated Certificate”) and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, all of the voting power of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be vested in the holders of the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote for each share held by such holder on all matters voted upon by the stockholders of the Corporation; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in this Restated Certificate, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

(c) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the other provisions of applicable law and this Restated Certificate, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation if, as and when declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(d) In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and any other payments required by law and amounts payable upon outstanding shares of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, if any, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed to the holders of shares of Common Stock and the holders of shares of any other class or series ranking equally with the shares of Common Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, equally on a per share basis. Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding and the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (d).

 

2


(e) No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

ARTICLE FIVE

Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be [•] ([•]) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board.

Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

Section 4. Election and Term of Office. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of that certain Director Nomination Agreement, dated on or about [•], 2021 (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Nomination Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each such director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Restated Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

 

3


Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise provided in the Nomination Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate, (i) prior to the first date (the “Trigger Date”) on which Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P., and Thoma Bravo UGP, LLC (collectively, “Thoma Bravo”) and their Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) 40% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (“Voting Stock”), directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock. Any director may resign at any time upon notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation.

Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE FIVE, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be subject to the rights of such series of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

 

4


Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Action by Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which Thoma Bravo and its Affiliated Companies (as defined herein) cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 35% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. On and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to act by consent without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chair of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies and (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chair of the Board of Directors at the request of Thoma Bravo in the manner provided for in the Bylaws. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

5


ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers, employees, operating partners and/or contractors of Thoma Bravo or its Affiliated Companies (as defined below) may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) Thoma Bravo and its Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with Thoma Bravo and its Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve Thoma Bravo and/or its Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers, employees, operating partners and/or contractors, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (Thoma Bravo and/or its Affiliated Companies and all such other persons each an “Exempted Person” and collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith. As used in this Restated Certificate, “Affiliated Companies” shall mean (a) in respect of Thoma Bravo, any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with Thoma Bravo (other than the Corporation and any company that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by Thoma Bravo and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any entity controlled by the Corporation.

Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies, and no Exempted Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise) solely by reason of any such activities of such Exempted Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any of the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (whether contractual or otherwise), as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that Thoma Bravo, its Affiliated Companies or any such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated

 

6


Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Exempted Persons shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have the right to, and shall have no duty (whether contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly: (A) engage in the same, similar or competing business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, (B) do business with any client or customer of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, or (C) make investments in competing businesses of the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies, and such acts shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any director or officer of the Corporation solely in his or her capacity as such, and not in any other capacity.

Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

Section 4. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Restated Certificate, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 5. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Restated Certificate to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter), at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

 

7


(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time, the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market

 

8


value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4 and, to the extent such terms are defined elsewhere in this Restated Certificate, such definitions shall not apply to this Article NINE:

(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

(b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “Business Combination” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

 

9


(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Restated Certificate) have control of such entity;

 

10


(e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) Thoma Bravo or any of its Affiliated Companies, or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by Thoma Bravo or any of its affiliates or associates to such Person; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

(f) “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock;

 

11


(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

(h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

(i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the first date (the “Amendment Trigger Date”) on which Thoma Bravo and its Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by, (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. On and after the Amendment Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board or (ii) in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Amendments to this Restated Certificate. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Restated Certificate may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Restated Certificate or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless (i) prior to the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) on and after the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

 

12


ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. The federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for resolutions of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933.

Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

If any provision or provisions of this Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

13

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS I, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of January 14, 2020)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, city of Wilmington, Delaware, 19801, County of New Castle. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/ or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place, if any, and/ or the means of remote communication, of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, however, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place, if any, and/ or the means of remote communication, of such meeting. No annual meeting of stockholders need be held if not required by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose (including, without limitation, the filling of board vacancies and newly created directorships) and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, and/or by means of remote communication, as shall be stated in a written notice of meeting. Such meetings may be called by the board of directors or the president only with five business days prior written notice (which notice period may not be waived) to the stockholders and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not less than fifty percent of the votes at the meeting, which written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president. The date, time and place, if any, and/or remote communication, of any special meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, however, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place, if any, and/or the means of remote communication, of such meeting. On such written request, the president shall fix a date and time for such meeting within 2 days after receipt of a request for such meeting in such written request.


Section 3 Place of Meetings. The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and/ or by means of remote communication, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 4 Notice. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each director not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given, by or at the direction of the board of directors, the president or the secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. If given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice; and (3) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5 Stockholders List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, and/ or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof,

 

2


and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 6 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the votes represented by the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock, entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place. When a quorum is once present to commence a meeting of stockholders, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders or their proxies.

Section 7 Adjourned Meetings. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8 Vote Required. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9 Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

 

3


Section 11 Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested or by reputable overnight courier service. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days after the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 12 Action by Telegram, Cablegram or Other Electronic Transmission Consent. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section; provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (A) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (B) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

4


Section 2 Number, Election and Term of Office. The number of directors which shall constitute the first board shall be two (2). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3 Removal and Resignation. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

Section 4 Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, board vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such vacancy shall automatically reduce the authorized number of directors pro tanto, until such time as the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock who are entitled to elect the director whose office is vacant shall have exercised their right to elect a director to fill such vacancy, whereupon the authorized number of directors shall be automatically increased pro tanto. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without notice (other than notice under these by-laws) immediately after, and at the same place, if any, as the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6 Other Meetings and Notice. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place, if any, as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors and promptly communicated to all directors then in office. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or at least one of the directors on at least 24 hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, telegraph, and/or by electronic transmission. In like manner and on like notice, the president must call a special meeting on the written request of at least 2 of the directors promptly after receipt of such request.

 

5


Section 7 Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Except as otherwise required by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, each director shall be entitled to one vote.

Section 8 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation, except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9 Committee Rules. Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of a majority of the members of the committee then in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 10 Executive Committee. The board of directors of the corporation may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, designate two directors to constitute an executive committee. The executive committee, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors in the management of the corporation, except that the committee shall have no authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation; adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation; recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets; recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution; amending the by-laws of the corporation; electing or removing directors or officers of the corporation or members of the executive committee; declaring dividends; or amending, altering, or repealing any resolution of the board of directors which, by its terms, provides that it shall not be amended, altered or repealed by the executive committee. The board of directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the size or membership of and to discharge the executive committee.

 

6


Section 11 Audit Committee. The audit committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the board of directors as shall from time to time be appointed by resolution of the board of directors. No member of the board of directors who is an affiliate of the corporation or an officer or an employee of the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation shall be eligible to serve on the audit committee. The audit committee shall review and, as it shall deem appropriate, recommend to the board internal accounting and financial controls for the corporation and accounting principles and auditing practices and procedures to be employed in the preparation and review of financial statements of the corporation. The audit committee shall make recommendations to the board of directors concerning the engagement of independent public accountants to audit the annual financial statements of the corporation and the scope of the audit to be undertaken by such accountants.

Section 12 Compensation Committee. The compensation committee shall consist of not fewer than two members of the board of directors as from time to time shall be appointed by resolution of the board of directors. No member of the board of directors who is an affiliate of the corporation or an officer or an employee of the corporation or any subsidiary of the corporation shall be eligible to serve on the compensation committee. The compensation committee shall review and, as it deems appropriate, recommend to the president and the board of directors policies, practices and procedures relating to the compensation of managerial and executive level employees and the establishment and administration of employee benefit plans. The compensation committee shall have and exercise all authority under any employee stock option plans of the corporation as the committee described therein (unless the board of directors by resolution appoints any other committee to exercise such authority), and shall otherwise advise and consult with the officers of the corporation as may be requested regarding managerial personnel policies.

Section 13 Communications Equipment. Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 14 Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent. Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting, except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 15 Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board, or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 Number. The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and may consist of a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a president and chief executive officer, one or more vice-presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, an executive vice president, a secretary, a treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3 Removal. Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4 Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5 Compensation. Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6 Chairman of the Board. Subject to the powers of the board of directors, the chairman of the board shall be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The chairman of the board shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors and at all meetings of the stockholders and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or provided in these by-laws. Whenever the president is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the chairman of the board shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the president.

Section 7 Vice-Chairman. Whenever the chairman of the board is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence, or otherwise, the vice-chairman shall have the powers and perform the duties of the chairman of the board. The vice-chairman shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chairman of the board, the board of directors or these by-laws.

 

8


Section 8 The President and Chief Executive Officer. The president and chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the chairman of the board, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at which he or she is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, and the chairman of the board, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chairman of the board or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 9 Chief Operating Officer. The chief operating officer of the corporation, subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall engage in the general and active management of the business of the corporation; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief operating officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chairman of the board, the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 10 Chief Financial Officer. The chief financial officer of the corporation shall, under the direction of the chief executive officer, be responsible for all financial and accounting matters and for the direction of the offices of treasurer and controller. The chief financial officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the chairman of the board, the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws. 4

Section 11 Vice-presidents. The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the president, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 12 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law, shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe, and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

9


Section 13 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of treasurer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the treasurer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 14 Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 15 Absence or Disability of Officers. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1 Nature of Indemnity. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), or any appeal of such proceeding, by reason of or arising out of the fact that such person, or any other person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, manager, general partner, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such

 

10


amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding), and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; but only if such person acted in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be (in the case of such person’s official capacity) in the best interests of the corporation or (in all other cases) not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and in addition, in the case of a criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; provided that, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 2 Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation provided for under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses provided for under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within 60 days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation wrongfully denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not properly made within 30 days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. No officer or director will make any claim for indemnification against the corporation by reason of the fact that he, she, or it was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a partner, trustee, director, officer, employee, or agent of another entity (whether such claim is for judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, amounts paid in settlement, losses, expenses, including any advancement thereof, or otherwise and whether such claim is pursuant to any statute, charter

 

11


document, bylaw, agreement, or otherwise) with respect to any action, suit, proceeding, complaint, claim, or demand brought by the corporation against such officer or director (whether such action, suit, proceeding, complaint, claim, or demand is pursuant to applicable law or otherwise).

Section 3 Article Not Exclusive. The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4 Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.

Section 5 Expenses. Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition unless otherwise determined by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer or other person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6 Employees and Agents. Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified, and may be advanced expenses, to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 8 Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 7 Contract Rights. The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a vested contract right between the corporation and each director and officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect. Such contract right shall vest for each director and officer at the time such person is elected or appointed to such position, and

 

12


no repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall affect any such vested rights or obligations of any current or former director or officer with respect to any state of facts or proceeding regardless of when occurring. this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8 Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 9 Obligation of the Corporation. The corporation hereby acknowledges that certain directors have certain rights to indemnification, advancement and/ or reimbursement of expenses and/or insurance coverage pursuant to this Article V, in any case provided by THOMA BRAVO FUND XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and/or certain of its affiliates (each, a “Fund Indemnitor” and collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). In all cases (i) the indemnitor and/or payor of first resort shall be the corporation (i.e., the corporation’s obligations to a director are primary, and any obligation of any Fund Indemnitor to advance or reimburse expenses or to provide indemnification or insurance for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by such director are secondary), (ii) the corporation shall be required to indemnify and/or provide insurance and/or advance and/or reimburse the full amount of expenses incurred by a director, and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, in each case, to the extent required by this Article V, without regard to any rights such director may have against any Fund Indemnitor, and (iii) the corporation irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or other recovery with respect to amounts for which the corporation is or may be or become liable pursuant to this Article V. No payment by a Fund Indemnitor on behalf, or for the benefit, of a director with respect to any claim for which such director has sought indemnification or other recovery from the corporation shall affect the foregoing, and such Fund Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent thereof to all of the rights of recovery of such director against the corporation (it being understood that any indemnification, provision of insurance and/or advancement or payment made by a Fund Indemnitor is and shall be deemed voluntary by the Fund Indemnitor and shall be repaid to the Fund Indemnitor by the director from any amounts such director receives in respect thereof from the corporation, its insurer or otherwise). The Fund Indemnitors are express and intended third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.

 

13


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1 Form. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman, vice-chairman, president or a vice-president and the secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer of the corporation, or any two authorized officers of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such holder in the corporation. Any or all the signatures on the stock certificates may be a facsimile. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any such chairman, vice-chairman, president, vice-president, secretary, or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.

Section 2 Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

14


Section 3 Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4 Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5 Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

15


Section 7 Subscriptions for Stock. Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2 Checks, Drafts or Orders. All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3 Contracts. The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4 Loans. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

 

16


Section 6 Corporate Seal. The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 7 Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8 Inspection of Books and Records. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of

Section 9 Section Headings. Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 10 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

17

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of [•], 2021)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Offices. Instructure Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors; provided that prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation) any special meeting called at the request of Principal Stockholder (as defined herein) may not be postponed, rescheduled or canceled without the consent of the Principal Stockholder at whose request the meeting was originally called.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and


vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”)) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If delivered by courier service, notice shall be deemed given at the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by electronic mail, notice shall be deemed given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the DGCL. Notice to stockholders may also be given by other forms of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. If given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, such notice shall be deemed given upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice. If notice is given by any other form of electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting.

(c) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding Section 4(a) of this ARTICLE II, a notice may not be given by electronic transmission from and after the time: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any

 

2


meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation. A notice by electronic mail will include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files or information.

Section 5. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chair of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present in person or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business. A quorum once established at a meeting shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

3


Section 7. Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, when a quorum has been established, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of the DGCL or other an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a minimum or different vote is required, in which case such minimum or different vote shall be the required vote for such matter. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Section 9. Voting Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.

 

4


(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II, on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) at the time of the meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or business brought by the Principal Stockholder (as defined below) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with the Principal Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment vehicles or funds managed or controlled, directly or indirectly, by or otherwise affiliated with the Principal Stockholder (the “Principal Stockholder Affiliates”) at any time prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date (as defined below)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) For any business (other than (A) nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II or (B) business brought by any of Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P., and Thoma Bravo UGP, LLC (collectively, the “Principal Stockholder”) and/or the Principal Stockholder Affiliates at any time prior to the date when the Principal Stockholder ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Advance Notice Trigger Date”)) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice

 

5


Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered by hand and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 20[•]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day).

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any proposal, resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,

(B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and to the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

 

6


(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business,

(E) a representation that such stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting,

(F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a “Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II and business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to the Exchange Act) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

7


(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 20[•]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered not earlier than the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.

 

8


(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(A) as to each person that the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee of the stockholder, if applicable, and to serving as a director if elected),

(B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder,

(E) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice,

 

9


(F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a “Nomination Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph 11(b)(ii) of this Article II and there is no Public Announcement naming the nominees for additional directorships at least ten (10) days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.

(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee thereof, or stockholders (if stockholders

 

10


are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of Article SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of Article Eight of the Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by the Principal Stockholder prior to the Advance Notice Trigger Date, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the special meeting of stockholders) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting.

(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice. Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the Close of Business on the eighth Business Day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

11


(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:

(i) “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in Salt Lake City, UT or New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close;

(ii) “Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(iii) “Derivative Positions” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iv) “Hedging Transaction” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(v) “Public Announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(vi) “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

12


(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c) of this ARTICLE II, in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(g) Update and Supplement of Nominee Information. The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (A) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (B) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (C) such other information that the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(h) Authority of Chair; General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 11(a)(iii)(G) or Section 11(b)(iii)(G), as applicable, of these Bylaws) and, if any nomination or other business

 

13


is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(i) Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II.

(j) Effect on Other Rights. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (C) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or (D) limit the exercise, the method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation to nominate directors (including pursuant to that Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of on or about [•], 20[•] (as amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Nomination Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein, which rights may be exercised without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on

 

14


which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by consent in lieu of a meeting shall, by written notice delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 13(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the close of business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day). The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 13(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall in such an event be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b) Generally. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the first date on which a consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the

 

15


direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.

(a) Generally. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Chair’s absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board of Directors), or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chair designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence or disability of such person, by a chair chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chair of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. The chair of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chair should so determine, such chair shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

 

16


The chair of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders.

(c) Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

Section 15. Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,

provided that

(c) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

(d) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(e) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

17


Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting of stockholders takes place telephonically or through any other means by which the stockholders do not convene in any one location, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders.

Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by (i) the Chair of the Board, if any, (ii) by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors then in office or (iii) if the Board of Directors then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder, by any director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder, and in each case shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 5. Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

 

18


Section 6. Chair of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. The Board of Directors may elect a Chair of the Board. The Chair of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chair of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chair of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chair of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Committees.

(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

19


Section 8. Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After the action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee in the same paper form or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

Section 9. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 10. Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 11. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number and Election. Subject to the authority of Chief Executive Officer to appoint officers as set forth in Section 11 of this Article IV, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2. Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

 

20


Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this Article IV may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.

Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this Article IV.

Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chair of the Board, or if a Chair of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

Section 7. The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws or otherwise are incident to the position of President.

Section 8. Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chair of the Board, shall, perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Vice President. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

21


Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Secretary; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chair of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The Treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 11. Appointed Officers. In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors at any time, either with or without cause.

 

22


Section 12. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 14. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chair of the Board (if an officer), the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates

 

23


representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 3. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

24


ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to and in accordance with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 3. Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 7. Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, docusign, facsimile and other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or director of the Corporation may be used to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

25


Section 8. Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, any other applicable law or the Nomination Agreement, the provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be construed to be consistent with such other provision or provisions, and to the extent such provision may not be so construed, such provision shall be deemed amended to incorporate such other provision so as to eliminate any such inconsistency and as so amended shall be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advance of expenses (as defined below), the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advance of expenses”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The

 

26


Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chair of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to ARTICLE IV, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV of these By-laws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title, including any titled granted to such person by the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to ARTICLE IV, Section 11, that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this ARTICLE VII unless such person’s appointment to such office was approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification. Any claim for indemnification or advance of expenses by an indemnitee under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the indemnitee. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

27


Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

Section 7. Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

28


Section 8. Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE TEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.

*    *    *    *    *

 

29

Exhibit 4.1

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of March 24, 2020 by and among Instructure Parent, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TB Fund XIII”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TB Fund XIII-A”) and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“TB Executive Fund XIII” and, together with TB Fund XIII, TB Fund XIII-A, and any other investment fund affiliated with Thoma Bravo, LLC which hereafter acquires any Registrable Securities, “Thoma Bravo”). Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of the date hereof (as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “LP Agreement”).

WHEREAS, the Partnership and Thoma Bravo are parties to an Investor Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Investor Purchase Agreement”), and in order to induce Thoma Bravo to enter into the Investor Purchase Agreement, the Partnership has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

  1.

Demand Registrations.

(a)    Requests for Registration. This Section 1 describes the circumstances under which certain holders of Investor Registrable Securities may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of the Investor Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (a “Long-Form Registration”), or, if available, on Form S-3 (including pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act) or any similar short-form registration (a “Short-Form Registration”), if available, by delivering a written request to the Partnership for the registration of such Investor Registrable Securities. Any registration requested pursuant to this Section 1 is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration.” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price range for such offering. Within 10 days after receipt of any such request, the Partnership shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and, subject to Section 1(d) below, shall include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Partnership has received written requests for inclusion therein within seven days after the receipt of the Partnership’s notice of such requested registration to such other holders of Registrable Securities. Subject to this Section 1 and Section 3, after delivery of such request for a Demand Registration, the Partnership (i) shall file promptly (and, in any event, within (x) 90 days in the case of a request for a Long-Form Registration or (y) 30 days in the case of a request for a Short-Form Registration, in each case, following delivery of such request for a Demand Registration to the Partnership) with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement relating to such Demand Registration (a “Demand Registration Statement”) and (ii) shall use its best efforts to cause such Demand Registration Statement to promptly become effective under the Securities Act.


(b)    Long-Form Registrations. Subject to Section 1(i), at any time and from time to time so long as Thoma Bravo holds any Investor Registrable Securities, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Long-Form Registrations (including with respect to an IPO), in which the Partnership shall pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated; provided, that if Thoma Bravo initiates a Partnership-Paid Demand Registration, the other holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to participation in such registration in accordance with Section 2.

(c)    Short-Form Registrations. In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 1(b), subject to Section 1(i) and so long as Thoma Bravo holds any Investor Registrable Securities, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Partnership shall pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated; provided, that the other holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to participation in such registration in accordance with Section 2. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Partnership is permitted to use any applicable short form. After the Partnership has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Partnership shall use its best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations on Form S-3 available for the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

  (d)

Shelf Registrations.

(i)    If the Partnership, pursuant to the request of Thoma Bravo, is qualified to and has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Shelf Registration Statement, then, subject to the Securities Act and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, the Partnership shall use best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as practicable after filing, and, once effective, the Partnership shall cause such Shelf Registration Statement to remain effective for a period ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities included in such registration have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or another Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act, and (ii) the date as of which the holder(s) of the Registrable Securities included in such Self Registration Statement (assuming such holder(s) are Affiliates of the Partnership) are able to sell all of the Registrable Securities included in such registration within a 90-day period in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

(ii)    For so long as a Shelf Registration Statement is and remains effective, Thoma Bravo shall have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). If Thoma Bravo desires to sell Shelf Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, Thoma Bravo shall deliver to the Partnership a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the holders desire to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) business days after receipt of a

 

2


Shelf Offering Notice, the Partnership will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement and are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering. The Partnership, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Partnership has received written requests for inclusion (which request will specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder if Registrable Securities) within three (3) business days after the receipt of the Shelf Offering Notice. The Partnership will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within 20 days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(i), use its best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Offering.

(iii)    If Thoma Bravo wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or bought deal off of a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(ii), Thoma Bravo will notify the Partnership of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than three (3) business days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. The Partnership will as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) business days after the date it commences); provided that Thoma Bravo shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Partnership and counsel to the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Underwritten Block Trade; provided further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i) and any other provision of this Agreement, no holder of Registrable Securities (other than holders of Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the consent of Thoma Bravo.

(iv)    All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by Thoma Bravo, and the Partnership shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur as promptly as practicable.

(v)    The Partnership will, at the request of Thoma Bravo, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by Thoma Bravo to effect such Shelf Offering.

(e)    Priority on Demand Registrations. The Partnership shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities (which must include Thoma Bravo) included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter(s) advises the Partnership in writing that, in its opinion, the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a

 

3


majority of the Investor Registrable Securities (which must include Thoma Bravo) to be included in such registration without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering, the Partnership shall include securities in such registration in the following order of priority: (i) first, the number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which in the opinion of such managing underwriter(s) can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder; (ii) second, Individual Partner Registrable Securities and other securities with respect to which the Partnership has granted registration rights in accordance with Section 1(g) hereof requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of such securities owned by each such holder; provided, that the Individual Partner Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be entitled to participate in any such registration to the extent that the managing underwriter(s) shall determine in good faith, that the participation of the Individual Partners would materially and adversely affect the marketability or offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, it being understood that the Partnership shall include in such registration that number of shares of Individual Partner Registrable Securities covered in this clause (ii) which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability or offering price of the other securities to be sold in such registration; and (iii) third, if and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) have been included, the number of any other securities (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any primary securities to be registered by the Partnership) eligible for inclusion that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s), can be sold without having such adverse effect in such registration or offering. Except as otherwise approved by the Board and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, any Persons other than holders of Registrable Securities who participate in Demand Registrations which are not at the Partnership’s expense must pay their share of the Registration Expenses as provided in Section 5 hereof.

(f)    Selection of Underwriters. TB Fund XIII shall have the right to select the investment banker(s), manager(s) and legal counsel to administer any underwritten offering under this Section 1, including any Shelf Offering.

(g)    Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Partnership shall not grant any Person the right to request the Partnership to register any equity securities of the Partnership, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities (which must include Thoma Bravo).

(h)    Obligations of Holders of Registrable Securities. Subject to the Partnership’s obligations under Section 4(e), each holder of Registrable Securities shall cease using any Prospectus after receipt of written notice from the Partnership indicating that such Prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made or is otherwise not legally available to support sales of Registrable Securities.

(i)    Delay in Filing; Suspension of Registration. If the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement at any time would, in the Board’s good faith judgment after consultation with outside counsel,

 

4


require the Partnership to make an Adverse Disclosure or otherwise materially interfere with a significant acquisition or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, the Partnership may, upon giving prompt written notice to the holders of Registrable Securities, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension”); provided, that the Partnership shall not be permitted to exercise a Suspension (i) that exceeds 90 days on any one occasion or (ii) for more than 120 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period. In the case of a Suspension, the holders of Registrable Securities agree to suspend use of the applicable Prospectus and any Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities, upon receipt of the notice referred to above. The Partnership shall immediately notify the holders of Registrable Securities upon the termination of any Suspension, amend or supplement the Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, if necessary, so it does not contain any untrue statement or omission and furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities such numbers of copies of the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request. The Partnership shall, if necessary, supplement or make amendments to the Demand Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, if required by the registration form used by the Partnership for the Demand Registration or Shelf Registration, as applicable, or by the instructions applicable to such registration form or by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or as may reasonably be requested by the holders of a majority of the Investor Registrable Securities (which must include Thoma Bravo).

 

  2.

Piggyback Registrations.

(a)    Right to Piggyback. If the Partnership, at any time after the IPO, proposes to file a Registration Statement with respect to any offering of its securities for its own account or for the account of any securityholder who holds its securities other than (i) a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form to such forms, (ii) a registration of securities solely relating to an offering and sale to employees, directors officers, members, managers, advisors or consultants of the Partnership pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit plan arrangement or (iii) a registration of non-convertible debt securities (a “Piggyback Registration”) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities then, as expeditiously as possible (but in no event less than 10 days following the date of filing such Registration Statement), the Partnership shall give written notice (the “Registration Notice”) of such proposed filing to all holders of Registrable Securities, and such notice shall offer the holders of such Registrable Securities the opportunity to register such number of Registrable Securities as each such holder may request in writing. Subject to Sections 2(c) and 2(d), the Partnership shall include in such Registration Statement all such Registrable Securities which are requested to be included therein within seven days after the Registration Notice is given to such holders.

(b)    Piggyback Expenses. The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Partnership in all Piggyback Registrations.

(c)    Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Partnership, and the managing underwriter(s) advises the Partnership in writing that in its opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number of securities which can be sold in an orderly

 

5


manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Board, the Partnership, after including all of the primary securities the Partnership desires to include, shall include securities in such registration in the following order of priority: (i) first, the securities the Partnership proposes to sell which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, (ii) second, the number of Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner within the price range of such offering, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such holder; (iii) third, Individual Partner Registrable Securities and other securities with respect to which the Partnership has granted registration rights in accordance with Section 1(g) hereof requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of such securities owned by each such holder; provided, that the Individual Partner Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not be entitled to participate in any such registration to the extent that the managing underwriter(s) shall determine in good faith, that the participation of the Individual Partners would materially and adversely affect the marketability or offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, it being understood that the Partnership shall include in such registration that number of shares of Individual Partner Registrable Securities covered in this clause (ii) which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability or offering price of the other securities to be sold in such registration; and (iv) fourth, if and only if all of the Registrable Securities referred to in clauses (i),(ii) and (iii) have been included, the number of any other securities (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any primary securities to be registered to the Partnership) eligible for inclusion that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s), can be sold without having such adverse effect in such registration or offering.

(d)    Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Partnership’s securities, and the managing underwriter(s) advises the Partnership in writing that in its opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, the Partnership shall include securities in such registration in the following order of priority: (i) first, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders requesting such registration and the Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the holders of such securities and such Investor Registrable Securities on the basis of the number of shares owned by each such holder; (ii) second, Individual Partner Registrable Securities and other securities with respect to which the Partnership has granted registration rights in accordance with Section 1(g) hereof requested to be included in such registration, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the amount of such securities owned by each such holder; provided, that the Individual Partner Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not be entitled to participate in any such registration to the extent that the managing underwriter(s) shall determine in good faith, that the participation of the Individual Partners would materially and adversely affect the marketability or offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, it being understood that the Partnership shall include in such registration that number of shares of Individual Partner Registrable Securities covered in this clause (ii) which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability or offering price of the other securities to be sold in such registration; and (iii) third, if and only if all of the Registrable

 

6


Securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) have been included, the number of any other securities (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any primary securities to be registered to the Partnership) eligible for inclusion that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s), can be sold without having such adverse effect in such registration or offering.

(e)    Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by TB Fund XIII.

(f)    Other Registrations. If the Partnership has previously filed a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1 or pursuant to this Section 2, and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned or all shares offered thereunder have been sold, the Partnership shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its equity securities or securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for its equity securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least 180 days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration, except as Thoma Bravo may otherwise agree.

3.    Holdback Agreements; Transfers; Legends.

(a)    Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that in connection with the IPO and any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten public offering of the Partnership’s equity securities and in which Registrable Securities are included, such holder shall not (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Partnership (including equity securities of the Partnership that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options, or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”) (other than a Transfer (x) by an Investor to one or more of its Affiliates and/or Permitted Transferees or (y) pursuant to a conversion in accordance with Section 12.1 of the LP Agreement), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as any action described in clause (i) of this Section 3(a), (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that Transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, Other Securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any transaction described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 3(a), from the date on which the Partnership gives notice to the holders of Registrable Securities that a preliminary Prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten public offering to the date that is 180 days following the date of the final Prospectus for such underwritten public offering in the case of the IPO or 90 days following the date of the final Prospectus for such underwritten public offering following the IPO (or, in each case, such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriter(s)), unless the managing underwriter(s) otherwise agrees in writing, in which case such agreement will apply to the holders of Investor Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis. The Partnership may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to its securities that are subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such period.

 

7


(b)    The Partnership (i) shall not effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities, or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such equity securities, during the seven days prior to and during the 180-day period beginning on the effective date of any underwritten Demand Registration or any underwritten Piggyback Registration (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor form) unless the managing underwriter(s) otherwise agrees and, (ii) to the extent not inconsistent with applicable law, except as otherwise consented to by Thoma Bravo, shall cause each holder of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities purchased from the Partnership at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than in a registered public offering) to agree not to effect any public sale or distribution (including sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of any such securities during such period (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the managing underwriter(s) otherwise agrees and such agreement permits all holders of Investor Registrable Securities to sell a pro rata amount of securities.

(c)    Lockup Agreements. In connection with any underwritten public offering of the Partnership’s equity securities, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to enter into any holdback, lockup or similar agreement requested by the managing underwriter(s) in a similar form as that which Thoma Bravo enter into.

(d)    Permitted Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except in the case of (i) a Transfer to the Partnership, (ii) a Transfer by Thoma Bravo or an Other Investor to its limited partners in connection with a pro rata in-kind distribution thereto, (iii) a public sale permitted hereunder, (iv) a sale to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or a sale to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force), (v) a Transfer pursuant to Section 8.1(c) of the LP Agreement, or (vi) a Transfer in connection with an Approved Sale (each of clauses (i) through (vi), a “Permitted Transfer”), no holder shall Transfer any Registrable Securities. Prior to Transferring any Registrable Securities to any Person in connection with a Permitted Transfer (including by operation of law), the holder making such Transfer shall cause the prospective transferee to execute and deliver to the Partnership a counterpart of this Agreement thereby agreeing to be bound by the terms hereof. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Registrable Securities in violation of any provision of this Agreement shall be void, and the Partnership shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such securities as the owner of such securities for any purpose. Whether or not any such transferee has executed a counterpart hereto, such transferee shall be subject to the obligations of the transferor hereunder. The provisions of this Section 3(d) shall terminate upon a Sale of the Partnership.

(e)    Legend. Each certificate evidencing any Registrable Securities and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any such Registrable Securities (unless such securities are permitted to be Transferred pursuant to this Agreement and would no longer be Registrable Securities after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE

ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND

OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN A REGISTRATION

 

8


RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED AS OF March 24, 2020 AMONG

THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “ISSUER”) AND

CERTAIN OF THE ISSUER’S SECURITYHOLDERS, AS

AMENDED. A COPY OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS

AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY

THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN

REQUEST.”

4.    Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Partnership shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Partnership shall as expeditiously as possible:

(a)    prepare and file (or submit confidentially to) with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective (provided that at a reasonable time before filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Partnership shall furnish to the counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(b)    notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement filed hereunder and prepare and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for a period of not less than 180 days and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;

(c)    furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;

(d)    use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Partnership shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

 

9


(e)    promptly notify each seller of such Registrable Securities, at any time when a Prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of any such seller, the Partnership shall prepare a supplement or amendment to such Prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such Prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(f)    cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Partnership are then listed;

(g)    cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority;

(h)    provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

(i)    enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including effecting a stock split or a combination of shares);

(j)    make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Partnership, and cause the Partnership’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

(k)    otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least 12 months beginning with the first day of the Partnership’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(l)    permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in such holder’s sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Partnership, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Partnership in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

 

10


(m)    in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related Prospectus or suspending the qualification of any common stock included in such Registration Statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Partnership shall use its best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(n)    take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related Prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(o)    use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(p)    obtain a cold comfort letter from the Partnership’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being sold reasonably request (provided that such Registrable Securities constitute at least 10% of the securities covered by such Registration Statement); and

(q)    provide a legal opinion of the Partnership’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such Registration Statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement and addressed to the underwriters), with respect to the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the Prospectus included therein (including the preliminary Prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature.

5.    Registration Expenses.

(a)    All expenses incident to the Partnership’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including without limitation all registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Partnership and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Partnership, and all expenses relating to marketing the sale of the Registrable Securities, including expenses related to conducting a “road show” (all such expenses being herein referred to as, Registration Expenses”), shall be borne as provided in this Agreement, except that the Partnership shall, in any event, pay its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Partnership are then listed or on the NASD automated quotation system.

 

11


(b)    In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Partnership shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (such counsel to be approved by Thoma Bravo) included in such registration and for the reasonable fees and disbursements of each additional counsel retained by any holder of Registrable Securities for the purpose of rendering a legal opinion on behalf of such holder in connection with any underwritten Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration.

(c)    To the extent Registration Expenses are not required to be paid by the Partnership, each holder of securities included in any registration hereunder shall pay those Registration Expenses allocable to the registration of such holder’s securities so included, and any Registration Expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

 

  6.    Indemnification.

(a)    The Partnership agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the maximum extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, such holder’s officers, directors, managers and members and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (each, a “Holder Indemnified Person”) against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs (including, without limitation, reasonable costs of preparation and reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses, judgments, taxes, fines, penalties, diminution in value, interest, settlements or other amounts of any kind or nature whatsoever (including all amounts paid in investigation, defense or settlement of the foregoing and consequential damages) arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Holder Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under the Securities Act or otherwise (collectively, “Losses”) caused by any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary or summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Securities Exchange Act), or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Partnership by such holder expressly for use therein or by such holder’s failure to deliver a copy of the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Partnership has furnished such holder with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Partnership shall indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities.

(b)    In connection with any Registration Statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Partnership in writing such information as the Partnership reasonably requests for use in connection with any such

 

12


Registration Statement or Prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Partnership, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Partnership (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act (including any final, preliminary of summary Prospectus contained therein or any amendment or supplement thereto or any documents incorporated by reference therein, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any other disclosure document produced by or on behalf of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries including reports and other documents filed under the Securities Exchange Act), or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder; provided that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Partnership and each holder of Registrable Securities in their capacities as such acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by such holder of Registrable Securities, the only information to be furnished to the Partnership for use in any Registration Statement or Prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith shall be statements specifically relating to (i) transactions between such holder and its affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, on the other hand, (ii) the beneficial ownership of equity securities held by such holder and its Affiliates and (iii) the name and address of such holder.

(c)    Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which such Person seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim.

(d)    The indemnification provided for under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of securities. The Partnership also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such party in the event the Partnership’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason. Such provisions shall provide that the liability amongst the various Persons shall be allocated in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of such Persons in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in Losses (the relative fault

 

13


being determined by reference to, among other things, which Person supplied the information giving rise to the untrue statement or omission and each Person’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission) and, only if such allocation is not respected at law, would other equitable considerations, such as the relative benefit received by each Person from the sale of the securities, be taken into consideration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the proceeds received by such holder in the transaction at issue and (ii) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

7.     Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Partnership or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Partnership or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise provided in Section 6 hereof.

8.    Subsidiary Public Offering. If, after an IPO in which the Registering Entity is a Subsidiary of the Partnership, the Partnership distributes securities of such Subsidiary to unitholders of the Partnership, then the rights and obligations of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Partnership shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

9.    Definitions.

Adverse Disclosure” means public disclosure of material, non-public information that (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by the Partnership so that such Registration Statement would not be materially misleading and would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing of such Registration Statement, and (b) the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing such information publicly.

Board” means the board of managers of the Partnership.

Common Stock” means (a) following the organization of a corporation and reorganization or recapitalization of the Partnership into such corporation as provided in Section 12.1 of the LP Agreement, the common equity securities of such corporation and any other class or series of authorized capital stock of such corporation that is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value in respect of the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such corporation, and (b) any common stock of a Subsidiary of either the Partnership or a corporation referenced in clause (a) distributed by the Partnership or such corporation to its unitholders or shareholders, as applicable.

 

14


Individual Partner Registrable Securities” means (a) any shares of Common Stock or Units of the Partnership acquired hereafter from the Partnership by officers, directors or employees of or consultants or other service providers to the Partnership and its Subsidiaries or any other Person who is or becomes a party to this Agreement (other than Thoma Bravo), and (b) any other common equity securities issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (a) by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with an exchange or combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Investor Registrable Securities” means, (a) any Common Stock issued or distributed in respect of Units of the Partnership issued to Thoma Bravo pursuant to the Investor Purchase Agreement and any other shares of Common Stock or Units of the Partnership acquired by Thoma Bravo after the date of this Agreement, and (b) common equity securities of the Partnership or a Subsidiary of the Partnership issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (a) of this definition by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

IPO” means the first underwritten public offering and sale of Common Stock for cash pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (other than on Form S-4, S-8 or a comparable form) under the Securities Act.

Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act, relating to an offer of Registrable Securities.

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments and supplements to such prospectus, including pre- and post-effective amendments to such Registration Statement, and all other material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

Registering Entity” means the Partnership or, if the entity registering in connection with the IPO is a Subsidiary or a successor by merger, acquisition, reorganization, conversion or otherwise, of the Partnership, such other entity.

Registrable Securities” means Investor Registrable Securities and Individual Partner Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Investor Registrable Securities or Individual Partner Registrable Securities when they have been (a) distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in force), (b) repurchased by the Partnership or members or (c) distributed to the partners of Thoma Bravo, unless Thoma Bravo determines otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person has the right to acquire such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a Transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected.

 

15


Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Partnership that covers Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement filed with, or to be filed with, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, including the related Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including pre- and post-effective amendments, and all exhibits and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement; provided, however, that the term “Registration Statement” without reference to a time includes such Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendments as of the time of first contract of sale for the Registrable Securities.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules, or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule, or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules, or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule, or regulation of the Securities Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Shelf Registration Statement” means a Registration Statement of the Partnership filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on either (a) Form S-3 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act), or (b) if the Partnership is not permitted to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3, an evergreen Registration Statement on Form S-1 (or any successor form or other appropriate form under the Securities Act), in each case for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act covering all Investor Registrable Securities (a “Shelf Registration”). To the extent that the Partnership is a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as such term is defined in Rule 405 (or any successor or similar rule) of the Securities Act), a “Shelf Registration Statement” shall be deemed to refer to an “automatic shelf registration statement”, as such term is defined in Rule 405 (or any successor or similar rule) of the Securities Act.

10.    Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Partnership shall not hereafter enter into (i) any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to Thoma Bravo in this Agreement or (ii) any agreement which grants registration or other rights similar to those granted herein, without the written consent of Thoma Bravo.

(b) Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. Without the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo, the Partnership shall not take any action, or permit any change to occur, with respect to its securities which would adversely affect the ability of Thoma Bravo to include the Investor Registrable Securities in a registration undertaken pursuant to this Agreement or which would adversely affect the marketability of such Investor Registrable Securities in any such registration (including, without limitation, effecting a stock split or a combination of shares).

 

16


(c) Remedies. Any Person having rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security) for specific performance and for other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective against the Partnership or Thoma Bravo unless such modification, amendment or waiver is approved in writing by Thoma Bravo; provided that in the event such modification, amendment or waiver by its terms treats any holder or group of holders of the same class of Registrable Securities in a manner that is materially disproportionate and adverse to such holder or group relative to the other holders of such class of Registrable Securities, as the case may be, then such amendment or waiver shall require the prior written consent of the holder or a majority in interest of the group of holders of Registrable Securities (determined based on the number of Registrable Securities held), as applicable, so materially disproportionately and adversely treated. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

(e) Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

(f) Additional Individual Partners. In connection with the issuance of any additional equity securities of the Partnership to Persons providing services to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, the Partnership may permit such Person to become a party to this Agreement and obtain all of the rights and obligations of an “Individual Partner” under this Agreement by obtaining an executed counterpart signature page or joinder to this Agreement, and, upon such execution, such Person shall for all purposes be an “Individual Partner” party to this Agreement.

(g) Non-U.S. Registrations. Subject to the Board having approved a registration of Registrable Securities in one or more jurisdictions other than the United States, if TB Fund XIII so requests (in its sole discretion), the Partnership will use its reasonable best efforts to effect a registration in any such non-U.S. jurisdictions. In such case, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to any non-U.S. registration mutatis mutandis.

(h) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

 

17


(i)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile transmission or other electronic means (including .pdf), and each other party may rely on the receipt of such executed documents as if the original had been received.

(j)    Descriptive Headings. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

(k)    Governing Law. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Partnership and its equityholders and all other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement (including any claims, issues, controversies or matters arising hereunder, whether sounding in law, contract, tort or equity).

(l)    Consent to Jurisdiction. EACH OF THE PARTIES (I) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE AND THE DELAWARE STATE COURTS SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE, FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, (II) HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT, AND AGREES NOT TO ALLOW ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, IN ANY SUCH ACTION, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT SUBJECT PERSONALLY TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS, THAT ITS PROPERTY IS EXEMPT OR IMMUNE FROM ATTACHMENT OR EXECUTION, THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ONE OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS IS IMPROPER, OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF MAY NOT BE ENFORCED IN OR BY SUCH COURT, AND (III) HEREBY AGREES NOT TO COMMENCE OR MAINTAIN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN BEFORE ONE OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS NOR TO MAKE ANY MOTION OR TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION SEEKING OR INTENDING TO CAUSE THE TRANSFER OR REMOVAL OF ANY SUCH ACTION, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN ONE OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS WHETHER ON THE GROUNDS OF INCONVENIENT FORUM OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES ATTACHED HERETO SHALL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH.

 

18


(m)    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(n)    Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of (i) actual receipt, (ii) three days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (iii) the day of e-mail transmission and (iv) one business day following the business day of deposit with a reputable overnight courier (charges prepaid) for next business day delivery. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to Thoma Bravo at the addresses indicated on the signature pages hereto, to each Individual Partner at the address on file with the Partnership, and to the Partnership at the address of its corporate headquarters or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(o)    No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(p)    Registering Entity. Immediately prior to the consummation of an IPO, if the Registering Entity is not the Partnership (including, by way of example, if the Registering Entity is a corporate successor to the Partnership following a reorganization or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.1 of the LP Agreement), the Partnership shall take such actions as may be reasonably necessary to cause the Registering Entity to become a party hereto, with the rights, benefits and obligations of the Partnership hereunder; provided that each party hereto shall, to the extent necessary, as reasonably determined by the Registering Entity, execute a registration rights agreement with terms that are substantially equivalent (to the extent practicable) to, mutatis mutandis, the terms of this Agreement.

(q)    Termination. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Investor and be of no further force or effect when there shall no longer be any Registrable Securities outstanding.

* * * * *

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INSTRUCTURE PARENT, LP
By:   /s/ Holden Spaht
Name:   Holden Spaht
Title:   President and Assistant Secretary


THOMA BRAVO:
THOMA BRAVO FUND XIII, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Holden Spaht
  Name:   Holden Spaht
  Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO EXECUTIVE FUND XIII-A, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Holden Spaht
  Name:   Holden Spaht
  Title:   Managing Partner
THOMA BRAVO EXECUTIVE FUND XIII, L.P.
By:   Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P.
Its:   General Partner
By:   Thoma Bravo, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Holden Spaht
  Name:   Holden Spaht
  Title:   Managing Partner

 

21

Exhibit 10.1

CREDIT AGREEMENT

by and among

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS III, LLC,

as Holdings,

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, LLC,

as the Parent Borrower,

PIV MERGER SUB, INC.,

immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger, as the Initial Subsidiary Borrower,

INSTRUCTURE, INC.,

upon and after the consummation of the Merger, as the Successor Subsidiary Borrower and the Administrative Borrower,

Certain Subsidiaries of Parent Borrower

from time to time party hereto,

as Guarantors,

The Lenders from time to time party hereto,

as Lenders

GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC AND OWL ROCK CAPITAL ADVISORS LLC,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners,

Dated as of March 24, 2020


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

ARTICLE I Definitions

     2  
  

    SECTION 1.01

  Defined Terms      2  
  

    SECTION 1.02

  Other Interpretive Provisions      61  
  

    SECTION 1.03

  Accounting Terms      63  
  

    SECTION 1.04

  Rounding      64  
  

    SECTION 1.05

  References to Agreements, Laws, etc.      64  
  

    SECTION 1.06

  Times of Day      64  
  

    SECTION 1.07

  Timing of Payment of Performance      64  
  

    SECTION 1.08

  Corporate Terminology      64  
  

    SECTION 1.09

  LIBOR Discontinuation      64  
  

    SECTION 1.10

  Divisions      65  

ARTICLE II Amount and Terms of Credit Facilities

     65  
  

    SECTION 2.01

  Loans      65  
  

    SECTION 2.02

  Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings      71  
  

    SECTION 2.03

  Notice of Borrowing      72  
  

    SECTION 2.04

  Disbursement of Funds      73  
  

    SECTION 2.05

  Payment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      74  
  

    SECTION 2.06

  Conversions and Continuations      75  
  

    SECTION 2.07

  Pro Rata Borrowings      76  
  

    SECTION 2.08

  Interest      76  
  

    SECTION 2.09

  Interest Periods      77  
  

    SECTION 2.10

  Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.      78  
  

    SECTION 2.11

  Compensation      80  
  

    SECTION 2.12

  Change of Lending Office      80  
  

    SECTION 2.13

  Notice of Certain Costs      81  
  

    SECTION 2.14

  Cash Collateral      81  
  

    SECTION 2.15

  Defaulting Lenders      82  
  

    SECTION 2.16

  Extensions of Loans      84  
  

    SECTION 2.17

  Certain Permitted Term Loan Repurchases      87  

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
  

    SECTION 2.18

  Refinancing Facilities      88  
  

    SECTION 2.19

  Co-Borrowers      89  

ARTICLE III Letters of Credit

     91  
  

    SECTION 3.01

  Issuance of Letters of Credit      91  
  

    SECTION 3.02

  Letter of Credit Requests      92  
  

    SECTION 3.03

  Letter of Credit Participations      93  
  

    SECTION 3.04

  Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings      94  
  

    SECTION 3.05

  Increased Costs      95  

ARTICLE IV Fees and Commitment Terminations

     96  
  

    SECTION 4.01

  Fees      96  
  

    SECTION 4.02

  Mandatory Termination or Reduction of Commitments      97  

ARTICLE V Payments

     97  
  

    SECTION 5.01

  Voluntary Prepayments and Optional Commitment Reductions      97  
  

    SECTION 5.02

  Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions      98  
  

    SECTION 5.03

  Payment of Obligations; Method and Place of Payment      104  
  

    SECTION 5.04

  Net Payments      104  
  

    SECTION 5.05

  Computations of Interest and Fees      108  

ARTICLE VI Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension

     109  
  

    SECTION 6.01

  Credit Documents      109  
  

    SECTION 6.02

  Collateral and Payoff Documents      109  
  

    SECTION 6.03

  Legal Opinion      110  
  

    SECTION 6.04

  Acquisition and Equity Investment      110  
  

    SECTION 6.05

  Secretary’s Certificates      111  
  

    SECTION 6.06

  Good Standing Certificates      111  
  

    SECTION 6.07

  Solvency Certificate      111  
  

    SECTION 6.08

  Financial Information      111  
  

    SECTION 6.09

  [Reserved]      112  
  

    SECTION 6.10

  Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness      112  
  

    SECTION 6.11

  Material Adverse Effect      112  
  

    SECTION 6.12

  Minimum Cash Balance      112  

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
  

    SECTION 6.13

  Fees and Expenses      112  
  

    SECTION 6.14

  Patriot Act Compliance; Reference Checks and Beneficial Ownership Certification      112  

ARTICLE VII Additional Conditions Precedent

     112  
  

    SECTION 7.01

  Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions      112  
  

    SECTION 7.02

  Post-Closing Covenants      114  

ARTICLE VIII Representations, Warranties and Agreements

     114  
  

    SECTION 8.01

  Corporate Status      115  
  

    SECTION 8.02

  Corporate Power and Authority      115  
  

    SECTION 8.03

  No Violation      115  
  

    SECTION 8.04

  Litigation, Labor Controversies, etc.      115  
  

    SECTION 8.05

  Use of Proceeds; Regulations U and X      116  
  

    SECTION 8.06

  Approvals, Consents, etc.      116  
  

    SECTION 8.07

  Investment Company Act      116  
  

    SECTION 8.08

  Accuracy of Information      116  
  

    SECTION 8.09

  Financial Condition; Financial Statements      117  
  

    SECTION 8.10

  Tax Returns and Payments      117  
  

    SECTION 8.11

  Compliance with ERISA      118  
  

    SECTION 8.12

  Subsidiaries      118  
  

    SECTION 8.13

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, etc.      118  
  

    SECTION 8.14

  Environmental Warranties      119  
  

    SECTION 8.15

  Ownership of Properties      119  
  

    SECTION 8.16

  [Reserved]      119  
  

    SECTION 8.17

  Solvency      119  
  

    SECTION 8.18

  Security Documents      119  
  

    SECTION 8.19

  Compliance with Laws; Authorizations      120  
  

    SECTION 8.20

  No Material Adverse Effect      120  
  

    SECTION 8.21

  Contractual or Other Restrictions      120  
  

    SECTION 8.22

  Senior Indebtedness      120  
  

    SECTION 8.23

  Employment Matters      121  
  

    SECTION 8.24

  Insurance      121  

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
  

    SECTION 8.25

  [Reserved]      121  
  

    SECTION 8.26

  Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts      121  
  

    SECTION 8.27

  [Reserved]      121  
  

    SECTION 8.28

  Patriot Act      121  
  

    SECTION 8.29

  Anti-Corruption Laws, OFAC, Bank Secrecy Act and Foreign Sanctions      122  
  

    SECTION 8.30

  Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-in of Affected Financial Institutions      122  

ARTICLE IX Affirmative Covenants

     123  
  

    SECTION 9.01

  Financial Information, Reports, Notices and Information      123  
  

    SECTION 9.02

  Books, Records and Inspections      126  
  

    SECTION 9.03

  Maintenance of Insurance      127  
  

    SECTION 9.04

  Payment of Taxes      127  
  

    SECTION 9.05

  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws, etc.      128  
  

    SECTION 9.06

  Environmental Compliance      128  
  

    SECTION 9.07

  ERISA      129  
  

    SECTION 9.08

  Maintenance of Properties      130  
  

    SECTION 9.09

  End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters      130  
  

    SECTION 9.10

  Additional Guarantors and Grantors      130  
  

    SECTION 9.11

  Pledges of Additional Stock      131  
  

    SECTION 9.12

  Use of Proceeds      132  
  

    SECTION 9.13

  Further Assurances      132  
  

    SECTION 9.14

  [Reserved]      133  
  

    SECTION 9.15

  Bank Accounts      133  
  

    SECTION 9.16

  USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws      134  
  

    SECTION 9.17

  Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Sanctions      134  

ARTICLE X Negative Covenants

     135  
  

    SECTION 10.01

  Limitation on Indebtedness      135  
  

    SECTION 10.02

  Limitation on Liens      139  
  

    SECTION 10.03

  Consolidation, Merger, etc.      142  
  

    SECTION 10.04

  Permitted Dispositions      143  
  

    SECTION 10.05

  Investments      146  

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
  

    SECTION 10.06

  Restricted Payments, etc.      149  
  

    SECTION 10.07

  Modification of Certain Agreements      152  
  

    SECTION 10.08

  Sale and Leaseback      153  
  

    SECTION 10.09

  Transactions with Affiliates      153  
  

    SECTION 10.10

  Restrictive Agreements, etc.      153  
  

    SECTION 10.11

  Hedging Agreements      154  
  

    SECTION 10.12

  Changes in Business      154  
  

    SECTION 10.13

  Financial Covenants      155  
  

    SECTION 10.14

  Issuance or Repurchase of Capital Stock      156  
  

    SECTION 10.15

  Restricted Junior Debt Payments      156  

ARTICLE XI Events of Default

     157  
  

    SECTION 11.01

  Listing of Events of Default      157  
  

    SECTION 11.02

  Remedies Upon Event of Default      160  
  

    SECTION 11.03

  Equity Cure Right      161  

ARTICLE XII The Agents

     162  
  

    SECTION 12.01

  Appointment      162  
  

    SECTION 12.02

  Delegation of Duties      162  
  

    SECTION 12.03

  Exculpatory Provisions      162  
  

    SECTION 12.04

  Reliance by Agents      163  
  

    SECTION 12.05

  Notice of Default      163  
  

    SECTION 12.06

  Non Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders      164  
  

    SECTION 12.07

  Indemnification      164  
  

    SECTION 12.08

  Agent in Its Individual Capacity      165  
  

    SECTION 12.09

  Successor Agents      165  
  

    SECTION 12.10

  Agents Generally      165  
  

    SECTION 12.11

  Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments      166  
  

    SECTION 12.12

  Agency for Perfection      166  
  

    SECTION 12.13

  Lead Arrangers      166  
  

    SECTION 12.14

  Withholding      166  

 

v


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  

ARTICLE XIII Miscellaneous

     167  
  

    SECTION 13.01

  Amendments and Waivers      167  
  

    SECTION 13.02

  Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies      170  
  

    SECTION 13.03

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      171  
  

    SECTION 13.04

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      171  
  

    SECTION 13.05

  Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnification      171  
  

    SECTION 13.06

  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      173  
  

    SECTION 13.07

  Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances      178  
  

    SECTION 13.08

  Securitization      180  
  

    SECTION 13.09

  Adjustments; Set-off      180  
  

    SECTION 13.10

  Counterparts      181  
  

    SECTION 13.11

  Severability      182  
  

    SECTION 13.12

  Integration      182  
  

    SECTION 13.13

  GOVERNING LAW      182  
  

    SECTION 13.14

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      182  
  

    SECTION 13.15

  Acknowledgments      183  
  

    SECTION 13.16

  WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL      183  
  

    SECTION 13.17

  Confidentiality      183  
  

    SECTION 13.18

  Press Releases, etc.      185  
  

    SECTION 13.19

  Releases of Guarantees and Liens      186  
  

    SECTION 13.20

  USA Patriot Act      186  
  

    SECTION 13.21

  No Fiduciary Duty      186  
  

    SECTION 13.22

  Authorized Officers      187  
  

    SECTION 13.23

  Assumption of Obligations      187  
  

    SECTION 13.24

  [Reserved]      187  
  

    SECTION 13.25

  Special Provisions as to Sponsor Affiliated Lenders      187  
  

    SECTION 13.26

  Currency      188  

 

vi


SCHEDULES  
Schedule 1.01(a)  

Commitments

Schedule 8.10  

Tax Returns and Payments

Schedule 8.12  

Subsidiaries

Schedule 8.15  

Real Property

Schedule 8.18  

Security Documents, Perfection Matters

Schedule 8.23  

Collective Bargaining Agreements

Schedule 8.24  

Insurance

Schedule 8.26  

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

Schedule 10.01  

Indebtedness

Schedule 10.02  

Liens

Schedule 10.04  

Dispositions

Schedule 10.05  

Investments

Schedule 10.09  

Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 13.02  

Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS  
Exhibit A-1  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit C-1  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit L-1  

Form of Letter of Credit Request

Exhibit N-1  

Form of Notice of Borrowing

Exhibit N-2  

Form of Notice of Conversion or Continuation

Exhibit P-1  

Form of Permitted Acquisition Certificate

Exhibit R-1  

Form of Revolving Credit Loan Note

Exhibit T-1  

Form of Term Loan Note


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 24, 2020, is among (i) INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS III, LLC (“Holdings”), as Holdings, (ii) INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Parent Borrower”), as the Parent Borrower, (iii) PIV MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger (as defined below), as the Initial Subsidiary Borrower (in such capacity, the “Initial Subsidiary Borrower”), (iv) INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Target”), upon and after the consummation of the Merger, as the Successor Subsidiary Borrower (in such capacity, the “Successor Subsidiary Borrower”), (v) Subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower signatory hereto as guarantors or hereafter designated as Guarantors pursuant to Section 9.10, (vi) the lenders from time to time party hereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), (vii) GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC (“Golub”), as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and (viii) Golub, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”, and together with the Administrative Agent, collectively, the “Agents” and each an “Agent”). Golub and Owl Rock Capital Advisors LLC (“ORCA”) will serve as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners for the credit facility described in this Agreement (in such capacity as lead arrangers, the “Lead Arrangers”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Sponsor, any of its Controlled Affiliates and any additional co-investors arranged by or designated by the Sponsor on or prior to the Closing Date (the “Co-Investors”) will make the Equity Investment (as defined below).

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 17, 2020, among Target, Merger Sub and the Parent Borrower (together with the exhibits and schedules thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Acquisition Agreement”), (1) Merger Sub will commence a tender offer (such tender offer and the related transactions, the “Offer”) for all of the outstanding common stock of the Target and (2) on the Closing Date, promptly following the closing of the Offer, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Target pursuant to Section 251(h) of the Delaware general corporation law (such merger and the related transactions, the “Merger”), which after giving effect to the Transactions (as defined below) will result in (w) the cessation of the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub and the Target continuing as the surviving corporation of the Merger; (x) Holdings owning, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding equity of the Target and its subsidiaries; (y) Sponsor owning, directly or indirectly, a majority of the outstanding voting equity of the Target and (z) Target immediately and automatically assuming all obligations of Merger Sub under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and becoming the Successor Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and thereunder (the “Acquisition”).

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Borrowers have requested that (a) the Initial Term Lenders make term loans to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount equal to $775,000,000, and (b) the Revolving Credit Lenders


make revolving loans to the Borrowers and, in the case of the Letter of Credit Issuers, issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrowers, pursuant to a revolving credit facility (with a sub-facility for Letters of Credit) in an aggregate amount equal to $50,000,000, in each case, the proceeds of which shall be used as set forth in Section 9.12.

WHEREAS, the Initial Term Lenders and Revolving Credit Lenders have indicated their willingness to so lend and each of the Letter of Credit Issuers has indicated its willingness to so issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, including the granting of Liens on Collateral pursuant to the Security Documents and the making of the guarantees pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01    Defined Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.01 unless the context otherwise requires:

ABR” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating rate of interest per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next highest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the highest of: (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day; (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 12 of 1%; and (c) the Eurodollar Rate on such date for an Interest Period of one month plus 1.00%. Changes in the rate of interest on that portion of any Loans maintained as ABR Loans will take effect simultaneously with each change in the ABR.

ABR Loan” shall mean any ABR Term Loan and any ABR Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at ABR, as provided in Section 2.08(a).

ABR Revolving Credit Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to ABR.

ABR Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the ABR.

Accounts Receivable” shall mean all rights of any Credit Party to payment for goods sold, leased or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business and all rights of any Credit Party to payment for services rendered in the ordinary course of business and all sums of money or other proceeds due thereon pursuant to transactions with account debtors, except for that portion of the sum of money or other proceeds due thereon that relate to sales, use or property taxes in conjunction with such transactions, recorded on books of account in accordance with GAAP.

Acquired Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Purchase”.

 

2


Acquisition” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Acquisition Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Acquisition Agreement Representations” shall mean, such of the representations made by the Target or with respect to the business of the Target in the Acquisition Agreement (giving effect to materiality qualifiers contained in the Acquisition Agreement) that are material to the interests of the Lenders but only to the extent that Merger Sub, the Parent Borrower or their applicable Affiliates have the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate (or cause the termination of) Merger Sub’s or the Parent Borrower’s obligations under the Acquisition Agreement or not to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement (in each case in accordance with the terms thereof).

Acquisition Documents” shall mean, collectively, the Acquisition Agreement, and any other material documents entered into in connection therewith that would reasonably be expected to materially impact the interests of the Agents and the Lenders (other than any equity investment documents entered into in connection with the Transactions).

Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Administrative Borrower” shall mean (i) the Subsidiary Borrower and (ii) upon written notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrowers, any other Borrower as selected by the Borrowers from time to time to act as the Administrative Borrower.

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean a questionnaire completed by each Lender, in a form approved by the Collateral Agent, in which such Lender, among other things, (a) designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Credit Parties and their Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with such Lender’s compliance procedures and Applicable Laws, including federal and state securities laws and (b) designates an address, facsimile number, electronic mail address and/or telephone number for notices and communications with such Lender.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than a Lender or affiliate thereof) that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. The term “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. The terms “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Agents” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

3


Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Anti-Corruption Laws” has the meaning provided in Section 8.29.

Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning provided in Section 9.16(b).

Applicable ECF Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year with respect to which a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i) is otherwise due, if the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is (a) greater than 6.50:1.00, fifty percent (50.0%), (b) less than or equal to 6.50:1.00 but greater than 6.00:1.00, twenty-five percent (25%), or (c) less than or equal to 6.00:1.00, zero percent (0%).

Applicable Laws” shall mean, as to any Person, any law (including common law), statute, regulation, ordinance, rule, order, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding on such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

Applicable Margin” shall mean, for any date of determination prior to the last day of the fourth full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date (the “Pricing Grid Date”), with respect to the Term Loans a rate per annum equal to (i) with respect to Eurodollar Loans, 7.00% and (ii) with respect to ABR Loans, 6.00%.

On the Pricing Grid Date, and on the last day of each of the five (5) full fiscal quarters immediately following the Pricing Grid Date, the Borrowers shall have the option to (i) retain the Applicable Margins set forth above, through but not including the last day of the next fiscal quarter or (ii) switch to the Applicable Margins set forth in the grid below (in each case, a “Pricing Grid Election”); provided, that no such Pricing Grid Election shall be made unless the pro forma Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 6.50:1.00 (except for the mandatory conversion made on the Mandatory Conversion Date as set forth below).

Beginning on the last day of the tenth (10th) full fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date (such date, the “Mandatory Conversion Date”), a Pricing Grid Election shall be deemed to have occurred and the Applicable Margins shall be, with respect to the Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Loan, a rate per annum equal to the applicable percentage set forth in the table below under the appropriate caption:

 

Pricing Level

   Total Net
Leverage Ratio
   Applicable Margin
for Eurodollar Loans
  Applicable Margin for
ABR Loans

I

   > 6.50:1.00    7.00%   6.00%

II

   < 6.50:1.00 but >
6.00:1.00
   6.00%   5.00%

III

   < 6.00:1.00 but >
5.00:1.00
   5.75%   4.75%

IV

   < 5.00:1.00    5.50%   4.50%

 

4


The Applicable Margin for the Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Loan shall be re-determined quarterly on the first Business Day following the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of the calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio based on the financial statements and the accompanying Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 9.01(b) and (d). If the Administrative Agent has not received such calculation of the Total Net Leverage Ratio for any fiscal quarter within the time period specified by Section 9.01(d), then the Applicable Margin for the Term Loans and any Revolving Credit Loan shall be determined as if Pricing Level I shall have applied until the first Business Day after the delivery of such calculation to the Administrative Agent.

Applicable Prepayment Premium” shall mean, with respect to prepayments of the principal of the Term Loans pursuant to Sections 2.17, 2.18, 5.01, 5.02(a)(ii), 5.02(a)(iii) (solely in respect of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries) and 5.02(a)(vii), in each case whether before or after an Event of Default or acceleration shall have occurred, (a) during the period from the Closing Date through and including the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date, three percent (3.0%) of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment, (b) during the period following the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date through and including the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Closing Date, one and a half percent (1.5%) of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment, (c) during the period following the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Closing Date through and including the thirty-six (36) month anniversary of the Closing Date, three-fourths of a percent (0.75%) of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment and (d) after the thirty-six (36) month anniversary of the Closing Date, zero percent (0.0%) of the aggregate principal amount of such prepayment; provided, however, the Applicable Prepayment Premium shall be 0.0% with respect to any such prepayment made (1) out of internally generated cash flow (to be calculated in the same manner as Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include cash on the balance sheet on the Closing Date and proceeds from the Planned Business Disposition) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries generated from operations after the Closing Date, (2) pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(vi) or otherwise with the proceeds of the Planned Business Disposition and (3) with the proceeds of a Cure Amount.

Approved Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans, commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course of business and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Assignment and Acceptance” shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1, or such other form agreed by the Administrative Agent.

Attributable Indebtedness” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Authorized Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Treasurer, any vice president or any other senior officer (to the extent that such senior officer is designated as such in writing to the Agents by such Credit Party) of such Credit Party.

 

5


Available Amounts Basket” shall mean, on any date of determination, without duplication, an amount equal to (a) the sum of (i) (x) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $35,000,000 and (y) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (A) $35,000,000 and (B) 30% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, plus (ii) the amount of Retained Excess Cash Flow, plus (iii) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, determined on a cumulative basis, received by the Borrowers from the issuance or sale of the Qualified Capital Stock of, or a contribution to the capital (including the fair market value of assets so contributed as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower and reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) of, the Borrowers or Holdings (in each case other than to the extent constituting a Cure Amount), plus (iv) 100% of amounts received in cash and fair market value of property as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower and reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent or other cash from the sale or disposition of restricted Investments made using the Available Amounts Basket (to the extent not otherwise included in consolidated net income) (up to the amount of the original investment), plus (v) 100% of the amounts received in cash and fair market value of property as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower and reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent or other cash from returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts in respect of restricted Investments made using the Available Amounts Basket (to the extent not otherwise included in the consolidated net income) (up to the amount of the original investment), plus (vi) any Declined Proceeds pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(x), plus, (vii) the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries issued after the Closing Date that is converted to Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), minus (b) the aggregate amount, as of such date, of the Available Amounts Basket previously utilized for Investments (including without limitation Investments by way of Permitted Acquisition), Restricted Junior Debt Payments and Restricted Payments; provided that use of the Available Amounts Basket shall be subject to (a) except in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, which shall be subject to “Sungard” provisions, no Specified Event of Default having occurred and being continuing or immediately resulting therefrom, except that in respect of Restricted Payments and Restricted Junior Debt Payments (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, such transactions shall be subject to the absence of any Event of Default and (II) after a Pricing Grid Election, such transactions shall be subject to the absence of any Specified Event of Default or Financial Performance Covenant Event of Default and (b) in the case of Restricted Payments and Restricted Junior Debt Payments, (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, on a Pro Forma Basis, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 2.25:1.00 and (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 6.50:1.00.

Available Revolving Loan Amount” shall mean, at any time, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment at such time less the sum of, without duplication, (a) Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time and (b) outstanding Revolving Credit Loans.

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

 

6


Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bank Product” shall mean any one or more of the following financial products or accommodations extended to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by a Bank Product Provider: (a) credit cards (including commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”)), (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) stored value cards or (e) any cash management or related services under any Cash Management Agreement.

Bank Product Agreements” shall mean those agreements entered into from time to time by Holdings or its Subsidiaries with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products. Any such Agreement between Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and a Lender (or its Affiliate) that already exists on the Closing Date shall be a Bank Product Agreement.

Bank Product Obligations” shall mean (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by Holdings or its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and (b) all amounts that any Agent or any Lender is obligated to pay to a Bank Product Provider as a result of such Agent or such Lender purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to Holdings or its Subsidiaries.

Bank Product Provider” shall mean any Person that (x) at the time it enters into a Bank Product Agreement, is a Lender, Agent, Lead Arranger or an Affiliate of a Lender, Agent or Lead Arranger or (y) at the option of the Administrative Borrower, any other Person that is designated as a “Bank Product Provider” in writing from the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent, in each case in its capacity as a party to such Bank Product Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” shall mean the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended from time to time (11 U.S.C. §§ 101, et seq.) or any successor statute.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230, as amended.

Benefited Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.09.

 

7


Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower” and “Borrowers” shall mean (i) the Parent Borrower, (ii) the Subsidiary Borrower and (iii) any Subsidiary of Holdings that after the Closing Date becomes a Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(g); provided that, so long as not to result in (x) the loss of value of the (a) Collateral (taken as a whole) granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or (b) Guarantees in favor of the Secured Parties or (y) any adverse tax consequences, any such Subsidiary that is or has become a Borrower may have its status as a Borrower terminated upon delivery of prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at least ten (10) Business Days prior to such termination, from the Administrative Borrower and such Subsidiary electing to terminate such Restricted Subsidiary’s status as a Borrower.

Borrowing” shall mean and include (a) the incurrence of one Type of Term Loan on the Closing Date or, in the case of Incremental Term Loans, on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date after the Closing Date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Term Loans, the same Interest Period (provided, that, ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of Eurodollar Term Loans) and (b) the incurrence of one Type of Revolving Credit Loan on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having, in the case of Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans, the same Interest Period (provided, that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans).

Bridge Assets” shall mean the assets constituting the Target’s employee development and engagement platform, entitled “Bridge”, launched in February 2015, which such platform includes the Target’s (a) “Bridge Learn”, (b) “Bridge Perform” and (c) “Bridge Practice” solutions.

Budget” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.01(e).

Business Day” shall mean (a) any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day that shall be in the City of New York, New York a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law or other Governmental Authority to close, and (b) as it relates to any Eurodollar Loans, any day that is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank Eurodollar market.

Capital Stock” shall mean any and all shares, interests, participations, units or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, membership interests in a limited liability company, partnership interests of a limited partnership, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Capitalization Amount” shall mean the sum of (i) the aggregate gross proceeds of the Loans borrowed on the Closing Date (excluding amounts, if any, drawn under the Revolving Credit Facility on the Closing Date to backstop or Cash Collateralize existing letters of credit), plus (ii) the amount of the Equity Investment.

Capitalized Lease Obligations” subject to Section 1.03, shall mean, as applied to any Person, all obligations under Capitalized Leases of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP.

 

8


Capitalized Leases” shall mean, as applied to any Person, all leases of property that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases on the balance sheet of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis; provided, that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP, subject to Section 1.03.

Cash Collateralize” shall mean (a) with respect to a Letter of Credit, the pledge and deposit of immediately available funds (or, if the Letter of Credit Issuer benefitting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support) into a cash collateral account maintained with (or on behalf of) the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to one hundred and three percent (103%) of the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit as collateral pursuant to customary documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents and the Letter of Credit Issuer, and (b) with respect to Bank Product Obligations, the pledge and deposit of immediately available funds into a cash collateral account maintained with (or on behalf of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, in an amount determined by the Bank Product Providers as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure with respect to the then existing Bank Product Obligations. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

Cash Equivalents” shall mean:

(a)    any direct obligation of (or unconditional guarantee by) the United States (or any agency or political subdivision thereof, to the extent such obligations are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

(b)    commercial paper maturing not more than one year from the date of issue and issued by (i) a corporation (other than an Affiliate of any Credit Party) organized under the laws of any state of the United States or of the District of Columbia and, at the time of acquisition thereof, rated A-2 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by S&P, or P-2 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher by Moody’s or F-2 (or the then equivalent grade) by Fitch, or (ii) any Lender (or its holding company);

(c)    any certificate of deposit, time deposit or bankers acceptance, maturing not more than one year after its date of issuance, which is issued by either: (i) a bank organized under the laws of the United States (or any state thereof) or the District of Columbia (or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States (or any state thereof) or the District of Columbia) which has, at the time of acquisition thereof, (A) a credit rating of Baa1 (or the then equivalent grade) or higher from Moody’s, BBB+ (or the then equivalent grade) or higher from S&P or BBB+ (or the equivalent grade) or higher by Fitch and (B) a combined capital and surplus greater than $500,000,000, or (ii) a Lender;

 

9


(d)    any repurchase agreement having a term of thirty (30) days or less entered into with any Lender or any commercial banking institution satisfying, at the time of acquisition thereof, the criteria set forth in clause (c)(i) which (i) is secured by a fully perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in clause (a), and (ii) has a market value at the time such repurchase agreement is entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase obligation of such Lender or commercial banking institution thereunder;

(e)    investments in money market funds investing primarily in assets described in clauses (a) through (d) of this definition;

(f)    demand deposit accounts holding cash; and

(g)    other short term investments in investments of a type analogous to the foregoing utilized by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of the Foreign Subsidiaries.

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements.

Casualty Event” shall mean the damage, destruction or condemnation, as the case may be, of property of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries.

Certain Funds Provision” shall mean the “Certain Funds Provisions” as defined in the Commitment Letter.

CFC” shall mean a controlled foreign corporation under Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority. For purposes hereof, the Dodd-Frank Act and any and all rules, regulations, orders, requests, guidelines and directives adopted, promulgated or implemented in connection therewith are deemed to have been introduced and adopted after the date of the Closing Date.

Change of Control” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a)     at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO,

(i)    Sponsor shall, together with its Controlled Affiliates, at any time fail to have or exercise the power to, directly or indirectly, elect a majority of the board of directors or other managing body of Holdings, or

(ii)    Sponsor, together with its Controlled Affiliates, shall at any time, directly or indirectly, fail to collectively own beneficially and of record, on a fully diluted basis, Capital Stock of Holdings representing (x) in excess of fifty percent (50.0%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) in Holdings and (y) in excess of fifty percent (50.0%) of the aggregate economic interests in Holdings,

 

10


(b)     at any time following a Qualifying IPO, any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act and the rules of the Securities Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the Closing Date), other than Sponsor and its Controlled Affiliates, shall acquire ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of Capital Stock representing 35% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock in Holdings and the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) so held by such Person or group is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power (or the equivalent thereof) represented by the Capital Stock in Holdings held by Sponsor and its Controlled Affiliates,

(c)    at any time, Holdings ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully diluted basis, 100% of the Capital Stock of the Parent Borrower or ceases to have the power to vote, or direct the voting of, any such Capital Stock, or

(d)    at any time, the Parent Borrower ceases to own, directly or indirectly, on a fully diluted basis, 100% of the Capital Stock of any Borrower (other than Parent Borrower) or ceases to have the power to vote, or direct the voting of, any such Capital Stock.

Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Environmental Claims”.

Class” shall mean, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans and, when used in reference to any Commitment, refers to whether such Commitment is a Term Loan Commitment, an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, a Revolving Credit Commitment or an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment.

Closing Date” shall mean March 24, 2020.

Closing Date Projections” shall mean the forecasted financial projections of the Credit Parties (including adjustments to Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and projections for Consolidated Capital Expenditures) for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2025 (on a quarter by quarter basis) delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” shall mean any assets of any Credit Party or other collateral upon which Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien pursuant to the Security Documents.

Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Collections” shall mean all cash, checks, credit card slips or receipts, notes, instruments, and other items of payment (including insurance proceeds, proceeds of cash sales, rental proceeds, and tax refunds) of the Credit Parties.

 

11


Commitment” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Revolving Credit Commitment or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment.

Commitment Letter” shall mean that certain amended and restated commitment letter, dated as of February 19, 2020, among Golub, ORCA, ORCC, Goldman, Monroe, New Mountain, TBCF, the Parent Borrower and Merger Sub.

Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean “Company Material Adverse Effect”, as defined in the Acquisition Agreement.

Competitor” shall mean any Person that is (i) not an Investing Company, (ii) identified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time and (iii) an operating company directly engaged in substantially similar business operations as the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (or is a direct or indirect holding company thereof).

Competitor Controller” shall mean any Person that is (i) a direct or indirect parent company of a Competitor or (ii) a Controlled Affiliate of a Competitor; provided, that no Investing Company shall be a Competitor Controller.

Compliance Certificate” shall mean a certificate duly completed and executed by an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1, together with such changes to or departures from such form as the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Borrower may from time to time approve for the purpose of monitoring the Credit Parties’ compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s), certain other calculations or as otherwise agreed to by the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Borrower.

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.17.

Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, for any period, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to:

(1) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus

(a)    without duplication, the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to (i)(A)(1), (xxi) and (xxiii) below):

(i)(A) any purchase accounting adjustments and restructuring and other non-recurring items and expenses (including, without limitation, with respect to recruiting, retention, severance and relocating of employees) incurred in connection with any Permitted

 

12


Acquisition or any IP Acquisition (including any debt or equity issuance in connection therewith) to the extent incurred within twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date or the applicable transaction date, including, without limitation, (1) any deferred revenue which would reasonably have been included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and (2) any expenses and payments required to be reimbursed or paid during such period pursuant to indemnification agreements or purchase price adjustment provisions, tax planning expense and out-of-pocket expenses relating to work on the opening balance sheet (including costs of consultants, accountants and appraisals) in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, (B) any non-recurring items or expenses incurred in connection with a Disposition that is not made in the ordinary course and is otherwise permitted hereunder, (C) charges arising out of restructuring (including implementation of new systems upgrade in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 for any period) and severance of employees not related to the Acquisition, any Permitted Acquisition or any IP Acquisition in each case, as determined in good faith and certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower and (D) any purchase accounting adjustments and restructuring and other non-recurring items and expenses (including, without limitation, with respect to recruiting, retention, severance and relocation of employees) incurred in connection with the Transactions, to the extent incurred within twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date, and charges arising out of implementation of new systems, to the extent incurred within twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date;

(ii)    Consolidated Interest Expense for such period;

(iii)    federal, state and local income tax expense, and foreign franchise tax, withholding tax and like income tax paid or accrued by Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period and any payments to a parent company of Holdings in respect to taxes permitted to be made hereunder;

(iv)    depreciation and amortization expense;

(v)    other than any items included pursuant to clause (xxvii) below, all non-cash charges in connection with the granting of, or accretion on, options, warrants or other equity interests (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution or change of any stock, stock option, stock appreciation rights or similar arrangements);

(vi)    other non-recurring expenses of Holdings and its subsidiaries and non-cash compensation expense which, in each case, do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period, and any other non-cash charges (other than the write-down of current assets);

(vii)    the aggregate amount of all other non-cash losses (including (i) purchase accounting adjustments under ASC 805 and (ii) deferred revenue which would reasonably have been included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, but for the application of purchase accounting rules) otherwise reducing Consolidated Net Income (other than with respect to the preceding clause (ii)) and excluding any such non-cash items, write-downs, expenses, or losses that are reasonably expected to result in, or require pursuant to GAAP, an accrual of a reserve for cash charge, costs and/or expenses in any future period, and cash charges resulting from the application of ASC 805 (including with respect to Earn-Outs incurred by Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, or the Existing Earn-Outs);

 

13


(viii)    fees, costs, accruals, payments, charges and expenses (including rationalization, legal, tax, structuring and other costs and expenses and increases in expenses due to purchase accounting associated with the Transactions) incurred in connection with the Transactions (including fees, costs (including settlement amounts) and expenses in connection with any shareholder litigation), a Qualifying IPO, any permitted Disposition, any acquisition (including any Permitted Acquisition or any IP Acquisition) (including, without limitation, fees, costs (including settlement amounts) and expenses incurred in connection with (i) the de-listing of public targets, (ii) following a Qualifying IPO, compliance with public company requirements and (iii) any shareholder litigation in connection with such Permitted Acquisition (but only to the extent such Permitted Acquisition involves the acquisition of a public company) or any IP Acquisition), or any Investment;

(ix)    any expenses for such period that are reimbursed during such period (or are reasonably expected to be so reimbursed within 120 days of the end of such period to the extent not accrued) by third parties (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries);

(x)    fees, costs and expenses in connection with any actual or proposed restructuring, recapitalization or issuance, repayment (including breakage fees and any unamortized fees, costs and expenses paid in cash in connection with such repayment), amendment, negotiation, modification, restatement, waiver, forbearance or other transaction cost related to Indebtedness (including any refinancing of such Indebtedness) or the issuance of Capital Stock, or non-ordinary course permitted Investments, in each case, whether or not consummated or successful;

(xi)    (A) management fees and expenses and other transaction fees and expenses accrued, or to the extent not accrued in any prior period, paid to Sponsor or its Controlled Affiliates by Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Advisory Services Agreement and all other Permitted Management Payments made during such period by Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries, and (B) directors fees and expenses accrued, or to the extent not accrued in any prior period, paid to the directors during such period by Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries;

(xii)    fees, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any taxes paid in connection therewith) incurred with respect to (A) the delisting of the target of a Permitted Acquisition as a public company and (B) the compliance by the target of such Permitted Acquisition with public company listing requirements;

(xiii)    fees, costs and expenses in connection with any contemplated acquisitions which would reasonably be expected to satisfy the requirements of the defined term “Qualifying IPO”, “Permitted Acquisition” or “IP Acquisition”, whether or not consummated;

(xiv)(A) fees, costs and expenses related to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereof and paid or reimbursed to the Agents, any of the Lenders or any third parties paid or engaged by the

 

14


Agents or any of the Lenders or paid or reimbursed to third parties that are paid or engaged by any of the Credit Parties and (B) one-time fees, costs and expenses related to Hedging Agreements entered into with respect to interest payable under this Agreement with respect to the Loans;

(xv)    any charges, expenses or losses directly related to litigation not to exceed the greater of $7,500,000 and 7.5% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the aggregate for such period;

(xvi)    losses, charges and expenses attributable to (x) asset sales or other dispositions or the repurchase, redemption, sale or disposition of any equity interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business and (y) repurchases or redemptions of any equity interests of Holdings (or a direct or indirect parent company thereof) from existing or former directors, officers or employees of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary, their estates, beneficiaries under their estates, transferees, spouses or former spouses;

(xvii)    charges arising out of restructuring or severance of employees or management in connection with the Acquisition, a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition, as certified to by the Chief Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

(xviii)    any purchase accounting adjustments in connection with the Acquisition, any Permitted Acquisition or any IP Acquisition;

(xix)    fees, costs and expenses relating to the underfunding of employee benefit plans (including without limitation, one-time costs to cure any existing underfunding, contributions relating to the exercise of equity option proceeds and payment of payroll and other employer taxes relating thereto);

(xx)    fees, costs and expenses for director and officer liability expenses in connection with the Acquisition to the extent funded with the proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock;

(xxi)    the aggregate amount of expenses or losses incurred by Holdings or any Subsidiary relating to business interruption to the extent covered by insurance and (x) actually reimbursed or otherwise paid to Holdings or such Subsidiary or (y) so long as such amount for any calculation period is reasonably expected to be received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent calculation period and within one (1) year after the date of the underlying loss (provided that (A) if not so reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary within such one (1)-year period, such expenses or losses shall be subtracted in the subsequent calculation period or (B) if reimbursed or received by Holdings or such Subsidiary in a subsequent period, such amount shall not be permitted to be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such subsequent period);

(xxii)    non-cash exchange, translation or performance losses relating to foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations that are not entered into for speculative purposes in such period;

 

15


(xxiii)    an amount equal to any positive change (or negative change, which negative change shall constitute a deduction to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) in deferred revenue between the balance as of the day before the first day of the Test Period and the balance as of the last day of the Test Period (provided, that such deferred revenue shall be calculated without giving effect to the impact of purchasing accounting and shall be calculated giving effect to any Permitted Acquisition and IP Acquisition consummated during such period);

(xxiv)    (I) the amount of expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, initiatives and synergies related to any Pro Forma Event, which are either (v) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, specified in the sponsor model (provided to the Agent and Lenders on December 5, 2019) (the “Sponsor Model”), and on or after a Pricing Grid Election, of a type set forth in the Sponsor Model, (w) are projected by the Administrative Borrower in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are reasonably expected to be, taken within twenty-four (24) months after (1) with respect to the Transactions, the Closing Date, or (2) with respect to Pro Forma Events (other than the Transactions), such transaction or initiative has been initiated, (x) with respect to the Transactions, recommended (in reasonable detail) by the due diligence quality of earnings report conducted by the financial advisors retained by the Borrowers and delivered to the Lead Arrangers prior to December 1, 2019 (for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of addbacks that are also set forth in the Sponsor Model, adjustments should be made pursuant to and consistent with the Sponsor Model), (y) with respect to Pro Forma Events (other than the Transactions), recommended (in reasonable detail) by any due diligence quality of earnings report made available to the Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisors (which financial advisors are nationally recognized or reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the “Big Four” accounting firms are acceptable)) and retained by a Credit Party, including those following a Pricing Grid Election of a type set forth in such due diligence quality of earnings report, or (z) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency); which, in each case, shall be added to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA as so projected until fully realized and calculated on a Pro Forma Basis; and (II) costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives (including, without limitation, costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, consulting and other professional fees and signing costs) (without duplication of amounts in clause (xxiv)(I) above)); provided, that the aggregate amount added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to sub-clause (I)(w) of this clause (xxiv) for any period, shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated without giving effect to the aforementioned addbacks);

(xxv)    payments of deferred incentive payments in connection with the Transactions, if any;

(xxvi)    any unusual, infrequent or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses, for such period;

 

16


(xxvii)    (A) non-cash costs and expenses relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, in each case, of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary for such period and (B) any cash costs or expenses relating to any equity-based compensation or equity-based incentive plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement in each case, of Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary for such period, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of equity interests of, or a contribution to the capital of, Holdings as cash common equity and/or Qualified Capital Stock and which are in turn contributed to the Borrowers as cash common equity (other than to the extent constituting a Cure Amount);

(xxviii)     charges or expenses or fees associated with the implementation of Accounting Standards Codification 606;

(xxix)    expenses during such period in connection with earn-out obligations and contingent acquisition consideration or deferred payments incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or other Investment and paid or accrued during the applicable period (including to the extent the amount payable or paid in respect of such earnout, consideration or other deferred payments exceeds the liability booked by the applicable Person therefor);

(xxx)    losses from discontinued operations;

(xxxi)    net realized and unrealized losses from hedging agreements or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Accounting Standard Codification Topic 815 (“Topic 815”) and related pronouncements;

(xxxii)    any net loss included in the Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 810-10-45 (“Topic 810”); and minus

(b)    without duplication, the following to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(i)    federal, state, local and foreign income tax credits of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such period;

(ii)    all non-recurring non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period;

(iii)    earnings attributable to Investments in joint ventures and partnerships to the extent not distributed in cash to Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

 

17


(iv)    non-cash gains resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification 805, 350 or 360 and cash gains with respect to Earn-Outs resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification 805;

(v)    interest income;

(vi)(A) any expenses not so reimbursed by third parties within the 120 day period set forth in clause (a)(ix) of this definition and (B) any reimbursements which are made by third parties within the 120 day period set forth in clause (a)(ix) to the extent added back to Consolidated Net Income in the prior period;

(vii)    non-cash exchange, translation or performance gains relating to foreign currency hedging transactions or currency fluctuations that are not entered into for speculative purposes in such period;

(viii)    any business interruption insurance proceeds not so received within the 60 day period set forth in clause (a)(xxi) of this definition;

(ix)    net realized and unrealized gains from hedging agreements or embedded derivatives that require similar accounting treatment and the application of Topic 815 and related pronouncements; and

(x)    any net income included in Consolidated Net Income attributable to non-controlling interests pursuant to the application of Topic 810 (other than to the extent of any actual cash distributions or dividends received by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary and attributable to such non-controlling interests);

(2)    minus, without duplication, software development costs and sales commission expenses, in each case, to the extent capitalized;

provided, that, solely for purposes of calculating the Total Net Leverage Ratio, compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) and any incurrence basket in reliance on Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (including, but not limited to, baskets with respect to Indebtedness, Investments, Dispositions, Restricted Payments, Liens, Incremental Facilities, Permitted Acquisitions (including, for this purpose, the Acquisition) or IP Acquisitions), if any Pro Forma Event has occurred during any period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters ending on any date during a relevant period for which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is to be calculated, then Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not apply to the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of calculating Consolidated Excess Cash Flow) shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, further, that, subject to an increase pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA shall be deemed to be $30,680,121.00, $80,011,422.00 and $13,817,900.00 for each of the three fiscal quarters ending September 30, 2019, June 30, 2019 and March 31, 2019, respectively.

 

18


Consolidated Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any specified period, the sum of, without duplication, all expenditures made, directly or indirectly, by Holdings and its Subsidiaries during such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that are or should be reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment or similar items reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, or have a useful life of more than one year; provided, however, (a) such expenditures made with respect to the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition shall not constitute Consolidated Capital Expenditures, (b) the purchase price of equipment that is purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in or sale of similar equipment or with insurance proceeds therefrom shall be included as Consolidated Capital Expenditures only to the extent of the gross amount by which such purchase price exceeds the credit granted by the seller of such equipment for the equipment being traded in at such time or the proceeds of such sale or the amount of such insurance proceeds, as the case may be and (c) Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures made or paid with the net proceeds of amounts paid or contributed directly or indirectly after the Closing Date to Holdings by Sponsor or any of its Controlled Affiliates, other then-existing equityholders and/or their respective Controlled Affiliates, (ii) expenditures to the extent Holdings or its Subsidiaries are reimbursed in cash by a third party (other than a Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party) during the same period in which such expenditure was made, (iii) expenditures made in connection with the reinvestment of Net Disposition Proceeds as permitted under Section 5.02(a)(iii), (iv) expenditures made in connection with the reinvestment of Net Casualty Proceeds as permitted under Section 5.02(a)(iv) or (v) capitalized internally developed software.

Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, for a specified period, the excess (if any), of:

(a)    Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (but without giving effect to any Pro Forma Basis adjustments), less

(b)    the sum for such period (without duplication and to the extent that the following amounts (x) have not already been deducted in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and (y) are not financed out of proceeds of the transaction or event giving rise to such expenses or charges or otherwise with the proceeds of Indebtedness, issuances of Capital Stock or the Available Amounts Basket) of:

(i) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash,

(ii)(A) scheduled principal payments of the Term Loans, (B) any voluntary permanent repayments of Indebtedness, other than the Loans, but only to the extent such Indebtedness so prepaid (1) was permitted to be prepaid under the terms of this Agreement and any applicable intercreditor agreement(s) and (2) cannot be re-borrowed or redrawn and such prepayment does not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or a portion of such Indebtedness and (C) payments in cash during such period of Earn-Outs, holdbacks or working capital adjustments in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition, an IP Acquisition or other Investment pursuant to Section 10.05(u) that constitutes an acquisition that have become due and payable, in each case that (1) was permitted to be prepaid under the terms of this Agreement and (2) cannot be re-borrowed or redrawn and such prepayment does not occur in connection with a refinancing of all or a portion of such Indebtedness,

 

19


(iii) federal, state and local income tax expense, and foreign franchise tax and like income tax paid in cash by Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries for such period, and, to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 10.06, any payments to a parent company of Holdings in respect of taxes to be made hereunder,

(iv) Consolidated Capital Expenditures and expenditures that would be required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP that do not constitute Consolidated Capital Expenditures (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes software development costs that are already identified in clause (2) of the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA), in each case, made in cash during such period (and not financed other than with the proceeds of Loans),

(v) amounts paid as consideration to a seller in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition, including any deferred purchase price adjustment or acquisition consideration (but without duplication of Earn-Outs deducted under clause (ii)) to the extend paid during such fiscal year or to be made during the period from the end of the relevant fiscal year until the date that the relevant prepayment of the Loans is required under Section 5.02(a)(i) (provided, that any amount during such period shall not be deducted from the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for the fiscal year during which it is actually paid) and minus any portion thereof funded with proceeds of Indebtedness or equity issuances,

(vi) increases (or minus decreases) in Consolidated Working Capital for such period,

(vii) the amount paid in cash during such period for all non-cash losses, expenses, accruals and charges which have been included in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in a prior period,

(viii) all other cash items added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA during such period, including, but not limited to, pursuant to clauses (a)(i)(B), (a)(i)(C), (a)(viii), (a)(x), (a)(xi), (a)(xii), (a)(xiii), (a)(xiv), (a)(xv), (a)(xvi), (a)(xvii), (a)(xix), (a)(xxv) (solely to the extent funded with the proceeds of internally generated cash flow (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include cash on the balance sheet on the Closing Date and proceeds from the Planned Business Disposition) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries generated from operations after the Closing Date), (a)(xxvi), (a)(xxviii) and (a)(xxix),

(ix) other Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.06, in each case, paid in cash during such period,

(x) each non-cash item specified in clauses (a)(ix), (a)(xxi), (a)(xxiii) and (a)(xxiv) of the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA during such period to the extent not reimbursed during such period, in each case, to the extent included as an “add-back” in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA; provided that for purposes of clause (a)(xxi), amounts reasonably expected to be received and subsequently received shall not be deducted for purposes of calculating Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in the period in which they are received, and

 

20


(xi) amounts reserved to pay Earn-Outs, holdbacks or working capital adjustments in connection with the Transactions, a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition in each case within the then-current fiscal year; provided, that any such amounts not actually used shall be added to the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in the immediately subsequent period.

For purposes of calculating reductions or increases to Consolidated Working Capital as provided above in any relevant period during which a Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or other Investment pursuant to Section 10.05(u) that constitutes an acquisition occurs, the Consolidated Working Capital of the applicable Acquired Entity shall be included in such calculation only from and after the date of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or other Investment pursuant to Section 10.05(u) that constitutes an acquisition, as applicable. For purposes of calculating reductions or increases to Consolidated Working Capital as provided above and for purposes of calculating Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, in each case, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, the Consolidated Working Capital of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and Consolidated Excess Cash Flow attributable to Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be included in such calculation only from and after the first day of the first full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Excess Cash Flow shall exclude the portion of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow that is attributable to (i) any company or line of business acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or other Investment pursuant to Section 10.05(u) that constitutes an acquisition permitted hereunder and that accrues prior to the closing date of the applicable Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or other Investment pursuant to Section 10.05(u) that constitutes an acquisition permitted hereunder.

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all Funded Debt as of such date (which, in the case of the Revolving Credit Loans, shall be deemed to equal the Revolving Credit Exposure) plus (b) if a Cure Right is exercised for any fiscal quarter, and only for purposes of calculating Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all principal payments thereof made using proceeds of equity received as a Cure Amount in respect of such fiscal quarter minus (c) the aggregate amount of Qualified Cash held by Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of such date, but in any event, not to exceed $50,000,000.

Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, for any specified period, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of: (a) all interest in respect of Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the interest component of any payments in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations) accrued or capitalized during such period (whether or not actually paid during such period), in each case, to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP plus (b) the net amount payable (or minus the net amount receivable) in respect of Hedging Obligations relating to interest during such period but excluding unrealized gains and losses with respect to any such Hedging Obligations.

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, for any specified period, the consolidated net income (or deficit) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income (or loss); provided, that there shall be excluded (i) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than consolidated Subsidiaries of Holdings) in which any Person (other than Holdings or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries) has a joint interest to the extent that the declaration of payments or dividends or similar distributions by such Person in which such other Person has a joint interest of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of

 

21


its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment or Applicable Law, (ii) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings or is merged into or consolidated with Holdings or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries or such Person’s assets are acquired by Holdings or any of its consolidated Subsidiaries, (iii) the income (or loss) of any consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that consolidated Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that consolidated Subsidiary and (iv) the income (or loss) of any consolidated Subsidiary of Holdings from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness.

Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness, but excluding any Indebtedness to the extent subordinated in right of payment, or unsecured, as of such date to (ii) trailing four-quarter Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

Consolidated Working Capital” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the excess of (a) the sum of all Current Assets over (b) Current Liabilities.

Contingent Liability” shall mean, for any Person, any agreement, undertaking or arrangement by which such Person guarantees, endorses or otherwise becomes or is contingently liable upon (by direct or indirect agreement, contingent or otherwise, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to, or otherwise to invest in, a debtor, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss) the Indebtedness of any other Person (other than by endorsements of instruments in the course of collection), or guarantees the payment of dividends or other distributions upon the Capital Stock of any other Person. The amount of any Person’s obligation under any Contingent Liability shall (subject to any limitation set forth therein) be deemed to be (x) the outstanding principal amount of the debt, obligation or other liability guaranteed thereby or (y) if such Contingent Liability is secured by a Lien on any assets of such Person, the lesser of (A) the amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien and (B) the value of the assets subject to such Lien.

Contractual Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person under any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound other than the Obligations.

Control Agreement” shall mean a customary control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, executed and delivered by the applicable Credit Party, Collateral Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary or bank, each of such Credit Party’s securities accounts, deposit accounts or investment property, as the case may be, maintained by a branch office or bank located within the U.S.

Controlled Affiliates” shall mean, with respect to any Person, Affiliates of such Person who are, directly or indirectly, under the control of, or under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by ownership or general partnership and not by contract.

 

22


Covenant Failure Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(a).

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean (a) Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt and (b) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt obtained pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans hereunder (including any successive Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness) (“Refinanced Debt”); provided, that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount not greater than (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Debt plus (B) accrued and unpaid interest which has been capitalized, any fees, premiums, accrued interest associated therewith, or other reasonable amount paid, and fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (ii) such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date for the Term Loan Facility at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iii) such Indebtedness does not have a weighted average life to maturity equal to or less than that of the Refinanced Debt and does not have mandatory prepayment provisions (other than customary asset sale, similar events and change of control offers) that would result in a mandatory prepayment of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness prior to the refinancing in full of the then outstanding Loans, (iv) such Refinanced Debt (other than unasserted contingent indemnification or reimbursement obligations and letters of credit that have been cash collateralized or backstopped in accordance with the terms of the Refinanced Debt) shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained, and (v) the other terms of such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be market terms or terms otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Credit Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Guarantee Agreement, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Security Documents, Issuer Documents, Letters of Credit, any Notes issued by the Borrowers hereunder, any Extension Offer, any intercreditor or subordination agreements in favor of any Agent with respect to this Agreement, any pre-funding side letter among the applicable Lenders and the Administrative Agent dated on or prior to the Closing Date, and any other agreement entered into now, or in the future, by any Credit Party, on the one hand, and any Agent or Lender, on the other hand, in connection with and related to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which states that it is a “Credit Document;” provided, that in no event shall any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement be deemed to be a Credit Document.

Credit Extension” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan or the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Credit Facility” shall mean any of the Term Loan Facility or the Revolving Credit Facility, as applicable, and collectively, the Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facility.

Credit Party” shall mean each of the Borrowers, each of the Guarantors and each other Person that becomes a Credit Party hereafter pursuant to the execution of joinder documents.

 

23


Cure Amount” shall have the set forth in Section 11.03(a).

Cure Right” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(a).

Current Assets” shall mean amounts (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at such date.

Current Liabilities” shall mean the sum of all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries on such date, excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of a capital asset which is long-term Indebtedness, (b) outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, (c) the current portion of interest, (d) the current portion of income taxes or income taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (e) the effects of any purchase accounting adjustments and (f) deferred revenue.

Declined Proceeds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(a)(x).

Default” shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender” shall mean, subject to Section 2.15(b), any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to (i) fund any portion of the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or Letter of Credit Participations when required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its Letter of Credit Participation) within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, (b) has notified the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) has not been satisfied), (c) has failed, within one (1) Business Day after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Borrower, to confirm in writing in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided, that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, (ii) had a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or

 

24


federal regulatory authority acting in such capacity, (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or (iv) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided, that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

Depositary Bank” shall mean each bank, financial institution, securities intermediary or other such Person party to a Control Agreement.

Direct Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary that is a first-tier Domestic Subsidiary of a Credit Party.

Direct Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean a Foreign Subsidiary that is a first-tier Foreign Subsidiary of a Credit Party.

Disposition” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any sale, transfer, lease (as lessor), contribution or other conveyance (including by way of merger) of, or the granting of options, warrants or other rights to, any of such Person’s or their respective Subsidiaries’ assets (including Accounts Receivable and Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) to any other Person in a single transaction or series of transactions.

Disqualified Capital Stock” shall mean any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made, Obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements and Bank Product Obligations) and the termination of the Total Commitments, or the refinancing thereof), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock) (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which demand has not been made and Obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements) and the termination of the Total Commitments or the refinancing thereof), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date for the Term Loan Facility; provided, that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to a plan

 

25


for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollars” and “$” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of Holdings that is organized under the Applicable Laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

Drawing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(b).

Earn-Outs” shall mean any obligations of any Credit Party to pay any earn-out or other contingent payment amounts constituting the payment of deferred purchase price with respect to any acquisition of a business (whether through the purchase of assets or Capital Stock) and any other similar arrangements.

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Environmental Claims” shall mean any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by the Credit Parties (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings alleging any violation of, or liability under, Environmental Law (“Claims”), including, but not limited to, (i) any and all Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from the release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury from the release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, permit and rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof,

 

26


including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the protection of the environment or human or ecological health or safety (to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials).

Equity Funded Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or any IP Acquisition, the percentage of the Total Consideration for such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, as applicable, that is financed with the proceeds of equity issuances and equity contributions made to the Credit Parties by Sponsor, its Controlled Affiliates or other then-existing direct or indirect shareholders of Holdings.

Equity Investment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.04(b).

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that, together with any Credit Party, is treated as a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Sections 302 and 303 of ERISA and Sections 412 and 430 of the Code, within the meaning of Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Loan” shall mean any Eurodollar Term Loan or any Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loan.

Eurodollar Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan for any Interest Period, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the higher of (a) (i) the rate of interest which is identified and normally published by Bloomberg Professional Service Page BBAM 1 as the offered rate for loans in United States dollars for the applicable Interest Period under the caption ICE Benchmark Association Eurodollar Rates as of 11:00 a.m. (London time), on the second full Business Day next preceding the first day of such Interest Period (unless such date is not a Business Day, in which event the next succeeding Business Day will be used), multiplied by (ii) the Statutory Reserve Rate, and (b) 1.00%. If Bloomberg Professional Service no longer reports the Eurodollar Rate or if such index or the Eurodollar Rate no longer exists or if Page BBAM 1 no longer exists, then the Administrative Borrower and Administrative Agent may select a replacement rate or index, or replacement page, as the case may be, to be reasonably mutually agreed by the Administrative Borrower and Administrative Agent.

Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Term Loan” shall mean any Term Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

 

27


Excluded Account” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(a).

Excluded Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Pledge Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is (a) (i) a CFC, (ii) a U.S. Foreign Holdco or (iii) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a CFC or U.S. Foreign Holdco, (b) any Subsidiary where the cost and/or burden of providing a guaranty outweighs the benefit conferred by such guaranty (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower), (c) prohibited or restricted from providing a guaranty by Applicable Law (including, without limitation general statutory limitations, financial assistance, corporate benefit, capital maintenance rules, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations, (d) prohibited or restricted from providing a guaranty due to (i) any requirement to obtain governmental or regulatory authorization or third party consent, approval, license or authorization) whether on the Closing Date or thereafter, and (ii) contracts existing on the Closing Date (or if the Subsidiary is acquired after the Closing Date, on the date of such acquisition (so long as the prohibition is not created in contemplation of such acquisition)), (e) any Subsidiary where providing such guaranty would reasonably be expected to result in adverse tax or regulatory consequences to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates as reasonably determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower, (f) a captive insurance company, (g) a not-for-profit company, (h) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (i) a special purpose entity or receivables Subsidiary (including any Securitization Subsidiary), (j) a non-wholly owned Subsidiary, (k) solely with respect to any Obligation under any Specified Hedging Agreement that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act, any Subsidiary that is not a Qualified ECP Guarantor, and (l) any other Subsidiary which the Administrative Borrower and the Agents reasonably agree shall constitute an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or otherwise becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (a) at the time any transaction is entered into under a Hedging Agreement or (b) with respect to any transactions outstanding under any Hedging Agreements at the time such Guarantor becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Documents, at such time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the time any Guarantor becomes an “eligible contract participant” as such term is defined in the Commodity Exchange Act, the Obligations of such Guarantor shall include, without limitation, any transaction entered into under any Swap Obligation and any transactions outstanding under any Swap Obligations, so long as the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is not or does not become illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof).

 

28


Excluded Taxes” shall mean with respect to any Recipient, (a) income, franchise or similar Taxes, in each case that are (i) imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States of America or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which any Borrower is located, (c) in the case of a Lender, any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time (i) such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Administrative Borrower under Section 13.07) or (ii) such Lender designates a new lending office, unless such designation was at the request of the Administrative Borrower, except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 5.04(a), (d) Taxes imposed by reason of the failure of such Agent or such Lender to comply with its obligations under Section 5.04(b), and (e) any withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Excluded Transferee” shall mean:

(a)    each of the Persons identified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, and each other Person identified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time thereafter that is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (a “Disqualified Lender”),

(b)    any Competitor,

(c)    any Competitor Controller that either (i) is identified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time or (ii) can reasonably be identified as such by the Administrative Agent, and

(d)    any Person that (i) is not an Investing Company, (ii) is an Affiliate (other than a Competitor Controller) under common Control with any Disqualified Lender or Competitor and (iii) either (x) in the case of Clause (a), is identified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time if reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (y) can reasonably be identified as such by the Administrative Agent.

Existing Loans” shall mean the loans under that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan And Security Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2017, by and among the Target, Silicon Valley Bank and the other parties thereto, as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, including, without limitation, by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 30, 2018, that certain Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 28, 2018 and that certain Third Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 19, 2019.

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a)(ii).

Extended Revolving Credit Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a)(ii).

 

29


Extended Revolving Credit Loan” shall mean any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to an Extended Revolving Credit Commitment.

Extended Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a)(ii).

Extended Term Loan Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a)(ii).

Extension” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Extension Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

FATCA” shall mean Code Sections 1471 through 1474 (as of the Closing Date, or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Code Section 1471(b)(1), and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities entered into in connection with the implementation of such Code Sections.

“FCPA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.28.

Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to: (a) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next succeeding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; or (b) if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fee Letter” shall mean the Amended and Restated Commitment Fee Letter dated as of February 19, 2020, among Golub, ORCA, ORCC, Goldman, Monroe, New Mountain, TBCF, the Parent Borrower and Merger Sub.

Fees” shall mean all amounts payable pursuant to, or referred to in, Section 4.01 or the Fee Letters.

Financial Performance Covenant” shall mean each of the covenants set forth in Section 10.13.

Financial Performance Covenant Event of Default” shall mean any Event of Default resulting from the failure to comply with any Financial Performance Covenant.

Fitch” means Fitch Group Inc. and any successor thereto.

Fixed Basket” shall mean any basket that is subject to a fixed-dollar limit (including baskets based on a percentage of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or total assets).

 

30


Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Credit Party that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Exposure” shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, with respect to the Letter of Credit Issuer, such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure other than Letter of Credit Exposure that has been Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.

Fronting Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a)(i).

Funded Debt” shall mean, as of any date of determination, all then outstanding Indebtedness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, of the type described in clauses (a), (d) (with respect to clause (d), for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any earn-out or similar purchase price adjustment arising in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition) and (f) of the defined term “Indebtedness”; provided, that Funded Debt shall not include (x) any portion of Funded Debt of any partnership or joint venture in which Holdings or a Subsidiary is a general partner that is expressly made non-recourse to Holdings or such Subsidiary or (y) the undrawn portion of any letters of credit which are not then due and payable.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, that if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio, covenant or other requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and the Administrative Borrower notifies the Collateral Agent that the Administrative Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (or if the Collateral Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then (i) the Agents, the Lenders and the Credit Parties shall negotiate in good faith to effect such amendment and (ii) such provision shall be interpreted (and such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed) on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith.

Goldman” shall mean The Private Credit Group of Goldman Sachs Asset Management.

Golub” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States, any foreign country or any multinational authority, or any state, commonwealth, protectorate or political subdivision thereof, and any entity, body or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including the PBGC and other quasi-governmental entities established to perform such functions.

Guarantee Agreement” shall mean the Guarantee Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, executed and delivered by each Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

31


Guarantee Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, any Contingent Liability of such Person or other obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided, that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include (x) endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than with respect to Indebtedness) or (y) Excluded Swap Obligations. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof (assuming such Person is required to perform thereunder) as determined by such Person in good faith.

Guarantors” shall mean (I)(a) Holdings, (b) each Person that is a Subsidiary of Holdings (other than any Borrower or an Excluded Subsidiary) on the Closing Date and (c) each Person, in each case, other than any Excluded Subsidiary, that becomes a party to the Guarantee Agreement after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.10 and (II) with respect to (a) Obligations owing by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party (in each case, other than any Borrower) under any Bank Product Agreement or Specified Hedging Agreement and (b) the payment and performance by each Credit Party, as applicable, of its obligations under the Guarantee Agreement with respect to all Swap Obligations, each Borrower.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, dielectric fluid containing regulated levels of polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas; (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, or “pollutants” (or words of similar intent or meaning), under any applicable Environmental Law; and (c) any other chemical, material or substance, which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Environmental Law because of its dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics.

Hedging Agreement” shall mean (a) any and all agreements and documents not entered into for speculative purposes that provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction, currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging exposure to fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security, or currency valuations or commodity prices, and (b) any and all agreements and documents (and the related confirmations) entered into in connection with any transactions of any kind, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master

 

32


agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Hedging Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person on a marked-to-market basis under Hedging Agreements.

Historical Financial Statements” shall mean:

(a)    the audited consolidated financial statements of Target and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017;

(b)    the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Target and its Subsidiaries for fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2019, June 30, 2019 and September 30, 2019; and

(c)    a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of and for the twelve (12) month period ending December 31, 2019, prepared after giving effect to the Transaction as if the Transaction has occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statement of income), which need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or include adjustments for purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141R)); provided, that it is understood and agreed that the Lead Arrangers have received the financial statements described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean, as of any date, any Subsidiary that (a) has total assets with a fair market value not in excess of five percent (5.0%), with respect to any Immaterial Subsidiary individually, or ten percent (10.0%), in the aggregate for all Immaterial Subsidiaries at any time, of the fair market value of the total assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, and (b) generates not in excess of five percent (5.0%), with respect to any Immaterial Subsidiary individually, or ten percent (10.0%), in the aggregate for all Immaterial Subsidiaries at any time, of the Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; provided, that no Subsidiary that owns or licenses any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be designated as an Immaterial Subsidiary.

Incremental Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Incremental Facility” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Incremental Facility Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Incremental Revolving Credit Loans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

 

33


Incremental Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Incremental Term Loan Commitment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(c).

Indebtedness” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a)    all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money and all indebtedness of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b)    the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person (except to the extent such obligations relate to trade payables and are satisfied within 60 days after incurrence);

(c)    net Hedging Obligations of such Person;

(d)    all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, other than Accounts Receivable in the ordinary course of business and not overdue by more than ninety-one (91) days (after the same are billed or invoiced or 120 days after the same are created) or any Earn-Out or similar purchase price adjustment obligation described in clause (i) below;

(e)    indebtedness of others (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f)    all Attributable Indebtedness (for the avoidance of doubt, lease payments under leases for real property (other than capitalized leases) shall not constitute Indebtedness);

(g)    all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h)    all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing; and

(i)    to the extent such obligation is due at any time prior to the date that is six months after the latest Maturity Date, any Earn-Out or similar purchase price adjustment obligation, but only if such Earn-Out or similar purchase price adjustment is not paid after becoming due and payable (but excluding indemnification obligations in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition permitted hereunder);

 

34


provided, that Indebtedness shall not include (i) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (ii) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranties or other unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset, (iii) endorsements of checks or drafts arising in the ordinary course of business, (iv) preferred Capital Stock to the extent not constituting Disqualified Capital Stock, (v) trade accounts payable and other accrued expenses, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business (vi) operating leases and (vii) deferred fees and expenses payable under the Management Agreement.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint ventures, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness. The amount of any net Hedging Obligations on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) above shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

indemnified liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.05.

Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.05.

Initial Subsidiary Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Initial Term Lenders” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding outstanding Term Loans who also held Term Loans on the Closing Date or within five (5) Business Days following the Closing Date, together with all Affiliates of such Lenders who are also Lenders holding Term Loans.

Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean any case or proceeding commenced by or against a Person under any state, federal or foreign law for, or any agreement of such Person to, (a) the entry of an order for relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other insolvency, debtor relief or debt adjustment law; (b) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, administrator, conservator or other custodian for such Person or any part of its property; or (c) an assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors.

Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Pledge Agreement.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Intercompany Subordination Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, executed and delivered by Holdings, each Credit Party, each of their respective Subsidiaries from time to time party thereto and the Collateral Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.09.

 

35


Investing Company” shall mean any Person that is a commercial bank, finance company, insurance company, financial institution, or other entity that is or will be engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Investment” shall mean, relative to any Person, (a) any loan, advance or extension of credit made by such Person to any other Person, including the purchase by such first Person of any bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of any such other Person; (b) Contingent Liabilities in respect of obligations of any other Person; and (c) any Capital Stock or other investment held by such Person in any other Person. The amount of any Investment at any time shall be the original principal or capital amount thereof less all returns of principal or equity thereon made on or before such time and shall, if made by the transfer or exchange of property other than cash, be deemed to have been made in an original principal or capital amount equal to the fair market value of such property at the time of such Investment.

IP Acquisition” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.05(v).

Issuer Document” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, a letter of credit application, a letter of credit agreement, or any other document, agreement or instrument entered into (or to be entered into) by a Borrower in favor of the Letter of Credit Issuer and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Junior Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment and proceeds of Collateral to the Obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors, as applicable; provided, that such terms of subordination are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest scheduled Maturity Date at such time, including the latest scheduled Maturity Date of any Extended Term Loan or any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment (or Loan thereunder).

LCA Election” shall mean the Administrative Borrower’s election to treat a specified acquisition as a Limited Condition Acquisition.

LCA Test Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “LCA Election”.

Lead Arrangers” shall have the meanings set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Letter of Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum (without duplication) of (a) the amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Revolving Credit Loans have not been made in repayment of such Unpaid Drawing and (b) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which a Revolving Credit Loan has been made).

Letter of Credit Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a)(ii).

 

36


Letter of Credit Issuer” shall mean, as the context may require, (a) any bank or financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower as designated in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower and agreed to by such bank or financial institution; (b) any other Lender that may become a Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Lender; and/or (c) collectively, all of the foregoing; provided that in no event shall Golub be required to be a Letter of Credit Issuer. Any Letter of Credit Issuer may, at its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by one or more Affiliates of such Letter of Credit Issuer (and each such Affiliate shall be deemed to be an “Letter of Credit Issuer” for all purposes of the Credit Documents). In the event that there is more than one Letter of Credit Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Credit Documents to the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the Letter of Credit Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Letter of Credit Issuers, as the context requires.

Letter of Credit Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

Letter of Credit Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a).

Letter of Credit Participation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(a).

Letter of Credit Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.02(a).

Letter of Credit Sub-Commitment” shall mean $10,000,000.

Letters of Credit” shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Article III hereof.

Letters of Credit Outstanding” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of all Letters of Credit with respect to which Revolving Credit Loans have not been made in repayment thereof.

Lien” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for collateral purposes, lien (statutory or other) or similar encumbrance, and any easement, right-of-way, license, restriction (including zoning restrictions) or encumbrance (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof) on title to real property and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing; provided, that in no event shall an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business or any precautionary UCC filings made pursuant thereto by an applicable lessor or lessee, be deemed to be a Lien. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Lien” shall not include licenses or sublicenses of Intellectual Property.

Limited Condition Acquisition” shall mean any Purchase permitted pursuant to this Agreement (including any Permitted Acquisition or any acquisition constituting a Permitted Investment), the consummation of which is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing; provided that solely for the purpose of (i) measuring the relevant ratios (including, without limitation, for purposes of determining Pro Forma compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) as a condition to effecting any such

 

37


transaction), the Total Net Leverage Ratio, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio, the LQA Recurring Revenue Gross Leverage Ratio and testing availability under baskets (including baskets measured as a percentage of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) with respect to the incurrence of any Indebtedness (including any Incremental Facilities) or Liens or the making of any acquisitions or other Investments, Restricted Payments, Dispositions or payments subject to Section 10.04 or other sales or dispositions of assets or fundamental changes or (ii) determining compliance with representations and warranties or the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, in each case, in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, if the Administrative Borrower has made an LCA Election with respect to such Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder (including, in the case of calculating Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, the reference date for determining which Test Period shall be the most recently ended Test Period for purposes of making such calculation) shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for (or in the case of a Limited Condition Acquisition that involves some other manner of establishing a binding obligation including, without limitation under local law), such other binding obligations to consummate) such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”), and, if immediately after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred (with respect to income statement items) at the beginning of, or (with respect to balance sheet items) on the last day of, the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket, representation or warranty, such ratio, basket, representation or warranty or Event of Default “blocker”, such ratio, basket, or representation and warranty or Event of Default “blocker” shall be deemed to have been complied with (and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have arisen thereafter with respect to such Limited Condition Acquisition from any such failure to comply with such ratio, basket, representation or warranty or Event of Default “blocker”). For the avoidance of doubt, if the Administrative Borrower has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios, baskets, Default or Event of Default “blockers” or representations and warranties for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date would thereafter have failed to have been satisfied as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, cash and Cash Equivalents, Consolidated Funded Indebtedness or otherwise, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios, representations and warranties or Event of Default “blocker” will not be deemed to have failed to have been satisfied as a result of such fluctuations or otherwise if no Specified Event of Default exists at the time of the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition. If the Administrative Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Acquisition, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated or (ii) the date that the definitive agreement for (or in the case of a Limited Condition Acquisition that involves some other manner of establishing a binding obligation under local law, such other binding obligations to consummate) such Limited Condition Acquisition is terminated or expires, or the date for redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment specified in an irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires or passes, in each case without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio (other than the Financial Performance Covenants) or basket shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection

 

38


therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition has actually closed or the definitive agreement (or in the case of a Limited Condition Acquisition that involves some other manner of establishing a binding obligation under local law, such other binding obligations to consummate) with respect thereto has been terminated provided, further, that in the event the consummation of any such Purchase shall not have occurred on or prior to the date that is one hundred and eighty (180) days following the signing of the applicable acquisition agreement, such acquisition shall no longer constitute a Limited Condition Acquisition for any purpose.

Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the total Revolving Credit Commitments as of such date, less (i) the amount of any Revolving Credit Loans actually borrowed and outstanding as of such date and (ii) the Letter of Credit Exposure as of such date, plus (b) the amount of Qualified Cash.

Loan” shall mean, individually, any Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan made by any Lender hereunder, and collectively, the Revolving Credit Loans and the Term Loans made by the Lenders hereunder.

LQA Recurring Revenues” shall mean, on any date of determination, the product of (a) Recurring Revenues for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been, or are required to be, delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.01, multiplied by (b) four (4).

LQA Recurring Revenue Gross Leverage Ratio” shall mean the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (but without giving effect to any deduction of any cash or cash equivalents pursuant to such definition) to (ii) LQA Recurring Revenues as of such date.

LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean the ratio of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to (ii) LQA Recurring Revenues as of such date.

Management Agreement” shall mean that certain Advisory Services Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and between Thoma Bravo, LLC and Instructure, Inc.

Mandatory Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

Market Capitalization” means an amount equal to (i) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Capital Stock of Holdings on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 10.06(l) multiplied by (ii) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Capital Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such common Capital Stock is traded for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Master Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Hedging Agreement”.

 

39


Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (a) the business, operations or financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the rights or remedies of the Secured Parties or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder (other than as a result of acts or a failure to act by any Agent where the Credit Parties are cooperating with the Agents in remediating such adverse effect), or (c) the ability of the Borrowers and Guarantors to perform their payment obligations under this Agreement and other Credit Documents as the same become due and payable.

Material IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04(g).

Material Real Property” shall mean any fee-owned real property located in the United States that is owned by any Credit Party and that has a fair market value in excess of $10,000,000 (at the Closing Date or, with respect to fee-owned real property acquired after the Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as reasonably estimated by the Administrative Borrower in good faith).

Maturity Date” shall mean, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Commitment under the Revolving Credit Facility that has not been extended pursuant to Section 2.16, the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) with respect to the Term Loans that have not been extended pursuant to Section 2.16, the Term Loan Maturity Date and (iii) with respect to any tranche of Extended Term Loans or any Extended Revolving Credit Commitment, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Offer accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders.

Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Minimum Borrowing Amount” shall mean, with respect to Revolving Credit Loans, $100,000.

Monroe” shall mean Monroe Capital Management Advisors, LLC.

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage or a deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed or other security document entered into by any applicable Credit Party and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of any Material Real Property owned by such Credit Party, in such form as agreed between such Credit Party and the Collateral Agent.

Mortgaged Property” shall mean each parcel of Material Real Property and improvements thereto with respect to which a Mortgage is granted pursuant to Section 9.13(b).

Multiemployer Plan” shall mean any “multiemployer plan,” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, as to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to the issuance of any Capital Stock by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, the excess of (i) the sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such transaction over (ii) the underwriting discounts and commissions, and

 

40


other reasonable out-of-pocket fees and expenses, incurred by such Credit Party or such Subsidiary in connection therewith; provided that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall not include the cash proceeds of any issuance of Capital Stock (directly or indirectly) by Holdings to the extent that the net proceeds thereof shall have been used by any Borrower and any Subsidiary to make Investments or are returned to such investors or Affiliates pursuant to Section 10.06(i).

Net Casualty Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any Casualty Event, the amount of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards received by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with such Casualty Event (net of all out-of-pocket collection expenses thereof not payable to a Credit Party or Affiliate thereof (other than reimbursements of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Affiliates) (including, without limitation, any legal or other professional fees)), but excluding any proceeds or awards required to be paid to a creditor (other than the Lenders) which holds a first priority Lien permitted by Section 10.02(c) on the property which is the subject of such Casualty Event, and less any Taxes payable by such Person on account of such insurance proceeds or condemnation award, actually paid, assessed or estimated by such Person (in good faith) to be payable within the next 12 months in cash in connection with such Casualty Event; provided, that if, after the expiration of such 12-month period, the amount of such estimated or assessed Taxes, if any, exceeded the Taxes actually paid in cash in respect of proceeds from such Casualty Event, the aggregate amount of such excess shall constitute Net Casualty Proceeds under Section 5.02(a)(iv) and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ix).

Net Debt Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to the sale, incurrence or issuance by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, the excess of: (a) the gross cash proceeds received by such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries from such sale, incurrence or issuance, over (b) all underwriting commissions and legal, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage, accounting and other professional fees, sales commissions and disbursements and all other reasonable fees, expenses and charges, in each case actually incurred in connection with such sale, incurrence or issuance which have not been paid and are not payable to Affiliates of such Credit Party in connection therewith (other than reimbursements of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Affiliates).

Net Disposition Proceeds” shall mean, with respect to any Disposition by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, the excess of: (a) the gross cash proceeds received by such Person from such Disposition, over (b) the sum of: (i) all legal, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage and accounting and other professional fees, sales commissions and disbursements and all other out-of-pocket fees, expenses and charges, in each case actually incurred in connection with such Disposition (including any reasonable and customary amounts paid by any third party and reimbursed by a Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries) which have not been paid and are not payable to Affiliates of such Person (other than reimbursements of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Affiliates and transaction fees paid pursuant to the Management Agreement to the extent permitted hereunder), and (ii) all Taxes payable by such Person on account of proceeds from such Disposition, actually paid, assessed or estimated by such Person (in good faith) to be payable in cash within the next twelve (12) months in connection with such proceeds, (iii) the amount of such cash or Cash Equivalents required to repay any Indebtedness which is secured by the assets subject to such Disposition (other than the Obligations), so long as such Indebtedness is permitted under this Agreement and is permitted to be senior to or pari passu with

 

41


the Obligations in right of payment and (iv) amounts provided as a reserve for liabilities or indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to purchasers and other retained liabilities in respect of such Disposition undertaken by any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of a Credit Party in connection with such Disposition; provided, that if, after the expiration of the twelve-month period referred to in clause (b)(ii) above, the amount of estimated or assessed Taxes, if any, pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above exceeded the Taxes actually paid in cash in respect of proceeds from such Disposition, the aggregate amount of such excess shall constitute Net Disposition Proceeds under Section 5.02(a)(iii) and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ix); provided, further, that to the extent any amount referred to in clause (b)(iv) above ceases to be so reserved, the amount thereof, if any, pursuant to clause (b)(iv) above shall be deemed to be Net Disposition Proceeds at such time and be immediately applied to the prepayment of the Obligations pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ix).

New Mountain” shall mean New Mountain Finance Advisors BDC, L.L.C.

Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.07(b).

“Non-Credit Party Debt Cap” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.01(p).

Non-Excluded Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(a).

Non-Fixed Basket” shall mean any basket that is subject to compliance with a financial ratio or test (including the Total Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio or LQA Recurring Revenue Gross Leverage Ratio).

Non-U.S. Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b).

Note” shall mean, as the context may require, a Term Loan Note or a Revolving Credit Loan Note.

Notice of Borrowing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

Notice of Control” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.15(b).

Notice of Conversion or Continuation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.06.

Obligations” shall mean (a) with respect to the Borrowers, all obligations (monetary or otherwise, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of the Borrowers arising under or in connection with any Credit Document, including all fees payable under any Credit Document, all Letters of Credit Outstanding, all Bank Product Obligations and the principal of and interest (including interest accruing during the pendency of any proceeding of the type described in Section 11.01(h), whether or not allowed in such proceeding) on the Loans, or (b) with respect to each Credit Party other than the Borrowers, all obligations (monetary or otherwise, whether absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured) of such Credit Party arising under or in connection with any Credit Document (including all Bank Product Obligations); provided, however, for purposes of the Security Documents, the Guarantee Agreement, Section 5.02(f), Section 13.19 and any

 

42


determination as to when the monetary Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full, “Obligations” shall not include any monetary obligations under any Specified Hedging Agreements or Bank Product Obligations; provided, further, however, that for purposes of the Security Documents, the Guarantee Agreement and each other guarantee agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 9.10, 9.11 or 9.13, pursuant to any of the Security Documents, or otherwise to guarantee any of the Obligations, the term “Obligations” shall not, as to any Guarantor, include any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

“OFAC” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.29.

Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

“ORCA” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

“ORCC” shall mean Owl Rock Capital Corporation.

Organization Documents” shall mean, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and, if applicable, any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.26(a).

Other Connection Taxes” shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Credit Documents).

Other Currency” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.26(a).

Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the performance, execution, delivery, registration or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under or otherwise with respect to, any Credit Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Administrative Borrower under Section 13.07).

Participant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(c)(i).

 

43


Participant Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(c)(ii).

Patriot Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.20.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

Permitted Acquisition” shall mean a Purchase which:

(a)    has been consented to in writing by the Required Lenders, or

(b)    is funded solely with proceeds of the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings and which is made with respect to an Acquired Entity or business which (i) either (A) has Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, on a Pro Forma Basis, of $1 or more or (B) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Credit Parties shall be in compliance with the applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) for the most recently ended Test Period, and (ii) is in substantially the same lines of business as one or more of the principal businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course or lines of business not prohibited by Section 10.12 of this Agreement, or

(c)    meets the following conditions:

(i) the Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent (x) on or prior to the date of such proposed acquisition, a summary description (setting forth in reasonable detail the terms and conditions of such acquisition) and (y) promptly when available, substantially final drafts and executed copies of the material acquisition agreements;

(ii) the lines of business of the Acquired Entity or property and assets which are to be so purchased or otherwise acquired (other than non-core assets, if any) shall be substantially the same lines of business as one or more of the principal businesses of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course or lines of business not prohibited by Section 10.12 of this Agreement;

(iii) to the extent that any Specified Acquired Property is to be acquired (or is acquired) pursuant to such proposed transactions or series of transactions, the Total Consideration paid (or payable) by the Credit Parties with respect to such Specified Acquired Property shall not exceed, together with the amount of Total Consideration paid (or payable) by the Credit Parties for any other Specified Acquired Property acquired pursuant to such proposed transaction or series of transactions after the Closing Date, in an amount equal to the greater of $100,000,000 or 100% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA plus the Available Amounts Basket on the date such acquisition is made;

(iv) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such purchase or other acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis (and giving effect to pro forma adjustments attributable to such purchase or other acquisition to the extent permitted by the definition of Pro Forma Basis), (A) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (B) (x) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition funded in whole or in part by an Incremental Facility, (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, the pro forma LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 2.25:1.00 or (II) on or after a Pricing Grid Election, the pro forma Total

 

44


Net Leverage Ratio shall be less than or equal to 7.00:1.00 or (y) in all other cases, the Borrowers shall be in pro forma compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) (regardless of whether such Financial Covenants are required to be tested at such time); provided, that in respect of a Limited Condition Acquisition, at the Administrative Borrower’s election, (1) the foregoing condition (A) may be satisfied to the extent that no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date that the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior and after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition, and (2) the foregoing condition (B) may be satisfied as of the date that the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into;

(v) prior to the consummation of any such Purchase, the Administrative Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to the extent applicable and readily available, the most recent financial statements of such Acquired Entity or business, which delivery shall not constitute a representation or warranty as to such financial statements;

(vi) the board of directors of such Acquired Entity or its selling shareholder(s), or a bankruptcy court in the event an Acquired Entity is subject to any bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, has approved such Purchase; and

(vii) such Credit Party shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, at least five (5) Business Days (or a shorter period approved by the Administrative Agent) prior to the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is to be consummated, a certificate of an Authorized Officer, substantially in the form of Exhibit P-1 attached hereto, certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this definition and in Section 10.05(k) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such Purchase or other acquisition.

Permitted IPO Reorganization” means any transactions or actions taken in connection with and reasonably related to consummating an initial public offering, so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto, the security interest of the Lenders in the Collateral and the value of the Guarantees given by the Guarantors, taken as a whole, are not materially impaired (as determined by the Administrative Borrower in good faith).

Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt” shall mean secured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers and guarantees with respect thereto by any Credit Party in the form of one or more series of second lien (or lower priority) secured notes, bonds or debentures or loans; provided, that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second lien basis to the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, (iii) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are, taken as a whole and as determined by the Administrative Borrower, substantially the same as the Security Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (iv) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any person other than the Guarantors and (v) a representative validly acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become a party to an intercreditor agreement (which shall be reasonably

 

45


satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent) with the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent (as agent for the Secured Parties). Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

Permitted Management Payments” shall mean (a) all fees, expenses, charges and other amounts (including without limitation salaries and any other compensation such as bonuses, pensions and profit sharing payments) due and to become due to Sponsor or its respective Controlled Affiliates by the terms of the Management Agreement; provided, in the case of the annual management fee required to be paid to Sponsor or its respective Controlled Affiliates by the terms of the Management Agreement, that both immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such payment, no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom, (b) reimbursement to Sponsor or its Controlled Affiliates or designees for costs and expenses of Sponsor or its Controlled Affiliates pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement; and (c) any amounts described in clauses (a) or (b) and funded solely with proceeds of issuances of Qualified Capital Stock. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, nothing herein shall prohibit the accrual of any fees or reimbursements under the terms of the Management Agreement and any such accrued amounts not paid, whether as a result of the occurrence and continuation of a Event of Default or otherwise, shall be permitted to be paid at such time when no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom.

Permitted Tax Reorganization” means any re-organizations and other activities and actions related to tax planning and re-organization, so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto the security interest of the Lenders in the Collateral and the value of the Guarantees given by the Guarantors, taken as a whole, are not materially impaired (as determined by the Administrative Borrower in good faith).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness incurred by the Borrowers and guarantees with respect thereto by any Credit Party in the form of one or more series of Subordinated Unsecured Indebtedness; provided, that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans or Refinancing Term Loans, (ii) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed by any Person other than the Guarantors; and (iii) such Indebtedness is not secured by any Lien on any property or assets of Holdings or its Subsidiaries. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan”, as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 412 of the Code or Sections 302 or 303 of ERISA, and that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate or in respect of which any Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate has any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise.

 

46


Planned Business Disposition” shall mean the Disposition of the Bridge Assets, on terms previously disclosed by the Borrowers and/or the Sponsor to the Administrative Agent and as agreed by the Administrative Agent.

Pledged Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Pledge Agreement.

Pricing Grid Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

Pricing Grid Election” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Applicable Margin”.

Prime Rate” shall mean a variable per annum rate, as of any date of determination, equal to the rate as of such date published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal as being the “Prime Rate” (or, if more than one rate is published as the Prime Rate, then the highest of such rates). The Prime Rate will change as of the date of publication in The Wall Street Journal of a Prime Rate that is different from that published on the preceding Business Day. In the event that The Wall Street Journal shall, for any reason, fail or cease to publish the Prime Rate, the Agents shall choose a reasonably comparable index or source to use as the basis for the Prime Rate.

Pro Forma” or “Pro Forma Basis” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any Financial Performance Covenant and any financial test, leverage-ratio-based test or covenant hereunder, that all Pro Forma Events shall be deemed to have been consummated and incurred as of the first day of the Test Period. All definitions (including Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA) used for purposes of the Financial Performance Covenants, any financial test, leverage-ratio-based test or covenant hereunder shall be subject to pro forma adjustments that are factually supportable and reasonably identifiable (in the good faith determination of the Administrative Borrower and certified by an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower), which may include all expected run rate cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements, initiatives and synergies resulting from or relating to any Pro Forma Event (and all costs, charges, accruals, reserves or expenses attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of such cost savings initiatives, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives (including, without limitation, costs related to the closure or consolidation of facilities, consulting and other professional fees and signing costs), that are either (i) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, specified in the Sponsor Model, and on or after a Pricing Grid Election, of a type set forth in the Sponsor Model; (ii) are projected by the Administrative Borrower in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are reasonably expected to be, taken within twenty-four (24) months after (x) with respect to the Transactions, the Closing Date, or (y) with respect to Pro Forma Events (other than the Transactions), such transaction or initiative has been initiated, provided that the aggregate amount added back to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in accordance with this clause (ii) for any period, shall not exceed 30% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (calculated without giving effect to the aforementioned add-back); (iii) with respect to the Transactions, recommended (in reasonable detail) by the due diligence quality of earnings report conducted by the financial advisors retained by the Borrowers and delivered to the Lead Arrangers prior to December 1, 2019 (for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of addbacks that are also set forth in the Sponsor Model, adjustments should

 

47


be made pursuant to and consistent with the Sponsor Model); (iv) with respect to Pro Forma Events (other than the Transactions), recommended (in reasonable detail) by any due diligence quality of earnings report made available to the Administrative Agent conducted by financial advisors (which financial advisors are nationally recognized or reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (it being understood and agreed that any of the “Big Four” accounting firms are acceptable)) and retained by a Credit Party, including those following a Pricing Grid Election of a type set forth in such due diligence quality of earnings report; (v) determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Exchange Act and as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency) or (vi) otherwise determined in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; provided that any amount added-back to Consolidated Net Income in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in reliance on clauses (i) through (vi) above, shall be added-back as so projected until fully realized. The Administrative Borrower may estimate GAAP results if the financial statements with respect to a Permitted Acquisition, an IP Acquisition or any other Permitted Investment are not maintained in accordance with GAAP, and the Administrative Borrower may make such further adjustments as reasonably necessary in connection with consolidation of such financial statements with those of the Credit Parties. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Credit Document to the contrary, when calculating any ratios or tests for purposes of the incurrence of any Incremental Facility, Indebtedness under Sections 10.01(l), (p), (r), or (x) or any other financial or leverage-ratio-based incurrence test, the cash and Cash Equivalents that are proceeds from the incurrence of any such Indebtedness shall be excluded from the pro forma calculation of any applicable ratio or test, but pro forma adjustment shall be given effect to any prepayment or repayment of Indebtedness with the use of such proceeds.

Pro Forma Event” shall mean, (a) the Transactions, (b) any increase in Commitments pursuant to an Incremental Facility, (c) any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment that is otherwise permitted by this Agreement, (d) any IP Acquisition, (e) any permitted Disposition in an amount in excess of $5,000,000, either individually or in the aggregate over such period, (f) any disposition of all or substantially all of the assets or all the equity interests of any subsidiary of Holdings (or any business unit, line of business or division of Holdings or any of the subsidiaries of the Borrowers for which financial statements are available) not prohibited by this Agreement, (g) discontinued divisions or lines of business or operations, (h) any restructuring, operating improvement or expense reduction initiative, cost savings initiative or similar transactions or initiative reasonably elected to be taken or (i) any other similar events occurring or transactions consummated during the period (including any Indebtedness incurred, repaid or assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition, Investment permitted hereunder or Disposition, assuming such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans incurred during such period).

Prohibited Person” shall mean (x) any Person with whom citizens or permanent residents of the United States, persons (other than individuals) organized under the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof and all branches and subsidiaries thereof, persons physically located within the United States or persons otherwise subject to the jurisdiction of the United States are restricted from doing business under regulations of OFAC (including any Person named on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (“SDN List”)) and (y) any Person that resides, is organized or chartered, or has a place of business in a country or territory that is itself

 

48


subject to comprehensive Sanctions (as of the date hereof, such countries or territory are Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria, and the Crimea region of Ukraine). Prohibited Person also includes persons on a Sanctions-related list of designated persons maintained by the United Nations, European Union, any EU member state, or the United Kingdom, including the UN sanction list and the EU consolidated list available at http://eeas.europa.eu/cfsp/sanctions/consol-list_en.htm and http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/fin_sanctions_index.htm.

Purchase” shall mean the purchase or other acquisition by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of (a) all of the Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all of the property and assets of (or all or substantially all of the property and assets representing a business unit or business line of or customer base of), any Person (referenced herein as the “Acquired Entity”) that, upon the consummation thereof, will be wholly owned (other than director’s qualifying shares) directly by Holdings or one or more of its wholly owned Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger or consolidation or the purchase or other acquisition of all or a substantial portion of the property and assets of a Person) or (b) source code, Intellectual Property and other related intangibles.

Qualified Capital Stock” shall mean any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

Qualified Cash” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents held by Holdings and its Subsidiaries in deposit or securities accounts (including foreign cash accounts, if any) subject to Control Agreements; provided, that such cash and Cash Equivalents shall constitute Qualified Cash notwithstanding that such cash and Cash Equivalents are not subject to a Control Agreement for a period of ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its sole discretion); provided, further, that any cash and Cash Equivalents that are designated or earmarked (or intended to be used) for any payment, prepayment, redemption or other related disbursements in respect of any restricted stock units or similar instruments (including any restricted stock units outstanding on the Closing Date) shall not constitute Qualified Cash (and for the avoidance of doubt, $49,500,000 of cash and Cash Equivalents funded on the balance sheet on the Closing Date using the proceeds of the Term Loans or the Equity Investment shall be presumed to be so designated; provided that such earmarked amount shall be reduced by (x) all cash and Cash Equivalents actually paid and (y) all cash and Cash Equivalents no longer required to be paid due to the retirement of such restricted stock units or other events as described in the governing documents thereof that would reduce such payment or no longer designated or earmarked (including by forfeiture as a result of resignation, termination or otherwise), in each case in respect of any such restricted stock units or similar instruments on or after the Closing Date.

Qualified Counterparty” shall mean, with respect to any Specified Hedging Agreement, any counterparty thereto that, at the time such Specified Hedging Agreement was entered into, was reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

Qualified ECP Guarantor” shall mean, at any time, each Credit Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

49


Qualified Securitization Financing” shall mean any Securitization Facility of a Securitization Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (i) the Administrative Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Securitization Facility (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Holdings, the Borrowers and the Subsidiaries; (ii) all sales of Securitization Assets and related assets by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary to the Securitization Subsidiary or any other Person are made at fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower); (iii) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower) and may include standard securitization undertakings; and (iv) the obligations under such Securitization Facility are non-recourse (except for customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made in connection with such facilities) to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary (other than a Securitization Subsidiary).

Qualifying IPO” shall mean the issuance by Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its Qualified Capital Stock in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Real Property” shall mean, with respect to any Person, all right, title and interest of such Person (including, without limitation, any leasehold estate) in and to a parcel of real property owned, leased or operated by such Person together with, in each case, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures, equipment, tangible personal property, easements and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Receivables Assets” shall mean (a) any trade or accounts receivable owed to Holdings, the Borrowers or a Subsidiary subject to a Receivables Facility and the proceeds thereof and (b) all collateral securing such trade or accounts receivable, all contracts and contract rights, guarantees or other obligations in respect of such trade or accounts receivable, all records with respect to such trade or accounts receivable and any other assets customarily transferred together with trade or accounts receivables in connection with a non-recourse trade or accounts receivable factoring arrangement and which are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by Holdings to a commercial bank or an Affiliate thereof in connection with a Receivables Facility.

Receivables Facility” shall mean an arrangement between Holdings, the Borrowers or a Subsidiary and a commercial bank or an Affiliate thereof pursuant to which (a) Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as applicable, sells (directly or indirectly) to such commercial bank (or such Affiliate) trade or accounts receivable owing by customers, together with Receivables Assets related thereto, at a maximum discount, for each such trade or accounts receivable, not to exceed 10% of the face value thereof, (b) the obligations of Holdings, the Borrowers or such Subsidiary, as applicable, thereunder are non-recourse (except for customary repurchase obligations) to Holdings, the Borrowers and such Subsidiary and (c) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be on market terms (as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower) and may include standard securitization undertakings, and shall include any guaranty in respect of such arrangement.

 

50


Recurring Revenue Incremental Leverage Ratio” shall mean a LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio, calculated in accordance with Section 2.01(c)(ii)(B), equal to 2.25:1.00.

Recurring Revenues” shall mean, with respect to any period, all recurring transactional, maintenance and subscription revenues, and recurring revenues attributable to software, copyrights and other Intellectual Property licensed or sold by Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, which recurring revenues are earned during such period net of any discounts, calculated on a basis consistent with the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, each as recognized in accordance with GAAP, but excluding the impact of any purchase accounting or other adjustment arising out of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and historical or future acquisitions.

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt”.

Refinancing Amendment” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower executed by each of (a) the Administrative Borrower, (b) the Administrative Agent and (c) each Additional Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto.

Refinancing Term Commitments” shall mean one or more tranches of Term Loan Commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans” shall mean one or more tranches of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.06(b)(iv).

Registered Equivalent Notes” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantee obligations) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Regulation D” shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing reserve requirements.

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

Reimbursement Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a).

Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, members, partners, advisors of such Person and any Person that possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.

 

51


Reportable Event” shall mean an event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder (excluding any such event for which the notice requirement of Section 4043 of ERISA has been waived under applicable regulations).

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding more than fifty percent (50.0%) of the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and (b) (i) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment or (ii) if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and Letter of Credit Exposures; provided, that,

(1)    the Commitments and the portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the Letters of Credit Outstanding held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders,

(2)    the portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held or deemed held by any Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Revolving Credit Commitments, Letter of Credit Exposure, Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be held by any Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender, and

(3)    the portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans held or deemed held by any Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender shall account for no more than 49.9% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no Revolving Credit Commitments, Letter of Credit Exposure, Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be held by any Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender.

Required Revolving Lenders” shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding more than fifty percent of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, or if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loan and Letter of Credit Exposures; provided, that (1) the Commitments and the portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the Letters of Credit Outstanding held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders and (2) for the avoidance of doubt, no Revolving Credit Commitments, Letter of Credit Exposure, Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be held by any Sponsor Affiliated Lender.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

 

52


Restricted Junior Debt Payment” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) the prepayment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any senior unsecured Indebtedness and (b) the payment or prepayment of principal of, or premium or interest on, any Junior Indebtedness, any Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Subordinated Unsecured Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness subordinate in right of payment to the Obligations unless such payment is permitted under the terms of the intercreditor agreement or subordination agreement applicable thereto.

Restricted Payment” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) the declaration or payment of any dividend on, or the making of any payment or distribution on account of, or setting apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any class of Capital Stock of such Person or any warrants or options to purchase any such Capital Stock (including any payment, prepayment, redemption or other related disbursement in respect of any restricted stock units or similar instruments), whether now or hereafter outstanding, or the making of any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property, and (b) any payment of a management fee (or other fee of a similar nature) by such Person to any holder of its Capital Stock or any Affiliate thereof other than Permitted Management Payments.

Retained Excess Cash Flow” shall mean that portion of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, determined on a cumulative basis for the immediately preceding fiscal year of Holdings (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021), that has not been required, and is not required, to be applied to prepay Loans (or any portion thereof) pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i).

Revolving Credit Commitment” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on and after the Closing Date, on Schedule 1.01(a) as such Lender’s “Revolving Credit Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Revolving Credit Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to terms hereof.

Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage” shall mean at any time, for each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment by (b) the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.15; provided, that at any time when the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage shall be its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage as in effect immediately prior to such termination.

Revolving Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender outstanding at such time and (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time.

Revolving Credit Facility” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amounts of the Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender” shall mean, at any date, Lenders having or holding any Revolving Credit Commitment or outstanding Revolving Credit Loan.

Revolving Credit Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(b).

 

53


Revolving Credit Loan Note” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit R-1.

Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is six (6) years after the Closing Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

“SDN List” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.29.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Secured Incremental Leverage Ratio” shall mean a Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio, calculated in accordance with Section 2.01(c)(ii)(B), equal to 6.50:1.00.

Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Lenders, (b) the Letter of Credit Issuer, (c) the Agents, (d) each Qualified Counterparty, (e) each Bank Product Provider, (f) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Credit Party under the Credit Documents and (g) any permitted successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns of each of the foregoing.

Securities Act shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Securitization” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.08.

Securitization Asset” shall mean (a) any trade or accounts receivables or related assets and the proceeds thereof, in each case subject to a Securitization Facility and (b) all collateral securing such receivable or asset, all contracts and contract rights, guaranties or other obligations in respect of such receivable or asset, lockbox accounts and records with respect to such account or asset and any other assets customarily transferred (or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted), together with accounts or assets in a securitization financing and which in the case of clause (a) and (b) above are sold, conveyed, assigned or otherwise transferred or pledged by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing.

Securitization Facility” shall mean any transaction or series of securitization financings that may be entered into by Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary pursuant to which Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or may grant a security interest in, Securitization Assets to either (a) a Person that is not a Subsidiary or (b) a Securitization Subsidiary that in turn sells such Securitization Assets to a Person that is not a Subsidiary, or may grant a security interest in, any Securitization Assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

Securitization Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of Holdings in each case formed for the purpose of and that solely engages in one or more Qualified Securitization Financings and other activities reasonably related thereto or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Securitization Financing in which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings makes an Investment and to which Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings transfers Securitization Assets and related assets.

 

54


Security Documents” shall mean, collectively, the Security Pledge Agreement, the Control Agreements, any Mortgage, and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Sections 9.10, 9.11 or 9.13, pursuant to any of the Security Documents, or otherwise to secure any of the Obligations.

Security Pledge Agreement” shall mean the Security Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date, by and among each Credit Party and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, and in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

Solvency Certificate” shall mean a solvency certificate, duly executed and delivered by the chief financial officer or other Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Annex I to Exhibit C of the Commitment Letter.

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person, at any date, that (a) the sum of the debt (including contingent liabilities) of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, does not exceed the fair saleable value (measured on a going concern basis) of the present assets of such Person and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, (b) the present fair saleable value (measured on a going concern basis) of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured in the ordinary course of business, (c) the capital of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is not unreasonably small in relation to their business as contemplated as of such date and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, have not incurred and do not intend to incur, or believe that they will incur, debts including current obligations, beyond their ability to pay such debts as they become due in the ordinary course (whether at maturity or otherwise). For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability has been computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing as of the date hereof, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Specified Acquired Property” shall mean (a) any Person acquired by a Credit Party that does not, upon consummation of the Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, become a Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee Agreement and (b) property (other than Capital Stock) acquired by a Credit Party in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or any IP Acquisition that is not made subject to the Lien set forth in the Security Pledge Agreement, in each case, in accordance with Section 9.10.

Specified Event of Default” shall mean any Event of Default arising under Section 11.01(a) or Section 11.01(h).

Specified Hedging Agreement” shall mean any Hedging Agreement (a) entered into by (i) any Borrower or any Subsidiary and (ii) any Qualified Counterparty, as counterparty, (b) that has been designated as such by the Administrative Borrower, and (c) complies with the provisions

 

55


of Section 7.4 of the Security Pledge Agreement; provided, that any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements. The designation of any Hedging Agreement as a Specified Hedging Agreement shall not create in favor of any Qualified Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Guarantee Agreement except as provided in Section 13.19.

Specified Representations” shall mean those certain representations and warranties to the Lenders provided in Section 8.01(a) (solely as they relate to due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents), Section 8.02 (solely as they relate to the Credit Documents), Section 8.03(i) and (iii) (in each case limited to the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents, incurrence and use of proceeds of the Credit Facilities and the granting of the guarantees and security interests in respect thereof), Section 8.05, Section 8.06 (solely with respect to approvals required from any Governmental Authority to the extent such approval is required in connection with the consummation of the financing transactions under this Agreement), Section 8.07, Section 8.17, Section 8.18, Section 8.22, Sections 8.28 and Section 8.29 (solely with respect to the use of proceeds of the Loans incurred on the Closing Date not violating the laws described therein).

Sponsor” shall mean Thoma Bravo, LLC.

Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender” shall mean any Sponsor Affiliated Lender that is a bona fide debt fund or investment vehicle that is primarily engaged in, or that advises funds or other investment vehicles that are primarily engaged in, the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course of its business and whose managers have fiduciary duties to the investors in such fund independent of, or in addition to, their duties to the Sponsor.

“Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender” shall mean any Sponsor Affiliated Lender that is not a Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender.

Sponsor Affiliated Lender” shall mean any Lender that is Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor (other than Holdings, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) at such time.

Stated Amount” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to Drawing could then be met.

Statutory Reserve Rate” shall mean, for any day as applied to any Eurodollar Loan, a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages that are in effect on that day (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves), expressed as a decimal, as prescribed by the Board and to which the Administrative Agent is subject, for Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such

 

56


reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

Successor Subsidiary Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Subordinated Unsecured Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness which would otherwise constitute Junior Indebtedness, but that is by its terms (i) subordinated in right of payment to the creditors in respect of any Junior Indebtedness, and (ii) not eligible to receive the proceeds of enforcement of any Collateral.

Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean and include (a) any corporation, limited liability company or other business entity more than fifty percent (50%) of whose Voting Stock having by the terms thereof power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (b) any partnership, association, joint venture or other similar entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries has more than a fifty percent (50%) equity interest at the time. Unless otherwise expressly provided, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary of any Credit Party.

Subsidiary Borrower” shall mean, immediately prior to the consummation of the Merger, Initial Subsidiary Borrower, and upon and after the consummation of the Merger, the Successor Subsidiary Borrower.

Swap Obligation” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Hedging Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedging Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedging Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedging Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedging Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

“Target” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Taxes” shall mean all income, stamp or other taxes, duties, levies, imposts, charges, assessments, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, enacted, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

“TBCF” shall mean, collectively, TBCF I and TBCF II.

 

57


“TBCF I” shall mean Thoma Bravo Credit Fund I, L.P.

“TBCF II” shall mean Thoma Bravo Credit Fund II, L.P.

Term Loan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.01(a)(i).

Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, (a) in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(a) as such Lender’s “Term Loan Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Term Loan Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Term Loan Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.

Term Loan Facility” shall mean, at any time, the aggregate Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, as applicable, of all Lenders at such time, and includes, as the context may require, any Extended Term Loans, any Refinancing Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans or the aggregate amount of term loans of any Class (or as applicable the aggregate commitments in respect thereof).

Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is six (6) years after the Closing Date, or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day.

Term Loan Note” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit T-1.

Term Loan Repayment Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

Term Loan Repayment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b).

Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Pledge Agreement.

Test Period” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings then last ended (in each case taken as one accounting period) for which financial statements have been delivered, or were required to be delivered, pursuant to Section 9.01.

Total Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Term Loan Commitment, any Incremental Term Loan Commitment, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment and any Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment.

Total Consideration” shall mean (without duplication), with respect to a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition, the result of:

(a)    the sum of:

(i) cash paid as consideration to the seller in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition,

 

58


(ii) the amount of Indebtedness assumed in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, and

(iii) the present value of future payments which are required to be made over a period of time and are not contingent upon Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries meeting financial performance objectives (exclusive of salaries paid in the ordinary course of business) (discounted at the ABR), minus

(b)    the sum of:

(i) the aggregate principal amount of equity contributions (which are not Disqualified Capital Stock) made directly or indirectly to, or equity issuances (which are not Disqualified Capital Stock) by Holdings, the proceeds of which are used substantially contemporaneously with such contribution or issuance to fund all or a portion of the cash purchase price (including deferred payments) of such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, and

(ii) any cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Acquired Entity (x) paid as consideration to the seller in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition and (y) acquired as part of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition (to the extent such Acquired Entity becomes a Guarantor and complies with the requirements of Section 9.10) or as part of the property and assets acquired by a Credit Party;

provided, that Total Consideration shall not be deemed to include any consideration or payment (x) paid by Holdings or its Subsidiaries directly in the form of equity interests (that are not Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings or its parent entities, or (y) funded by cash and Cash Equivalents generated by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (including any Foreign Subsidiary). For the avoidance of doubt, no acquisition fees, costs or expenses incurred in connection with such Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition and paid to a party other than the seller shall be included in the determination of Total Consideration. If any cash on the balance sheet of a foreign Acquired Entity is paid or distributed to its direct or indirect shareholders, in part, as acquisition consideration in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, then the amount that is included in the Total Consideration calculation shall be reduced by such cash amount distributed or paid.

Total Credit Exposure” shall mean, as of any date of determination (a) with respect to each Lender, (i) prior to the termination of the Commitments, the sum of such Lender’s Total Commitment plus such Lender’s Term Loans or (ii) upon the termination of the Commitments, the sum of such Lender’s Term Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure and (b) with respect to all Lenders, (i) prior to the termination of the Commitments, the sum of all of the Lenders’ Total Commitments plus all Term Loans and (ii) upon the termination of the Commitments, the sum of all Lenders’ Term Loans and Revolving Credit Exposure.

Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of the last day of any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Test Period.

Total Revolving Credit Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Revolving Credit Commitments. On the Closing Date, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall be $50,000,000 as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a), as such amount may be reduced after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

 

59


Total Term Loan Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Term Loan Commitments. On the Closing Date, the Total Term Loan Commitment shall be $775,000,000 as set forth on Schedule 1.01(a).

tranche” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(a).

Transaction Documents” shall mean each of the documents executed and/or delivered in connection with the Transactions, including without limitation, the Credit Documents and the Acquisition Agreement.

Transactions” shall mean collectively, (a) the Acquisition (including all transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement), (b) the Merger, (c) the Offer, (d) the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents by the Credit Parties, the Borrowings thereunder on the Closing Date and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated hereby and thereby, (e) the Equity Investment and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.

Type” shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or Eurodollar Loan.

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Unfunded Current Liability” of any Plan shall mean the amount, if any, by which the present value of the accrued benefits under the Plan as of the close of its most recent plan year, determined based upon the actuarial assumptions used by the Plan’s actuary for purposes of determining the minimum required contributions to the Plan as set forth in the Plan’s actuarial report for such plan year, exceeded the fair market value of the assets allocable thereto as determined for purposes of the Plan’s minimum funding requirements as set forth in such report.

Unpaid Drawing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.04(a).

Unsecured Incremental Leverage Ratio” shall mean a Total Net Leverage Ratio, calculated in accordance with Section 2.01(c)(ii)(B), equal to 7.00:1.00.

 

60


Unused Revolving Credit Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(a)(iii).

U.S.” and “United States” shall mean the United States of America.

U.S. Foreign Holdco” shall mean a direct or indirect Subsidiary that has no material assets other than Capital Stock of one or more Subsidiaries that are CFCs (excluding for the purposes of this asset determination any Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries).

Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, shares of such Person’s Capital Stock having the right to vote for the election of directors (or Persons acting in a comparable capacity) of such Person under ordinary circumstances (other than Capital Stock or other interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency where such contingency has not yet occurred).

WARN Act” shall mean the Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated and rulings issued thereunder.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

SECTION 1.02    Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

(a)    The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b)    The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c)    Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

(d)    The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(e)    The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

61


(f)    Any reference herein to any person shall be construed to include such person’s successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignments set forth herein).

(g)    In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”.

(h)    Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

(i)    All references to the knowledge of any Credit Party or facts known by any Credit Party shall mean actual knowledge of any Authorized Officer of such Person.

(j)    Any Authorized Officer executing any Credit Document or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto on behalf of a Credit Party, so executes or certifies in his/her capacity as an Authorized Officer on behalf of the applicable Credit Party and not in any individual capacity and without personal liability.

(k)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Credit Document to the contrary, in calculating any Non-Fixed Basket any amounts incurred, or transactions entered into or consummated, in reliance on a Fixed Basket in a substantially concurrent transaction with the amount incurred, or transaction entered into or consummated, under an applicable Non-Fixed Basket shall be disregarded in the calculation of such Non-Fixed Basket.

(l)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Credit Document to the contrary, in the event any Lien, Indebtedness (including any Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, Extended Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Term Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Term Loans) or Investment (or any of the foregoing in concurrent transactions, a single transaction or a series of related transactions) meets the criteria of one or more than one of the categories of baskets under this Agreement (including within any defined terms or within any negative covenants), including any Fixed Basket or Non-Fixed Basket, as applicable, the Administrative Borrower shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, to divide and classify and to later, at any time and from time to time, re-divide and re-classify (including to re-classify utilization of any Fixed Basket as being incurred under any Non-Fixed Basket or other Fixed Basket or utilization of any Non-Fixed Basket as being incurred under any Fixed Basket or other Non-Fixed Basket) on one or more occasions (based on circumstances existing on the date of any such re-division and re-classification) any such Lien, Indebtedness or Investment, in whole or in part, among one or more than one applicable baskets within the same covenant under this Agreement (in the case of re-classification or re-division, so long as the amount so re-classified or re-divided is permitted at the time of such re-classification or re-division to be incurred pursuant to the applicable basket into which such amount is re-classified or re-divided at such time (and not the basket from which such amount is re-divided or re-classified)). If any Lien, Indebtedness (including any Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, Incremental Term Loan Commitments, Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Permitted Incremental

 

62


Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, Extended Revolving Credit Loan, Extended Term Loan, Extended Revolving Credit Commitment or Extended Term Loans) or Investment incurred under any provision in this Agreement or any other Credit Document (or any portion of the foregoing) previously divided and classified (or re-divided and re-classified) as set forth above under any Fixed Basket, could subsequently be re-divided and re-classified under a Non-Fixed Basket, such re-division and re-classification shall be deemed to occur automatically, in each case, unless otherwise elected by the Administrative Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) any Indebtedness incurred under this Agreement (including on the Closing Date) will, at all times (including on the Closing Date), be classified as being incurred under Section 10.01(a) and may not be reclassified, (y) no Indebtedness, Liens or Investments may be reclassified as Restricted Payments or Restricted Junior Debt Payments and (z) usage of baskets for Restricted Payments and Restricted Junior Debt Payments may not be reclassified.

SECTION 1.03    Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Historical Financial Statements, except as otherwise permitted herein. In addition, the financial ratios and all related definitions set forth in the Credit Documents shall exclude the application of ASC 815, ASC 480 or ASC 718, ASC 606 and ASC 505-50 (to the extent that the pronouncements in ASC 718 or ASC 505-50 result in recording an equity award as a liability on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and the treatment of any dividend accruals thereon as interest expense in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity and such interest expense as dividends). If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Credit Document, and the Administrative Borrower shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Administrative Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP in effect prior to such change in GAAP and (ii) the Administrative Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such change in GAAP. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, unless the Administrative Borrower has requested an amendment pursuant to this Section 1.03 with respect to the treatment of operating leases and Capitalized Leases and until such amendment has become effective, all obligations of any Person that would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to January 1, 2019 shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purpose of this Agreement (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) regardless of any change in or application of GAAP following such date pursuant to ASC 842 or otherwise that would require such leases (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as Capitalized Leases in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.01.

 

63


SECTION 1.04    Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained or complied with by Holdings or the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05    References to Agreements, Laws, etc.. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Obligations shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancings, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Credit Document; and (b) references to any Applicable Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Applicable Law.

SECTION 1.06    Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07    Timing of Payment of Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

SECTION 1.08    Corporate Terminology. Any reference to officers, shareholders, stock, shares, directors, boards of directors, corporate authority, articles of incorporation, bylaws or any other such references to matters relating to a corporation made herein or in any other Credit Document with respect to a Person that is not a corporation shall mean and be references to the comparable terms used with respect to such Person.

SECTION 1.09    LIBOR Discontinuation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, and without limiting the provisions of Section 2.03 or 2.06, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall have determined with the consent of the Administrative Borrower (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that there exists, at such time, a broadly accepted market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States in lieu of the ICE LIBOR, and the Administrative Agent shall have given notice of such determination to each Lender (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to make such determination and/or to give such notice), then the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to be mutually reasonably agreed to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days after the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment. Until an alternate rate of interest shall be determined in accordance with this

 

64


paragraph (but only to the extent the ICE LIBOR for the applicable Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis), (x) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Loans, and (y) any Notice of Borrowing (whether for a Borrowing of new Eurodollar Loans or a conversion or continuation of existing Eurodollar Loans) given by the Administrative Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to be rescinded by the Administrative Borrower.

SECTION 1.10    Divisions. For all purposes under the Credit Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws), (i) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (ii) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Capital Stock at such time.

ARTICLE II

Amount and Terms of Credit Facilities

SECTION 2.01    Loans.

(a)    Term Loans.

(i)    Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (collectively, the “Term Loans” and each, individually, a “Term Loan”) in the amount and in the currency set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(a) under “Term Loan Commitment” to the Borrowers, which Term Loans (i) shall not exceed, for any such Lender, the Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, (ii) shall not exceed, together with all other Term Loans, in the aggregate, the Total Term Loan Commitment, (iii) shall be made on the Closing Date, (iv) may, at the option of the Administrative Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Term Loans; provided, that all such Term Loans made by each of the Lenders shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Term Loans of the same Type, and (v) may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

(b)    Revolving Credit Loans. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender having a Revolving Credit Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (each such loan and any Incremental Revolving Credit Loans and any Extended Revolving Credit Loans, a “Revolving Credit Loan”) to the Borrowers, which Revolving Credit Loans (i) shall not exceed, for any such Lender, the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Lender, (ii) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Lender’s Revolving Credit Exposure at such time exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, (iii) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, at any time result in the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures exceeding the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (iv) shall be made at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity

 

65


Date; provided, that Revolving Credit Loans may be made on the Closing Date to the extent permitted by Section 9.12 (for the avoidance of doubt, no Lender having a Revolving Credit Commitment shall have any obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans for any purpose prohibited by Section 9.12), (v) may, at the option of the Administrative Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans; provided, that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type, and (vi) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof. On the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans shall be repaid in full. Upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice from the Administrative Borrower, the Total Revolving Credit Commitment may be permanently reduced, in whole or in part, as directed by the Administrative Borrower so long as each such reduction is in a minimum amount of $1,000,000. Such reductions shall ratably reduce, in whole or in part, the Revolving Credit Commitments of each Lender.

(c)    Incremental Facilities.

(i)    Requests. The Credit Parties may (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any such Credit Party that is not a Borrower shall become a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19 hereof), by written notice from the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent (each, an “Incremental Facility Request”), at any time prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, request increases in the Term Loan Commitments which may be under a new term facility or may be part of an existing Class of Term Loan Commitments (each, an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment” and the term loans thereunder, an “Incremental Term Loan”) and/or increases in the Revolving Credit Commitments which may be under a new revolving credit facility or may be part of an existing Class of Revolving Credit Commitments (each, an “Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” and the loans thereunder, “Incremental Revolving Credit Loans”; each Incremental Term Loan Commitment and each Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment are each sometimes referred to herein individually as an “Incremental Facility” and collectively as the “Incremental Facilities”); provided, that no commitment of any Lender shall be increased without the consent of such Lender. Such notice shall set forth (A) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment being requested (which shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof), (B) the date (an “Incremental Effective Date”) on which such Incremental Facility is requested to become effective (which, unless otherwise agreed by the Agents or if such request is made in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, shall not be less than ten (10) Business Days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date of such notice), and (C) whether, in the case of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the Incremental Term Loans shall initially consist of ABR Loans and/or Eurodollar Loans and, if the Loans are to include Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto.

(ii)    Amount. The aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall not exceed (A) (I) in the case of an Incremental Facility incurred on or prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $80,000,000 and (II) in the case of an Incremental Facility incurred after a Pricing Grid Election, an amount equal to the greater of (x) $80,000,000 and (y) one hundred percent (100%) of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Test Period, plus (B) an unlimited amount

 

66


(irrespective of whether any Incremental Facility may then be incurred pursuant to clause (A) or clause (C) hereof) if as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, (I) in the case of an Incremental Facility incurred prior to a Pricing Grid Election, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio recomputed on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming all Incremental Revolving Credit Loans (including concurrently established Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) are fully drawn and provided that the proceeds of any Incremental Facility shall not be included in the cash that is netted from the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness) does not exceed the Recurring Revenue Incremental Leverage Ratio or (II) in the case of an Incremental Facility incurred on or after a Pricing Grid Election, (x) if such Incremental Facility is secured on a first lien or junior lien basis, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio recomputed on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming all Incremental Revolving Credit Loans (including concurrently established Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) are fully drawn and provided that the proceeds of any Incremental Facility shall not be included in the cash that is netted from the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness) does not exceed the Secured Incremental Leverage Ratio or (y) if such Incremental Facility is unsecured, the Total Net Leverage Ratio recomputed on a Pro Forma Basis (assuming all Incremental Revolving Credit Loans (including concurrently established Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) are fully drawn and provided that the proceeds of any Incremental Facility shall not be included in the cash that is netted from the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness) does not exceed the Unsecured Incremental Leverage Ratio, plus (C) all voluntary prepayments of and all payments made pursuant to Sections 13.06, 13.07 or 13.25 to purchase or prepay (x) Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans (in each case, with the amount of such addition being equal to (1) the amount of such voluntary prepayment or (2) the cash purchase price paid), and (y) Incremental Revolving Credit Loans and Revolving Credit Loans (in each case, solely to the extent accompanied by a permanent commitment reduction in respect thereof) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness, prior to such time; provided, that in the case of Incremental Facilities used to make Limited Condition Acquisitions, at the Administrative Borrower’s election, compliance with clause (B) may be determined as of the date that the applicable acquisition agreement is effective (provided, however, that the proceeds of such Incremental Facility shall not be included in the cash that is netted from the calculation of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness for purpose of determining the Total Net Leverage Ratio) so long as the contemplated Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated and the related Incremental Facility is funded within one hundred and eighty (180) days of such date (for the avoidance of doubt, if such Limited Condition Acquisition is not consummated and the related Incremental Facility is not funded within such period, then compliance with clause (B) shall be determined as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered (or were required to be delivered) pursuant to Section 9.01 prior to the date such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated), provided, further, that (1) if amounts incurred under clause (B) are incurred concurrently with the incurrence of Incremental Facilities in reliance on clause (A) and/or clause (C) above, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio or the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as applicable, will be calculated without including any incurrence under clause (A) and/or (C), as the case may be, any portion of any Incremental Facilities incurred in reliance on clause (A) and/or clause (C) shall be automatically reclassified, as incurred under clause (B) if such amount qualifies under that clause, (2) unless the Administrative Borrower elects otherwise, each Incremental Facility shall be deemed incurred: first, using any amounts available pursuant to clause (B) to the extent permitted, second, using any amounts available pursuant to

 

67


clause (C); and third, using any amounts available pursuant to clause (A), and (3) any portion of any Incremental Facility incurred in reliance on clause (A) and/or clause (C) shall be automatically reclassified as incurred under clause (B) if such amount at that time qualifies under that clause; provided, further, that the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments and Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall not exceed $12,500,000.

(iii)    Lenders. Upon delivery of the applicable Incremental Facility Request, any Lender may (in its sole discretion) participate in any Commitment increase with the consent of the Administrative Borrower (in its sole discretion), subject to each of the following:

(A)    no existing Lender will have any obligation to provide all or any portion of such Incremental Facilities;

(B)    the Administrative Borrower shall deliver a notice (along with, if applicable, customary and reasonable preliminary diligence information with respect to the transaction to be consummated with the proceeds of such incremental that is available to the relevant Borrower at such time) to all existing Lenders to first offer such existing Lenders the opportunity to provide any such Incremental Facility on a pro rata basis (and on a non-pro rata basis, with respect to existing Lenders that elect to cover declining Lenders’ declined amounts) on the terms offered by such Borrower and such other Lenders, it being understood and agreed that to the extent any Lender has not delivered to such Borrower a commitment to provide its pro rata share of such Incremental Facility (or non-pro rata portion with respect to existing Lenders that elect to cover declining Lenders’ declined amounts) within ten (10) Business Days of delivery of such notice, such Lender shall be deemed to have declined to provide any portion of such Incremental Facility;

(C)    any new Lender providing Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be subject to any required consents pursuant to Section 13.06 hereof as if an assignment of the Revolving Credit Commitments were being made to such new Lender;

(D)    in no event shall the amount of Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Incremental Term Loans) held by all Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the aggregate amount of all outstanding Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Incremental Term Loans) as a result of any Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender providing all or any portion of any Incremental Facilities or for any other reason; and

(E)    the voting limitations on Sponsor Affiliated Lenders set forth in Section 13.01, the definition of Required Lenders or otherwise in this Agreement shall apply to all Sponsor Affiliated Lenders that provide or hold all or any portion of any Incremental Facility.

(iv)    Conditions. No Incremental Facility shall become effective under this Section 2.01(c) unless, immediately after giving pro forma effect to such Incremental Facility, the Loans to be made thereunder (and assuming, in the case of an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment, that the entire amount of such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment is funded and that the cash proceeds of such Incremental Facility are not netted), and the application of the proceeds therefrom,

 

68


(A)    no Specified Event of Default shall exist; provided, that in respect of a Limited Condition Acquisition, at the Administrative Borrower’s election, the foregoing condition may be satisfied to the extent that (1) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as of the date that the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and (2) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior and after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition; provided, further that in the case of any Incremental Facility incurred in reliance on Section 2.01(c)(ii)(B), no Event of Default shall exist,

(B)    each Incremental Facility (x) shall be senior obligations of the Borrowers and the Guarantors and rank pari passu in right of payment an security with the other Loans hereunder; provided that each Incremental Facility may be junior secured or unsecured, in which case it will be established as a separate facility from the then existing Facility and will be subject, in the case of an Incremental Facility secured on a junior lien basis, to a customary intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (y) will be guaranteed only by the Guarantors of the Borrowers’ Obligations hereunder and, to the extent secured, any Incremental Facilities shall not be secured by any Lien on any asset that does not constitute Collateral,

(C)    the proceeds of such Incremental Facility shall be used for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, for Investments permitted by this Agreement, general working capital, Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions, IP Acquisitions and Restricted Payments permitted under this Agreement, and

(D)    the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of such incurrence certifying as to the foregoing and attaching financial statements and reasonably detailed supporting calculations, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to evidence compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s).

(v)    Terms. The final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan shall be no earlier (but may be later) than the final stated maturity date of the initial Term Loans and the weighted average life to maturity of any such Incremental Term Loan shall not be shorter (but may be longer) than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the initial Term Loans (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of Term Loans prior to such date of determination). The interest rates and, subject to the sentence above, the amortization schedule applicable to any Incremental Term Loan, shall be determined by the Borrowers and the lenders thereunder and each Incremental Revolving Credit Loan shall not have amortization or scheduled mandatory commitment reductions (other than at maturity). The final maturity date of any Incremental Revolving Credit Loan shall be no earlier (but may be later) than the final stated maturity date of the initial Revolving Credit Loans. The all-in yield (including interest rate margins, any interest rate floors, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar yield-related discounts, deductions or payments (based on the lesser of a four-year average life to maturity or the remaining life to maturity), but excluding reasonable, customary and bona fide arrangement, structuring, amendment, underwriting and/or similar fees paid or payable to any arranger or any arranger’s Affiliates with respect to such Incremental Term

 

69


Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan or any new Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the then outstanding initial Term Loans or the then outstanding initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, or any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, unless the interest rate margin (and the interest rate floor, if applicable) with respect to the then outstanding initial Term Loans or initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, and each outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as the case may be, is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Term Loan or the Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, and the all-in yield on the then outstanding initial Term Loans or initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, and any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, minus 0.50% per annum. Except with respect to amortization, pricing and final maturity as set forth in this clause (v), any Incremental Term Loan shall be on terms substantially similar to the initial Term Loans or no more onerous than the terms applicable to the then outstanding initial Term Loans, or any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan (excluding terms applicable after the Latest Maturity Date) or terms otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, that representations, warranties, covenants and events of default with respect to such Incremental Term Loan may be inconsistent with the initial Term Loans so long as, if any such representation, warranty, covenant or event of default is in addition to, or more restrictive than, those applicable to the initial Term Loans, either (x) the initial Term Loans shall receive the benefit of any such additional or more restrictive representation, warranty, covenant or event of default or (y) such representations, warranties, covenants or events of default shall be effective after the Maturity Date applicable to the initial Term Loans. Any Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be on the same terms (including all-in pricing and maturity date but excluding reasonable, customary and bona fide arrangement, structuring, amendment, underwriting and/or similar fees paid or payable to any arranger or any arranger’s Affiliates with respect to such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) as, and pursuant to documentation applicable to, the initial Revolving Credit Loans. The currency of any Incremental Facility shall be Dollars or any other currency reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing such Incremental Facility.

(vi)    Required Amendments. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Facility, this Agreement may be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence of such Incremental Facility and the Loans evidenced thereby, and any joinder agreement or amendment may without the consent of the other Lenders effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.01(c), and, for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.01(c)(vi) shall supersede any provisions in Section 13.01. From and after each Incremental Effective Date, the Loans and Commitments established pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the guarantees and security interests created by the applicable Security Documents. The Credit Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Agents to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Liens and security interests granted by the applicable Security Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Loans and Commitments.

 

70


(vii)    Upon each increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.01(c), (A) each Revolving Credit Lender immediately prior to such increase will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each Lender providing a portion of the Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments (each such Lender, a “Revolving Increasing Lender”) in respect of such increase, and each such Revolving Increasing Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Credit Lender’s participations hereunder in outstanding Letters of Credit such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding participations hereunder in Letters of Credit held by each Revolving Credit Lender (including each such Revolving Increasing Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, (B) if, on the Increased Amount Date, there are any Revolving Credit Loans outstanding, such Revolving Credit Loans shall on or prior to the effectiveness of such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments be prepaid from the proceeds of additional Revolving Credit Loans made hereunder (reflecting such increase in Revolving Credit Commitments), which prepayment shall be accompanied by accrued interest on the Revolving Credit Loans being prepaid, (C) each Revolving Increasing Lender shall become a Revolving Credit Lender, and (D) each Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Commitment and each Loan made thereunder shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Loan. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing, pro rata borrowing and pro rata payment requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(d)    Eurodollar Loans. Each Lender may, at its option, make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Eurodollar Loan; provided, that (i) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay such Eurodollar Loan and (ii) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrowers resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it, and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3.05 shall apply).

SECTION 2.02    Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans shall be in multiples of $100,000 and shall not be less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount with respect thereto. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided, that at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten (10) Borrowings of Eurodollar Loans under this Agreement.

 

71


SECTION 2.03    Notice of Borrowing.

(a)     The Administrative Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent prior written notice (i) prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) at least three Business Days’ prior to each Borrowing of Term Loans which are to be initially Eurodollar Loans (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent may agree in the case of the Borrowing of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans on the Closing Date or in connection with any Incremental Facility), and (ii) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day prior to each Borrowing of Term Loans which are to be ABR Loans. Such notice in the form of Exhibit N-1 (together with each notice of a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.03(b), a “Notice of Borrowing”), except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10, shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans to be made, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be, (x) in the case of Term Loans, the Closing Date and (y) in the case of any Incremental Term Loans, the applicable Closing Date for such tranche), (C) whether the Term Loans shall consist of ABR Loans and/or Eurodollar Term Loans and, if the Term Loans are to include Eurodollar Term Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto, and (D) the applicable wire instructions of the relevant Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Term Loans, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

(b)    Whenever a Borrower desires to incur Revolving Credit Loans hereunder (other than Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings under Letters of Credit), the Administrative Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a Notice of Borrowing (i) prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) at least three Business Days’ prior to each Borrowing of Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans, and (ii) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York time) at least one Business Day prior to each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans which are to be ABR Loans. Each such Notice of Borrowing, except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.10, shall be irrevocable and shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (B) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans and, if Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto and (D) the applicable wire instructions of the relevant Borrower. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each applicable Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans, of such Lender’s proportionate share thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing. No Revolving Credit Loans shall be borrowed on the Closing Date except, to the extent permitted by Section 9.12.

(c)    If the Administrative Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Notice of Borrowing then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, an ABR Loan.

(d)    Borrowings of Revolving Credit Loans to reimburse Unpaid Drawings under Letters of Credit shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.04(a).

(e)    Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Administrative Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower.

 

72


SECTION 2.04    Disbursement of Funds.

(a)    No later than (i) 2:00 p.m. (New York time), in the case of each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans for which a Notice of Borrowing has been delivered prior to the time required under Section 2.03, on the date of the requested Borrowing (other than for Borrowings on the Closing Date) specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below, (ii) 2:00 p.m. (New York time), in the case of each Borrowing of Incremental Term Loans for which all conditions to the making of such Loan set forth in this Agreement have been met prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the requested date of such Borrowing specified in the Notice of Borrowing therefor, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of such Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below, and (iii) 5:00 p.m. (New York time), in the case of the making of the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans (if any) on the Closing Date, if the conditions set forth in Article VI and Article VII to the effectiveness of this Agreement are met prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion, if any, of the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Loans (if any) in the manner provided below.

(b)    Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrowers under any Borrowing in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings under Letters of Credit) make available to the Borrowers, by depositing in an account designated by the Administrative Borrower to the Administrative Agent in writing, the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available the same to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Borrower shall promptly pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrowers, to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Federal Funds Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrowers, the then-applicable rate of interest, calculated in accordance with Section 2.08, applicable to ABR Loans. If a Borrower and such Lender shall pay interest to the Administrative Agent for the same (or a portion of the same) period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period.

 

73


(c)    Nothing in this Section 2.04 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

SECTION 2.05    Payment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a)    Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrowers agree to repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, all then outstanding Revolving Credit Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental Revolving Credit Loans).

(b)    Term Loans. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders of the Term Loans, on each date set forth below (each, a “Term Loan Repayment Date”), the principal of the Term Loans in the amounts set forth below opposite such Term Loan Repayment Date (each a Term Loan Repayment Amount”) (which Term Loan Repayment Amount shall be reduced as a result of, and after giving effect to, the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 5.01 and Section 5.02(a)(viii)):

 

Term Loan
Repayment Date

  

Term Loan
Repayment Amount

June 30, 2020 and the last Business Day of each calendar quarter thereafter
   0.25% of the amount of the aggregate initial principal amount of each Term Loan funded on the Closing Date
Term Loan Maturity Date    The entire remaining principal amount of
all Term Loans

For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, all then outstanding Term Loans.

(c)    Scheduled installments for Incremental Term Loans shall be as specified in the applicable amendment or joinder agreement.

(d)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office of such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

74


(e)    Each Borrower agrees that from time to time on and after the Closing Date, upon the request by any Lender, at such Borrower’s own expense, such Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a Note, evidencing the Loans made by, and payable to such Lender or registered assigns in a maximum principal amount equal to such Lender’s share of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans or Total Revolving Credit Commitment, as the case may be. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make (or cause to be made) appropriate notations on the grid attached to such Lender’s Note (or on any continuation of such grid), which notations, if made, shall evidence, inter alia, the date of, the outstanding principal amount of, and the interest rate and Interest Period applicable to, the Loans evidenced thereby. Such notations shall, to the extent not inconsistent with notations made by the Administrative Agent in the Register, be conclusive and binding on each Credit Party absent manifest error; provided, that the failure of any Lender to make any such notations shall not limit or otherwise affect any Obligations of any Credit Party. The Administrative Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.06(b)(iv), and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, whether such Loan is a Term Loan or Revolving Credit Loan, the Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by any Agent from the Borrowers and each Lender’s share thereof. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(f)    The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (d) and (e) of this Section 2.05 shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrowers therein recorded; provided, that the failure of any Lender or any Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrowers by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.06    Conversions and Continuations.

(a)     The Administrative Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount of the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and the Administrative Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans as Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans, as the case may be, for an additional Interest Period; provided, that (i) no partial conversion of Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of Eurodollar Term Loans or Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (ii) ABR Loans may not be converted into Eurodollar Loans if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed conversion and the Administrative Agent has, or the Required Lenders in respect of the Credit Facility that is the subject of such conversion have, determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (iii) Eurodollar Loans may not be continued as Eurodollar Loans for an additional Interest Period in excess of one month if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has, or the Required Lenders in respect

 

75


of the Credit Facility that is the subject of such conversion have, determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation and (iv) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.06 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.02. Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Administrative Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent written notice prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) at least three (3) Business Days (or one (1) Business Day in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans) (and in either case on not more than ten (10) Business Days) prior to such proposed conversion or continuation, in the form of Exhibit N-2 (each, a “Notice of Conversion or Continuation”) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted or continued into and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as Eurodollar Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto. The Administrative Agent shall give each Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

(b)    If any Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any Eurodollar Loans for an Interest Period in excess of one (1) month and the Administrative Agent has, or the Required Lenders have, determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such Eurodollar Loans shall be automatically continued on the last day of the current Interest Period into Eurodollar Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(c)    If, upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of Eurodollar Loans, the Administrative Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in Section 2.06(a), the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to convert such Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans into a Borrowing of ABR Loans effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.

SECTION 2.07    Pro Rata Borrowings. Each Borrowing of Term Loans under this Agreement shall be granted by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Term Loan Commitments. Each Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement shall be granted by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then applicable Revolving Credit Commitments. Each Borrowing of Incremental Term Loans under this Agreement shall be granted by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Incremental Term Loan Commitments. It is understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder.

SECTION 2.08    Interest.

(a)     The unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan that is an ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR in effect from time to time.

(b)    The unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan and Term Loan that is a Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate.

 

76


(c)    From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of (i) any Specified Event of Default, automatically and without any notice or other action by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, or (ii) any Event of Default under Section 11.01(c) as a result of a breach of Section 10.13, Section 9.01(a), Section 9.01(b), Section 9.01(c), Section 9.01(d) or Section 9.01(e), upon notice by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (in each case, which notice shall only be given upon the direction of the Required Lenders) to the Administrative Borrower, the Borrowers shall pay interest on the principal amount of all Loans and all other due and unpaid Obligations (other than Obligations due with respect to Specified Hedging Agreements or any Bank Product Obligations), to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, at the rate described in Section 2.08(a) or Section 2.08(b), as applicable, plus two (2) percentage points (2%) per annum, and the Letter of Credit Fee shall be increased by two (2) percentage points (2%) per annum. All such interest shall be payable on demand and in cash.

(d)    Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment or prepayment thereof and shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, beginning with the quarter during which the Closing Date occurs, (ii) in respect of each Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, and (iii) in respect of each Loan (except, other than in the case of prepayments, any Revolving Credit Loan that is an ABR Loan), on the date of prepayment thereof (on the amount prepaid), at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

(e)    All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.05.

(f)    The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, shall promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

SECTION 2.09    Interest Periods. At the time the Administrative Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans (in the case of the initial Interest Period applicable thereto) or prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the third (3rd) Business Day (and in any event, on not more than ten (10) Business Days’ notice) prior to the expiration of an Interest Period applicable to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans, the Administrative Borrower shall have, by giving the Administrative Agent written notice the right to elect the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Administrative Borrower, be a one, two, three, six or twelve month period (or any other interest period if, at the time of the relevant Borrowing, all Lenders participating therein agree to make an Interest Period of such duration available):

(a)    the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires;

 

77


(b)    if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c)    if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided, that if any Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; and

(d)    the Administrative Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any Eurodollar Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the applicable Maturity Date of such Loan.

SECTION 2.10    Increased Costs, Illegality, etc.

(a)    In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Administrative Agent or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) below, any Lender, in each case, shall have reasonably determined:

(i)    on any date for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any Interest Period that (A) deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising any Eurodollar Loan are not generally available in the relevant market or (B) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of Eurodollar Rate; or

(ii)    at any time that a Change in Law causes such Lender to incur increased costs or reductions in the amounts received or receivable hereunder (other than lost profit) with respect to any Eurodollar Loans (other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (x) Connection Income Taxes, (y) Taxes described in clauses (c) through (e) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (z) Non-Excluded Taxes governed by Section 5.04); or

(iii)    at any time, that the making or continuance of any Eurodollar Loan has become (A) due to a Change in Law, unlawful under any Applicable Law (or would conflict with any such Applicable Law not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or (B) impracticable as a result of a contingency occurring after the Closing Date that materially and adversely affects the interbank Eurodollar market,

then, and in any such event, such Lender (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall promptly give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (A) in the case of clause (i) above, Eurodollar Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative

 

78


Agent notifies the Administrative Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation given by the Administrative Borrower with respect to Eurodollar Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Administrative Borrower, (B) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Administrative Borrower shall pay to such Lender, within five (5) days after receipt of written demand therefor, such additional amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its reasonable discretion shall determine) as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Administrative Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) and (C) in the case of clause (iii) above, the Administrative Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by law.

(b)    At any time that any Eurodollar Loan is affected by the circumstances described in (i) Section 2.10(a)(ii), the Administrative Borrower may either (A) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel said Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Administrative Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (B) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such Eurodollar Loan into an ABR Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loans; provided, that if more than one (1) Lender is so affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) or (ii) Section 2.10(a)(iii), (A) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, such Borrowing shall automatically be deemed cancelled and rescinded and (B) if the affected Eurodollar Loan is then outstanding, each such Eurodollar Loan shall automatically be converted into an ABR Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loans; provided, that if more than one (1) Lender is affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b).

(c)    If, after the later of the Closing Date, and the date such entity becomes a Lender hereunder, the adoption of any Applicable Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by a Lender or its parent with any request or directive made or adopted after such date regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, association, central bank or comparable agency, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy), then within five (5) days after demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such

 

79


Lender or its parent for such reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such Applicable Law as in effect on the Closing Date or the date such entity becomes a Lender hereunder, as the case may be. Each Lender (on its own behalf), upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c), will, as promptly as practicable upon ascertaining knowledge thereof, give written notice thereof to the Administrative Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts. The failure to give any such notice, with respect to a particular event, within the time frame specified in Section 2.13, shall not release or diminish any of the Borrowers’ obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) for amounts accrued or incurred after the date of such notice with respect to such event.

(d)    This Section 2.10 shall not apply to Taxes to the extent duplicative of Section 5.04.

SECTION 2.11    Compensation. If (a) any payment of principal of a Eurodollar Loan is made by the Borrowers to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such Eurodollar Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Sections 2.05, 2.06, 2.10, 5.01 or 5.02, as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Article XI or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of Eurodollar Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Borrowing (except with respect to a revocation as provided in Section 2.10), (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a Eurodollar Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any Eurodollar Loan is not continued as a Eurodollar Loan as a result of a withdrawn Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of a Eurodollar Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Sections 5.01 or 5.02, the Administrative Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue, failure to prepay, reduction or failure to reduce, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Loan. For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Lenders under this Section 2.11, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Eurodollar Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank Eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 2.12    Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Sections 2.10(a)(ii), 2.10(a)(iii), 2.10(b), 3.05 or 5.04 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Administrative Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to (i) designate or assign its rights and transfer its obligations hereunder to another lending office, branch or affiliate for any Loans affected by such event or (ii) file any certificate or document reasonably requested in writing by the Administrative Borrower; provided, that such designation is made on such terms that such Lender and its lending office suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the right of any Lender provided in Sections 2.10, 3.05 or 5.04.

 

80


SECTION 2.13    Notice of Certain Costs. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.05 or 5.04 is given by any Lender more than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, Tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.05 or 5.04, as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the giving of such notice to the Administrative Borrower.

SECTION 2.14    Cash Collateral.

(a)    Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer (i) if, in accordance with Section 3.01(a), a Letter of Credit is to be issued at any time that there is a Defaulting Lender, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Maturity Date, any Letter of Credit Exposure for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrowers shall, in each case, as promptly as practicable, after giving effect to the reallocation provisions pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv), Cash Collateralize the then outstanding amount of all Letter of Credit Exposure.

(b)    Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at a financial institution selected by the Administrative Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent. The Borrowers, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grant to (and subjects to the control of) the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Bank Product Providers and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.14(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Borrowers or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c)    Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.14, Section 2.15, Article III, Section 5.02 or Section 11.02 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific Letter of Credit Exposure, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

 

81


(d)    Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released to the Borrowers promptly following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 13.06)) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s and the Letter of Credit Issuer’s determination, in their sole discretion, that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of a Credit Party shall not be released during the continuance of a Default or Event of Default (and following application as provided in this Section 2.14 may be otherwise applied in accordance with Section 5.02(f)), and (y) the Person providing Cash Collateral and the Letter of Credit Issuer may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

SECTION 2.15    Defaulting Lenders.

(a)    Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:

(i)    Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 13.01.

(ii)    Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 5.02(f) or Article XI or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.09), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of Letter of Credit Participations; fourth, as the Administrative Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding with respect to Loans under this Agreement; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that if (x) such payment is a

 

82


payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letter of Credit Exposure in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Loans or a Revolving Credit Loan to reimburse a Drawing were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 7.01 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and Revolving Credit Loan to reimburse a Drawing owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or Revolving Credit Loan to reimburse a Drawing owed to, that Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Exposure are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii)    Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender: (x) shall not be entitled to receive any Fees set forth in Section 4.01(a)(iii) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such Fees that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 4.01(a)(ii).

(iv)    Reallocation of Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund Letter of Credit Participations hereunder, the “Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be computed without giving effect to the Revolving Credit Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided, that (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, unless the affected Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing, no Default or Event of Default exists, and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund Letter of Credit Participations shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Credit Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the aggregate outstanding amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of that Lender.

(v)    Cash Collateral. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrowers shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under law, Cash Collateralize the Letter of Credit Issuer’s Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.14.

(vi)    Responsibility. The failure of any Defaulting Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan, or to fund any purchase of any participation to be made or funded by it (including, without limitation, with respect to any Letter of Credit), or to make any payment required by it under any Credit Document on the date specified therefor shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations to make such loan, fund the purchase of any such participation, or make any other such required payment on such date, and neither Agent nor, other than as expressly set forth herein, any other Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any Defaulting Lender to make a loan, fund the purchase of a participation or make any other required payment under any Credit Document.

 

83


(b)    Defaulting Lender Cure. Once the Defaulting Lender has cured such default in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded Letter of Credit Participations to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages (without giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided, that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties and subject to Section 8.30, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

SECTION 2.16     Extensions of Loans.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “Extension Offer”) made from time to time by the Administrative Borrower to all Lenders holding Term Loans with the same scheduled Maturity Date or all Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments with the same scheduled Maturity Date, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such respective Term Loans or amounts of Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrowers are hereby permitted to consummate from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in any such Extension Offer to extend the scheduled Maturity Date of each such Lender’s Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments, and, subject to the terms hereof, otherwise modify the terms of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including by increasing the interest rate and/or fees payable in respect of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings) and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans) (each, an “Extension”, and each such group of extended Term Loans, and/or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, in each case as so extended, as well as the original Term Loans and the original Revolving Credit Commitments (in each case not so extended), being a “tranche”), so long as the following terms are satisfied:

(i)    except as to interest rates and fees (in either case to the extent applicable, solely after the Latest Maturity Date with respect to Revolving Credit Loans as of the date of the Extension) and final commitment termination date (which shall be determined by the Administrative Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer, subject to acceptance by the Extended Revolving Credit Lenders), the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Revolving Credit Commitment (an “Extended Revolving Credit Lender”) extended pursuant to an Extension (an “Extended Revolving Credit Commitment”), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms (or terms not less favorable to existing Lenders) as the original Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings); provided, that

 

84


(1) the borrowing and payments (except for (A) payments of interest and/or fees at different rates on Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the scheduled Revolving Credit Maturity Date of the non-extended tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) all Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case giving effect to any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the Borrowers shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such tranche on a better than pro rata basis as compared to any other tranche with a later scheduled Revolving Credit Maturity Date than such tranche, (4) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to the other tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans and (5) at no time shall there be Revolving Credit Commitments (including Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and any original Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than three (3) different scheduled Maturity Dates;

(ii)    except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, premium, required prepayment dates and participation in prepayments (which shall, subject to immediately succeeding clauses (iii), (iv) and (v), be determined by the Administrative Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer, subject to acceptance by the Extended Term Loan Lenders), the Term Loans of any Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Term Loans owed to it (an “Extended Term Loan Lender”) extended pursuant to any Extension (“Extended Term Loans”) shall have substantially similar terms as the tranche of Term Loans subject to such Extension Offer, or (taken as a whole) no more favorable to the Lenders providing the Loans that are being extended or replaced (in each case, other than for terms applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans that are not being extended) to those applicable to the existing tranche from which they are to be extended unless such existing tranche of Term Loans are concurrently amended to include such terms;

(iii)    the scheduled Maturity Date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date at the time of extension and the amortization schedule applicable to Loans made pursuant to Section 2.05(b) for periods prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date shall not be increased;

(iv)    the weighted average life to maturity of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of the Term Loans extended thereby (based on the lesser of a four-year average life to maturity or the remaining life to maturity),

 

 

85


(v)    any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than pro rata basis with all Term Loans (but not greater than pro rata basis ), in each case after giving effect to any Extended Term Loans, in any voluntary or mandatory prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Extension Offer; and

(vi)    if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (calculated on the outstanding principal amount thereof) and/or Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Lenders holding Term Loans or Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, of such Lenders, as applicable, shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, with respect to which such Lenders, as applicable, have accepted such Extension Offer.

(b)    With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.16, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute optional prepayments for purposes of Section 5.01 nor mandatory payments for purposes of Section 5.02 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment; provided, that the Administrative Borrower may, at its election, specify as a condition to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Administrative Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Administrative Borrower) of Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, of any or all applicable tranches be tendered. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section 2.16 (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including Section 5.02) or any other Credit Document that may otherwise prohibit or conflict with any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.

(c)    No consent of any Lender shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (A) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (B) with respect to any Extension of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer. All Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations under this Agreement and all other Credit Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Administrative Borrower (on behalf of all the Credit Parties) as may be necessary or appropriate in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of Revolving Credit Commitments or Term Loans so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower in connection with the establishment of such new tranches or sub-tranches, in each case on terms consistent with this Section 2.16. In addition, if so provided in such amendment and with the consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the scheduled Maturity Date in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be re-allocated from

 

86


Lenders holding non-extended Revolving Credit Commitments to Lenders holding Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms of such amendment; provided, however, that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including the fees applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extensions, the applicable Credit Parties shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed by the Lenders to amend) any Mortgage that has a maturity date prior to the then Latest Maturity Date so that such maturity date is extended to the then Latest Maturity Date (or such later date as may be advised by local counsel to the Administrative Agent).

(d)    In connection with any Extension, the Administrative Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least fifteen (15) Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.16.

(e)    This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions of Section 12.11, Section 13.01 or Section 13.09(b) to the contrary.

SECTION 2.17     Certain Permitted Term Loan Repurchases. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.17 or any other provision of this Agreement, so long as (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (b) immediately thereafter the sum of (x) the Available Revolving Loan Amount plus (y) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by each of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries as of such date in deposit or securities accounts subject to Control Agreements, other than cash for which the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries are obligated to use for another purpose, shall be not less than $10,000,000, the Borrowers may repurchase on a non-pro rata basis, outstanding Term Loans, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    The Borrowers shall effect such repurchase through one or more modified Dutch auctions, or such other similar procedure as mutually agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower and assigning Lenders (each, a Borrower Auction), to repurchase all or any portion of any class of the Term Loans (such Term Loans, the Borrower Offer Loans) of Lenders; provided, that (i) the Administrative Borrower delivers a notice of the Term Loans that will be subject to such Borrower Auction to Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders) no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least five (5) Business Days in advance of a proposed consummation date of such Borrower Auction indicating (A) the date on which the Borrower Auction will conclude, (B) the maximum principal amount of relevant Term Loans the Borrowers are willing to purchase in the Borrower Auction and (C) the range of discounts to par at which the Borrowers would be willing to repurchase the Borrower Offer Loans; (ii) the minimum dollar amount of the Borrower Auction shall be no less than an aggregate $5,000,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; (iii) the Borrowers shall hold the Borrower Auction open for a minimum period of three (3) Business Days and a

 

87


maximum period of ten (10) Business Days; (iv) a Lender who elects to participate in the Borrower Auction may choose to tender all or part of such Lender’s relevant Term Loans; (v) the Borrower Auction shall be made to Lenders holding the Borrower Offer Loans on a pro rata basis in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; and (vi) the Borrower Auction shall be conducted pursuant to such procedures as the Administrative Agent may establish which are consistent with this Section 2.17 and are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Borrower, that a Lender must follow in order to have its Borrower Offer Loans repurchased;

(b)    the purchase consideration for such assignment shall in no event, be funded directly or indirectly with the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans (whether by any Restricted Payment or otherwise);

(c)    with respect to all repurchases made by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.17, (i) the Borrowers shall pay to the applicable assigning Lender all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the repurchased Term Loans on the date of repurchase of such Term Loans, (ii) the repurchase of such Term Loans by the Borrowers shall not be taken into account in the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow or otherwise deemed to increase Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and (iii) such repurchases shall be deemed to be voluntary prepayments pursuant to Section 5.01; and

(d)    following repurchase by a Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Term Loans so repurchased shall, without further action by any Person, be deemed cancelled for all purposes and no longer outstanding (and may not be resold by the Borrowers), for all purposes of this Agreement and all other Credit Documents, including, but not limited to (i) the making of, or the application of, any payments to the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (ii) the making of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or (iii) the determination of Required Lenders, or for any similar or related purpose, under this Agreement or any other Credit Document. In connection with any Term Loans repurchased and cancelled pursuant to this Section 2.17, the Administrative Agent is authorized to make appropriate entries in the Register to reflect any such cancellation.

SECTION 2.18    Refinancing Facilities. At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any new lender (provided, that if Administrative Agent would have consent rights with respect to such new lender under Section 13.06 were such new lender to take an assignment of Loans or Commitments hereunder, then such new lender shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (in consultation with Administrative Borrower) (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, further, that any such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness held by Sponsor or its Affiliates shall be subject to the same restrictions as applicable to Sponsor Affiliated Lenders pursuant to the terms of Section 13.06) (each such new lender being an “Additional Lender”), Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which will be deemed to include any then outstanding Incremental Term Loans) and any then outstanding Refinancing Term Loans in the form of Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments, in each case, pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, together with any applicable intercreditor agreement or other customary subordination agreement; provided, that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (i) shall be unsecured or, to the

 

88


extent secured, shall rank junior in right of payment and of security with the other Loans and Commitments hereunder and (ii) will, to the extent permitted by the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”, have such pricing, interest rate margins, rate floors, discounts, fees, premiums and prepayment or redemption provisions and terms as may be agreed by the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders thereof. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Refinancing Term Loans) and any Indebtedness being replaced or refinanced with such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be deemed permanently reduced and satisfied in all respects. Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section. This Section 2.18 shall supersede any provisions in Section 13.01 to the contrary.

SECTION 2.19    Co-Borrowers.

(a)    Each Borrower accepts joint and several liability hereunder in consideration of the financial accommodation to be provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of each Borrower to accept joint and several liability for the obligations of each Borrower.

(b)    Each Borrower shall be jointly and severally liable for the Obligations, regardless of which Borrower actually receives the Loans hereunder or the amount of the Obligations received or the manner in which the Administrative Agent or any Lender accounts for the Obligations on its books and records. Each Borrower’s obligations with respect to Loans made to it, and each Borrower’s obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower hereunder, with respect to Loans made to and other Obligations owing by the Borrowers hereunder, shall be separate and distinct obligations, but all such obligations shall be primary obligations of each Borrower.

(c)    Each Borrower’s obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to, Letters of Credit issued on behalf of, and other Obligations owing by the Borrowers hereunder shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unconditional irrespective of (A) the validity or enforceability, avoidance or subordination of the obligations of any other Borrower or of any promissory note or other document evidencing all or any part of the obligations of any other Borrower, (B) the absence of any attempt to collect the Obligations from any other Borrower, any other guarantor, or any other security therefor, or the absence of any other action to enforce the same, (C) the waiver, consent, extension, forbearance or granting of any indulgence by the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect to any provision of any instrument evidencing the obligations of any other Borrower,

 

89


or any part thereof, or any other agreement now or hereafter executed by any other Borrower and delivered to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (D) the failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take any steps to perfect and maintain its security interest in, or to preserve its Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, (F) any borrowing or grant of a security interest by any other Borrower, as Debtor In Possession under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, (G) the disallowance of all or any portion of the Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s claim(s) for the repayment of the obligations of any other Borrower under Section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or (H) any other circumstances which might constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or of any other Borrower. With respect to each Borrower’s obligations arising as a result of the joint and several liability of such Borrower hereunder with respect to Loans made to the Borrowers hereunder, such Borrower waives, until the Obligations shall have been paid in full and this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall have been terminated, any right to enforce any right of subrogation or any remedy which the Administrative Agent or any Lender now has or may hereafter have against such Borrower, any endorser or any guarantor of all or any part of the Obligations, and any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any security or collateral given to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to secure payment of the Obligations or any other liability of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(d)    Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may proceed directly and at once, without notice, against any Borrower to collect and recover the full amount, or any portion of the Obligations, without first proceeding against any other Borrower or any other Person, or against any security or collateral for the Obligations. Each Borrower consents and agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be under no obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Borrower or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations.

(e)    Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Borrower as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for the Borrowers, which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by all of the Borrowers that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed in the place of the Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (i) to provide to the Administrative Agent and receive from the Administrative Agent all notices with respect to Loans obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and (ii) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Collateral of the Borrowers in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein and in the Security Documents, is done solely as an accommodation to the Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of the Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that neither the Agents nor the Lenders shall incur liability to the Borrowers as a result hereof. Each of the Borrowers expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group.

 

90


(f)    In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Borrower hereunder would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability hereunder, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Borrower, any Credit Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

(g)    After the Closing Date, the Administrative Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, designate any Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary as a Borrower by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrower Joinder Agreement executed by such Subsidiary and the Administrative Borrower, together with any documentation and other information with respect to such additional Borrower required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act requested by the Administrative Agent (and to the extent not theretofore delivered on the Closing Date or otherwise), and upon such delivery and satisfaction, such Subsidiary shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents be a Borrower and a party to this Agreement. As soon as practicable upon receipt of a Borrower Joinder Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall furnish a copy thereof to each Lender.

ARTICLE III

Letters of Credit

SECTION 3.01    Issuance of Letters of Credit.

(a)    Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time from time to time from and including the Closing Date and prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Administrative Agent agrees to cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue (whether through the issuance by Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates of support agreements, reimbursement agreements, guarantees or otherwise,), upon the request of the Administrative Borrower, and for the account of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries, a Letter of Credit in such form as may be approved by the Letter of Credit Issuer in its reasonable discretion; provided, that each Borrower shall be a co-applicant, and be jointly and severally liable, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued for the account of any such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time, would exceed the Letter of Credit Sub-Commitment then in effect, (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding and the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at such time, would exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment then in effect, (iii) the Administrative Agent shall not have any liability hereunder in the event that the Administrative Agent is unable to cause any Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, (iv) no Letter of Credit shall be issued in a stated face amount of less than $200,000 (unless consented to otherwise in writing by the Letter of Credit Issuer in its sole

 

91


discretion) and (v) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than the earlier of (A) one (1) year after the date of issuance thereof, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer, and (B) the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date; provided, that a Letter of Credit may, upon the request of the Administrative Borrower, include a provision whereby such Letter of Credit shall be renewed automatically for additional consecutive periods of one year or less (but not beyond the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date). The Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be under any obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if any Lender (unless such Lender is the Letter of Credit Issuer) is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless (after giving effect to the reallocation provisions pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv)) the Letter of Credit Issuer has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer (in its sole discretion) with the Administrative Borrower or such Lender to eliminate the Letter of Credit Issuer’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.15(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other Letter of Credit Exposure as to which the Letter of Credit Issuer has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion (it being understood and agreed that no such arrangement will be required with respect to Letters of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer if the Letter of Credit Issuer is a Defaulting Lender).

(b)    (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars or such other currency as may be requested by the Administrative Borrower and approved by the Administrative Agent and Letter of Credit Issuer in their sole discretion from time to time, (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any Applicable Law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor, and (iii) the Administrative Agent shall not cause the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue any Letter of Credit after the Administrative Agent has received a written notice from the Administrative Borrower, the Collateral Agent or any Lender stating that a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as the Administrative Agent shall have received a written notice of (A) rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice or (B) the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.01, or that such Default or Event of Default is no longer continuing.

SECTION 3.02    Letter of Credit Requests.

(a)     Whenever the Administrative Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, the Administrative Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer at least five (5) (or such lesser number as may be agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer) Business Days’ written notice thereof. Each notice shall be executed by the Administrative Borrower and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit L-1 (each, a “Letter of Credit Request”) or such other form as may be agreed by the Administrative Borrower, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit copies of each Letter of Credit Request to each Revolving Credit Lender.

(b)    The making of each Letter of Credit Request shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrowers that the Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.01.

 

92


SECTION 3.03    Letter of Credit Participations.

(a)     Each Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment (other than the Letter of Credit Issuer) (each such other Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.03(a), a “Letter of Credit Participant”) irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such Letter of Credit Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest and participation (each, a “Letter of Credit Participation”), to the extent of such Letter of Credit Participant’s Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage, in such Letter of Credit and the amount of each draft paid by the Letter of Credit Issuer thereunder (which shall include the Lender’s obligation to reimburse such applicable Letter of Credit Issuer for the amount of such Drawing), each substitute letter of credit, each Drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto (although Letter of Credit Fees will be paid directly to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Letter of Credit Participants as provided in Section 4.01(a)(ii) and the Letter of Credit Participants shall have no right to receive any portion of any Fronting Fees).

(b)    In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, Letter of Credit Issuer shall have no obligation relative to the Letter of Credit Participants other than to confirm that any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by Letter of Credit Issuer under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not create for Letter of Credit Issuer any resulting liability.

(c)    Whenever Letter of Credit Issuer receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer any payments from the Letter of Credit Participants, Letter of Credit Issuer shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each Letter of Credit Participant that has paid its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such Letter of Credit Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded or deposited by such Letter of Credit Participant to the aggregate amount funded or deposited by all Letter of Credit Participants) of the principal amount of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective Letter of Credit Participations.

(d)    The obligations of the Letter of Credit Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including under any of the following circumstances:

(i)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

 

93


(ii)    the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrowers may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrowers and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(iii)    any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv)    the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

(v)    the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

provided, that no Letter of Credit Participant shall be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Letter of Credit Issuer its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of any unreimbursed amount arising from any wrongful payment made by Letter of Credit Issuer under a Letter of Credit as a result of acts or omissions constituting willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of Letter of Credit Issuer.

SECTION 3.04    Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings.

(a)    The Borrowers hereby agree to reimburse Letter of Credit Issuer, by making payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of Letter of Credit Issuer, in immediately available funds for any payment or disbursement made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit issued by it (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “Unpaid Drawing”) no later than the date that is one (1) Business Day after the date on which the Administrative Borrower receives notice of such payment or disbursement (the “Reimbursement Date”), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the extent not reimbursed prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Reimbursement Date, from and including the Reimbursement Date to but excluding the date Letter of Credit Issuer is reimbursed therefor at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the rate described in Section 2.08(c); provided, that (i) unless the Administrative Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Borrowers intend to reimburse the Lenders for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans, the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments make Revolving Credit Loans (which shall be ABR Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such Drawing, and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Letter of Credit Participant of such Drawing and the amount of its Revolving Credit Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each Letter of Credit Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrowers in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 12:00 noon (New York time) on the Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Revolving Credit Loan available to the

 

94


Administrative Agent. Such Revolving Credit Loans shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount. The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Revolving Credit Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the applicable Lenders for the related Unpaid Drawing.

(b)    The obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 3.04 to reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrowers or any other Person may have or have had against the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including in its capacity as a Letter of Credit Participant), including any defense based upon the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “Drawing”) to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit or any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Drawing; provided, that the Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse the Lenders for any wrongful payment made by the Lenders under the Letter of Credit issued by it as a result of, as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, acts or omissions constituting bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of such Lender. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the Letter of Credit Issuer from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by such Letter of Credit Issuer’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof.

SECTION 3.05    Increased Costs. If, after the later of the Closing Date, and the date such entity becomes a Lender hereunder, the adoption of any Applicable Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Letter of Credit Issuer or any Letter of Credit Participant with any request or directive made or adopted after the later of the Closing Date and the date such entity becomes a Lender hereunder (whether or not having the force of law), of any such authority, association, central bank or comparable agency, shall either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against letters of credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer, or any Letter of Credit Participant’s Letter of Credit Participation therein, or (b) impose on any Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Letter of Credit Participant any other conditions affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or Letter of Credit Participations therein, and the result of any of the foregoing has the effect of increasing the cost to such Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or reducing the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant hereunder (other than any such increase or reduction attributable to (x) Connection Income Taxes, (y) Taxes described in clauses (c) through (e) of the definition of Excluded Taxes or (z) Non-Excluded Taxes governed by Section 5.04) in respect of Letters of Credit or Letter of Credit Participations therein, then, within five (5) days after receipt of demand to the Administrative Borrower by such Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by such Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant to the Administrative Agent), the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender, the

 

95


Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant, as applicable, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or a Letter of Credit Participant shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such Applicable Law as in effect on the later of the Closing Date and the date such entity becomes a Lender hereunder. A certificate submitted to the Administrative Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or a Letter of Credit Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Lender, such Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant to the Administrative Agent) setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Letter of Credit Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers absent clearly demonstrable error.

ARTICLE IV

Fees and Commitment Terminations

SECTION 4.01    Fees.

(a)     The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of:

(i)    the Letter of Credit Issuer a fee in respect of each applicable Letter of Credit issued hereunder (the “Fronting Fee”), for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the termination or expiration date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate per annum equal to 0.125% of the average daily Stated Amount of each such Letter of Credit or at a different rate per annum as is agreed in a separate writing between the Administrative Borrower and the Letter of Credit Issuer. The Fronting Fee shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date. In addition to the foregoing fee, the Borrowers shall pay or reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Letter of Credit Issuer in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit;

(ii)    each Lender having a Revolving Credit Commitment, pro rata according to the Revolving Credit Exposure of such Lender, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), for the period from and including the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to but excluding the termination or expiration date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Loans then in effect multiplied by the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit; provided, however, any Letter of Credit Fee otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender has not provided Cash Collateral reasonably satisfactory to the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Section 3.01 shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.15(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the Letter of Credit Issuer for its own account. The Letter of Credit Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and on the Letter of Credit Maturity Date; and

 

96


(iii)    each Lender (but excluding any Defaulting Lender) having a Revolving Credit Commitment in accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Commitment Percentages, as applicable, a commitment fee (the “Unused Revolving Credit Commitment Fee”) calculated at the rate of one-half of one percent (0.50%) per annum on the average daily Available Revolving Loan Amount during each fiscal quarter or portion thereof from the Closing Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date. The Unused Revolving Credit Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or any earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate.

(b)    The Borrowers agree to pay to the parties entitled thereto, all of the Fees set forth in the Fee Letters at the times and in the amounts specified therein.

(c)    The Borrowers agree to pay directly to the Letter of Credit Issuer upon each issuance of, drawing under and/or amendment of a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Borrowers shall have agreed upon for issuances of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

SECTION 4.02    Mandatory Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a)    The Total Term Loan Commitment shall terminate upon the closing of the Transactions on the Closing Date.

(b)    The Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

ARTICLE V

Payments

SECTION 5.01    Voluntary Prepayments and Optional Commitment Reductions.

(a)    The Borrowers shall have the right to prepay the Revolving Credit Loans, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time.

(b)    The Borrowers shall have the right to voluntarily prepay Term Loans, subject to the payment of the Applicable Prepayment Premium, in whole or in part from time to time.

(c)    Upon the giving of a notice of prepayment, the principal amount of Loans specified to be prepaid shall become due and payable on the date specified for such prepayment on the following terms and conditions: (i) the Administrative Borrower, shall give the Agents written notice of (A) its intent to make such prepayment, (B) the amount of such prepayment and (C) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made, no later than (x) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, 1:00 p.m. (New York time) two (2) Business Days prior

 

97


to, and (y) in the case of ABR Loans, 1:00 p.m. (New York time) one (1) Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment, and such notice shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the relevant Lenders, as the case may be; provided that a notice of prepayment may state that such notice is conditional upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable and specified event or condition, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked or extended by the Borrowers (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied; (ii) each partial prepayment of (x) any Term Loans shall be in a multiple of $250,000 and in an aggregate principal amount of at least $250,000 and (y) any Revolving Credit Loan shall be in a multiple of $100,000 and in aggregate principal amount of at least $100,000; provided, that no partial prepayment of Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding Eurodollar Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount for Eurodollar Loans; and (iii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Loans pursuant to this Section 5.01 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrowers with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11. Each prepayment in respect of any tranche of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 5.01 shall be applied as directed by the Administrative Borrower (and absent any such direction, pro rata in direct order of maturity of the remaining scheduled amortization payments of the Term Loans).

(d)    The Administrative Borrower may at any time upon at least three (3) Business Days’ (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior written notice to the Administrative Agent permanently reduce the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, without premium or penalty; provided, that such reductions shall be in an amount greater than or equal to $250,000. Except as otherwise permitted hereunder (including pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 13.06 or 13.07(b)), all reductions of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall be allocated pro rata among all Lenders with a Revolving Credit Commitment. A permanent reduction of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment shall require a corresponding pro rata reduction in the Letter of Credit Sub-Commitment to the extent the Total Revolving Credit Commitment is less than the Letter of Credit Sub-Commitment, either before or after giving effect to such reduction of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment.

SECTION 5.02    Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.

(a)    Mandatory Prepayments.

(i)    Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.02(a), on or prior to the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the date on which the Borrowers are required to deliver the annual financial statements for a fiscal year in accordance with Section 9.01(c), commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to: (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage multiplied by the amount of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow (if any) for such fiscal year, minus (B) the sum of all voluntary prepayments of the Loans made during such fiscal year (with, in the case of Term Loans, the amount of such reduction being equal to the face amount of the Term Loans deemed to have been prepaid, and in the case of Revolving Credit Loans, to the extent that such voluntary prepayments resulted in corresponding permanent reductions of the Revolving Credit Commitments) and all payments made to repurchase Term Loans pursuant to Section 13.06(b)(ii)(A) (but only to the extent a pro rata offer was made

 

98


to all Term Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof and subject to immediate and automatic cancellation of such Loan repurchased) made during such fiscal year, which prepayment shall be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix); provided, that no prepayment of Term Loans under this Section 5.02(a)(i) shall be required unless Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year is in an aggregate amount greater than or equal to $5,000,000 (and thereafter only amounts in excess amount shall constitute Consolidated Excess Cash Flow under this Section 5.02(a)(i), and the amounts not otherwise constituting Consolidated Excess Cash Flow hereunder shall increase the amount set forth in clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Available Amounts Basket”); provided, further, that prior to the required prepayment date set forth in this Section 5.02(a)(i), the Administrative Borrower may elect to have the prepayments and/or commitment reductions apply to the following fiscal year by notifying the Administrative Agent in writing prior to the date a prepayment is required under this clause.

(ii)    No later than five (5) Business Days after the incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.01, excluding Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Debt Proceeds plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium, to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix). Nothing in this Section 5.02(a)(ii) shall be construed to permit or waive any Default or Event of Default arising from any incurrence of Indebtedness not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

(iii)    Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.02(a), no later than five (5) Business Days after the receipt by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any proceeds from any Disposition (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, the Planned Business Disposition which is the subject of Section 5.02(a)(vi)), the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Disposition Proceeds from such Disposition, to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix); provided, that (i) the foregoing prepayment shall not be required in respect of any Disposition permitted under Section 10.04(a), Section 10.04(c), Section 10.04(d), Section 10.04(e), Section 10.04(f), Section 10.04(g), Section 10.04(h), Section 10.04(i), Section 10.04(j), Section 10.04(k), Section 10.04(l), Section 10.04(m), Section 10.04(n), Section 10.04(o) (to the extent such Dispositions relates to a Permitted Acquisition of the type described in clause (b) of the definition thereof or an IP Acquisition), Section 10.04(p), Section 10.04(q), Section 10.04(r), Section 10.04(s), Section 10.04(t), Section 10.04(u) and Section 10.04(v), Section 10.04(w), Section 10.04(x) and Section 10.04(y) plus other Net Disposition Proceeds, to the extent the aggregate amount of such other Net Disposition Proceeds in any fiscal year do not exceed $5,000,000, (ii) to the extent such Disposition is of substantially all or all of the assets of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries such repayment shall be accompanied by the Applicable Prepayment Premium and (iii) the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries (as applicable) may, at their option by notice in writing from the Administrative Borrower to the Agents on or prior to the tenth (10th) Business Day after the occurrence of the Disposition giving rise to such Net Disposition Proceeds of its intent to reinvest such Net Disposition Proceeds, (x) within one hundred and eighty (180) days after such event, enter into a definitive agreement for the purchase of assets which are used or useful in the business of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries (as applicable), as certified by the Administrative Borrower in writing to the Agents at the time of entering into such definitive agreement and (y) within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such event, consummate the purchase of such assets with such Net Disposition Proceeds

 

99


so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Nothing in this Section 5.02(a)(iii) shall be construed to permit or waive any Default or Event of Default arising from any Disposition not permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

(iv)    Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.02(a), no later than five (5) Business Days after the receipt by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any proceeds from any Casualty Event, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Casualty Proceeds, only to the extent the aggregate amount of such Net Casualty Proceeds in any fiscal year exceeds $5,000,000 in the aggregate, to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix); provided, that the Borrowers or its their Subsidiaries (as applicable) may, at their option by notice in writing from the Administrative Borrower to the Agents on or prior to the thirtieth (30th) Business Day following the occurrence of the Casualty Event resulting in such Net Casualty Proceeds, reinvest such Net Casualty Proceeds in assets that are used or useful in the business of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries (as applicable) so long as (x) such Borrower or such Subsidiary shall have entered into a definitive agreement for the purchase of assets or property within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the receipt of such Net Casualty Proceeds and (y) within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such event, consummate the purchase of such assets, with the amount of Net Casualty Proceeds unused after such period to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix). Nothing in this Section 5.02(a)(iv) shall be construed to permit or waive any Default or Event of Default arising from, directly or indirectly, any Casualty Event. For the avoidance of doubt, the Applicable Prepayment Premium will not apply to prepayments made pursuant to this Section 5.02(a)(iv).

(v)    Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.02(a), no later than five (5) Business Days after the receipt by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any Cure Amount, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Cure Amount, to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix). For the avoidance of doubt, the Applicable Prepayment Premium will not apply to prepayments made pursuant to this Section 5.02(a)(v).

(vi)    Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.02(a), no later than five (5) Business Days after the receipt by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any proceeds from the Planned Business Disposition, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loans in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Disposition Proceeds from such Planned Business Disposition and (y) the amount required to cause the LQA Recurring Revenue Gross Leverage Ratio to be less than or equal to 2.70:1.00, measured on a Pro Forma Basis as of the last day of the fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to the date of such Planned Business Disposition for which financials have been, or are required to be, delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.01(b), in each case to be applied as set forth in Section 5.02(a)(ix); provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, any Net Disposition Proceeds received by the Borrowers in excess of what is required to satisfy the preceding sentence shall be retained by the Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, the Applicable Prepayment Premium will not apply to prepayments made pursuant to this Section 5.02(a)(vi).

(vii)    Immediately upon any acceleration of the Maturity Date of any Loans pursuant to Section 11.02, the Borrowers shall repay all the Loans plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium (if any), unless only a portion of all the Loans is so accelerated (in which case the portion so accelerated plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium (if any) shall be so repaid).

 

100


(viii)    [Reserved].

(ix)    Amounts to be applied in connection with prepayments and Commitment reductions made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) shall be applied, first, to the prepayment of the Term Loans on a pro rata basis as set forth in Section 5.02(c), second, to the prepayment of the Revolving Credit Loans without a corresponding permanent reduction in the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, third, to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding, and fourth, to the prepayment of any other outstanding Obligations (other than Obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements to the extent cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Qualified Counterparty). Each prepayment of the Loans under Section 5.02 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

(x)    The Administrative Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent written notice of such payment under this Section 5.02 no later than three (3) Business Days prior to the date of repayment. Each Lender may reject all of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share of any mandatory prepayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) required to be made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) by providing written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to the date of such prepayment. If a Lender fails to deliver such a notice of rejection to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment unless the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to an extension of time for such failure to be corrected. Declined Proceeds may be retained by the Borrowers, and at the Administrative Borrower’s option, may be used to increase the Available Amounts Basket or be used for any other purpose permitted under this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 5.02, to the extent that any or all part of the Consolidated Excess Cash Flow attributable to any Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i), Net Disposition Proceeds of any Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iii) or the Net Casualty Proceeds of any Casualty Event from a Foreign Subsidiary giving rise to a prepayment pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iv), (A) is prohibited or delayed by applicable local law (which, for the avoidance of doubt includes, but is not limited to financial assistance, corporate benefit, restrictions on repatriation or upstreaming cash intra-group, and the fiduciary or statutory duties of the directors of the relevant subsidiaries) from being distributed or otherwise transferred to the Borrowers, (B) is determined by the Administrative Borrower in good faith that the distribution or other transfer of any or all of which (or any requirement hereunder to distribute or otherwise transfer such amount) could reasonably be expected to have an adverse tax cost or consequence (taking into account any foreign tax credit or benefit received in connection with such distribution or transfer) with respect to repatriating such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Casualty Proceeds or (C) solely with respect to Net Disposition Proceeds of any Disposition by a Foreign Subsidiary and Net Casualty Proceeds of any Casualty Event from a Foreign Subsidiary, are applied to repay Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.01(o), the portion of

 

101


such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Casualty Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay the Loans at the times provided in Sections 5.02(a)(i), 5.02(a)(iii), or 5.02(a)(iv), as applicable, and may be retained by the applicable Foreign Subsidiary.

(b)    Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans. If on any date the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures exceeds the Total Revolving Credit Commitment as then in effect, the Borrowers shall forthwith repay on such date the principal amount of Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to such excess. If, after giving effect to the prepayment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Revolving Credit Exposures exceed the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative Agent an amount in cash equal to such excess and the Administrative Agent shall hold such payment for the benefit of the Lenders as security for the Obligations of the Borrowers hereunder (including obligations in respect of Letters of Credit Outstanding) pursuant to a customary cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which shall permit certain investments in accordance with Section 10.05, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, until the proceeds are applied to the secured obligations).

(c)    Application to Term Loan Repayment. Except as otherwise permitted hereunder (including pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 5.02(a)(x), 13.06 or 13.07), each prepayment of Term Loans required by Section 5.02 shall be applied to reduce the remaining Term Loan Repayment Amounts as directed by the Administrative Borrower (or, in the case of no direction, in direct order of maturity); provided that, in the case of any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i) or Section 5.02(a)(iii), at the option of the Administrative Borrower, outstanding Indebtedness that is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis may be repaid on a pro rata basis.

(d)    Application to Term Loans. With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans elected by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 5.01(b) or required by Section 5.02, the Administrative Borrower may designate the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made; provided, that the Borrowers pay any amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.11 with respect to prepayments of Eurodollar Term Loans made on any date other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period. In the absence of a designation by the Administrative Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11. Each such prepayment shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the Loans so prepaid, through the date of such prepayment.

(e)    Application to Revolving Credit Loans. With respect to each prepayment of Revolving Credit Loans elected by the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 5.01 or required by Section 5.02, the Administrative Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) pursuant to which made and (ii) the Revolving Credit Loans to be prepaid; provided, that (A) Eurodollar Revolving Credit Loans may be designated for prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.02 only on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto unless all Eurodollar Loans with Interest Periods ending on such date of required

 

102


prepayment and all ABR Loans have been paid in full; and (B) with respect to prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans required by Section 5.02 and subject to Section 2.15, each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans. In the absence of a designation by the Administrative Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11.

(f)    Application of Collateral Proceeds. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.01 or this Section 5.02, all proceeds of Collateral received by any Collateral Agent pursuant to the exercise of remedies against the Collateral, and all payments received upon and after the acceleration of any of the Obligations shall each be, subject to the provisions of Section 2.14 and Section 2.15, applied as set forth in this clause (f), as follows (subject to adjustments pursuant to any agreements entered into among the Lenders):

(i)    first, ratably to pay any costs and expenses of the Agents and the Letter of Credit Issuer and fees then due to the Agents and Letter of Credit Issuer under the Credit Documents, and any indemnities then due to any Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer under the Credit Documents until paid in full,

(ii)    second, ratably to pay fees then due to the Lenders under the Credit Documents and any premiums due to the Lenders or Letter of Credit Issuer under the Credit Documents, in each case until paid in full,

(iii)    third, ratably to pay any costs or expense reimbursements of Lenders and indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Credit Documents until paid in full,

(iv)    fourth, ratably to pay interest due in respect of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans until paid in full,

(v)    fifth, ratably (i) to pay the principal of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans until paid in full and, during the continuance of an Event of Default described in Section 11.01(a) only, to concurrently and permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments accordingly, (ii) to Administrative Agent, to be held by Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Letter of Credit Issuer and those Lenders having a Revolving Credit Commitment, to Cash Collateralize all issued and outstanding Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 3.01 and Section 2.14,

(vi)    sixth, ratably to pay interest due in respect of the outstanding Term Loans until paid in full,

(vii)    seventh, ratably to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loans (in the inverse order of the maturity of the installments due thereunder) until the Term Loans are paid in full,

(viii)    eighth, to pay any other Obligations (including any Hedging Obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements and any Bank Product Obligations), in each case ratably as among the Persons entitled to such amounts, and

 

103


(ix)    ninth, to the Borrowers or such other Person entitled thereto under Applicable Law.

Subject to Section 3.03, Section 3.04 and Section 2.14, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause fifth above shall be applied to satisfy Drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above. For the avoidance of doubt, in carrying out the foregoing, no payments received by the Administrative Agent from any Credit Party shall be applied to Excluded Swap Obligations of such Credit Party.

SECTION 5.03    Payment of Obligations; Method and Place of Payment.

(a)    The obligations of each Borrower hereunder and under each other Credit Document are not subject to counterclaim, set-off, rights of rescission, or any other defense. Subject to Section 5.04, and except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrowers, without set-off, rights of rescission, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Secured Parties entitled thereto or the Letter of Credit Issuer, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent, and any amounts received after such time on such date may, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, be deemed received on such date for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred (provided, that such amounts shall be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon). Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrowers in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter promptly cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or Fees ratably to the Secured Parties entitled thereto or to the Letter of Credit Issuer, as applicable.

(b)    For purposes of computing interest or fees, any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time), shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall continue to accrue during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

(c)    The Borrowers hereby authorize Administrative Agent to, at its option (or upon the direction of the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders), from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrowers, charge the Borrowers’ loan account for any and all Obligations that remain unpaid after the due date therefor (after giving effect to any grace periods provided for in Section 11.01(a)) and, with respect to Obligations that are not fees, interest or principal payments, are not the subject of a bona fide dispute. All amounts so charged to the Borrowers’ loan account thereafter shall constitute Revolving Credit Loans hereunder and, subject to Section 2.08(c), shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Credit Loans that are ABR Loans.

 

104


SECTION 5.04    Net Payments.

(a)     Subject to the following sentence, all payments made by or on behalf of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any current or future Taxes (including Other Taxes) imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Credit Parties. If any Taxes are required under Applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) to be withheld from any amounts payable under this Agreement, the Credit Parties shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, and if such Taxes are not Excluded Taxes (“Non-Excluded Taxes”), shall increase the amounts payable to such Agent or such Lender to the extent necessary (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes, including any such Non-Excluded Taxes imposed on additional amounts payable hereunder) so that the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are paid by any Credit Party, as soon as practicable thereafter, such Credit Party shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Secured Party, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt (or other evidence acceptable to such Lender, acting reasonably) received by such Credit Party showing payment thereof. Without duplication of any other obligation contained in this Agreement, if such Credit Party fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate Governmental Authority, such Credit Party shall indemnify the Agents and the Lenders for any such Non-Excluded Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.04) payable or paid by such Agent or Lender or that are required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Agent or Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Credit Party by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent) or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. In addition, the Credit Parties shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. The agreements in this Section 5.04(a) shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(b)    Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments under any Credit Document shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.04(b)(i)(A), Section 5.04(b)(ii), and Section 5.04(b)(iii) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

 

105


(i)    Each Lender that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so:

(A)    deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two (2) copies of either (A) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (together with a certificate representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a 10-percent shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code) of any Borrower and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), or (B) Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, Form W-8IMY (including any certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable, and any other attachments thereto) or Form W-8ECI, in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on payments by the Borrowers under this Agreement;

(B)    deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent two (2) further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) promptly upon the obsolescence, inaccuracy or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender; and

(C)    obtain such extensions of time for filing and complete such forms or certifications as may reasonably be requested by any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent, unless in any such case any change in Applicable Laws has occurred prior to the date on which any such delivery would otherwise be required that renders any such form or certification inapplicable or would prevent such Lender from duly completing and delivering any such form or certification with respect to it and such Lender so advises the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent, in which case such Lender shall not be required to provide any form or certification under subparagraphs (A) or (B) above. Each Person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 13.06 or a Lender pursuant to Section 13.06 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms or certifications and statements required pursuant to this Section 5.04(b), as applicable; provided, that in the case of a Participant such Participant shall furnish all such required forms or certifications and statements to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased.

(ii)    Each Recipient that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent) two (2) copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that such U.S. Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax.

 

106


(iii)    If a payment made to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any Obligation or Credit Documents of the Borrowers hereunder (each, a “Recipient”) would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed under FATCA if such Recipient fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Recipient shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Applicable Laws and at such times or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by Applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such other documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent sufficient for the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers to comply with their obligations under FATCA to determine if such Recipient is exempt from withholding under FATCA and to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold under FATCA. Solely for the purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

(iv)    Any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or about the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by Applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by Applicable Law to permit the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(v)    If an Agent is a United States person, it shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 certifying that it is exempt from federal backup withholding. If an Agent is not a United States person, it shall deliver to the Administrative Borrower two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI with respect to fees received on its own behalf and, with respect to payments received on account of any Lender, two properly completed and duly signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or successor form).

(c)    If any Lender or any Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of a Tax for which an additional payment has been made by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 5.04 or Section 13.05 of this Agreement, then such Lender or such Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Borrowers for such amount (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrowers under this Section 5.04 and Section 13.05 with respect to the Tax giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender (including any Taxes imposed on the receipt of such refund) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided, that the Borrowers, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agree to repay the amount paid over to the Borrowers (plus

 

107


any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (c), in no event will such Agent or such Lender be required to pay any amount to the Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph (c) the payment of which would place such Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than such Agent or such Lender would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrowers or any other Person.

(d)    Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Non-Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Non-Excluded Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrowers to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 13.06(iv) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Credit Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Credit Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this paragraph (d).

(e)    For the purposes of this Section 5.04, the term “Lender” shall include any Letter of Credit Issuer.

(f)    Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.04 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Credit Document.

SECTION 5.05    Computations of Interest and Fees.

(a)     All interest and fees shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring during the period for which such interest or fee is payable over a year comprised of (a) 365 (or 366 as appropriate) days in the case of ABR Loans and (b) 360 days in all other cases. Payments due on a day that is not a Business Day shall (except as otherwise required by Section 2.09(c)) be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees in connection with that payment.

(b)    Fees and Letters of Credit Outstanding shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

 

108


ARTICLE VI

Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension

The occurrence of the initial Credit Extension is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on or before the Closing Date and to the conditions precedent set forth in Article VII, as applicable:

SECTION 6.01    Credit Documents. The Collateral Agent shall have received the following documents, duly executed by an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party and each other relevant party (other than as set forth in Section 7.02):

(a)    this Agreement;

(b)    the Notes, if any are requested;

(c)    the Guarantee Agreement;

(d)    the Notice of Borrowing;

(e)    the Security Pledge Agreement; and

(f)    the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

SECTION 6.02    Collateral and Payoff Documents.

(a)    All documents and instruments required to create and perfect the Collateral Agent’s perfected first priority security interests in the Collateral shall have been executed and delivered and if applicable, be in proper form for filing (or arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been agreed upon for the execution, delivery and filing of such documents and instruments substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Transactions); provided, that any lien filings in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, on Intellectual Property owned by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries relating to the Existing Loans (the “Specified Lien Filings”) shall not be required to be terminated on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Borrowers shall have the period of time set forth in Section 7.02(d) to file (or have filed) the appropriate documents to cause the Specified Lien Filings to be removed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the previous sentence, to the extent a perfected first priority security interest in any Collateral (the security interest in respect of which cannot be perfected by means of the filing of a UCC financing statement, the making of a federal Intellectual Property filing in the United States or delivery of possession of Capital Stock or other certificated security of any Credit Party required to be delivered under the Security Documents) is not able to be provided on the Closing Date after Credit Parties’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so, the perfection of such security interest in such Collateral will not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date, but a security interest in such Collateral will be required to be perfected after the Closing Date pursuant to the arrangements specified in Section 7.02. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (a) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S.

 

109


jurisdiction shall be required to be taken to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (and, no reimbursement will be made to any Agent for any costs or expenses incurred in connection with making any such actions) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets; (b) in no event shall any Credit Party be required to complete any filings or take other action with respect to security interests in Intellectual Property beyond the filing of (i) UCC financing statements, (ii) any applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and (iii) any applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the U.S. Copyright Office; (c) in no event shall any Credit Party be required to enter into any source code escrow arrangement or register any Intellectual Property; and (d) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Property; and

(b)    subject to Section 7.02, the Collateral Agent shall have received (i) customary executed payoff letters reflecting repayment of the Existing Loans, (ii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that the documents necessary to effectuate the release of the Liens with respect to the Existing Loans have been provided prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions hereunder, and (iii) evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all other existing Indebtedness of each Credit Party and each of their Subsidiaries, other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.01, has been (or will be concurrently with the funding of the initial Credit Extensions hereunder) repaid in full and all commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit thereunder have been (or will be concurrently with the funding of the initial Credit Extensions hereunder) terminated and all Liens securing such Indebtedness thereunder, and guarantees in respect thereof, have been (or will be concurrently with the funding of the initial Credit Extensions hereunder) released and terminated (other than Liens permitted under Section 10.02).

SECTION 6.03    Legal Opinion. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall have received an executed legal opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.04    Acquisition and Equity Investment.

(a)    Substantially concurrently with the initial Credit Extension hereunder, the Acquisition (including the Offer and the Merger) shall have been consummated in all material respects in accordance with the Acquisition Documents (without any amendment, modification or waiver of any of the provisions thereof that would be materially adverse to the Lenders in the their capacity as such in respect of the Credit Facility without the approval of the Lead Arrangers (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); it being understood and agreed that any decrease in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as any such decrease is equal to or less than ten percent (10%) of the total purchase price and is applied ratably to reduce the Equity Investment and to reduce the aggregate amount of the Term Loan Facility, (ii) any increase in the purchase price shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as such increase is funded by the Equity Investment, (iii) any waivers, modifications or amendments, requests or approvals to, or in respect of, or consents under, the definition of Company Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders and (iv) any modification of the definition of “Minimum Condition” (as defined in Annex I to the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on February 17, 2020) shall be deemed materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

 

110


(b)    The Sponsor, along with any Controlled Affiliate or Co-Investor, have, or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extension hereunder, will, directly or indirectly, contribute an aggregate amount of cash to the capital of Holdings (which investment in Holdings shall be in the form of common equity, or, if other than common equity, will be on terms reasonably acceptable to the Lead Arrangers), which proceeds will be contributed to Merger Sub as common equity (the “Equity Investment”) in an aggregate amount that is not less than sixty percent (60.0%) of the Capitalization Amount.

SECTION 6.05    Secretary’s Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate for each Credit Party, dated the Closing Date, duly executed and delivered by such Credit Party’s secretary or assistant secretary, managing member or general partner, as applicable, as to:

(a)    resolutions of each such Person’s board of managers/directors (or other managing body, in the case of a Person that is not a corporation) then in full force and effect expressly and specifically authorizing, to the extent relevant, all aspects of the Credit Documents applicable to such Person and the execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document to be executed by such Person;

(b)    the incumbency and signatures of its Authorized Officers and any other of its officers, managing member or general partner, as applicable, authorized to act with respect to each Credit Document to be executed by such Person; and

(c)    each such Person’s Organization Documents, as amended, modified or supplemented as of Closing Date, and corporate good standing certificates, each certified as of a recent date prior to the Closing Date by the appropriate officer or official body of the jurisdiction of organization of such Person.

SECTION 6.06    Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received, to the extent applicable in the jurisdiction of organization of a Credit Party, certificates of good standing with respect to each such Credit Party, each dated within a recent date prior to the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer or official body of the jurisdiction of organization of such Credit Party, which certificate shall indicate that such Credit Party is in good standing in such jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.07    Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate of a financial officer or other Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower, on behalf of the Credit Parties, substantially in the form of Annex I to Exhibit C of the Commitment Letter.

SECTION 6.08    Financial Information. The Initial Term Lenders shall have received the Historical Financial Statements; provided, that it is understood and agreed that the Initial Term Lenders have previously received the Historical Financial Statements and the Initial Term Lenders hereby acknowledge receipt thereof.

 

111


SECTION 6.09    [Reserved].

SECTION 6.10    Payment of Outstanding Indebtedness. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall have no outstanding Funded Debt other than the Loans hereunder and other Funded Debt permitted under Section 10.01.

SECTION 6.11    Material Adverse Effect. Since February 17, 2020, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.12    Minimum Cash Balance. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Holdings, the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries shall have no less than $120,000,000 of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents.

SECTION 6.13    Fees and Expenses. Concurrently with the initial funding under this Agreement, each of the Agents, the Lead Arrangers and each Lender shall have received, for its own respective account, (a) all fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses due and payable to such Person under the Fee Letters on the Closing Date, and (b) the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses due and payable to such Person pursuant Sections 4.01 and 13.05 (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) on the Closing Date for which invoices have been received by the Administrative Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

SECTION 6.14    Patriot Act Compliance; Reference Checks and Beneficial Ownership Certification. The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act to the extent requested by the Administrative Agent at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date. If any Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity” customer under 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 and the Administrative Agent has provided the Administrative Borrower the name of each requesting Lender and its electronic delivery requirements at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent and each such Lender requesting a Beneficial Ownership Certification (which request is made through the Administrative Agent) will have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower.

ARTICLE VII

Additional Conditions Precedent

SECTION 7.01    Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.

(a)    No Default; Representations and Warranties.

(i)    Subject to the following Section 7.01(a)(iii), the agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date and the obligation of the Letter of Credit Issuer to issue Letters of Credit (for the avoidance of doubt, other than a conversion of Loans to another Type or the continuation of Eurodollar Loans) on any date is subject to the

 

112


satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions precedent at the time of each such Credit Extension and also immediately after giving effect thereto:

(A)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (provided, that this clause (A) shall not apply in the case of the initial Credit Extensions on the Closing Date; provided, further, that with respect to any Incremental Facility incurred in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, no Specified Event of Default shall exist at the time the definitive documentation for such Limited Condition Acquisition is executed and no Specified Event of Default shall exist at the time the Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated), and

(B)    all representations and warranties made by each Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except in the case of the initial Credit Extensions to occur on the Closing Date, in which case only (i) the Specified Representations made by each Credit Party contained herein shall be true and correct in all material respects on or as of the Closing Date and (ii) the Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on or as of the Closing Date; provided that, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the extent any of the Specified Representations are qualified by or subject to a “material adverse effect”, “material adverse change” or similar term or qualification, the definition thereof shall be the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” for purposes of an such representation and warranties made or deemed made on, or as of the Closing Date (or any date prior thereto)), in each case, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Extension (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date); provided, that any representation or warranty that, by its terms, is qualified as to “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language, shall be true and correct in all respects in accordance with its terms on such respective dates,

(ii)    [Reserved].

(iii)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with a Credit Extension constituting a funding of Incremental Term Loans to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, the obligations of the Lenders and/or new Lenders to make such Incremental Term Loans hereunder pursuant to such Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall be subject solely to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions precedent provided for in Section 2.01(c) plus any other conditions precedent agreed to by the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders and/or new Lenders providing such Incremental Term Loans; provided, that, for Incremental Term Loans funded to finance a Limited Condition Acquisition, (x) Section 7.01(a)(i)(A) shall be subject to Section 2.01(c)(iv)(A) and (y) Section 7.01(a)(i)(B) shall be subject to customary “Sungard” limitations consistent with those that apply under this Agreement in respect of the initial funding on the Closing Date.

(b)    Notice of Borrowing; Letter of Credit Request.

(i)    Prior to the making of each Term Loan and each Revolving Credit Loan (other than any Revolving Credit Loan made pursuant to Section 3.04(a)), the Administrative

 

113


Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.03.

(ii)    Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall have received a Letter of Credit Request meeting the requirements of Section 3.02(a).

(c)    Solely for purposes of determining whether the conditions set forth in Article VI and this Section 7.01 have been satisfied in respect of the initial Credit Extensions made on the Closing Date, the Agents and each Lender party hereto shall be deemed to have consented to, approved, accepted or be reasonably satisfied with any document delivered prior to such Credit Extension or other matter (in each case, for which such consent, approval, acceptance or satisfaction is expressly required by Article VI or Section 7.01, as applicable) by releasing its signature page to this Agreement or to an Assignment and Acceptance, as the case may be.

SECTION 7.02    Post-Closing Covenants.

(a)    Within sixty (60) days of the Closing Date (or such later date that the Collateral Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Credit Parties shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent insurance certificates and insurance endorsements required by Section 9.03.

(b)    Within ten (10) Business Days of the Closing Date (or such later date that the Collateral Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to the extent not received on the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent stock certificates representing Pledged Stock not delivered on the Closing Date but otherwise required to be pledged and delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Security Pledge Agreement.

(c)    Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in its sole discretion, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to the extent not already established, the Credit Parties shall have established and delivered to Collateral Agent the Control Agreements required pursuant to Section 9.15 of this Agreement.

(d)    Within sixty (60) days after the Closing Date (or such later date that the Collateral Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to the extent not already terminated on the Closing Date, the Credit Parties shall provide evidence to the Collateral Agent of the termination of the Specified Lien Filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

ARTICLE VIII

Representations, Warranties and Agreements

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, the Credit Parties make each of the following

 

114


representations and warranties, and agreements with, the Lenders (in each case immediately after giving effect to the Transactions):

SECTION 8.01    Corporate Status. Except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Credit Party (a) is a duly organized or formed and validly existing corporation or other registered entity in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the requisite corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact the business in which it is engaged and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) in all jurisdictions where it does business or owns assets.

SECTION 8.02    Corporate Power and Authority. Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered the Credit Documents and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and all such documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

SECTION 8.03    No Violation. None of (a) the execution, delivery and performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, (b) the consummation of the Transactions, or (c) the consummation of the other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby on the relevant dates therefor will (i) contravene any applicable provision of any material Applicable Law of any Governmental Authority, (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of any Credit Party (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, (A) the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage or deed of trust, or (B) any other material Contractual Obligation, in the case of either clause (A) and (B) to which any Credit Party is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or (iii) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of any Credit Party, except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or default (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (i), (ii)(A) or (ii)(B), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.04    Litigation, Labor Controversies, etc.. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing, litigation, action, proceeding or unfair labor practice complaint before the National Labor Relations Board, grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement, strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries except matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

115


SECTION 8.05    Use of Proceeds; Regulations U and X. The proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date are intended to be and shall be used solely for the purposes set forth in and permitted by Section 9.12. The Letters of Credit are intended to be and shall be issued solely for the purposes set forth in Section 9.12. On the Closing Date, no Credit Party is engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U), and no proceeds of any Credit Extension on the Closing Date will be used to purchase or carry margin stock or otherwise for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with Regulation U or Regulation X.

SECTION 8.06    Approvals, Consents, etc.. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person, and no consent or approval under any material contract or instrument (other than (a) those that have been duly obtained or made and which are in full force and effect, or if not obtained or made, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) the filing of UCC financing statements and other equivalent filings for foreign jurisdictions and (c) for Intellectual Property registered or issued in the United States that is Collateral, filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office) is required for the consummation of the Transactions or the due execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of any Credit Document to which it is a party; provided, however, the foregoing does not apply to Intellectual Property that is Collateral arising under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States. There does not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or, to the knowledge of Holdings, filed with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the consummation of the Transactions, the making of any Credit Extension or the performance by the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries of their Obligations under the Credit Documents.

SECTION 8.07    Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is, or will be after giving effect to the Transactions and the transactions contemplated under the Credit Documents, required to be registered as an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

SECTION 8.08    Accuracy of Information. None of the factual written information and data (taken as a whole and excluding any projections, estimates and other forward-looking statements and general economic and industry information) at any time furnished by any Credit Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective authorized representatives in writing to any Agent or any Lender (including all factual information contained in the Credit Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the Transactions contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such information and data (taken as a whole) not materially misleading (after giving effect to any supplements and updates thereto), in each case, at the time such information was provided in light of the circumstances under which such information or data was furnished; provided, that to the extent such information, report, financial statement, or other factual information or data was based upon or constitutes a forecast, budget, estimate or projection or other forward looking information (including the Closing Date Projections), each of the Credit Parties represents only that it acted in good faith and utilized assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at the time such forecasts, budgets, estimates projections or information was made available to any Agent or any Lender. Agents and Lenders acknowledge that such forecasts, budgets, estimates, projections and

 

116


other forward looking information are not to be viewed as facts and are not a guarantee of financial performance, are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Credit Parties, that no assurance is given by any Credit Party that the results forecasted in any such projections will be realized, and that actual results covered by such forecasts, budgets, estimates, projections and other forward looking information may differ from the projected results and that such differences may be material.

SECTION 8.09    Financial Condition; Financial Statements. The Closing Date Projections and all of the balance sheets, all statements of income and of cash flow and all other financial information furnished pursuant to Section 9.01 that is required to be prepared in accordance with GAAP have been and will for all periods following the Closing Date be prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except with respect to any Permitted Acquisition and any IP Acquisitions for periods prior to the closing thereof, as otherwise expressly noted therein. Following the consummation of the Transactions, all of the financial information described in the immediately preceding sentence will, when furnished, present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries at the respective dates of such information and for the respective periods covered thereby, subject in the case of unaudited financial information, to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, the absence of footnotes and compliance with purchase accounting rules and requirements. Except as otherwise expressly provided in any certificate or other documentation provided to the Agents and/or Lenders in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition, the Credit Parties make no representation and warranty as to any historical financial statements of an Acquired Entity for periods prior to such Acquired Entity purchased pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition.

SECTION 8.10    Tax Returns and Payments. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a)    Each Credit Party has filed all applicable federal and all other Tax returns, domestic and foreign, required to be filed by them and, except as disclosed in Schedule 8.10, has paid all Taxes and assessments payable by them that have become due and payable, other than those not yet delinquent or contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings with respect to which such Credit Party has maintained adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(b)    Each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries has paid, or has provided adequate reserves (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Credit Parties) in accordance with GAAP for the payment of, all applicable federal, state and foreign income Taxes applicable for all prior fiscal years and for the current fiscal year.

(c)    No Tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of any Credit Party, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such Tax (other than in respect of Taxes not yet due and payable or that are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established on its books).

(d)    No Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries has ever “participated” in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

 

117


SECTION 8.11    Compliance with ERISA. Except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each Plan is in compliance with ERISA, the Code and any Applicable Law; (ii) no Reportable Event has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to any Plan; (iii) each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service; (iv) no Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered or critical status” within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA or insolvent within the meaning of Sections 4245 of ERISA (or is reasonably likely to be insolvent), and no written notice of any such insolvency has been given to any of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate; (v) no Plan is, or is reasonably expected to be, in “at risk” status (as defined in Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA); (vi) no Plan has failed to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA) (or is reasonably likely to do so); (vii) no failure to make any required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code or Section 303(j) of ERISA with respect to any Plan or any failure of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan when due has occurred; (viii) none of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred (or is reasonably expected to incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA or has been notified in writing that it will incur any liability under any of the foregoing Sections with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (ix) no proceedings have been instituted (or are reasonably likely to be instituted) to terminate any Plan or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, and no written notice of any such proceedings has been given to any of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate; and (x) no Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA on the assets of any of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate on account of a Plan or Multiemployer Plan exists (or is reasonably likely to exist) nor have the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate been notified in writing that such a Lien will be imposed on the assets of any of the Credit Parties or any ERISA Affiliate on account of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan. No Plan has an Unfunded Current Liability that would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. No liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, has been, or is reasonably expected to be, incurred by any Credit Party except as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.12    Subsidiaries. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, none of the Credit Parties has any Subsidiaries or joint ventures other than the Subsidiaries and joint ventures listed on Schedule 8.12. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, Schedule 8.12 describes the ownership interest of each of the Credit Parties in each Subsidiary, including the number of each class of Capital Stock authorized and the number outstanding, the number of Capital Stock covered by all outstanding options, warrants, rights of conversion or similar rights.

SECTION 8.13    Intellectual Property; Licenses, etc. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Credit Party owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property used in the operation of their respective businesses without conflict with the rights of any other Person, (ii) no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material employed by such Credit Party infringes upon any rights held by any other Person and (iii) no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party threatened in writing.

 

118


SECTION 8.14    Environmental Warranties.

(a)     Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Environmental Laws in all jurisdictions in which the Credit Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, are currently doing business (including having obtained all material permits required under Environmental Laws) and (ii) none of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has become subject to any pending Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law or, to the knowledge of such Credit Party, threatened in writing Environmental Claim or any other liability under any Environmental Law.

(b)    None of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries has treated, stored, transported, released or disposed of Hazardous Materials at or from any currently or formerly owned Real Property or facility relating to its business in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.15    Ownership of Properties. On the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) and on any date thereafter, Schedule 8.15 including any updates made thereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.01(d), is a list of all of the Material Real Property owned or leased by any of the Credit Parties, indicating in each case whether the respective property is owned or leased, the identity of the owner or lessor and the location of the respective property. Each Credit Party owns (a) in the case of owned Real Property, good, indefeasible and marketable fee simple title to such Real Property, (b) in the case of owned tangible personal property, good and valid title to such personal property, and (c) in the case of leased Real Property, valid leasehold interests in such leased property except for such defects in title as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in each case, free and clear in each case of all Liens or claims, except for Permitted Liens.

SECTION 8.16    [Reserved].

SECTION 8.17    Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions related thereto, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 8.18    Security Documents. The Security Pledge Agreement, upon execution and delivery thereof by the parties thereto, will, subject to the Certain Funds Provision, be effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens which, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are permitted to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Liens thereon) security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law). In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Security Pledge Agreement, when stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Collateral Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Security Pledge Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 8.18 in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 8.18, the Security Pledge Agreement shall

 

119


constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and first priority (subject only to Permitted Liens which, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, are permitted to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Liens thereon) security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Credit Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof (other than Intellectual Property registered or issued in the United States that is Collateral for which additional filings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office or in any jurisdiction outside of the United States are required to be made under Applicable Laws, in each case, if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by such filings), and with respect to Pledged Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary which may require additional documents under Applicable Laws, if and to the extent perfection may be achieved by such delivery and/or such filings) to the extent such proceeds can be protected by such filings, as security for the Obligations; provided, however, the foregoing does not apply to Intellectual Property that is Collateral arising under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement or any other Credit Document, (a) no actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required to be taken in any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States (and, no reimbursement will be made to any Agent for any costs or expenses incurred in connection with making any such actions) or to perfect or make enforceable any security interests in any such assets; (b) in no event shall any Credit Party be required to complete any filings or take other action with respect to security interests in Intellectual Property beyond the filing of (i) UCC financing statements, (ii) any applicable Patent Security Agreement or Trademark Security Agreement with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and (iii) any applicable Copyright Security Agreement with the U.S. Copyright Office; (c) in no event shall any Credit Party be required to enter into any source code escrow arrangement or register any intellectual property; and (d) in no event shall the Collateral include any Excluded Property.

SECTION 8.19    Compliance with Laws; Authorizations. Each Credit Party and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is in compliance with all Applicable Laws and (b) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted except, in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), to the extent that failure to do so would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.20    No Material Adverse Effect. Since the Closing Date, there has been no Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.21    Contractual or Other Restrictions. Other than as permitted by Section 10.10, on the Closing Date, no Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party to any agreement or arrangement or subject to any Applicable Law that prohibits its ability to pay dividends to, or otherwise make Investments in or other payments to any Credit Party, that prohibits its ability to grant Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent or that otherwise limits its ability to perform the terms of the Credit Documents.

SECTION 8.22    Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” (or similar term) of the Credit Parties under any Indebtedness permitted hereunder that is subordinated in writing in right of payment to the Obligations.

 

120


SECTION 8.23    Employment Matters. As of the Closing Date, (i) there are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other concerted interruptions of operations pending, or to the best knowledge of any Credit Party, threatened in writing, by employees of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) the hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other Applicable Law dealing with such matters, and (iii) all payments due from any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the Credit Party or such Subsidiary except, in the case of each of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 8.24    Insurance. The properties of each Credit Party are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of any Credit Party against loss and damage in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by Persons of comparable size and engaged in the same or similar businesses and owning similar properties in the general locations where such Credit Party operates, in each case, on the Closing Date, as described on Schedule 8.24. No Credit Party has received or is aware of any notice of violation or cancellation of any such insurance policy. In addition to the foregoing, if in each case any portion of the improvements located on a Mortgaged Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (or any amendment or successor act thereto) or any local equivalent or other hazard designated by a Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located, then the Borrowers shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations, such flood or other insurance if then available in an amount sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to such Act or Governmental Authority.

SECTION 8.25    [Reserved].

SECTION 8.26    Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. On the Closing Date, set forth in Schedule 8.26, and as of any date thereafter, as set forth on Schedule 8.26 including any updates made thereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.01(d), is a list of all of the deposit accounts and securities accounts maintained by each Credit Party, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary at which such accounts are maintained by such Credit Party (a) the name and location of such Person and (b) the account numbers of the deposit accounts or securities accounts maintained with such Person.

SECTION 8.27    [Reserved].

SECTION 8.28    Patriot Act. The Credit Parties and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the applicable foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department and any other applicable enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the Patriot Act and (c) other applicable federal or state laws relating to “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used by the Credit Parties or

 

121


their Subsidiaries directly or indirectly for any payments to any government official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (“FCPA”).

SECTION 8.29    Anti-Corruption Laws, OFAC, Bank Secrecy Act and Foreign Sanctions. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of each Credit Party is, has been for the past five years, and will remain in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of (i) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (15 USC. §§ 78dd 1 et seq.), and, where applicable, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, anti-bribery legislation promulgated by the European Union and implemented by its member states, legislation enacted by member states and signatories implementing the OECD Convention Combating Bribery of Foreign Officials, and any other applicable anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws (collectively, Anti-Corruption Laws), (ii) all applicable U.S. economic sanctions laws, executive orders and implementing regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United States Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union and any of its member states, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, or any other similar applicable sanctions or laws in force in any other jurisdictions where the Credit Party or its Subsidiaries own assets or conducts business (Sanctions), and (iii) all applicable anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing provisions of the Patriot Act and The Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act (also known as the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311-5330 and 12U.S.C. §§ 1818(s), 1820(b) and 1951-1959)) (Anti-Money Laundering Laws) and all applicable regulations issued pursuant. No Credit Party and no Subsidiary of a Credit Party (x) is a Person designated by the U.S. government on the list of the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (the “SDN List”) with which a U.S. Person cannot deal with or otherwise engage in business transactions, (y) is a Person who is otherwise the target of U.S. trade or economic sanctions laws such that a U.S. Person cannot deal or otherwise engage in business transactions with such Person (“Sanctioned Person”) or (z) is controlled by (including without limitation by virtue of such person being a director or owning voting shares or interests), or acts, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of, any person or entity on the SDN List or a foreign government that is itself the target of U.S. trade or economic sanctions prohibitions (“Sanctioned Country”) such that the entry into, or performance under, this Agreement or any other Credit Document would be prohibited under U.S. law. None of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries shall use the proceeds from this transaction, directly or, knowingly, indirectly, to fund or facilitate activities in or with a comprehensively Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person, or otherwise in violation of applicable Sanctions. Each Credit Party and each Subsidiary of the Credit Party represents that no part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, knowingly, indirectly, in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

SECTION 8.30    Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-in of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

122


(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b)    effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)    a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)    a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

(iii)    the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

ARTICLE IX

Affirmative Covenants

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Termination Date:

SECTION 9.01    Financial Information, Reports, Notices and Information. The Credit Parties will furnish the Administrative Agent (for itself, the Collateral Agent and each Lender) copies of the following financial statements, reports, notices and information:

(a)    Monthly Financial Statements. Beginning with the fiscal month ending April 30, 2020, within sixty (60) days after the fiscal months of Holdings ending April 30, 2020, May 31, 2020, June 30, 2020, July 31, 2020, August 31, 2020 and September 30, 2020, and within forty-five (45) days after the end of each month of each fiscal year of Holdings ending on or after October 31, 2020 and prior to the occurrence of a Pricing Grid Election, (x) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal month, and (y) unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal month; provided, that such monthly financial statements shall not be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate and the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) shall not be tested on the basis of such monthly financial statements.

(b)    Quarterly Financial Statements. Beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2020, within seventy-five (75) days after the fiscal quarters of Holdings ending June 30, 2020, September 30, 2020, and December 31, 2020, and within sixty (60) days after the end of each quarter of each fiscal year of Holdings ending on or after March 31, 2021, (i)(x) unaudited consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and (y) unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow of Holdings and its

 

123


Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter, including (in each of clause (x) and (y) (if applicable)), commencing with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021, in comparative form (in Dollar terms) the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter in, and year-to-date portion of, the immediately preceding fiscal year of Holdings, and when such Budget has been delivered pursuant to Section 9.01(e), a comparison (in Dollar terms) to projections for such fiscal quarter, and period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year of Holdings and ending with the end of such fiscal quarter, in the then-current Budget, certified as complete and correct by an Authorized Officer of Holdings and (ii) a management discussion and analysis (with reasonable detail and specificity) of the results of operations for the fiscal periods reported.

(c)    Annual Financial Statements. Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020, within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of such fiscal year of Holdings, and for each fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2021, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of such fiscal year of Holdings, (i) copies of the consolidated balance sheets of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, setting forth in comparative form beginning with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (in Dollar terms) the figures for (to the extent available) the immediately preceding fiscal year and in the then-current Budget for such fiscal year, such consolidated statements audited (it being understood and agreed that the audit required to be delivered for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 may consist of (x) an audit of the Target and its Subsidiaries for the period from January 1, 2020 through the day prior to the Closing Date and (y) an audit of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2020) and certified without any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (1) an impending Maturity Date or the impending maturity of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or (2) any potential inability to satisfy any Financial Performance Covenant on a future date or for a future period) as to the scope of such audit, by Holdings’ current auditor or another independent public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, and (ii) Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year, including, in comparative form (in Dollar terms) Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such fiscal year in the then-current Budget and (to the extent available) for the same year-to-date period in the immediately preceding fiscal year; provided, that such annual financial statements shall not be accompanied by a Compliance Certificate and the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) shall not be tested on the basis of such annual financial statements; provided, further that Holdings shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the financial information pursuant to this Section 9.01(c) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019, within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the end of such fiscal year of Holdings.

(d)    Compliance Certificates. Concurrently with the delivery of the financial information pursuant to clause (b), a Compliance Certificate, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower, (i) showing compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) and stating that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, specifying the details of such Default or Event of Default and the actions taken or to be taken with respect thereto) and containing the applicable certifications set forth in Section 8.09 with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, (iii) updating, as applicable, Schedules 8.12, 8.15 and 8.26, (iv) including information

 

124


with respect to any additional assets and property acquired by any Credit Party after the Closing Date required to be included therein pursuant to the Security Pledge Agreement, including, without limitation Sections 3.4, 3.9 and 3.10 thereof, and (v) showing supporting calculations with respect to any reduction in scheduled repayment, prepayment, redemption or other related disbursements in respect of any restricted stock units or similar instruments.

(e)    Budget. Beginning with the fiscal year of Holdings ending December 31, 2020, within ninety (90) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree) after the commencement of each such fiscal year of Holdings, the forecasted financial projections for the then current fiscal year (on a quarter-by-quarter basis including forecasted consolidated balance sheets and statements of income and cash flow of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, the “Budget”).

(f)    Defaults; Litigation. Within five (5) Business Days after an Authorized Officer of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries obtains knowledge thereof, notice from an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower of (i) the occurrence of any event that constitutes an Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, the period of existence thereof and what action the applicable Credit Parties propose to take with respect thereto, and (ii) the commencement of any litigation, action, proceeding or labor controversy of the type and the materiality described in Section 8.04, and to the extent the Collateral Agent reasonably requests, copies of all documentation related thereto (other than documentation the disclosure of which would breach a confidentiality agreement or result in the Credit Parties of their respective Subsidiaries waiving the attorney client privilege).

(g)    Other Litigation. Within five (5) Business Days after becoming aware of any pending or threatened in writing litigation, action, proceeding or other controversy which purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any Credit Document, a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower, which notice shall specify the nature thereof, and what actions the applicable Credit Parties propose to take with respect thereto, together with copies of all relevant documentation.

(h)    Transaction Documents. Within five (5) Business Days after any Credit Party obtains knowledge of the occurrence of (i) a material breach or material default or notice of termination by any party under, or material amendment to, any Transaction Document or any other document or instrument referred to in Section 10.07(a), or (ii) any breach, default or notice of termination by any party under, or amendment to, any document or instrument referred to in Section 10.07(b) which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), a statement of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower setting forth details of such breach or default or notice of termination and the actions taken or to be taken with respect thereto and, if applicable, a copy of such amendment.

(i)    Retention Analysis. Concurrently with the delivery of the financial information pursuant to clause (b) for any fiscal quarter ending prior to a Pricing Grid Election, a quarterly retention analysis for Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

(j)    Bookings Report. Concurrently with any delivery of the financial information pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) for any fiscal month or fiscal quarter, as applicable, prior to a Pricing Grid Election, a monthly or quarterly bookings report (in each case, showing the

 

125


split between recurring and non-recurring bookings) and calculated billings, as applicable, for Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

(k)    Bankruptcy, etc. Immediately upon becoming aware thereof, notice (whether involuntary or voluntary) of the bankruptcy proceeding of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or the appointment of any trustee in connection with, or in furtherance of, any such action or occurrence.

(l)    Insurance Report. Upon the reasonable request in writing by the Administrative Agent (but in any event, no such requests shall be delivered more than once during any fiscal year), on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender, a report with respect to insurance policies maintained by the Credit Parties.

(m)    Other Information. With reasonable promptness, such other information regarding the business, financial, legal or corporate affairs of the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries as any Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender may reasonably request in writing from time to time (other than information the disclosure of which would breach a confidentiality agreement or result in the Credit Parties of their respective Subsidiaries waiving the attorney client privilege).

(n)    Reporting Entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 9.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information relating to Holdings (or a direct or indirect parent of Holdings) by furnishing stand-alone financial information relating to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent of Holdings); provided, that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the material differences (if any) between the information relating to Holdings (or such direct or indirect parent of Holdings), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, on the other hand. For the avoidance of doubt, the consolidating information referred to in the proviso in the preceding sentence need not be audited.

(o)    Accounting and Certain Billing Matters. In addition to the foregoing, Holdings and the Borrowers agree (i) to maintain a system of accounting that enables them to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and (ii) that they will, and will cause each other Credit Party to maintain their billing intervals and frequency of collection substantially as in effect on the Closing Date and shall only make material modifications thereto with notice to, and with the consent of, the Agent and agree that they will notify the Agent of any change in the billing systems of any of Holdings, the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.

SECTION 9.02    Books, Records and Inspections. The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, maintain books of record and account, in which entries that are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Credit Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be so as to present fairly in all material respects the financial position and results of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, subject to any adjustments or estimations in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or an IP Acquisition permitted under the defined terms “Pro Forma Basis”. The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, permit representatives and independent contractors of the Collateral Agent to visit and inspect

 

126


any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (at which an authorized representative of the Administrative Borrower shall be entitled and have the opportunity to be present), all at the expense of the Credit Parties and (unless an Event of Default then exists) at reasonable times during normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice to the Credit Parties; provided, that unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (a) there shall not be more than one such visit and inspection per year and (b) such visits and inspections shall be made upon at least three (3) Business Days’ notice at reasonable times during normal business hours. Any information obtained by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section 9.02 may be shared with the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the request of such Secured Party and the Administrative Borrower.

SECTION 9.03    Maintenance of Insurance. The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, with insurance companies that the Credit Parties believe (in their reasonable business judgment) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in businesses similar to those engaged in by the Credit Parties; and will furnish to the Collateral Agent for further delivery to the Lenders, upon written request from the Collateral Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried, including (i) endorsements to (A) all “All Risk” policies naming the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as loss payee and (B) all general liability and other liability policies naming the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and (ii) to the extent available, legends providing that no cancellation, material reduction in the amount of insurance coverage thereof shall be effective until at least thirty (30) days (or ten (10) days in the case of cancellation for non-payment) after receipt by the Collateral Agent of written notice thereof. The Credit Parties will, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to, pay when due all premiums with respect to such insurance policies and comply in all material respects with the requirements of such policies. In addition to the foregoing, if in each case any portion of the improvements located on a Mortgaged Property are located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as an area having special flood hazards and in which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (or any amendment or successor act thereto) or any local equivalent or other hazard designated by a Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located, then the Borrowers shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations, such flood or other insurance if then available in an amount sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to such Act or Governmental Authority.

SECTION 9.04    Payment of Taxes. The Credit Parties will pay and discharge, and will cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, all material Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits, or upon any properties belonging to it, prior to the date on which material penalties attach thereto, and all lawful material claims that, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected to become a Lien having priority over the Collateral Agent’s Liens or an otherwise material Lien upon any properties of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries; provided, that none of the Credit Parties

 

127


or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any such Tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim that is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings as to which such Credit Party has maintained adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 9.05    Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws, etc. Except to the extent permitted under Section 10.03 or Section 10.04, each Credit Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, (a) preserve and maintain in full force and effect its organizational existence, (b) preserve and maintain its good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of its state or jurisdiction of incorporation, organization or formation, and, to the extent that failure to do so would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each state or other jurisdiction where such Person is qualified, or is required to be so qualified, to do business as a foreign entity, and (c) comply in all material respects with all Applicable Laws, rules, regulations and orders (including those described in Sections 8.28 and 8.29) except to the extent being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established on the books of such Person or where the failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 9.06    Environmental Compliance.

(a)    Each Credit Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, use and operate all of its and their facilities and properties in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, keep all necessary permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations relating to environmental matters in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and keep its and their property free of any Lien imposed by any Environmental Law, except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    The Administrative Borrower will promptly give notice to the Collateral Agent upon any Credit Party or Subsidiary thereof becoming aware (i) of any violation by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any Environmental Law which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (ii) of any inquiry with respect to, proceeding against, investigation of or other action with respect to any Credit Party under any Environmental Law which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including without limitation a written request for information or a written notice of violation or potential environmental liability from any foreign, federal, state or local environmental agency or board or any other Person, or (iii) of the discovery of a release or threat of a release at, on, under or from any of the Real Property of any Credit Party or any facility or assets therein which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c)    In the event of the presence of any Hazardous Material on any Real Property of any Credit Party which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Credit Party and its Subsidiaries, upon discovery thereof, shall take all necessary steps to initiate and complete all response, corrective and other action to mitigate and eliminate any such violation or potential liability to the extent required under Environmental Laws, and shall keep the Collateral Agent reasonably informed of their material actions and the results of such actions; provided, that no Credit Party shall be required to undertake any such responsive action to the extent that its obligations to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and appropriate reserves are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

 

128


(d)    With respect to any event described in this Section 9.06 which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Credit Parties shall provide the Collateral Agent with copies of any material notice, submittal or documentation provided by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to any Governmental Authority or other Person under any Environmental Law relating to such event. Such notice, submittal or documentation shall be provided to the Collateral Agent within thirty (30) Business Days after such material is provided to any Governmental Authority or third party.

(e)    With respect to any event described in this Section 9.06 which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, at the written request of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Borrower shall provide, at their sole expense, an environmental site assessment reasonable in scope and based upon the circumstances concerning any Real Property now or hereafter owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries that is the subject of such event, conducted by an environmental consulting firm reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent indicating the presence or absence of Hazardous Materials and, where relevant, the potential cost of any required action in connection with any Hazardous Materials on, at, under or emanating from such Real Property; provided, that such request may be made only if (i) there has occurred and is continuing an Event of Default, or (ii) circumstances exist that in the reasonable judgment of the Collateral Agent could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, further, if the Administrative Borrower fails to provide the same within sixty (60) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in writing) after such request was made, the Collateral Agent may but is under no obligation to conduct the same, and the Credit Parties shall grant and hereby do grant to the Collateral Agent and its agents reasonable access to such Real Property and in the event such Real Property is leased, the Credit Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an access agreement from the owner of such Real Property in favor of the Collateral Agent, to undertake such an assessment, all at the Administrative Borrowers’ sole cost and expense.

SECTION 9.07    ERISA.

(a)    Promptly after any Credit Party knows of the occurrence of any of the following events that, individually or in the aggregate, would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Administrative Borrower will deliver to the Agents and each Lender a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower setting forth details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, that such Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate is required or proposes to take, together with any notices (required, proposed or otherwise) given to or filed with or by such Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate (to the extent reasonably obtainable by a Credit Party) with respect thereto: (i) that a Reportable Event with respect to a Plan has occurred; (ii) that a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA) has occurred (or is reasonably likely to occur) with respect to a Plan or an application is to be made to the Secretary of the Treasury for a waiver or modification of the minimum funding standard (including any required installment payments) or an extension of any amortization period under Section 412 or 430 of the Code with respect to a Plan; (iii) that a

 

129


Multiemployer Plan has been or is to be terminated, partitioned or declared insolvent under Title IV of ERISA; (iv) that steps will be or have been instituted to terminate any Plan or Multiemployer Plan (including the giving of written notice thereof); (v) that any Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate has failed to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan, or that a proceeding has been instituted against a Credit Party or an ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Section 515 of ERISA to collect a delinquent contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (vi) that the PBGC has notified any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate of its intention to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (vii) that any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate has failed to make a required installment or other payment pursuant to Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA with respect to a Plan; (viii) that any action has occurred with respect to a Plan which would reasonably be expected to result in the requirement that any Credit Party furnish a bond or other security to the PBGC or such Plan; or (ix) that any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred or will incur (or has been notified in writing that it will incur) any liability to or on account of a Plan or Multiemployer Plan pursuant to Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4069 or 4201 of ERISA.

(b)    Promptly following any reasonable request by any Agent therefor, copies of any documents described in Section 101(k) of ERISA that any Credit Party has received with respect to any Multiemployer Plan or any notices described in Section 101(l) of ERISA that any Credit Party has received with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided, that this paragraph (b) shall also apply to all documents and notices described in Section 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan to which an ERISA Affiliate contributes or has any obligation, actual or contingent, to make any contribution or payment, if any Credit Party could reasonably be expected to experience a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Multiemployer Plan.

SECTION 9.08    Maintenance of Properties. Each Credit Party will, and will cause its Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain, preserve, protect and keep its tangible properties and assets in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted and subject to transactions permitted pursuant to Section 10.03 or Section 10.04), and make necessary repairs, renewals and replacements thereof, (ii) protect, preserve, maintain and renew all material Intellectual Property necessary to the normal conduct of its business and (iii) maintain and renew as necessary all licenses, permits and other clearances necessary to use and occupy such properties and assets, in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (iii), except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 9.09    End of Fiscal Years; Fiscal Quarters. The Credit Parties will, for financial reporting purposes, cause (a) each of their, and each of their Subsidiaries’, fiscal years to end on December 31 of each year and (b) each of their, and each of their Subsidiaries’, fiscal quarters to end on dates consistent with such fiscal year-end and Target’s past practice; provided, that the Credit Parties may change their, and each of their respective Subsidiaries, fiscal year end (and change the end of the fiscal quarters in a corresponding manner) upon ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agents.

SECTION 9.10    Additional Guarantors and Grantors. Subject to any applicable limitations set forth herein or in the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Pledge Agreement, as applicable, the Credit Parties will within ninety (90) days after the formation or acquisition thereof (or such longer period as may be agreed to in writing by the Collateral Agent in its reasonable

 

130


discretion, which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) cause any Direct Domestic Subsidiary (other than (x) an Excluded Subsidiary or (y) a merger subsidiary formed in connection with a merger or acquisition, including a Permitted Acquisition, so long as such merger subsidiary is merged out of existence pursuant to and upon the consummation of such transaction) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date, or which becomes a Direct Domestic Subsidiary (other than (x) an Excluded Subsidiary or (y) a merger subsidiary formed in connection with a merger or acquisition, including a Permitted Acquisition, so long as such merger subsidiary is merged out of existence pursuant to and upon the consummation of such transaction) after the Closing Date to execute a (x) supplement to the Guarantee Agreement in the form of Annex I to the Guarantee Agreement or a guarantee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent, and (y) supplement to the Security Pledge Agreement in the form of Annex I to the Security Pledge Agreement, or a security agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent. If, at any time after a guarantee has been provided pursuant to this Section 9.10 adverse tax consequences would result, Collateral Agent will release the applicable Subsidiary from such guarantee; provided, however, that no such Subsidiary shall be released without the prior consent of Collateral Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

SECTION 9.11    Pledges of Additional Stock. Subject to any applicable limitations set forth herein or in the Security Pledge Agreement, the Credit Parties will pledge to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties within the time periods set forth in Section 9.10, (i) (A) all the Capital Stock of each Direct Domestic Subsidiary (other than (x) an Excluded Subsidiary of a type described in clauses (a), (f) or (i) of the definition thereof or (y) a merger subsidiary formed in connection with a merger or acquisition, including a Permitted Acquisition, so long as such merger subsidiary is merged out of existence pursuant to and upon the consummation of such transaction) purchased or otherwise acquired after the Closing Date, or which becomes a Direct Domestic Subsidiary (other than (x) an Excluded Subsidiary of a type described in clauses (a), (f) or (i) of the definition thereof or (y) a merger subsidiary formed in connection with a merger or acquisition, including a Permitted Acquisition, so long as such merger subsidiary is merged out of existence pursuant to and upon the consummation of such transaction) after the Closing Date and (B) 65% of the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of each Direct Domestic Subsidiary that is a U.S. Foreign Holdco and of each CFC that is a Direct Foreign Subsidiary, in each case, purchased or otherwise acquired after the Closing Date, or which becomes a CFC or U.S. Foreign Holdco after the Closing Date, (ii) any promissory notes executed after the Closing Date evidencing Indebtedness of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party that is owing to any other Credit Party and (iii) all other written evidences of Indebtedness in excess of $1,500,000 received by the Credit Parties; provided, that no Indebtedness shall be required to be pledged to the extent constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) that are (x) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Borrowers’ historical practices and (y) funded not more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment. If, at any time after a pledge of Capital Stock has been provided pursuant to clause (B) above, adverse tax consequences would result, Collateral Agent will release such pledge; provided, however, that, except in connection with a Disposition, merger, dissolution or other action expressly permitted hereunder or any other Credit Document, no such Capital Stock shall be released without the prior consent of Collateral Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

131


SECTION 9.12    Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of (a) the Term Loans shall be used to (i) fund the consideration payable in order to consummate the Transactions on the Closing Date, (ii) pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions, (iii) refinance existing debt of Target, and (iv) provide financing for Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions, IP Acquisitions and other Purchases constituting Permitted Investments, working capital requirements and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, (b) the Revolving Credit Loans available under the Revolving Credit Facility will be used (i) on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000 to (x) pay fees and expenses or purchase price adjustments incurred in connection with the Transactions, (y) for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including any amounts required to repay any Existing Loans, and/or to replace, backstop or Cash Collateralize Target’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ existing letters of credit, if any, and (ii) after the Closing Date, to finance Consolidated Capital Expenditures, Permitted Acquisitions, IP Acquisitions and other Purchases constituting Permitted Investments, working capital requirements and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, (c) Letters of Credit issued under the Revolving Credit Facility will be used for working capital requirements and general corporate purposes of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, and (d) any Incremental Facility shall be used for general corporate purposes, including, without limitation, for Investments permitted by this Agreement, general working capital, Consolidated Capital Expenditures, and Permitted Acquisitions, IP Acquisitions, other Purchases constituting Permitted Investments and Restricted Payments permitted under this Agreement.

SECTION 9.13    Further Assurances.

(a)    Subject to any applicable limitations set forth herein, the Guarantee Agreement, the Security Pledge Agreement or any other Credit Document, the Credit Parties will execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents), which may be required under any Applicable Law, or which the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the Security Pledge Agreement, any Mortgage or any other Security Document, all at the sole cost and expense of the Borrowers; provided, however, in no event shall the Credit Parties be required to provide foreign-law governed security documents, including with respect to any share pledges and any Intellectual Property registered in any non-U.S. jurisdiction.

(b)    Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in any applicable Security Document, if any Material Real Property is acquired by any Credit Party after the Closing Date, or held by any Person which becomes a Credit Party after the Closing Date, the Administrative Borrower will notify the Collateral Agent and the Lenders thereof and will cause such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the applicable Obligations and will take, and cause the other Credit Parties to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to grant and/or perfect such Liens consistent with the applicable requirements of the Security Documents, including actions described in Section 9.13(a), all at the sole cost and expense of the Borrowers. Any Mortgage delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by (A) a policy or policies (or unconditional binding commitment

 

132


thereof) of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a valid Lien (with the priority described therein) on the Mortgaged Property described therein, free of any other Liens except as expressly permitted by Section 10.02, together with, to the extent available in the applicable jurisdictions, such endorsements and reinsurance as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, (B) flood certificates and flood insurance (if and only to the extent required by Applicable Law) and (C) if requested by the Collateral Agent, a customary opinion of local counsel to the applicable Credit Party(ies) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Collateral Agent determines that the cost of creating or perfecting any Lien on any property is excessive in relation to the practical benefits afforded to the Lenders thereby, then such property may be excluded from the Collateral for all purposes of the Credit Documents.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, no actions shall be required to be taken in any non-U.S. jurisdiction to create or perfect any security interest, including the delivery of any security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction or mortgages.

SECTION 9.14    [Reserved].

SECTION 9.15    Bank Accounts. (a) Within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree to in its reasonable discretion) to the extent not already established, the Credit Parties shall establish and deliver to Collateral Agent a Control Agreement with respect to each of their respective securities accounts, deposit accounts and investment property set forth on Schedule 8.26 other than those (i) accounts maintained in the United States which (A) are used solely to fund payroll, payroll taxes, or employee wage and benefits payments, (B) are fiduciary or trust accounts maintained exclusively for the purpose of holding funds in trust for third parties, (C) are at all times maintained on a “zero balance” basis and in the ordinary course of business, (D) are cash collateral accounts securing credit card facilities or merchant accounts containing at all times less than $250,000 in the aggregate for all such accounts, (E) contain at all times less than $500,000 in the aggregate for all such accounts, (F) are used as escrow accounts or otherwise with third parties to the extent such deposits or securities therein constitute Liens permitted hereunder, (G) are tax accounts, including without limitation, sales tax accounts or (H) are escrow, defeasance or redemption accounts or (ii) accounts maintained outside of the United States (each such account described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), an “Excluded Account”). The Credit Parties shall not allow any Collections to be deposited to any accounts other than those listed on Schedule 8.26; provided, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Credit Parties may establish new deposit accounts or securities accounts so long as the Credit Parties deliver to Collateral Agent a Control Agreement with respect to such account within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the creation of such account, except to the extent such account is an Excluded Account.

(b)    Each Control Agreement shall provide, among other things, unless otherwise agreed to by the Collateral Agent, that (i) upon notice from the Collateral Agent (a “Notice of Control”), the bank, securities intermediary or other financial institution party thereto

 

133


will comply solely with instructions of the Collateral Agent directing the disposition of funds without further consent by the applicable Credit Party; provided, that Collateral Agent agrees not to issue a Notice of Control unless an Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, and (ii) the bank, securities intermediary or other financial institution party thereto has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the account subject thereto, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such account and for returned checks or other items of payment; provided, further, that if a Notice of Control is issued, then, upon written waiver of the underlying Event of Default or if such Event of Default has been cured in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for no less than thirty (30) days, then, so long as no other Events of Default shall then exist, Collateral Agent shall rescind such Notice of Control. In the event Collateral Agent issues a Notice of Control under any Control Agreement, all Collections or other amounts subject to such Control Agreement shall be transferred as directed by the Collateral Agent and used to pay the Obligations in the manner set forth in Section 5.02(f).

SECTION 9.16    USA Patriot Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws.

(a)    Not directly, or knowingly, indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans in violation of the USA Patriot Act or Sanctions.

(b)    Comply in all material respects with any Applicable Law relating to terrorism or money laundering (“Anti-Terrorism Laws”), Anti-Money Laundering Laws, the USA Patriot Act, Sanctions; and

(c)    Not, to the knowledge of the Credit Party, allow Holdings, any Credit Party nor any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of senior management of each Credit Party, none of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of any such Credit Party or such Subsidiary that is acting or benefitting in any capacity in connection with Loans or other extensions of credit hereunder, to engage in any unlawful dealings or transactions with:

(i)    a Prohibited Person or a Person owned, 50% or more, or controlled by, one or more Prohibited Persons; or

(ii)    a person who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as designated by Executive Order No. 13224.

SECTION 9.17    Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Sanctions.

(a)    (i) Not knowingly use the proceeds of the Loans in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws and (ii) comply with Anti-Corruption Laws in all material respects.

(b)    Maintain and enforce policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote compliance by Holdings, any Credit Party or any Subsidiary, and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents with the Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

(c)    Not pay, offer, promise to pay, or authorize the payment (nor permit any director, agent, employee or other person acting on behalf of Holdings, any Credit Party or any Subsidiary to pay, offer, promise to pay, or authorize such payment) of, and not knowingly permit the proceeds of the Loans, Letters of Credit or any other extension of credit hereunder to be directly

 

134


or indirectly used (i) to pay, offer to pay, or promise to pay any money or anything of value to any Public Official for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of such Public Official or of such Public Official’s Governmental Authority or to secure any improper advantage, for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business for or with, or directing business to, any person, in each case in material violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, including but not limited to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 1977, or (ii) for the purpose of financing any activities or business of or with any Prohibited Person or in any Sanctioned Country to the extent that such activity would violate applicable Sanctions.

ARTICLE X

Negative Covenants

The Credit Parties hereby covenant and agree that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Termination Date:

SECTION 10.01    Limitation on Indebtedness. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise with respect to any Indebtedness, except for:

(a)    Indebtedness in respect of the Obligations (including Indebtedness under Specified Hedging Agreements and Bank Product Agreements, if any) and Indebtedness identified in Schedule 10.01 and any refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements of such scheduled Indebtedness shall be permitted;

(b)    Indebtedness constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) that are (1) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with the Borrowers’ historical practices and (2) funded not more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment;

(c)    unsecured Indebtedness (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries in respect of open accounts extended by suppliers on normal trade terms in connection with purchases of goods and services which are not overdue for a period of more than ninety (90) days or, if overdue for more than ninety (90) days, as to which a dispute exists and adequate reserves in conformity with GAAP have been established on the books of such Credit Party and (ii) in respect of bid, performance, surety or appeal bonds provided in the ordinary course of business, but excluding (in each case) Indebtedness incurred through the borrowing of money or Contingent Liabilities in respect thereof; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness in respect of this clause (ii) may be secured to the extent permitted pursuant to
Section 10.02(e);

(d)    Indebtedness (i) evidencing the deferred purchase price of newly acquired property or incurred to finance the acquisition of equipment of such Credit Party and its Subsidiaries (pursuant to purchase money mortgages or otherwise, whether owed to the seller or a

 

135


third party) or to construct or improve any fixed or capital assets of any Credit Party and its Subsidiaries (provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred within ninety (90) days of the acquisition or completion of construction or improvement of such property) and (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations; provided, that the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to this clause (d) shall not at any time exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (I) $15,000,000 and (II) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, and amendments, restatements, replacements, renewals, extensions and refinancings of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by accreted value plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid interest, premiums and fees payable by the terms of such Indebtedness and reasonable fees, expenses, original issue discount and upfront fees incurred in connection with such amendment, restatement, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing);

(e)    Indebtedness: (i) of a Credit Party owing to any other Credit Party or of a Credit Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, which Indebtedness, if owed by a Credit Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement; (ii) set forth on Schedule 10.05; or (iii) of a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to any Credit Party or Subsidiary thereof which Indebtedness (A) if owed to a Credit Party shall be evidenced by one or more promissory notes in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, duly executed and delivered in pledge to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents, and shall not be forgiven or otherwise discharged except in accordance with Section 10.04(h), (B) if owed by a Credit Party shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (C) if owed to a Credit Party, either (1) does not exceed the Non-Credit Party Debt Cap or (2) would otherwise have been permitted under Section 10.05 (other than Section 10.05(g)) as an Investment by such Credit Party in such Subsidiary; provided that any Indebtedness of Holdings pursuant to this clause (e) shall be permitted only to the extent it is permitted as Restricted Payment to Holdings under Section 10.06;

(f)    Indebtedness under bids performance or surety bonds or with respect to workers’ compensation claims and self-insurance obligations (in each case other than for or constituting an obligation for money borrowed), in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g)    Guarantee Obligations in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted hereunder, provided that Guarantee Obligations provided by a Credit Party for Indebtedness of the type described in clause (o) below shall not exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $20,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 20% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA; provided, further, that Investments made pursuant to Section 10.05(g) shall reduce such amount;

(h)    Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Credit Party to current or former officers, directors and employees (or their estates, spouses or former spouses) of any Credit Party or any Subsidiary thereof issued to purchase or redeem Capital Stock of Holdings permitted under Section 10.06;

 

136


(i)    Indebtedness arising as a result of the endorsement of instruments for deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business (A) in connection with cash pooling arrangements, cash management and other similar arrangements consisting of netting agreements and overdraft protections to the extent not exceeding (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (B) in connection with the use of purchasing cards or “P-cards”;

(k)    Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take or pay obligations, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(l)    Indebtedness arising from agreements of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, contribution, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including, without limitation, Earn-Outs), in each case incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition;

(m)    Indebtedness consisting of debt owing to a seller incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition to the extent that (i) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) the terms of such Indebtedness do not require the payment of any portion thereof in cash until a date that is no earlier than six months after the latest Maturity Date and any amendments, restatements, replacements, renewals, extensions and refinancings of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by accreted value plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid interest, premiums and fees payable by the terms of such Indebtedness and reasonable fees, expenses, original issue discount and upfront fees incurred in connection with such amendment, restatement, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing);

(n)    Indebtedness representing any taxes, assessments or governmental charges to the extent (i) such taxes are being contested in good faith and adequate reserves have been provided therefor in accordance with GAAP and (ii) the payment thereof shall not at any time be required to be made in accordance with Section 9.04;

(o)    Indebtedness of a non-Credit Party, including any Foreign Subsidiary, so long as no Credit Party has guaranteed or is otherwise liable for the payment of such Indebtedness (except to the extent such Credit Party is permitted to guarantee or is otherwise liable for the payment of such Indebtedness pursuant to clause (g) above or (r) below, in which case, such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Non-Credit Party Debt Cap);

(p)    Indebtedness incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or any other similar Investment permitted hereunder; provided, that (i) if such Indebtedness is assumed, such Indebtedness shall not have been incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition, IP Acquisition or any other similar Investment, (ii) (I) in the case of Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis, (x)(A) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.25:1.00, and (B) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.50:1.00, (y)

 

137


if such Indebtedness is in the form of term loans incurred by the Credit Parties that are pari passu in right of payment and security with the Obligations, such Indebtedness shall be subject to a “most favored nation” pricing adjustment consistent with that described in Section 2.01(c)(v) as a result of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (z) to the extent such liens are on Collateral, the beneficiaries thereof (or an agent on their behalf) shall have entered into a customary intercreditor agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent with the Administrative Agent, (II) in the case of Indebtedness secured on a junior lien basis, (A) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.25:1.00, and (B) on and after Pricing Grid Election, the Consolidated Senior Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.50:1.00 and (III) in the case of unsecured Indebtedness, (A) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 2.25:1.00, and (B) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 7.00:1.00, (iii) any refinancing, extensions, renewals or replacements of such Indebtedness shall be permitted to the extent the principal amount of such Indebtedness is not increased (except by accreted value plus an amount equal to accrued but unpaid interest, premiums and fees payable by the terms of such Indebtedness and reasonable fees, expenses, original issue discount and upfront fees incurred in connection with such amendment, restatement, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing), neither the final maturity nor the weighted average life to maturity of such Indebtedness is decreased, such Indebtedness, if subordinated to the Obligations, remains so subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Lenders, and the original obligors in respect of such Indebtedness remain the only obligors thereon; and (iv) the aggregate principal amount (exclusive of any interest paid in kind) of any Indebtedness incurred or assumed pursuant to this clause (p) by a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, together with the aggregate principal amount of (x) any Indebtedness incurred in reliance on clause (e)(iii) of this Section 10.01 and (y) Indebtedness that is recourse to a Credit Party of the type described in the parenthetical of clause (o) of this Section 10.01, shall not exceed (I) prior a Pricing Grid Election, $25,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $25,000,000 and (y) 25% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the aggregate at any one time outstanding (the “Non-Credit Party Debt Cap”);

(q)    [reserved];

(r)    other Indebtedness in an aggregate at any time outstanding not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $25,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) 25% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(s)    Indebtedness in respect of obligations owed to any Person in connection with workers’ compensation, health, disability or other employee benefits or unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations and premiums related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(t)    Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(u)    Indebtedness constituting Hedging Obligations to the extent entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes; and

 

138


(v)    Indebtedness arising as a direct result of judgments against Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries, in each case to the extent not constituting an Event of Default;

(w)    Indebtedness expressly permitted by Section 10.06; and

(x)    Indebtedness of (i) any Securitization Subsidiary arising under any Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) Holdings, any Borrower or any Subsidiary arising under any Receivables Facility, in an aggregate principal amount under this clause (x) not to exceed $15,000,000.

SECTION 10.02    Limitation on Liens. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of any such Person (including its Capital Stock), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for the following (collectively, the “Permitted Liens”):

(a)    Liens securing payment of the Obligations or on any cash collateral accounts securing any Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement;

(b)    Liens identified in Schedule 10.02 and any Lien granted as a replacement or substitute therefor; provided, that any such replacement or substitute Lien (i) does not secure an aggregate amount of Indebtedness or other obligations, if any, greater than that secured on the Closing Date plus any capitalized interest, fees and expenses thereon and (ii) does not encumber any property other than the property subject thereto on the Closing Date and any proceeds and products thereof;

(c)    Liens securing Indebtedness of the type permitted under Section 10.01(d); provided, that (i) such Lien is granted within ninety (90) days after such Indebtedness is incurred or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost and the fair market value of the applicable property, improvements or equipment at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and (iii) such Lien secures only the assets that are the subject of the Indebtedness referred to in such clause;

(d)    Liens arising by operation of law in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen and landlords and other similar Liens, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet overdue or being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been established on its books;

(e)    Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, bids, leases or other similar obligations (other than for borrowed money) entered into in the ordinary course of business or to secure obligations on bid, surety, appeal or performance bonds;

(f)    judgment Liens which do not otherwise result in an Event of Default under Section 11.01(f) that (i) are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings

 

139


and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been established on its books to the extent that such Liens are being diligently protested by appropriate means or (ii) have not been discharged within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof;

(g)    easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar encumbrances not interfering in any material respect with the value or use of the property to which such Lien is attached;

(h)    Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent or that are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been established on its books;

(i)    Liens arising in the ordinary course of business by virtue of any contractual, statutory or common law provision relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies covering deposit or securities accounts (including funds or other assets credited thereto) or other funds maintained with a depository institution or securities intermediary, Liens deemed to exist in connection with investments in repurchase agreements constituting Cash Equivalents and other Liens securing cash management obligations (that do not constitute Indebtedness) in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    any interest or title of a lessor, licensor or sublessor under any lease, license or sublease entered into by any such Credit Party or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased, or subleased;

(k)    licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases with respect to any asset granted to any Persons in the ordinary course of business; provided, that the same do not materially and adversely affect the business of the Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or materially detract from the value of the assets of the Credit Parties or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money;

(l)    deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, utilities, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(m)    Liens which arise under Article 4 of the Uniform Commercial Code in any applicable jurisdictions on items in collection and documents and proceeds related thereto;

(n)    precautionary filings of financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdictions in respect of operating leases, sales of receivables or consignments entered into by the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(o)    Liens solely on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.01(o);

(p)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payments of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

140


(q)    Liens in connection with the purchase or shipping of goods or assets on the related goods or assets and proceeds thereof in favor of the seller or shipper of such goods or assets or pursuant to customary reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary course of business and in any case not securing Indebtedness;

(r)    Liens attaching to cash earnest money deposits in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in respect of a Purchase that would reasonably be expected to result in a Permitted Acquisition that do not exceed, in the aggregate at any time outstanding, 1% of the Total Consideration for all such proposed Purchases then subject to letters of intent or purchase agreements;

(s)    Liens arising by virtue of deposits made in the ordinary course of business or on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure liability for premiums to insurance carriers;

(t)    Liens consisting of contractual obligations of any Credit Party to consummate a Disposition that is permitted under Section 10.04 to the extent such Liens do not secure monetary obligations of the Credit Parties to applicable purchaser and escrow arrangements with respect to such Dispositions;

(u)    licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property granted in the ordinary course of business; provided that the same do not materially and adversely affect the business of the Borrowers or the Subsidiaries or materially detract from the value of the assets of the Borrowers or the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money;

(v)    Liens on property or assets of a Person (other than any Capital Stock of any Person) existing at the time such assets of such Person are acquired or such Person is merged into or consolidated with a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower or any Guarantor; provided, that such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or investment, and does not extend to any assets other than those acquired, merged or consolidated by the Credit Parties; provided, further, that any Indebtedness or other obligations secured by such Liens shall otherwise be permitted under Section 10.01(p);

(w)    Liens on cash collateral accounts securing liabilities in respect of credit card facilities or merchant accounts, commodities accounts or brokerage accounts in an aggregate amount not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $5,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $5,000,000 or (y) 5% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA at any one time outstanding;

(x)    Liens on escrow accounts in connection with Permitted Acquisitions, IP Acquisitions or Dispositions otherwise permitted hereunder to the extent such escrow arrangement is also permitted hereunder;

(y)    Liens on cash in favor of credit card processors in the ordinary course of business securing potential or actual overcharge obligations;

(z)    [Reserved];

 

141


(aa)    other Liens securing liabilities permitted under this Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $25,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $25,000,000 or (y) 25% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA at any one time outstanding;

(bb)    Liens on property of a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Credit Party securing (x) Indebtedness of such Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred by Section 10.01 and (y) other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness;

(cc)    with respect to all Real Property in which any Borrower or any Subsidiary owns less than a fee interest, all Liens which are suffered or incurred by the fee owner, any superior lessor, sublessors or licensor, or any inferior lessee, sublessee or licensee, so long as such Liens do not, individually or in the aggregate, (i) interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or (ii) materially impair the use by such Borrower or such Subsidiary of the Real Property subject thereto;

(dd)    Liens which may arise as a result of (i) municipal and zoning codes and ordinances, building and other land use laws imposed by any Governmental Authority; provided, that (A) such codes or other restrictions are not violated in any material respect by existing improvements or the present use or occupancy of any Real Property, (B) such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate materially impair the value or marketability of such Real Property and (C) and such Liens do not individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries at or otherwise with respect to such Real Property and (ii), or in the case of any Real Property subject to a Mortgage, encumbrances disclosed in the title policy issued to, and reasonably approved by, the Administrative Agent;

(ee)    Liens securing Indebtedness of the type permitted under Section 10.01(t); and

(ff)    Liens on (i) the Securitization Assets arising in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or (ii) the Receivables Assets arising in connection with a Receivables Facility.

SECTION 10.03    Consolidation, Merger, etc. Other than mergers and other actions contemplated by the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions or IP Acquisitions, each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, liquidate or dissolve, consolidate with, or merge into or with, any other Person or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person (or any division thereof) (other than (i) any Disposition permitted by Section 10.04 and (ii) any Permitted Investment, in each case to the extent that if a Borrower is involved in such transaction, such Borrower survives such transaction, provided, that (a) any Credit Party, other than Holdings, or Subsidiary of any Credit Party may liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into, and may merge with and into, any Credit Party, other than Holdings, so long as, to the extent a Borrower is a party to such merger, such Borrower is the surviving entity, (b) any Guarantor, other than Holdings, may liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into, and may merge with and into any Credit Party, other than Holdings, (c) any Subsidiary of a Credit Party that is not a Credit Party may liquidate or dissolve voluntarily into, and may merge with and into any

 

142


Subsidiary that is not itself a Credit Party, (d) the assets or Capital Stock of any Credit Party, other than Holdings, or Subsidiary of any Credit Party may be purchased or otherwise acquired by any Credit Party, (e) the assets or Capital Stock of any Guarantor, other than Holdings, may be purchased or otherwise acquired by any Credit Party, (f) the assets or Capital Stock of any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may be purchased or otherwise acquired by any Credit Party or Subsidiary of a Credit Party, and (g) (x) any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge or consolidate with or into or dissolve or liquidate into a Borrower or any Guarantor other than Holdings as long as such Borrower or a Guarantor is the surviving person in such merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation; provided, that the Lien on and security interest in such property granted or to be granted in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents shall be maintained or created in accordance with the Security Documents (to the extent required thereunder and under Section 9.13), as applicable and (y) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may merge, consolidate, dissolve or liquidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

SECTION 10.04    Permitted Dispositions. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, to make a Disposition, or enter into any agreement to make a Disposition not permitted under this Section 10.04 (unless such agreement is conditioned on the repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of this Agreement or receipt of consent by the applicable Lenders), of such Credit Party’s or such other Person’s assets (including Accounts Receivable and Capital Stock of Subsidiaries) to any Person in one transaction or a series of transactions unless such Disposition:

(a)    is in the ordinary course of its business and is of surplus, obsolete or worn out property or property no longer used or useful in its business;

(b)    is for fair market value (as determined by the Administrative Borrower in good faith) and the following conditions are met:

(i)    immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Disposition, no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom;

(ii)    to the extent required by Section 5.02(a)(iii), the Borrowers have applied any Net Disposition Proceeds arising therefrom pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iii); and

(iii)    no less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the consideration received for such sale, transfer, lease, contribution or conveyance is received in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, that the total amount of non-cash consideration deemed to be “cash” under this clause (iii) shall not exceed the greater of $15,000,000 and 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA at any time;

(c)    is a sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business or of immaterial assets;

(d)    is the leasing, as lessor, of real or personal property no longer used or useful in such Person’s business and otherwise in the ordinary course of business;

 

143


(e)    is a sale or disposition of equipment to the extent that such equipment is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement equipment, or the proceeds of such Dispositions are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of similar replacement equipment, all in the ordinary course of business in accordance with Section 5.02(a)(iii);

(f)    is otherwise permitted by Section 10.05;

(g)    is by (i) any Credit Party (other than Holdings) or Subsidiary thereof to any other Credit Party or Subsidiary, other than Holdings; provided, that the aggregate amount of assets that may be sold or otherwise disposed of by any Credit Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party (x) shall be for fair market value and (y) shall not exceed $7,500,000 in any fiscal year or $15,000,000 in the aggregate from and after the Closing Date; provided, further that (x) no Credit Party shall transfer any Intellectual Property that is material to the business of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries (“Material IP”) and (y) no Credit Party may become a non-Credit Party if such subsidiary owns any Material IP at the time of such designation, (ii) any Guarantor (other than Holdings) to any Credit Party, other than Holdings, (iii) any Subsidiary of a Credit Party (other than a Borrower) to any Credit Party, other than Holdings; provided, that any such sales or other dispositions shall be for fair market value or less than fair market value, or (iv) any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to any other Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

(h)    cancellations of any intercompany Indebtedness among the Credit Parties, other than a cancellation of any such Indebtedness owing by Holdings to a Borrower;

(i)    licensing of Intellectual Property to third Persons (including contributing source code to the public domain and licensing it pursuant to an open source software license), in each case in the ordinary course of business, or the sale, transfer, abandonment, allowance to lapse or other disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the applicable Credit Party’s reasonable business judgment, either (i) no longer material to the business, (ii) no longer used or useful in its business or (iii) no longer economically practicable to maintain, in each case of clauses (i)-(iii), in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    the sale, lease, sub-lease, license, sub-license or consignment of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) of the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and leases or subleases of real property permitted by clause (a) for which rentals are paid on a periodic basis over the term thereof;

(k)    the settlement or write-off of Accounts Receivable or sale, discount or compromise of overdue Accounts Receivable for collection (i) in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (ii) with respect to Accounts Receivable acquired with a Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition, consistent with prudent business practice;

(l)    use or exchange of cash and Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

(m)    to the extent required by Applicable Law, the sale or other disposition of a nominal amount of Capital Stock in any Subsidiary in order to qualify members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such Subsidiary;

 

144


(n)    Dispositions constituting a taking by condemnation or eminent domain or transfer in lieu thereof, or a Disposition consisting of or subsequent to a total loss or constructive total loss or property, in each case, to the extent required by Section 5.02(a)(iv), the Borrowers have applied any Net Casualty Proceeds arising therefrom pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iv);

(o)    sales of non-core assets acquired with a Permitted Acquisition or IP Acquisition which are not used or useful or are duplicative in the business, in each case, to the extent required by Section 5.02(a)(iii), the Borrowers have applied any Net Disposition Proceeds arising therefrom pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(iii);

(p)    unwinding of Hedging Agreements or cash management agreements in the ordinary course of business;

(q)    any grant of an option to purchase, lease or acquire property in the ordinary course of business, so long as such Disposition resulting from the exercise of such option would otherwise be permitted under this Section 10.04;

(r)    Dispositions related to mergers, consolidations and other transactions in compliance with Section 10.03;

(s)    Restricted Payments and other transactions expressly permitted by Section 10.06;

(t)    sale or Disposition of immaterial Capital Stock to qualified directors where required by applicable law or to satisfy other similar requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Capital Stock;

(u)    surrender or waiver of contractual rights and settlement or waiver of contractual or litigation claims in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice and in an amount which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(v)    constitutes any part of (i) any Permitted Tax Reorganization or (ii) any Permitted IPO Reorganization;

(w)    Dispositions identified in Schedule 10.04;

(x)    Dispositions of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets, or participations therein, in connection with any Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility permitted under Section 10.01(x);

(y)    any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets of comparable or greater value of usefulness to the business or used in the business of the Credit Parties as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Borrower; provided that the value of all assets subject to Dispositions in reliance on this clause (y) shall not exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA over the term of this Agreement;

 

145


(z)    Dispositions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $20,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 20% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA per fiscal year;

(aa)    Dispositions of non-Collateral in an amount not to exceed $20,000,000; and

(bb)    Dispositions constituting the Planned Business Disposition; provided that no less than seventy-five percent (75%) of the consideration received for such sale, transfer, lease, contribution or conveyance is received in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, further that the Net Disposition Proceeds of the Planned Business Disposition shall be subject to Section 5.02(a)(vi).

SECTION 10.05     Investments. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, make, incur, assume or permit to exist any Investment in any other Person, except (collectively, the “Permitted Investments”):

(a)    Investments in Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date and other Investments identified in Schedule 10.05;

(b)    Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

(c)    Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(d)    Investments (x) by way of contributions to capital or purchases of Capital Stock by any Credit Party in any of its Subsidiaries that are Credit Parties or (y) by way of contributions to capital or purchases of Capital Stock by any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

(e)    Investments constituting (i) Accounts Receivable arising, (ii) trade debt granted, or (iii) deposits made in connection with the purchase price of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(f)    Investments consisting of any non-cash consideration or deferred portion of the sales price received by any Credit Party, in each case, in connection with any Disposition permitted under Section 10.04;

(g)    intercompany loans permitted pursuant to Section 10.01(e);

(h)    Hedging Agreements permitted under Section 10.11;

(i)    the maintenance of deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business so long as the applicable provisions of Section 9.15 have been complied with in respect of such deposit accounts;

(j)    loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of any Credit Party for reasonable and customary business related travel expenses, entertainment expenses, moving expenses and similar expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of

 

146


business, in an aggregate principal amount at any time not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $2,500,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $2,500,000 and (y) 2.5% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, after giving effect to Section 10.06(e);

(k)    Permitted Acquisitions;

(l)    Investments resulting from the reinvestment of Net Disposition Proceeds or Net Casualty Proceeds as permitted under
Sections 5.02(a)(iii) or 5.02(a)(iv) ;

(m)    Guarantee Obligations permitted under Section 10.01;

(n)    loans and advances to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made in accordance with Section 10.06;

(o)    prepaid expenses or lease, utility, deposits with respect to operating leases and other similar deposits, in each case made in the ordinary course of business;

(p)    promissory notes or other obligations of officers or other employees of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary acquired in the ordinary course of business in connection with such officer’s or employee’s acquisition of Capital Stock in Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any Credit Party or such Subsidiary (to the extent such acquisition is permitted under this Agreement), so long as no cash is advanced by the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries in connection with such Investment;

(q)    pledges and deposits permitted under Section 10.02 and endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business to the extent permitted under Section 10.01;

(r)    Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties (including Foreign Subsidiaries) not exceeding (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $18,000,000 and (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, not to exceed the greater of (x) $18,000,000 and (y) 18% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in the aggregate at any time outstanding, in each case plus the Available Amounts Basket; provided that (1) no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom and (2) if such Investment is in the form of Indebtedness, such Investment shall be subject to the Non-Credit Party Debt Cap;

(s)    mergers, consolidations and other transactions permitted under Section 10.03;

(t)    Investments of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided, that (i) such Investments are not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Investment exists at the time such Person is acquired, (iii) such Investments are not directly or indirectly recourse to any Credit Party or their assets, other than the person that becomes a Subsidiary and (iv) such Investments do not require any further transfers of cash or assets by such Person;

 

147


(u)    additional Investments by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided that (i) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately result therefrom (except that, if any such Investment is made in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, such Investment shall be subject to customary “Sungard” provisions), and (ii) the aggregate amount of such Investments (net of any returns on such Investment) shall not exceed the outstanding Available Amounts Basket then in effect at the time that such amount is specifically committed and used to finance such Investments;

(v)    Investments entered into at a time when no Event of Default is continuing or would immediately result from such Investments and consisting of the purchase of source code, Intellectual Property and other intangibles, whether or not representing a business line or all or substantially all of the business of a Person (including, but not limited to, the acquisition of the Capital Stock of such Person for the purpose of purchasing such source code, Intellectual Property and other intangibles of such Person) (each such purchase or acquisition, an “IP Acquisition” and collectively, “IP Acquisitions”); provided, that (x) if such Investments are made by one or more Credit Parties, either (x) the acquisition consideration for such Investments is paid through royalty payments that are entered into on an arm’s length basis, in the good faith business judgment of such Credit Party or (y) the Total Consideration (excluding any amount thereof funded with issuances of equity interests of Holdings or proceeds in respect thereof) paid for all such Investments for each fiscal year does not exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as calculated for the four fiscal quarter period constituting the immediately prior fiscal year);

(w)    to the extent constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) that are (A) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ historical practices and (B) funded not more than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment;

(x)    repurchase, retirement or repayment of any Indebtedness to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, including, without limitation, acquisitions of Term Loans pursuant to Section 13.06;

(y)    Investments acquired in connection with the settlement of delinquent accounts, disputes in the ordinary course of business or in connection with the bankruptcy, Insolvency Proceedings or reorganization of, or settlement of disputes with, as the case may be, suppliers, trade creditors, account debtors or customers, or upon the foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Credit Party or its Subsidiaries (including any Capital Stock or other securities held by the Credit Parties or their Subsidiaries which are acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Credit Party or its Subsidiaries or as security for such Indebtedness or claims, in each case, in the ordinary course of business);

(z)    (i) any Permitted Tax Reorganization and (ii) any Permitted IPO Reorganization;

 

148


(aa)    Investments funded with equity proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock that do not increase the Available Amounts Basket or capital contributions paid in respect of the Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or a direct or indirect parent company thereof) and contributed as Qualified Capital Stock to a Borrower which have not otherwise been applied for another purposes and that do not increase the Available Amounts Basket;

(bb)    Investments in joint ventures and other minority Investments in an amount not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA;

(cc)    additional Investments by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries in an amount not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $30,000,000 and (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (i) $30,000,000 and (ii) 30% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, plus any amount which the Administrative Borrower may, from time to time, elect to be reallocated from the General RP Basket and the General RJDP Basket to the making of Investments under this clause (cc) (the “General Investments Basket”);

(dd)    (i) Investments in any Receivables Facility or any Securitization Subsidiary in order to effectuate a Qualified Securitization Financing, including the ownership of Capital Stock in such Securitization Subsidiary and (ii) distributions or payments of securitization fees and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to customary repurchase obligations in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility;

(ee)    on and after a Pricing Grid Election, unlimited additional Investments by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided, that (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the most recently ended Test Period, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 6.00:1.00 and (B) no Specified Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom; and

(ff)    Investments made to effectuate the Transactions.

SECTION 10.06    Restricted Payments, etc. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, to make any Restricted Payment, or make any deposit for any Restricted Payment, other than, in each case to the extent that such payment is not made using proceeds of equity received as a Cure Amount:

(a)    cash payments to Holdings (and Holdings may pay to any direct or indirect parent company) to be used, without duplication (i) for customary director indemnification payments to the directors of such Person, (ii) for reasonable and customary fees to outside directors of such Person, (iii) for financial, other reporting and similar customary administrative costs and expenses of such Person, (iv) to pay licensing (and similar) expenses, franchise taxes, and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the legal existence of Holdings and/or such direct or indirect parent company, to the extent incurred in the ordinary course of business, (v) for operating, overhead, legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses, (vi) to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits on behalf of officers and employees of any parent entity and (vii) to pay fees related to any investment or offering of securities of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent

 

149


company) whether or not such investment or offering is consummated; provided, that in the case of clause (iv) and (v), cash payments to Holdings or such parent company shall be permitted only to the extent related to Holdings or such parent company’s ownership of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or Holdings and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, and in order to permit Holdings or such parent company to make such payments, and, in the case of clause (iv), shall be shared ratably by any other Subsidiaries of Holdings or such parent company, as the case may be;

(b)    to permit Holdings (or any such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) to pay, for any taxable period for which Holdings and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income tax purposes (a “Tax Group”) of which Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings is the common parent, any consolidated, combined or similar Taxes of such Tax Group that are due and payable by Holdings or such direct or indirect parent company of Holdings for such taxable period, but only to the extent attributable to Holdings and/or its Subsidiaries; provided that (x) the amount of such Restricted Payments for any taxable period shall not exceed the amount of such Taxes that Holdings and its Subsidiaries would have paid if Holdings and its Subsidiaries were a stand-alone Tax Group and (y) the amount of such Restricted Payments in respect of an Excluded Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that distributions were made by such Excluded Subsidiary to the Credit Parties for such purpose;

(c)    payments by any Subsidiary of any Credit Party to its direct parent (other than Holdings) so long as such parent is (i) a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of any Credit Party or (ii) a Borrower;

(d)    Restricted Payments by any Credit Party or any its Subsidiaries to pay dividends with respect to its Capital Stock payable solely in additional shares of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock);

(e)    Restricted Payments to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof held by any employee, director, consultant or officer of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party pursuant to any employee equity subscription agreement, stock option agreement or stock ownership arrangement to the extent not exceeding (x) in the aggregate per fiscal year, the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and (y) in the aggregate during the term of this Agreement, the greater of (i) $50,000,000 and (ii) 50% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (plus (x) any amounts funded with issuances of Capital Stock of Holdings or proceeds in respect thereof used to repurchase such Capital Stock, (y) amounts solely in the form of forgiveness of Indebtedness of such Persons owing to Holdings or any Credit Party on account of redemptions or repurchases of the Capital Stock of Holdings held by such Persons and (z) the net cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies that have not been used to make repurchases, redemptions or payments under this clause (z)) and (ii) both before and after giving effect to any such payment, no Event of Default exists or would immediately thereafter occur as a result thereof; provided, that any amount of the aforementioned basket in this clause (e) not used in any fiscal year may be carried forward for up to two subsequent fiscal years, and in any such subsequent fiscal years, amounts utilized will be applied to amounts carried forward, before being applied to the amount otherwise permitted for such fiscal year; provided further, that any Restricted Payments using the aforementioned basket shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate prior to a Pricing Grid Election.

 

150


(f)    if Sponsor and/or its Controlled Affiliates shall have made a direct or indirect cash equity contribution to a Borrower to fund any Investment permitted hereunder and such Investment is not made within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such equity contributions, such Borrower may directly or indirectly return such equity contributions to such Persons in cash, either directly or indirectly, by distribution to Holdings for redistribution to any direct or indirect parent company to effect such return of contributions so long as such return is completed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such equity contributions;

(g)    payments of Indebtedness of the type described in Section 10.01(l) to the extent made in conformity with the terms of
Section 10.01(l);

(h)    Restricted Payments in connection with the Transactions;

(i)    so long as (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, no Event of Default exists or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, no Specified Event of Default or Financial Performance Covenant Event of Default exists, Restricted Payments utilizing the Available Amounts Basket;

(j)    upon receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of (x) any purchase price adjustment and/or (y) any Net Disposition Proceeds received with respect to a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.04(o) hereof, Holdings or such Subsidiary may, to the extent on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such distribution, the Credit Parties are in compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been provided to the Administrative Agent, make distributions in cash to its direct or indirect equity holders in an amount not to exceed (i) the amount of such purchase price adjustment or Net Disposition Proceeds received, times (ii) the Equity Funded Percentage for such Permitted Acquisition or such IP Acquisition, as applicable;

(k)    Holdings may pay cash in lieu of fractional equity interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof, any Permitted Acquisition, Investment or any IP Acquisition;

(l)    (x) the Borrowers may make distributions, directly or indirectly, to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to enable the applicable entity to pay fees and expenses in connection with a Qualifying IPO (whether or not successful) and (y) upon a Qualifying IPO, the Borrowers may directly or indirectly pay cash Restricted Payments to Holdings to permit Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to make, and Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof may make, cash Restricted Payments to its equity holders in an aggregate amount not exceeding the sum of (i) 6.0 % per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received by any Borrower from such Qualifying IPO and (ii) an aggregate amount per annum not to exceed 5.0% of Market Capitalization;

(m)    payment of Permitted Management Payments;

(n)    so long as (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, no Specified Event of Default or Financial Performance Covenant Event of Default exists or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid

 

151


Election, no Specified Event of Default exists, Restricted Payments in cash by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 or (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, in each case minus any amount the Administrative Borrower may, from time to time, elect to reallocate from this clause (n) (the “General RP Basket”) to the General Investments Basket;

(o)    Restricted Payments constituting any part of (i) any Permitted Tax Reorganization and (ii) any Permitted IPO Reorganization Transaction;

(p)    distributions or payments of securitization fees, sales contributions and other transfers of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets and purchases of Securitization Assets or Receivables Assets pursuant to customary repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Securitization Financing or a Receivables Facility permitted under Section 10.01(x); and

(q)    on and after a Pricing Grid Election, unlimited additional Restricted Payments by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided, that (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00 and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom;

(r)    Restricted Payments funded with equity proceeds of Qualified Capital Stock that do not increase the Available Amounts Basket or capital contributions paid in respect of the Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings (or a direct or indirect parent company thereof) and contributed as Qualified Capital Stock to a Borrower which have not otherwise been applied for another purposes and that do not increase the Available Amounts Basket; and

(s)    Restricted Payments with respect to options and restricted stock units of the Target that were issued and unvested on the Closing Date in line with the options and restricted stock units vesting schedule provided to the Administrative Agent on March 12, 2020 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent; provided that such Restricted Payments shall be reduced by all cash and Cash Equivalents no longer required to be paid due to the retirement of such restricted stock units or other events as described in the governing documents thereof that would reduce such payment, in each case in respect of any such restricted stock units or similar instruments on or after the Closing Date.

SECTION 10.07    Modification of Certain Agreements. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, consent to any amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification of, or enter into any forbearance from exercising any rights with respect to the terms or provisions contained in (a) any of the Transaction Documents, the Management Agreement or Organization Documents, in each case, other than any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification or forbearance that could not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties; provided, however, that no amendment or modification increasing the amount of management fees payable under the Management Agreement may be made without the consent of the Required Lenders, (b) any document, agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any senior unsecured Indebtedness, in each case, other than any amendment,

 

152


supplement, waiver or modification or forbearance that could not reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Secured Parties, or (c) any document, agreement or instrument evidencing or governing any Junior Indebtedness, any Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Subordinated Unsecured Indebtedness or any other Indebtedness that has been subordinated to the Obligations in right of payment or any Liens that have been subordinated in priority to the Liens of Agent unless such amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification is permitted under the terms of the intercreditor agreement or subordination agreement applicable thereto.

SECTION 10.08    Sale and Leaseback. Other than as permitted under Section 10.01(d), each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into any agreement or arrangement providing for the sale or transfer by it of any property (now owned or hereafter acquired) to a Person and the subsequent lease or rental of such property or other similar property from such Person.

SECTION 10.09    Transactions with Affiliates. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, to enter into or cause or permit to exist any arrangement, transaction or contract (including for the purchase, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of services) with any Affiliate except (it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Section 10.09 do not supersede the other provisions of this Agreement) (a) on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Credit Party or such Subsidiary than it could obtain in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, (b) any transaction expressly permitted under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (c) customary fees to, and indemnifications of, non-officer directors (other than employees of Sponsor or its Affiliates which are not Credit Parties) of the Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries, (d) the payment of compensation and indemnification arrangements and benefit plans for officers and employees of the Credit Parties and their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; provided, that all such amounts payable to officers and employees that are also officers and employees of Sponsor or its Controlled Affiliates shall be reasonable and customary, (e) transactions under the Credit Documents with Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, (f) transactions solely among Credit Parties, (g) transactions necessary to exercise the Cure Right, (h) transactions solely among Subsidiaries that are not Credit Parties, (i) transactions contemplated by the Management Agreement, (j) transactions identified on Schedule 10.09, (k) any customary transaction with a Subsidiary effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Financing or Receivables Facility, and (l) transactions and activities necessary or advisable to effectuate the Transactions, a Permitted Tax Reorganization or a Permitted IPO Reorganization.

SECTION 10.10    Restrictive Agreements, etc. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, to enter into any agreement (other than a Credit Document) prohibiting:

(a)    the creation or assumption of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon its properties, revenues or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired;

(b)    the ability of such Person to make any payments, directly or indirectly, to any Borrower, including by way of dividends, advances, repayments of loans, reimbursements of management and other intercompany charges, expenses and accruals or other returns on investments.

 

153


The foregoing prohibitions shall not apply to customary restrictions of the type described in clause (a) above (which do not prohibit the Credit Parties from complying with or performing the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents) which are contained in any agreement, (i) governing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.01(d) solely with respect to assets financed with the proceeds of such Indebtedness, (ii) for the creation or assumption of any Lien on the sublet or assignment of any leasehold interest of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) for the assignment of any contract entered into by any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (iv) for the transfer of any asset pending the close of the sale of such asset pursuant to a Disposition permitted under this Agreement, (v) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses (including licenses and sublicenses of Intellectual Property), (vi) any agreement in effect at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such agreement was not entered into in connection with or in contemplation of such person becoming a Subsidiary of a Borrower and (vii) customary restrictions in joint venture agreements or other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted hereunder and applicable solely to such joint venture; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to contracts which impose limitations on any Foreign Subsidiary or joint venture that is not a Credit Party by the terms of any Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary or joint venture that is not a Credit Party permitted to be incurred hereunder if such limitations apply only to the assets or property of such Foreign Subsidiary or joint venture that is not a Credit Party.

SECTION 10.11    Hedging Agreements. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, except (a) Specified Hedging Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which such Credit Party or such Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock), including risks related to fluctuations in currency exchange rates, (b) Specified Hedging Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of such Credit Party or such Subsidiary and (c) other Hedging Agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes.

SECTION 10.12    Changes in Business. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business reasonably related, complementary, corollary, ancillary, synergistic or incidental thereto or reasonable extensions thereof. Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings shall not engage in any business activity other than performing its obligations under the Credit Documents, owning the Capital Stock of the Borrowers (as applicable), maintaining its corporate existence, participating in tax, accounting and other administrative activities as a member of the consolidated group of companies including the Credit Parties, making of Restricted Payments permitted hereunder, making capital contributions, taking actions in furtherance of and consummating a Qualifying IPO and fulfilling all initial and ongoing obligations related thereto, in each case together with activities incidental to the businesses and activities described above and otherwise directly related thereto.

 

154


SECTION 10.13    Financial Covenants.

(a)    LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio. The Credit Parties will not permit the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of each Test Period set forth below, to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such measurement date, provided that the covenant contained in this Section 10.13(a) shall not apply after a Pricing Grid Election has occurred

 

Test Period
Quarter Ending

   LQA Recurring Revenue
Net Leverage Ratio

June 30, 2020

   3.30:1.00

September 30, 2020

   3.15:1.00

December 31, 2020

   3.15:1.00

March 31, 2021

   3.15:1.00

June 30, 2021

   3.15:1.00

September 30, 2021

   2.95:1.00

December 31, 2021

   2.90:1.00

March 31, 2022

   2.85:1.00

June 30, 2022

   2.80:1.00

(b)    Minimum Liquidity. The Credit Parties will not permit Liquidity, on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of each Test Period, to be less than $20,000,000, provided that the covenant contained in this Section 10.13(b) shall not apply after a Pricing Grid Election has occurred.

(c)    Total Net Leverage Ratio. The Credit Parties will not permit the Total Net Leverage Ratio, on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of each Test Period set forth below, to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such measurement date, provided that the covenant contained in this Section 10.13(c) shall not apply unless a Pricing Grid Election has occurred:

 

Test Period
Quarter Ending*

   Total Net Leverage Ratio

June 30, 2021

   10.00:1.00

September 30, 2021

   9.75:1.00

December 31, 2021

   9.50:1.00

March 31, 2022

   9.15:1.00

June 30, 2022

   8.85:1.00

September 30, 2022**

   8.50:1.00

December 31, 2022

   8.25:1.00

March 31, 2023

   8.00:1.00

June 30, 2023

   7.75:1.00

September 30, 2023

   7.50:1.00

December 31, 2023

   7.25:1.00

March 31, 2024

   7.25:1.00

June 30, 2024

   7.00:1.00

September 30, 2024

   6.75:1.00

December 31, 2024 and thereafter

   6.50:1.00

 

*

Earlier of Pricing Grid Election and the Mandatory Conversion Date

**

Mandatory Conversion Date

 

155


SECTION 10.14    Issuance or Repurchase of Capital Stock. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) issue any Capital Stock (whether for value or otherwise) to any Person other than (i) in the case of any Credit Party (other than the Borrowers), to any other Credit Party, (ii) in the case of any Domestic Subsidiary, U.S. Foreign Holdco or Direct Foreign Subsidiary, to any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary, (iii) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary which is not a Direct Foreign Subsidiary, to any Credit Party or another wholly-owned Subsidiary of any Credit Party, and (iv) in the case of Borrowers, to Holdings or (b) become liable in respect of any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem, retire, acquire or make any other payment in respect of any Capital Stock of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party, or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Capital Stock; provided, however, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Holdings may issue Capital Stock to its equityholders or any other Person so long as such Capital Stock is Qualified Capital Stock or is not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and does not result in a Change of Control.

SECTION 10.15    Restricted Junior Debt Payments. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Junior Debt Payment, or make any deposit for any Restricted Junior Debt Payment, other than, in each case to the extent that such payment is not made using proceeds of equity received as a Cure Amount:

(a)    regularly scheduled or required repayments, redemptions, prepayments, repayments or any other settlements of Indebtedness listed on Schedule 10.01;

(b)    Restricted Junior Debt Payments in cash utilizing the Available Amounts Basket;

(c)    any prepayment of Indebtedness owing to Holdings, any Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers permitted hereunder;

(d)    [reserved];

(e)    any prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance, cancellation or other satisfaction of Indebtedness made with the proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,

(f)    so long as (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, no Specified Default or Financial Performance Covenant Event of Default is continuing or (II) after a Pricing Grid Election, no Specified Default is continuing, making any prepayment, redemption, purchases, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed (I) prior to a Pricing Grid Election, $15,000,000 and (II) on and after a Pricing Grid Election, the greater of $15,000,000 and 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA minus any amount the Administrative Borrower may, from time to time, elect to reallocate from this clause (g) (the “General RJDP Basket”) to the General Investments Basket,

 

156


(g)    any prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance, cancellation or other satisfaction of any Indebtedness to the extent cashless and made in the form of (A) substitute Permitted Junior Refinancing Debt or Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt of such Indebtedness or (B) unless such Indebtedness is owed to a Credit Party by a Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party, forgiveness of such Indebtedness,

(h)    on and after a Pricing Grid Election, unlimited additional Restricted Junior Debt Payments in cash by the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided, that (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, as of the last day of the most recently ended Test Period, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 5.50:1.00 and (B) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would immediately thereafter result therefrom,

(i)    the prepayment of any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness thereof with Declined Proceeds to the extent not prohibited by the intercreditor agreement applicable to such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness; or

(j)    any AHYDO prepayment in connection with any unsecured Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.01.

ARTICLE XI

Events of Default

SECTION 11.01    Listing of Events of Default. Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Section 11.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(a)    Non-Payment of Obligations. Any Borrower shall default in the payment of:

(i)    any principal of any Loan or any Unpaid Drawing (other than failure to pay an Unpaid Drawing that is subsequently financed by a Revolving Credit Loan in accordance with Section 3.04, or any deposit of cash for collateral purposes pursuant to Section 3.04), in each case when such amount is due; or

(ii)    any interest on any Loan or any Unpaid Drawing, and, in either case, such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after such amount is due; or

(iii)    any fee described in Article IV or any other monetary Obligation (other than Obligations under Specified Hedging Agreements or Bank Product Obligations), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days after such amount is due.

(b)    Breach of Warranty. Any representation or warranty of any Credit Party made or deemed to be made in any Credit Document (including any certificates delivered pursuant to Article VI) which, by its terms, is subject to a materiality qualifier, is or shall be incorrect in any respect when made or deemed to have been made or any other representation or warranty of any Credit Party made or deemed to be made in any Credit Document (including any certificates

 

157


delivered pursuant to Article VI) is or shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to have been made, and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrative Borrower of notice of such default from the Administrative Agent.

(c)    Non-Performance of Certain Covenants and Obligations. Any Credit Party shall default in the due performance or observance of any of its obligations under (i) Section 9.01(f)(i), Section 9.05(a), Section 9.05(b) (solely with respect to such Credit Party’s maintenance of good standing in its jurisdiction of organization) or (subject to the provisions of Section 11.03 and after giving effect to the time periods set forth therein) Article X or (ii) Section 9.01(a), Section 9.01(b), Section 9.01(c), Section 9.01(d), Section 9.01(e), Section 9.02 (other than to the limited extent such Section requires books and records to be kept in accordance with GAAP which shall instead be subject to Section 11.01(d)), Section 9.03, Section 9.10, Section 9.11, Section 9.12, Section 9.15 or the Fee Letters (except for those provisions subject to Section 11.01(a)(iii)) and in the case of this clause (ii), such default shall continue unremedied for a period of fifteen (15) days after any Credit Party shall first have knowledge thereof.

(d)    Non-Performance of Other Covenants and Obligations. (i) Any Credit Party shall default in the due performance or observance of its obligations under any covenant applicable to it under the Security Pledge Agreement and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrative Borrower of notice of such default from the Administrative Agent or (ii) any Credit Party shall default in the due performance and observance of any obligation contained in any Credit Document executed by it (other than as specified in Sections 11.01(a), 11.01(b) or 11.01(c)), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by the Administrative Borrower of notice of such default from the Administrative Agent.

(e)    Default on Other Indebtedness. (i) a default shall occur in the payment of any amount when due (subject to any applicable grace or cure period), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any principal or stated amount of, or interest or fees on, any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations and Hedging Agreements) of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party having a principal or stated amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, or a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any such Indebtedness if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such Indebtedness or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness, or any trustee or agent for such holders, to cause or declare such Indebtedness to become immediately due and payable, (ii) a default shall occur (after expiration of any available grace or cure periods) in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to any Indebtedness which has been subordinated (whether as to payment or Lien priority) to the Obligations or Agent’s Liens having a principal or stated amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or any such Indebtedness shall be required to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defeased, or require an offer to purchase or defease such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its expressed maturity, (iii) any Indebtedness of any Credit Party or Subsidiary of any Credit Party having a principal or stated amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (other than the Obligations and Hedging Agreements or in connection with a

 

158


Disposition permitted hereunder) shall otherwise be required to be prepaid, redeemed, purchased or defeased, or require an offer to purchase or defease such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its expressed maturity, or (iv) there occurs under any Hedging Agreement an “early termination date” or similarly defined event (as defined in such Hedging Agreement) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Hedging Agreement as to which any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is the “defaulting party” or similarly defined person (as defined in the Hedging Agreement) or (B) any “termination event” or similarly defined event (as defined in the Hedging Agreement) under such Hedging Agreement as to which any Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries is an “affected party” or similarly defined person (as defined in the Hedging Agreement) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Credit Parties or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the greater of the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA.

(f)    Judgments. Any judgment or order for the payment of money individually or in the aggregate in excess of the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 15% of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (exclusive of any amounts fully covered by insurance (less any applicable deductible) and as to which the insurer has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage or indemnity) shall be rendered against any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries and such judgment shall not have been vacated or discharged or stayed or bonded pending appeal within thirty (30) days after the entry thereof or enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order.

(g)    Plans. The occurrence of one or more of the events described in Section 8.11 hereof (determined without regard to any of the materiality qualifiers or dollar thresholds contained in Section 8.11 hereof), which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(h)    Bankruptcy, Insolvency, etc. Any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than any Immaterial Subsidiary) shall:

(i)    generally fail to pay, or admit in writing its inability or unwillingness generally to pay, its debts as they become due;

(ii)    apply for, consent to, or acquiesce in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for any substantial part of the assets or other property of any such Person, or make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

(iii)    in the absence of such application, consent or acquiesce to or permit or suffer to exist, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian for a substantial part of the property of any thereof, and such trustee, receiver, sequestrator or other custodian shall not be discharged within forty-five (45) days; provided, that each Credit Party hereby expressly authorizes each Secured Party to appear in any court conducting any relevant proceeding during such 45-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the Credit Documents;

(iv)    permit or suffer to exist the commencement of any bankruptcy, reorganization, debt arrangement or other case or proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency

 

159


law or any dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding, in respect thereof, and, if any such case or proceeding is not commenced by such Person, such case or proceeding shall be consented to or acquiesced in by such Person, or shall result in the entry of an order for relief or shall remain for forty-five (45) days undismissed; provided, that each Credit Party hereby expressly authorizes each Secured Party to appear in any court conducting any such case or proceeding during such 45-day period to preserve, protect and defend their rights under the Credit Documents; or

(v)    take any action authorizing any of the foregoing.

(i)    Impairment of Security, etc. Any Credit Document or any Lien covering a material portion of the Collateral or guarantee granted thereunder shall (except in accordance with its terms or as a result of acts or a failure to act by any Agent where the Credit Parties are, if requested by an Agent, cooperating with the Agents in remediating such event), in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be the legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any Credit Party party thereto, or any Credit Party or any other Affiliate of a Credit Party shall, directly or indirectly, contest or limit in any manner such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability (other than as a result of the discharge of such Credit Party in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents); or, except as permitted under any Credit Document or as a result of acts or a failure to act by any Agent where the Credit Parties are, if requested by an Agent, cooperating with the Agents in remediating such event, any Lien securing any Obligation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be a perfected Lien.

(j)    Change of Control. Any Change of Control shall occur.

SECTION 11.02    Remedies Upon Event of Default.

(a)    If any Event of Default shall occur for any reason, whether voluntary or involuntary, and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may, and upon the direction of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Administrative Borrower (i) terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment or (ii) declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and other Obligations (including Unpaid Drawings) to be due and payable and the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Incremental Term Loan Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon the full unpaid amount of such Loans and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment, and the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Incremental Term Loan Commitments shall terminate and the Borrowers shall automatically and immediately be obligated to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding. The Lenders and the Collateral Agent shall have all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or pursuant to any Credit Documents.

(b)    If, pursuant to Section 11.02(a)(ii), the Required Lenders declare all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and other Obligations (including Unpaid Drawings) to be due and payable, the Required Lenders may (if not theretofore declared due and payable) declare all or any portion of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Commitments (if not theretofore terminated) to be terminated, whereupon the full unpaid amount of such Loans and other Obligations which shall be so declared due and payable shall be and become immediately due

 

160


and payable, without further notice, demand or presentment, and the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate and the Borrowers shall automatically and immediately be obligated to Cash Collateralize all Letters of Credit Outstanding.

SECTION 11.03    Equity Cure Right.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event that the Borrowers fail to comply with any Financial Performance Covenant under Section 10.13 for any Test Period (such period being a “Covenant Failure Period”), the Borrowers may cure such failure as provided in this Section 11.03 (the “Cure Right”). The Cure Right shall be deemed to have been validly exercised, and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have existed, so long as (i) the Administrative Borrower has issued a written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after the date on which a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.01(d) for the Covenant Failure Period, (ii) during the Covenant Failure Period or thereafter but no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the date on which a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.01(d) for the Covenant Failure Period, the Administrative Agent has received evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that, during or after the Covenant Failure Period, the Borrowers have received a cash equity contribution in an amount equal to the amount by which Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Covenant Failure Period would need to be increased so as to result in the Borrowers being in compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) for such period (a “Cure Amount”), (iii) the Cure Right has not been exercised on more than five (5) separate prior occasions, (iv) in any four (4) fiscal quarter period, there shall be no more than two (2) consecutive fiscal quarters during which the Cure Right has been exercised and (v) the Cure Amount shall be used to prepay the Loans in accordance with Section 5.02(a)(v).

(b)    Upon the valid exercise of the Cure Right, solely for purposes of calculating the Financial Performance Covenants (i) the Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Covenant Failure Period shall be increased by the Cure Amount with respect thereto and no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred due to the failure of the Borrowers to comply with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s) for such Covenant Failure Period and (ii) any subsequent calculation of Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA that includes a Covenant Failure Period shall include the Cure Amount received with respect thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, no Cure Amounts shall be included in Pro Forma Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA when calculated for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin, determining the Borrowers’ compliance with any numerical thresholds set forth in any covenant in this Agreement, determining the availability of any Loan, compliance with any provision of this Agreement or for any other purpose whatsoever.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist from the end of the applicable fiscal quarter until the tenth (10th) Business Day after the most recently ended Test Period, and, to the extent a notice of the intent to exercise a Cure Right is delivered as specified above, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to exist from the end of the applicable fiscal quarter until the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the most recently ended Test Period (and pending receipt of such Cure Amount, no Agent nor any Lender (i) shall exercise any rights or remedies against the Credit

 

161


Parties or any of the Collateral or (ii) shall be required to make any Credit Extension to any Credit Party), in each case, solely as the result of the Event of Default arising from the breach of the Financial Performance Covenant that is being cured by the Cure Amount.

(d)    For the purposes of determining compliance with any Financial Performance Covenant under Section 10.13 for any Covenant Failure Period, there shall be no Pro Forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Cure Amount for such period.

ARTICLE XII

The Agents

SECTION 12.01    Appointment. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby appoints Golub as its Collateral Agent under and for purposes of each Credit Document, and hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to act on behalf of such Lender (or if applicable, each other Secured Party) under each Credit Document and, in the absence of other written instructions from the Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Documents received from time to time by the Collateral Agent, to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be incidental thereto. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby appoints Golub as its Administrative Agent under and for purposes of each Credit Document and hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to act on behalf of such Lender (or, if applicable, each other Secured Party) under each Credit Document and, in the absence of other written instructions from the Lenders pursuant to the terms of the Credit Documents received from time to time by the Administrative Agent, to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to or required of the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be incidental thereto. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or other Secured Party, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

SECTION 12.02    Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

SECTION 12.03    Exculpatory Provisions. Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any other Secured Party for any recitals, statements,

 

162


representations or warranties made by any Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document or any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement or for any failure of any Credit Party or other Person to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. None of the Agents shall be required to take any action that, in its reasonable opinion or the reasonable opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

SECTION 12.04    Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Credit Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. The Agents may deem and treat the payee of any note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Agents. As to any matters not clearly and expressly provided for by the Credit Documents, each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all or other requisite Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans and all other Secured Parties.

SECTION 12.05    Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder, except with respect to any Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or the Administrative Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. The Collateral Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Collateral Agent has received

 

163


notice from a Lender or the Administrative Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that an Agent receives such a notice, such Agent shall give notice thereof to the other Agent and the Lenders. Each Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided, that unless and until each Agent shall have received such directions, the Agents may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as such Agent shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

SECTION 12.06    Non Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys in fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Credit Party or any Affiliate of a Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender or any other Secured Party. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement, any other Credit Document, any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement. Each Lender (and, if applicable, each other Secured Party) also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender or any other Secured Party, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents or any Specified Hedging Agreement or any Bank Product Agreement, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Credit Parties and their Affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent hereunder, the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender or any other Secured Party with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Credit Party or any Affiliate of a Credit Party that may come into the possession of such Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

SECTION 12.07    Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective Total Credit Exposure in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 12.07 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Total Credit Exposure immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the

 

164


Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Credit Documents, any Specified Hedging Agreement, any Bank Product Agreement or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 12.07 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

SECTION 12.08    Agent in Its Individual Capacity. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender”, “Lenders”, “Secured Party” and “Secured Parties” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

SECTION 12.09    Successor Agents. Either Agent may resign as Agent upon twenty (20) days’ notice to the Lenders, such other Agent and the Administrative Borrower. If either Agent shall resign as such Agent in its applicable capacity under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Administrative Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of such Agent in its applicable capacity, and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent”, as the case may be, shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Agent in its applicable capacity shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no applicable successor agent has accepted appointment as such Agent in its applicable capacity by the date that is twenty (20) days following such retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, such retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of such Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. After any retiring Agent’s resignation as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, the provisions of this Article XII shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was an Agent under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

SECTION 12.10    Agents Generally.

(a)    Except as expressly set forth herein, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

(b)    Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to impose any obligations or liability upon any Lead Arranger in such capacity.

 

165


SECTION 12.11    Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments.

(a)    Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of the Collateral Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Collateral Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any deposit accounts of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Collateral Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings to enforce any Credit Document against any Credit Party or to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

(b)    Subject to Section 13.09 and except in connection with any Extension Offer pursuant to Section 2.16, if, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from the Agents pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from the Agents in excess of such Lender’s pro rata share of all such distributions by Agents, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to the Collateral Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to the Collateral Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their pro rata shares; provided, that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

SECTION 12.12    Agency for Perfection. Collateral Agent hereby appoints each other Secured Party as its agent (and each Secured Party hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting the Collateral Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article VIII or Article IX, as applicable, of the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable state can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Secured Party obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Secured Party shall notify Collateral Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Collateral Agent or in accordance with Collateral Agent’s instructions.

SECTION 12.13    Lead Arrangers. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Lead Arrangers shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement, except in their respective capacities, if applicable, as an Agent or a Lender hereunder.

SECTION 12.14    Withholding. To the extent required by any applicable laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 5.04, each

 

166


Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.14. The agreements in this Section 12.14 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 12.14, the term “Lender” includes the Letter of Credit Issuer.

ARTICLE XIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 13.01    Amendments and Waivers.

(a)    Subject to Section 13.01(c) below, neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.01. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders may, or, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent, as applicable, may, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Agents, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, that, in lieu of the foregoing requirement, no such waiver, amendment, supplement or modification shall directly:

(i)    (A) reduce or forgive any portion of any Loan or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or extend the final scheduled maturity date of any Loan or reduce the stated interest rate (it being understood that any change to the definition of Total Net Leverage Ratio, or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the stated interest rate and only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrowers to pay interest at the “default rate” or amend Section 2.08(c)), or (B) reduce or forgive any portion or extend the date for the payment, of any interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest

 

167


rates and other than as a result of a waiver or amendment of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans or mandatory reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments (which shall not constitute an extension, forgiveness or postponement of any date for payment of principal, interest or fees)), or (C) reduce or extend the date for payment of any Unpaid Drawings, or (D) extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the applicable Maturity Date unless such Letter of Credit is Cash Collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Administrative Agent, or (E) decrease or forgive any Term Loan Repayment Amount, or (F) extend any scheduled Term Loan Repayment Date (other than as a result of a waiver or amendment of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans (which shall not constitute an extension of any scheduled Term Loan Repayment date)), or (G) amend or modify any provisions of Section 5.02(f), Section 13.09(b) or any other provision that provides for the pro rata nature of disbursements by or payments to Lenders (other than in connection with an Extension), in each case without the written consent of each Lender (other than Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders, if any) directly and adversely affected thereby;

(ii)    (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.01, (y) change, amend, modify or supplement the definition of “Required Lenders”, or any provision requiring the vote of all of the Lenders, or (z) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.03, Section 13.19, the Guarantee Agreement and the Security Documents), in each case without the written consent of each Lender (other than Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders, if any) directly and adversely affected thereby;

(iii)    increase the aggregate amount of any Commitment of any Lender without the consent of such Lender;

(iv)    amend, modify or waive any provision of Article XII without the written consent of the then-current Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent;

(v)    amend, modify or waive any provision of Article III without the written consent of the Letter of Credit Issuer;

(vi)    change any Commitment to a Commitment of a different Class in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender (other than Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders, if any) directly and adversely affected thereby;

(vii)    release all or substantially all of the Guarantors under the Guarantee Agreement (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee Agreement), or release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted thereby and in Section 13.19), in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender (other than Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders, if any);

(viii)    amend Section 2.09 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months if not agreed to by all applicable Lenders (other than Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders, if any);

(ix)    amend, modify or waive any provision of any Credit Document in a manner that by its terms has an adverse and disproportionate effect on the Loans held by Sponsor

 

168


Affiliated Equity Lenders relative to the Loans held by Lenders that are not Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders without the written consent of a majority in interest of Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders affected thereby;

(x)    amend, modify or waive Section 5.02(f) without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby or amend, modify or waive any other provision of any Credit Document in a manner that by its terms adversely affects the rights in respect of payments due to Lenders holding, or Collateral securing, Loans or other Obligations of any Class differently than those holding Loans or other Obligations of any other Class, without the written consent of Lenders (other than the Sponsor Affiliated Lenders, if any) holding a majority in interest of the outstanding Loans and unused Commitments under each affected Class;

provided, further, that any waiver, amendment or modification of this Agreement that by its terms affects the rights or duties under this Agreement of Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of a particular Class (but not the Lenders holding Loans or Commitments of any other Class) may be effected by an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Borrower and the requisite percentage in interest of the affected Class of Lenders that would be required to consent thereto under this Section 13.01 if such Class of Lenders were the only Class of Lenders hereunder at the time.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein:

(i)    except to the extent otherwise set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower to give effect to the transactions contemplated by Section 2.01(c), Section 2.16 or Section 2.18;

(ii)    the consent of the Required Lenders and at least two unaffiliated Lenders (that are not Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders or Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lenders) shall be required to approve any consent, waiver, amendment or other modification relating to Section 2.01(a) and (c) and Article X;

(iii)    the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders and at least two unaffiliated Revolving Credit Lenders (that are not Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lenders or Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lenders) shall be required to approve any consent, waiver, amendment or other modification relating to Section 7.01 (solely with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans) or Section 10.13 (including definitions of the financial terms used therein and cure provisions in Section 11.03);

(iv)    no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (x) the Commitments of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender, (y) the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees owing to such Defaulting Lender may not be reduced or such principal, interest or fees may not be forgiven, or (z) the date fixed for any payment of principal, interest or fees owing to such Defaulting Lender may not be postponed or waived or the date of termination of the commitment of any such Defaulting Lender hereunder may not be postponed, in each case, without the prior written consent of such Defaulting Lender;

 

169


(v)    schedules to this Agreement and the Security Pledge Agreement may be amended or supplemented by the delivery of a Compliance Certificate in accordance with, and solely to the extent set forth in, Section 9.01(d); and

(vi)    this Agreement and any other Credit Document may be amended solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment is delivered in order to correct or cure (x) ambiguities, errors, omissions, defects, (y) to effect administrative changes of a technical or immaterial nature or (z) incorrect cross references or similar inaccuracies in this Agreement or the applicable Credit Document. Guarantees, collateral documents, security documents, intercreditor agreements, and related documents executed in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, and may be amended, modified, terminated or waived, and consent to any departure therefrom may be given, without the consent of any Lender if such amendment, modification, waiver or consent is given in order to (x) comply with local law or advice of counsel or (y) cause such guarantee, collateral document, security document or related document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Any such amendment shall become effective without any further consent of any other party to such Credit Document.

SECTION 13.02    Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

(a)    General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i)    if to the Credit Parties, the Agents or the Letter of Credit Issuer, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii)    if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Administrative Borrower, the Agents and the Letter of Credit Issuer.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three (3) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 13.02(c)), when delivered; provided, that notices and other communications to the Agents and the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person.

 

170


(b)    Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Credit Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Credit Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(c)    Reliance by Agents and Lenders. The Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Notices of Borrowing and Letter of Credit Requests) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Credit Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. All telephonic notices to either Agent may be recorded by such Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

SECTION 13.03    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

SECTION 13.04    Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in the other Credit Documents shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder.

SECTION 13.05    Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnification. Without duplication for any amounts paid under Section 2.10 or Section 5.04, each Borrower agrees, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor (or immediately upon demand during the continuance of an Event of Default of the type set forth in Section 11.01(a)(i) or Section 11.01(h)), (a) to pay or reimburse the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel (limited to one lead counsel for the Agents and, if necessary, one local counsel in the relevant jurisdiction, and, in the case of any actual or perceived conflict of interest, one conflicts counsel to all Indemnified Parties, taken as a whole) to the Agents, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Agents for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Lenders and of counsel to the Agents (which shall be limited to one lead counsel and, if necessary, one local counsel in the relevant jurisdiction to the Lenders, as a group, and to the Agents, as another group), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold harmless each Lender and the Agents from any and all Other Taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or

 

171


modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, (d) to pay or reimburse Collateral Agent for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses incurred in exercising its rights under Section 9.13, (e) to pay, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Lender, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Letter of Credit Participant from and against any and all actual liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel, which such Person may incur or be subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit, other than as a result of, as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, the gross negligence, fraud, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Person (or its Related Party) or such Person’s (or its Related Party’s) material breach of the terms of this Agreement to the extent that such breach was not in response to or due to the material breach of this Agreement by any Credit Party, or (ii) the failure of the Letter of Credit Issuer to honor a Drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority, and (f) to pay, indemnify and hold harmless each Lender and the Agents, their transferees, and their respective Related Parties (the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever, including reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel, incurred by any Indemnified Party or asserted against any Indemnified Party by a third party or by any Borrower, any other Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates, whether or not a party hereto, arising out of, in connection with, as a result of or with respect to the enforcement, preservation or protection of its rights under, this Agreement (and the execution, delivery, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and any such other documents solely with respect to the Agents), the other Credit Documents and any such other documents, including all such costs and expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations and any of the foregoing relating to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law or any actual or alleged presence of Hazardous Materials applicable to the operations of each Credit Party, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their Real Property (all the foregoing in this clause (f), collectively, the “indemnified liabilities”); provided, that the Credit Parties shall have no obligation hereunder to the applicable Indemnified Party with respect to indemnified liabilities to the extent determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have arisen from (i) the bad faith, fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Party or any of such Indemnified Party’s subsidiaries or the respective officers, directors, employees or controlling persons of such Indemnified Party or any of such Indemnified Party’s subsidiaries, (ii) a material breach by such Indemnified Party of its obligations under any Credit Document which is not made in response to or due to a material breach by a Credit Party under any Credit Document or (iii) disputes among the Indemnified Parties for actions by one or more of the Agents which is outside of the scope of any such Agent’s capacity as an Agent hereunder and that does not involve any act or omission by Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective Affiliates; provided, further, that the Borrowers shall not be required to reimburse the legal fees and expenses of more than two outside counsels (in addition to special counsel and up to one local counsel in each applicable local jurisdiction) for all Persons indemnified hereunder unless, in the reasonable opinion of the

 

172


Administrative Agent or the reasonable opinion of its counsel, representation of all such indemnified Persons by such counsels would be inappropriate due to the existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest. The agreements in this Section 13.05 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder and termination of this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no Credit Party shall assert, and each Credit Party hereby waives, any claim against any of the Indemnified Parties, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no Indemnified Party shall assert, and each Indemnified Party hereby waives, any claim against any of the Credit Parties, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Credit Party shall be liable for any settlement (or expenses related thereto) effected without the Administrative Borrower’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), but if settled with the Administrative Borrower’s written consent, or if there is a final judgment, by a court of competent jurisdiction, for the plaintiff against an Indemnified Party in any proceeding related to such liabilities, the Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party to the extent and in the manner set forth above. None of the Indemnified Parties shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. Except as indicated otherwise with respect to Other Taxes, this Section 13.05 shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim.

SECTION 13.06    Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(b)    (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as set forth in Section 10.03, no Credit Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Credit Party without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 13.06. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of the Letter of Credit Issuer that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 13.06) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) any Lender shall be permitted to pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of such Lender’s rights hereunder including, but not limited to, any Loans and Letters of Credit (without the consent of,

 

173


or notice to or any other action by, any other party hereto) to secure the obligations of such Lender or any of its Affiliates to any Person providing any loan, letter of credit or other extension of credit to or for the account of such Lender or any of its Affiliates and any agent, trustee or representative of such Person and (b) the Agents shall be permitted to pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of their respective rights hereunder or under the other Credit Documents, including, but not limited to, rights to payment (without the consent of, or notice to or any other action by, any other party hereto), to secure the obligations of such Agent or any of its Affiliates to any Person providing any loan, letter of credit or other extension of credit to or for the account of such Agent or any of its Affiliates and any agent, trustee or representative of such Person; provided that no Lender may enter into any agreement that provides for greater voting rights than those provided herein.

(c)    (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (other than to a Defaulting Lender or, except with respect to assignment of the Term Loans permitted under paragraph (b)(ii)(A) below, to the Borrowers or to any of the Borrowers’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (which consent in each case shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A)    the Administrative Borrower; provided, that (1) no consent of the Administrative Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if a Specified Event of Default has occurred, to any other assignee other than any Excluded Transferee, (2) the Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof and (3) the consent of the Administrative Borrower shall not be required in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans and Commitments to Persons identified by the Lead Arrangers to the Administrative Borrower or the Sponsor prior to the Closing Date;

(B)    the Administrative Agent; provided, that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

(ii)    Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A)    assignments of Term Loans to Credit Parties shall be permitted from the Lenders through open market purchases and/or Dutch auction or similar procedures open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures, so long as such assigned Loans are automatically extinguished or cancelled upon purchase thereof and, in addition; provided that (i) no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) such payments by the applicable Credit Parties are otherwise in compliance with Sections 10.05 and 10.06, and (iii) no proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility are used to make such purchases; provided, further, that none of Holdings, the Borrowers or their respective Affiliates shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

 

174


(B)    except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans of any Class, the amount of the (i) Term Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be at least $500,000 and in multiples of $250,000 in excess thereof and/or (ii) Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall be at least $500,000 and in multiples of $250,000 in excess thereof (provided, that for purposes of calculating such minimum amounts any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment together with a Letter of Credit Sub-Commitment shall be aggregated), unless each of the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents, which consent, in each case, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that no such consent of the Administrative Borrower shall be required if a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that contemporaneous assignments to a single assignee made by affiliated Lenders or related Approved Funds and contemporaneous assignments by a single assignor to affiliated Lenders or related Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting the minimum assignment amount requirements stated above;

(C)    each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, that this paragraph shall not be construed to prohibit the assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of one Class of Commitments or Loans;

(D)    the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided, that no such fee shall be payable for any assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund;

(E)    in no event shall any assignee be an Excluded Transferee except upon the written consent of the Administrative Borrower; and

(F)    the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and any and all documentation and other information with respect to the assignee that is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering regulations, including the Patriot Act.

In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to such assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Administrative Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee (by its execution and delivery of the applicable Assignment and Acceptance to the Administrative Agent) and assignor

 

175


hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and Letter of Credit Participations in accordance with its Revolving Credit Commitment Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

(iii)    Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of this Section 13.06, from and after the date each Assignment and Acceptance is recorded in the Register, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of (and be subject to the obligations of) Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.05, 5.04 and 13.05); provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.06 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section 13.06.

(iv)    The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose on behalf of the Borrowers (but not as an agent, fiduciary or for any other purposes), shall maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Total Commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans and any payment made by the Letter of Credit Issuer under any Letter of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Further, the Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Credit Parties, the Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register, as in effect at the close of business on the preceding Business Day, shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers, the Letter of Credit Issuer and, solely with respect to the Loans and other Obligations owing to such Lender, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 13.06(b) shall be construed so that the Loans and Letters of Credit are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

 

176


(v)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder) and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b)(i) of this Section 13.06, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless and until it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(d)    (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Administrative Borrower, the Agents or the Letter of Credit Issuer, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers, any of each Borrower’s respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries, or, unless a Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any Excluded Transferee) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided, that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided, that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) of the first proviso to Section 13.01. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section 13.06, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of (and be subject to the obligations of) Sections 2.10, 2.11 and 5.04 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 13.06. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.09(b) as though it were a Lender, provided, that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.09(a) as though it were a Lender.

(i)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Administrative Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 5.04 unless the Administrative Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrowers, to comply with Section 5.04(b) as though it were a Lender (subject to the specific provisions governing participations under Section 5.04(b)). Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Credit Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided, that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in

 

177


registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

SECTION 13.07     Replacements of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances.

(a)    The Borrowers, at their sole cost and expense, shall be permitted to either (x) replace any Lender (or any Participant), other than an Affiliate of any Agent, and (y) terminate the Commitments of such Lender, in each case, that (i) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10, Section 2.11, Section 2.12, Section 3.05 or Section 5.04, (ii) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (iii) is a Defaulting Lender, provided, that (A) such replacement does not conflict with any Applicable Law, (B) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (C) the Borrowers shall repay (or the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par) all Loans and other amounts (other than any disputed amounts) pursuant to Section 2.10, Section 2.11, Section 2.12, Section 3.05 or Section 5.04, as the case may be, owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (D) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (E) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.06 (except that such replaced Lender shall not be obligated to pay any processing and recordation fee required pursuant thereto) and (F) any such replacement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, any Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such replaced Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such replaced Lender, then such replaced Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the replaced Lender.

(b)    If any Lender (a “Non-Consenting Lender”) has (x) failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination, which pursuant to the terms of Section 13.01 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent or (y) becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, provided, that no Default or Event of Default then exists, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Non-Consenting Lender grants such consent), at their own cost and expense, to replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and Commitments to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, except to the extent such replacement Lender is the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Affiliate thereof, provided, that: (i) all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment and (ii) the replacement Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon plus the Applicable

 

178


Prepayment Premium. In connection with any such assignment, the Borrowers, the Agents, such Non-Consenting Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.06 (except that such Non-Consenting Lender shall not be obligated to pay any processing and recordation fee required pursuant thereto); provided, that if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the replaced Lender.

(c)    [Reserved].

(d)    [Reserved].

(e)    If any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer becomes an Objecting Non-Funding Lender, then the Initial Term Lenders who are not Objecting Non-Funding Lenders shall have the right (unless such Objecting Non-Funding Lender agrees to fund any Revolving Credit Loans or issue any Letter of Credit that have been requested of it in accordance with this Agreement), at their own cost and expense, to purchase (ratably as between the other Lenders, or as they may otherwise agree) from such Objecting Non-Funding Lender via assignment, and to require such Objecting Non-Funding Lender to assign, all of such Objecting Non-Funding Lender’s Loans and Commitments. In such case, the purchasing Initial Term Lenders shall purchase such Objecting Non-Funding Lender’s Loans and Commitments by paying to such Objecting Non-Funding Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus any Unused Revolving Credit Commitment Fee and Letter of Credit fees, plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium. No consent of a Credit Party shall be required for any assignment in accordance with this Section 13.07(e). In connection with any such assignment, the Agents, such Objecting Non-Funding Lender and the purchasing Initial Term Lenders shall otherwise comply with Section 13.06, except that neither such Objecting Non-Funding Lender nor any purchasing Initial Term Lender shall be obligated to pay any processing and recordation fee required pursuant thereto; provided, that if such Objecting Non-Funding Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee purchasing Initial Term Lenders execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance to such Objecting Non-Funding Lender, then such Objecting Non-Funding Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any further action by such Objecting Non-Funding Lender.

(f)    If any Lender or Letter of Credit Issuer becomes an Objecting Non-Funding Lender, then, to the extent that the Initial Term Lenders who are not Objecting Non-Funding Lenders have been provided a reasonable opportunity to purchase the Loans and Commitments of such Objecting Non-Funding Lender (which shall not be less than ten (10) Business Days) and have declined or failed to make such purchase, the Borrowers shall have the right (unless such Objecting Non-Funding Lender agrees to fund any Revolving Credit Loan or issue any Letter of Credit that have been requested of it in accordance with this Agreement), at their own cost and expense, to replace such Objecting Non-Funding Lender by requiring such Objecting Non-Funding Lender to assign its Loans and Commitments to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, except to the extent such replacement Lender is an Agent,

 

179


any Affiliate of an Agent, a Sponsor Affiliated Lender or Person who would become a Sponsor Affiliated Lender upon the completion of such assignment (subject to the other limitations in respect of Sponsor Affiliated Lenders set forth in Section 13.01, Section 13.25, the definition of Required Lenders and otherwise in this Agreement); provided, that (i) all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Objecting Non-Funding Lender being replaced shall be paid in full to such Objecting Non-Funding Lender concurrently with such assignment and (ii) the replacement Lender or the Borrowers, as the case may be, shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus any Unused Revolving Credit Commitment Fee and Letter of Credit fees, plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium. In connection with any such assignment, the Agents, such Objecting Non-Funding Lender and the replacement Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.06, except that neither such Objecting Non-Funding Lender nor the replacement Lender shall be obligated to pay any processing and recordation fee required pursuant thereto; provided, that if such Objecting Non-Funding Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee replacement Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Objecting Non-Funding Lender, then such Objecting Non-Funding Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any further action by such Objecting Non-Funding Lender. Golub, to the extent that it is an Agent at any time that this Section 13.07(f) is invoked, agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to assist the Borrowers (upon the Administrative Borrower’s request) in arranging a replacement Lender hereunder.

SECTION 13.08     Securitization. The Credit Parties hereby acknowledge that the Lenders and their Affiliates may securitize the Loans (a “Securitization”) through the pledge of the Loans as collateral security for loans to the Lenders or their Affiliates or through the sale of the Loans or the issuance of direct or indirect interests in the Loans to their controlled Affiliates, which loans to the Lenders or their Affiliates or direct or indirect interests will be rated by Moody’s, S&P or one or more other rating agencies. The Credit Parties shall, to the extent commercially reasonable, cooperate with the Lenders and their Affiliates to effect any and all Securitizations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such Securitization shall release the Lender party thereto from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any pledgee, secured party or any other party to such Securitization for such Lender as a party hereto and no change in ownership of the Loans may be effected except pursuant to Section 13.06.

SECTION 13.09    Adjustments; Set-off.

(a)     If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment of all or part of its Loans, or interest thereon, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.01(h), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact and (ii) purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably with each of the Lenders; provided, that (i) if all or

 

180


any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest and (ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.14, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or Letter of Credit Participations to any assignee or participant (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff.

Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

(b)    After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the extent consented to by Collateral Agent, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrowers or any other Credit Party, any such notice being expressly waived by the Credit Parties to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrowers hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers, as the case may be. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Administrative Borrower and the Agents after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

SECTION 13.10    Counterparts. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be executed by one or more of the parties thereto on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Administrative Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent.

 

181


SECTION 13.11     Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.11, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law), as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 13.12    Integration. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Credit Parties, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any party hereto or thereto relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

SECTION 13.13    GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED OTHERWISE THEREIN) AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT (A) THE INTERPRETATION OF THE DEFINITION OF COMPANY MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT AND WHETHER OR NOT SUCH COMPANY MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT HAS OCCURRED AND (B) THE DETERMINATION OF WHETHER THE TRANSACTIONS HAVE BEEN CONSUMMATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE ACQUISITION AGREEMENT, AND CLAIMS OR DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF SUCH DETERMINATION OR ANY ASPECT OF SUCH DETERMINATION SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WHETHER STATUTORY OR COMMON LAW) WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAWS RULES.

SECTION 13.14     Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a)    submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the state of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b)    consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

182


(c)    agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the applicable party at its respective address set forth on Schedule 13.02 or on Schedule 1.01(a) or at such other address of which the Agents shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d)    agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;

(e)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, all rights of rescission, setoff, counterclaims, and other defenses in connection with the repayment of the Obligations; and

(f)    waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.14 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

SECTION 13.15    Acknowledgments. Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges that:

(a)    it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

(b)    neither the Agents nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Credit Parties arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents, and the relationship between any Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c)    no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Credit Parties and the Lenders.

SECTION 13.16    WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE CREDIT PARTIES, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 13.17    Confidentiality. Each Agent and Lender shall hold all non-public information relating to any Credit Party or any Subsidiary of any Credit Party obtained pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement or in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder (“Confidential Information”) confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and (in the case of a Lender that is a bank) in accordance with safe and sound banking practices; provided, that Confidential Information may be disclosed by any Agent or Lender:

 

183


(a)    as required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof (including, without limitation, public disclosures by any Agent, Lender, Letter of Credit Issuer or any of their Related Parties to any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners, as required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (including for purposes of complying with the filing requirements thereof) or any other governmental or regulatory authority), in which case, such Person agrees, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law or such compulsory legal process, to use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly inform the Administrative Borrower thereof prior to such disclosure and cooperate with the Borrowers to obtain a protective order or similar confidential treatment;

(b)    pursuant to legal process;

(c)    in connection with the enforcement of any rights or exercise of any remedies by such Agent or Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document;

(d)    to such Agent’s or Lender’s (i) attorneys, professional advisors, independent auditors, funding sources, financing sources, potential financing sources or Affiliates or (ii) respective partners, members, investors, lenders, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives and such Agent or Lender shall be responsible for such Person’s compliance with this Agreement;

(e)    to any examiner or rating agency;

(f)    in connection with:

(i)    the establishment of any special purpose funding vehicle with respect to the Loans,

(ii)    any Securitization permitted under Section 13.08;

(iii)    any prospective assignment of, or participation in, its rights and obligations pursuant to Section 13.06, to prospective permitted assignees or Participants, as the case may be;

(iv)    any Hedging Agreement entered into or proposed to be entered into in connection with the Loans made hereunder, to actual or proposed direct or indirect contractual counterparties;

(v)    any actual or proposed credit facility for loans, letters of credit or other extensions of credit to or for the account of such Agent or Lender or any of its Affiliates, to any Person providing or proposing to provide such loan, letter of credit or other extension of credit or any agent, trustee or representative of such Person; and

(vi)    to the extent necessary or customary for, inclusion in league table measurements or in any tombstone or other advertising or marketing materials;

 

184


(g)    otherwise to the extent consisting of general portfolio information that does not identify borrowers; or

(h)    with the consent of the Administrative Borrower; or

(i)    to the extent that such Confidential Information is or becomes publicly available other than by reason of disclosure by such Agent or Lender in violation of this Agreement;

provided, that in the case of clause (e) hereof, the Person to whom Confidential Information is so disclosed is advised of and has been directed to comply with the provisions of this Section 13.17.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (A) each of the Agents, the Lenders and any Affiliate thereof is hereby expressly permitted by the Credit Parties to refer to any Credit Party and any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any promotion or marketing undertaken by such Agent, Lender or Affiliate in connection with this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Transaction Documents or any of the Transactions, and, for such purpose, such Agent, Lender or Affiliate may utilize any trade name, trademark, logo or other distinctive symbol associated with such Credit Party or such Subsidiary or any of their businesses and (B) any information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by any Agent or Lender) shall not be subject to the provisions of this Section 13.17.

EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION 13.17) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING EACH CREDIT PARTY AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE CREDIT PARTIES OR ANY AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE CREDIT PARTIES AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE CREDIT PARTIES AND THE AGENTS THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 13.18    Press Releases, etc. Each Credit Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to publish any press release or other similar public disclosure or announcements (including any marketing materials) regarding this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Transaction Documents, or any of the Transactions, without the consent of the Collateral Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

185


SECTION 13.19    Releases of Guarantees and Liens.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Credit Document, the Collateral Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Secured Party (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Secured Party except as expressly required by Section 13.01) to take, and shall take, any action requested by the Administrative Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) if any Collateral becomes or is deemed to be Excluded Property, (ii) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction permitted by any Credit Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 13.01 or (iii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

(b)    (i) Upon the Termination Date or (ii) at such time as any item of Collateral (including, without limitation, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary that owns Collateral) is subject to a Disposition permitted under this Agreement, such Collateral shall automatically be released from the Liens and security interests created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and, with respect to the happening of the event described in clause (b)(i) of this Section 13.19 all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Collateral Agent and each Credit Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

(c)    Upon request by the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any guarantee obligations pursuant to this Section 13.19. In each case as specified in this Section 13.19, the Collateral Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent to), at the Borrowers’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Credit Party such documents as such Credit Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral or guarantee obligation from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Credit Documents and this Section 13.19.

SECTION 13.20    USA Patriot Act. Each Lender hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Credit Parties, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. Each Credit Party agrees to provide all such information to the Lenders upon request by any Agent at any time, whether with respect to any Person who is a Credit Party on the Closing Date or who becomes a Credit Party thereafter.

SECTION 13.21    No Fiduciary Duty. Each Credit Party, on behalf of itself and its Subsidiaries, agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, the Credit Parties, their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by

 

186


implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Agents, the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Lenders or their respective Affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications.

SECTION 13.22    Authorized Officers. The execution of any certificate requirement hereunder by an Authorized Officer shall be considered to have been done solely in such Authorized Officer’s capacity as an officer of the applicable Credit Party (and not individually). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Secured Parties shall be entitled to rely and act on any certificate, notice or other document delivered by or on behalf of any Person purporting to be an Authorized Officer of a Credit Party and shall have no duty to inquire as to the actual incumbency or authority of such Person.

SECTION 13.23    Assumption of Obligations. Immediately following consummation of the Merger, on the Closing Date, the Successor Subsidiary Borrower hereby expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably assumes all Indebtedness and Obligations of the Initial Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and the Successor Subsidiary Borrower expressly, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to pay, perform and discharge such Indebtedness and Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and otherwise be liable for such Indebtedness and to perform and discharge all of the Obligations and any and all covenants and other obligations under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and the Successor Subsidiary Borrower will become the “Subsidiary Borrower” for all purposes under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and the Indebtedness and Obligations of the Initial Subsidiary Borrower as a Borrower hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall be automatically and irrevocably released.

SECTION 13.24    [Reserved].

SECTION 13.25    Special Provisions as to Sponsor Affiliated Lenders.

(a)    A Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender may purchase and be assigned Term Loans on a non-pro rata basis through open market purchases and/or Dutch auction or similar procedures open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures; provided, that (i) no Specified Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such purchase, (ii) Term Loans owned or held by a Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender shall be excluded in the determination of any Required Lender vote, (iii) Term Loans (and any Incremental Term Loans) owned by a Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender shall not, in the aggregate, exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the Term Loan Facility (including for these purposes, any Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Term Loan Commitments), (iv) a Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender shall not be permitted to attend any “lender only” conference calls or meetings or receive any related “lender only” information or bring any claims against any Agent in its capacity as a “Lender”, and (v) no Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender (nor any affiliates thereof) shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their respective securities (provided, that they shall identify themselves as Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender). Without limiting the provisions of Article XII and notwithstanding any provision of Section 13.01 to the contrary, in the event of any insolvency or liquidation proceeding of any Credit Party, (a) any vote or consent that any Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender may be entitled to cast or give solely as a holder of any of the Loans, including but

 

187


not limited to any vote under Section 1126 of the Bankruptcy Code, shall be deemed assigned for all purposes to the Administrative Agent, which shall cast such vote and give, or refrain from giving, such consent at the direction of the Required Lenders; provided, that, in no event shall the Administrative Agent cast such vote or give, or refrain from giving, such consent in respect of a plan of reorganization if such Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender would, as a consequence thereof, receive treatment under such plan of reorganization that, on a ratable basis, would be inferior to that of other Lenders holding the same Class of Loans who are not Sponsor Affiliated Lenders (the “Sponsor Unaffiliated Lenders”), without such Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender’s consent. If any superior treatment is provided to any such Sponsor Unaffiliated Lender solely on account of any investment made, or other action taken, by such Sponsor Unaffiliated Lender under a plan of reorganization (other than the investment of the making of the Loans), then such Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender consent shall not be required, so long as such Sponsor Affiliated Equity Lender is afforded the opportunity to ratably participate in such investment or to take such action.

(b)    A Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender may purchase and be assigned Term Loans on a non-pro rata basis through open market purchases and/or Dutch auction or similar procedures open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with customary procedures; provided, that for any Required Lender vote, Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lenders may not, in the aggregate, account for more than forty-nine and nine tenths percent (49.9%) of the amounts included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any amendment or waiver.

(c)    A Sponsor Affiliated Debt Lender may (but is not required to) contribute any Term Loans acquired to Target or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of cancelling such Indebtedness, which may include contribution (with the consent of the Administrative Borrower) to the Borrowers (whether through any of their direct or indirect parent entities or otherwise) in exchange for equity securities of such parent entity or such Borrower that are otherwise permitted to be issued by such entity or such Borrower at such time.

SECTION 13.26    Currency.

(a)    Currency Conversion Procedures for Judgments. If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or under any other Credit Document in any currency (the “Original Currency”) into another currency (the “Other Currency”), the parties hereby agree, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which, on the relevant date, in accordance with its normal banking procedures, Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and each Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment could purchase the Original Currency with the Other Currency after any premium and costs of exchange on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b)    Indemnity in Certain Events. The obligation of the Borrowers in respect of any sum due from the Borrowers to any Secured Party hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any Other Currency, whether pursuant to a judgment or otherwise, be discharged only to the extent that, on the Business Day of receipt (if received by 1:00 p.m. (New York time), and otherwise on the following Business Day) by any Secured Party of any sum adjudged to be so due in such Other Currency, such Secured Party may, on the relevant date, in accordance with its

 

188


normal banking procedures, purchase the Original Currency with such Other Currency. If the amount of the Original Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Secured Party in the Original Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding such judgment or payment, to indemnify such Secured Party against such loss.

(c)    Currency Conversion Procedures Generally. For purposes of determining compliance with any incurrence or expenditure tests set forth in Sections 9 and/or 10 or with Dollar-based basket levels appearing hereunder or in definitions contained in Section 1.01, any amounts so incurred, expended or utilized (to the extent incurred, expended or utilized in a currency other than Dollars) shall be converted into Dollars on the basis of the exchange rates (as shown on Reuters ECB page 37 or on such other basis as is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) as in effect on the date of such incurrence, expenditure or utilization under any provision of any such Section or definition that has an aggregate Dollar limitation provided for therein (and to the extent the respective incurrence, expenditure or utilization test regulates the aggregate amount outstanding at any time and it is expressed in terms of Dollars, all outstanding amounts originally incurred or spent in currencies other than Dollars shall be converted into Dollars on the basis of the exchange rates (as shown on Reuters ECB page 37 or on such other basis as is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) as in effect on the date of any new incurrence, expenditure or utilization made under any provision of any such Section that regulates the Dollar amount outstanding at any time).

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

189


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

HOLDINGS:    

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE
HOLDINGS III, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

                   By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Vice President
BORROWERS:    

Immediately prior to the consummation of
the Merger, as the Initial Subsidiary
Borrower:

 

PIV MERGER SUB, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Executive Vice President
   

Immediately following the consummation
of the Merger, as the Successor Subsidiary
Borrower:

 

INSTRUCTURE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Executive Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


   

As the Parent Borrower:

 

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

                   By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Vice President

GUARANTORS:

   

PRACTICE XYZ, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

PORTFOLIUM, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

MASTERYCONNECT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

INSTRUCTURE HOLDING LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Executive Vice President

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


As Lenders:

 

GC FINANCE OPERATIONS
MULTICURRENCY, LLC

By:   GC Finance Operations II, Inc., its sole member
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GC FINANCE OPERATIONS LLC
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GOLUB CAPITAL FINANCE FUNDING III, LLC
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GBDC 3 FUNDING LLC
By:   Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., its sole member
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


GBDC 3 HOLDINGS LLC
By:   Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., its sole member
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:

 

Alexis Maged

Title:

 

Authorized Signatory

OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.,
as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:

  Alexis Maged

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Yu

Name:

  David Yu

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
GOLDMAN SACHS PRIVATE MIDDLE MARKET CREDIT II LLC,
as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Yu

Name:

  David Yu

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

GOLDMAN SACHS MIDDLE MARKET LENDING CORP.,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Yu

Name:

  David Yu

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

SENIOR CREDIT (UWF) LLC,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Yu

Name:

  David Yu

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

SENIOR CREDIT FUND (UCR) SPV LLC,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ David Yu

Name:

  David Yu

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


MC INCOME PLUS FINANCING SPV LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III FINANCING SPV LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (UNLEVERAGED) LP,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LP,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND VT LP,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MC FINANCING SPV I, LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL INCOME PLUS CORPORATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


NEW MOUNTAIN FINANCE CORPORATION,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Managing Director, Authorized Person

NEW MOUNTAIN FINANCE DB, L.L.C.,

as a wholly-owned subsidiary of New

Mountain Finance Corporation,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Managing Director, Authorized Person

NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN
PARTNERS II, L.P.,

as a Lender

By:   New Mountain Guardian II GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Person

NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN II
MASTER FUND-A, L.P.,

as a Lender

By   New Mountain Guardian II Master Fund-A GP, L.L.C., its General Partner
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Person

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN III BDC, L.L.C.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Person

NMF SLF I, INC.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Person

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


THOMA BRAVO CREDIT FUND II, L.P.,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner

TBCF II, LLC,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO

CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FIRST INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is dated as of December 22, 2020 and is entered into by (i) INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), (ii) INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Parent Borrower”), (iii) INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Administrative Borrower”), (iv) the other Subsidiaries of Holdings signatory hereto, as Guarantors, (iv) the 2020 Incremental Lenders (as defined below) and any other Lenders party hereto that constitute all Lenders (any such Lender, a “Consenting Lender” and collectively, the “Consenting Lenders”) and (v) GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC (“Golub”), as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), and amends that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2020 (the “Credit Agreement”, and as amended by this Amendment, the “Amended Credit Agreement”), by and among, inter alios, Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Administrative Borrower, the other Guarantors signatory thereto, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Golub, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the same meanings herein as set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.01(c) of the Credit Agreement, the Administrative Borrower may request that lenders provide Incremental Term Loan Commitments by entering into an amendment executed by the Credit Parties, the Administrative Agent and the lenders providing such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Administrative Borrower has requested and the lenders identified on Schedule A hereto (each a “2020 Incremental Lender”, and collectively, the “2020 Incremental Lenders”) have agreed to provide, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Incremental Term Loan Commitments in an aggregate principal amount of $70,000,000.00 in accordance with Section 2.01(c) of the Credit Agreement, which will be established as a separate tranche from the tranche of Initial Term Loans (as defined in the Amended Credit Agreement) under the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Administrative Borrower intends to use the proceeds of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans (as defined below) for the purposes set forth in Section I.E.;

WHEREAS, the Administrative Borrower has requested, pursuant to Sections 2.01(c)(vi) and 13.01 of the Credit Agreement, that the provisions of the Credit Agreement be amended as set forth in this Amendment and certain waivers be entered into in connection with the Credit Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the 2020 Incremental Lenders and the Consenting Lenders desire to amend the Credit Agreement and grant the waivers on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


SECTION I.    INCREMENTAL TERM LOANS

A.    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the Credit Agreement, each 2020 Incremental Lender severally agrees to make an Incremental Term Loan (collectively, the “2020 Incremental Term Loans”) by delivering immediately available funds to the Administrative Borrower on the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined below) in a principal amount equal to the amount set forth opposite such 2020 Incremental Lender’s name on Schedule A attached hereto (the “2020 Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) and the existing Schedule 1.01(a) to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to include the information set forth on Schedule A attached hereto. The 2020 Incremental Term Loan Commitments of each 2020 Incremental Lender hereunder will terminate upon the making in full by such 2020 Incremental Lender of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans referred to herein. Once borrowed, amounts repaid in respect of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

B.    With respect to the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, this Amendment shall constitute the notice required pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i) of the Credit Agreement and an incremental amendment for purposes of Section 2.01(c)(vi) of the Credit Agreement, and the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be deemed to be incurred pursuant to clause (B) of Section 2.01(c)(ii) of the Credit Agreement notwithstanding that, as of the First Amendment Effective Date, (x) the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio may exceed the Recurring Revenue Incremental Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis and (y) the Administrative Borrower may not have delivered the notice contemplated by the provisions of Section 2.01(c)(iii)(B) of the Credit Agreement. In reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the Borrowers and each other Credit Party contained in this Amendment, and subject to the effectiveness and the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the Consenting Lenders hereby consent to the incurrence of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans in reliance on clause (B) of Section 2.01(c)(ii) of the Credit Agreement and waive the requirements that (x) the LQA Recurring Revenue Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed the Recurring Revenue Incremental Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis solely for such incurrence and (y) the Administrative Borrower deliver the notice contemplated by the provisions of Section 2.01(c)(iii)(B) of the Credit Agreement.

C.    After the funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be added as a new tranche of Term Loans under the Amended Credit Agreement and the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute a separate Tranche of Term Loans apart from the Initial Term Loans. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein or in the Credit Agreement, except as set forth herein (including the amendments set forth in Section III hereof), the terms of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be the same as the terms of the Initial Term Loans. Upon the First Amendment Effective Date, each 2020 Incremental Lender shall be a Lender, for all purposes of the Amended Credit Agreement, with an outstanding Term Loan under the Amended Credit Agreement. Following the First Amendment Effective Date and the funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, each reference to “Term Loans” in the Credit Documents shall be a reference to the Initial Term Loans and the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, and each reference to “Lenders” in the Credit Documents shall include the 2020 Incremental Lenders, in each case, unless the context shall require otherwise, and the 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” under the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure that all such 2020 Incremental Term Loans, when made, are Term Loans for all purposes under the Credit Documents, and the Administrative Agent is authorized to mark the Register accordingly to reflect the amendments and adjustments set forth herein.

D.    The 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be made as a single Eurodollar Term Loan, with an initial Interest Period that commences on the First Amendment Effective Date and ends on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Initial Term Loans. During such initial Interest Period, the interest rate (i.e., Applicable Margin plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate) applicable to the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be the same interest rate (i.e., Applicable Margin plus the relevant Eurodollar Rate) applicable for the Initial Term Loans (after giving effect to the amendments contemplated by this Amendment).

 

2


E.    The proceeds of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be used (a) to fund the consideration payable in order to consummate the Certica Transactions on the First Amendment Effective Date, (b) to refinance certain existing debt of Certica Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Certica”), and its subsidiaries, (c) to pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Certica Transactions and (d) for the purposes set forth in Section 9.12(d) of the Amended Credit Agreement.

F.    The 2020 Incremental Term Loans shall be repaid in accordance with Section 2.05(b) of the Amended Credit Agreement and shall otherwise be the same as the Initial Term Loans.

SECTION II.    PERMITTED ACQUISITION

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Credit Document to the contrary, the Administrative Agent, 2020 Incremental Lenders and the Consenting Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Certica Acquisition shall be deemed to be a Permitted Acquisition pursuant to clause (a) of the definition thereof for all purposes under this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

SECTION III.    AMENDMENTS TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT

The parties hereto agree that, on the First Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall hereby be amended as follows:

A.    Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in appropriate alphabetical order:

2020 Incremental Lenders” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Amendment.

2020 Incremental Term Loans” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Amendment.

2020 Incremental Term Loan Commitments” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Amendment; the original aggregate amount of the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date is $70,000,000.

2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii).

2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii).

Certica” means Certica Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation.

Certica Acquisition” means the series of transactions in which Administrative Borrower will acquire directly or indirectly all of the outstanding equity interests of Certica pursuant to the Certica Acquisition Agreement.

Certica Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Share Purchase Agreement made and entered into as of November 23, 2020, by and among the Administrative Borrower, Certica Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Certica, together with the exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto and any amendments, modifications or waivers of any of the provisions thereof.

 

3


Certica Transactions” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Certica Acquisition (including all transactions contemplated by the Certica Acquisition Agreement), (b) the execution and delivery of the First Amendment and the Credit Documents executed in connection therewith by the Credit Parties, the Borrowings thereunder on the First Amendment Effective Date and the application of the proceeds thereof as contemplated by the First Amendment, and (c) the payment of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the foregoing.

First Amendment” means the First Incremental Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2020, among Holdings, the Administrative Borrower, the Guarantors party thereto, the 2020 Incremental Lenders, the other Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

First Amendment Effective Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the First Amendment.

Initial Term Loan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a)(i), which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any 2020 Incremental Term Loans.

Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

Initial Term Loan Repayment Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(i).

B.    The following definitions shall be amended and restated in their entirety as set forth below:

““Term Loan” means, as the context may require, the Initial Term Loans, any Incremental Term Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any 2020 Incremental Term Loans), Refinancing Term Loan and/or any Extended Term Loan and, as so defined, includes an ABR Loan or a Eurodollar Loan, each of which is a Type of Term Loan hereunder. As of the First Amendment Effective Date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans is $841,125,000.

Term Loan Commitment” shall mean, (a) in the case of each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(a) as such Lender’s “Term Loan Commitment”, (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Term Loan Commitment” in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Term Loan Commitment and/or (c) any Incremental Term Loan Commitments (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any 2020 Incremental Term Loan Commitments), in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.”

C.    Section 2.01(a)(i) shall be amended and restated as set forth below:

“(a) Term Loans.

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender having a Term Loan Commitment severally agrees to make a loan or loans (collectively, the “Initial Term Loans” and each, individually, an “Initial Term Loan”) in the amount and in the currency set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.01(a) under “Term Loan Commitment” to the Borrowers, which Initial Term Loans (i) shall not exceed, for any such Lender, the applicable Term Loan Commitment of such Lender, (ii) shall not exceed, together with all other Term Loans, in the

 

4


aggregate, the Total Term Loan Commitment, (iii) shall be made on the Closing Date, (iv) may, at the option of the Administrative Borrower be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or Eurodollar Term Loans; provided, that all such Initial Term Loans made by each of the Lenders shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Initial Term Loans of the same Type, and (v) may be repaid or prepaid in accordance with the provisions hereof, but once repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.”

D.    Section 2.01(c)(v) shall be amended and restated as set forth below:

“(v)    Terms. The final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loan shall be no earlier (but may be later) than the final stated maturity date of the initial Term Loans and the weighted average life to maturity of any such Incremental Term Loan shall not be shorter (but may be longer) than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the initial Term Loans (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of Term Loans prior to such date of determination). The interest rates and, subject to the sentence above, the amortization schedule applicable to any Incremental Term Loan, shall be determined by the Borrowers and the lenders thereunder and each Incremental Revolving Credit Loan shall not have amortization or scheduled mandatory commitment reductions (other than at maturity). The final maturity date of any Incremental Revolving Credit Loan shall be no earlier (but may be later) than the final stated maturity date of the initial Revolving Credit Loans. The all-in yield (including interest rate margins, any interest rate floors, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar yield-related discounts, deductions or payments (based on the lesser of a four-year average life to maturity or the remaining life to maturity), but excluding reasonable, customary and bona fide arrangement, structuring, amendment, underwriting and/or similar fees paid or payable to any arranger or any arranger’s Affiliates with respect to such Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan) applicable to any Incremental Term Loan (other than the 2020 Incremental Term Loans) or any new Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall not be more than 0.50% per annum higher than the corresponding all-in yield (determined on the same basis) applicable to the then outstanding initial Term Loans or the then outstanding initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, or any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, unless the interest rate margin (and the interest rate floor, if applicable) with respect to the then outstanding initial Term Loans or initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, and each outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as the case may be, is increased by an amount equal to the difference between the all-in yield with respect to the Incremental Term Loan or the Incremental Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, and the all-in yield on the then outstanding initial Term Loans or initial Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, and any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan or Incremental Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, minus 0.50% per annum. Except with respect to amortization, pricing and final maturity as set forth in this clause (v), any Incremental Term Loan shall be on terms substantially similar to the initial Term Loans or no more onerous than the terms applicable to the then outstanding initial Term Loans, or any outstanding prior Incremental Term Loan (excluding terms applicable after the Latest Maturity Date) or terms otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, that representations, warranties, covenants and events of default with respect to such Incremental Term Loan may be inconsistent with the initial Term Loans so long as, if any such representation, warranty, covenant or event of default is in addition to, or more restrictive than, those applicable to the initial Term Loans, either (x) the initial Term Loans shall receive the benefit of any such additional or more restrictive representation, warranty, covenant or event of default or (y) such representations, warranties, covenants or events of default shall be effective after the Maturity Date applicable to the initial Term Loans. Any Incremental Revolving Credit Loans shall be on the same terms (including all-in pricing and maturity date but excluding reasonable, customary and bona fide arrangement, structuring, amendment, underwriting and/or similar fees

 

5


paid or payable to any arranger or any arranger’s Affiliates with respect to such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) as, and pursuant to documentation applicable to, the initial Revolving Credit Loans. The currency of any Incremental Facility shall be Dollars or any other currency reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders providing such Incremental Facility.”

E.    Section 2.05(b) shall be amended and restated as set forth below:

“(b) Term Loans. (i) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders of the Initial Term Loans, on each date set forth below (each, an “Initial Term Loan Repayment Date” and together with the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date (as defined below), each, an “Term Loan Repayment Date”), the principal of the Initial Term Loans in the amounts set forth below opposite such Term Loan Repayment Date (each, an “Initial Term Loan Repayment Amount” and together with the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Amount (as defined below), each, a “Term Loan Repayment Amount”) (which Term Loan Repayment Amount shall be reduced as a result of, and after giving effect to, the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 5.01 and Section 5.02(a)(viii)):

 

Term Loan

Repayment Date

  

Term Loan

Repayment Amount

June 30, 2020 and the last Business Day of each
calendar quarter thereafter
   0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of
each Initial Term Loan funded on the Closing
Date
Term Loan Maturity Date    The entire remaining principal amount of all Initial Term Loans

and (ii) the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, on each date set forth below (each, a “2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date”), the principal of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans in the amounts set forth below opposite such 2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Date (each, a “2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Amount”) (which 2020 Incremental Term Loan Repayment Amount shall be reduced as a result of, and after giving effect to, the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 5.01 and Section 5.02(a)(viii)):

 

2020 Incremental Term Loan

Repayment Date

  

2020 Incremental Term Loan

Repayment Amount

March 31, 2021 and the last Business Day of each
calendar quarter thereafter
   0.25% of the aggregate initial principal amount of
each 2020 Incremental Term Loan funded on the
First Amendment Effective Date
Term Loan Maturity Date    The entire remaining principal amount of all 2020
Incremental Term Loans

For the avoidance of doubt, the Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, all then outstanding Term Loans.”

 

6


SECTION IV.     CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS

The effectiveness of this Amendment and the obligation of the 2020 Incremental Lenders to make the 2020 Incremental Term Loans are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the 2020 Incremental Lenders and Consenting Lenders signatory hereto) of each of the following conditions (the date upon which all of such conditions are satisfied or waived, the “First Amendment Effective Date”):

A.    Certica Acquisition. The Certica Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially concurrently with the initial funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, shall be consummated, in each case, in all material respects in accordance with the terms of the Certica Acquisition Agreement.

B.    Execution. The Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart signature page to this Amendment, duly executed by each of the Credit Parties, each of the 2020 Incremental Lenders, the other Lenders party hereto, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

C.    Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate of a financial officer or other Authorized Officer of Holdings, on behalf of the Credit Parties, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agents confirming that the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein are Solvent.

D.    Financial Statements. The Administrative Agent shall have received Certica’s and its Subsidiaries’ (i) audited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2019, and statement of income and cash flows for the year then ended and (ii) unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2020, and statements of income and cash flows for the twelve (12)-month period then ended.

E.    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by each Credit Party set forth in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement or in any other Credit Document executed on or prior to the date hereof and the representations and warranties made by each Credit Party set forth in Section V hereunder shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (in each case both before and immediately after giving effect thereto), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) as of such earlier date.

F.    KYC. So long as requested at least ten (10) days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, the Administrative Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have received, at least three (3) days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulations.

G.    Fees; Expenses. There shall have been paid or shall be paid concurrently with the initial funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, to the extent invoices have been received by the Administrative Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, (i) a closing fee structured as a cash payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of each 2020 Incremental Lender on the date hereof in an amount equal to 3.5% of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans funded by such 2020 Incremental Lender on the date hereof and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and required to be paid pursuant to Section 13.05 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the 2020 Incremental Term Loans and this Amendment.

 

7


H.    Legal Opinion; Customary Closing Documents; Refinancing. The Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date:

(a)    such duly executed certificates of resolutions or consents, incumbency certificates and/or other duly executed certificates of Authorized Officers of each Credit Party as the Administrative Agent or the 2020 Incremental Lenders may reasonably require, evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as an Authorized Officer in connection with this Amendment and the other Credit Documents to which such Credit Party is a party or is to be a party; provided, that such certifications may, to the extent applicable, reflect that no changes have been made since the original certifications provided to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date;

(b)    such documents and duly executed certifications as the Administrative Agent or the 2020 Incremental Lenders may reasonably require to evidence that each Credit Party is duly organized, incorporated or formed, and, to the extent applicable, that each Credit Party is validly existing and in good standing (to the extent such concept exists in the applicable jurisdiction); provided, that such certifications may, to the extent applicable, reflect that no changes have been made since the original certifications provided to the Administrative Agent on the Closing Date;

(c)    a duly executed Notice of Borrowing in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.03 of the Credit Agreement;

(d)    an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and covering such other matters concerning the Credit Parties, the Amendment and the Credit Documents as the 2020 Incremental Lenders may reasonably request; and

(e)    evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that the refinancing of existing third party debt for borrowed money of Certica and its subsidiaries pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement, dated February 11, 2016 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), by and among Certica, the other borrowers party thereto and Deerpath Capital II, LP, shall have occurred (or concurrently with the funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, will occur) and all liens securing such indebtedness or other obligations thereunder have been (or concurrently with the initial funding of the 2020 Incremental Term Loans will be) released and/or terminated (other than customary liens permitted to be outstanding under the Credit Documents) (or signed pay-off letters with respect to such third party debt, and releases with respect to any liens securing such debt, will be placed in escrow and released upon the simultaneous closing of the Certica Acquisition (or such other arrangements related to the release of such liens that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) will be implemented); provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, certain lien filings, if any, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, on intellectual property owned by Certica and its subsidiaries relating to its existing credit facilities (the “Specified Lien Filings”) shall not be required to be removed on or prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, and the Administrative Borrower shall have seven (7) days following the First Amendment Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) to file (or to have filed) the appropriate documents to cause the Specified Lien Filings to be removed.

I.    No Event of Default. After giving effect to the waivers granted hereunder, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately prior and after giving effect to the Certica Acquisition.

J.    Officer’s Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Administrative Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(iv)(D) of the Credit

 

8


Agreement, dated at least three (3) Business Days prior to the First Amendment Effective Date, certifying the matters contained under Section 2.01(c)(iv) of the Credit Agreement and attaching financial statements and reasonably detailed supporting calculations, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to evidence compliance with the then applicable Financial Performance Covenant(s).

SECTION V.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the 2020 Incremental Lenders and the other Lenders party hereto to enter into this Amendment and to amend the Credit Agreement in the manner provided herein, and for the 2020 Incremental Lenders to make the 2020 Incremental Term Loans, the Credit Parties hereto represent and warrant as of the date hereof:

A.    Confirmation of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by each Credit Party set forth in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement or in any other Credit Document executed on or prior to the date hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) on and as of the First Amendment Effective Date (in each case both before and immediately after giving effect thereto), with the same effect as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (or in all respects if already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect) as of such earlier date.

B.    Corporate Power and Authority. Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement and carry out the terms and provisions of, the transactions contemplated by and to perform the obligations under this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and any other Credit Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement and performance of this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party.

C.    Binding Effect. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered this Amendment and the other Credit Documents executed in connection with this Amendment to which it is a party and all such documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

D.    No Violation. None of (a) the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement and performance of this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents by any Credit Party to which it is a party and compliance with the terms and provisions thereof, (b) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby on the relevant dates therefor will (i) contravene any applicable provision of any material Applicable Law of any Governmental Authority, (ii) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of any Credit Party (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents) pursuant to, (A) the terms of any material indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage or deed of trust, or (B) any other material Contractual Obligation, in the case of either clause (A) and (B) to which any Credit Party is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound or (iii) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of any Credit Party, except with respect to any conflict, breach or contravention or default (but not creation of Liens) referred to in clauses (i), (ii)(A) or (ii)(B), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention or default would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9


E.    Approval, Consents, etc. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person, and no consent or approval under any material contract or instrument is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Amendment or the Amended Credit Agreement or the due execution and delivery of this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement or performance by any Credit Party of this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to which it is a party. There does not exist any judgment, order, injunction or other restraint issued or, to the knowledge of Holdings, filed with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Amendment or the Amended Credit Agreement, the consummation of the transactions hereunder, the making of any Credit Extension or the performance by the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries of their Obligations under this Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement or any other Credit Documents.

SECTION VI.    ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT

Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and this Amendment and consents to the modifications contained herein. Each Credit Party hereby confirms that each Credit Document to which it is a party or otherwise bound and all Collateral encumbered thereby will continue to guarantee or secure, as the case may be, to the fullest extent possible in accordance with the Credit Documents, the payment and performance of all “Obligations” under each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party (in each case, as such terms are defined in the applicable Credit Document), including, for the avoidance of doubt, the 2020 Incremental Term Loans.

Each Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that any of the Credit Documents (as they may be modified by this Amendment) to which it is a party or otherwise bound shall continue in full force and effect, and that all of its obligations thereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or limited by the execution or effectiveness of this Amendment.

Each Credit Party (other than the Administrative Borrower) hereby acknowledges and agrees that, without limiting the reaffirmation and acknowledgement by such Credit Party under Sections VI and VII.A of this Amendment, (i) notwithstanding the conditions to effectiveness set forth in this Amendment, such Person is not required by the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to consent to the amendments to the Credit Agreement effected pursuant to this Amendment, and (ii) nothing in the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or any other Credit Document shall be deemed to require the consent of such Person to any future amendments to the Credit Agreement.

SECTION VII.    MISCELLANEOUS

A.    Reference to and Effect on the Credit Agreement and the Other Credit Documents.

(i)    On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof”, “herein” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Credit Documents to the “Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Amended Credit Agreement.

(ii)    Except for the consent, waivers, amendments and modifications expressly set forth herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed and this Amendment shall not be considered a novation. The consent, waivers, amendments and modifications set forth herein are limited to the specifics hereof (including facts or occurrences on which the same are based), shall not apply with respect to any facts or occurrences other than those on which the same are based, shall neither

 

10


excuse any future non-compliance with the Credit Documents nor operate as a waiver of any Default or Event of Default, shall not operate as a consent to any further waiver, consent or amendment or other matter under the Credit Documents, and shall not be construed as an indication that any future waiver or amendment of covenants or any other provision of the Credit Agreement will be agreed to, it being understood that the granting or denying of any waiver or amendment which may hereafter be requested by the Administrative Borrower remains subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

(iii)    The execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, constitute a waiver of any provision of, or operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Agent or Lender under, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

(iv)    Each Credit Party hereby (A) confirms that the obligations of such Credit Party under the Amended Credit Agreement (including with respect to the 2020 Incremental Term Loans) and the other Credit Documents (I) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Security Documents and the other Credit Documents and (II) constitute Obligations, (B) ratifies and reaffirms the validity and enforceability of the guarantee obligations of the Credit Parties pursuant to the Security Documents and all of the Liens and security interests heretofore granted, pursuant to and in connection with the Security Documents or any other Credit Document to the Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of each Secured Party, as guarantees of and collateral security for the obligations under the Credit Documents in accordance with their respective terms, and (C) acknowledges and agrees that all of such guarantees, Liens and security interests, and all Collateral heretofore pledged as security for such obligations, shall not be impaired or adversely affected in any manner, and continue to guarantee and secured, and to remain collateral for such obligations from and after the date hereof (including, without limitation, from after giving effect to this Amendment).

(v)    This Amendment shall be deemed to be a Credit Document.

(vi)    Upon the occurrence of the First Amendment Effective Date, each 2020 Incremental Lender that is not, prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, a “Lender” under the Credit Agreement, (A) shall be a “Lender” for all purposes of the Amended Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents, (B) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and (C) will have all of the rights and obligation of a “Lender” under the Amended Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents.

(vii)    This Amendment is not intended to constitute, and does not constitute, a novation of the obligations and liabilities under the Credit Agreement (including the Obligations) or to evidence, and does not evidence, payment of all or any portion of such obligations and liabilities.

B.    Headings. Section and subsection headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

C.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

11


D.    Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers; Waiver of Jury Trial. The provisions of Sections 13.14 and 13.16 of the Credit Agreement pertaining to consent to jurisdiction, service of process and waiver of jury trial are hereby incorporated by reference, mutatis mutandis.

E.    Indemnification. The Administrative Borrower hereby confirms that the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 13.05 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby and each Lender party hereto confirms that the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 12.07 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby.

F.    Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are deemed attached to the same document. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or in electronic format (e.g. “pdf” or “tif” file format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment. No posting to any e-system shall be denied legal effect merely because it is made electronically and each party hereto agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability of any posting on any e-system or e-signature merely because it is made electronically. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Amendment or any other documents executed in connection herewith and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

G.    Entire Agreement. This Amendment, the Amended Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

H.    Severability. Any term or provision of this Amendment which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Amendment or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Amendment in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Amendment is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

[Remainder of page intentionally blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:    

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Vice President
     

INSTRUCTURE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Executive Vice President
GUARANTORS:    

INSTRUCTURE INTERMEDIATE
HOLDINGS III, LLC
,

a Delaware limited liability company

      By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

      Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer
      Title:   Vice President
     

INSTRUCTURE HOLDING LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

MASTERYCONNECT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

     

PORTFOLIUM, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

PRACTICE XYZ, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

By:  

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

     
Name:   Matthew A. Kaminer      
Title:   Executive Vice President      

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


GOLUB CAPITAL MARKETS LLC, as
Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS
Golub Capital BDC Funding II LLC
By:   GC Advisors LLC, as agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


CONSENTING LENDERS
GOLUB CAPITAL FUNDING CLO-8-2, Ltd.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GBDC 3 Holdings LLC
By:   Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., its sole member
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GC Finance Operations LLC
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GBDC 3 Funding LLC
By:   Golub Capital BDC 3, Inc., its sole member
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its Manager
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GCP Finance 5 Ltd.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


Consenting Lenders:
GCP Finance 7 Ltd.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
GCP Finance 8 Ltd.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
Golub Capital Partners ABS Funding 2019-1, Ltd.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director
Golub Capital Partners ABS Funding 2020-1, L.P.
By:   GC Advisors LLC, its agent
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS:
Senior Credit (UWF) SPV LLC.
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit II LLC
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
CONSENTING LENDERS:
Goldman Sachs Private Middle Market Credit II LLC
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
GOLDMAN SACHS PRIVATE MIDDLE MARKET CREDIT II SPV II LLC
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory
SENIOR CREDIT (UWF) SPV LLC
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:

  Brendan McGovern

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


SENIOR CREDIT FUND (UCR) SPV LLC
By:  

/s/ Brendan McGovern

Name:   Brendan McGovern
Title:   Authorized Signatory
MONROE CAPITAL INCOME PLUS
CORPORATION,
in its capacity as a Consenting Lender
By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director
MC INCOME PLUS FINANCING SPV LLC,
in its capacity as a Consenting Lender and a 2020
Incremental Lender
By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director
MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III FINANCING SPV LLC,
in its capacity as a Consenting Lender and a 2020 Incremental Lender
By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP,
as Designated Manager
By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC,
as general partner
By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender

By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III (UNLEVERAGED) LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender and a 2020
Incremental Lender

By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND III LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender and a 2020
Incremental Lender

By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND I LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND VT LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender and a 2020
Incremental Lender

By: MONROE CAPITAL PRIVATE CREDIT FUND VT LLC,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

MONROE (NP) U.S. PRIVATE DEBT FUND LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender

By: MONROE (NP) U.S. PRIVATE DEBT FUND GP LTD.,

its general partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

Monroe Capital Fund Marsupial (LUX) Financing Holdco LP,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender

By: Monroe Capital Fund Marsupial (LUX) Financing Holdco GP LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

Monroe Capital Fund SV S.a.r.l., acting in respect of its Fund III (Unleveraged) Compartment,

in its capacity as a Consenting Lender

By: Monroe Capital Management Advisors LLC,

as Investment Manager

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


MC FINANCING SPV I, LLC,

in its capacity as a 2020 Incremental Lender

By:  

/s/ Gerry Burrows

Name:   Gerry Burrows
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS:
NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN III BDC, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NMFS LF I, INC.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


CONSENTING LENDERS:
NEW MOUNTAIN FINANCE DB, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN III BDC, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NMFS LF I, INC.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NEW MOUNTAIN FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN II MASTER FUND-A L.P.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory
NEW MOUNTAIN GUARDIAN PARTNERS II L.P.
By:  

/s/ James W. Stone

Name:   James W. Stone
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS:
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


CONSENTING LENDERS:
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK CAPITAL CORPORATION II
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORP.
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
ORCC FINANCING IV LLC
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory
OWL ROCK TECH FINANCING I LLC
By:  

/s/ Alexis Maged

Name:   Alexis Maged
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS:
TBCF I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner

[Signature Page to First Amendment]


CONSENTING LENDERS:
TBCF I (Offshore), LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner
TBCF II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner
TBCF II-A, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner
TBCF I, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott Crabill

Name:   Scott Crabill
Title:   Managing Partner

[Signature Page to First Amendment]

Exhibit 10.3

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to promote the success of the Company’s business for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain, and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan is effective as of the date set forth in Article XV.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1    Affiliate means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

2.2    Applicable Lawmeans the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related shares under U.S. state corporate law, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares are listed or quoted, and any other applicable laws, including tax laws, of any U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdictions where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

2.3    Award means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award, or Cash Award. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of a written or electronic agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.

 

1


2.4    Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement, contract, certificate, or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.5    Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6    Cash Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan and payable in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

2.7    Cause means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Service, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such agreement in effect but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), the Participant’s (i) commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the person to whom the Participant reports; (iii) conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company or an Affiliate negative publicity or into public disgrace, embarrassment, or disrepute; (iv) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (v) material violation of the Company’s written policies or codes of conduct, including written policies related to discrimination, harassment, performance of illegal or unethical activities, or ethical misconduct; or (vi) any breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, or confidentiality covenant between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement under which the definition of “cause” only applies on occurrence of a change in control, such definition of “cause” shall not apply until a change in control (as defined in such agreement) actually takes place and then only with regard to a termination thereafter.

2.8    Change in Control means and includes each of the following, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee:

(a)    any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company), becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding for purposes herein, acquisitions pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that does not constitute a Change in Control as defined in Section 2.8(b);

 

2


(b)    a merger, reorganization, or consolidation of the Company or in which equity securities of the Company are issued (each, a “Business Combination”), other than a merger, reorganization or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its direct or indirect Parent) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or, as applicable, a direct or indirect Parent of the Company or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person (other than those covered by the exceptions in Section 2.8(a)) acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities shall not constitute a Change in Control; or a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its direct or indirect Parent) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or, as applicable, a direct or indirect Parent of the Company or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person (other than those covered by the exceptions in Section 2.8(a)) acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities shall not constitute a Change in Control;

(c)    during the period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2.8(a) or (b)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two (2) year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(d)    a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

For purposes of this Section 2.8, acquisitions of securities of the Company by Thoma Bravo, L.P., any of its respective affiliates, or any investment vehicle or fund controlled by or managed by, or otherwise affiliated with Thoma Bravo, L.P., shall not constitute a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified

 

3


deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.9    Change in Control Price means the highest price per Share paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control of the Company.

2.10    Codemeans the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any guidance and treasury regulation promulgated thereunder.

2.11    Committee means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Qualified Members. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority from time to time, and will retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with Applicable Law.

2.12    Common Stock means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

2.13    Company means Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.14    Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

2.15    Disability means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Service, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, provided, however, for purposes of an Incentive Stock Option, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined by the Committee, and the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan in which a Participant participates that is maintained by the Company or any Affiliate and may require the Participant to obtain a formal opinion from one or more mutually agreeable physicians.

2.16    “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

 

4


2.17    Effective Date means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XV.

2.18    Eligible Employees means each employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. An employee on a leave of absence may be an Eligible Employee.

2.19    Eligible Individual means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director, Consultant, other advisors, and individuals expected to become service providers of the Company or any of its Affiliates who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.20    Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

2.21    Fair Market Value means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date: (a) as reported on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date shall be the trading day immediately prior to the date on which the Award is granted. For purposes of the exercise of any Award, the applicable date shall be the date a notice of exercise is received by the Committee or, if not a date on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.22    Family Member means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8.

2.23    Incentive Stock Option means any Stock Option that is awarded to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or its Parents (if any) under the Plan and that is intended to be, and designated as, an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.24    IPO Date means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

5


2.25    Non-Employee Director means a director or a member of the Board of the Company who is not an employee of the Company.

2.26    Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.27    Other Stock-Based Award means an Award under Article X of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Shares.

2.28    Parent means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.29    Participantmeans an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.30    Performance Award means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX hereof contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.31    Performance Goals means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable.

2.32    Performance Period means the designated period during which the Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the Performance Goals relate.

2.33    Plan means this Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.34    Qualified Member means a member of the Board who is (a) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3), and (b) “independent” under the listing standards or rules of the securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is traded, but only to the extent such independence is required in order to take the action at issue pursuant to such standards or rules.

2.35    Restricted Stock means an Award of Shares under the Plan that is subject to restrictions under Article VIII.

2.36    “Restricted Stock Units” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Committee to be of equal value as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

2.37    Restriction Period has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a) with respect to Restricted Stock.

 

6


2.38    Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.39    Section 409A of the Code means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.40    Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

2.41    Shares means shares of Common Stock of the Company.

2.42    Stock Appreciation Right shall mean the right granted pursuant to an Award granted under Article VII.

2.43    Stock Option or Option means any option to purchase Shares granted to Eligible Individuals granted pursuant to Article VI.

2.44    Subsidiary means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.45    Ten Percent Stockholdermeans a person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent.

2.46    Termination of Servicemeans the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and its Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (a) if a Participant’s employment or services with the Company and its Affiliates terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service with the Company and its Affiliates and (b) a Participant employed by, or performing services for an Affiliate that ceases to be an Affiliate shall also be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Service provided the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, a Participant shall not be considered to have experienced a “Termination of Service” unless the Participant has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

 

7


ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1    Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and Applicable Law, the Committee shall have full authority to grant Awards to Eligible Individuals under the Plan. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority to:

(a)    determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(b)    determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(c)    determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the Shares relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(d)    determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(e)    determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances grants of Options and other Awards under the Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

(f)    determine whether and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash, Shares, other property, or a combination of the foregoing;

(g)    determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant;

(h)    modify, waive, amend, or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance Goals;

(i)    determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(j)    determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award or Shares; and

 

8


(k)    modify, extend, or renew an Award, subject to Article XII and Section 6.3(l).

3.2    Guidelines. Subject to Article XII hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements or sub-plans relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special rules, sub-plans, guidelines, and provisions for persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to satisfy or accommodate applicable foreign laws or to qualify for preferred tax treatment of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions.

3.3    Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board, or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of, or in connection with, the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

3.4    Procedures. If the Committee is appointed, the Board shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman and the Committee shall hold meetings, subject to the by-laws of the Company, at such times and places as it shall deem advisable, including, without limitation, by telephone conference or by written consent to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the Committee members in accordance with the by-laws of the Company, shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

3.5    Designation of Consultants/Liability; Delegation of Authority.

(a)    The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) may grant authority to officers of the Company to grant Awards and/or execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee.

(b)    The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants, and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or

 

9


agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant, or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members, and any person designated pursuant to sub-section (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

(c)    The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to a subcommittee of directors or to any officer of the Company, including the power to perform administrative functions and grant Awards; provided, that such delegation does not (i) violate Applicable Law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” shall be deemed to include any subcommittee or officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not limit the right of such subcommittee members or such an officer to receive Awards; provided, however, that such subcommittee members and any such officer may not grant Awards to himself or herself, a member of the Board, or any executive officer of the Company or an Affiliate, or take any action with respect to any Award previously granted to himself or herself, a member of the Board, or any executive officer of the Company or an Affiliate. The Committee may also appoint agents who are not executive officers of the Company or members of the Board to assist in administering the Plan, provided, however, that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Shares.

3.6    Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such person, each officer or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates and member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel acceptable to the Committee) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s, or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors, or members or former officers, directors, or members may have under Applicable Law or under the by-laws of the Company or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything else herein, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to such individual under the Plan.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1    Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed

 

10


                     Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to this Article IV), which may be either authorized and unissued Shares or Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be subject to an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning on the first day of the fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs, and ending and including the first day of fiscal 2032, equal to the lesser of (a) 4% of the aggregate number of Shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used with respect to any Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed                      Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.1). The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year shall not exceed a total value of $750,000 (calculating the value of any Awards based on the grant date fair value for financial reporting purpose); provided, however, that a Non-Employee Director may receive Awards and cash fees with a maximum aggregate value of $1,500,000 in such Non-Employee Director’s year of appointment to the Board. Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations. Any Shares subject to an Award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, or terminated without issuance of the full number of Shares to which the Award related will again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2    Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Committee may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its Affiliate (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Committee deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the overall share limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grants pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Eligible Employees or Non-Employee Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

11


4.3    Adjustments.

(a)    The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b)    Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1:

(i)    If the Company at any time subdivides (by any split, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Shares into a greater number of Shares, or combines (by reverse split, combination, or otherwise) its outstanding Shares into a lesser number of Shares, then the respective exercise prices for outstanding Awards that provide for a Participant-elected exercise and the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(ii)    Excepting transactions covered by Section 4.3(b)(i), if the Company effects any merger, consolidation, statutory exchange, spin-off, reorganization, sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or business, or other corporate transaction or event in such a manner that the Company’s outstanding Shares are converted into the right to receive (or the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive in exchange therefor), either immediately or upon liquidation of the Company, securities or other property of the Company or other entity, then, subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, (A) the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan, (B) the number or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), or (C) the exercise or purchase price thereof, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iii)    If there shall occur any change in the capital structure of the Company other than those covered by Section 4.3(b)(i) or 4.3(b)(ii), any conversion, any adjustment, or any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of equity securities of the Company, then the Committee shall adjust any Award and make such other adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iv)    The Committee may adjust the Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis, or other Company public filing.

 

12


(v)    Any such adjustment determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.3(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.3 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no additional rights under the Plan by reason of any transaction or event described in this Section 4.3.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1    General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.2    Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees who are employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or its Parents (if any) are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3    General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual are conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director, as applicable.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1    Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2    Grants. The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or its Parents (if any). The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

13


6.3    Terms of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant.

(b)    Stock Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five (5) years) after the date the Option is granted.

(c)    Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.3, Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event.

(d)    Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.3(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise (which may be electronic) to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price (which shall equal the product of such number of Shares to be purchased multiplied by the applicable exercise price). The exercise price for the Stock Options may be paid upon such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may establish payment terms for the exercise of Stock Options pursuant to which the Company may withhold a number of Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Stock Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, or that permit the Participant to deliver cash or Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price on the date of payment, or through a simultaneous sale through a broker of Shares acquired on exercise, all as permitted by Applicable Law. No Shares shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for. The Committee may allow, or provide in an Award Agreement, for a Participant to elect at any time before the Participant’s Termination of Service to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the Shares subject to the Stock Option before the full vesting of the Stock Option and such Shares will be subject to the terms and conditions of Article VI and be treated as shares of Restricted Stock. Unvested Shares so exercised may be subject to any restrictions the Committee may determine.

 

14


(e)    Non-Transferability of Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not transferable pursuant to this Section is transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is transferred to a Family Member pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f)    Termination by Death or Disability. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of one (1) year from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options; provided, however, that, in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Disability, if the Participant dies within such exercise period, all unexercised Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which they were exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one (1) year from the date of such death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g)    Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is by involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(h)    Voluntary Resignation. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.3(i) hereof), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

 

15


(i)    Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at the time of grant, or if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service (x) is for Cause or (y) is a voluntary Termination of Service (as provided in Section 6.3(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination of Service for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon immediately terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination of Service.

(j)    Unvested Stock Options. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination of Service.

(k)    Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three (3) months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by Applicable Law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l)    Modification, Extension and Renewal of Stock Options. The Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided, further that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an outstanding Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Option (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Article IV), unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

(m)    Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the

 

16


Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1    Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant.

(b)    Term. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not be greater than ten (10) years after the date the right is granted.

(c)    Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any such right is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part.

(d)    Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment and waiting period provisions applied under Section 7.1(c), Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by given written notice of exercise (which may be electronic) to the Company specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights being exercised.

(e)    Payment. Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Shares (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one (1) Share on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

(f)    Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, Stock Appreciation Rights may remain exercisable following a Participant’s Termination of Service on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable following a Participant’s Termination of Service in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.3(f) through 6.3(j).

 

17


(g)    Non-Transferability. No Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

7.2    Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 14.4.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1    Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units shall be made, the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan, including any vesting or forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period.

The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including, the Performance Goals) or such other factor as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

8.2    Awards and Certificates. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a)    Restricted Stock:

(i)    Purchase Price. The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. The purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

 

18


(ii)    Legend. Each Participant receiving Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by Applicable Law, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

(iii)    Custody. If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

(iv)    Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.2(a) or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such shares, and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares; provided that the Award Agreement shall specify on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to dividends payable on the Shares.

(v)    Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such Shares shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

(b)    Restricted Stock Units:

(i)    Settlement. The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practical after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(ii)    Right as a Stockholder. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units.

 

19


(iii)    Dividend Equivalents. If the Committee so provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares, and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

8.3    Restrictions and Conditions.

(a)    Restriction Period. (i) The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or vest in Restricted Stock Units during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(ii), and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Award.

(ii)    If the grant of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or the lapse of restrictions or vesting schedule is based on the attainment of Performance Goals, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals and the applicable vesting percentage applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in the applicable Award Agreement prior to the beginning of the applicable fiscal year or at such later date as otherwise determined by the Committee and while the outcome of the Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions), and other similar types of events or circumstances.

(b)    Termination. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, upon a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units still subject to restriction will be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant or thereafter.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1    Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Performance Goals to be achieved during the

 

20


Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Performance Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE X

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH AWARDS

10.1    Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares, including but not limited to, Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, stock equivalent units, and Awards valued by reference to book value of Shares. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals, to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Shares under such Awards upon the completion of a specified Performance Period. The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Other Stock-Based Awards upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.

10.2    Terms and Conditions. Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article X shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a)    Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares subject to Awards made under this Article X may not be transferred prior to the date on which the Shares are issued or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance, or deferral period lapses.

(b)    Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of an Award, subject to the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Award under this Article X shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or Dividend Equivalents in respect of the number of Shares covered by the Award.

 

21


(c)    Vesting. Any Award under this Article X and any Shares covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d)    Price. Shares under this Article X may be issued for no cash consideration. Shares purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article X shall be priced, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

10.3    Cash Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant Cash Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by Applicable Law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Cash Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of a Cash Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

11.1    Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control of the Company, and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards shall not vest automatically and a Participant’s Awards shall be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

(a)    Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, be assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and the Restricted Stock or other Award shall, where appropriate in the sole discretion of the Committee, receive the same distribution as other Shares on such terms as determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Stock or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto).

(b)    The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price of the Shares covered by such Awards, over the aggregate exercise price of such Awards; provided, however, that if the exercise price of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Change in Control Price, such Award may be cancelled for no consideration.

 

22


(c)    The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant-elected exercise for any or no consideration, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least twenty (20) days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(d)    Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions, of an Award at any time.

ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any Applicable Law), or suspend or terminate it entirely, retroactively or otherwise; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension, or termination may not be impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided, further, that without the approval of the holders of the Shares entitled to vote in accordance with Applicable Law, no amendment may be made that would (i) increase the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of Section 4.1); (ii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; (iii) reduce the exercise price of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (iv) grant a new Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Award in substitution for, or upon the cancellation of, any previously granted Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that has the effect of reducing the exercise price thereof; (v) exchange any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right for Common Stock, cash, or other consideration when the exercise price per Share under such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share; or (vi) take any other action that would be considered a “repricing” of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the applicable listing standards of the national exchange on which the Common Stock is listed (if any). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board or the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent to comply with Applicable Law, including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent.

 

23


ARTICLE XIII

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which is not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1    Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving Shares pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such Shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, and any Applicable Law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. If the Shares are held in book-entry form, then the book-entry will indicate any restrictions on such Shares.

14.2    Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

14.3    No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy, or directorship at any time.

14.4    Withholding of Taxes. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or one of its Affiliates, as applicable, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any income tax, social insurance contribution or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld in respect of an Award. The Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or any portion of the applicable taxes that are required to be withheld with respect to an Award by (a) the delivery of Shares (which are

 

24


not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Participant and vested for at least six (6) months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment under applicable accounting standards) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (or portion thereof); (b) having the Company withhold from the Shares otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, the Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement of the Award, as applicable, a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such withholding liability; or (c) by any other means specified in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee.

14.5    Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards, or other securities or property shall be used or paid in lieu of fractional Shares or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited, or otherwise eliminated.

14.6    No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided by law or permitted by the Committee, be transferable in any manner, and any attempt to transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

14.7    Clawback Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with Applicable Law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy or the Award Agreement.

14.8    Listing and Other Conditions.

(a)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of Shares pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such Shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such Shares unless and until such Shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such Shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b)    If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares pursuant to an Award is or may in the circumstances be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under Applicable Law, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to Shares or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

25


(c)    Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 14.8, any Award affected by such suspension which shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to Shares which would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d)    A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations, and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent, or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

14.9    Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

14.10    Construction. Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

14.11    Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates or affect any benefit or compensation under any other plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

14.12    Costs. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Shares pursuant to Awards hereunder.

14.13    No Right to Same Benefits. The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

14.14    Death/Disability. The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

14.15    Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the

 

26


benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.15, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

14.16    Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules, and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

14.17    Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and Awards are intended to comply with or be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary, or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith or be exempt therefrom, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six (6) months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

14.18    Successor and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator, or trustee of such estate.

14.19    Severability of Provisions. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

 

27


14.20    Headings and Captions. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

ARTICLE XV

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on [●], which is the date of its adoption by the Board.

ARTICLE XVI

TERM OF PLAN

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date that the Plan is adopted, but Awards granted prior to such tenth (10th) anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

28

Exhibit 10.4

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“Participant”) the stock option (the “Option”) set forth below. This award of the Option (this “Award”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Participant:                                        
Grant Date:                                        
Exercise Price per Share:    $                                     per share
Shares Subject to the Option:                                         shares
Type of Option:    Non-Qualified Stock Option
Vesting Commencement Date:                                        
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the Agreement, the Plan and other terms and conditions set forth herein, the Option will vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule, so long as Participant has not incurred a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
   1/4 of the Option shall become vested on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “First Anniversary”) and the remaining portion of the Option shall become vested with respect to 1/12 of the Option on each three-month anniversary of the First Anniversary thereafter.
Final Expiration Date:                                        

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement. This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts (including portable document format (.pdf) and facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


Notwithstanding any provision of this Grant Notice or the Agreement, if Participant has not executed this Grant Notice within 90 days following the Grant Date set forth above, Participant will be deemed to have accepted this Award, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

         

   

         

Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

          

SIGNATURE PAGE

TO

STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE


Exhibit A

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I.

GENERAL

1.1 Grant of Option. The Company has granted to Participant the Option effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”).

1.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price of each Share subject to the Option shall be the exercise price set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Exercise Price”), which has been determined to be not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Grant Date. For all purposes of this Agreement, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

1.3 Vesting. The Option will vest according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice (the “Vesting Schedule”); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Grant Notice, in the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to Participant’s death or Disability, any unvested portion of the Option outstanding as of immediately prior to Participant’s Termination of Service will automatically vest upon Participant’s Termination of Service.

1.4 Forfeiture. Except as explicitly provided in Section 1.3, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, any portion of the Option that is not vested will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited as of the date of such Termination of Service at no cost to the Company. In addition, in the event Participant’s Termination of Service is due to Cause, (i) any portion of the Option, whether vested or not vested, that remains unexercised will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited as of the date of such Termination of Service at no cost to the Company; and (ii) Participant shall, within thirty (30) days following Participant’s receipt of a written notice from the Company, pay to the Company a cash amount equal to (A) the Fair Market Value of any Shares previously acquired by Participant pursuant to the Option (with such Fair Market Value determined as of the date such Shares were acquired); minus (B) the Exercise Price paid by Participant to acquire such Shares.

1.5 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The Option is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.


ARTICLE II.

PERIOD OF EXERCISABILITY

2.1 Commencement of Exercisability. The Option will vest and become exercisable according to Section 1.3. Notwithstanding anything in the Grant Notice, the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, unless the Committee otherwise determines, the Option will immediately expire and be forfeited as to any portion that is not vested and exercisable as of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason except as provided in Section 2.3.

2.2 Duration of Exercisability. The Vesting Schedule is cumulative. Any portion of the Option which vests and becomes exercisable will remain vested and exercisable until the Option expires. The Option will be forfeited immediately upon its expiration.

2.3 Expiration of Option. The Option may not be exercised to any extent by anyone after, and will expire on, the first of the following to occur:

(a) The Final Expiration Date;

(b) Except as the Committee may otherwise approve, the expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service, unless Participant’s Termination of Service is for Cause or by reason of Participant’s death or Disability;

(c) Except as the Committee may otherwise approve, the expiration of one (1) year from the date of Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Participant’s death or Disability; or

(d) Except as the Committee may otherwise approve, Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause.

ARTICLE III.

EXERCISE OF OPTION

3.1 Person Eligible to Exercise. During Participant’s lifetime, only Participant may exercise the Option. After Participant’s death, any exercisable portion of the Option may, prior to the time the Option expires, be exercised by Participant’s Designated Beneficiary as provided in the Plan.

3.2 Exercise Procedures. Subject to the earlier expiration of the Option as provided herein, the Option may be exercised by (a) providing written notice to the Company in the form prescribed by the Committee (as amended from time to time at the Committee’s sole discretion) after the Grant Date, which notice shall be delivered to the Company in the form, and in the manner, designated by the Committee from time to time, and (b) paying the Exercise Price in full in a manner permitted by Section 3.3; provided, however, that the Option shall not be exercisable for more than the number of Shares subject to the Option with respect to which the Option has become vested and exercisable pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the Grant Notice or as provided in Section 1.3.

3.3 Payment of Exercise Price. The Exercise Price for the Shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be paid in full at the time of exercise (a) in cash (including check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company or wire transfer of immediately available funds), (b) if permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, by delivering, or constructively tendering, to the Company a number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the Exercise Price (provided, that, any such Shares used for this purpose must have been held by Participant for such

 

A-2


minimum period of time as may be established from time to time by the Committee to avoid adverse accounting consequences), (c) through a simultaneous broker-assisted sale in accordance with a Company-established policy or program for the same, (d) if permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion, by “net settlement exercise” pursuant to which the Company reduces the number of Shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option by a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Exercise Price at the time of exercise or (e) any combination of the foregoing.

3.4 Partial Exercise. Any exercisable portion of the Option or the entire Option, if then wholly exercisable, may be exercised, in whole or in part, according to the procedures in the Plan at any time prior to the time the Option or portion thereof expires, except that the Option may only be exercised for whole Shares. Without limiting the foregoing, no fraction of a Share shall be issued by the Company upon exercise of the Option or accepted by the Company in payment of the Exercise Price; rather, Participant shall provide a cash payment for such amount as is necessary to effect the issuance and acceptance of only whole Shares.

3.5 Tax Withholding. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or exercise of this Award results in compensation income or wages to Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to fulfill the obligations for the payment of withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating to this Award, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net exercise, a broker-assisted sale, or, if permitted by the Committee, other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Award), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net exercise or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to this Award, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to Participant. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or exercise of this Award or disposition of the underlying shares and that Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. Participant represents that Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

ARTICLE IV.

OTHER PROVISIONS

4.1 Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the Option is subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

 

A-3


4.2 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to the Company, unless otherwise designated by the Company in a written notice to the Participant (or other holder):

Instructure Holdings, Inc.

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

6330 South 300 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

If to Participant, at Participant’s last known address on file with the Company. Any notice that is delivered personally or by overnight courier or telecopier in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been duly given to Participant when it is mailed by the Company or, if such notice is not mailed to Participant, upon receipt by Participant. Any notice that is addressed and mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given to the party to whom it is addressed at the close of business, local time of the recipient, on the fourth day after the day it is so placed in the mail.

4.3 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

4.4 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

4.5 Rights as a Stockholder. Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares that may become deliverable hereunder unless and until Participant has become the holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such Shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

4.6 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

4.7 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Option will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

A-4


4.8 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided¸ however, that the terms of this Agreement shall not modify and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any employment, consulting and/or severance agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant in effect as of the date a determination is to be made under this Agreement.

4.9 Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

4.10 Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the Option, and rights no greater than the right to receive the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the Option, as and when exercised pursuant to the terms hereof.

4.11 No Right to Continued Service or Awards. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Affiliate or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant. The grant of the Option is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive a grant of Awards or benefits in lieu of Awards in the future. Any future Awards will be granted at the sole discretion of the Company.

4.12 Satisfaction of Claims. Any issuance or transfer of Shares or other property to Participant or Participant’s legal representative, heir, legatee or distribute, in accordance with the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be in full satisfaction of all claims of such person hereunder.

4.13 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

4.14 Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature. In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company may be required to deliver (including, without limitation, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other Award made or offered by the Company.

 

A-5


Electronic delivery may be via a Company electronic mail system or by reference to a location on a Company intranet or third party website to which Participant has access. Participant hereby consents to any and all procedures the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Company may be required to deliver, and agrees that Participant’s electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, Participant’s manual signature.

4.15 Company Recoupment of Awards. Participant’s rights with respect to this Award shall in all events be subject to (a) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with Participant, or (b) any right or obligation that the Company may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

* * * * *

 

A-6

Exhibit 10.5

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

2021 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The Plan’s purpose is to assist employees of the Company and its Designated Companies in acquiring a share ownership interest in the Company, and to help such employees provide for their future security and to encourage them to remain in the employment of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates.

The Plan consists of two components: the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, this Plan authorizes the grant of Options under the Non-Section 423 Component, which need not qualify as Options granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such Options granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Designated Companies in locations outside of the United States. Except as otherwise provided herein or determined by the Administrator, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan, the terms of which need not be identical, in which Eligible Employees will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering is identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component as determined under Section 423 of the Code. Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

2.1 “Administrator” means the Committee, or such individuals to which authority to administer the Plan has been delegated under Section 7.1 hereof.

 


2.2 Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

2.3 Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

2.4 Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any guidance and treasury regulation promulgated thereunder.

2.6 Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board.

2.7 Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

2.8 Company” means Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.9 Compensation” of an Employee means the gross base compensation received by such Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Company, including base salary, wages, prior week adjustment and overtime payments, commissions, annual incentive compensation or other payments made under any annual bonus program, vacation pay, holiday pay, jury duty pay, funeral leave pay, and military leave pay but excluding payments made under any special or one-time bonus programs (e.g., retention or sign-on bonuses), education or tuition reimbursements, travel expenses, business and moving reimbursements (including tax gross ups and taxable mileage allowance), imputed income arising under any group insurance or benefit program, income received in connection with any share options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units or other equity awards, fringe benefits, other special payments and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established. The Administrator, in its discretion, may establish a different definition of Compensation for an Offering, which for the Section 423 Component shall apply on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis. Further, the Administrator will have discretion to determine the application of this definition to Eligible Employees outside the United States.

 

2


2.10 Designated Company” means each Affiliate and Subsidiary, including any Affiliate and Subsidiary in existence on the Effective Date and any Affiliate and Subsidiary formed or acquired following the Effective Date, that has been designated by the Administrator from time to time in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan, in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof, such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Company may participate in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component, but not both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Affiliate or Subsidiary is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes in respect of the Company or any Designated Company participating in the Section 423 Component, then such disregarded Affiliate or Subsidiary shall automatically be a Designated Company participating in the Section 423 Component. If any Affiliate or Subsidiary is disregarded for U.S. federal income tax purposes in respect of any Designated Company participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, the Administrator may exclude such Affiliate or Subsidiary from participating in the Plan, notwithstanding that the Designated Company in respect of which such Affiliate or Subsidiary is disregarded may participate in the Plan.

2.11 Effective Date” means the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, subject to approval of the Company’s shareholders.

2.12 Election Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 hereof.

2.13 Eligible Employee” means any Employee of the Company or a Designated Company who was hired prior to the beginning of the applicable Offering Period, except that the Administrator may exclude any or all of the following, unless prohibited by applicable law, Employees:

(a) who are customarily scheduled to work 20 hours or less per week;

(b) whose customary employment is not more than five months in a calendar year;

(c) who have been employed less than two years;

(d) who are not employed by the Company or a Designated Company prior to the applicable Enrollment Date;

(e) any Employee who is a “highly compensated employee” of the Company or any Designated Company (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code), or that is such a “highly compensated employee” (A) with compensation above a specified level, (B) who is an officer or (C) who is subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act; or

(f) any Employee who is a citizen or resident of a jurisdiction outside the United States (without regard to whether they are also a citizen of the United States or a resident alien (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) if either (A) the grant of the Option is prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction governing such Employee, or (B) compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction would cause the Section 423 Component, any Offering thereunder or an Option granted thereunder to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code; provided that any exclusion shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering to all Employees in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(e).

 

3


Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Employee who, after the granting of the Option, would be deemed for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code to possess 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares of the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be an Eligible Employee. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of share ownership shall apply in determining the share ownership of an individual, and shares which an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as shares owned by the Employee.

Further, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, (a) the Administrator may limit eligibility further within a Designated Company so as to only designate some Employees of a Designated Company as Eligible Employees, and (b) to the extent any restrictions in this definition are not consistent with applicable local laws, the applicable local laws shall control.

2.14 Employee” means any person who renders services to the Company or a Designated Company in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. “Employee” shall not include any director of the Company or a Designated Company who does not render services to the Company or a Designated Company in the status of an employee within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or a Designated Company and meeting the requirements of Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three months, or such other period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2), and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three (3)-month period, or such other period specified in Treas. Reg. § 1.421-1(h)(2).

2.15 Enrollment Date” means the first date of each Offering Period.

2.16 Exercise Date” means the last day of each Purchase Period, except as provided in Section 5.2 hereof.

2.17 Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

2.18 Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) If the Common Stock is (i) listed on any established securities exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange or Nasdaq Stock Market), (ii) listed on any national market system or (iii) listed, quoted or traded on any automated quotation system, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the closing sales price for a Share as quoted on such exchange or system for such date or, if there is no closing sales price for a Share on the date in question, the closing sales price for a Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

4


(b) If the Common Stock is not listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system, but the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean of the high bid and low asked prices for such date or, if there are no high bid and low asked prices for a Share on such date, the high bid and low asked prices for a Share on the last preceding date for which such information exists, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(c) If the Common Stock is neither listed on an established securities exchange, national market system or automated quotation system nor regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be established by the Administrator in good faith.

2.19 Grant Date” means the first day of an Offering Period.

2.20 Initial Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

2.21 Initial Offering Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 hereof.

2.22 New Exercise Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2(b) hereof.

2.23 Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which Options may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for Options granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

2.24 Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an Option that may be exercised during an Offering Period as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Purchase Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treas. Reg. § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

2.25 Offering Period” means one or more periods to be selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion with respect to which Options shall be granted to Participants. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be established or changed by the Administrator at any time, in its sole discretion and may consist of one or more Purchase Periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an Offering Period exceed 27 months.

2.26 Option” means the right to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan during each Offering Period.

 

5


2.27 Option Price” means the purchase price of a Share hereunder as provided in Section 4.2 hereof.

2.28 Parent” means any entity that is a parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code.

2.29 Participant” means any Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan.

2.30 Payday” means the regular and recurring established day for payment of Compensation to an Employee.

2.31 Plan” means this Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

2.32 Plan Account” means a bookkeeping account established and maintained by the Company in the name of each Participant.

2.33 Purchase Period” means one or more periods within an Offering Period, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion. The duration and timing of Purchase Periods may be established or changed by the Administrator at any time, in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Purchase Period exceed the duration of the Offering Period under which it is established.

2.34 Section 409A” means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.35 Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan that are intended to meet the requirements under Section 423(b) of the Code.

2.36 Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

2.37 Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.38 Tax-Related Items” means any U.S. and non-U.S. federal, provincial, state and/or local taxes (including, without limitation, income tax, social insurance contributions, fringe benefit tax, employment tax, stamp tax and any employer tax liability which has been transferred to a Participant) for which a Participant is liable in connection with his or her participation in the Plan.

2.39 Treas. Reg.” means U.S. Department of the Treasury regulations.

2.40 Withdrawal Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a) hereof.

 

6


ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility.

(a) Any Eligible Employee who is employed by the Company or a Designated Company on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of Articles IV and V hereof, and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

(b) No Eligible Employee shall be granted an Option under the Section 423 Component which permits the Participant’s rights to purchase Shares under the Plan, and to purchase shares under all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary subject to Section 423 of the Code, to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of fair market value of such shares (determined at the time such Option is granted) for each calendar year in which such Option is outstanding at any time. The limitation under this Section 3.1(b) shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

3.2 Election to Participate; Payroll Deductions.

(a) Each individual who is an Eligible Employee as of an Offering Period’s Enrollment Date may elect to participate in such Offering Period and the Plan by delivering to the Company or an Agent designated by the Company an enrollment form including a payroll deduction authorization (which may be in an electronic format or such other method as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s practices) (a “Participation Election”) no later than the period of time prior to the applicable Enrollment Date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Except as provided in Section 3.2(e) hereof, an Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction.

(b) Subject to Section 3.1(b) hereof and except as may otherwise be determined by the Administrator, payroll deductions (i) shall equal at least 1% of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date, but not more than 10% of the Participant’s Compensation as of each Payday of the Offering Period following the Enrollment Date; and (ii) shall be expressed as a whole number percentage. Subject to Section 3.2(e) hereof, amounts deducted from a Participant’s Compensation with respect to an Offering Period pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall be deducted each Payday through payroll deduction and credited to the Participant’s Plan Account.

(c) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, following at least one payroll deduction, a Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation or the fixed dollar amount designated in his or her Participation Election, subject to the limits of this Section 3.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit the number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed one change to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period following ten business days after the Company’s receipt of the new Participation Election (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering). In

 

7


the event a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions, such Participant’s cumulative payroll deductions prior to the suspension shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Exercise Date and shall not be paid to such Participant unless he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Section 6.1.

(d) Upon the completion of an Offering Period, each Participant in such Offering Period shall automatically participate in the immediately following Offering Period at the same payroll deduction percentage as in effect at the termination of such Offering Period, unless such Participant delivers to the Company or an Agent designated by the Company a different Participation Election with respect to the successive Offering Period in accordance with Section 3.2(a) hereof, or unless such Participant becomes ineligible for participation in the Plan.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in non-U.S. jurisdictions where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited or otherwise problematic under applicable local laws (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion), the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s Plan Account in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator must determine that any alternative method of contribution is applied on an equal and uniform basis to all Eligible Employees in the Offering. Any reference to “payroll deductions” in this Section 3.2 (or in any other section of the Plan) will similarly cover contributions by other means made pursuant to this Section 3.2(e).

3.3 Initial Offering Period. The first Offering hereunder (the “Initial Offering”) will begin on the date of the Company’s initial public offering and will end on February 28, 2022, (the “Initial Offering Period”) unless terminated earlier as provided below. The Initial Offering will consist of one Offering Period, which will end on February 28, 2022. After the Initial Offering ends, a new Offering will begin on the date designated by the Administrator. Each new Offering will begin on or about March 1 and September 1 and will be approximately six (6) months in duration.

3.4 For the Initial Offering only, each Eligible Employee who is employed on the first day of the Initial Offering will automatically be enrolled in the Initial Offering, with a right to purchase up to the number of Shares that are purchasable with 10% of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation attributable to the Initial Offering, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.2 above. Immediately following the filing of an effective registration statement pursuant to a Form S-8, Eligible Employees will have a two week period (with the last such day of that period referred to as the “Election Date”) within which to (i) withdraw from the Plan or (ii) authorize contributions through payroll deductions for the purchase of shares during the Initial Offering (which may be for a percentage that is less than 10% of the Eligible Employee’s Compensation, including 0%). Authorized payroll deductions will begin on the first regularly scheduled Payday that occurs at least five business days following the Election Date (unless an earlier Payday is selected by the Company). If an Eligible Employee fails to authorize payroll deductions at a contribution level of at least 1% by the Election Date, the Eligible Employee will be deemed to have elected a 0% contribution rate for the Initial Offering and no shares will be purchased for the Participant on the Purchase Date of the Initial Offering. If the Eligible Employee has not timely elected payroll deductions at the rate of at least 1% before the start of the next Offering, he or she will be automatically withdrawn from the Plan, and he or she must affirmatively enroll and authorize payroll deductions in accordance with Section 3.2 above to participate in future Offerings.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

PURCHASE OF SHARES

4.1 Grant of Option. The Company may make one or more Offerings under the Plan, which may be successive or overlapping with one another, until the earlier of: (i) the date on which all Shares available under the Plan have been purchased or (ii) the date on which the Plan is suspended or terminates. No Offering after the Initial Offering Period shall commence prior to the date on which the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 is filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of the Plan. The Administrator shall designate the terms and conditions of each Offering in writing, including without limitation, the Offering Period and the Purchase Periods. Each Participant shall be granted an Option with respect to an Offering Period on the applicable Grant Date. Subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(b) hereof, the number of Shares subject to a Participant’s Option shall be determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to an Exercise Date and retained in the Participant’s Plan Account on such Exercise Date by (b) the applicable Option Price; provided that in no event shall a Participant be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than 2,500 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof). The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of Shares that a Participant may purchase during any Purchase Periods under such future Offering Periods. Each Option shall expire on the last Exercise Date for the applicable Offering Period immediately after the automatic exercise of the Option in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof, unless such Option terminates earlier in accordance with Article VI hereof.

4.2 Option Price. The Option Price shall equal 85% of the lesser of the Fair Market Value of a Share on (a) the applicable Grant Date and (b) the applicable Exercise Date, or such other price designated by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the Initial Offering, the Fair Market Value of a Share on the first day of the Purchase Period will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering, as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

4.3 Purchase of Shares.

(a) On each Exercise Date for an Offering Period, each Participant shall automatically and without any action on such Participant’s part be deemed to have exercised the Participant’s Option to purchase at the applicable Option Price the largest number of whole Shares which can be purchased with the amount in the Participant’s Plan Account, subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in advance of an Offering or in accordance with applicable law, any balance that is remaining in the Participant’s Plan Account (after exercise of such Participant’s Option) as of the Exercise Date shall be carried forward into the next Offering Period, unless the Participant has properly elected to withdraw from the Plan, has ceased to be an Eligible Employee or with respect to the maximum limitations set forth in Section 3.1(b) and Section 4.1. Any balance not carried forward to the next Offering Period in accordance with the prior sentence shall promptly be refunded as soon as administratively practicable to the applicable Participant.

 

9


(b) As soon as practicable following each Exercise Date, the number of Shares purchased by such Participant pursuant to Section 4.3(a) hereof shall be delivered (either in share certificate or book entry form), in the Company’s sole discretion, to either (i) the Participant or (ii) an account established in the Participant’s name at a stock brokerage or other financial services firm designated by the Company. The Company may require that shares be retained with such brokerage or firm for a designated period of time and/or may establish procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions of such shares.

4.4 Transferability of Rights. An Option granted under the Plan shall not be transferable, other than by will or the applicable laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. No option or interest or right to the Option shall be available to pay off any debts, contracts or engagements of the Participant or the Participant’s successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempt at disposition of the Option shall have no effect.

ARTICLE V

PROVISIONS RELATING TO COMMON STOCK

5.1 Shares Reserved. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.2 hereof, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be the sum of (a)                      Company’s Shares and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning on January 1, 2022 and annually thereafter ending in 2031 equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of all classes of the Company’s shares outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, (ii)                      Company’s Shares and (iii) such smaller number of shares as may be determined by the Board; provided, however, no more than                      shares may be issued in total under the Plan. Shares made available for sale under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury Shares. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan.

5.2 Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation, Merger or Asset Sale.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but not yet placed under Option, as well as the price per share and the number of Shares covered by each Option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a share split, reverse share split, share dividend, combination, amalgamation, consolidation, reorganization, arrangement or reclassification of the Shares, or any other increase or decrease in the number

 

10


Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Shares subject to an Option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the “New Exercise Date”), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof or the Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 6.2 hereof.

(c) Merger or Asset Sale. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent Option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, any Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offering Periods then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company’s proposed sale or merger. The Administrator shall notify each Participant in writing, at least ten business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s Option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s Option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 6.1 hereof or the Participant has ceased to be an Eligible Employee as provided in Section 6.2 hereof.

5.3 Insufficient Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of Shares with respect to which Options are to be exercised may exceed the number of Shares remaining available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for issuance on such Exercise Date in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising Options to purchase Shares on such Exercise Date, and unless additional shares are authorized for issuance under the Plan, no further Offering Periods shall take place and the Plan shall terminate pursuant to Section 7.5 hereof. If an Offering Period is so terminated, then the balance of the amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Account which has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant in one lump sum in cash within 30 days after such Exercise Date, without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws).

 

11


5.4 Rights as Shareholders. With respect to Shares subject to an Option, a Participant shall not be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company and shall not have any of the rights or privileges of a shareholder. A Participant shall have the rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company when, but not until, the Shares have been deposited in the designated brokerage account following exercise of the Participant’s Option.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

6.1 Cessation of Contributions; Voluntary Withdrawal.

(a) A Participant may cease payroll deductions during an Offering Period and elect to withdraw from the Plan by delivering written notice of such election to the Company or an Agent designated by the Company in such form and at such time prior to the Exercise Date for such Offering Period as may be established by the Administrator (a “Withdrawal Election”). In the event a Participant elects to withdraw from the Plan, amounts then credited to such Participant’s Plan Account shall be returned to the Participant in one lump-sum payment in cash within 30 days after such election is received by the Company, without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws), and the Participant shall cease to participate in the Plan and the Participant’s Option for such Offering Period shall terminate upon receipt of the Withdrawal Election. 

(b) A Participant’s withdrawal from the Plan shall not have any effect upon the Participant’s eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

(c) A Participant who ceases contributions to the Plan during any Offering Period shall not be permitted to resume contributions to the Plan during that Offering Period.

6.2 Termination of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason, such Participant’s Option for the applicable Offering Period shall automatically terminate, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan, and any balance on such Participant’s Plan Account shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, to the person or persons entitled thereto pursuant to applicable law, within 30 days after such cessation of being an Eligible Employee, without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws). If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Company participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Company participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the Offering Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Company participating in the Non-

 

12


Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Company participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (i) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component, or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between companies participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1 Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, which shall be composed of members of the Board. The Committee may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including without limitation, determining the Designated Companies participating in the Plan, establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant, determining enrollment and withdrawal deadlines and determining exchange rates. In its absolute discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Administrator under the Plan.

(b) It shall be the duty of the Administrator to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To establish and terminate Offerings;

(ii) To determine when and how Options shall be granted and the provisions and terms of each Offering (which need not be identical);

(iii) To select Designated Companies in accordance with Section 7.2 hereof; and

(iv) To construe and interpret the Plan, the terms of any Offering and the terms of the Options and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, any Offering or any Option, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to administer the Plan, subject to Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

(c) The Administrator may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures, provided that the adoption and implementation of any such rules and/or procedures would not cause the Section 423 Component to be in noncompliance with Section 423 of the Code.

 

13


Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of participation elections, payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of share certificates which vary with local requirements.

(d) The Administrator may adopt sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Companies or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 5.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan.

(e) All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Administrator in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Administrator may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons. The Administrator, the Company and its officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith shall be final and binding upon all Participants, the Company and all other interested persons. No member of the Board or Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or the Options, and all members of the Board or Administrator shall be fully protected by the Company in respect to any such action, determination, or interpretation. Any and all risks resulting from any market fluctuations or conditions of any nature and affecting the price of Shares are assumed by the Participant.

7.2 Designation of Affiliates and Subsidiaries. The Administrator shall designate from time to time the Affiliates and Subsidiaries that shall constitute Designated Companies, and determine whether such Designated Companies shall participate in the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component; provided, however, that an Affiliate that does not also qualify as a Subsidiary may be designated only as participating in the Non-Section 423 Component. The Administrator may designate an Affiliate or Subsidiary, or terminate the designation of an Affiliate or Subsidiary, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company.

7.3 Reports. Individual accounts shall be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of Plan Accounts shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Option Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

7.4 No Right to Employment. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Participant) the right to remain in the employ of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate or to affect the right of the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate to terminate the employment of any person (including any Participant) at any time, with or without cause, which right is expressly reserved.

 

14


7.5 Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) The Board may, in its sole discretion, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision), with respect to the Section 423 Component, or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to the Plan in such a manner and to such a degree as required by Section 423 of the Code or such other law, regulation or rule.

(b) If the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may in its discretion modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) altering the Option Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Option Price;

(ii) shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action; and

(iii) allocating Shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require shareholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

(c) Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan Account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws).

7.6 Use of Funds; No Interest Paid. All funds received by the Company by reason of purchase of shares of Shares under the Plan shall be included in the general funds of the Company free of any trust or other restriction and may be used for any corporate purpose (except as may be required by applicable local laws). No interest shall be paid to any Participant or credited under the Plan (except as may be required by applicable local laws).

7.7 Term; Approval by Shareholders. No Option may be granted during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan. The Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Company’s shareholders within 12 months after the date of the Board’s initial adoption of the Plan. Options may be granted prior to such shareholder approval; provided, however, that such Options shall not be exercisable prior to the time when the Plan is approved by the shareholders; provided, further that if such approval has not been obtained by the end of the 12-month period, all Options previously granted under the Plan shall thereupon terminate and be canceled and become null and void without being exercised.

7.8 Effect Upon Other Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other compensation or incentive plans in effect for the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company, any Parent, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate (a) to establish any other forms of incentives or compensation for

 

15


employees of the Company or any Parent, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, or (b) to grant or assume Options otherwise than under the Plan in connection with any proper corporate purpose, including, but not by way of limitation, the grant or assumption of options in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, amalgamation, combination, arrangement, consolidation or otherwise, of the business, shares or assets of any corporation, firm or association.

7.9 Conformity to Securities Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Plan and the participation in the Plan by any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemption rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Plan shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

7.10 Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares, acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under the Section 423 Component, if such disposition or transfer is made (a) within two years after the applicable Grant Date or (b) within one year after the transfer of such Shares to such Participant upon exercise of such Option. The Company may direct that any certificates evidencing shares acquired pursuant to the Plan refer to such requirement.

7.11 Tax Withholding. At the time of any taxable event that creates a withholding obligation for the Company or any Parent, Affiliate or Subsidiary, the Participant will make adequate provision for any Tax-Related Items. In their sole discretion, and except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, the Company or the Designated Company that employs or employed the Participant may satisfy their obligations to withhold Tax-Related Items by (a) withholding from the Participant’s wages or other compensation, (b) withholding a sufficient whole number of Shares otherwise issuable following exercise of the Option having an aggregate value sufficient to pay the Tax-Related Items required to be withheld with respect to the Option and/or Shares, (c) withholding from proceeds from the sale of Shares issued upon exercise of the Option, either through a voluntary sale or a mandatory sale arranged by the Company, or (d) any other method determined by the Administrator to be in compliance with applicable laws.

7.12 Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

7.13 Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

16


7.14 Conditions to Issuance of Shares.

(a) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing Shares pursuant to the exercise of an Option by a Participant, unless and until the Administrator has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such Shares is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed or traded, and the Shares are covered by an effective registration statement or applicable exemption from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Administrator may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements.

(b) All certificates for Shares delivered pursuant to the Plan and all Shares issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Administrator deems necessary or advisable to comply with U.S. and non-U.S. federal, provincial, state or local securities or other laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded. The Administrator may place legends on any certificate or book entry evidencing Shares to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares.

(c) The Administrator shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Option, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Administrator.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or required by any applicable law, rule or regulation, the Company may, in lieu of delivering to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Option, record the issuance of Shares in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator).

If, pursuant to this Section 7.14, the Administrator determines that Shares will not be issued to any Participant, the Company is relieved from liability to any Participant except to refund to the Participant such Participant’s Plan Account balance, without interest thereon (except as may be required by applicable local laws).

7.15 Equal Rights and Privileges. All Eligible Employees granted Options pursuant to an Offering under the Section 423 Component shall have equal rights and privileges under this Plan to the extent required under Section 423 of the Code so that the Section 423 Component qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as each other, or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

 

17


7.16 Rules Particular to Specific Countries. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the terms and conditions of the Plan with respect to Participants who are residents of a particular non-U.S. country or who are non-U.S. nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions may be subject to an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 7.1 above. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are non-U.S. nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Affiliates or Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions, provided that the adoption and implementation of any such rules and/or procedures would not cause the Section 423 Component to be in noncompliance with Section 423 of the Code.

7.17 Section 409A. The Section 423 Component of the Plan and the Options granted pursuant to Offerings thereunder are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A. Neither the Non-Section 423 Component nor any Option granted pursuant to an Offering thereunder is intended to constitute or provide for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that any Option granted under the Plan may be or become subject to Section 409A or that any provision of the Plan may cause an Option granted under the Plan to be or become subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and/or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, either through compliance with the requirements of Section 409A or with an available exemption therefrom.

* * * * *

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of Instructure Holdings, Inc. on [•].

I hereby certify that the foregoing Plan was approved by the shareholders of Instructure Holdings, Inc. on [•].

Executed on [•].

 

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

         

Name:   Matthew Kaminer
Title:   Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

18

Exhibit 10.6

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE (U.S. EMPLOYEE)

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Instructure Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“Participant”) the number of restricted stock units (the “RSUs”) set forth below. This award of RSUs (this “Award”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”), which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

Participant:                                                 
Grant Date:                                                 
Number of RSUs:                                                 
Vesting Commencement Date:                                                 
Vesting Schedule:    Subject to the Agreement, the Plan and other terms and conditions set forth herein, the RSUs will vest and become exercisable according to the following schedule, so long as Participant has not incurred a Termination of Service prior to the applicable vesting date:
   1/4 of the RSUs shall become vested on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “First Anniversary”) and the remaining portion of the RSUs shall become vested with respect to 1/12 of the RSUs on each three-month anniversary of the First Anniversary thereafter.

By Participant’s signature below, Participant agrees to be bound by the terms of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Grant Notice and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Grant Notice and the Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions arising under the Plan, this Grant Notice or the Agreement. This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts (including portable document format (.pdf) and facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.


Notwithstanding any provision of this Grant Notice or the Agreement, if Participant has not executed this Grant Notice within 90 days following the Grant Date set forth above, Participant will be deemed to have accepted this Award, subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Grant Notice, the Agreement and the Plan.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.     PARTICIPANT
By:  

         

   

         

Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

          

SIGNATURE PAGE

TO

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT NOTICE


Exhibit A

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified in the Grant Notice or, if not defined in the Grant Notice, in the Plan.

ARTICLE I. GENERAL

1.1 Grant of RSUs. The Company has granted to Participant the RSUs effective as of the grant date set forth in the Grant Notice (the “Grant Date”). Each RSU represents the right to receive one Share as set forth in this Agreement. Participant will have no right to the distribution of any Shares or payment of any cash until the time (if ever) the RSUs have vested.

1.2 Unsecured Promise. The RSUs will at all times prior to settlement represent an unsecured Company obligation payable only from the Company’s general assets.

1.3 Vesting. The RSUs will vest according to the vesting schedule in the Grant Notice; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Grant Notice: in the event Participant incurs a Termination of Service due to Participant’s death or Disability, any unvested portion of RSUs outstanding as of immediately prior to Participant’s Termination of Service will automatically vest upon Participant’s Termination of Service.

1.4 Forfeiture. Except as explicitly provided in Section 1.3, in the event of Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, any portion of the RSUs that is not vested will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited as of the date of such Termination of Service at no cost to the Company. In addition, in the event Participant’s Termination of Service is due to Cause, (i) any portion of the RSUs, whether vested or not vested, that remains unexercised will immediately and automatically be cancelled and forfeited as of the date of such Termination of Service at no cost to the Company; and (ii) Participant shall, within thirty (30) days following Participant’s receipt of a written notice from the Company, pay to the Company a cash amount equal to the sum of: (i) the Fair Market Value of any Shares previously delivered to Participant in settlement of the RSUs (with such Fair Market Value determined as of the date such Shares were delivered) and (ii) the amount of any Dividend Equivalents previously paid to Participant.

1.5 Incorporation of Terms of Plan. The RSUs are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and this Agreement, the terms of the Plan will control.

1.6 Dividend Equivalents. In the event that the Company declares and pays a dividend in respect of its outstanding Shares and, on the record date for such dividend, Participant holds RSUs granted pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall record the amount of such dividend in a bookkeeping account and pay to Participant an amount in cash equal to the cash dividends Participant would have received if Participant was the holder of record, as of such record date, of a number of Shares equal to the number of RSUs held by Participant that have not been settled as of such record date, such payment to be made on the date on which such RSUs are settled in accordance with Section 3.4 (the “Dividend Equivalents”). For purposes of clarity, if any of the RSUs are forfeited by Participant pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, then Participant shall also forfeit the Dividend Equivalents, if any, accrued with respect to such forfeited RSUs. No interest will accrue on the Dividend Equivalents between the declaration and payment of the applicable dividends and the settlement of the Dividend Equivalents


1.7 Settlement. As soon as administratively practicable following the vesting of RSUs pursuant to Section 3.1, but in no event later than 30 days after such vesting date, the Company shall deliver to Participant a number of Shares equal to the number of RSUs subject to this Award. All Shares issued hereunder shall be delivered either by delivering one or more certificates for such shares to Participant or by entering such shares in book-entry form, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The value of Shares shall not bear any interest owing to the passage of time.

ARTICLE II.

TAXATION AND TAX WITHHOLDING

2.1 Representation. Participant represents to the Company that Participant has reviewed with Participant’s own tax advisors the tax consequences of this Award and the transactions contemplated by the Grant Notice and this Agreement. Participant is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents.

2.2 Tax Withholding. To the extent that the receipt, vesting or settlement of this Award results in compensation income or wages to Participant for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company to fulfill the obligations for the payment of, any income tax, social insurance contribution or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld in respect of this Award, which arrangements include the delivery of cash or cash equivalents, Common Stock (including previously owned Common Stock, net settlement, a broker-assisted sale, or, if permitted by the Committee, other cashless withholding or reduction of the amount of shares otherwise issuable or delivered pursuant to this Award), other property, or any other legal consideration the Committee deems appropriate. If such tax obligations are satisfied through net settlement or the surrender of previously owned Common Stock, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be so withheld (or surrendered) shall be the number of shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or surrender equal to the aggregate amount of such tax liabilities determined based on the greatest withholding rates for federal, state, local and/or foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that may be utilized without creating adverse accounting treatment for the Company with respect to this Award, as determined by the Committee. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock required to satisfy such tax obligations shall be disregarded and the amount due shall be paid instead in cash to Participant. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the receipt, vesting or settlement of this Award or disposition of the underlying shares and that Participant has been advised, and hereby is advised, to consult a tax advisor. Participant represents that Participant is in no manner relying on the Board, the Committee, the Company or an Affiliate or any of their respective managers, directors, officers, employees or authorized representatives (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers, lenders, prospective lenders and financial representatives) for tax advice or an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

A-2


ARTICLE III.

OTHER PROVISIONS

3.1 Adjustments. Participant acknowledges that the RSUs and the shares of Common Stock subject to the RSUs are subject to adjustment, modification and termination in certain events as provided in this Agreement and the Plan.

3.2 Notices. All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to the Company, unless otherwise designated by the Company in a written notice to Participant (or other holder):

Instructure Holdings, Inc.

Attn: Chief Legal Officer

6330 South 300 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

If to Participant, at Participant’s last known address on file with the Company. Any notice that is delivered personally or by overnight courier or telecopier in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been duly given to Participant when it is mailed by the Company or, if such notice is not mailed to Participant, upon receipt by Participant. Any notice that is addressed and mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given to the party to whom it is addressed at the close of business, local time of the recipient, on the fourth day after the day it is so placed in the mail.

3.3 Titles. Titles are provided herein for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Agreement.

3.4 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement are intended to conform to the extent necessary with all Applicable Laws and, to the extent Applicable Laws permit, will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

3.5 Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the Plan, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

3.6 Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or this Agreement, if Participant is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Plan, the Grant Notice, this Agreement, and the RSUs will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, this Agreement will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

A-3


3.7 Entire Agreement. The Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement (including any exhibit hereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided¸ however, that the terms of this Agreement shall not modify and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of any employment, consulting and/or severance agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant in effect as of the date a determination is to be made under this Agreement.

3.8 Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision of the Grant Notice or this Agreement is held illegal or invalid, the provision will be severable from, and the illegality or invalidity of the provision will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of the Grant Notice or this Agreement.

3.9 Limitation on Participant’s Rights. Participation in the Plan confers no rights or interests other than as herein provided. This Agreement creates only a contractual obligation on the part of the Company as to amounts payable and may not be construed as creating a trust. Neither the Plan nor any underlying program, in and of itself, has any assets. Participant will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to amounts credited and benefits payable, if any, with respect to the RSUs, and rights no greater than the right to receive cash or the Shares as a general unsecured creditor with respect to the RSUs, as and when settled pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.10 Non-Transferability. During the lifetime of Participant, the RSUs may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless and until the Shares underlying the RSUs have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such Shares have lapsed. Neither the RSUs not any interest or right therein shall be liable for the debts, contracts or engagements of Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, encumbrance, assignment or any other means whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by the preceding sentence.

3.11 Legends. If a stock certificate is issued with respect to the Shares delivered hereunder, such certificate shall bear such legend or legends as the Committee deems appropriate in order to reflect the restrictions set forth in this Agreement and to ensure compliance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other Applicable Laws. If the Shares issued hereunder are held in book-entry form, then such entry will reflect that the Shares are subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

 

A-4


3.12 No Right to Continued Service or Awards. Nothing in the Plan, the Grant Notice or this Agreement confers upon Participant any right to continue in the service of the Company or any Affiliate or interferes with or restricts in any way the rights of the Company and its Affiliates, which rights are hereby expressly reserved, to discharge or terminate the services of Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without Cause, except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in a written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate and Participant. The grant of the RSUs is a one-time benefit and does not create any contractual or other right to receive a grant of Awards or benefits in lieu of Awards in the future. Any future Awards will be granted at the sole discretion of the Company.

3.13 Satisfaction of Claims. Any issuance or transfer of Shares or other property to Participant or Participant’s legal representative, heir, legatee or distribute, in accordance with the Plan, the Grant Notice and this Agreement shall be in full satisfaction of all claims of such person hereunder.

3.14 Counterparts. The Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by way of any electronic signature, subject to Applicable Law, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one instrument.

3.15 Consent to Electronic Delivery; Electronic Signature. In lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Participant agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to accept electronic delivery of any documents that the Company may be required to deliver (including, without limitation, prospectuses, prospectus supplements, grant or award notifications and agreements, account statements, annual and quarterly reports and all other forms of communications) in connection with this and any other Award made or offered by the Company. Electronic delivery may be via a Company electronic mail system or by reference to a location on a Company intranet or third party website to which Participant has access. Participant hereby consents to any and all procedures the Company has established or may establish for an electronic signature system for delivery and acceptance of any such documents that the Company may be required to deliver, and agrees that Participant’s electronic signature is the same as, and shall have the same force and effect as, Participant’s manual signature.

3.16 Company Recoupment of Awards. Participant’s rights with respect to this Award shall in all events be subject to (a) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with Participant, or (b) any right or obligation that the Company may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

A-5

Exhibit 10.7

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [                ], 2021 between Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified[; and]


[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Thoma Bravo, L.P.] (“Thoma Bravo”) or affiliates of Thoma Bravo which Indemnitee and Thoma Bravo intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    Indemnity of Indemnitee. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a)    Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant, or otherwise becomes involved in, in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b)    Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

1 

NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for Thoma Bravo directors.

 

2


(c)    Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2.    Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3.    Contribution.

(a)    Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b)    Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to

 

3


the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d)    To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4.    Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5.    Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(e) and Section 9), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d), within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such

 

4


Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Sections 7(d) and 7(e) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

6.    Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)    To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b)    Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum; (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c)    In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the

 

5


ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6, and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d)    In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e)    Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

6


(f)    If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g)    Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h)    The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

7


(i)    The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7.    Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a)    In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)    In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b). In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c)    If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

8


(d)    In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.

(e)    The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8.    Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Insurance; Subrogation.

(a)    The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Charter”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b)    The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance

 

9


companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c)    [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Thoma Bravo and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, Thoma Bravo (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d)    [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e)    [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10


(f)    [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9.    Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;] or

(b)    for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c)    for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

(d)    in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or;

(e)    any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

 

11


10.    Non-Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11.    Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) twenty (20) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12.    Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a)    “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b)    “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than Thoma Bravo and its affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the

 

12


Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i), 12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(c)    “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

13


(d)    “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e)    “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f)    “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g)    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h)    “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i)    “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

14


(j)    “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

13.    Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

14.    Enforcement and Binding Effect.

(a)    The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)    Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15


(c)    The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d)    The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e)    The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

15.    Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16.    Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17.    Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

16


(a)    To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

(b)    To the Company at:

Instructure Holdings, Inc.

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

Attention: Chief Legal Officer

E-mail: mkaminer@instructure.com

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19.    Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20.    Usage of Pronouns. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

21.    Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

[The Remainder of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:       
Name:  
Title:  
INDEMNITEE
 
Name:
Address:
 
 
 
 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.8

DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT

THIS DIRECTOR NOMINATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2021, by and among Instructure Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Thoma Bravo Partners XIII, L.P., and Thoma Bravo UGP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (collectively, “Thoma Bravo”). This Agreement shall become effective (the “Effective Date”) upon the closing of the Company’s proposed initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its Common Stock (as defined below).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Thoma Bravo beneficially owns a majority of the equity interests in the Company;

WHEREAS, Thoma Bravo is contemplating causing the Company to effect an IPO;

WHEREAS, Thoma Bravo currently has the authority to appoint all directors of the Company;

WHEREAS, in consideration of Thoma Bravo agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to permit Thoma Bravo to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:

1.    Board Nomination Rights.

(a)    From the Effective Date, Thoma Bravo shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) 100% of the Total Number of Directors (as defined below), so long as Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”) representing at least 40% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo, (ii) 40% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 30% but less than 40% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo, (iii) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 20% but less than 30% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo, (iv) 20% of the Total Number of Directors, in the event that Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 10% but less than 20% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo and (v) one Director, in the event that Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo (such persons, the “Nominees”). For purposes of calculating the number of directors that Thoma Bravo is entitled to designate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, any fractional amounts shall automatically be rounded up to the nearest whole number (e.g., 114 Directors shall equate to 2 Directors) and any such calculations shall be made after taking into account any increase in the Total Number of Directors.


(b)    In the event that Thoma Bravo has nominated less than the total number of designees Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(a), Thoma Bravo shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action (including increasing the size of the Board to create a vacancy), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable Thoma Bravo to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board, or otherwise and (y) to designate such additional individuals nominated by Thoma Bravo to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(c)    In addition to the nomination rights set forth in Section 1(a) above, from the Effective Date, for so long as Thoma Bravo continuously from the time of the IPO Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the Original Amount of Thoma Bravo, Thoma Bravo shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate a person (a “Non-Voting Observer”) to attend meetings of the Board (including any meetings of any committees thereof) in a non-voting observer capacity. Any such Non-Voting Observer shall be permitted to attend all meetings of the Board. Thoma Bravo shall have the right to remove and replace its Non-Voting Observer at any time and from time to time. The Company shall furnish to any Non-Voting Observer (i) notices of Board meetings no later than, and using the same form of communication as, notice of Board meetings are furnished to directors and (ii) copies of any materials prepared for meetings of the Board that are furnished to the directors no later than the time such materials are furnished to the directors; provided that failure to deliver notice, or materials, to such Non-Voting Observer in connection with such Non-Voting Observer’s right to attend and/or review materials with respect to, any meeting of the Board shall not, by itself, impair the validity of any action taken by such Board at such meeting. Such Non-Voting Observer shall be required to execute or otherwise become subject to any codes of conduct or confidentiality agreements of the Company generally applicable to directors of the Company or as the Company reasonably requests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude the Non-Voting Observer from receiving any materials and/or attending any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

(d)    The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Nominees and the Non-Voting Observer in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director or a Non-Voting Observer and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.

(e)    “Affiliate” of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

 

2


(f)    “Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote shares of capital stock of the Company.

(g)    “Director” means any member of the Board.

(h)    “Original Amount of Thoma Bravo” means the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, by Thoma Bravo on the date hereof, as such number may be adjusted from time to time for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar changes in the Company’s capitalization.

(i)    “Total Number of Directors” means the total number of Directors comprising the Board.

(j)    No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that Thoma Bravo Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. At the Effective Date, the Board shall be comprised of seven members and the initial Nominees shall be Steve Daly, Charles Goodman, Erik Akopiantz, Ossa Fisher, James Hutter, Brian Jaffee and Paul Holden Spaht, Jr.

(k)    In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to designate such person’s successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of Thoma Bravo’s beneficial ownership in the Company at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the director whom such designee replaces.

(l)    If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such person’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to designate promptly another nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.

(m)    So long as Thoma Bravo has the right to nominate Nominees under Section 1(a) or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to Thoma Bravo, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

(n)    If the size of the Board is expanded, Thoma Bravo shall be entitled to nominate a number of Nominees to fill the newly created vacancies such that the total number of Nominees serving on the Board following such expansion will be equal to that number of Nominees that Thoma Bravo would be entitled to nominate in accordance with Section 1(a) if such expansion occurred immediately prior to any meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and the Board shall appoint such Nominees to the Board.

 

3


(o)    At such time as the Company ceases to be a “controlled company” and is required by applicable law or The New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of “independent directors” (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), Thoma Bravo’s Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as “independent directors” under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any other “independent directors” then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of “independent directors.”

(p)    At any time that Thoma Bravo shall have any nomination rights under Section 1, the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect Thoma Bravo’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo.

2.    Company Obligations. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that prior to the date that Thoma Bravo and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders (the “Board’s Slate”) for each election of directors; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a “Director Election Proxy Statement”), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. Thoma Bravo will promptly provide reporting to the Company after Thoma Bravo ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such that Company is informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that Thoma Bravo is entitled to nominate to the Board’s Slate for any election of directors shall be based on the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by Thoma Bravo (“Thoma Bravo Voting Control”) immediately prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission). Unless Thoma Bravo notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of directors, the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of Thoma Bravo for the Board to include such Nominees on the Board’s Slate; provided, that, in the event Thoma Bravo is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then serving on the Board, Thoma Bravo shall provide advance written notice to the Company, of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If Thoma Bravo fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority

 

4


of the independent directors then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of Thoma Bravo then serving on the Board will be included in the Board’s Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and Thoma Bravo acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a “controlled company.”

3.    Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as Thoma Bravo and its Affiliates cease to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, Thoma Bravo shall have the right to designate a number of members of each committee of the Board equal to the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying (a) the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by Thoma Bravo and (b) the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, provided that any such designee shall be a director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for “controlled companies,” and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of directors, regardless of the level of Thoma Bravo Voting Control following such designation. Unless Thoma Bravo notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent Thoma Bravo has the requisite Thoma Bravo Voting Control for Thoma Bravo to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of any such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by Thoma Bravo to serve on a committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.

4.    Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and Thoma Bravo, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. Thoma Bravo shall not be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event Thoma Bravo fails to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Compensation and Governance Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Board’s Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and Thoma

 

5


Bravo shall be deemed to have waived its rights hereunder with respect to such election. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5.     Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Thoma Bravo. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 6, nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

6.    Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, Thoma Bravo may assign to any any Affiliate of Thoma Bravo (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be “Thoma Bravo” for all purposes hereunder.

7.    Indemnification.

(a)    The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Thoma Bravo, its Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, directors, managers, officers and controlling Persons (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or obligations of any kind or nature (whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent) in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Parties before or after the date of this Agreement (each, an “Action”) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) Thoma Bravo’s or its Affiliates’ Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company or control or ability to influence the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such Actions (x) to the extent such Actions arise out of any breach of this Agreement by an Indemnified Party or its Affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnified Party to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such Actions are directly caused by such Person’s willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior, on or after the date of this Agreement by Thoma Bravo or its Affiliates to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense in respect of any Action which may be brought against the Company and/or its Affiliates and the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense any and all Actions which may be brought in which the Indemnified Parties may be impleaded with others upon any Action by the Indemnified Parties, except that if such damage shall be proven to be the direct result of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by any of the Indemnified Parties, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for the costs of defense and other costs incurred by the Company in proportion to such Indemnified Party’s culpability as proven. In the event of the assertion against any Indemnified Party of any Action or the commencement of any Action, the Company shall be entitled to participate in such Action and in the investigation of such Action and, after written notice from the Company to such Indemnified Party, to assume the investigation or defense of such Action with counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified

 

6


Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may retain one firm of counsel to represent all Indemnified Parties in such Action; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ a single firm of separate counsel (and any necessary local counsel) and to participate in the defense or investigation of such Action and the Company shall bear the expense of such separate counsel (and local counsel, if applicable), if (x) in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party use of counsel of the Company’s choice could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, (y) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the assertion of any such Action or (z) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Company’s expense. The Company further agrees that with respect to any Indemnified Party who is employed, retained or otherwise associated with, or appointed or nominated by, Thoma Bravo or any of its Affiliates and who acts or serves as a director, officer, manager, fiduciary, employee, consultant, advisor or agent of, for or to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that the Company or such subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be primarily liable for all indemnification, reimbursements, advancements or similar payments (the “Indemnity Obligations”) afforded to such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company, whether the Indemnity Obligations are created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise. The Company hereby agrees that in no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any right or claim against Thoma Bravo for contribution or have rights of subrogation against Thoma Bravo through an Indemnified Party for any payment made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any Indemnity Obligation. In addition, the Company hereby agrees that in the event that Thoma Bravo pay or advance an Indemnified Party any expenses with respect to an Indemnity Obligation, the Company will, or will cause its subsidiaries to, as applicable, promptly reimburse Thoma Bravo, for such payment or advance upon request; subject to the receipt by the Company of a written undertaking executed by the Indemnified Party and Thoma Bravo, that makes such payment or advance to repay any such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The foregoing right to indemnity shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise and shall remain in full force and effect following the completion or any termination of the engagement. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless as and to the extent contemplated by this Section 7, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

(b)    The Company hereby acknowledges that the certain of the Indemnified Parties have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by investment funds managed by Thoma Bravo and certain of their Affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees with respect to any indemnification, hold harmless obligation, expense advancement or reimbursement provision or any other similar obligation whether pursuant to or with respect to this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, (i) that the Company and its subsidiaries are the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., their obligations to the Indemnified

 

7


Parties are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for claims, expenses or obligations arising out of the same or similar facts and circumstances suffered by any Indemnified Party are secondary), (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any Indemnified Party and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, liabilities, obligations, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, without regard to any rights any Indemnified Party may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that the Company, on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries, irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all Actions against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any Indemnified Party with respect to any Action for which any Indemnified Party has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of any Indemnified Party against the Company. The Company agrees that the Fund Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 7(b).

8.    Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

9.    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

10.    Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 16, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

11.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

12.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

8


13.    Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

14.    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

15.    Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

16.    Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

17.    Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

If to the Company:

Instructure Holdings, Inc.

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 7000

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

Attention: Matt Kaminer, Chief Legal Officer

Email: mkaminer@instructure.com

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Bradley C. Reed, P.C.

                 Michael P. Keeley

Email: bradley.reed@kirkland.com; michael.keeley@kirkland.com

If to any member of Thoma Bravo or any Nominee:

c/o Thoma Bravo, L.P

600 Montgomery Street, 20th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Attention: Holden Spaht

                 Brian Jaffee

Email: hsphat@thomabravo.com; bjaffee@thomabravo.com

 

9


With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Bradley C. Reed, P.C.

                 Michael P. Keeley

Email: bradley.reed@kirkland.com; michael.keeley@kirkland.com

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 16 during regular business hours.

18.    Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenant and agree that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

*    *    *    *    *

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

INSTRUCTURE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:   Dale Bowen
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
[THOMA BRAVO SIG BLOCKS]

[Signature Page to Director Nomination Agreement]

Exhibit 10.9

 

LOGO

MAY 8, 2020

Steve Daly

Dear Steve,

Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a full-time position as of Chief Executive Officer according to the following terms.

DUTIES

You will be responsible for duties as are ordinary, customary and necessary in the CEO role and as the board may direct.

BASE COMPENSATION

Your base compensation will be $450,000 per year paid in substantially equal installments, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings (“Base Salary”). You will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s current payroll practices, which may change from time to time. Pay dates currently fall on the 15th and 31st (or last day) of each month.

ANNUAL LEADERSHIP BONUS PROGRAM

Each year, you will be eligible to participate in the Company Executive bonus program at a target rate of 100 % of your Base Salary for the performance year. Bonus payout will be funded based on EBITDA targets and allocated based on Company and individual performance and will be pro-rated based on hire date. This bonus will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Program summary to be provided.

NEW HIRE EQUITY GRANT

In connection with the commencement of your employment, The Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that they grant you 2.5% of Class B Units of Instructure Parent, LP at no cost. Instructure Parent, LP is the ultimate parent entity and holding company that owns the Company. The granted equity will vest over four years subject to a combination of performance and your continued service to the Company.

BENEFITS

You, and your qualified dependents, will be eligible for the standard Company benefits based on the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and applicable policies. Details about these benefit plans will be available for your review. Pursuant to Company policy, you will not accrue vacation time, and you may instead be eligible to take time off with pay as appropriate for your position and workload. The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary in its sole discretion.


LOGO

 

Quick Info
Title    Chief Executive Officer
Start Date    July 1, 2020
Benefits   

Medical, Dental, Vision, Disability Insurance,

Life, 401k w/ match, Gym Membership, Time Off with Pay

Holidays    9 Paid Holidays

RULES AND POLICIES

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies as they are adopted and amended from time to time and sign and comply with the attached Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement which, among other obligations, prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s proprietary information and solicitation of its employees and customers (to the extent allowed by law).

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. You represent that you will be able to perform your job duties within the guidelines just described and that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto the Company’s premises, nor upload onto the Company’s computer systems, any unpublished documents, confidential information, or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT

The Company’s employees are employed “at-will”, employed for no specific period of time, and employment may be terminated by the Company or the employee at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice. This employment at-will status cannot be altered in any way by any oral or written statements, policies or practices and can only be altered or modified by a written employment contract signed by you and the CEO of the Company.

SEVERANCE

In the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause, and if you first sign, date, and deliver to the Company a separation agreement that includes a general release of all known and unknown claims in the form provided to you by the Company, and allow this separation agreement to become effective, then you will receive, as your sole severance benefits: (i) severance pay equal to twelve (12) months of your base salary in effect as of the termination date, less required deductions and withholdings, paid in the form of salary continuation on the Company’s standard payroll dates (beginning with the first payroll date following the effective date of the required


LOGO

 

separation agreement); and (ii) provided that you timely elect continued group health insurance coverage through COBRA, the Company will pay your COBRA premiums sufficient to continue your group health insurance coverage at the same level in effect as of your termination date for six (6) months after your termination or until you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer, whichever occurs first.

For purposes of this Section, “Cause” means any of the following conduct by you: (i) embezzlement, misappropriation of corporate funds, or other material acts of dishonesty; (ii) commission or conviction of any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (iii) engagement in any activity that you know or should know could materially harm the business or reputation of the Company; (iv) material failure to adhere to the Company’s corporate codes, policies or procedures as in effect from time to time and your failure to cure such violations within thirty (30) days; (v) material violation of any statutory, contractual, or common law duty or obligation to the Company, including, without limitation, the duty of loyalty; (vi) material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement; or (vii) repeated failure, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, to substantially perform your assigned duties or responsibilities after written notice from the Company and your failure to cure such failure(s) within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice, provided that written notice only must be provided if the failure(s) are capable of cure.

CONTINGENCIES

This offer is contingent upon proof of identification and work authorization as required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. It is also contingent on completion of a pre-employment background check and reference check, with results satisfactory to the Company. You agree to assist as needed and to complete any documentation at the Company’s request to meet these conditions.

MISCELLANEOUS

This letter, together with your Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement, provides important information associated with your employment and is the complete, final and exclusive agreement between you and the Company. You enter into this agreement without relying upon any promise, warranty, representation, or agreement, written or oral, other than those expressly contained within. The employment terms of this agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Also, this agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company and electronic signatures shall be equivalent to original signatures.

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to me if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. If you accept our offer, we anticipate you starting on July 1, 2020.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Sincerely,

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

 
/s/ Charles Goodman   /s/ Steve Daly
  Steve Daly
Charles Goodman  
Chairman   Accepted:


LOGO

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree to the terms of this agreement (the “Agreement”) as follows:

 

1.

Nondisclosure.

(a)    Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of Company’s Proprietary or Confidential Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for Company, or unless an officer of Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary or Confidential Information. I hereby assign to Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and recognize that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

(b)    Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” means any documentation, data, or information which is valuable to the Company and not generally known to the public, including but not limited to any and all knowledge, data or information related to Company’s business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, including without limitation (a) trade secrets, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products and services, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees, contractors, and any other service providers of Company; and (d) the existence of any business discussions, negotiations, or agreements between Company and any third party.

(c)    Third Party Information. I understand that Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to any person, firm or corporation (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for Company) or use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for Company consistent with Company’s agreement with such third party or unless expressly authorized by an officer of Company in writing.

(d)    Former Employer Information. I represent that my employment by Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by me prior to my employment by Company. I further represent that I have not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with my obligations under this Agreement. I will not, during my employment with Company, improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of Company, or upload onto the Company’s systems, any unpublished documents or confidential information belonging to any such employer, in violation of any lawful agreements with such employer, person or entity. I will use in the performance of my duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Company.

 

initial CIPA    1 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

2.

Assignment of Inventions.

(a)    Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the term “Invention(s)” means any ideas, concepts, information, materials, processes, data, programs, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, artwork, formulae, other copyrightable works, and techniques and all Intellectual Property Rights in any of the items listed above. The term “Intellectual Property Rights” means all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, mask work rights, patents and other intellectual property rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country. The term “Moral Rights” means all paternity, integrity, disclosure, withdrawal, special and any other similar rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country.

(b)    Prior Inventions. I have set forth on Exhibit A (Inventions) a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with Company, in which I have an ownership interest or which I have a license to use and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this agreement (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”). If no Prior Inventions are listed in Exhibit A, I warrant that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, I hereby grant Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform, publicly display in any form or medium, whether now known or later developed, make, have made, modify, use, sell, import, offer for sale, and exercise any and all present or future rights in, such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions (as defined below) without Company’s prior written consent.

(c)    Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2(d) and 2(f), I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Intellectual Property Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with Company. Inventions assigned to Company, or to a third party as directed by Company pursuant to Section 2(f) are referred to as “Company Inventions.” I further agree that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Any assignment of Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) hereunder includes an assignment of all Moral Rights. To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned to Company and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in any country where Moral Rights exist, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive the enforcement of such Moral Rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Company or related to Company’s customers, with respect to such rights. I further acknowledge and agree that neither my successors-in-interest nor legal heirs retain any Moral Rights in any Inventions (and any Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto).

(d)    Nonassignable Inventions. I understand that this agreement does not apply to an Invention which I can prove qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. I have reviewed the Limited Exclusion Notification section on Exhibit A (Inventions) and agree that my signature on this agreement acknowledges receipt of the notification.

 

initial CIPA    2 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(e)    Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for one (1) year after termination of my employment with Company, I will promptly disclose to Company in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others, including any that may qualify as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. In addition, I will promptly disclose to Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf, or in which I am named as an inventor or co-inventor, within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify as nonassignable under applicable law; and I will at that time provide to Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully as nonassignable under the provisions of applicable law.

(f)    Government or Third Party. I agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by Company.

(g)    Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights. During and after the period of my employment and at Company’s request and expense, I will assist Company in every proper way, including consenting to and joining in any action, to obtain and enforce United States and foreign Intellectual Property Rights and Moral Rights relating to Company Inventions in all countries. If Company is unable to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with such purposes, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on my behalf to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

3.    Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Inventions developed by me (solely or jointly) during the period of my employment at Company. The records shall be available to and remain the sole property of Company at all times.

4.    Unfair Competition. I understand and agree that Company is engaged in a highly competitive business and has expended, and continues to expend, significant resources to develop and maintain valuable customer and employee relationships, Proprietary and Confidential Information, and good will in the business community and the marketplace it serves. I understand and agree that my work for Company will bring me into close contact with many Company customers and employees, and it will provide me access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Accordingly, I further agree that the covenants in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect Company’s legitimate business interests in its customer and employee relationships, its good will, and its Proprietary and Confidential Information. To protect these legitimate interests, I agree as follows:

(a)    Solicitation of Employees. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment I will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, or attempt to solicit, or participate in the solicitation of, any employee, independent contractor or consultant of Company to terminate his or her relationship with Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity. This restriction is limited to those Company employees, consultants, and independent contractors (i) who held such status with Company as of the date of my termination of employment or (ii) who would have held such status as of the date of my termination of employment but for my having encouraged or solicited them to terminate their employment.

 

initial CIPA    3 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(b)    Solicitation of Customers. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment, I will not solicit the business of any customer of Company for any other business, individual, or party that competes with the products and services offered by Company. “Customer” means any person or entity (i) that is doing business with Company at the time of my termination, or has done business with Company during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding termination of my employment, and (ii) for which I provided any services, or for which I was responsible for the provision of services by others, or about which I had access to Proprietary or Confidential Information during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding my termination. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(c)    Covenant Not to Compete. I agree that during the course of my employment and for twelve (12) months following the termination of my relationship with Company by either party for any reason, I will not , directly or indirectly, as a partner, employee, officer, director, agent, investor, owner, consultant or otherwise, solicit, perform or provide, or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services (defined below) anywhere in the Territory (defined below), nor will I assist another person to solicit, perform or provide or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services anywhere in the Territory. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(d)    Reasonableness of Restrictions. For purposes of this Agreement, “Conflicting Services” means any product, service, or process or the research and development thereof, of any person or organization other than Company that directly competes with a product, service, or process, including the research and development thereof, of Company with which I worked directly or indirectly during my employment by Company or about which I acquired Proprietary or Confidential Information during my employment by Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Territory” shall mean any geographic area for which I had functional or actual responsibility during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the termination of my employment, as well as any area for which my knowledge of Confidential Information jeopardizes Company’s interest in protecting that information. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from being the passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is engaged in a competitive business of Company and which is publicly traded. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from seeking a waiver from Company of these obligations at the time of any termination and waiver will not be unreasonably withheld. I acknowledge that my fulfillment of the obligations contained in this agreement is necessary to protect Company’s legitimate interests and, consequently, to preserve the value and goodwill of Company. I further acknowledge the time, geographic and scope limitations of my obligations under this section are reasonable and represent restrictions which are no greater than necessary so as to afford Company the opportunity to protect its legitimate interests. Further, I acknowledge that employment opportunities exist such that I can be gainfully employed without violating these restrictions.

(e)     Non-Disparagement. During Employee’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Employee will not make, issue, release or authorize any written or oral statements, derogatory or defamatory in nature, about the Company or its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees. However, nothing in this paragraph prohibits Employee from making truthful statements required by legal process issued by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, and/or to any federal, state, or local government agency.

 

initial CIPA    4 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

5.    No Conflicting Obligation. I represent that I have not entered into any agreements and am not subject to any duties to third parties, which are inconsistent with the terms of this agreement. I agree that, during my employment with Company, I will not without Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Company is now involved or becomes involved during my employment, nor will I enter into any agreements or commitments or engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to Company.

6.    Return of Company Documents. When I leave the employ of Company or upon Company’s request at any other time, I will deliver to Company all of Company’s property, equipment, drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Inventions, Third Party Information or Confidential Information of Company and certify in writing that I have fully complied with the foregoing obligation. I agree that I will not copy, delete, or alter any information contained upon my Company computer or Company equipment before I return it to Company. In addition, if I have used any personal computer, server , or e-mail system to receive, store, review, prepare or transmit any Company information, including but not limited to Confidential Information, I agree to provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of all such Confidential Information and then permanently delete and expunge such Confidential Information from those systems; and I agree to provide the Company access to my system as reasonably requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. I further agree that any property situated on Company’s premises and owned by Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without further notice.

7.    Notification of New Employer. In the event that I leave the employ of Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this agreement, but Company providing a copy of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

8.

General Provisions.

(a)    Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles that require the application of the law of a different state. I expressly consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts located in the County of Salt Lake, State of Utah, for any litigation related to or arising from this Agreement or related to the employment relationship between the parties.

(b)    Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 Notice. Under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made to Employee’s attorney in relation to a lawsuit for retaliation against Employee for reporting a suspected violation of law; or (c) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(c)    Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the parties agree that the court should modify the provision to the minimum extent necessary to render said provision enforceable. Should any court of competent jurisdiction determine that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable and cannot be modified to be enforceable, that provision shall become void, leaving the remaining provisions in full force and effect.

 

initial CIPA    5 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(d)    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of Company, its successors, and its assigns.

(e)    Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

(f)    Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

(g)    Notices. Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

(h)    Legal and Equitable Remedies. Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Confidential Information of Company, any breach of this Agreement by me would cause irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and, therefore, Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that Company may have for a breach of this agreement.

(i)    Waiver. No waiver by Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver or failure by Company to enforce any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of that right or any other right on any other occasion. Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this agreement.

(j)    Export. I agree not to export, reexport, or transfer, directly or indirectly, and U.S. technical data acquired from Company or any products utilizing such data, in violation of the United States export laws or regulations.

(k)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.

(l)    Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of Inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior communications between us with respect to such matters. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, other than by a court pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 8, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by me and the CEO of Company. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

initial CIPA    6 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

I have read this Agreement carefully and understand and accept its terms, and have been given the opportunity to review it with independent legal counsel. I have completely filled out Exhibit A to this agreement. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with Company.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Steve Daly

Signature
Steve Daly

 

Printed Name

Accepted and Agreed To:

 

INSTRUCTURE, INC.:

By:  

/s/ Jeff Weber

EVP People and Places

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

 

initial CIPA    7 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

INVENTIONS

1.    Prior Inventions Disclosure. The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by Company. If no Prior Inventions are listed below, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions.

 

                                                                                                                   

 

                                                                                                                   

 

                                                                                                                   

 

                                                                                                                   

 

                                                                                                                   

 

2.

Limited Exclusion Notification.

This is to notify you pursuant to applicable law, which could include applicable statutory restrictions on the assignment of inventions under the laws of California, Illinois, Washington and Utah, that the foregoing Agreement between you and Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to Company any invention that you conceived, developed, reduced to practice or created entirely (1) outside of your scope of employment, (2) completely on your own time; and (3) without using Company’s equipment, facilities, supplies, resources or intellectual property except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the current or demonstrably anticipated business, research, or development of Company; or

2. Result from any work, services, or duties performed by you for Company.

See, e.g., Utah Code Title 34, Chapter 39, Section 2 (U.C.A. 34-39-2) or California Labor Code 2870.

 

initial CIPA    8 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

MARCH 23, 2020

Dale Bowen

Dear Dale,

Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you a full-time position as of Chief Financial Officer according to the following terms.

DUTIES

You will be responsible for duties as are ordinary, customary and necessary in the CFO role and as your manager may direct you. The Company may change your position, duties, hours, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

BASE COMPENSATION

Your base compensation will be $330,000 per year paid in substantially equal installments, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings (“Base Salary”). You will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s current payroll practices, which may change from time to time. Pay dates currently fall on the 15th and 31st (or last day) of each month.

ANNUAL LEADERSHIP BONUS PROGRAM

Each year, you will be eligible to participate in the Company Executive bonus program at a target rate of 50 % of your Base Salary for the performance year. Bonus payout will be funded based on EBITDA targets and allocated based on Company and individual performance and will be pro-rated based on hire date. This bonus will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Program summary to be provided.

NEW HIRE EQUITY GRANT

Contingent upon the closing of the pending transaction with Thoma Bravo, and in connection with the commencement of your employment, the Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that they grant you equity representing the Company’s Common Stock. The amount of shares granted will be in line with competitive ranges for the CFO role. The granted equity will vest subject to your continued service to the Company.

RELOCATION BONUS

Within 30 days of your relocation to Salt Lake City, you will receive a lump sum bonus of up to $50,000 to assist in covering relocation related expenses.

BENEFITS

You, and your qualified dependents, will be eligible for the standard Company benefits based on the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and applicable policies. Details about these benefit plans will be available for your review. Pursuant to Company policy, you will not accrue vacation time, and you may instead be eligible to take time off with pay as appropriate for your position and workload. The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary in its sole discretion.


LOGO

 

Quick Info
Title    Chief Financial Officer
Start Date    April 1, 2020
New Equity    TBD
Benefits   

Medical, Dental, Vision, Disability Insurance,

Life, 401k w/ match, Gym Membership, Time Off

with Pay

Holidays    9 Paid Holidays

RULES AND POLICIES

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies as they are adopted and amended from time to time and sign and comply with the attached Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement which, among other obligations, prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s proprietary information and solicitation of its employees and customers (to the extent allowed by law).

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. You represent that you will be able to perform your job duties within the guidelines just described and that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto the Company’s premises, nor upload onto the Company’s computer systems, any unpublished documents, confidential information, or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT

The Company’s employees are employed “at-will”, employed for no specific period of time, and employment may be terminated by the Company or the employee at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice. This employment at-will status cannot be altered in any way by any oral or written statements, policies or practices and can only be altered or modified by a written employment contract signed by you and the CEO of the Company.

SEVERANCE

In the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause, and if you first sign, date, and deliver to the Company a separation agreement that includes a general release of all known and unknown claims in the form provided to you by the Company, and allow this separation agreement to become effective, then you will receive, as your sole severance benefits: (i) severance pay equal to six (6) months of your base salary in effect as of the termination date, less required deductions and withholdings, paid in the form of salary continuation on the Company’s standard payroll dates (beginning with the first payroll date following the effective date of the required


LOGO

 

separation agreement); and (ii) provided that you timely elect continued group health insurance coverage through COBRA, the Company will pay your COBRA premiums sufficient to continue your group health insurance coverage at the same level in effect as of your termination date for six (6) months after your termination or until you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer, whichever occurs first.

For purposes of this Section, “Cause” means any of the following conduct by you: (i) embezzlement, misappropriation of corporate funds, or other material acts of dishonesty; (ii) commission or conviction of any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (iii) engagement in any activity that you know or should know could materially harm the business or reputation of the Company; (iv) material failure to adhere to the Company’s corporate codes, policies or procedures as in effect from time to time and your failure to cure such violations within thirty (30) days; (v) material violation of any statutory, contractual, or common law duty or obligation to the Company, including, without limitation, the duty of loyalty; (vi) material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement; or (vii) repeated failure, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, to substantially perform your assigned duties or responsibilities after written notice from the Company and your failure to cure such failure(s) within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice, provided that written notice only must be provided if the failure(s) are capable of cure.

CONTINGENCIES

This offer is contingent upon proof of identification and work authorization as required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. It is also contingent on completion of a pre-employment background check and reference check, with results satisfactory to the Company. You agree to assist as needed and to complete any documentation at the Company’s request to meet these conditions.

MISCELLANEOUS

This letter, together with your Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement, provides important information associated with your employment and is the complete, final and exclusive agreement between you and the Company. You enter into this agreement without relying upon any promise, warranty, representation, or agreement, written or oral, other than those expressly contained within. The employment terms of this agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Also, this agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company and electronic signatures shall be equivalent to original signatures.

Please sign and date this letter, and return it to me if you wish to accept employment at the Company under the terms described above. If you accept our offer, we anticipate you starting on April 1, 2020.

We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work relationship.

 

Sincerely,

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

  
/s/ Jeff Weber    /s/ Dale Bowen
   Dale Bowen
Jeff Weber   
EVP People and Places    Accepted: 3/24/20


LOGO

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree to the terms of this agreement (the “Agreement”) as follows:

 

1.

    Nondisclosure.

(a)     Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of Company’s Proprietary or Confidential Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for Company, or unless an officer of Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary or Confidential Information. I hereby assign to Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and recognize that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

(b)     Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” means any documentation, data, or information which is valuable to the Company and not generally known to the public, including but not limited to any and all knowledge, data or information related to Company’s business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, including without limitation (a) trade secrets, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products and services, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees, contractors, and any other service providers of Company; and (d) the existence of any business discussions, negotiations, or agreements between Company and any third party.

(c)     Third Party Information. I understand that Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to any person, firm or corporation (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for Company) or use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for Company consistent with Company’s agreement with such third party or unless expressly authorized by an officer of Company in writing.

(d)     Former Employer Information. I represent that my employment by Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by me prior to my employment by Company. I further represent that I have not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with my obligations under this Agreement. I will not, during my employment with Company, improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of Company, or upload onto the Company’s systems, any unpublished documents or confidential information belonging to any such employer, in violation of any lawful agreements with such employer, person or entity. I will use in the performance of my duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Company.

 

initial CIPA    1 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

2.

    Assignment of Inventions.

(a)     Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the term “Invention(s)” means any ideas, concepts, information, materials, processes, data, programs, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, artwork, formulae, other copyrightable works, and techniques and all Intellectual Property Rights in any of the items listed above. The term “Intellectual Property Rights” means all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, mask work rights, patents and other intellectual property rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country. The term “Moral Rights” means all paternity, integrity, disclosure, withdrawal, special and any other similar rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country.

(b)     Prior Inventions. I have set forth on Exhibit A (Inventions) a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with Company, in which I have an ownership interest or which I have a license to use and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this agreement (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”). If no Prior Inventions are listed in Exhibit A, I warrant that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, I hereby grant Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform, publicly display in any form or medium, whether now known or later developed, make, have made, modify, use, sell, import, offer for sale, and exercise any and all present or future rights in, such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions (as defined below) without Company’s prior written consent.

(c)     Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2(d) and 2(f), I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Intellectual Property Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with Company. Inventions assigned to Company, or to a third party as directed by Company pursuant to Section 2(f) are referred to as “Company Inventions.” I further agree that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Any assignment of Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) hereunder includes an assignment of all Moral Rights. To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned to Company and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in any country where Moral Rights exist, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive the enforcement of such Moral Rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Company or related to Company’s customers, with respect to such rights. I further acknowledge and agree that neither my successors-in-interest nor legal heirs retain any Moral Rights in any Inventions (and any Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto).

(d)     Nonassignable Inventions. I understand that this agreement does not apply to an Invention which I can prove qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. I have reviewed the Limited Exclusion Notification section on Exhibit A (Inventions) and agree that my signature on this agreement acknowledges receipt of the notification.

 

initial CIPA    2 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(e)     Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for one (1) year after termination of my employment with Company, I will promptly disclose to Company in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others, including any that may qualify as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. In addition, I will promptly disclose to Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf, or in which I am named as an inventor or co-inventor, within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify as nonassignable under applicable law; and I will at that time provide to Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully as nonassignable under the provisions of applicable law.

(f)     Government or Third Party. I agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by Company.

(g)     Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights. During and after the period of my employment and at Company’s request and expense, I will assist Company in every proper way, including consenting to and joining in any action, to obtain and enforce United States and foreign Intellectual Property Rights and Moral Rights relating to Company Inventions in all countries. If Company is unable to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with such purposes, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on my behalf to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

3.     Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Inventions developed by me (solely or jointly) during the period of my employment at Company. The records shall be available to and remain the sole property of Company at all times.

4.     Unfair Competition. I understand and agree that Company is engaged in a highly competitive business and has expended, and continues to expend, significant resources to develop and maintain valuable customer and employee relationships, Proprietary and Confidential Information, and good will in the business community and the marketplace it serves. I understand and agree that my work for Company will bring me into close contact with many Company customers and employees, and it will provide me access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Accordingly, I further agree that the covenants in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect Company’s legitimate business interests in its customer and employee relationships, its good will, and its Proprietary and Confidential Information. To protect these legitimate interests, I agree as follows:

(a)     Solicitation of Employees. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment I will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, or attempt to solicit, or participate in the solicitation of, any employee, independent contractor or consultant of Company to terminate his or her relationship with Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity. This restriction is limited to those Company employees, consultants, and independent contractors (i) who held such status with Company as of the date of my termination of employment or (ii) who would have held such status as of the date of my termination of employment but for my having encouraged or solicited them to terminate their employment.

 

initial CIPA    3 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(b)     Solicitation of Customers. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment, I will not solicit the business of any customer of Company for any other business, individual, or party that competes with the products and services offered by Company. “Customer” means any person or entity (i) that is doing business with Company at the time of my termination, or has done business with Company during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding termination of my employment, and (ii) for which I provided any services, or for which I was responsible for the provision of services by others, or about which I had access to Proprietary or Confidential Information during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding my termination. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(c)     Covenant Not to Compete. I agree that during the course of my employment and for twelve (12) months following the termination of my relationship with Company by either party for any reason, I will not , directly or indirectly, as a partner, employee, officer, director, agent, investor, owner, consultant or otherwise, solicit, perform or provide, or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services (defined below) anywhere in the Territory (defined below), nor will I assist another person to solicit, perform or provide or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services anywhere in the Territory. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(d)     Reasonableness of Restrictions. For purposes of this Agreement, “Conflicting Services” means any product, service, or process or the research and development thereof, of any person or organization other than Company that directly competes with a product, service, or process, including the research and development thereof, of Company with which I worked directly or indirectly during my employment by Company or about which I acquired Proprietary or Confidential Information during my employment by Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Territory” shall mean any geographic area for which I had functional or actual responsibility during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the termination of my employment, as well as any area for which my knowledge of Confidential Information jeopardizes Company’s interest in protecting that information. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from being the passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is engaged in a competitive business of Company and which is publicly traded. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from seeking a waiver from Company of these obligations at the time of any termination and waiver will not be unreasonably withheld. I acknowledge that my fulfillment of the obligations contained in this agreement is necessary to protect Company’s legitimate interests and, consequently, to preserve the value and goodwill of Company. I further acknowledge the time, geographic and scope limitations of my obligations under this section are reasonable and represent restrictions which are no greater than necessary so as to afford Company the opportunity to protect its legitimate interests. Further, I acknowledge that employment opportunities exist such that I can be gainfully employed without violating these restrictions.

(e)     Non-Disparagement. During Employee’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Employee will not make, issue, release or authorize any written or oral statements, derogatory or defamatory in nature, about the Company or its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees. However, nothing in this paragraph prohibits Employee from making truthful statements required by legal process issued by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, and/or to any federal, state, or local government agency.

 

initial CIPA    4 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

5.     No Conflicting Obligation. I represent that I have not entered into any agreements and am not subject to any duties to third parties, which are inconsistent with the terms of this agreement. I agree that, during my employment with Company, I will not without Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Company is now involved or becomes involved during my employment, nor will I enter into any agreements or commitments or engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to Company.

6.     Return of Company Documents. When I leave the employ of Company or upon Company’s request at any other time, I will deliver to Company all of Company’s property, equipment, drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Inventions, Third Party Information or Confidential Information of Company and certify in writing that I have fully complied with the foregoing obligation. I agree that I will not copy, delete, or alter any information contained upon my Company computer or Company equipment before I return it to Company. In addition, if I have used any personal computer, server , or e-mail system to receive, store, review, prepare or transmit any Company information, including but not limited to Confidential Information, I agree to provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of all such Confidential Information and then permanently delete and expunge such Confidential Information from those systems; and I agree to provide the Company access to my system as reasonably requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. I further agree that any property situated on Company’s premises and owned by Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without further notice.

7.     Notification of New Employer. In the event that I leave the employ of Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this agreement, but Company providing a copy of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

8.

    General Provisions.

(a)     Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles that require the application of the law of a different state. I expressly consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts located in the County of Salt Lake, State of Utah, for any litigation related to or arising from this Agreement or related to the employment relationship between the parties.

(b)     Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 Notice. Under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made to Employee’s attorney in relation to a lawsuit for retaliation against Employee for reporting a suspected violation of law; or (c) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(c)     Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the parties agree that the court should modify the provision to the minimum extent necessary to render said provision enforceable. Should any court of competent jurisdiction determine that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable and cannot be modified to be enforceable, that provision shall become void, leaving the remaining provisions in full force and effect.

 

initial CIPA    5 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(d)     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of Company, its successors, and its assigns.

(e)     Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

(f)     Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

(g)     Notices. Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

(h)     Legal and Equitable Remedies. Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Confidential Information of Company, any breach of this Agreement by me would cause irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and, therefore, Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that Company may have for a breach of this agreement.

(i)     Waiver. No waiver by Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver or failure by Company to enforce any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of that right or any other right on any other occasion. Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this agreement.

(j)     Export. I agree not to export, reexport, or transfer, directly or indirectly, and U.S. technical data acquired from Company or any products utilizing such data, in violation of the United States export laws or regulations.

(k)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.

(l)     Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of Inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior communications between us with respect to such matters. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, other than by a court pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 8, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by me and the CEO of Company. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

initial CIPA    6 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

I have read this Agreement carefully and understand and accept its terms, and have been given the opportunity to review it with independent legal counsel. I have completely filled out Exhibit A to this agreement. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with Company.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Dale Bowen

Signature
Dale Bowen

 

Printed Name
Accepted and Agreed To:
INSTRUCTURE, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Jeff Weber

Title: Sr. Director, HR & Recruiting

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

 

initial CIPA    7 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

INVENTIONS

1.     Prior Inventions Disclosure. The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by Company. If no Prior Inventions are listed below, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

    Limited Exclusion Notification.

This is to notify you pursuant to applicable law, which could include applicable statutory restrictions on the assignment of inventions under the laws of California, Illinois, Washington and Utah, that the foregoing Agreement between you and Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to Company any invention that you conceived, developed, reduced to practice or created entirely (1) outside of your scope of employment, (2) completely on your own time; and (3) without using Company’s equipment, facilities, supplies, resources or intellectual property except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the current or demonstrably anticipated business, research, or development of Company; or

2. Result from any work, services, or duties performed by you for Company.

See, e.g., Utah Code Title 34, Chapter 39, Section 2 (U.C.A. 34-39-2) or California Labor Code 2870.

 

initial CIPA    8 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            

Exhibit 10.11

 

LOGO

APRIL 2, 2020

Mitch Benson

Dear Mitch,

Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) is pleased to offer you the position of Chief Product Officer as part of Instructure Inc.

DUTIES

You will be responsible for duties as are ordinary, customary and necessary in the Chief Product Officer role and as your manager may direct you. The Company may change your position, duties, hours, and work location from time to time in its discretion.

BASE COMPENSATION

Your base compensation will be $300,000 per year paid in substantially equal installments, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings (“Base Salary”). You will be paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s current payroll practices, which may change from time to time. Pay dates currently fall on the 15th and 31st (or last day) of each month.

ANNUAL LEADERSHIP BONUS PROGRAM

Each year, you will be eligible to participate in the Company Executive bonus program at a target rate of 40 % of your Base Salary for the performance year. Bonus payout will be funded based on EBITDA targets and allocated based on Company and individual performance. This bonus will be governed by the terms and conditions of the Executive Bonus Program summary to be provided.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN PROGRAM

The Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that they grant you 35 basis points of the equity pool of Class B Units of Instructure Parent, LP at no cost. Final number of units to be determined. Instructure Parent, LP is the ultimate parent entity and holding company that owns the Company.

BENEFITS

You, and your qualified dependents, will continue to be eligible for the standard Company benefits based on the terms and conditions of the benefit plans and applicable policies. Pursuant to Company policy, you will not accrue vacation time, and you may instead be eligible to take time off with pay as appropriate for your position and workload. The Company may modify compensation and benefits from time to time, as it deems necessary in its sole discretion.

RULES AND POLICIES

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and policies as they are adopted and amended from time to time and sign and comply with the attached Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement which, among other obligations, prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s proprietary information and solicitation of its employees and customers (to the extent allowed by law).

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather,


LOGO

 

you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. You represent that you will be able to perform your job duties within the guidelines just described and that you have disclosed to the Company any contract you have signed that may restrict your activities on behalf of the Company. You agree that you will not bring onto the Company’s premises, nor upload onto the Company’s computer systems, any unpublished documents, confidential information, or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.

AT-WILL EMPLOYMENT

The Company’s employees are employed “at-will”, employed for no specific period of time, and employment may be terminated by the Company or the employee at any time, with or without cause, and with or without advance notice. This employment at-will status cannot be altered in any way by any oral or written statements, policies or practices and can only be altered or modified by a written employment contract signed by you and the CEO of the Company.

SEVERANCE

In the event that the Company terminates your employment without Cause, and if you first sign, date, and deliver to the Company a separation agreement that includes a general release of all known and unknown claims in the form provided to you by the Company, and allow this separation agreement to become effective, then you will receive, as your sole severance benefits: (i) severance pay equal to six (6) months of your base salary in effect as of the termination date, less required deductions and withholdings, paid in the form of salary continuation on the Company’s standard payroll dates (beginning with the first payroll date following the effective date of the required separation agreement); and (ii) provided that you timely elect continued group health insurance coverage through COBRA, the Company will pay your COBRA premiums sufficient to continue your group health insurance coverage at the same level in effect as of your termination date for six (6) months after your termination or until you become eligible for group health insurance coverage through a new employer, whichever occurs first.

For purposes of this Section, “Cause” means any of the following conduct by you: (i) embezzlement, misappropriation of corporate funds, or other material acts of dishonesty; (ii) commission or conviction of any felony, or of any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any felony or misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (iii) engagement in any activity that you know or should know could materially harm the business or reputation of the Company; (iv) material failure to adhere to the Company’s corporate codes, policies or procedures as in effect from time to time and your failure to cure such violations within thirty (30) days; (v) material violation of any statutory, contractual, or common law duty or obligation to the Company, including, without limitation, the duty of loyalty; (vi) material breach of the Confidentiality Agreement; or (vii) repeated failure, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, to substantially perform your assigned duties or responsibilities after written notice from the Company and your failure to cure such failure(s) within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice, provided that written notice only must be provided if the failure(s) are capable of cure.

CONTINGENCIES

This offer is contingent upon proof of identification and work authorization as required by the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986. It is also contingent on completion of a pre-employment background check and reference check, with results satisfactory to the Company. You agree to assist as needed and to complete any documentation at the Company’s request to meet these conditions.


LOGO

 

MISCELLANEOUS

This letter, together with your Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement, provides important information associated with your employment and is the complete, final and exclusive agreement between you and the Company. You enter into this agreement without relying upon any promise, warranty, representation, or agreement, written or oral, other than those expressly contained within. The employment terms of this agreement supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. Also, this agreement cannot be changed except in a writing signed by you and a duly authorized officer of the Company and electronic signatures shall be equivalent to original signatures.

Congratulations again on this new role. Please sign and date this letter and return it to me at your convenience.

 

Sincerely,

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

  
/s/ Jeff Weber    /s/ Mitch Benson
   Executive

Jeff Weber

EVP People and Places

   Accepted:


LOGO

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree to the terms of this agreement (the “Agreement”) as follows:

 

1.

Nondisclosure.

(a)     Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of Company’s Proprietary or Confidential Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for Company, or unless an officer of Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary or Confidential Information. I hereby assign to Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Confidential Information and recognize that all Confidential Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

(b)     Confidential Information. The term “Confidential Information” means any documentation, data, or information which is valuable to the Company and not generally known to the public, including but not limited to any and all knowledge, data or information related to Company’s business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development, including without limitation (a) trade secrets, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products and services, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees, contractors, and any other service providers of Company; and (d) the existence of any business discussions, negotiations, or agreements between Company and any third party.

(c)     Third Party Information. I understand that Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to any person, firm or corporation (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for Company) or use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for Company consistent with Company’s agreement with such third party or unless expressly authorized by an officer of Company in writing.

(d)     Former Employer Information. I represent that my employment by Company does not and will not breach any agreement with any former employer, including any non-compete agreement or any agreement to keep in confidence or refrain from using information acquired by me prior to my employment by Company. I further represent that I have not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with my obligations under this Agreement. I will not, during my employment with Company, improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that I will not bring onto the premises of Company, or upload onto the Company’s systems, any unpublished documents or confidential information belonging to any such employer, in violation of any lawful agreements with such employer, person or entity. I will use in the performance of my duties only information that is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or is otherwise provided or developed by Company.

 

initial CIPA    1 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

2.

Assignment of Inventions.

(a)     Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the term “Invention(s)” means any ideas, concepts, information, materials, processes, data, programs, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs, artwork, formulae, other copyrightable works, and techniques and all Intellectual Property Rights in any of the items listed above. The term “Intellectual Property Rights” means all trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, mask work rights, patents and other intellectual property rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country. The term “Moral Rights” means all paternity, integrity, disclosure, withdrawal, special and any other similar rights recognized by the laws of any jurisdiction or country.

(b)     Prior Inventions. I have set forth on Exhibit A (Inventions) a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with Company, in which I have an ownership interest or which I have a license to use and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this agreement (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions”). If no Prior Inventions are listed in Exhibit A, I warrant that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, I hereby grant Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to reproduce, make derivative works of, distribute, publicly perform, publicly display in any form or medium, whether now known or later developed, make, have made, modify, use, sell, import, offer for sale, and exercise any and all present or future rights in, such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, any Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions (as defined below) without Company’s prior written consent.

(c)     Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2(d) and 2(f), I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Intellectual Property Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with Company. Inventions assigned to Company, or to a third party as directed by Company pursuant to Section 2(f) are referred to as “Company Inventions.” I further agree that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act. Any assignment of Inventions (and all Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto) hereunder includes an assignment of all Moral Rights. To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned to Company and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in any country where Moral Rights exist, I hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waive the enforcement of such Moral Rights, and all claims and causes of action of any kind against Company or related to Company’s customers, with respect to such rights. I further acknowledge and agree that neither my successors-in-interest nor legal heirs retain any Moral Rights in any Inventions (and any Intellectual Property Rights with respect thereto).

(d)     Nonassignable Inventions. I understand that this agreement does not apply to an Invention which I can prove qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. I have reviewed the Limited Exclusion Notification section on Exhibit A (Inventions) and agree that my signature on this agreement acknowledges receipt of the notification.

 

initial CIPA    2 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(e)     Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for one (1) year after termination of my employment with Company, I will promptly disclose to Company in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others, including any that may qualify as a nonassignable Invention under applicable law. In addition, I will promptly disclose to Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf, or in which I am named as an inventor or co-inventor, within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify as nonassignable under applicable law; and I will at that time provide to Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully as nonassignable under the provisions of applicable law.

(f)     Government or Third Party. I agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by Company.

(g)     Enforcement of Intellectual Property Rights. During and after the period of my employment and at Company’s request and expense, I will assist Company in every proper way, including consenting to and joining in any action, to obtain and enforce United States and foreign Intellectual Property Rights and Moral Rights relating to Company Inventions in all countries. If Company is unable to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with such purposes, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on my behalf to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

3.     Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records of all Inventions developed by me (solely or jointly) during the period of my employment at Company. The records shall be available to and remain the sole property of Company at all times.

4.     Unfair Competition. I understand and agree that Company is engaged in a highly competitive business and has expended, and continues to expend, significant resources to develop and maintain valuable customer and employee relationships, Proprietary and Confidential Information, and good will in the business community and the marketplace it serves. I understand and agree that my work for Company will bring me into close contact with many Company customers and employees, and it will provide me access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Accordingly, I further agree that the covenants in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect Company’s legitimate business interests in its customer and employee relationships, its good will, and its Proprietary and Confidential Information. To protect these legitimate interests, I agree as follows:

(a)     Solicitation of Employees. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment I will not, either directly or indirectly, solicit, or attempt to solicit, or participate in the solicitation of, any employee, independent contractor or consultant of Company to terminate his or her relationship with Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity. This restriction is limited to those Company employees, consultants, and independent contractors (i) who held such status with Company as of the date of my termination of employment or (ii) who would have held such status as of the date of my termination of employment but for my having encouraged or solicited them to terminate their employment.

 

initial CIPA    3 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(b)     Solicitation of Customers. I agree that for the period of my employment by Company and for twelve (12) months after the date of termination of my employment, I will not solicit the business of any customer of Company for any other business, individual, or party that competes with the products and services offered by Company. “Customer” means any person or entity (i) that is doing business with Company at the time of my termination, or has done business with Company during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding termination of my employment, and (ii) for which I provided any services, or for which I was responsible for the provision of services by others, or about which I had access to Proprietary or Confidential Information during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding my termination. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(c)     Covenant Not to Compete. I agree that during the course of my employment and for twelve (12) months following the termination of my relationship with Company by either party for any reason, I will not , directly or indirectly, as a partner, employee, officer, director, agent, investor, owner, consultant or otherwise, solicit, perform or provide, or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services (defined below) anywhere in the Territory (defined below), nor will I assist another person to solicit, perform or provide or attempt to perform or provide Conflicting Services anywhere in the Territory. If I am employed by Company in California, this provision shall only apply for the period of my employment by Company and shall not apply following the termination of my relationship with Company.

(d)     Reasonableness of Restrictions. For purposes of this Agreement, “Conflicting Services” means any product, service, or process or the research and development thereof, of any person or organization other than Company that directly competes with a product, service, or process, including the research and development thereof, of Company with which I worked directly or indirectly during my employment by Company or about which I acquired Proprietary or Confidential Information during my employment by Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Territory” shall mean any geographic area for which I had functional or actual responsibility during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the termination of my employment, as well as any area for which my knowledge of Confidential Information jeopardizes Company’s interest in protecting that information. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from being the passive owner of not more than 1% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is engaged in a competitive business of Company and which is publicly traded. Nothing contained herein shall prohibit me from seeking a waiver from Company of these obligations at the time of any termination and waiver will not be unreasonably withheld. I acknowledge that my fulfillment of the obligations contained in this agreement is necessary to protect Company’s legitimate interests and, consequently, to preserve the value and goodwill of Company. I further acknowledge the time, geographic and scope limitations of my obligations under this section are reasonable and represent restrictions which are no greater than necessary so as to afford Company the opportunity to protect its legitimate interests. Further, I acknowledge that employment opportunities exist such that I can be gainfully employed without violating these restrictions.

(e)     Non-Disparagement. During Employee’s employment with the Company and thereafter, Employee will not make, issue, release or authorize any written or oral statements, derogatory or defamatory in nature, about the Company or its subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, members, directors, managers, officers or employees. However, nothing in this paragraph prohibits Employee from making truthful statements required by legal process issued by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction, and/or to any federal, state, or local government agency.

 

initial CIPA    4 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

5.     No Conflicting Obligation. I represent that I have not entered into any agreements and am not subject to any duties to third parties, which are inconsistent with the terms of this agreement. I agree that, during my employment with Company, I will not without Company’s express written consent, engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Company is now involved or becomes involved during my employment, nor will I enter into any agreements or commitments or engage in any other activities that conflict with my obligations to Company.

6.     Return of Company Documents. When I leave the employ of Company or upon Company’s request at any other time, I will deliver to Company all of Company’s property, equipment, drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Inventions, Third Party Information or Confidential Information of Company and certify in writing that I have fully complied with the foregoing obligation. I agree that I will not copy, delete, or alter any information contained upon my Company computer or Company equipment before I return it to Company. In addition, if I have used any personal computer, server , or e-mail system to receive, store, review, prepare or transmit any Company information, including but not limited to Confidential Information, I agree to provide the Company with a computer-useable copy of all such Confidential Information and then permanently delete and expunge such Confidential Information from those systems; and I agree to provide the Company access to my system as reasonably requested to verify that the necessary copying and/or deletion is completed. I further agree that any property situated on Company’s premises and owned by Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without further notice.

7.     Notification of New Employer. In the event that I leave the employ of Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this agreement, but Company providing a copy of this Agreement or otherwise.

 

8.

General Provisions.

(a)     Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any conflict of laws principles that require the application of the law of a different state. I expressly consent to the exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts located in the County of Salt Lake, State of Utah, for any litigation related to or arising from this Agreement or related to the employment relationship between the parties.

(b)     Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 Notice. Under the federal Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made to Employee’s attorney in relation to a lawsuit for retaliation against Employee for reporting a suspected violation of law; or (c) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

(c)     Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the parties agree that the court should modify the provision to the minimum extent necessary to render said provision enforceable. Should any court of competent jurisdiction determine that any provision of this Agreement is unenforceable and cannot be modified to be enforceable, that provision shall become void, leaving the remaining provisions in full force and effect.

 

initial CIPA    5 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

(d)     Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of Company, its successors, and its assigns.

(e)     Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

(f)     Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause and with or without advance notice.

(g)     Notices. Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

(h)     Legal and Equitable Remedies. Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Confidential Information of Company, any breach of this Agreement by me would cause irreparable injury to the Company for which monetary damages would not be an adequate remedy and, therefore, Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by temporary, preliminary, and permanent injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that Company may have for a breach of this agreement.

(i)     Waiver. No waiver by Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver or failure by Company to enforce any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of that right or any other right on any other occasion. Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this agreement.

(j)     Export. I agree not to export, reexport, or transfer, directly or indirectly, and U.S. technical data acquired from Company or any products utilizing such data, in violation of the United States export laws or regulations.

(k)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be taken together and deemed to be one instrument.

(l)     Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of Inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior communications between us with respect to such matters. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, other than by a court pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 8, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by me and the CEO of Company. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

initial CIPA    6 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

I have read this Agreement carefully and understand and accept its terms, and have been given the opportunity to review it with independent legal counsel. I have completely filled out Exhibit A to this agreement. This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with Company.

 

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ Dale Bowen

Signature
Dale Bowen

 

Printed Name
Accepted and Agreed To:
INSTRUCTURE, INC.:
By:  

/s/ Jeff Weber

Title: Sr. Director, HR & Recruiting

6330 South 3000 East, Suite 700

Salt Lake City, UT 84121

 

initial CIPA    7 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            


LOGO

 

Exhibit A

INVENTIONS

1.     Prior Inventions Disclosure. The following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by Instructure, Inc. (“Company”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by Company. If no Prior Inventions are listed below, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions.

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

2.

Limited Exclusion Notification.

This is to notify you pursuant to applicable law, which could include applicable statutory restrictions on the assignment of inventions under the laws of California, Illinois, Washington and Utah, that the foregoing Agreement between you and Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to Company any invention that you conceived, developed, reduced to practice or created entirely (1) outside of your scope of employment, (2) completely on your own time; and (3) without using Company’s equipment, facilities, supplies, resources or intellectual property except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the current or demonstrably anticipated business, research, or development of Company; or

2. Result from any work, services, or duties performed by you for Company.

See, e.g., Utah Code Title 34, Chapter 39, Section 2 (U.C.A. 34-39-2) or California Labor Code 2870.

 

initial CIPA    8 of 8    Last Revised 8.5.2016            

Exhibit 10.12

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is entered into effective as of August 5, 2015 (the Effective Date) by and between Matthew A. Kaminer (Executive) and INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the Company).

RECITALS

A.    The Company expects to make an initial public offering of its common stock (“IPO) in the near future.

B.    The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board) believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to retain Executive on and after the IPO and to provide Executive with certain protections in the event of Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the continuing employment of Executive by the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment is and shall remain at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, stock option or other equity award vesting acceleration and severance benefits, following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

2.    Severance Benefits.

(a)    Severance Benefits upon a Termination in Connection with or Following a Change in Control. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below, and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), in either case within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (a CIC Termination), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(h), a Separation from Service), and further provided that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the CIC Benefits):

(i)    The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to nine (9) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the nine (9) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

 

1.


(ii)    The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below, provided that the CIC Termination occurs on or after March 31 in a calendar year.

(iii)    Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s expenses for continuing his or her health care coverage and that of any dependents who are covered at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service (the COBRA Premiums) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for a period ending on the earlier of the nine (9) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the CIC COBRA Period”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(iv)    All outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to all of the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service under this Section 2(a).

(b)    Severance Benefits upon a Termination that is not a CIC Termination. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason, and such termination is not a CIC Termination, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

(i) The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

(ii) The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below; and

(iii) Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA Premiums for a period ending on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the Severance COBRA Period), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

 

2.


(c)    Accrued Wages, Bonus and Vacation, Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment, the Company shall pay (or provide reimbursement to) Executive for (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to and including the date of Separation from Service; (ii) all accrued and unused vacation through the date of Separation from Service, if applicable; (iii) any earned (as determined and approved by the Board prior to the Separation from Service) but not yet paid incentive bonus from the prior fiscal year, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular bonus payment process and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of such subsequent year; and (iv) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Separation from Service. These payments shall be made promptly upon or following termination and within the period of time mandated by law (or in the case of an earned bonus, within the time period set forth in the Company’s bonus plan and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year following the year in which the bonus was earned).

3.    Release Required; Timing of Payments.

(a)    Requirement of Release. Prior to the payment of any CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits (including the acceleration of equity, if applicable), Executive shall execute and allow to become effective a standard employment release agreement releasing the Company (and its successor) from any and all claims Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) may have against such entities related to or arising in connection with his or her employment and the terms of such employment and termination thereof (the Release) within the time frame set forth therein, but not later than 60 days following Executive’s Separation from Service (the Release Effective Date”). No CIC or Severance Benefits shall be paid or provided prior to the Release Effective Date.

(b)    Form of Release. The Release shall in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B, or Exhibit C, as applicable, and shall specifically relate to all of Executive’s rights and claims in existence at the time of such execution and shall confirm Executive’s continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to obligations under any confidentiality and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company). Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required Release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with Executive.

(c)    Timing of Payments. Within five days following the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay (or commence payment of) the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of benefits being paid as scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A (defined below), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, no CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be paid prior to the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service. On the 60th day following the date of Separation from Service, the Company will pay to Executive in a lump sum the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits, as applicable, that Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date, with the balance of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

 

3.


4.    Limitation on Payments. If any payment or benefit (including payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement) that Executive would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (Transaction Payment) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the Excise Tax”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Transaction Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Transaction Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Transaction Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Transaction Payment (a Full Payment”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Transaction Payment so that Executive receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a Reduced Payment). For purposes of determining whether to make a Full Payment or a Reduced Payment, the Company shall cause to be taken into account all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes). If a Reduced Payment is made, (x) Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Transaction Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 4.

(a)    The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 4. If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder.

(b)    The professional firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within 15 calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Transaction Payment is triggered or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or Executive. If the professional firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to the Transaction Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with detailed supporting calculations of its determinations that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Transaction Payment. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

 

4.


5.    Successors.

(a)    Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s, or ensure that the Company fully performs its, obligations under this Agreement and shall perform the Company’s, or ensure that the Company performs its, obligations, under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any such successor.

(b)    Executive’s Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

6.    Notices.

(a)    General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

(b)    Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company with or without Cause or by Executive as a result of a voluntary resignation for any reason shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement.

7.    Arbitration. The Company and Executive shall attempt to settle any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement through good faith consultation. In the event that Executive and the Company are not able to resolve any such disputes within 15 days after notification in writing to the other, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties. The arbitrator will apply Utah law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Except as set forth in Section 9(i) below, the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitration proceeding. Each party shall, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator, bear its or his or her own attorneys’ fees and expenses, provided

 

5.


however that if Executive prevails in an arbitration proceeding, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his or her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

8.    Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)    Cause. Cause for termination of Executive’s employment will exist if Executive is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Executive’s commission of any material act of dishonesty; (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s commission of any action that that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material harm to the business or the reputation of the Company (excluding any action taken in good faith); (iv) Executive’s material violation of any duty or obligation owed by Executive to the Company which causes or is reasonably expected to cause material injury to the Company; (v) Executive’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including but not limited to Executive’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s repeated refusal to substantially perform his or her assigned duties. The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on Executive. The term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent or affiliate of the Company , as appropriate.

(b)    Change in Control. Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that to the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of’ the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of’ the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(c)    Good Reason. Good Reason for Executive’s resignation of his or her employment shall exist following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities, title or authority inconsistent with the Executive’s position with the Company; provided, however, that any such reduction or change (including a change in title) after a Change in Control will not constitute Good Reason if Executive retains reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s then current base salary, representing a reduction of more than 10% of the Executive’s then current base salary; provided, that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all executive officers of the Company by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction implemented prior to a Change in Control shall not constitute such a material salary reduction; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to Executive’s then current principal place of employment immediately prior

 

6.


to such relocation; provided, that the Executive gives written notice to the Company of the event forming the basis of the termination for Good Reason within 60 days after the date on which the Company gives written notice to the Executive of the Company’s affirmative decision to take an action set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Company fails to cure such basis for the Good Reason resignation within 30 days after receipt of Executive’s written notice and Executive terminates his or her employment within 30 days following the expiration of the cure period.

9.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Executive Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be conditioned upon (i) Executive continuing to comply with his or her obligations under the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that Executive previously executed in connection with his or her employment) during the period of time in which Executive is receiving the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits; and (ii) Executive’s resignation from all positions with the Company, any subsidiaries and affiliates, and the Board (as applicable), to be effective no later than the date of Separation from Service (or such other date as determined by the Board).

(b)    Income and Employment Taxes. All amounts paid or provided under this Agreement shall be net of required withholdings, and Executive shall be responsible for any additional taxes of any nature (including any penalties or interest that may apply to such taxes) that the Company reasonably determines apply to any payment made hereunder. Executive’s receipt of any benefit hereunder is conditioned on his or her satisfaction of any applicable withholding or similar obligations that apply to such benefit and any cash payment owed hereunder will be reduced to satisfy any such withholding or similar obligations that may apply.

(c)    Alternative Method of Providing COBRA Benefit. If the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot pay COBRA Premiums as provided in Section 2(a) or 2(b) without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay Executive a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s eligible family members elect health care continuation coverage (the Health Care Benefit Payment”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule and over the same time period that the COBRA Premiums would otherwise have been paid on behalf of the Executive. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA Premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the CIC COBRA Period or the Severance COBRA Period, as applicable.

(d)    No Duty to Mitigate. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

 

7.


(e)    Interaction with Other CIC Benefits. In the event that Executive would be entitled to a greater level of CIC Benefits under the terms and conditions of an individual stock option agreement with the Company or a severance plan or policy provided by the Company or its successor to other Company employees being terminated within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control but for the existence of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the greater of the CIC Benefits or the benefits under such other agreement, plan or policy subject to the applicable terms and conditions thereof.

(f)    Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless the waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(g)    Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement; provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters, non-solicitation or non-competition restrictions or confidential information of the Company.

(h)    Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of Utah.

(i)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(j)    Code Section 409A. It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the amounts set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code”) (Section 409A of the Code, together, with any state law of similar effect, Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the Agreement Payments”) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (a Specified Employee”), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits described in Section 4(b) shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the applicable benefit that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefit had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section 9(j).

 

8.


(k)    Legal Fees and Expenses. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

(l)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Matthew A. Kaminer

Matthew A. Kaminer

Date:  

8/24/15

INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Steve Kaminsky

Name:  

Steve Kaminsky

Title:  

CFO

Date:  

8/24/15

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the Company) dated [                , 2015] (the Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the Released Parties) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the Excluded Claims”): (l) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other

 

A-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date).

I have received with this Release all of the information required by the ADEA, including without limitation a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated, along with information on the eligibility factors used to select employees for the group termination and any time limits applicable to this group termination program.

I hereby represent that 1 have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

 

A-2.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                                             ]

 

Date:                                                                                             

 

A-3.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

EXHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [                    , 2015] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (l) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable

 

B-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that arc not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                                     ]

 

Date:                                                                                             

 

B-2.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

 

EXHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [                     , 2015] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release arc defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (l) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before

 

C-1.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

 

the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, shareholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                                     ]

 

Date:                                                                                             

 

C-2.

Exhibit 10.13

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of July 25, 2019 (the Effective Date”) by and between FRANK MAYLETT (“Executive”) and INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

A.    The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide Executive with certain protections in the event of Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the continuing employment of Executive by the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.    At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment is and shall remain at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, stock option or other equity award vesting acceleration and severance benefits, following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

2.    Severance Benefits.

(a)    Severance Benefits upon a Termination in Connection with or Following a Change in Control. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below, and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), in either case within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (a “CIC Termination”), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(h), a “Separation from Service”), and further provided that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “CIC Benefits”):

(i)    If the CIC Termination occurs (x) during the first year of the Executive’s employment, then the Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then current salary (base salary plus base equity grant), paid over the six (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service; or (y) after the first year of the Executive’s employment, then the Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to nine (9) months of Executive’s then current salary (base salary plus base equity grant), paid over the nine (9) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in each case in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

 

1.


(ii)    Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s expenses for continuing his or her health care coverage and that of any dependents who are covered at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service (the “COBRA Premiums”) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for a period ending on the earlier of the nine (9) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “CIC COBRA Period”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(iii)    If the CIC Termination occurs (x) during the first year of the Executive’s employment, then twenty five percent (25%) of all unvested outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service; or (y) after the first year of the Executive’s employment, then seventy-five percent (75%) of all unvested outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to all of the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service.

(b)    Severance Benefits upon a Termination that is not a CIC Termination. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason, and such termination is not a CIC Termination, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

(i)    The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then current salary (base salary plus base equity grant), paid over the (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

(ii)    If applicable and the executive is participating in the Instructure Incentive Program, the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below; and

(iii)    Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA Premiums for a period ending on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “Severance COBRA Period”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(c)    Accrued Wages, Bonus and Vacation, Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment, the Company shall pay (or

 

2.


provide reimbursement to) Executive for (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to and including the date of Separation from Service; (ii) all accrued and unused vacation through the date of Separation from Service, if applicable; (iii) any earned (as determined and approved by the Board prior to the Separation from Service) but not yet paid incentive bonus from the prior fiscal year, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular bonus payment process and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of such subsequent year; and (iv) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Separation from Service. These payments shall be made promptly upon or following termination and within the period of time mandated by law (or in the case of an earned bonus, within the time period set forth in the Company’s bonus plan and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year following the year in which the bonus was earned).

3.    Release Required; Timing of Payments.

(a)    Requirement of Release. Prior to the payment of any CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits (including the acceleration of equity, if applicable), Executive shall execute and allow to become effective a standard employment release agreement releasing the Company (and its successor) from any and all claims Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) may have against such entities related to or arising in connection with his or her employment and the terms of such employment and termination thereof (the “Release”) within the time frame set forth therein, but not later than 60 days following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “Release Effective Date’’). No CIC or Severance Benefits shall be paid or provided prior to the Release Effective Date.

(b)    Form of Release. The Release shall in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B, or Exhibit C, as applicable, and shall specifically relate to all of Executive’s rights and claims in existence at the time of such execution and shall confirm Executive’s continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to obligations under any confidentiality and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company). Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required Release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with Executive.

(c)    Timing of Payments. Within five days following the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay (or commence payment of) the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of benefits being paid as scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A (defined below), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, no CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be paid prior to the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service. On the 60th day following the date of Separation from Service, the Company will pay to Executive in a lump sum the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits, as applicable, that Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date, with the balance of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

 

3.


4.    Limitation on Payments. If any payment or benefit (including payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement) that Executive would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“Transaction Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Transaction Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Transaction Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Transaction Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Transaction Payment (a “Full Payment”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Transaction Payment so that Executive receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “Reduced Payment”) . For purposes of determining whether to make a Full Payment or a Reduced Payment, the Company shall cause to be taken into account all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes). If a Reduced Payment is made, (x) Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Transaction Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 4.

(a)    The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 4. If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder.

(b)    The professional firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within 15 calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Transaction Payment is triggered or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or Executive. If the professional firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to the Transaction Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with detailed supporting calculations of its determinations that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Transaction Payment. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

 

4.


5.    Successors.

(a)    Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s, or ensure that the Company fully performs its, obligations under this Agreement and shall perform the Company’s, or ensure that the Company performs its, obligations, under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any such successor.

(b)    Executive’s Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

6.    Notices.

(a)    General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

(b)    Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company with or without Cause or by Executive as a result of a voluntary resignation for any reason shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement.

7.    Arbitration. The Company and Executive shall attempt to settle any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement through good faith consultation. In the event that Executive and the Company are not able to resolve any such disputes within 15 days after notification in writing to the other, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties. The arbitrator will apply Utah law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Except as set forth in Section 9(i) below, the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitration proceeding. Each party shall, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator, bear its or his or her own attorneys’ fees and expenses, provided

 

5.


however that if Executive prevails in an arbitration proceeding, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his or her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

8.    Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)    Cause. “Cause” for termination of Executive’s employment will exist if Executive is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Executive’s commission of any material act of dishonesty; (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s commission of any action that that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material harm to the business or the reputation of the Company (excluding any action taken in good faith); (iv) Executive’s material violation of any duty or obligation owed by Executive to the Company which causes or is reasonably expected to cause material injury to the Company; (v) Executive’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including but not limited to Executive’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s repeated refusal to substantially perform his or her assigned duties. The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on Executive. The term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent or affiliate of the Company, as appropriate.

(b)    Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that to the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(c)    Good Reason. “Good Reason” for Executive’s resignation of his or her employment shall exist following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities, title or authority inconsistent with the Executive’s position with the Company; provided, however, that any such reduction or change (including a change in title) after a Change in Control will not constitute Good Reason if Executive retains reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s then current base salary, representing a reduction of more than 10% of the Executive’s then current base salary; provided, that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all executive officers of the Company by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction implemented prior to a Change in Control shall not constitute such a material salary reduction; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to Executive’s then current principal place of employment immediately prior

 

6.


to such relocation; provided, that the Executive gives written notice to the Company of the event forming the basis of the termination for Good Reason within 60 days after the date on which the Company gives written notice to the Executive of the Company’s affirmative decision to take an action set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Company fails to cure such basis for the Good Reason resignation within 30 days after receipt of Executive’s written notice and Executive terminates his or her employment within 30 days following the expiration of the cure period.

9.    Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)    Executive Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be conditioned upon (i) Executive continuing to comply with his or her obligations under the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that Executive previously executed in connection with his or her employment) during the period of time in which Executive is receiving the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits; and (ii) Executive’s resignation from all positions with the Company, any subsidiaries and affiliates, and the Board (as applicable), to be effective no later than the date of Separation from Service (or such other date as determined by the Board).

(b)    Income and Employment Taxes. All amounts paid or provided under this Agreement shall be net of required withholdings, and Executive shall be responsible for any additional taxes of any nature (including any penalties or interest that may apply to such taxes) that the Company reasonably determines apply to any payment made hereunder. Executive’s receipt of any benefit hereunder is conditioned on his or her satisfaction of any applicable withholding or similar obligations that apply to such benefit and any cash payment owed hereunder will be reduced to satisfy any such withholding or similar obligations that may apply.

(c)    Alternative Method of Providing COBRA Benefit. If the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot pay COBRA Premiums as provided in Section 2(a) or 2(b) without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay Executive a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s eligible family members elect health care continuation coverage (the “Health Care Benefit Payment”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule and over the same time period that the COBRA Premiums would otherwise have been paid on behalf of the Executive. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA Premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the CIC COBRA Period or the Severance COBRA Period, as applicable.

(d)    No Duty to Mitigate. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(e)    Interaction with Other CIC Benefits. In the event that Executive would be entitled to a greater level of CIC Benefits under the terms and conditions of an individual

 

7.


stock option agreement with the Company or a severance plan or policy provided by the Company or its successor to other Company employees being terminated within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control but for the existence of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the greater of the CIC Benefits or the benefits under such other agreement, plan or policy subject to the applicable terms and conditions thereof.

(f)    Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless the waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(g)    Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement; provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters, non-solicitation or non-competition restrictions or confidential information of the Company.

(h)    Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of Utah.

(i)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(j)    Code Section 409A. It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the amounts set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (Section 409A of the Code, together, with any state law of similar effect, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A- 1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (a “Specified Employee”), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits described in Section 4(b) shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the applicable

 

8.


benefit that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefit had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section 9(j).

(k)    Legal Fees and Expenses. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

(l)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

 

/s/ Frank Maylett

 

Frank Maylett

Date:  

7-19-19

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

By:  

/s/ Matthew Kaminer

Name:   Matthew Kaminer
Title:   General Counsel
Date:  

     

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [7-19, 2019] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other

 

A-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release ("Effective Date”).

I have received with this Release all of the information required by the ADEA, including without limitation a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated, along with information on the eligibility factors used to select employees for the group termination and any time limits applicable to this group termination program.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

 

A-2.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]

 

/s/ Frank Maylett

 

Date:   7-19-19

 

A-3.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

EXHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [7-19, 2019] (the “Agreement), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”); (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other

 

B-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]
/s/ Frank Maylett
Date:   7-19-19

 

B-2.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

EXHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [                , 2015] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating

 

C-1.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, shareholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]
/s/ Frank Maylett
Date:   7-19-19

 

C-2.

Exhibit 10.14

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of June 4, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between DAN GOLDSMITH (“Executive”) and INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

A.     The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide Executive with certain protections in the event of Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the continuing employment of Executive by the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     At-Will Employment. Executive’s employment is and shall remain at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, stock option or other equity award vesting acceleration and severance benefits, following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

2.     Severance Benefits.

(a)     Severance Benefits upon a Termination in Connection with or Following a Change in Control. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below, and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), in either case within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (a “CIC Termination”), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), a “Separation from Service”), and further; provided, that if the Executive is then a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, Executive resigns from the Company’s Board of Directors and further; provided, that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “CIC Benefits”):

(i)     The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the twelve (12) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

 

1.


(ii)     The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below, provided that the CIC Termination occurs on or after March 31 in a calendar year.

(iii)     Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s expenses for continuing his or her health care coverage and that of any dependents who are covered at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service (the “COBRA Premiums”) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for a period ending on the earlier of the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “CIC COBRA Period”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(iv)     If: the CIC Termination occurs (x) during the first year of the Executive’s employment and the conditions set forth in Section 2(a) above are satisfied, then fifty percent (50%) of all unvested outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service; or (y) after the first year of the Executive’s employment and the conditions set forth in Section 2(a) above are satisfied, then all outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to all of the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service.

(b)     Severance Benefits upon a Termination that is not a CIC Termination. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason, and such termination is not a CIC Termination, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

(i)     The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to twelve (12) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the twelve (12) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

(ii)     The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below; and

(iii)     Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’s COBRA Premiums for a period ending on the earlier of the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “Severance COBRA Period”), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

 

2.


(c)     Accrued Wages, Bonus and Vacation, Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment, the Company shall pay (or provide reimbursement to) Executive for (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to and including the date of Separation from Service; (ii) all accrued and unused vacation through the date of Separation from Service, if applicable; (iii) any earned (as determined and approved by the Board prior to the Separation from Service) but not yet paid incentive bonus from the prior fiscal year, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular bonus payment process and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of such subsequent year; and (iv) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Separation from Service. These payments shall be made promptly upon or following termination and within the period of time mandated by law (or in the case of an earned bonus, within the time period set forth in the Company’s bonus plan and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year following the year in which the bonus was earned).

3.     Release Required; Timing of Payments.

(a)     Requirement of Release. Prior to the payment of any CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits (including the acceleration of equity, if applicable), Executive shall execute and allow to become effective a standard employment release agreement releasing the Company (and its successor) from any and all claims Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) may have against such entities related to or arising in connection with his or her employment and the terms of such employment and termination thereof (the “Release”) within the time frame set forth therein, but not later than 60 days following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “Release Effective Date”). No CIC or Severance Benefits shall be paid or provided prior to the Release Effective Date.

(b)     Form of Release. The Release shall in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B, or Exhibit C, as applicable, and shall specifically relate to all of Executive’s rights and claims in existence at the time of such execution and shall confirm Executive’s continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to obligations under any confidentiality and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company). Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required Release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with Executive.

(c)     Timing of Payments. Within five days following the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay (or commence payment of) the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of benefits being paid as scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A (defined below), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, no CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be paid prior to the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service. On the

 

3.


60th day following the date of Separation from Service, the Company will pay to Executive in a lump sum the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits, as applicable, that Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date, with the balance of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

4.     Limitation on Payments. If any payment or benefit (including payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement) that Executive would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“Transaction Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Transaction Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Transaction Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Transaction Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Transaction Payment (a “Full Payment”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Transaction Payment so that Executive receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “Reduced Payment”). For purposes of determining whether to make a Full Payment or a Reduced Payment, the Company shall cause to be taken into account all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes). If a Reduced Payment is made, (x) Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Transaction Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 4.

(a)     The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 4. If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder.

(b)     The professional firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within 15 calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Transaction Payment is triggered or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or Executive. If the professional firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to the Transaction Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with detailed supporting calculations of its determinations that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Transaction Payment. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

 

4.


5.     Successors.

(a)     Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s, or ensure that the Company fully performs its, obligations under this Agreement and shall perform the Company’s, or ensure that the Company performs its, obligations, under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any such successor.

(b)     Executive’s Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

6.     Notices.

(a)     General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

(b)     Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company with or without Cause or by Executive as a result of a voluntary resignation for any reason shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement.

7.     Arbitration. The Company and Executive shall attempt to settle any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement through good faith consultation. In the event that Executive and the Company are not able to resolve any such disputes within 15 days after notification in writing to the other, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties. The arbitrator will apply Utah law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Except as set forth in Section 9(i) below, the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitration proceeding. Each party shall, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator, bear its or his or her own attorneys’ fees and expenses, provided however that if Executive prevails in an arbitration proceeding, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his or

 

5.


her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

8.     Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)     Cause. “Cause” for termination of Executive’s employment will exist if Executive is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Executive’s commission of any material act of dishonesty; (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s commission of any action that that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material harm to the business or the reputation of the Company (excluding any action taken in good faith); (iv) Executive’s material violation of any duty or obligation owed by Executive to the Company which causes or is reasonably expected to cause material injury to the Company; (v) Executive’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including but not limited to Executive’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s repeated refusal to substantially perform his or her assigned duties. The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on Executive. The term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent or affiliate of the Company, as appropriate.

(b)     Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that to the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(c)     Good Reason. “Good Reason” for Executive’s resignation of his or her employment shall exist following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities, title or authority inconsistent with the Executive’s position with the Company 9; provided, however, that any such reduction or change (including a change in title) after a Change in Control will not constitute Good Reason if Executive retains reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s then current base salary, representing a reduction of more than 10% of the Executive’s then current base salary; provided, that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all executive officers of the Company by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction implemented prior to a Change in Control shall not constitute such a material salary reduction; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to Executive’s then current principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; provided, that the Executive gives written notice to the Company of the event forming the basis of the termination

 

6.


for Good Reason within 60 days after the date on which the Company gives written notice to the Executive of the Company’s affirmative decision to take an action set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Company fails to cure such basis for the Good Reason resignation within 30 days after receipt of Executive’s written notice and Executive terminates his or her employment within 30 days following the expiration of the cure period.

9.     Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)     Executive Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be conditioned upon (i) Executive continuing to comply with his or her obligations under the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that Executive previously executed in connection with his or her employment) during the period of time in which Executive is receiving the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits; and (ii) Executive’s resignation from all positions with the Company, any subsidiaries and affiliates, and the Board (as applicable), to be effective no later than the date of Separation from Service (or such other date as determined by the Board).

(b)     Income and Employment Taxes. All amounts paid or provided under this Agreement shall be net of required withholdings, and Executive shall be responsible for any additional taxes of any nature (including any penalties or interest that may apply to such taxes) that the Company reasonably determines apply to any payment made hereunder. Executive’s receipt of any benefit hereunder is conditioned on his or her satisfaction of any applicable withholding or similar obligations that apply to such benefit and any cash payment owed hereunder will be reduced to satisfy any such withholding or similar obligations that may apply.

(c)     Alternative Method of Providing COBRA Benefit. If the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot pay COBRA Premiums as provided in Section 2(a) or 2(b) without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay Executive a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s eligible family members elect health care continuation coverage (the “Health Care Benefit Payment”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule and over the same time period that the COBRA Premiums would otherwise have been paid on behalf of the Executive. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA Premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the CIC COBRA Period or the Severance COBRA Period, as applicable.

(d)     No Duty to Mitigate. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(e)     Interaction with Other CIC Benefits. In the event that Executive would be entitled to a greater level of CIC Benefits under the terms and conditions of an individual stock option agreement with the Company or a severance plan or policy provided by the Company or its successor to other Company employees being terminated within three (3) months prior to (and

 

7.


contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control but for the existence of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the greater of the CIC Benefits or the benefits under such other agreement, plan or policy subject to the applicable terms and conditions thereof.

(f)     Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless the waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(g)     Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement; provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters, non-solicitation or non-competition restrictions or confidential information of the Company.

(h)     Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of Utah.

(i)     Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(j)     Code Section 409A. It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the amounts set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (Section 409A of the Code, together, with any state law of similar effect, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-1(b)(4), 1.409A-1(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (a “Specified Employee”), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits described in Section 4(b) shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the applicable benefit that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefit had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section 9(j).

 

8.


(k)     Legal Fees and Expenses. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

(l)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Dan Goldsmith

Dan Goldsmith
Date:         May 4th, 2018
INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Matthew Kaminer

Name:   Matthew Kaminer
Title:   General Counsel
Date:  

                                          

 

10.


EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [            , 2018] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition,

 

11.


nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I have received with this Release all of the information required by the ADEA, including without limitation a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated, along with information on the eligibility factors used to select employees for the group termination and any time limits applicable to this group termination program.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

[EXECUTIVE NAME]

 

12.


 

Date:  

                                          

 

13.


EXHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [            , 2018] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition,

 

14.


nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]

                                          

Date:  

                                          

 

15.


EXHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [            , 2018] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or

 

16.


any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, shareholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]

                                          

Date:  

                                          

 

17.

Exhibit 10.15

INSTRUCTURE, INC.

EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT

THIS EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of 8/5, 2015 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Steven B. Kaminsky (“Executive”) and INSTRUCTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

RECITALS

A.     The Company expects to make an initial public offering of its common stock (“IPO) in the near future.

B.     The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) believes it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to retain Executive on and after the IPO and to provide Executive with certain protections in the event of Executive’ s termination of employment under certain circumstances.

Now THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and in consideration of the continuing employment of Executive by the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     At-Will Employment.     Executive’s employment is and shall remain at-will, which means that the Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice, and with or without Cause. Similarly, Executive may resign Executive’s employment at any time, with or without advance notice. Executive shall not receive any compensation of any kind, including, without limitation, stock option or other equity award vesting acceleration and severance benefits, following Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

2.     Severance Benefits.

(a)     Severance Benefits upon a Termination in Connection with or Following a Change in Control. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (as defined below, and other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), in either case within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following the effective date of a Change in Control (a “CIC Termination”), and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1 (h), a “Separation from Service”), and further provided that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “CIC Benefits”):

(i)     The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to nine (9) months of Executive’ s then current base salary, paid over the nine (9) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

 

1.


(ii)     The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’ s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below, provided that the CIC Termination occurs on or after March 31 in a calendar year.

(iii)     Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’ s expenses for continuing his or her health care coverage and that of any dependents who are covered at the time of the Executive’s Separation from Service (the “COBRA Premiums”) under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for a period ending on the earlier of the nine (9) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “CIC COBRA Period’), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(iv)     All outstanding stock awards then held by Executive shall become fully vested with respect to all of the shares subject thereto, effective immediately prior to Executive’s Separation from Service under this Section 2(a).

(b)     Severance Benefits upon a Termination that is not a CIC Termination. If Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than as a result of death or disability), or Executive resigns his or her employment with the Company for Good Reason, and such termination is not a CIC Termination, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and that Executive delivers an effective release of claims as required under Section 3 below, then Executive shall be entitled to the following severance benefits (the “Severance Benefits”):

(i)     The Company shall pay Executive an amount in cash equal to six (6) months of Executive’s then current base salary, paid over the (6) month period following Executive’s Separation from Service, in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule, at the time specified in Section 3 below.

(ii)     The Company shall pay Executive a lump sum amount in cash equal to 80% of Executive’ s then current target bonus, pro-rated based on the number of full months in the year in which the Separation from Service occurs prior to Executive’s Separation from Service, at the time specified in Section 3 below; and

(iii)     Subject to Section 9(c), the Company shall pay Executive’ s COBRA Premiums for a period ending on the earlier of the six (6) month anniversary of the Separation from Service or the date on which Executive becomes eligible to be covered by the health care plans of another employer (the “Severance COBRA Period’’), so long as Executive timely elects such COBRA continuation coverage.

(c)     Accrued Wages, Bonus and Vacation, Expenses. Without regard to the reason for, or the timing of, Executive’s termination of employment, the Company shall pay (or

 

2.


provide reimbursement to) Executive for (i) any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to and including the date of Separation from Service; (ii) all accrued and unused vacation through the date of Separation from Service, if applicable; (iii) any earned (as determined and approved by the Board prior to the Separation from Service) but not yet paid incentive bonus from the prior fiscal year, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s regular bonus payment process and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of such subsequent year; and (iv) following submission of proper expense reports by Executive, all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by Executive in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Separation from Service. These payments shall be made promptly upon or following termination and within the period of time mandated by law (or in the case of an earned bonus, within the time period set forth in the Company’s bonus plan and in any event by no later than two and one-half months after the end of the fiscal year following the year in which the bonus was earned).

3.     Release Required; Timing of Payments.

(a)     Requirement of Release. Prior to the payment of any CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits (including the acceleration of equity, if applicable), Executive shall execute and allow to become effective a standard employment release agreement releasing the Company (and its successor) from any and all claims Executive (or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries) may have against such entities related to or arising in connection with his or her employment and the terms of such employment and termination thereof (the “Release”) within the time frame set forth therein, but not later than 60 days following Executive’s Separation from Service (the “Release Effective Date”). No CIC or Severance Benefits shall be paid or provided prior to the Release Effective Date.

(b)     Form of Release. The Release shall in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, Exhibit B, or Exhibit C, as applicable, and shall specifically relate to all of Executive’s rights and claims in existence at the time of such execution and shall confirm Executive’ s continuing obligations to the Company (including but not limited to obligations under any confidentiality and/or non-solicitation agreement with the Company). Unless a Change in Control has occurred, the Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the form of the required Release to comply with applicable law and shall determine the form of the required Release, which may be incorporated into a termination agreement or other agreement with Executive.

(c)     Timing of Payments. Within five days following the Release Effective Date, the Company will pay (or commence payment of) the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date but for the delay in payment related to the effectiveness of the Release, with the balance of benefits being paid as scheduled. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A (defined below), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, no CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be paid prior to the 60th day following Executive’s Separation from Service. On the 60th day following the date of Separation from Service, the Company will pay to Executive in a lump sum the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits, as applicable, that Executive would otherwise have received on or prior to such date, with the balance of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits being paid as originally scheduled.

 

3.


4.     Limitation on Payments. If any payment or benefit (including payments and benefits pursuant to this Agreement) that Executive would receive in connection with a Change in Control from the Company or otherwise (“Transaction Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Company shall cause to be determined, before any amounts of the Transaction Payment are paid to Executive, which of the following two alternative forms of payment would result in Executive’ s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount of the Transaction Payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Transaction Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax: (1) payment in full of the entire amount of the Transaction Payment (a “Full Payment”), or (2) payment of only a part of the Transaction Payment so that Executive receives the largest payment possible without the imposition of the Excise Tax (a “Reduced Payment”) . For purposes of determining whether to make a Full Payment or a Reduced Payment, the Company shall cause to be taken into account all applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes and the Excise Tax (all computed at the highest applicable marginal rate, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from a deduction of such state and local taxes). If a Reduced Payment is made, (x) Executive shall have no rights to any additional payments and/or benefits constituting the Transaction Payment, and (y) reduction in payments and/or benefits will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than stock options; (3) cancellation of accelerated vesting of stock options; and (4) reduction of other benefits paid to Executive. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards. In no event will the Company or any stockholder be liable to Executive for any amounts not paid as a result of the operation of this Section 4.

(a)     The professional firm engaged by the Company for general tax purposes as of the day prior to the effective date of the Change in Control shall make all determinations required to be made under this Section 4. If the professional firm so engaged by the Company is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change in Control, the Company shall appoint a nationally recognized independent registered public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by such professional firm required to be made hereunder.

(b)     The professional firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within 15 calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to a Transaction Payment is triggered or such other time as reasonably requested by the Company or Executive. If the professional firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable with respect to the Transaction Payment, either before or after the application of the Reduced Amount, it shall furnish the Company and Executive with detailed supporting calculations of its determinations that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to such Transaction Payment. Any good faith determinations of the professional firm made hereunder shall be final, binding and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

 

4.


5.     Successors.

(a)     Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the Company’s, or ensure that the Company fully performs its, obligations under this Agreement and shall perform the Company’s, or ensure that the Company performs its, obligations, under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any such successor.

(b)     Executive’s Successors. Without the written consent of the Company, Executive shall not assign or transfer any right or obligation under this Agreement to any other person or entity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’ s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

6.     Notices.

(a)     General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address which he most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.

(b)     Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company with or without Cause or by Executive as a result of a voluntary resignation for any reason shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with this Agreement.

7.     Arbitration. The Company and Executive shall attempt to settle any disputes arising in connection with this Agreement through good faith consultation. In the event that Executive and the Company are not able to resolve any such disputes within 15 days after notification in writing to the other, any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement will be finally settled by binding arbitration in Salt Lake City, Utah in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties. The arbitrator will apply Utah law, without reference to rules of conflicts of law or rules of statutory arbitration, to the resolution of any dispute. Except as set forth in Section 9(i) below, the arbitrator shall not have authority to modify the terms of this Agreement. The Company shall pay the costs of the arbitration proceeding. Each party shall, unless otherwise determined by the arbitrator, bear its or his or her own attorneys’ fees and expenses, provided

 

5.


however that if Executive prevails in an arbitration proceeding, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his or her reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. Judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and Executive may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for preliminary or interim equitable relief, or to compel arbitration in accordance with this paragraph, without breach of this arbitration provision.

8.     Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:

(a)     Cause. “Cause” for termination of Executive’s employment will exist if Executive is terminated by the Company for any of the following reasons: (i) Executive’s commission of any material act of dishonesty; (ii) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude; (iii) Executive’s commission of any action that that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in material harm to the business or the reputation of the Company (excluding any action taken in good faith); (iv) Executive’s material violation of any duty or obligation owed by Executive to the Company which causes or is reasonably expected to cause material injury to the Company; (v) Executive’s material breach of any of his or her obligations under any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including but not limited to Executive’s Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement; or (vi) Executive’s repeated refusal to substantially perform his or her assigned duties. The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on Executive. The term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent or affiliate of the Company, as appropriate.

(b)     Change in Control. “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended from time to time; provided that to the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(c)     Good Reason. “Good Reason” for Executive’s resignation of his or her employment shall exist following the occurrence of any of the following without Executive’s written consent: (i) a material reduction in job duties, responsibilities, title or authority inconsistent with the Executive’s position with the Company; provided, however, that any such reduction or change (including a change in title) after a Change in Control will not constitute Good Reason if Executive retains reasonably comparable duties, position and responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business within the successor entity following a Change of Control; (ii) a material reduction of Executive’s then current base salary, representing a reduction of more than 10% of the Executive’s then current base salary; provided, that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all executive officers of the Company by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction implemented prior to a Change in Control shall not constitute such a material salary reduction; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a place that increases Executive’s one-way commute by more than 35 miles as compared to Executive’s then current principal place of employment immediately prior

 

6.


to such relocation ; provided. that the Executive gives written notice to the Company of the event forming the basis of the termination for Good Reason within 60 days after the date on which the Company gives written notice to the Executive of the Company’s affirmative decision to take an action set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Company fails to cure such basis for the Good Reason resignation within 30 days after receipt of Executive’s written notice and Executive terminates his or her employment within 30 days following the expiration of the cure period.

9.     Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a)     Executive Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, payment of any of the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits will be conditioned upon (i) Executive continuing to comply with his or her obligations under the Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that Executive previously executed in connection with his or her employment employment) during the period of time in which Executive is receiving the CIC Benefits or Severance Benefits; and (ii) Executive’s resignation from all positions with the Company, any subsidiaries and affiliates, and the Board (as applicable), to be effective no later than the date of Separation from Service (or such other date as determined by the Board).

(b)     Income and Employment Taxes. All amounts paid or provided under this Agreement shall be net of required withholdings, and Executive shall be responsible for any additional taxes of any nature (including any penalties or interest that may apply to such taxes) that the Company reasonably determines apply to any payment made hereunder. Executive’s receipt of any benefit hereunder is conditioned on his or her satisfaction of any applicable withholding or similar obligations that apply to such benefit and any cash payment owed hereunder will be reduced to satisfy any such withholding or similar obligations that may apply.

(c)     Alternative Method of Providing COBRA Benefit. If the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that the Company cannot pay COBRA Premiums as provided in Section 2(a) or 2(b) without potentially incurring financial costs or penalties under applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof pay Executive a taxable cash amount, which payment shall be made regardless of whether Executive or Executive’s eligible family members elect health care continuation coverage (the “Health Care Benefit Payment”). The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be paid in monthly installments on the same schedule and over the same time period that the COBRA Premiums would otherwise have been paid on behalf of the Executive. The Health Care Benefit Payment shall be equal to the amount that the Company would have otherwise paid for COBRA Premiums (which amount shall be calculated based on the premium for the first month of coverage), and shall be paid until the expiration of the CIC COBRA Period or the Severance COBRA Period, as applicable.

(d)     No Duty to Mitigate. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor shall any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

(e)     Interaction with Other CIC Benefits. In the event that Executive would be entitled to a greater level of CIC Benefits under the terms and conditions of an individual

 

7.


stock option agreement with the Company or a severance plan or policy provided by the Company or its successor to other Company employees being terminated within three (3) months prior to (and contingent upon the consummation of the Change in Control), in connection with, or within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control but for the existence of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive the greater of the CIC Benefits or the benefits under such other agreement, plan or policy subject to the applicable terms and conditions thereof.

(f)     Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or discharged unless the waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(g)     Integration. This Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with respect to this Agreement; provided that, for clarification purposes, this Agreement shall not affect any agreements between the Company and Executive regarding intellectual property matters, non-solicitation or non-competition restrictions or confidential information of the Company.

(h)     Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the conflicts of law rules, of the State of Utah.

(i)     Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.

(j)     Code Section 409A. It is intended that each installment of the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i) . For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended that payments of the amounts set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (Section 409A of the Code, together, with any state law of similar effect, “Section 409A”) provided under Treasury Regulations 1.409A-l(b)(4), 1.409A-l(b)(5) and 1.409A-1(b)(9) . However, if the Company (or, if applicable, the successor entity thereto) determines that the severance payments and benefits provided under this Agreement (the “Agreement Payments”) constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Executive is, on the date of his or her Separation from Service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (a “Specified Employee”), then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Severance Benefits described in Section 4(b) shall be delayed as follows: on the earlier to occur of (i) the date that is six months and one day after Executive’s Separation from Service or (ii) the date of Executive’s death (such earlier date, the “Delayed Initial Payment Date”), the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the applicable

 

8.


benefit that Executive would otherwise have received through the Delayed Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the benefit had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section 9(j).

(k)     Legal Fees and Expenses. The parties shall each bear their own expenses, legal fees and other fees incurred in connection with the execution of this Agreement.

(l)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

9.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Steven B. Kaminsky

Steven B. Kaminsky

Date:   8/24/15
INSTRUCTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Matt Kaminer

Name:   Matt Kaminer
Title:   GC
Date:   8/24/15

SIGNATURE PAGE TO EXECUTIVE AGREEMENT


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

EXHIBIT A

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [                , 20 15] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary , bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1 ) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other

 

A-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have forty-five (45) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I have received with this Release all of the information required by the ADEA, including without limitation a detailed list of the job titles and ages of all employees who were terminated in this group termination and the ages of all employees of the Company in the same job classification or organizational unit who were not terminated, along with information on the eligibility factors used to select employees for the group termination and any time limits applicable to this group termination program.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than forty-five (45) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

 

A-2.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Group Termination

 

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                           ]
 

 

Date:  

 

A-3.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

EXHIBIT B

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [            , 2015] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company, including but not limited to the nonsolicitation of employees covenant set forth in such agreement.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, stockholders, stockholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ADEA”), the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”): (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable

 

B-1.


For Executive Age 40 or Older

Individual Termination

 

as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the Released Claims is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) the Released Claims do not apply to any rights or claims that arise after the date I sign this Release; (b) I should consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release (although I may choose to voluntarily sign it sooner); (d) I have seven (7) days following the date I sign this Release to revoke the Release by providing written notice to an officer of the Company; and (e) the Release will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired unexercised, which will be the eighth day after I sign this Release (“Effective Date”).

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, stockholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than twenty-one (21) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                                       ]
 

 

Date:  

 

B-2.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

 

EXHIBIT C

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of receiving certain benefits under my Executive Agreement with Instructure, Inc. (the “Company”) dated [            , 2015] (the “Agreement”), I have agreed to sign this Release. I understand that I am not entitled to benefits under the Agreement unless I sign this Release.

I understand that this Release, together with the Agreement, constitutes the complete, final and exclusive embodiment of the entire agreement between the Company, affiliates of the Company and me with regard to the subject matter hereof. I am not relying on any promise or representation by the Company that is not expressly stated therein. Certain capitalized terms used in this Release are defined in the Agreement.

I hereby confirm my obligations under my Confidentiality and Intellectual Property Agreement (or such similar form that I previously executed in connection with my employment) with the Company.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Release, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its current and former directors, officers, executives, shareholders, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Release (collectively, the “Released Claims”). The Released Claims include, but are not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or its affiliates, or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company or its affiliates; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Executive Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended), the Utah Antidiscrimination Act of 1965 (as amended), and the Utah Payment of Wages Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following are not included in the Released Claims (the “Excluded Claims”) : (1) any rights or claims for indemnification I may have pursuant to any written indemnification agreement with the Company to which I am a party, the charter or bylaws of the Company, or under applicable law; (2) any rights related to vested securities of the Company that were granted to me during the course of my employment with the Company or any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company that I purchased other than pursuant to a Company stock option or stock plan; or (3) any rights which are not waivable as a matter of law. In addition, nothing in this Release prevents me from filing, cooperating

 

C-1.


For Executive Under 40

Individual or Group Termination

 

with, or participating in any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor, or any other local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, against the Company, except that I hereby waive my right to any monetary benefits in connection with any such claim, charge or proceeding. I hereby represent and warrant that, other than the Excluded Claims, I am not aware of any claims I have or might have against any of the Released Parties that are not included in the Released Claims.

I hereby represent that I have been paid all compensation owed and for all hours worked, I have received all the leave and leave benefits and protections for which I am eligible, and I have not suffered any on-the-job injury for which I have not already filed a workers’ compensation claim.

I hereby agree not to disparage the Company, or its officers, directors, executives, shareholders or agents, in any manner likely to be harmful to its or their business, business reputation, or personal reputation; provided, however, that I will respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process.

I acknowledge that to become effective, I must sign and return this Release to the Company so that it is received not later than fourteen (14) days following the date it is provided to me, and I must not revoke it thereafter.

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS, EVEN THOSE UNKNOWN CLAIMS THAT, IF KNOWN BY ME, WOULD AFFECT MY DECISION TO ACCEPT THIS RELEASE AGREEMENT.

 

[                            ]

 

Date:

 

C-2.

Exhibit 10.16

EMPLOYEE CO-INVEST AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYEE CO-INVEST AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of            , 2020, by and among Instructure Parent, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Fund XIII”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Fund XIII-A”), and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Executive Fund XIII” and, together with Fund XIII and Fund XIII-A,TB”), and the employee listed on the signature page hereto (“Employee”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the LP Agreement.

Pursuant to the Instructure Parent, LP Incentive Equity Plan (the “Plan”), the Partnership and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Employee will purchase, and the Partnership will sell, Class A Units and Class B Units as set forth on the signature page hereto. All Class A Units and Class B Units hereby acquired by Employee pursuant to this Agreement are referred to herein as the “Co-Invest Units.” Certain definitions are set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Purchase and Sale of Co-Invest Units.

(a)     Upon execution of this Agreement, Employee will purchase and the Partnership will sell the number of Class A Units, at a price of $1,000 per Class A Unit, as set forth on the signature page hereto, and the number of Class B Units, at a price of $0.00 per Class B Unit, as set forth on the signature page hereto. Employee will deliver to the Partnership or its designee a check or wire transfer of funds, on or before July 10, 2020 (the “Cancellation Date”) in the aggregate amount as set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Purchase Price”). The issuance of the Co-Invest Units to Employee hereunder is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation D or Rule 701 thereunder or Section 4(2).

(b)     If Employee is (or is reasonably expected to become) a United States taxpayer, within 30 days after Employee purchases the Co-Invest Units from the Partnership, Employee will make a timely and effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Employee acknowledges that it is Employee’s sole responsibility, and not the Partnership’s, to file timely and properly an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and any corresponding provisions of state tax laws, if applicable.

(c)     In connection with the purchase and sale of the Co-Invest Units hereunder, Employee represents and warrants to the Partnership and TB that:

(i)     Employee possesses all requisite capacity, power and authority to enter into and perform Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and the LP Agreement.

(ii)     (x) Employee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (y) if Employee is not


an “accredited investor,” Employee acknowledges and agrees that (A) the opportunity to acquire interests in the Partnership is being offered in consideration of the services rendered to the Partnership and its Subsidiaries as additional compensation under a “written compensation contract” as contemplated by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (B) Employee would not have the opportunity to acquire an interest in the Partnership if Employee were not an employee of the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries.

(iii)     The Co-Invest Units to be acquired by Employee pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for Employee’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws and the Co-Invest Units will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws.

(iv)     Employee is employed by the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Co-Invest Units.

(v)     Employee is not relying upon any information, representation or warranty by the Partnership, its Subsidiaries, TB or any of their respective Affiliates or any agent of any of the foregoing in deciding to invest in the Co-Invest Units, and expressly acknowledges that none of the foregoing Persons has made any representations or warranties to Employee in connection therewith.

(vi)     Employee is able to bear the economic risk of Employee’s investment in the Co-Invest Units for an indefinite period of time and acknowledges that Employee will be required to do so because the Co-Invest Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(vii)     Employee has had ample time and opportunity to review this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other documents referenced herein, ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of Co-Invest Units and has had full access to such other information concerning the Partnership as Employee has requested.

(viii)     This Agreement, the LP Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Employee, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LP Agreement and such other agreements by Employee does not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which Employee is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Employee is subject.

(ix)     The offering of the Co-Invest Units and the Co-Invest Units acquired hereunder, and the income and value of the same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for the purpose of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, holiday pay, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments.

 

2


(x)     Unless otherwise agreed with the Partnership in writing, the Co-Invest Units and the income and value of the same, are not offered as consideration for, or in connection with, any service Employee may provide as a director, manager or in a similar capacity of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(xi)     Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan and as determined by the Partnership in its sole and absolute discretion, the Co-Invest Units and any benefits under this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Co-Invest Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate or similar transaction affecting the Units.

(xii)    Employee understands that (A) there is no current public market for the Co-Invest Units, none is expected to develop and the Co-Invest Units are subject to substantial restrictions on transferability, and (B) as a result of such matters and other factors, the Co-Invest Units are difficult to value.

(xiii)     Employee understands and agrees that (A) the investment in the Partnership involves a high degree of risk, (B) in the future the Co-Invest Units may significantly increase or decrease in value, and (C) no guarantees or representations have been made or can be made with respect to the future value of the Co-Invest Units or the future profitability or success of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(xiv)     Employee acknowledges and agrees that (A) the Partnership and its Subsidiaries have incurred and may incur in the future a substantial amount of senior or other indebtedness and (B) there may be additional issuances of Co-Invest Units or other Equity Securities of the Partnership after the date hereof and the equity interests of Employee may be diluted in connection with any such issuance, subject to the terms of the LP Agreement.

(xv)     Employee has had the opportunity, and has been advised by the Partnership, to consult with (A) Employee’s tax counsel as to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the LP Agreement and (B) independent legal counsel regarding Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the LP Agreement and fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and therein.

(xvi)     Employee is not relying on the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ employees, agents or representatives with respect to the legal, tax, economic, and related considerations of an investment in the Co-Invest Units.

(xvii)     The determination of Employee to invest in and acquire interests in the Partnership has been made by the Employee independent of any statements or opinions as to the advisability of such investment or as to the properties, business, prospects (including potential valuations upon a liquidity event or the likelihood of a liquidity event

 

3


ever occurring) or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Partnership and the Partnership’s Subsidiaries which may have been made or given by the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s Affiliates or any agent or employee of the Partnership, any of the Partnership’s Affiliates, or their representatives.

(xviii)     Other than as specifically set forth in the LP Agreement, neither the Partnership nor any Person acting on the Partnership’s behalf, makes any representations or warranties to Employee or any other person in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Co-Invest Units and all other representations and warranties, whether express or implied, written or oral, made or given in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or the Co-Invest Units are hereby disclaimed by the Partnership, regardless of whether or not contained in any document or other communication provided or otherwise made available to the Employee or any person acting on behalf of the Employee during the course of evaluating whether to invest in the Co-Invest Units or otherwise (including any management presentation, information or offering memorandum, supplemental information, estimate, projection, forecast, budget or other forward-looking information or other materials or information with respect to any of the above).

(xix)     Employee is not acquiring the Co-Invest Units as a result of, or subsequent to, any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any public seminar or meeting.

(xx)     Employee’s spouse (if any) has read this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein, understands their contents and has agreed that any interest (including any community property interest) such spouse may have, or may acquire in the future, in the Co-Invest Units is irrevocably bound by this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein.

(xxi)     Employee is a resident of the State or country listed on the signature page hereto under Employee’s name.

(xxii)     Employee is able to read and understand English.

(d)     As an inducement to the Partnership to issue the Co-Invest Units to Employee, and as a condition thereto, Employee acknowledges and agrees that neither the issuance of the Co-Invest Units to Employee nor any provision contained herein shall entitle Employee to remain in the employment of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries to terminate Employee’s employment at any time for any reason.

2.     Repurchase Option.

(a)     In the event Employee’s Continuous Service ceases for any reason (each, a “Termination”) or in the event any laws, rules, or regulations (whether in effect on the date hereof or hereafter amended, promulgated, approved, reinterpreted or enacted) of any governmental or regulatory authority materially restrict the rights or obligations of the Partnership or Employee hereunder or materially increase the obligations of the Partnership in respect of the transactions

 

4


contemplated hereby including the issuance of the Co-Invest Units or Employee holding the Co-Invest Units, in each case as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion (each such instance, a “Regulatory Burden”), all of the Co-Invest Units (whether any such Co-Invest Units are held by Employee or one or more of Employee’s Permitted Transferees (as defined in the LP Agreement) other than the Partnership) will be subject to repurchase, in each case by the Partnership and TB pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2 (the “Repurchase Option”).

(b)     In the event of a Termination other than for Cause, the purchase price for each Co-Invest Unit will be the Fair Market Value for such Co-Invest Unit as of the date of the Repurchase Notice or the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as applicable. In the event of a Termination for Cause, each Co-Invest Unit shall be subject to repurchase by the Partnership for the lesser of (i) Employee’s Original Cost and (ii) the Fair Market Value for such Co-Invest Units, as of the date of the Repurchase Notice or the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as applicable.

(c)     The Board may elect to cause the Partnership to purchase all or any portion of any of the Co-Invest Units by delivering written notice (the “Repurchase Notice”) to Employee and, if applicable, Employee’s Permitted Transferees within 210 days after the Termination or date of the Board’s determination of such Regulatory Burden. The Repurchase Notice will set forth the number of Co-Invest Units to be acquired from each holder, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such Co-Invest Units and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. If some Co-Invest Units are held by Employee’s Permitted Transferees and the Board elects to repurchase only a portion of the Co-Invest Units, Employee shall be permitted to designate which of the Co-Invest Units to be repurchased shall be repurchased from Employee and which shall be repurchased from Employee’s Permitted Transferees. If Employee does not make such a designation, the number of Co-Invest Units to be repurchased by the Partnership shall first be satisfied to the extent possible from the Co-Invest Units held by Employee at the time of delivery of the Repurchase Notice. If the number of Co-Invest Units then held by Employee is less than the total number of Co-Invest Units which the Partnership has elected to purchase, the Partnership shall purchase the remaining Co-Invest Units elected to be purchased from Employee’s Permitted Transferees, pro rata according to the number of Co-Invest Units held by such Permitted Transferee(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest unit). Additionally, the Board may cause the Partnership to assign its rights under this Section 2 to one or more of its Affiliates.

(d)     If for any reason the Partnership does not elect to purchase all of the Co-Invest Units pursuant to the Repurchase Option, TB shall be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option for the Co-Invest Units the Partnership has not elected to purchase (the “Available Units”). As soon as practicable after the Partnership has determined that there will be Available Units, but in any event within 90 days after the Termination or date of the Board’s determination of such Regulatory Burden, the Partnership shall give written notice (the “Option Notice”) to TB setting forth the number of Available Units and the purchase price for the Available Units. TB may elect to purchase any or all of the Available Units by giving written notice to the Partnership within 30 days after the Option Notice has been given by the Partnership. If more than one member of TB elects to purchase Available Units, the purchase of such Co-Invest Units shall be allocated among the members of TB based upon the number of Class B Units owned by each member of TB. As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten days after the expiration of the applicable period

 

5


set forth above, the Partnership shall notify each holder of Co-Invest Units as to the number of Co-Invest Units being purchased from such holder by TB (the “Supplemental Repurchase Notice”). At the time the Partnership delivers the Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Co-Invest Units, the Partnership shall also deliver written notice to TB setting forth the number of Co-Invest Units TB is entitled to purchase, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(e)     The closing of the purchase of the Co-Invest Units pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall take place on the date designated by the Partnership or TB, as applicable, in the Repurchase Notice or, if later, the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than 30 days nor less than five days after the delivery of the later of either such notice to be delivered. The Partnership will pay for the Co-Invest Units to be purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Option by first offsetting amounts outstanding under any bona fide debts, including for money borrowed from the Partnership or its Subsidiaries or for travel and expense advances, owed by Employee to the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (or one or more of Employee’s Permitted Transferees, other than the Partnership or TB) and, upon full repayment of such bona fide debts, the Partnership will make payment by a check or wire transfer of funds in the aggregate amount of the remaining purchase price for such Co-Invest Units. TB will pay for the Co-Invest Units to be purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check or wire transfer of funds in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such Co-Invest Units. In connection with such purchase, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Partnership and/or TB, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive from Employee and Employee’s Permitted Transferees (if any) customary representations and warranties regarding such sale and the Co-Invest Units subject thereto as well as a customary release of claims from Employee and any other seller related to the Co-Invest Units or such Employee’s status as an equityholder of the Partnership, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership and/or TB, as applicable.

(f)     If, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Partnership (and/or TB and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount (it being understood that, in certain circumstances, the amount may be $0) and form on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Co-Invest Units to be repurchased, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, the Person(s) from whom such Co-Invest Units are to be repurchased shall no longer hold any title or interest in such Co-Invest Units and shall not have any rights as a holder of such Co-Invest Units (other than the right to receive payment of the applicable consideration in accordance with this Agreement), and such Co-Invest Units shall be deemed repurchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 2 and the Partnership (and/or TB and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall be deemed the owner and holder of such Co-Invest Units, whether or not the certificates therefor, if any, or any other deliverables have been delivered as required by this Agreement and whether or not the Person(s) from whom such Co-Invest Units are to be repurchased shall take any other action in connection with such repurchase (including acknowledging receipt of, or otherwise responding to, any Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice). Notwithstanding this Section 2(f), Employee hereby agrees to take such actions as are required to be taken by Employee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement in connection with any such repurchase.

 

6


(g)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Co-Invest Units by the Partnership shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware Act and in the Partnership’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Co-Invest Units hereunder which the Partnership is otherwise entitled or required to make, the Partnership may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, delay and toll the time period for any such repurchases until such time as it is permitted to do so under such laws and agreements.

(h)     The Repurchase Option set forth in this Section 2, to the extent unexercised, shall continue with respect to the Co-Invest Units following any transfer thereof, but in all respects subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(i)    As provided in Section 4.6 of the LP Agreement, the repurchase of Co-Invest Units pursuant to this Section 2 may be effectuated by distributing to the holder one or more classes of securities issued by a Subsidiary of the Partnership (the “Substitute Securities”), provided that, promptly following such distribution, the Subsidiary that issued the Substitute Securities shall redeem or repurchase the Substitute Securities from such holder for an amount of cash equal to the purchase price applicable to the Co-Invest Units that were exchanged for such Substitute Securities (which Transfer the Partnership and the holder will treat as a distribution of securities of the Subsidiary under Code Section 731(a)).

3.     Transferability. The Co-Invest Units are subject to the transfer restrictions contained in the LP Agreement and the Repurchase Option. On the date hereof, Employee shall execute and deliver a joinder to the LP Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. On the date hereof, if applicable, Employee and Employee’s spouse shall execute and deliver a spousal consent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement that may exist now or be entered into in the future between Employee and Employee’s spouse (if any), neither the Partnership nor TB is obligated to recognize Employee’s current or former spouse’s (if any) interest in any Co-Invest Units in any way.

4.     Withholding. The Partnership may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise such federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise taxes, or employment taxes (“Taxes”) as may be required to be withheld by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Employee shall pay to the Partnership or make arrangements satisfactory to the Partnership to pay the amount of all applicable Taxes that the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries is required to withhold at any time. If Employee shall fail to make such payment, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Employee any Taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Co-Invest Units. In the event that the Partnership fails to withhold any Taxes required to be withheld by applicable law or regulation, Employee shall indemnify the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Taxes but only to the extent Employee has not already paid such Taxes.

 

7


5.     Confidential Information; Non-Compete; Non Solicitation.

(a)     Confidential Information. Employee recognizes and acknowledges that by reason of Employee’s employment with or engagement by the Partnership or its Affiliates, Employee will have access to confidential and/or proprietary information of the Partnership and/or any of its Affiliates, including (i) trade secrets, inventions, ideas, processes, methods, apparatus, equipment, software, data, programs, listings, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, other works of authorship, know-how, technology improvements, specifications, formulas, discoveries, developments, designs, drawings, documents, sketches, drawings, models and techniques relating to the current, future and proposed products and services of the Partnership (collectively, “Inventions”); (ii) information and data regarding research, development, new products and services, design, details and specifications, engineering, marketing and sales, business records and plans, budgets, plans for future developments, business forecasts, financial statements and other financial information, licenses, costs, procurement requirements, policies or operational methods, suppliers, customers, potential customers and key personnel, market studies and forecasts, target markets, competitive analyses, sales and pricing policies, sales and pricing information and techniques, promotional strategies, the identity, skills and compensation of employees, personnel policies, the substance of agreements with customers, suppliers and others, marketing or dealership arrangements, servicing and training programs and arrangements, customer lists, customer preferences, customer needs, customer data, customer contact information, profit margins, overhead, and the Partnership’s methods and techniques for running its business, including but not limited to technical information relating to the creation, installation, repair or maintenance of its products and the services the Partnership provides; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Partnership ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, and in any form or medium, “Proprietary Information”). Employee hereby assigns to the Partnership all rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognizes and agrees that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Partnership and its assigns.

(b)     Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents.

(i)     Ownership. Employee acknowledges and agrees that all Inventions and Proprietary Rights (as defined below) conceived, developed, fabricated, improved, made or reduced to practice by Employee (A) within the scope of Employee’s employment or engagement; (B) while using the Partnership’s time, materials, equipment, facilities, personnel, technology, software, code, utilities, tools, applications or other resources; or (C) otherwise relating the Proprietary Information of the Partnership, whether in whole or in part, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment by or service to the Partnership (collectively, “Work Product”) belong to the Partnership as set forth below or as a result of assignment from Employee to the Partnership as set forth below. “Proprietary Rights” means all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

(ii)     Works for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that all Work Product or other original works of authorship are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101) (as a result of which the Partnership shall be the author) and, to the extent that such Work Product or other original works of

 

8


authorship may not be deemed “works made for hire,” Employee hereby irrevocably and perpetually assigns, transfers and conveys and agrees to so assign, transfer and convey in the future to the Partnership all of Employee’s right, title and interest to such Work Product or other original works of authorship throughout the world, including, without limitation, all moral rights and the rights to sue for past infringement. Employee represents that such assignment does not violate the terms and conditions of any agreement to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound.

(iii)     Disclosure of Inventions. Employee will inform the Partnership promptly and fully of any Invention and/or Work Product and upon request by the Partnership will set forth in writing in such details as are necessary to explain the Invention and/or Work Product, including, without limitation, measurements, theories, processes, structures, procedures and methodology employed and the results achieved. Upon the Partnership’s request, Employee will execute all documents necessary to confirm or perfect the Partnership’s exclusive ownership of any Inventions and Work Product as set forth in this Section 5(b). Employee will execute such documents and provide such assistance as may be deemed necessary by the Partnership to apply for, defend, or enforce any United States and foreign patents, copyrights, and related rights based on or related to such Inventions and Work Product. In the event the Partnership is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure Employee’s signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified above, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Partnership and its duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of this Section 5(b) and this Agreement with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Partnership any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Invention assigned hereunder to the Partnership.

(iv)     Prior Proprietary Rights. Proprietary Rights, if any, patented or unpatented, which Employee made prior to the commencement of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, Employee has set forth on Annex A, attached hereto, a complete list of all Proprietary Rights that Employee has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership, that Employee considered to be Employee’s property or the property of third parties and that Employee wishes to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively, “Prior Proprietary Rights”). If disclosure of any such Prior Proprietary Right would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such Prior Proprietary Rights in Annex A but is only to disclose a cursory name for each such Proprietary Right, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such Proprietary Rights has not been made for that reason. If no such disclosure is attached, Employee represents that there are no Prior Proprietary Rights. If, in the course of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership, Employee incorporates a Prior Proprietary Right into a Partnership product, process or machine, the Partnership is hereby granted and shall have

 

9


a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicenses) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Proprietary Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Proprietary Rights in any Inventions of the Partnership without the Partnership’s prior written consent.

(c)     Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement.

(i)     During Employee’s Continuous Service and for a period of twelve (12) months after the date on which Employee’s Continuous Service ceases, Employee shall not directly or indirectly participate in any activity, and shall cause each Person controlled by Employee not to participate in any activity, in each case that would qualify as Competition in the Territory (as defined below). For purposes hereof, “Competition” means to directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, operate, control, invest or acquire an interest in, participate in, consult with, render services to or for, operate or in any manner engage in, any Person, business or enterprise (including any division, group or franchise of a larger organization), whether as a proprietor, owner, member, partner, stockholder, director, officer, employee, consultant, joint venturer, investor, licensor, sales representative or other participant, that conducts, participates in or constitutes a business or business line that the Partnership is conducting or that the Partnership conducted during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date that Employee is no longer employed by the Partnership or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Employee shall not be prohibited from owning up to two percent (2%) of the outstanding stock of a corporation that is engaged in Competition and that is publicly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over the counter market so long as Employee has no active participation or management authority in connection with the business of such corporation partnership, company venture or other enterprise.

(ii)     As used in this Agreement, “Territory” means all of the United States of America and all of each other country in which the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries generates sales, markets products or provides services during Employee’s employment or engagement or, upon termination of Employee’s employment or engagement, generated sales, marketed products or provided services at any time during the one (1) year period prior to the termination of Employee’s employment or engagement.

(iii)     During Employee’s Continuous Service and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the date on which Employee’s Continuous Service ceases, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of Employee or any other person, and shall cause any Person controlled by Employee not to directly or indirectly: (A) induce, contact, encourage, solicit or hire or attempt to induce, contact, encourage, solicit or hire any employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership, who is or was an employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership, to leave the employ of the Partnership or alter in any way the services provided to the Partnership; (B) induce, contact, encourage, or solicit or to attempt to induce, contact, encourage, or solicit any customer, supplier,

 

10


vendor, licensee, distributor, contractor or other business relation of the Partnership, who is or was a customer, supplier, vendor, licensee, distributor, contractor or other business relation of the Partnership, on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership, to cease doing business with or alter in any way such Person’s business with, or adversely alter its business relationship with, the Partnership; or (C) hire or retain any Person who is or was an employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership. The foregoing restrictions on hiring only shall not apply to residents of the State of California.

(iv)     For so long as Employee is employed or engaged by the Partnership and for all times thereafter, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall cause any Person controlled by Employee not to, make or solicit or encourage others to make or solicit directly or indirectly any derogatory or negative statement or communication about the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s respective businesses, products, services or activities; provided, however, that such restriction shall not prohibit truthful testimony compelled by valid legal process.

(d)     Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of any of Sections 5(a) through (c) above, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area. Because Employee’s services are unique and because Employee has access to Confidential Information and Work Product, the parties hereto agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Partnership or its successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). In addition, in the event of an actual breach or violation by Employee of Section 5(c), the applicable restricted period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured. Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Sections 5(a) through (c) are reasonable and that Employee has received good and valuable consideration in exchange for such covenants.

(e)     For purposes of Section 4, “Partnership” will mean the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates.

6.     Definitions.

Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

 

11


Board” means the board of managers of the Partnership.

Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment or services agreement between the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and Employee or, in the absence of any such written employment or services agreement, shall mean a dismissal as a result of (a) Employee’s failure to substantially perform Employee’s duties as an employee of the Partnership (or any of its Subsidiaries) (other than any such failure resulting from Employee’s disability, as defined in accordance with the policies of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries); (b) the Board’s determination that Employee failed in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board consistent with the terms of Employee’s employment; (c) Employee’s material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement between Employee and the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (it being understood that any breach of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 4 shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement); (d) Employee’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (e) Employee’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Partnership’s (or any of its Affiliate’s) premises or while performing Employee’s duties and responsibilities consistent with the terms of Employee’s employment; or (f) Employee’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Partnership or any of its Affiliates.

Co-Invest Units” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals to this Agreement. Co-Invest Units will continue to be Co-Invest Units in the hands of any holder other than Employee (except for the Partnership and TB and except for transferees in a Public Sale), and except as otherwise provided herein, each such other holder of Co-Invest Units will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to Employee as a holder of Co-Invest Units hereunder. Co-Invest Units will also include equity securities of the Partnership issued with respect to Co-Invest Units by way of a unit split, distribution of units or other recapitalization. Any Units issued in respect of a contribution of Co-Invest Units will continue to be Co-Invest Units for purposes of this Agreement and the LP Agreement, and will have the same rights and obligations binding upon Co-Invest Units (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Article VIII (Transfer of Partnership Interests) and Article XII (Change in Business Form; Merger) of the LP Agreement, and any such contribution or exchange shall in no way modify or limit such rights or obligations).

Continuous Service” means an individual’s continuous employment with, or continuous provision of services to, the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries.

Fair Market Value” of each Co-Invest Unit means the fair value of such Co-Invest Unit as determined in good faith by the Board applying the provisions of Sections 11.2(a)(ii) and

11.2(b) of the LP Agreement.

LP Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of March 24, 2020, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time.

Original Cost” means (i) with respect to each Co-Invest Unit purchased hereunder and (ii) with respect to any other Class A Units and Class B Units hereafter acquired by Employee,

 

12


the price actually paid by Employee for such units (each as proportionately adjusted for all subsequent units splits, distribution of units, and other recapitalizations, and as reduced by any distributions, dividends or similar repayments of capital or yield).

Public Sale” means any sale pursuant to a registered public offering under the Securities Act or any sale to the public pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act effected through a broker, dealer or market maker.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

7. Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt, (b) three days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (c) the day sent via e-mail transmission and (d) one business day following the business day of deposit with a reputable overnight courier (charges prepaid) for next business day delivery. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Partnership, TB or Employee at the address or e-mail address set forth below and to any other recipient or any subsequent holder of the Co-Invest Units subject to this Agreement at such address or e-mail address as indicated by the Partnership’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

 

If to the Partnership:

 

Instructure Parent, LP

c/o Thoma Bravo, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street, 20th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention:  

Holden Spaht

Brian Jaffe

Email:  

hspaht@thomabravo.com

bjaffee@thomabravo.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:

  Theodore Peto, P.C.
 

Peter Stach

Amelia Davis

Email:  

theodore.peto@kirkland.com

peter.stach@kirkland.com

amelia.runyan@kirkland.com

 

13


If to TB:
Thoma Bravo, L.P.
600 Montgomery Street, 20th Floor
San Francisco, California 94111
Attention:   Holden Spaht
  Brian Jaffe
Email:   hspaht@thomabravo.com
  bjaffee@thomabravo.com
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, Illinois 60654
Attention:    Theodore Peto, P.C.
  Peter Stach
  Amelia Davis
Email:   theodore.peto@kirkland.com
  peter.stach@kirkland.com
  amelia.runyan@kirkland.com
If to Employee:
As noted on the signature page hereto.

8.     General Provisions.

(a)     Plan Controls. The Co-Invest Units are issued pursuant to the Plan and subject to its terms. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

(b)     Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(c)     Confidentiality. Employee may not disclose the terms of this Agreement (except to Employee’s legal, tax and financial advisors) without the prior written consent of the Partnership and TB.

(d)     Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein (including the Plan) and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior

 

14


understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way; provided, that the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any existing or future nondisclosure, noncompete, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality, invention assignment, work product, work-for-hire, intellectual property protection or assignment or other restrictive covenant or similar obligations contained in any other agreements between Employee and the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging means (including by .pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(f)     Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee, the Partnership, TB and their respective successors and assigns (including subsequent holders of Co-Invest Units); provided that the rights and obligations of Employee under this Agreement shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the Partnership except in connection with a permitted transfer of Co-Invest Units hereunder.

(g)     Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement (and any claims, issues, controversies or matters arising hereunder) shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware.

(h)     JURISDICTION AND VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES THAT JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING SEEKING EQUITABLE RELIEF) SHALL PROPERLY AND EXCLUSIVELY LIE IN THE COURT OF CHANCERY OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (THE “COURT OF CHANCERY”) OR, TO THE EXTENT THE COURT OF CHANCERY DOES NOT HAVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE AND THE APPELLATE COURTS HAVING JURISDICTION OF APPEALS IN SUCH COURTS (THE “DELAWARE FEDERAL COURT”) OR, TO THE EXTENT NEITHER THE COURT OF CHANCERY NOR THE DELAWARE FEDERAL COURT HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “CHOSEN COURTS”). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CHOSEN COURTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT VENUE WOULD BE PROPER IN THE CHOSEN COURTS, AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT ANY SUCH CHOSEN COURT IS AN IMPROPER OR INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE RESOLUTION OF SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

 

15


(i)     Waiver of Jury Trial. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j)     Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement (including TB) shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 8(h) (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(k)     Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Partnership, Employee and TB.

(l)     Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Partnership’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

(m)     Termination. This Agreement will be terminated, void and of no further force and effect, and no Co-Invest Units will be issued, if Employee fails to deliver the Purchase Price and a signed copy of this Agreement (including the Exhibits attached hereto) by the Cancellation Date. Subject to the foregoing sentence, this Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment with the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and shall remain in full force and effect after such termination.

(n)     No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(o)     Participation Rights. Employee shall have the participation rights set forth in Section 8.1(b) of the LP Agreement (subject to the other terms and conditions set forth therein); provided that, only Employee’s Co-Invest Units hereunder, as determined at the time of any Transfer subject to Section 8.1(b) of the LP Agreement will be considered in the determination of how many Units Employee is entitled to elect to Transfer in connection with such participation rights.

 

16


(p)     Preemptive Rights. Employee shall have the rights of a Preemptive Rights Holder as set forth in Section 8.3(a) of the LP Agreement; provided that, only Employee’s Co-Invest Units hereunder, as determined at the time of any offering of New Securities, will be considered in the calculation of Employee’s Proportionate Share.

*    *    *    *    *

 

17

Exhibit 10.17

INCENTIVE EQUITY GRANT AGREEMENT

THIS INCENTIVE EQUITY GRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of             , 2020, by and among Instructure Parent, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Fund XIII”), Thoma Bravo Fund XIII-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Fund XIII-A”), and Thoma Bravo Executive Fund XIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Executive Fund XIII” and, together with Fund XIII and Fund XIII-A,TB”), and the employee listed on the signature page hereto (“Employee”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the LP Agreement.

Pursuant to the Instructure Parent, LP Incentive Equity Plan (the “Plan”), the Partnership and Employee desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which Employee will acquire from the Partnership, and the Partnership will issue and grant to Employee, the number of Class B Units set forth on the signature page hereto. All Class B Units hereby acquired by Employee pursuant to this Agreement are referred to herein as “Carried Units.” Certain definitions are set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1.     Issuance of Carried Units.

(a)     Upon execution of this Agreement, Employee will acquire and the Partnership will issue and grant, the number of Class B Units set forth on the signature page hereto at no cost per Class B Unit, a certain number of which are specified as “Type I Units” on the signature page hereto and a certain number of which are specified as “Type II Units” on the signature page hereto. Such Class B Units will be Series 1 Incentive Units and shall have an initial Participation Threshold of $0.00. The Participation Threshold with respect to each Class B Unit is subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in the LP Agreement. The issuance of the Carried Units to Employee hereunder is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Regulation D or Rule 701 thereunder or Section 4(a)(2).

(b)     If Employee is (or is reasonably expected to become) a United States taxpayer, within 30 days after Employee acquires Carried Units from the Partnership, Employee will make a timely and effective election with the Internal Revenue Service under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Employee acknowledges that it is Employee’s sole responsibility, and not the Partnership’s, to file timely and properly an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code and any corresponding provisions of state tax laws, if applicable.

(c)     In connection with the issuance of the Carried Units contemplated herein, Employee represents and warrants to the Partnership and TB that:

(i)     Employee possesses all requisite capacity, power and authority to enter into and perform Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and the LP Agreement.


(ii)     (x) Employee is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (y) if Employee is not an “accredited investor,” Employee acknowledges and agrees that (A) the opportunity to acquire interests in the Partnership is being offered in consideration of the services rendered to the Partnership and its Subsidiaries as additional compensation under a “written compensation contract” as contemplated by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and (B) Employee would not have the opportunity to acquire an interest in the Partnership if Employee were not an employee of the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries.

(iii)     The Carried Units to be acquired by Employee pursuant to this Agreement will be acquired for Employee’s own account and not with a view to, or intention of, distribution thereof in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws and the Carried Units will not be disposed of in contravention of the Securities Act or any applicable securities laws.

(iv)     Employee is employed by the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries, is sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Carried Units.

(v)     Employee is not relying upon any information, representation or warranty by the Partnership, its Subsidiaries, TB or any of their respective Affiliates or any agent of any of the foregoing in deciding to invest in the Carried Units, and expressly acknowledges that none of the foregoing Persons has made any representations or warranties to Employee in connection therewith.

(vi)     Employee is able to bear the economic risk of Employee’s investment in the Carried Units for an indefinite period of time and acknowledges that Employee will be required to do so because the Carried Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.

(vii)     Employee has had ample time and opportunity to review this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other documents referenced herein, ask questions and receive answers concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of Carried Units and has had full access to such other information concerning the Partnership as Employee has requested.

(viii)     This Agreement, the LP Agreement and each of the other agreements contemplated hereby constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of Employee, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the LP Agreement and such other agreements by Employee does not and will not conflict with, violate or cause a breach of any agreement, contract or instrument to which Employee is a party or any judgment, order or decree to which Employee is subject.

(ix)     The issuance of the Carried Units acquired hereunder, and the income and value of the same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for the

 

2


purpose of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, holiday pay, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement benefits or payments or welfare benefits or similar payments.

(x)     Unless otherwise agreed with the Partnership in writing, the Carried Units and the income and value of the same, are not offered as consideration for, or in connection with, any service Employee may provide as a director, manager or in a similar capacity of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(xi)     Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan and as determined by the Partnership in its sole and absolute discretion, the Carried Units and any benefits under this Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Carried Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor to be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate or similar transaction affecting the Units.

(xii)     Employee understands that (A) there is no current public market for the Carried Units, none is expected to develop and the Carried Units are subject to substantial restrictions on transferability and (B) as a result of such matters and other factors, the Carried Units are difficult to value.

(xiii)     Employee understands and agrees that (A) the investment in the Partnership involves a high degree of risk, (B) in the future the Carried Units may significantly increase or decrease in value and (C) no guarantees or representations have been made or can be made with respect to the future value of the Carried Units or the future profitability or success of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(xiv)     Employee is a resident of the State and/or Country listed on the signature page hereto under Employee’s name.

(xv)     Employee is able to read and understand English.

(xvi)     Employee acknowledges and agrees that (A) the Partnership and its Subsidiaries have incurred and may incur in the future a substantial amount of senior or other indebtedness and (B) there may be additional issuances of Carried Units or other Equity Securities of the Partnership after the date hereof and the equity interests of Employee may be diluted in connection with any such issuance, subject to the terms of the LP Agreement.

(xvii)     Employee has had the opportunity, and has been advised by the Partnership, to consult with (A) Employee’s tax counsel as to the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the LP Agreement and (B) independent legal counsel regarding Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the LP Agreement and fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and therein.

 

3


(xviii)     Employee is not relying on the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries’ or Affiliates’ employees, agents or representatives with respect to the legal, tax, economic, and related considerations of accepting the Carried Units.

(xix)     Employee is not acquiring the Carried Units as a result of, or subsequent to, any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, internet publication or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the internet or presented at any public seminar or meeting.

(xx)     Employee’s spouse (if any) has read this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein, understands their contents and has agreed that any interest (including any community property interest) such spouse may have, or may acquire in the future, in the Carried Units is irrevocably bound by this Agreement, the LP Agreement and the other agreements referred to herein.

(d)     As an inducement to the Partnership to issue the Carried Units to Employee, and as a condition thereto, Employee acknowledges and agrees that neither the issuance of the Carried Units to Employee nor any provision contained herein shall entitle Employee to remain in the employment of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries or affect the right of the Partnership and its Subsidiaries to terminate Employee’s employment at any time for any reason.

2.     Vesting of Carried Units.

(a)     Type I Units are subject to vesting based upon Employee’s Continuous Service and compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Type II Units are subject to vesting based upon Employee’s Continuous Service, compliance with the terms of this Agreement and certain performance-based vesting criteria as further described in this Section 2.

(b)     Type I Units will vest as follows: (i) 25% of the Type I Units will become vested on March 24, 2021 and (ii) the balance of the Type I Units will vest ratably in a series of 36 equal monthly installments upon Employee’s completion of each additional month of Continuous Service over such 36-month period measured from March 24, 2021; provided that, if the Continuous Service of Employee ceases then no Type I Units that have not become vested will vest thereafter and all such unvested Type I Units will automatically terminate, be forfeited and be cancelled for no consideration or payment of any kind.

(c)     Subject to compliance with the terms of this Agreement, the Type II Units will become vested in accordance with the schedule set forth in this Section 2(c) effective upon confirmation by the Partnership’s Board of Managers (the “Board”) that EBITDA for such fiscal year equals or exceeds the Target EBITDA for such fiscal year (as set forth in the schedule below), provided that Employee is then in Continuous Service with the Partnership and its Subsidiaries. Upon confirmation by the Board that EBITDA for any given fiscal year does not equal or exceed the applicable Target EBITDA (as set forth in the schedule below) (an “Unvested Year”), then all Type II Units for such Unvested Year that would have otherwise vested had EBITDA equaled or exceeded the applicable Target EBITDA shall remain unvested (the “Unvested Type II Units”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Board confirms for the fiscal year immediately subsequent to such Unvested Year

 

4


that EBITDA for such subsequent fiscal year equals or exceeds the amount of Target EBITDA for such subsequent fiscal year (and, Employee is and has been in Continuous Service through the end of such subsequent fiscal year) then all Unvested Type II Units from such immediately preceding Unvested Year outstanding as of such date (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, from any year prior to such immediately preceding Unvested Year) that would have otherwise vested had EBITDA for such previous Unvested Year equaled or exceeded the applicable Target EBITDA for such Unvested Year shall become immediately vested upon the date of such determination by the Board. If the Board determines that EBITDA for such subsequent fiscal year did not equal or exceed the Target EBITDA for such fiscal year, then all Unvested Type II Units from the previous Unvested Year (such previous Unvested Year, a “Forfeited Year”) shall not vest (including in connection with a Change in Control) and all such Unvested Type II Units will automatically terminate and be cancelled for no consideration or payment of any kind. As an example and for the avoidance of doubt, if the Target EBITDA was not achieved for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021 respectively, but was achieved for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, assuming Employee is and has been continuously employed by the Partnership or its Subsidiaries through the end of fiscal year 2022, (A) Employee’s Unvested Type II Units associated with the fiscal year ended 2021 would vest, (B) Employee’s Type II Units associated with the fiscal year ended 2022 would vest and (C) Employee’s Unvested Type II Units associated with the fiscal year ended 2020 would not vest and be forfeited.

 

Time Period

   Target
EBITDA
($ Millions)
     Percentage of Type II Units that Vest
if Actual EBITDA meets or exceeds
Target EBITDA
 

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

   $ 123.9        25.0

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

   $ 143.8        25.0

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

   $ 165.5        25.0

Fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

   $ 188.4        25.0

The Target EBITDA set forth above may be subsequently amended by the Board to reflect any material changes in the Partnership’s business, including as a result of any acquisition or divestiture of any business or assets.

(d)     Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, and in each case effective immediately prior to such Change in Control (i) 50% of the unvested Type I Units and (ii) 50% of the unvested Type II Units (other than with respect to the Unvested Type II Units from any Unvested Year(s) and/or Forfeited Year(s)) shall become vested, if, and only if, in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2(d), Employee remains in Continuous Service until immediately prior to such Change in Control. Any Carried Units which remain unvested and do not accelerate or vest pursuant to the preceding sentence immediately prior to or in connection with a Change in Control will automatically terminate and be cancelled for no payment of any kind as of such Change in Control.

(e)     All Carried Units that have become vested in accordance with this Section 2 are referred to herein as “Vested Units,” and all other Carried Units are referred to herein as “Unvested Units.” Unvested Units will not participate in distributions, including any distributions pursuant to the LP Agreement, by the Partnership unless otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

 

5


(f)     For purposes of this Agreement, Employee’s employment will be considered terminated as of the date Employee is no longer actively providing services to the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment or other laws in the jurisdiction where Employee is employed or otherwise rendering services, or the terms of Employee’s employment or service agreement, if any) (the “Termination Date”). Unless otherwise determined by the Partnership or as set forth in a written agreement between Employee and the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, Employee’s right to vest in the Carried Units, if any, will terminate as of the Termination Date. The Termination Date will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Employee’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment or other laws in the jurisdiction where Employee is employed or otherwise rendering services or the terms of Employee’s employment or service agreement, if any). The Board shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Employee is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Carried Units (including whether Employee may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence).

3.     Repurchase Option; Forfeiture.

(a)     In the event Employee’s Continuous Service ceases for any reason (each, a “Termination”) or in the event any laws, rules, or regulations (whether in effect on the date hereof or hereafter amended, promulgated, approved, reinterpreted or enacted) of any governmental or regulatory authority materially restrict the rights or obligations of the Partnership or Employee hereunder or materially increase the obligations of the Partnership in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby including the issuance of the Carried Units or Employee holding the Carried Units, in each case as determined by the Board in its reasonable discretion (each such instance, a “Regulatory Burden”), (i) all Unvested Units (whether held by Employee or one or more of Employee’s transferees (other than the Partnership and TB)) automatically (without any action by Employee or any of Employee’s transferees) will be forfeited to the Partnership and deemed canceled, forfeited and no longer outstanding without any payment therefor and (ii) all Vested Units (in each case, whether held by Employee or one or more of Employee’s transferees (other than the Partnership and TB)), will be subject to a right of repurchase, in each case by the Partnership and TB pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3 (the “Repurchase Option”). If such Termination results from Employee’s termination of employment with Cause, then all Carried Units, whether vested or unvested (whether held by Employee or one or more of Employee’s transferees, other than the Partnership and TB) automatically (without any action by Employee or any of Employee’s transferees) will be forfeited to the Partnership and deemed canceled and no longer outstanding without any payment therefor.

(b)     In the event of a Termination, the purchase price for each Vested Unit not forfeited pursuant to Section 3(a) will be the Fair Market Value of such Vested Unit. The Fair Market Value of any Vested Unit for purposes of this Section 3(b) shall be the Fair Market Value of such Vested Unit as of the first date of delivery of the Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice, as the case may be.

(c)     The Board may elect to cause the Partnership to purchase all or any portion of any of the Vested Units by delivering written notice (the “Repurchase Notice”) to Employee

 

6


and, if applicable, Employee’s Permitted Transferees within 210 days after the Termination or date of the Board’s determination of such Regulatory Burden. The Repurchase Notice will set forth the number of Vested Units to be acquired from each holder, the aggregate consideration to be paid for such Vested Units and the time and place for the closing of the transaction. If some Vested Units are held by Employee’s Permitted Transferees and the Board elects to repurchase only a portion of the Vested Units, Employee shall be permitted to designate which of the Vested Units to be repurchased shall be repurchased from Employee and which shall be repurchased from Employee’s Permitted Transferees. If Employee does not make such a designation, the number of Vested Units to be repurchased by the Partnership shall first be satisfied to the extent possible from the Vested Units held by Employee at the time of delivery of the Repurchase Notice. If the number of Vested Units then held by Employee is less than the total number of Vested Units which the Partnership has elected to purchase, the Partnership shall purchase the remaining units elected to be purchased from Employee’s Permitted Transferees, pro rata according to the number of Vested Units held by such Permitted Transferee(s) at the time of delivery of such Repurchase Notice (determined as nearly as practicable to the nearest unit). Additionally, the Board may cause the Partnership to assign its rights under this Section 3 to one or more of its Affiliates.

(d)     If for any reason the Partnership does not elect to purchase all of the Vested Units pursuant to the Repurchase Option, TB shall be entitled to exercise the Repurchase Option for the Vested Units the Partnership has not elected to purchase (the “Available Units”). As soon as practicable after the Partnership has determined that there will be Available Units, but in any event within 90 days after the Termination or date of the Board’s determination of such Regulatory Burden, the Partnership shall give written notice (the “Option Notice”) to TB setting forth the number of Available Units and the purchase price for the Available Units. TB may elect to purchase any or all of the Available Units by giving written notice to the Partnership within 30 days after the Option Notice has been given by the Partnership. If more than one member of TB elects to purchase Available Units, the purchase of such Vested Units shall be allocated among the members of TB based upon the number of Class B Units owned by each member of TB. As soon as practicable, and in any event within ten days after the expiration of the applicable period set forth above, the Partnership shall notify each holder of Vested Units as to the number of Vested Units being purchased from such holder by TB (the “Supplemental Repurchase Notice”). At the time the Partnership delivers the Supplemental Repurchase Notice to the holder(s) of Vested Units, the Partnership shall also deliver written notice to TB setting forth the number of Vested Units TB is entitled to purchase, the aggregate purchase price and the time and place of the closing of the transaction.

(e)     The closing of the purchase of the Vested Units pursuant to the Repurchase Option shall take place on the date designated by the Partnership or TB, as applicable, in the Repurchase Notice or, if later, the Supplemental Repurchase Notice, which date shall not be more than 30 days nor less than five days after the delivery of the later of either such notice to be delivered. The Partnership will pay for the Vested Units to be purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Option by first offsetting amounts outstanding under any bona fide debts, including for money borrowed from the Partnership or its Subsidiaries or for travel and expense advances owed by Employee to the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (or one or more of Employee’s Permitted Transferees, other than the Partnership or TB), and upon full repayment of such bona fide debts, the Partnership will make payment by a check or wire transfer of funds in the aggregate amount of the remaining purchase price for such Vested Units. TB will pay for the Vested Units to be

 

7


purchased by it pursuant to the Repurchase Option by delivery of a check or wire transfer of funds in the aggregate amount of the purchase price for such Vested Units. In connection with such purchase, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Partnership and/or TB, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive from Employee and Employee’s Permitted Transferees (if any) customary representations and warranties regarding such sale and the Vested Units subject thereto as well as a customary release of claims from Employee and any other seller related to the Vested Units or such Employee’s status as an equityholder of the Partnership, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership and/or TB, as applicable.

(f)     If, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Partnership (and/or TB and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount (it being understood that, in certain circumstances, the amount may be $0) and form on the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Vested Units to be repurchased, in each case, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then, from and after such time, the Person(s) from whom such Vested Units are to be repurchased shall no longer hold any title or interest in such Vested Units and shall not have any rights as a holder of such Vested Units (other than the right to receive payment of the applicable consideration in accordance with this Agreement), and such Vested Units shall be deemed repurchased in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 3 and the Partnership (and/or TB and/or any other Person acquiring securities) shall be deemed the owner and holder of such Vested Units, whether or not the certificates therefor, if any, or any other deliverables have been delivered as required by this Agreement and whether or not the Person(s) from whom such Vested Units are to be repurchased shall take any other action in connection with such repurchase (including acknowledging receipt of, or otherwise responding to, any Repurchase Notice or Supplemental Repurchase Notice). Notwithstanding this Section 3(f), Employee hereby agrees to take such actions as are required to be taken by Employee pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement in connection with any such repurchase.

(g)     Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, all repurchases of Vested Units by the Partnership shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware Revised Uniform Partnership Act and in the Partnership’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt and equity financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Vested Units hereunder which the Partnership is otherwise entitled or required to make, the Partnership may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, delay and toll the time period for any such repurchases until such time as it is permitted to do so under such laws and agreements.

(h)     The Repurchase Option set forth in this Section 3, to the extent unexercised, shall continue with respect to the Vested Units following any transfer thereof, but in all respects subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(i)     As provided in Section 4.6 of the LP Agreement, the repurchase of Vested Units pursuant to this Section 3 may be effectuated by distributing to the holder one or more classes of securities issued by a Subsidiary of the Partnership (the “Substitute Securities”), provided that, promptly following such distribution, the Subsidiary that issued the Substitute Securities shall redeem or repurchase the Substitute Securities from such holder for an amount of cash equal to the purchase price applicable to the Vested Units that were exchanged for such Substitute Securities (which Transfer the Partnership and the holder will treat as a distribution of securities of the Subsidiary under Code Section 731(a)).

 

8


4.     Transferability. The Carried Units are subject to the transfer restrictions contained in the LP Agreement and the Repurchase Option. On the date hereof, Employee shall execute and deliver a joinder to the LP Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. On the date hereof, if applicable, Employee and Employee’s spouse shall execute and deliver a spousal consent, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, and agree to be bound by the terms and provisions thereof. Regardless of any marital property settlement agreement that may exist now or be entered into in the future between Employee and Employee’s spouse (if any), neither the Partnership nor TB is obligated to recognize Employee’s current or former spouse (if any) interest in any Carried Units in any way.

5.     Withholding. The Partnership may withhold from any and all amounts payable under this Agreement or otherwise such federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes, excise taxes, or employment taxes (“Taxes”) as may be required to be withheld by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Employee shall pay to the Partnership or make arrangements satisfactory to the Partnership to pay the amount of all applicable Taxes that the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries is required to withhold at any time. If Employee shall fail to make such payment, the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Employee any Taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the Carried Units. In the event that the Partnership fails to withhold any Taxes required to be withheld by applicable law or regulation, Employee shall indemnify the Partnership and its Subsidiaries for any amounts paid by the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any such Taxes but only to the extent Employee has not already paid such Taxes.

6.     Confidential Information; Non-Compete; Non Solicitation.

(a)     Confidential Information. Employee recognizes and acknowledges that by reason of Employee’s employment with or engagement by the Partnership or its Affiliates, Employee will have access to confidential and/or proprietary information of the Partnership and/or any of its Affiliates, including (i) trade secrets, inventions, ideas, processes, methods, apparatus, equipment, software, data, programs, listings, patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, other works of authorship, know-how, technology improvements, specifications, formulas, discoveries, developments, designs, drawings, documents, sketches, drawings, models and techniques relating to the current, future and proposed products and services of the Partnership (collectively, “Inventions”); (ii) information and data regarding research, development, new products and services, design, details and specifications, engineering, marketing and sales, business records and plans, budgets, plans for future developments, business forecasts, financial statements and other financial information, licenses, costs, procurement requirements, policies or operational methods, suppliers, customers, potential customers and key personnel, market studies and forecasts, target markets, competitive analyses, sales and pricing policies, sales and pricing information and techniques, promotional strategies, the identity, skills and compensation of employees, personnel policies, the substance of agreements with customers, suppliers and others, marketing or dealership arrangements, servicing and training programs and arrangements, customer lists, customer preferences, customer needs, customer data, customer contact information, profit margins,

 

9


overhead, and the Partnership’s methods and techniques for running its business, including but not limited to technical information relating to the creation, installation, repair or maintenance of its products and the services the Partnership provides; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees, independent contractors or consultants of the Partnership ((i), (ii) and (iii) collectively, and in any form or medium, “Proprietary Information”). Employee hereby assigns to the Partnership all rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognizes and agrees that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Partnership and its assigns.

(b)     Intellectual Property, Inventions and Patents.

(i)     Ownership. Employee acknowledges and agrees that all Inventions and Proprietary Rights (as defined below) conceived, developed, fabricated, improved, made or reduced to practice by Employee (A) within the scope of Employee’s employment or engagement; (B) while using the Partnership’s time, materials, equipment, facilities, personnel, technology, software, code, utilities, tools, applications or other resources; or (C) otherwise relating the Proprietary Information of the Partnership, whether in whole or in part, either solely or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment by or service to the Partnership (collectively, “Work Product”) belong to the Partnership as set forth below or as a result of assignment from Employee to the Partnership as set forth below. “Proprietary Rights” means all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

(ii)     Works for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that all Work Product or other original works of authorship are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101) (as a result of which the Partnership shall be the author) and, to the extent that such Work Product or other original works of authorship may not be deemed “works made for hire,” Employee hereby irrevocably and perpetually assigns, transfers and conveys and agrees to so assign, transfer and convey in the future to the Partnership all of Employee’s right, title and interest to such Work Product or other original works of authorship throughout the world, including, without limitation, all moral rights and the rights to sue for past infringement. Employee represents that such assignment does not violate the terms and conditions of any agreement to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound.

(iii)     Disclosure of Inventions. Employee will inform the Partnership promptly and fully of any Invention and/or Work Product and upon request by the Partnership will set forth in writing in such details as are necessary to explain the Invention and/or Work Product, including, without limitation, measurements, theories, processes, structures, procedures, and methodology employed and the results achieved. Upon the Partnership’s request, Employee will execute all documents necessary to confirm or perfect the Partnership’s exclusive ownership of any Inventions and Work Product as set forth in this Section 6(b). Employee will execute such documents and provide such assistance as may be deemed necessary by the Partnership to apply for, defend, or enforce any United States and foreign patents, copyrights, and related rights based on or related to such Inventions and Work Product. In the event the Partnership is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure Employee’s signature on any document needed in connection

 

10


with the actions specified above, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Partnership and its duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and on Employee’s behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of this Section 6(b) and this Agreement with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee. Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to the Partnership any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Invention assigned hereunder to the Partnership.

(iv)     Prior Proprietary Rights. Proprietary Rights, if any, patented or unpatented, which Employee made prior to the commencement of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, Employee has set forth on Annex A, attached hereto, a complete list of all Proprietary Rights that Employee has, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership, that Employee considered to be Employee’s property or the property of third parties and that Employee wishes to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively, “Prior Proprietary Rights”). If disclosure of any such Prior Proprietary Right would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such Prior Proprietary Rights in Annex A but is only to disclose a cursory name for each such Proprietary Right, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such Proprietary Rights has not been made for that reason. If no such disclosure is attached, Employee represents that there are no Prior Proprietary Rights. If, in the course of Employee’s employment or engagement with the Partnership, Employee incorporates a Prior Proprietary Right into a Partnership product, process or machine, the Partnership is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicenses) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Proprietary Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Proprietary Rights in any Inventions of the Partnership without the Partnership’s prior written consent.

(c)     Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Non-Disparagement.

(i)     During Employee’s Continuous Service and for a period of twelve (12) months after the date on which Employee’s Continuous Service ceases, Employee shall not directly or indirectly participate in any activity, and shall cause each Person controlled by Employee not to participate in any activity, in each case that would qualify as Competition in the Territory (as defined below). For purposes hereof, “Competition” means to directly or indirectly own any interest in, manage, operate, control, invest or acquire an interest in, participate in, consult with, render services to or for, operate or in any manner engage in, any Person, business or enterprise (including any division, group or franchise of a larger organization), whether as a proprietor, owner, member, partner, stockholder, director, officer, employee, consultant, joint venturer, investor, licensor, sales representative or other participant, that conducts, participates in or constitutes a business or business line that the Partnership is conducting or that the Partnership conducted during

 

11


the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date that Employee is no longer employed by the Partnership or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Employee shall not be prohibited from owning up to two percent (2%) of the outstanding stock of a corporation that is engaged in Competition and that is publicly traded on a national securities exchange or in the over the counter market so long as Employee has no active participation or management authority in connection with the business of such corporation partnership, company venture or other enterprise.

(ii)     As used in this Agreement, “Territory” means all of the United States of America and all of each other country in which the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries generates sales, markets products or provides services during Employee’s employment or engagement or, upon termination of Employee’s employment or engagement, generated sales, marketed products or provided services at any time during the one (1) year period prior to the termination of Employee’s employment or engagement.

(iii)     During Employee’s Continuous Service and for a period of twenty-four (24) months after the date on which Employee’s Continuous Service ceases, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of Employee or any other person, and shall cause any Person controlled by Employee not to directly or indirectly: (A) induce, contact, encourage, solicit or hire or attempt to induce, contact, encourage, solicit or hire any employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership, who is or was an employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership, to leave the employ of the Partnership or alter in any way the services provided to the Partnership; (B) induce, contact, encourage, or solicit or to attempt to induce, contact, encourage, or solicit any customer, supplier, vendor, licensee, distributor, contractor or other business relation of the Partnership, who is or was a customer, supplier, vendor, licensee, distributor, contractor or other business relation of the Partnership, on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership, to cease doing business with or alter in any way such Person’s business with, or adversely alter its business relationship with, the Partnership; or (C) hire or retain any Person who is or was an employee, associate, consultant, agent or representative of the Partnership on or during the one (1) year period immediately preceding the date of Employee’s termination of employment or engagement with the Partnership. The foregoing restrictions on hiring only shall not apply to residents of the State of California.

(iv)     For so long as Employee is employed or engaged by the Partnership and for all times thereafter, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall cause any Person controlled by Employee not to, make or solicit or encourage others to make or solicit directly or indirectly any derogatory or negative statement or communication about the Partnership or any of the Partnership’s respective businesses, products, services or activities; provided, however, that such restriction shall not prohibit truthful testimony compelled by valid legal process.

 

12


(d)     Enforcement. If, at the time of enforcement of any of Sections 6(a) through 6(c) above, a court holds that the restrictions stated herein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area. Because Employee’s services are unique and because Employee has access to Proprietary Information and Work Product, the parties hereto agree that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of this Agreement. Therefore, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Partnership or its successors or assigns, in addition to other rights and remedies existing in their favor, shall be entitled to specific performance and/or injunctive or other equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof (without posting a bond or other security). In addition, in the event of an actual breach or violation by Employee of Section 6(c), the applicable restricted period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been duly cured. Employee acknowledges that the restrictions contained in Sections 6(a) through 6(c) are reasonable and that Employee has received good and valuable consideration in exchange for such covenants.

(e)     For purposes of Section 5, “Partnership” will mean the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and controlled Affiliates.

7.     Definitions.

Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person which directly or indirectly controls, is under common control with, or is controlled by, such Person. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

Carried Units” has the meaning assigned to it in the Recitals to this Agreement. Carried Units will continue to be Carried Units in the hands of any holder other than Employee (except for the Partnership and TB and except for transferees in a Public Sale) and, except as otherwise provided herein, each such other holder of Carried Units will succeed to all rights and obligations attributable to Employee as a holder of Carried Units hereunder. Carried Units shall also include equity securities of the Partnership issued with respect to Carried Units by way of a unit split, distribution of units or other recapitalization. For the avoidance of doubt, all Unvested Units shall remain Unvested Units after any Transfer (as such term is defined in the LP Agreement). Any Units issued in respect of a contribution of Carried Units will continue to be Carried Units for purposes of this Agreement and the LP Agreement, and will have the same rights and obligations binding upon Carried Units (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Article VIII (Transfer of Partnership Interests) and Article XII (Change in Business Form; Merger) of the LP Agreement), and any such contribution or exchange shall in no way modify or limit such rights or obligations.

Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any written employment or services agreement between the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries and Employee or, in the absence of any such written employment or services agreement, shall mean a dismissal as a result of (a) Employee’s failure to substantially perform Employee’s duties as an employee of the

 

13


Partnership (or any of its Subsidiaries) (other than any such failure resulting from Employee’s disability, as defined in accordance with the policies of the Partnership or its Subsidiaries); (b) the Board’s determination that Employee failed in any material respect to carry out or comply with any lawful and reasonable directive of the Board consistent with the terms of Employee’s employment; (c) Employee’s material breach of this Agreement or any other written agreement between Employee and the Partnership or its Subsidiaries (it being understood that any breach of the restrictive covenants in Section 6 shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement); (d) Employee’s conviction, plea of no contest, plea of nolo contendere, or imposition of unadjudicated probation for any felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (e) Employee’s unlawful use (including being under the influence) or possession of illegal drugs on the Partnership’s (or any of its Affiliate’s) premises or while performing Employee’s duties and responsibilities consistent with the terms of Employee’s employment; or (f) Employee’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against the Partnership or any of its Affiliates.

Change in Control” means a Sale of the Partnership (as defined in the LP Agreement). For the avoidance of doubt, the acquisition of Instructure, Inc. by an Affiliate of the Partnership prior to the date hereof is not, and shall never constitute, a Change in Control.

Continuous Service” means an individual’s continuous employment with, or continuous provision of services to, the Partnership or one of its Subsidiaries.

EBITDA” shall have the meaning of “Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” as such term is defined in (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 2020, by and among Instructure Intermediate Holdings III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as holdings, Instructure Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the parent borrower, PIV Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the initial subsidiary borrower, Instructure, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the successor subsidiary borrower, the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Golub Capital Markets LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), or (ii) any successor or replacement senior credit facility or credit agreement following a refinancing of the existing senior credit facility or credit agreement of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case, as the same may be further adjusted to reflect any additional adjustments included in the calculation of “Management EBITDA” as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

Fair Market Value” of each Carried Unit means the fair value of such Carried Unit as determined in good faith by the Board applying the provisions of Sections 11.2(a)(ii) and 11.2(b) of the LP Agreement.

LP Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of the Partnership, dated as of March 24, 2020, as amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

 

14


8.     Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt, (b) three days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, (c) the day sent via e-mail transmission and (d) one business day following the business day of deposit with a reputable overnight courier (charges prepaid) for next business day delivery. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Partnership, TB or Employee at the address or e-mail address set forth below and to any other recipient or any subsequent holder of Carried Units subject to this Agreement at such address or e-mail address as indicated by the Partnership’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

If to the Partnership:

Instructure Parent, LP

c/o Thoma Bravo, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street, 20th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention:     Holden Spaht

  Brian Jaffe

Email:           hspaht@thomabravo.com

bjaffee@thomabravo.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:   Theodore Peto, P.C.

Peter Stach

Amelia Davis

Email:         theodore.peto@kirkland.com

peter.stach@kirkland.com

amelia.runyan@kirkland.com

If to TB:

Thoma Bravo, L.P.

600 Montgomery Street, 20th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention:     Holden Spaht

  Brian Jaffe

Email:           hspaht@thomabravo.com

bjaffee@thomabravo.com

 

15


with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:   Theodore Peto, P.C.

Peter Stach

Amelia Davis

Email:         theodore.peto@kirkland.com

peter.stach@kirkland.com

amelia.runyan@kirkland.com

If to Employee:

As noted on the signature page hereto.

9.     General Provisions.

(a)     Plan Controls. The Carried Units are issued pursuant to the Plan and subject to its terms. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

(b)     Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(c)     Confidentiality. Employee may not disclose the terms of this Agreement (except to Employee’s legal, tax and financial advisors) without the prior written consent of the Partnership and TB.

(d)     Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein (including the Plan) and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the granting or vesting of incentive equity (including any accelerated, modified or additional vesting in connection with or following any change in ownership or control, such as a “double-trigger” vesting provision); provided, that the restrictive covenants contained in this Agreement are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any existing or future nondisclosure, noncompete, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, confidentiality, invention assignment, work product, work-for-hire, intellectual property protection or assignment or other restrictive covenant or similar obligations contained in any other agreements between Employee and the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e)     Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the

 

16


same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission or other electronic imaging means (including by .pdf) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

(f)     Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee, the Partnership, TB and their respective successors and assigns (including subsequent holders of Carried Units); provided that the rights and obligations of Employee under this Agreement shall not be assignable without the prior written consent of the Partnership except in connection with a permitted transfer of Carried Units hereunder.

(g)     Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement (and any claims, issues, controversies or matters arising hereunder) shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware.

(h)     JURISDICTION AND VENUE. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY AGREES THAT JURISDICTION AND VENUE IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING SEEKING EQUITABLE RELIEF) SHALL PROPERLY AND EXCLUSIVELY LIE IN THE COURT OF CHANCERY OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (THE “COURT OF CHANCERY”) OR, TO THE EXTENT THE COURT OF CHANCERY DOES NOT HAVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE AND THE APPELLATE COURTS HAVING JURISDICTION OF APPEALS IN SUCH COURTS (THE “DELAWARE FEDERAL COURT”) OR, TO THE EXTENT NEITHER THE COURT OF CHANCERY NOR THE DELAWARE FEDERAL COURT HAS SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION, THE SUPERIOR COURT OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “CHOSEN COURTS”). BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH PARTY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE CHOSEN COURTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING. THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AGREE THAT VENUE WOULD BE PROPER IN THE CHOSEN COURTS, AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION THAT ANY SUCH CHOSEN COURT IS AN IMPROPER OR INCONVENIENT FORUM FOR THE RESOLUTION OF SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING.

(i)     WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

17


(j)     Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement (including TB) shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including attorney’s fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 9(h) (without posting any bond or deposit) for specific performance and/or other injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement.

(k)     Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Partnership, Employee and TB.

(l)     Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday in the state in which the Partnership’s chief executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or holiday.

(m)     Termination. This Agreement shall survive the termination of Employee’s employment with the Partnership and its Subsidiaries and shall remain in full force and effect after such termination.

(n)     No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

(o)     Participation Rights. Employee shall have the participation rights set forth in Section 8.1(b) of the LP Agreement (subject to the other terms and conditions set forth therein); provided that, only Employee’s Vested Units hereunder, as determined at the time of any Transfer subject to Section 8.1(b) of the LP Agreement will be considered in the determination of how many Units Employee is entitled to elect to Transfer in connection with such participation rights.

(p)     Preemptive Rights. Employee shall have the rights of a Preemptive Rights Holder as set forth in Section 8.3(a) of the LP Agreement; provided that, only Employee’s Vested Units hereunder, as determined at the time of any offering of New Securities, will be considered in the calculation of Employee’s Proportionate Share.

* * * * *

 

18

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Instructure Holdings, Inc.

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

Instructure Intermediate Holdings II, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Instructure Intermediate Holdings III, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Instructure Holdings, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Instructure, Inc.

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

MasteryConnect, Inc.

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Certica Holdings Corp.

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Certica Solutions, Inc.

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

TE21, Inc.

  

South Carolina, U.S.A.

Portfolium, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Practice XYZ, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Instructure Global Holdings LLP

  

United Kingdom

Instructure Holdings, LLC

  

Delaware, U.S.A.

Instructure Global Ltd.

  

United Kingdom

Instructure Australia Pty. Ltd.

  

Australia

Instructure Netherlands BV

  

Netherlands

Instructure Hong Kong Ltd.

  

Hong Kong

Instructure Information Technology (Shanghai) Company Limited

  

The Republic of China

Instructure Sweden AB

  

Sweden

Instructure Hungary Kft

  

Hungary

Instructure Licenciamento De Software Ltda.

  

Brazil

Instructure Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

  

Mexico

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated March 23, 2021, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Instructure Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

June 28, 2021

  

Exhibit 23.3

 

Consent of Independent Auditors

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated November 11, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet of Certica Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of June 30, 2020 and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and the related notes to the financial statements, which is contained in the Prospectus of Instructure Holdings, Inc.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ CRR, LLP

 

Wakefield, Massachusetts

June 28, 2021

Exhibit 99.1

CONSENT OF OSSA FISHER

Instructure Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”) registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

June 28, 2021

 

By:  

/s/ Ossa Fisher

Name:   Ossa Fisher